Professional Documents
Culture Documents
This troubleshooting manual provides the information on precautions, troubleshooting processes and real-time displays
of CSA6452NDMN, CSA6452NDAN, CSA6452NDAP and CSA6452NDAQ series passenger vehicles.
After mastering the content of this manual and materials in the service bulletins of the SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle
Co., the technicians of Authorised Repairers of SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co. can provide better service for MG
RX5 vehicle owners.
For relevant information about product brands, part number or special tools mentioned in this manual, we recommend
you to contact with SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co.
Copyright Reserved.
Without prior written approval from SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co., no part of the manual shall be reproduced,
stored in retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means (including but not limited to electronic, mechanical,
photocopy and recording). The statement above applies to all texts, illustrations and tables.
Contents
General Information ........................... 1 List ............................................................ 114
Precaution Information ........................................1 Circult Diagram.......................................... 123
General Precautions .......................................... 1 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 123
Safety Precautions .............................................. 2 Connector Information............................... 133
Environmental Precautions.................................. 3 Connector Information............................... 133
Fuel Handling Precautions................................... 5 Diagnostic Information and
Procedure .................................................. 141
Electrical Precautions ........................................ 6
P000A, P0026............................................. 141
SRS Precautions ................................................. 7
P000B, P0027 ............................................. 143
Air Conditioning System Precautions ................ 10
P0016 ........................................................ 145
Diagnoses Based on Strategy .............................12
P0017 ........................................................ 147
Integrity Inspection of Network ........................ 12
P006D ....................................................... 149
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Body System).................................................. 12 P0033, P0034, P0035, P2261 ....................... 150
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network P0075, P0076, P0077 .................................. 152
(Diagnose) ....................................................... 12 P0078, P0079, P0080 .................................. 154
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network P0087, P0088 ............................................. 156
(Chassis).......................................................... 13 P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253, P0254 ............ 158
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network P0097, P0098 ............................................. 160
(Powertrain) .................................................... 13
P0100, P0101, P0102, P0103 ....................... 162
Description on Diagnostic Procedure................ 14
P0105, P0106, P0107, P0108 ....................... 164
Diagnostic Procedure Description .................... 15
P0112, P0113 ............................................. 166
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle ................... 17
P0122, P0123, P2135 .................................. 168
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection ................... 17
P0169 ........................................................ 170
FTB List ........................................................... 23
P0171, P0172 ............................................. 171
DTC Overall List ............................... 27 P0191, P0192, P0193 .................................. 173
DTC Overall List .................................................27 P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, P2146 ............ 175
DTC Overall List.......................................... 27 P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2149 ............ 177
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and
Engine................................................. 99 P2152 ........................................................ 179
Engine-1.5T ..........................................................99 P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272, P2155 ............ 181
DTC Category................................................. 99 P0219 ........................................................ 183
DTC Category ............................................. 99 P0222, P0223, P2135 .................................. 185
Engine Cooling System ................................... 104 P0234, P0236, P0237, P0238, P0299 ............ 187
DTC Category ........................................... 104 P0243, P0245, P0246 .................................. 190
List ............................................................ 104 P025A, P025C, P025D................................ 192
Circult Diagram.......................................... 105 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304,
P130A........................................................ 194
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 105
P0321, P0322 ............................................. 197
Connector Information............................... 107
P0325, P0327, P0328, P1386 ....................... 199
Connector Information............................... 107
P0336 ........................................................ 201
Diagnostic Information and
Procedure .................................................. 108 P0341, P0342, P0343 .................................. 203
P0116, P0117, P0118 .................................. 108 P0366, P0367, P0368 .................................. 205
P0480, P0691, P0692 .................................. 110 P0444, P0458, P0459 .................................. 207
P0481, P0693, P0694 .................................. 112 P0500 ........................................................ 209
Engine Fuel & Management ............................. 114 P0504 ........................................................ 210
DTC Category ........................................... 114 P0506, P0507 ............................................. 212
V1.0 1
Contents
P0522, P0523 ............................................. 214 P0641, P0651, P0659 .................................. 269
P0532, P0533 ............................................. 216 P0700 ........................................................ 270
P0597, P0598, P0599, P2181 ....................... 218 P1610, P1613, P1614 .................................. 271
P0634 ........................................................ 220 P1683, U0151............................................. 273
P0645, P0646, P0647 .................................. 221 P2620 ........................................................ 274
P0686, P0690 ............................................. 223 U0073........................................................ 276
P06DA, P06DB, P06DC .............................. 225 U0101........................................................ 277
P0830 ........................................................ 227 U0102........................................................ 278
P1523 ........................................................ 228 U0129........................................................ 279
P1545 ........................................................ 229 U0146........................................................ 280
P1559 ........................................................ 231 U0301........................................................ 281
P1564 ........................................................ 232 Engine-2.0T ........................................................282
P1579 ........................................................ 233 DTC Category............................................... 282
P2101, P2106 ............................................. 234 DTC Category ........................................... 282
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2140 ............ 236 Engine Cooling System ................................... 287
P2226, P2227 ............................................. 238 DTC Category ........................................... 287
P300B ........................................................ 239 List ............................................................ 287
P304B, P304C ............................................ 240 Circult Diagram.......................................... 288
Engine Manifold & Exhaust .............................. 241 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 288
DTC Category ........................................... 241 Connector Information............................... 291
List ............................................................ 241 Connector Information............................... 291
Circult Diagram.......................................... 243 Diagnostic Information and
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 243 Procedure .................................................. 293
Connector Information............................... 244 P0116, P0117, P0118 .................................. 293
Connector Information............................... 244 P023A, P023B, P023C................................. 295
Diagnostic Information and P0480, P0691, P0692 .................................. 297
Procedure .................................................. 245 P0481, P0693, P0694 .................................. 299
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0053 ....................... 245 P2600, P2602, P2603 .................................. 301
P0036, P0037, P0038, P0054 ....................... 247 Engine Fuel & Management ............................. 303
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and DTC Category ........................................... 303
P2A00........................................................ 249 List ............................................................ 303
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139, P2A01............ 252 Circult Diagram.......................................... 312
P0420 ........................................................ 254 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 312
Engine Electrical System.................................. 256 Connector Information............................... 321
DTC Category ........................................... 256 Connector Information............................... 321
List ............................................................ 256 Diagnostic Information and
Circult Diagram.......................................... 258 Procedure .................................................. 331
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 258 P000A, P0026............................................. 331
Connector Information............................... 261 P000B, P0027 ............................................. 333
Connector Information............................... 261 P0016 ........................................................ 335
Diagnostic Information and P0017 ........................................................ 337
Procedure .................................................. 263 P0033, P0034, P0035, P2261 ....................... 339
P0560, P0562, P0563 .................................. 263 P006D ....................................................... 341
P0600 ........................................................ 265 P0075, P0076, P0077 .................................. 342
P0601, P0606 ............................................. 266 P0078, P0079, P0080 .................................. 344
P061F ........................................................ 268 P0087, P0088 ............................................. 346
2 V1.0
Contents
P0097, P0098 ............................................. 348 P304B, P304C ............................................ 428
P0100, P0101, P0102, P0103 ....................... 350 Engine Manifold & Exhaust .............................. 429
P0105, P0106, P0107, P0108 ....................... 352 DTC Category ........................................... 429
P0112, P0113 ............................................. 354 List ............................................................ 429
P0122, P0123, P2135 .................................. 356 Circult Diagram.......................................... 431
P0169 ........................................................ 358 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 431
P0171, P0172 ............................................. 359 Connector Information............................... 433
P0192, P0193 ............................................. 361 Connector Information............................... 433
P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, P2146 ............ 363 Diagnostic Information and
P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2149 ............ 365 Procedure .................................................. 434
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P0030, P0031, P0032, P0053, P0135,
P2152 ........................................................ 367 P2231 ........................................................ 434
P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272, P2155 ............ 369 P0036, P0037, P0038, P0054 ....................... 436
P0219 ........................................................ 371 P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P2251,
P2414, P2626 ............................................. 438
P0222, P0223, P2135 .................................. 373
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139, P2A01............ 441
P0234, P0299 ............................................. 375
P0420 ........................................................ 444
P0236, P0237, P0238 .................................. 377
P2195、P2196、P2243 .............................. 446
P0243, P0245, P0246 .................................. 380
P3096 ........................................................ 448
P0251, P0252, P0253, P0254 ....................... 382
Engine Electrical System.................................. 449
P025A, P025C, P025D................................ 384
DTC Category ........................................... 449
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304,
P130A........................................................ 386 List ............................................................ 449
P0321, P0322, P0336 .................................. 389 Circult Diagram.......................................... 451
P0325, P0327, P0328, P1386 ....................... 391 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 451
P0341, P0342, P0343 .................................. 393 Connector Information............................... 453
P0366, P0367, P0368 .................................. 395 Connector Information............................... 453
P0444, P0458, P0459 .................................. 397 Diagnostic Information and
Procedure .................................................. 456
P0500 ........................................................ 399
P0560, P0562, P0563 .................................. 456
P0504 ........................................................ 400
P0601, P0606 ............................................. 458
P0506, P0507 ............................................. 402
P0641, P0651, P0659 .................................. 460
P0532, P0533 ............................................. 404
P0851, P0852 ............................................. 461
P0597, P0598, P0599, P2181 ....................... 406
P14A1, P14A3 ............................................ 462
P0615, P0616, P0617 .................................. 408
P14A6, P14A7, P14A8, P14A9..................... 464
P061F ........................................................ 410
P1523 ........................................................ 465
P0634 ........................................................ 411
P1610 ........................................................ 466
P0645, P0646, P0647 .................................. 412
P1613, P1614 ............................................. 467
P0686, P0690 ............................................. 414
P1683, U0151............................................. 469
P0700 ........................................................ 415
P26E4, P26E5, P26E6 .................................. 471
P1545 ........................................................ 416
U0073........................................................ 473
P1559 ........................................................ 418
U0101........................................................ 474
P1564 ........................................................ 419
U0102........................................................ 475
P1579 ........................................................ 420
U0129........................................................ 476
P2101, P2106 ............................................. 421
U0146........................................................ 477
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2140 ............ 423
U0301........................................................ 478
P2226, P2227 ............................................. 425
P300B ........................................................ 427 Transmission .................................... 479
V1.0 3
Contents
SCU ....................................................................479 P0978, P0979, P0980, P1835, P1841,
DTC Category............................................... 479 P1893 ........................................................ 542
List ............................................................ 479 P0981, P0982, P0983, P1842, P1843,
P1894 ........................................................ 544
Circult Diagram ............................................. 480
P0984, P0985, P0986, P1895 ....................... 546
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 480
P0993, P0994, P0995, P1896 ....................... 548
Connector Information .................................. 482
P1801, P1802 ............................................. 550
Connector Information............................... 482
P1804, P1805 ............................................. 552
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 484
P1807, P1808 ............................................. 554
P17A1........................................................ 484
P1810, P1811 ............................................. 556
P17A2........................................................ 485
P1814, P1818, P1819, P1820 ....................... 558
U0073........................................................ 486
P1821, P1823, P1824, P1852 ....................... 560
U0100........................................................ 487
P1826 ........................................................ 562
U0122........................................................ 489
P1827 ........................................................ 564
U0146........................................................ 491
P1828 ........................................................ 566
U1562, U1563............................................ 493
P1829 ........................................................ 568
U2001........................................................ 495
P1833 ........................................................ 570
U2003........................................................ 496
P1834 ........................................................ 571
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic
Transmission ......................................................497 P1837 ........................................................ 573
DTC Category............................................... 497 P1846, P1848 ............................................. 574
List ............................................................ 497 P1847 ........................................................ 575
Circult Diagram ............................................. 505 P1849, P1850, P1851, P1853 ....................... 577
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 505 P1861、P1862 ........................................... 579
Connector Information .................................. 508 P1863, P1864 ............................................. 580
Connector Information............................... 508 P1865, P1868, P1871, P1874 ....................... 582
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 512 P1866, P1869, P1872, P1875 ....................... 584
P0613 ........................................................ 512 P1867, P1870, P1873, P1876 ....................... 586
P0702, U1562, U1563................................. 513 P1877, P1878 ............................................. 588
P0705, P0780 ............................................. 515 P1879, P1880 ............................................. 590
P0710, P0711, P0712, P0713 ....................... 517 P1881, P1882 ............................................. 591
P0715, P0716, P0717, P1839 ....................... 519 P1883, P1884 ............................................. 592
P0720, P0721, P0722, P1838 ....................... 521 P1885, P1886 ............................................. 593
P0725, P0726, P0727, P1840 ....................... 523 P1887, P1888 ............................................. 594
P0810 ........................................................ 525 P1889, P1890 ............................................. 595
P0811 ........................................................ 526 P2711 ........................................................ 597
P0840, P0841, P0842, P0843 ....................... 527 U0073........................................................ 598
P0845, P0846, P0847, P0848 ....................... 529 U0100, U16BE, U17A1, U17DF, U19D1,
U1AA3, U1AC1, U1AC7, U1AF1 ................ 599
P0893, P1813 ............................................. 531
U0103........................................................ 601
P0896 ........................................................ 532
U0146, U17F1, U17F2, U182A, U1AE9,
P0960, P0961, P0962, P0963, P1812, U1B40, U1B41, U1B18 ............................... 603
P1815 ........................................................ 534
U0122, U16C1, U16C5, U177D,
P0964, P0965, P0966, P0967, P1816, U17C7, U17FC, U18F9, U1948, U194A,
P1817 ........................................................ 536 U1953........................................................ 605
P0972, P0973, P0974, P1822, P1825, 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic
P1891 ........................................................ 538 Transmission ......................................................608
P0975, P0976, P0977, P1831, P1832, DTC Category............................................... 608
P1892 ........................................................ 540
4 V1.0
Contents
List ............................................................ 608 U0073........................................................ 679
Circult Diagram ............................................. 616 U0100........................................................ 680
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 616 U0121........................................................ 681
Connector Information .................................. 622 U0146........................................................ 682
Connector Information............................... 622 TCCM .................................................................683
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 625 DTC Category............................................... 683
C1252, C1253, C1254, P175F ..................... 625 List ............................................................ 683
P0335 ........................................................ 626 Circult Diagram ............................................. 685
P0561, P0562, P0563 .................................. 627 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 685
P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606, P062F, P16F3, Connector Information .................................. 690
P16F4 ........................................................ 628 Connector Information............................... 690
P0658, P0659, P2670, P2671 ....................... 630 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 693
P0712, P0713 ............................................. 632 P0562, P0563 ............................................. 693
P0721, P0722, P077C, P077D, P172A, P1812, P1813, P1814, P1815, P19F1 ............ 695
P172B ........................................................ 634
P19E1, P19E3 ............................................. 697
P0747, P0960, P0962, P0963 ....................... 636
P19E2 ........................................................ 699
P0777, P0964, P0966, P0967 ....................... 638
P19EA........................................................ 701
P0792, P07C5, P07C6................................. 640
P19EB ........................................................ 703
P07C7, P07C8, P2746................................. 642
P19EC........................................................ 704
P0806, P0807, P0808 .................................. 644
P19F2 ........................................................ 705
P0811, P081E ............................................. 646
U0073........................................................ 706
P0842, P0843 ............................................. 647
U0100, P19E5............................................. 707
P087B, P087C, P087D ................................ 649
U0101, P19E4............................................. 709
P0946 ........................................................ 651
U0121, U0416............................................ 711
P0968, P0970, P0971, P2718, P2720,
P2721 ........................................................ 653 U0146........................................................ 713
P0B01, P0B04, P0B07, P1E2A, P1E2B, U2000, U2001............................................ 715
P1E2C, P1E2D, P1E2E, P1E2F, P1E30,
P1E31, P1E32, P1E33 .................................. 655 HVAC System.................................. 717
P0B0C, P0C28, P170F, P179A, P1E1A, HVAC System-ATC...........................................717
P1E29, P27E1 ............................................. 658 DTC Category............................................... 717
P1824, P182A, P182B, P182C, P182D, List ............................................................ 717
P182E, P182F, P1838, P1839, P1840, P1841,
P18B5, P18B6, P18B7, P18B8, P18B9, Circult Diagram ............................................. 720
P18BA, P18BC, P18BF, P18C0, P18C2, Circuit Diagram.......................................... 720
P18C3........................................................ 660 Connector Information .................................. 725
P1E34, P1E35, P1E36, P1E38, P1E39 ............ 663 Connector Information............................... 725
P2534, P2535, P2537 .................................. 665 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 731
P2724, P2727, P2729, P2730, P2733, B1411 ........................................................ 731
P2736, P2738, P2739 .................................. 667
B1412, B1423, B1424.................................. 733
P27A7, P27A8, P27A9, P27AA ,P27AB,
P27AC, P27AD, P27AE, P287C ................... 669 B1413 ........................................................ 735
P2812, P2814, P2815, P281B, P281D, B1414 ........................................................ 737
P281E ........................................................ 671 B1416 ........................................................ 739
P2820, P2821, P2826, P2827 ....................... 673 B1419 ........................................................ 741
P2832, P2833, P2834, P2837, P2838, P2839, B1421 ........................................................ 743
P283C, P283D, P283E, P2841, P2842, B1422 ........................................................ 745
P2843, P2849, P284A, P284B, P284C........... 675
B1431 ........................................................ 747
P286F, P2877 .............................................. 678
B1433 ........................................................ 749
V1.0 5
Contents
B1434 ........................................................ 751 B1472 ........................................................ 820
B1435 ........................................................ 753 B1481, B14B0............................................. 821
B1436 ........................................................ 755 B14B9 ........................................................ 823
B1437 ........................................................ 757 B14BB........................................................ 824
B1438 ........................................................ 759 B14BC ....................................................... 825
B1439, B143A ............................................ 761 B14BE ........................................................ 826
B143B, B143C ............................................ 762 B14BF ........................................................ 827
B1441, B1442 ............................................. 763 B14E7 ........................................................ 828
B144B ........................................................ 764 U0073........................................................ 830
B1472 ........................................................ 765 U0140........................................................ 832
B1481, B14B0............................................. 766 U0146........................................................ 834
B1489 ........................................................ 768 U0155........................................................ 836
B148D ....................................................... 769 U1562, U1563............................................ 838
B14B2 ........................................................ 770
Steering System .............................. 841
B14B3, B14B4, B14B6 ................................. 771
B14B5 ........................................................ 773 EPS......................................................................841
B14B7 ........................................................ 774 DTC Category............................................... 841
B14B8 ........................................................ 775 List ............................................................ 841
B14BA ....................................................... 776 Circult Diagram ............................................. 843
B14BC ....................................................... 777 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 843
B14BD ....................................................... 778 Connector Information .................................. 846
B14E7 ........................................................ 779 Connector Information............................... 846
B14F1, B14F2 ............................................. 781 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 848
U0073........................................................ 782 C1630........................................................ 848
U0140........................................................ 784 C1631........................................................ 849
U0146........................................................ 786 C1632........................................................ 850
U0155........................................................ 788 C1633........................................................ 851
U0245........................................................ 790 C1634........................................................ 852
U1562, U1563............................................ 792 C1640........................................................ 854
U2001, U2002............................................ 794 C1650........................................................ 855
HVAC System-ETC...........................................795 C1660, U2000, U2001, U2002, U2003,
U2005........................................................ 856
DTC Category............................................... 795
C1661, C1662, C1663, C1664,
List ............................................................ 795 C1665........................................................ 857
Circult Diagram ............................................. 797 C1670........................................................ 859
Circuit Diagram ......................................... 797 C1680........................................................ 860
Connector Information .................................. 801 C16B1, U0146, U0447, U17F1, U17F2,
Connector Information............................... 801 U1B40,....................................................... 861
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 807 U0073........................................................ 863
B1419 ........................................................ 807 U0122, U0416............................................ 864
B1431 ........................................................ 809 U1562, U1563............................................ 866
B1433 ........................................................ 811 U0401........................................................ 867
B1434 ........................................................ 813 U2018........................................................ 868
B1437 ........................................................ 815 U2021........................................................ 869
B1438 ........................................................ 817 Steering Angle Sensor ......................................870
B143B, B143C ............................................ 819 DTC Category............................................... 870
6 V1.0
Contents
List ............................................................ 870 C19F0, C19F1, C19F2, C19F3, C19F4,
Circult Diagram ............................................. 871 C19F5, C19F6 ............................................ 915
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 871 U0073........................................................ 917
Connector Information .................................. 872 U0122........................................................ 918
Connector Information............................... 872 U0146........................................................ 919
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 873 U1560, U1562, U1563 ................................ 920
C0051........................................................ 873 U16C9, U1794, U17C3............................... 922
U0073........................................................ 874 U1945, U1948, U194A ............................... 924
U1562, U1563............................................ 875 U1A6A ...................................................... 926
U2000, U2001, U2003 ................................ 876 U2002, U2003, U2018, U2020 .................... 927
Brake Module.....................................................928
Braking System ............................... 877 DTC Category............................................... 928
EPB .....................................................................877 List ............................................................ 928
DTC Category............................................... 877 Circult Diagram ............................................. 935
List ............................................................ 877 Circuit Diagram.......................................... 935
Circult Diagram ............................................. 881 Connector Information .................................. 939
Circuit Diagram.......................................... 881 Connector Information............................... 939
Connector Information .................................. 885 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 944
Connector Information............................... 885 C0001, C0002, C0003, C0004 .................... 944
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 887 C0010, C0011............................................ 945
C1901........................................................ 887 C0014, C0015............................................ 946
C1902, C1903............................................ 888 C0018, C0019............................................ 947
C1904, C1932, C1934 ................................ 889 C001C, C001D .......................................... 948
C1906........................................................ 890 C0020........................................................ 949
C1917, C1918............................................ 892 C0030........................................................ 951
C1920........................................................ 893 C0031........................................................ 952
C1930........................................................ 894 C0033........................................................ 954
C1936........................................................ 895 C0034........................................................ 955
C1937........................................................ 896 C003A ....................................................... 957
C1938........................................................ 897 C0036........................................................ 959
C1943........................................................ 898 C0037........................................................ 960
C1944........................................................ 899 C0039........................................................ 962
C1945........................................................ 900 C0040........................................................ 963
C1946, C1947............................................ 901 C0044........................................................ 964
C1950, C1951, C1952, C1953, C1954, C0047, C1116............................................ 965
C1955........................................................ 903 C0049........................................................ 967
C1956, C1957, C1958 ................................ 905 C0051........................................................ 968
C1959, C195A, C195C............................... 906 C0061, C0062, C0063 ................................ 969
C195B ....................................................... 907 C006B, C006C........................................... 971
C195D, C195E, C1960, C1961, C1962, C0089........................................................ 972
C1963, C1964, C1965, C1966, C1967,
C1968........................................................ 908 C1110........................................................ 973
C1969........................................................ 911 C1112, C1113............................................ 974
C196A ....................................................... 912 C1114........................................................ 975
C196B ....................................................... 913 C1115........................................................ 976
C196C....................................................... 914 C1117........................................................ 977
C1118........................................................ 978
V1.0 7
Contents
C1121........................................................ 979 Circuit Diagram.........................................1026
C1122........................................................ 980 Connector Information .................................1028
C1203, C1204, C1207, C1208, Connector Information..............................1028
C1209........................................................ 981 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1030
U0073, U0074............................................ 983 B1081 .......................................................1030
U0100、U0401、U16BE、U16C7、 B1082 .......................................................1031
U16F9、U1769、U1794、U17AF、
U17C3、U17CB、U17DF、U17F2、 B1083 .......................................................1032
U181C、U182A、U18D1、U19F5、 B1084 .......................................................1033
U1AC1、U1A6A、U1B41 ......................... 985 B1089 .......................................................1034
U0101, U0402............................................ 988 B108A ......................................................1036
U0102, U0403............................................ 990 Lamps ...............................................................1037
U0151, U0452............................................ 992 DTC Category..............................................1037
U0126, U0428............................................ 994 List ...........................................................1037
U0128, U0417............................................ 996 Circult Diagram ............................................1040
U0146, U0447............................................ 998 Circuit Diagram.........................................1040
U0300.......................................................1000 Connector Information .................................1050
U1562, U1563...........................................1001 Connector Information..............................1050
U2100.......................................................1003 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1055
U3000.......................................................1004 B1041 .......................................................1055
Exterior Fitting.............................. 1005 B1042 .......................................................1056
B1043 .......................................................1057
Wipers and Washer ........................................1005
B1045 .......................................................1058
DTC Category..............................................1005
B1049 .......................................................1059
List ...........................................................1005
B104A ......................................................1060
Circult Diagram ............................................1006
B104B .......................................................1062
Circuit Diagram.........................................1006
B104C ......................................................1064
Connector Information .................................1008
B1051 .......................................................1066
Connector Information..............................1008
B1053 .......................................................1067
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1011
B105A ......................................................1068
B1101 .......................................................1011
B105B .......................................................1070
B1102 .......................................................1012
B105C ......................................................1072
B1103 .......................................................1013
B105D ......................................................1073
B1105 .......................................................1014
B1060 .......................................................1075
B1107 .......................................................1015
B1061 .......................................................1077
B1109 .......................................................1016
B1062 .......................................................1078
B110A ......................................................1018
B1067 .......................................................1079
B110B .......................................................1019
B1071 .......................................................1081
B110C ......................................................1020
B1055, B1078 ............................................1082
B11A3, B11A4 and B11A6 .........................1021
B1077 .......................................................1084
B11A5 ......................................................1023
DHL ..................................................................1086
Lighting Systems ........................... 1025 DTC Category..............................................1086
Lighting.............................................................1025 List ...........................................................1086
DTC Category..............................................1025 Circult Diagram ............................................1088
List ...........................................................1025 Circuit Diagram.........................................1088
Circult Diagram ............................................1026 Connector Information .................................1090
8 V1.0
Contents
Connector Information..............................1090 B11E6, B11E9, B11FC ................................1147
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1093 B11E7, B11EA ...........................................1149
B1170 .......................................................1093 B11E8, B11EB............................................1150
B1171 .......................................................1095 B11EC ......................................................1151
B1172 .......................................................1097 B11ED, B11EE ...........................................1152
B1173 .......................................................1099 B11EF .......................................................1154
B1174 .......................................................1101 B11F0 .......................................................1156
B1176 .......................................................1103 B11F1 .......................................................1157
B117A ......................................................1104 B11F2, B11F3, B11F4, B11F5 ......................1159
B117B .......................................................1105 B11F6, B11F7 ............................................1161
U0073.......................................................1106 U0075.......................................................1163
U0121.......................................................1107 U0140.......................................................1164
U0146.......................................................1108 U0146.......................................................1165
U1562, U1563...........................................1109 U0155.......................................................1166
U2005.......................................................1110 U0245.......................................................1167
U1001.......................................................1168
Body System .................................. 1111
BCM ..................................................................1169
Door..................................................................1111 DTC Category..............................................1169
DTC Category..............................................1111 List ...........................................................1169
List ...........................................................1111 Circult Diagram ............................................1172
Circult Diagram ............................................1113 Circuit Diagram.........................................1172
Circuit Diagram.........................................1113 Connector Information .................................1182
Connector Information .................................1116 Connector Information..............................1182
Connector Information..............................1116 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1189
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1118 B1066 .......................................................1189
B1111, B1121 ............................................1118 B1155 .......................................................1191
B1112, B1122 ............................................1120 B1158 .......................................................1192
B1113, B1123 ............................................1122 B115A ......................................................1194
B1114, B1124 ............................................1124 B115C ......................................................1196
B1115 .......................................................1126 B115D ......................................................1198
B1116, B1117 ............................................1127 B115E .......................................................1200
B112A ......................................................1128 B1162 .......................................................1201
B1131, B1132 ............................................1130 B1166 .......................................................1202
Power Liftgate Control Module .....................1132 B1169 .......................................................1204
DTC Category..............................................1132 B11C0 ......................................................1205
List ...........................................................1132 B11C4 ......................................................1206
Circult Diagram ............................................1134 B11C9 ......................................................1207
Circuit Diagram.........................................1134 B170A, B170B ...........................................1208
Connector Information .................................1136 B1B05, B1B06 ...........................................1209
Connector Information..............................1136 B1B42 .......................................................1211
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1140 U0075.......................................................1213
B11E0, U1562, U1563................................1140 U0146.......................................................1214
B11E1, B11E2 ............................................1142 U0155.......................................................1215
B11E3 .......................................................1144 U0169.......................................................1216
B11E4 .......................................................1145 U0180.......................................................1217
B11E5 .......................................................1146
V1.0 9
Contents
U0215.......................................................1219 B1760, B1761 ............................................1274
U0222.......................................................1220 U0073.......................................................1276
U0245.......................................................1221 U0140.......................................................1277
U1001.......................................................1222 U0146.......................................................1278
U1005.......................................................1223 U0155.......................................................1280
U1500, U1501...........................................1225 U1562, U1563...........................................1281
U1562, U1563...........................................1226 U2002.......................................................1282
U2001, U2002, U2004 ...............................1228 U2004.......................................................1283
U2020, U2021...........................................1229 Alarm System..................................................1284
PMDC ...............................................................1230 DTC Category..............................................1284
DTC Category..............................................1230 List ...........................................................1284
List ...........................................................1230 Circult Diagram ............................................1286
Circult Diagram ............................................1231 Circuit Diagram.........................................1286
Circuit Diagram.........................................1231 Connector Information .................................1291
Connector Information .................................1235 Connector Information..............................1291
Connector Information..............................1235 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1295
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1237 B10A1, B10A2, B10A4...............................1295
B1B00, B1B01 ...........................................1237 B10A6 ......................................................1296
B1B42 .......................................................1239 B10AA, B10AB..........................................1297
B1B80, B1B81 ...........................................1240 B10AC, B10AD .........................................1299
B1BA0 ......................................................1242 B10B1 .......................................................1301
U0073.......................................................1243 B10B2 .......................................................1302
U0120.......................................................1244 B1162 .......................................................1303
U0140.......................................................1245 B116B .......................................................1304
U0146.......................................................1246 B116C ......................................................1306
U0155.......................................................1248 B11A0 ......................................................1308
U0164.......................................................1249 B1701, B1702, B1705.................................1309
B1706, B1707, B1708.................................1311
Safety and Restraints .................... 1251
Gateway............................................................1313
Vehicle Access..................................................1251 DTC Category..............................................1313
DTC Category..............................................1251 List ...........................................................1313
List ...........................................................1251 Circult Diagram ............................................1317
Circult Diagram ............................................1253 Circuit Diagram.........................................1317
Circuit Diagram.........................................1253 Connector Information .................................1337
Connector Information .................................1256 Connector Information..............................1337
Connector Information..............................1256 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1345
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1260 B1160 .......................................................1345
B1752, B1764 ............................................1260 B1161 .......................................................1347
B1753 .......................................................1262 B1163 .......................................................1349
B1754 .......................................................1263 B1165, B1166 ............................................1350
B1755 .......................................................1264 B1167 .......................................................1352
B1756 .......................................................1265 B1169 .......................................................1354
B1757 .......................................................1266 B116A ......................................................1356
B1758 .......................................................1268 C0042, C1F80 ...........................................1359
B1759 .......................................................1270 P0564, P0589 ............................................1361
B175A, B175B ...........................................1272
10 V1.0
Contents
P0826 .......................................................1363 Connector Information .................................1437
P0955 .......................................................1365 Connector Information..............................1437
P1900, P1901 ............................................1367 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1442
P1910, U1562, U1563................................1369 B0001 .......................................................1442
P1911 .......................................................1371 B0010 .......................................................1444
U0073, U0074, U0075, U0077 ...................1373 B0020 .......................................................1446
U0100.......................................................1375 B0021 .......................................................1448
U0101.......................................................1376 B0028 .......................................................1450
U0102.......................................................1378 B0029 .......................................................1452
U0103.......................................................1380 B0090 .......................................................1454
U0121.......................................................1382 B0095 .......................................................1456
U0122.......................................................1384 B0091 .......................................................1458
U0126.......................................................1386 B0096 .......................................................1460
U0128.......................................................1388 B193E, B193F, B1932, B1933, B1934 ...........1462
U0131.......................................................1390 B193C, B193D ..........................................1464
U0140.......................................................1392 U1500.......................................................1465
U0151.......................................................1393 U1562, U1563...........................................1466
U0155.......................................................1395 U0073.......................................................1467
U0159.......................................................1397 U0122.......................................................1468
U0164.......................................................1399 U0146.......................................................1469
U0180.......................................................1401 U0100.......................................................1470
U0198.......................................................1403 Park Assistant System ....................................1471
U0245.......................................................1405 DTC Category..............................................1471
U1001.......................................................1407 List ...........................................................1471
U1008.......................................................1409 Circult Diagram ............................................1473
U1116.......................................................1410 Circuit Diagram.........................................1473
U1140.......................................................1412 Connector Information .................................1477
U1264.......................................................1413 Connector Information..............................1477
Seat Belts .........................................................1415 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1480
DTC Category..............................................1415 B1941 .......................................................1480
List ...........................................................1415 B1942 .......................................................1481
Circult Diagram ............................................1416 B1943 .......................................................1483
Circuit Diagram.........................................1416 B1944 .......................................................1485
Connector Information .................................1419 B1945 .......................................................1487
Connector Information..............................1419 B1946 .......................................................1489
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1421 B1947 .......................................................1491
B0050 .......................................................1421 B1948 .......................................................1493
B0052 .......................................................1423 B1949 .......................................................1495
B0079 .......................................................1425 B194A ......................................................1497
B007A ......................................................1427 B194B .......................................................1499
Supplementary Restraint Systems ................1429 B194C, B1951 ...........................................1501
DTC Category..............................................1429 B194D ......................................................1503
List ...........................................................1429 B1952 .......................................................1505
Circult Diagram ............................................1433 U0073.......................................................1507
Circuit Diagram.........................................1433 U0121.......................................................1508
V1.0 11
Contents
U0146.......................................................1510 B1A43 ......................................................1576
U1562, U1563...........................................1511 B1A44 ......................................................1577
U2000, U2003...........................................1512 B1AE0 ......................................................1579
U2100.......................................................1513 B1AA0 ......................................................1580
Front View Camera Module ..........................1514 B1AE1 ......................................................1581
DTC Category..............................................1514 B1AE2 ......................................................1583
List ...........................................................1514 B1AE3 ......................................................1585
Circult Diagram ............................................1515 B1AE4 ......................................................1587
Circuit Diagram.........................................1515 B1AE5 ......................................................1589
Connector Information .................................1517 B1AE6 ......................................................1591
Connector Information..............................1517 B1AE7 ......................................................1592
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1519 B1AE8 ......................................................1594
B1961, B1963, B1965.................................1519 B1AE9 ......................................................1596
B1962 .......................................................1521 U0073.......................................................1598
B1973, B1974, U0122 ................................1522 U010F.......................................................1600
B1977 .......................................................1524 U0140.......................................................1602
U0073.......................................................1525 U0146.......................................................1604
U0128.......................................................1527 U0155.......................................................1606
U0131.......................................................1529 U1031.......................................................1608
U0146.......................................................1531 U1140.......................................................1609
U1562, U1563...........................................1533 U1500.......................................................1611
U1562, U1563...........................................1612
Information and
U2020.......................................................1613
Entertainment ............................... 1535
Entertainment and Navigation-L...................1614
Entertainment and Navigation-H ..................1535
DTC Category..............................................1614
DTC Category..............................................1535 List ...........................................................1614
List ...........................................................1535
Circult Diagram ............................................1616
Circult Diagram ............................................1539
Circuit Diagram.........................................1616
Circuit Diagram.........................................1539
Connector Information .................................1621
Connector Information .................................1546
Connector Information..............................1621
Connector Information..............................1546
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1624
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1553
B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07,
B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08, B1A3E, B1A3F, B1A4B ...................1624
B1A08, B1A4B ..........................................1553
B1A10 ......................................................1626
B1A10 ......................................................1555
B1A24 ......................................................1628
B1A1D......................................................1557
B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37,
B1A1E ......................................................1559 B1A3B ......................................................1629
B1A20 ......................................................1561 B1A43 ......................................................1631
B1A21 ......................................................1563 U0073.......................................................1632
B1A22 ......................................................1565 U010F.......................................................1633
B1A23 ......................................................1567 U0140.......................................................1634
B1A24, B1A26...........................................1569 U0146.......................................................1636
B1A25, B1A28...........................................1571 U0155.......................................................1637
B1A27 ......................................................1573 U1031.......................................................1639
B1A39, B1A3A, B1A3E, B1A3F, B1A49, U1562, U1563...........................................1640
B1A4A ......................................................1574
T-Box.................................................................1641
12 V1.0
Contents
DTC Category..............................................1641 Circuit Diagram.........................................1691
List ...........................................................1641 Connector Information .................................1693
Circult Diagram ............................................1642 Connector Information..............................1693
Circuit Diagram.........................................1642 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1695
Connector Information .................................1645 B1200 .......................................................1695
Connector Information..............................1645 B1201 ......................................................1697
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1648 B1220, B1221 ............................................1698
B1521, B1522 ............................................1648 B1226 ......................................................1699
B1525, B1526 ............................................1649 U0073.......................................................1700
B1529 .......................................................1651 U0140.......................................................1701
B1533 and B1534 ......................................1653 U0146.......................................................1703
B1541 and B1542 ......................................1655 U0245 ......................................................1705
B1562 .......................................................1656 U1001.......................................................1707
B1570 .......................................................1657 U1500 ......................................................1709
U0073.......................................................1658 U0111.......................................................1710
U0146.......................................................1659 U1562, U1563 ..........................................1712
U1500.......................................................1660 U2001 ......................................................1714
U1562, U1563...........................................1661 U2005 ......................................................1715
U2001.......................................................1663
Real-time Display .......................... 1717
IPK-H ................................................................1664
DTC Category..............................................1664 ECM ..................................................................1717
List ...........................................................1664 Real-time Display Parameter List
-1.5T.........................................................1717
Circult Diagram ............................................1665
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1741
Circuit Diagram.........................................1665
SCU ..................................................................1760
Connector Information .................................1667
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1760
Connector Information..............................1667
TCM..................................................................1761
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1670
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1761
B1200 .......................................................1670
Real-time Display Parameter List
B1201 .......................................................1672 -7AT .........................................................1765
B1220, B1221 ............................................1673 TCCM ...............................................................1803
B1226 .......................................................1674 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1803
U0073.......................................................1675 HVAC................................................................1806
U0140.......................................................1677 Real-time Display Parameter List ...............1806
U0146.......................................................1679 EPS....................................................................1812
U0245.......................................................1681 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1812
U1001 ......................................................1683 SAS ...................................................................1813
U1140.......................................................1685 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1813
U1500.......................................................1686 EPB ...................................................................1814
U1562, U1563...........................................1687 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1814
U2001.......................................................1688 SCS ...................................................................1816
U2005.......................................................1689 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1816
IPK-L.................................................................1690 DHL ..................................................................1819
DTC Category..............................................1690 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1819
List ...........................................................1690 BCM ..................................................................1821
Circult Diagram ............................................1691 Real-time Display Parameter List ................1821
V1.0 13
Contents
Power Liftgate Control Module .....................1836
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1836
PMDC ...............................................................1841
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1841
PEPS .................................................................1843
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1843
Gateway............................................................1846
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1846
SRS....................................................................1850
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1850
Front View Camera Module ..........................1853
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1853
Park Assistant System ....................................1855
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1855
Information and Entertainment ....................1856
Real-time Display Parameter List -
FICM_H....................................................1856
Real-time Display Parameter List -
FICM_L.....................................................1857
T-Box.................................................................1858
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1858
IPK ....................................................................1859
Real-time Display Parameter List -
IPK_H.......................................................1859
Real-time Display Parameter List -
IPK_L .......................................................1860
Glossary List ....................................................1861
14 V1.0
General Information
Precaution Information Preventive Measures
General Precautions Always pay attention to the followings:
Hazardous Substances • Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves
Modern vehicles have many substances or liquids, if handled when practicable.
improperly, they may pose potential risk to human health and • Avoid over-exposure or repeated exposure to oils,
environment. especially used engine oils.
Warning: Many liquids and other substances used in • Do not put oily rags in pockets.
vehicles are poisonous and should under no circumstances • Avoid contaminating clothes (especially the underwear)
be consumed and should, as far as possible, be kept with oil.
from contact with the skin. These liquids and substances • Comprehensive cleaning shall be done on a regular
include acid, antifreeze, brake fluid, fuel, windscreen basis. Properly handle the contaminated clothes and oil
washer additives, lubricants, refrigerants and various impregnated shoes.
adhesives.
• Open wounds shall be handled at the earliest possible
Warning: Always read carefully the instructions printed time.
on labels or stamped on components and obey them • Before each operation, apply skin cream to avoid oil
implicitly. Such instructions are included for reasons of contamination.
your health and personal safety. Never disregard them.
• Clean with soap and water, make sure all the oil
Synthetic Rubber contaminants are removed (any skin cleaner and nail
Many O-rings, sealing parts, hoses, flexible pipes and other brush will be useful).
similar items which appear to be natural rubber,but in fact, • After cleaning, apply skin lotion, prepare some wool
are made of a kind of synthetic rubber (fluororubber). Under grease to compensate natural oil loss of the skin.
normal conditions, these substances are safe and do not cause • Do not wash the skin with petroleum/gasoline, kerosene,
harm. However, these substances may dissolve and produce diesel, engine oil, diluent or solvent.
highly corrosive fluorinated acid when they are damaged due
• If possible, remove the oil contaminant before handling.
to combustion or high temperature.
• In case of skin damage due to imprudence, seek
When contacting with skin, these fluorinated acids may cause immediate medical care and follow the medical advice.
severe burns. In case of skin contact, please observe the
• If the operation will hurt eyes, wear eye protection (for
followings:
example, goggles or face shield). Eye cleaning device shall
• Take away the contaminated clothes immediately. be close to the working area.
• Wash the injured skin with plenty of cold water or lime
water for 15 - 60 minutes.
• Seek medical assistance immediately.
V1.0 1
General Information
Safety Precautions Cooling System Caps and Plugs
Lift When the engine is still hot, especially when it is overheated,
Caution: It is best to use the lift when working under the take particular care when removing expansion tank cap,
vehicle. Be sure to hold the wheels with chocks and apply coolant drain pipe or air bleed screws. To avoid the possibility
parking brake. of burns, you should wait for the engine to cool down before
removal.
Always use the recommended jacking points.
Ensure that the lift has sufficient load capacity for the weight
to be lifted.
Do not leave tools, lifting equipment and spilt oil, etc. around
or in the work area. Always keep a clean and tidy work area.
Brake Shoes and Pads
Always use the correct gear and brake pads. When replacing
brake pads and brake shoes, always replace as complete axle
sets.
Brake Hydraulic System
Observe the following procedures when working on the brake
system:
• Apply two spanners to loosen or tighten brake pipes/tube
fittings.
• Ensure that hoses run in a natural curve and are not
twisted or deformed.
• Fix brake pipes securely with retaining clips and ensure
that the pipe will not contact a potential chafing point.
• Containers for containing brake fluid must be kept clean.
• Do not store brake fluid in an unsealed container,
otherwise it will absorb moisture in the air, which may
lower its burning point, and in this condition it is likely
to cause danger in its use.
• Do not allow brake fluid to be contaminated by mineral
oil, or put new brake fluid in a container which has
previously contained mineral oil.
• Do not re-use the brake fluid drained from the brake
system.
• Always use clean brake fluid or a recommended
alternative to clean hydraulic components.
• After disconnecting brake pipes and hoses, immediately
fit suitable end caps or plugs to prevent the ingress of
dirt.
• Only use brake fittings with proper threads.
• Maintain absolute cleanliness when working with
hydraulic components.
V1.0 2
General Information
Environmental Precautions Water Discharge
Overview Oil, petrol, solvent, acids, hydraulic oil, antifreeze and other
This section provides general information which can help to such substances should never be poured down the drain and
reduce the environmental impacts from the activities carried every precaution must be taken to prevent spillage reaching
out in workshops. the drains.
Emissions to Air Handling of such materials must take place well away from the
Many of the activities that are carried out in workshops emit drains and preferably in an area with a kerb or wall around it, to
gases and fumes which contribute to global warming, depletion prevent discharge into the drain. If a spillage occurs, it should
of the ozone layer and/or the formation of photochemical be soaked up immediately. Having a spill kit available will make
smog at ground level. By considering how the workshop this easier.
activities are carried out, these gases and fumes can be Checklist
minimized, thus reducing the impact on the environment.
Always observe the following disposal and spillage prevention
Exhaust Fumes instructions.
Running car engines is an essential part of workshop activities • Never pour anything down a drain without first checking
and it shall be carried out in a well ventilated environment. that it is environmentally safe to do so, and that it does
However, the amount of time engines are running and the not contravene any local regulations.
position of the vehicle should be carefully considered at all
• Store liquids in a walled area.
times, to reduce the release of poisonous gases and minimize
• Make sure that taps on liquid containers are secure and
the inconvenience to people living nearby.
cannot be accidentally turned on.
Solvents
• Protect bulk storage tanks from vandalism by locking the
Some of the cleaning agents used are solvent based and will valves.
evaporate to atmosphere if used improperly, or if cans are • Sealed pipelines are preferred to transfer liquids from one
left unsealed. All solvent containers should be firmly closed container to another.
when not needed and solvent should be used sparingly. Suitable
• Ensure lids are replaced securely on containers.
alternative materials may be available to replace some of the
commonly used solvents. Similarly, many paints are solvent • Have spill kits available near to the spot of storage and
based and the spray should be minimized to reduce solvent handling of liquids.
emissions. Spill Kits
Refrigerant Special materials are available to absorb a number of different
substances. They can be in granular form, ready to use and
Discharge and replacement of refrigerant from air conditioning
bought in convenient containers for storage.
units should only be carried out by using the correct
equipment. Land Contamination
Engine Oils, fuels, solvents, etc. can contaminate any soil that they are
allowed to contact. Such materials should never be disposed
Always observe the followings: of by pouring onto soil. Every precaution must be taken to
• Minimize the unnecessary running of the engine; prevent spillage reaching soil. Waste materials stored on open
• Minimize testing times and check where the exhaust ground could also leak, or may contaminate the land due to
fumes being blown. the washout of contaminants. Always store these materials in
suitable robust containers.
Thinner:
• Keep lids on containers of solvents. Notice
• Only use the minimum quantity. Always observe the followings:
• Consider alternative materials. • Don't pour or spill anything onto the soil or bare ground.
• Minimize over-spray when painting. • Don't place waste materials on bare ground.
Gas: Local Issues
• Use the correct equipment for collecting refrigerants. A number of environmental issues will be of particular concern
• Don't burn rubbish on site. to residents and other neighbours close to the site. The
sensitivity of these issues will depend on the distance between
V1.0 3
General Information
the site and their residences, the layout of the site and amount • Detergent: safe to pour down the foul drain if diluted.
of activity carried on at the site. • Paint, thinners: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
Car alarm testing, panel beating, hammering and other such contractor for disposal.
noisy activities should, whenever possible, be carried out • Components: send back to supplier for refurbishment,
indoors with doors and windows shut or as far away from or disassemble and reuse any suitable parts. Dispose the
residential area as possible. remainder as ordinary waste.
Be sensitive to the time when these activities are carried out • Small parts: reuse any suitable parts, dispose the
and minimize the time of the noisy operation, particularly in remainder in general method.
the early morning and late evening. • Metals: can be sold after being classified from general
waste.
Another local concern will be the smell from the various
materials used. Using less solvent, paint and petrol could help • Tyres: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
prevent this annoyance. contractor for disposal.
• Packaging: compact as much as possible and dispose in
Local residents and other business users will also be concerned
the ordinary way.
about traffic congestion, noise and exhaust fumes, be sensitive
to these concerns and try to minimize inconvenience from • Asbestos material: keep separate and deliver to a
deliveries and servicing operations. specialist contractor for disposal.
• Oily and fuel wastes (e.g. rags, used spill kit material):
Checklist
keep separate and deliver to a specialist contractor for
Always observe the followings: disposal.
• Identify where the neighbours who are likely to be • Air filters: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
affected are situated. contractor for disposal.
• Minimize noise, smells and traffic nuisance. • Rubber/plastics: dispose in the ordinary way.
• Prevent litter by disposing of waste in the correct manner. • Water pipes: dispose in the ordinary way.
• Have waste containers emptied regularly. • Batteries: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
Waste Management contractor for disposal.
One of the major ways that pollution can be reduced is by the • Airbags - explosives: keep separate and deliver to a
careful handling, storage and disposal of all waste materials that specialist contractor for disposal.
occur on sites. This means that it is necessary to not only know • Electrical components: send back to supplier for
what the waste materials are, but also to have the necessary refurbishment, or disassemble and reuse any suitable
documentation and to know local regulations that apply. parts. Dispose the remainder as ordinary waste.
Handling and Storage of Waste • Catalysts: can be sold after being classified from general
waste.
Waste should be stored in such a way as to prevent the escape
• Used spill-absorbing material: keep separate and deliver
of the material to land, water or air.
to a specialist contractor for disposal.
They must also be segregated into different types of waste
e.g. oil, metals, batteries, used vehicle components. This will
prevent any reaction between different materials and assist in
disposal.
Disposal of Waste
Disposal of waste materials must only be to waste carriers who
are authorized to carry those particular waste materials and
have all the necessary documentation. The waste carrier is
responsible for ensuring that the waste is taken to the correct
disposal sites.
V1.0 4
General Information
Fuel Handling Precautions Fuel Tank Repair
Overview Do not try to repair a plastic fuel tank. If the structure of the
Gasoline vapour is highly flammable and poisonous, which is fuel tank is damaged, fit a new one.
readily explosive in confined spaces. The vapour is heavier Body Repair
than air, so it always floats below. The vapour can be easily
Plastic fuel pipes are especially susceptible to heat. It can be
distributed throughout the workshop with air flow, therefore,
melt down by heat from a long distance, even at a relatively
even a small spillage of fuel can be very dangerous.
low temperature.
The following information is the basic precautions for handling
When body repairs involve the use of heat, all fuel pipes near
fuel safely. Matters that may lead to danger and shall not be
the repair area must be removed and the tank outlet must be
neglected are also indicated. This information is only a basic
blocked.
introduction, if you have any question, please consult your local
fireman. Warning: If welding is to be carried out in the vicinity of
the fuel tank, the fuel system must be drained and the tank
When handling or draining the fuel, or removing the fuel
removed before welding commences.
system, always have a fire extinguisher containing foam, carbon
dioxide, gas or powder close at hand. Fire extinguishers
should also be located in areas where fuel containers are
stored.
V1.0 5
General Information
Electrical Precautions Disconnecting the Battery
Overview Before disconnecting the battery, turn off the alarm system and
The following instructions are intended to guarantee the all the electrical equipments.
safety of operators and protect the electrical and electronic
Caution: To prevent damage to electrical components,
components on the vehicle from damage. When necessary,
always disconnect the battery when working on the
please refer to the specific precautions described in this
vehicle's electrical system. The ground lead must be
manual.
disconnected first and reconnected last.
Equipment
Caution: Always ensure that battery leads are routed
Before starting any test on the vehicle, ensure that the correctly and are not close to any potential chafing
related test equipments work properly and all harnesses and points.
connectors are in good state. In particular, check the wire and
Battery Charging
plug of the operating equipment.
Always ensure that the battery charging area is well ventilated,
Polarity
special care should be taken to keep it away from open flame
Do not reverse the battery polarity. Always ensure the correct and spark.
polarity is connected when testing.
Rules
High-voltage Circuit
Connect or disconnect other systems after the ignition
Use insulating pliers to disconnect the alive circuit, do not allow system is turned off, so as to avoid the surge generated by
the exposed wire to contact any components, especially the disconnecting the "live" connection which may damage the
ECU. Measure voltage of the ignition coil terminal when the electronic components.
engine is running. Special care shall be taken since the terminal
Ensure that hands and working surface are clean and free of oil,
may generate high voltage.
swarf, etc. Grease and dust may lead to leakage of electricity
Connectors and Harnesses (short circuit) or open circuit.
For electrical components and connectors, the operating
Do not remove or fit the connectors by force, especially
environment in the engine compartment is awfully harsh:
the internal connectors. Damaged circuits may lead to short
• Before disconnecting and connecting the test equipment, circuit or open circuit.
make sure that the relevant electrical components is dry
Before starting any test and when the periodical test is
and oil-free.
performed, touch vehicle body to release the static electricity.
• Ensure the disconnected multi-plugs and sensors are
Static electricity on operator's body is liable to cause damage
free of oil, coolant or other liquids. Contamination may
to some electronic components.
impair working performance or result in catastrophic
failures. When handling the PCB, only hold the edge of the PCB
with care. Note that some electronic components are quite
• Do not disconnect the connector by force with tools or
susceptible to static electricity from the body.
by pulling the harness.
• Before disconnecting the connector, ensure that the Electrical Connector Lubrication
locking mechanism is unlocked and in the right position To avoid corrosion, a special grease has been applied to some
for reconnection. connectors under the engine hood and vehicle body during
• Ensure that all the protective devices (cap, insulating the vehicle production. If the grease is spoiled during the
material, etc) are in good condition. Once damaged, maintenance, repair or replacement, it should be applied again.
replace it immediately.
V1.0 6
General Information
SRS Precautions In order to ensure the integrity of system, it is required to
General Precautions check and maintain SRS system on a regular basis so that it can
work more effectively while impact occurs. Check the SRS
If without correct service and handling, some parts in the
component carefully before refit. Do not fit any part showing
system will cause potential dangers to servicemen. The
signs of falling or improperly handled, such as depression, crack
following instructions remind servicemen to be alert to these
or deformation.
potential dangers, and address the importance of complete
parts installed on SRS. Warning: The integrity of the SRS system is critical for
safety reasons.
Warning: It is imperative that before any work
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Make sure to comply with the following operations:
information is read thoroughly. • Do not fit the SRS component previously used on other
Warning: It is imperative that before any work vehicles, nor try to repair the SRS component.
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate • Do not use any SRS component without mark or with
information is read thoroughly. illegible mark.
Warning: The airbag module contains sodium azide which • The airbag or SRS ECU that has already fallen off must
is poisonous and extremely flammable. Contact with not be used.
water, acid or heavy metals may produce harmful or • While repairing SRS system, only brand new original
explosive compounds. Do not dismantle, incinerate or components can be used.
bring into contact with electricity, before the unit has • Do not power on SRS component, unless such test is
been deployed. otherwise specified in the instructions.
Warning: Always replace a seat belt assembly that has • Ensure the tightening torque of screw is correct. While
withstood the strain of a severe vehicle impact, or if the replacing SRS component, new fasteners must be used.
webbing shows signs of fraying. • Make sure SRS ECU is correctly fit. Gap is not allowed
Warning: Always disconnect the vehicle battery before between SRS ECU and its bracket. Improper installation
carrying out any electric welding on a vehicle fitted with of SRS ECU may lead to system failure.
an SRS system. • Do not power on SRS ECU before all SRS components
are connected.
Caution: Do not expose an airbag module or seat belt
pre-tensioner to heat exceeding 85℃. Caution: Ensure SRS components are not contaminated
with oil, grease, detergent or water.
Pay attention to operation cautions when maintaining SRS as
well as operating auxiliary system and components around SRS Caution: Torque wrenches should be regularly checked for
component. accuracy to ensure that all fixings are tightened to the
correct torque.
Keep System Secure
Caution: Following seat belt pretensioner deployment,
When conducting the operation on and around the SRS
the seat belts can still be used as conventional seat
component, ensure the security of system according to the
belts, but will need to be replaced as soon as possible to
following steps:
re-establish full SRS protection.
• Take the key from ignition switch.
Caution: If the SRS component is to be replaced, the bar
• Disconnect the battery negative first, and then
code of the new unit must be recorded.
disconnect the positive.
• Wait for 10 minutes to discharge SRS ECU backup circuit. SRS Component Test Precautions
SRS system uses energy storage capacitor so that the system SRS component is designed to be triggered with low working
can still work in case of power failure due to accident. The current, please always follow the precautions as below:
discharge time of capacitor shall be long enough (at least 10 Warning: Do not use a multimeter or other general
minutes) to prevent the airbag from unexpected deployment. purpose test equipment on SRS system components
Caution: Disconnect the battery before starting the SRS or accidental deployment may occur. Only use the
operation. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first. recommended diagnostic equipment to diagnose system
DO NOT disconnect the battery in the reverse order. faults.
Fit
V1.0 7
General Information
Warning: Do not use electrical test equipment on the SRS Warning: Store the airbag module or seat belt
harness while it is connected to any of the SRS system pre-tensioners in a designated storage area.
components. It may cause accidental deployment and
Caution: Improper handling or storage can internally
personal injury.
damage the airbag module, making it inoperative. If you
Handling and Storage suspect the airbag module has been damaged, install
Always comply with the following handling precautions: a new module and refer to theDeployment/Disposal
Procedures for disposal of the damaged module.
Warning: The SRS components are sensitive and
potentially hazardous if not handled correctly; always SRS Harness and Connector
comply with the following handling precautions: When handling the harness of SRS system, comply with the
• ECU and airbag must be stored in a cabinet in a dry following operation steps:
room at normal room temperatures not exceeding • Do not try to modify, connect or repair SRS harness.
85° C. Ensure that heating, fire, water and other
• Do not fit any extra electronic equipment (e.g., mobile
chemical corrosive substances cannot contaminate
phone, two-way broadcast or onboard entertainment
the stored SRS components.
system), which will cause electromagnetic interference
• For safety reasons, do not store inflammable goods to airbag circuit. Consult professional personnel for
close to the area where the SRS components are suggestions prior to the fit of similar devices.
stored.
Note: SRS system wiring can be identified by a special
• Keep new airbag module in the original packaging,
yellow outer sleeve protecting the wires (black with yellow
until just before fitting.
stripe protective coverings are sometimes used).
• The storage area must comply with all legal
Warning: Always ensure SRS wiring is routed correctly.
requirements. It must have suitable fire extinguishers
Be careful to avoidtrapping or pinching the SRS wiring.
or other fire extinguishing equipment.
Do not leave the connectors hanging loose or allow SRS
• Never drop an SRS component. The airbag
components to hang from their harnesses. Look for
diagnostic control unit is a particularly shock
possible points of chafing.
sensitive device and must be handled with extreme
Precautions during User's Operation
care.
• Never wrap your arms around an airbag module. If In order to ensure the airbag to restrain, users shall pay
an airbag module has to be carried, hold it by the attention to the following precautions related to the use of
cover, with the cover uppermost and the base away airbag.
from your body. The driver and passenger must use seat belt in a correct
• Never transport airbag modules or seat belt manner. Proper use of seat belt may protect human body and
pre-tensioners in the cabin of a vehicle. reduce the damage to body during accident.
Warning: Never attach anything to an airbag cover or any Do not fit any additional device that may hinder or damage seat
trim componentcovering an airbag module. Do not allow belt pretensioner or airbag without permission.
anything to rest on top of an airbag module.
Do not place any articles on the steering wheel and instrument
Warning: Store the airbag module with the deployment panel, otherwise they will cut the airbag while inflating or
side uppermost. If it is stored deployment side down, become projectile to hurt human body.
accidental deployment will propel the airbag module with
The seat cover is not allowed to add or incorrectly fit on seat
enough force to cause serious injury.
with side airbag.
Warning: Airbag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners are
Children under the age of 12 is not allowed to be seated in
classed as explosive devices. For overnight and longer
front seat.
term storage, they must be stored in a secure steel cabinet
which has been approved as suitable for the purpose and Only original accessories are allowed to install.
has been registered by the local authority. Only authorized personnel can remove the harness and
Warning: When recovering the seat belt pretensioner, DO connector of airbag module, SRS ECU and SRS system.
NOT aim the piston pipe at yourself or others. Keep the If the airbag and seat belt pretensioner are used in accident,
pistons facing the ground. Hold the case instead of the then SRS ECU must be replaced and the old one shall be
seat belt. discarded.
V1.0 8
General Information
SRS system on each vehicle is matched and verified, and adding Warning: Contact with chemicals from deployed and
or modifying SRS system and harness at will may harm human damaged SRS components could present a health hazard,
body. wear protective clothing when handling. DO NOT eat,
drink or smoke when handling SRS components.
Change in vehicle structure or SRS system is strictly prohibited,
otherwise it may result in false explosion or non-explosion of Warning: Deployment of airbag modules and seat belt
airbag. pre-tensioners can cause injury to personnel in the close
Rotary Coupler Protection vicinity of the deploying unit. In case of injury seek urgent
medical advice. Possible sources of injury include:
Caution: Always follow the procedure for fitting and
• impact - due to inflating airbag or pretensioner
checking the rotary coupler as instructed in the SRS
operation causing component 'kick'.
repairs section. Comply with all safety and installation
procedures to ensure the system functions correctly. • hearing - due to noise produced by deploying airbags
and seat belt pretensioner units.
Follow the following operation precautions:
• burns - hot component parts and gases.
• Do not unlock or rotate while removing rotary coupler.
• irritation to eyes and lungs - from deploying gases or
• Do not rotate wheels while removing rotary coupler.
combustion residue.
• Ensure that the rotary coupler is in the centre with front
Warning: Ensure the SRS component to be deployed is
wheel pointing to right ahead when carrying out removal
securely fastened to its mounting.
and refit. For correct removal and refit procedures,
please refer to SRS Service section. Warning: Compliance with the following precautions
• Ensure the locking piece is in good condition while fitting MUST be ensured:
new rotary coupler; do not use if it is damaged. • Only use deployment equipment approved for the
Roadside Assistance intended purpose.
V1.0 9
General Information
Air Conditioning System Precautions Warning: Due to its low evaporating temperature, R134a
Overview must be handled with care. R134a splashed on any part
of the body will cause immediate freezing of that area.
The fluids and components of air conditioning system could
Also, refrigerant cylinders and replenishment trolleys
be potentially hazardous to the service technician or the
when discharging will freeze skin to them if contact is
environment if they are not serviced or handled correctly.
made.
The following guidelines are intended to alert the service
engineer to potential sources of danger and emphasize the Service Precautions
importance of ensuring the integrity of the air conditioning Observe the following precautions when handling components
operating conditions and components fitted to the vehicle. used in the air conditioning system:
Where necessary, additional specific precautions are detailed • Air conditioning units must not be lifted by their hoses,
in the relevant sections of this Manual which should be referred pipes or capillary lines.
to prior to commencing repair operations. • Hoses and lines must not be subjected to any twist or
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is HFC-134a stress; the efficiency of the system will be impaired by
(Hydrofluorocarbon) R134a. kinks or restrictions. Ensure that hoses are correctly
positioned before tightening couplings, and ensure that
Warning: Servicing must only be carried out by personnel all clips and supports are utilized.
familiar with both the vehicle system and the charging and
• Flexible hoses should not be positioned close to the
testing equipment. All operations must be carried out in
exhaust manifold (less than 100 mm) unless protected
a well ventilated area away from open flame and heat
by heat shielding.
sources.
• Completed assemblies must be checked for refrigeration
Warning: R134a is a hazardous liquid and when handled lines touching metal panels. Any direct contact of
incorrectly can cause serious injury. Suitable protective components and panels may transmit noise and so must
clothing, consisting of face protection, heat-proof gloves, be eliminated.
rubber boots and rubber apron or waterproof overalls,
• The appropriate torque wrench must be used when
must be worn when carrying out operations on the air
tightening refrigerant connections to the stipulated
conditioning system.
value. An additional spanner must be used to hold the
First-aid Measures union to prevent twisting of the pipe when tightening
If an accident involving R134a should occur, conduct the connections.
following first-aid measures: • Before connecting any hose or pipe, ensure that
• If liquid R134a enters the eye, do not rub it. Gently run refrigerant oil is applied to the seat of the new O-rings,
large quantities of eye wash over affected eye to raise the BUT NOT to the threads of the connection.
temperature. If an eye wash is not available, cool clean • All air conditioning system components must be stored
water may be used to flush the eye. After rinsing, cover under seal until immediately prior to connection.
the eye with a clean pad and seek immediate medical • Ensure components are at room temperature before
attention. uncapping, to prevent condensation of moisture from
• If liquid R134a is splashed onto the skin, run large the air that enters it.
quantities of water over the affected area to raise the • Component seal must not remain uncapped for more
temperature. Take the same measures for skin contact than 15 minutes. In the event of a delay, the sealing
with the discharge. Wrap the contaminated body parts component must be fitted.
in blankets (or similar materials) and seek immediate
• When disconnecting, immediately cap all air conditioning
medical attention.
pipes to prevent ingress of dirt and moisture into the
• If inhalation of R134a vapour causes persons to be system.
unconscious, move them away from the contaminated
• The receiver/drier contains desiccant which absorbs
area to fresh air and apply artificial respiration and/ or
moisture. It must be positively sealed at all times. A
oxygen and seek immediate medical attention.
receiver/drier that has been left uncapped must not be
used, fit a new unit.
• The receiver/drier should be the last component
connected to the system to ensure optimum dehydration
and maximum moisture protection of the system.
V1.0 10
General Information
• Whenever the refrigerant system is opened, the Warning: Refrigerant R134a from domestic and
desiccant must be renewed immediately before refilling commercial sources must not be used in motor vehicle air
the refrigerant. conditioning systems.
• Use alcohol and a clean lint-free cloth to clean dirty Caution: The system must be evacuated immediately
connections. before recharging commences. Delay between evacuation
• Ensure that all new parts fitted are marked for use with and recharging is not permitted.
R134a.
Refrigerant Oil
Refrigerant oil easily absorbs water and must not be stored for
long periods. Do not pour unused refrigerant oil back into the
container. Always use an approved refrigerant oil.
V1.0 11
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
V1.0 12
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Chassis) (Powertrain)
Note: Please confirm the followings: Note: Please confirm the followings:
• Control module and LAN device equipped on the vehicle • Control module and LAN device equipped on the vehicle
• Position of control module on HS CAN (chassis) serial • Position of control module on HS CAN (powertrain)
data circuit serial data circuit
• Control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication • Control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication
enabling and serial data circuit terminals enabling and serial data circuit terminals
1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication 1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication
between other modules before the diagnosis. If any, between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
diagnose it first. diagnose it first.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable. the battery negative cable.
3. Test the resistance between diagnostic interface terminals 3. Test the resistance between diagnostic interface terminals
CAN H (6) and CAN L (14) according to the following CAN H (6) and CAN L (14) according to the following
conditions: conditions:
Condition A: With all connectors connected, check if the Condition A: With all connectors connected, check if the
resistance is 60±5Ω resistance is 60±5Ω
Condition B: With all connectors of the terminal resistor Condition B: With all connectors of the terminal resistor
connected, check if the resistance is 120±5Ω connected, check if the resistance is 120±5Ω
Condition C: With all connectors of the terminal resistor Condition C: With all connectors of the terminal resistor
disconnected, check if the resistance is infinite disconnected, check if the resistance is infinite
4. If the above resistance fails to meet the standard value, 4. If the above resistance fails to meet the standard value,
disconnect the harness connector from the control disconnect the harness connector from the control
module which is unable to communicate. module which is unable to communicate.
5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal 5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal
of each control module and the ground is less than 10Ω. of each control module and the ground is less than 10Ω.
If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and confirm if the test lamp switch in "ON" position, and confirm if the test lamp
between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module
and the ground illuminates. and the ground illuminates.
If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance. short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the
control module for short to ground. control module for short to ground.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module. If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit 7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit
terminal and the ground illuminates. terminal and the ground illuminates.
If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to
ground or open circuit/high resistance. ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the
control module for short to ground. control module for short to ground.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module. If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
V1.0 13
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
U n d e rs ta n d a n d V e rify th e C u s to m e rs C o n c e rn
V e h ic le O p e ra tin g a s D e s ig n e d
P re lim in a ry C h e c k s V is u a l a n d O p e ra tio n a l
C h e c k fo r R e la tiv e S e r v ic e T e c h n ic a l In fo rm a tio n
C u r re n t D T C N o D TC
In te r m itte n t/h is to ry D T C
F o llo w D T C D ia g n o s tic F o llo w S y m p to m S e e D ia g n o s tic D e ta il
P ro c e d u re D ia g n o s tic P ro c e d u re B e lo w
Is o la te th e R o o t C a u s e , th e n R e p a ir a n d V e rify F ix
No
R e -e x a m in e th e C o n c e rn
Yes
E n s u re th e C o n c e rn s o lv e d , C le a r th e D T C
1. Understand and confirm the problem claimed by the 4. Perform a diagnostic system check - vehicle, confirm if
customer: The first step of this procedure is to get the system works normally. This can lead the technician
information as much as possible from the customer. to take systematic diagnostic actions and determine
Working conditions while the failure occurs, frequency which diagnostic category shall be performed. Refer to
of the failure and service history shall be inquired. The "Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle".
technician shall have a good knowledge of the normal 5. Check and refer to the relevant service technical
working condition of the system prior to confirming any information.
customer claimed problem. For details, please refer to
6. Diagnostic category:
User Manual or Service Manual.
a. Current DTCs: perform the diagnosis according to
2. The driving condition conforms to the design
the specified DTC so as to make a effective repair.
requirement: such condition exists when the vehicle
Please refer to the Overall List of the Diagnostic
is running normally. The condition described by the
Trouble Code (DTC).
customer may be a normal condition. Under the same
condition as described by the customer, compare with b. Symptom - no DTC is detected: Select a proper
the similar vehicles which are in normal operation. symptom diagnosis procedure.
Explain the check results and system operation conditions
c. Intermittent DTCs: intermittent failure is a failure
to the customer.
which does not occur consecutively, is quite difficult
3. Preliminary check: perform a thorough visual check. to reappear and only occurs when the relevant
Review the service history. Check for any abnormal conditions are met. Normally, intermittent failures
noise or smell. Collect the DTC information so as to are caused by electrical connector and harness
make effective repair. failure, component failure, electromagnetic/radio
V1.0 14
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
frequency interference, driving condition or Diagnostic Procedure Description
aftermarket add-on equipments. The following is brief description for all 13 procedures included
7. Find out the root cause of the failure, then make repair in diagnostic procedure.
and verify the result: after finding out the root cause DTC Description
of the failure, repair and verify if the failure has been
It describes the DTC diagnosed in this procedure. DTC No.
corrected. Confirm that the DTC or symptom has been
and description with symptom description will be provided
solved, it may be required to perform a road test on
when appropriate.
the vehicle.
Circuit/System Description
8. Recheck the problem claimed by the customer: If the
technician fails to find out the cause of the problem, Circuit/system description determines how the circuit/system
recheck as necessary. Reconfirm the problem claimed works.
by the customer. The problem could be an intermittent Conditions for Running DTCs
failure, or a normal condition.
Conditions for running DTCs confirm which conditions must
9. Confirm that the customer claimed problem has been appear to allow the running of failure diagnosis.
solved, and clear the relevant DTC.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions to run
DTC are in "and" relation.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Conditions for setting DTCs confirm which conditions must
appear when diagnosis fails and when this DTC is set.
For example:
V1.0 15
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
basic method of circuit inspection Test module in this category is not available. Mostly, module is
Circuit/System Check used to confirm harness circuit in circuit/system test category,
and always re-test module before replacement.
Diagnosis mode does not enforce technicians to carry
out any of three diagnosis types (circuit/system check,
Service Guideline
circuit/system test and component test). However, carrying Service guideline provides relevant link for components to be
out circuit/system check first helps to determine current repaired or replaced, and this link describes how to identify
vehicle failures the repaired vehicle.
Circuit/system check is a non-interference procedure,
outlining how to confirm normal operation of a system or a
system port. During the check, vehicle shall be kept intact
and be tested as a complete system. This check is used to
help technicians to determine whether the failure is current
or intermittent.
When those test steps are carried out, control module and
component will also be diagnosed. Before replacement,
always re-test control module or component. For example,
re-connect all components and module, re-test system, and
confirm that the failure still exists before replacing module or
component.
Component Test
Component test can provide static and/or dynamic component
tests. Those tests are used to confirm whether component
works normally, to avoid unnecessary replacement.
V1.0 16
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Perform the diagnostic procedure in this manual on condition The basic method of circuit inspection contains the following
that all functions below conform to the design conventions basic inspection information. These information is used
together with the diagnostic procedure, so as to identify the
• The battery (12V) is in full charge state, and the cable is
causes of electrical failure.
clean and secure.
• The fuse is not blown. • Measuring Voltage
• The ground circuit in the area where the customer claims • Measuring Voltage Drop
repair is clean, firm and in proper position. • Measuring Frequency
• All the connections/connectors of the faulty section are • Inspecting Ground and Low Level Reference Voltage
in place. Circuit
• No aftermarket add-on equipments affect the system • Conduction Test
operation. • Inspection for Short to Ground
• The scan tool is powered on. • Inspection for Short to Voltage
Diagnostic System Check • Inspection for Intermittent Failure or Poor Contact
1. Confirm customer claimed problem - understand and Measuring Voltage
confirm customer claimed problem. Check the visible
The following procedures are used to measure the voltage at
system parts for apparent damage or failure which has
selected points in the circuit.
caused the problem.
1. When necessary, disconnect the electrical harness
2. Check service bulletin - Check relevant service bulletins,
connector of the circuit to be tested.
recall/regional operations and preliminary information.
2. Activate the circuit to be tested and/or system. The
3. Mechanical system malfunction - Confirm if this symptom
methods are as follows:
is not caused by malfunction of the mechanical system
only. a. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
4. Vehicle electricity check - Place the ignition switch in position.
"ON" position, and confirm the vehicle is powered on. b. Start the engine.
5. Control module communication and DTC check - With
c. Connect the circuit and/or system with the "Forced
a scan tool, confirm there's at least one control module
Output" function of a scan tool.
can communicate with the scan tool.
6. Control module internal performance failure - Confirm d. Turn on the switch of circuit and/or system to be
that DTCs for the control module internal hardware tested.
performance failure have not been set. 3. Select V (AC) or V (DC) position on a digital multimeter.
7. Control module communication check - Check if 4. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to the
the vehicle has any control module that cannot point to be tested of the circuit.
communicate, all control modules equipped shall be able 5. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
to communicate. a good ground.
8. Communication and power mode failure - Confirm 6. The digital multimeter will display the measured voltage
that no DTCs for control module power mode or value at this point.
communication failure have been set
Measuring Voltage Drop
9. Engine start and running check - Confirm the engine is
started and running. The following procedures are used to determine the voltage
difference between two points.
10. Check for other DTCs - Confirm that no other DTC
is set. 1. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position.
11. Emission related check/maintenance test failure - If the 2. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to a
check and maintenance are required in the local area, point to be tested of the circuit.
confirm that customer claimed problem is irrelevant to 3. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
the check/maintenance test. another point to be tested of the circuit.
12. Symptom diagnosis - Diagnose other customer claimed 4. Power on the circuit.
problems.
V1.0 17
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
5. The digital multimeter will display the voltage difference It may be required to meet the following conditions to ensure
between two points. the conduction readings of ground or low level reference
Measuring Frequency voltage circuit are valid.
• Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position
Apply a oscilloscope or other special frequency meter to
measure the frequency. The following part only introduces • The key is pulled out of the ignition switch (no remote
the measuring method with a digital multimeter. door lock and remote starter equipped)
• Retained accessory power is turned off (after the ignition
The following procedures can determine the signal frequency.
switch is turned off, open the driver door and then close
1. Power on the circuit. it)
2. Set the digital multimeter at V (AC) position. • Charging rate of the battery charger is set to 2A or lower
3. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to the • Scan tool has no communication with any vehicle control
circuit to be tested. module (sometimes it is required to disconnect it from
4. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to the DLC)
a good ground. • All doors are closed
5. Set the digital multimeter to Hz. • Headlamp goes off (auto headlamp disabled)
6. The digital multimeter will display the measured value • Any delay lamp goes off
of frequency.
• HVAC system is turned off
Inspecting Ground and Low Level Reference
• Any accessories which can work when the ignition switch
Voltage Circuit
is off
When a digital multimeter is applied, there are many vehicle
• Waiting for 60s (after all other conditions have been met)
conditions which may affect the conduction test of ground and
low level voltage reference circuit. If these conditions have not Conduction Test
been met, the ground or low level reference voltage circuit test The following procedures can inspect if the circuit has good
on a good circuit may fail. It may result in extended diagnostic conduction.
time and incorrect component replacement.
Apply a digital multimeter
During the test, any current flowing through the ground or
1. Set the digital multimeter in Ω position.
low level reference voltage circuit may result in the conduction
reading deviation of the digital multimeter, or displaying a 2. Disconnect the power feeder of suspicious circuit (e.g.
reading higher than when there is no current flowing through. fuse, control module).
When performing ground or low level reference voltage 3. Disconnect the load.
circuit conduction test, compared with any other ground 4. Select the "MIN MAX" function of the digital multimeter.
reference points, the good ground or low level reference 5. Connect one wire of the digital multimeter to one end
voltage circuit test is most likely to fail at the vehicle battery of the circuit to be tested.
negative terminal. The optimum ground test point should
6. Connect the other wire of the digital multimeter to the
be the control module housing (if the control module has a
other end of the circuit to be tested.
metal housing and is grounded), the door pillar lock catch (if
connecting with metal), lower part of the instrument panel 7. If the digital multimeter displays little resistance or no
metal framework, the engine cylinder block or body ground resistance, it indicates that the circuit conduction is good.
stud (positions other than that at the battery negative cable Inspection for Short to Ground
connection). The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short
The typical ground or low level reference circuit conduction to ground.
readings of a digital multimeter shall be 100Ω when the ignition Take the use of a digital multimeter as an example:
switch is placed in "ON" position, and it will drop to 15–25Ω
when the ignition switch is in "OFF" position. After 30–40s, the 1. Disconnect the power feeder of suspected circuit
reading will drop below 10Ω, after 60s, it will drop below 5Ω. (e.g.fuse, control module).
Once the vehicle completely enters into sleep state (normally 2. Disconnect the load.
3 - 10min), the reading will drop below 0.3Ω. 3. Set the digital multimeter in Ω position.
4. Connect one wire of the digital multimeter to one end
of the circuit to be tested.
V1.0 18
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
5. Connect the other wire of the digital multimeter to a • Squeeze mechanical connection part of connectors.
good ground.
• Pull the harness or wire to judge if the wire inside the
6. If the resistance shown on the digital multimeter is not insulating layer is disconnected/broken.
infinite, it indicates that the circuit is short to ground.
• Reroute the harness or wire.
When the fuse supplies power to multiple loads:
All these operations should be performed with specific
1. View the system schematic diagram and find the blown
purpose. For example, with the scan tool connected,
fuse.
shake the wire to find the failures in respect of control
2. Disconnect the first connector or switch between the fuse module input signal. It is possible to observe data
and each load. information of corresponding components via "Real-time
3. Connect the digital multimeter with both terminals of the Display".
fuse (ensure the fuse is energized).
Another method is: connect, shut off and shift related
• If the digital multimeter shows a voltage, it indicates connector and harness with "Force Output" component
that the circuit to the first connector or switch is of the scan tool and observe component operations.
short-circuited. Keep the engine running, move related connector and
harness, meanwhile monitor the engine operation. If the
• If the digital multimeter shows a voltage, it indicates
movement of harness or connector affects the indicated
that the circuit to the first connector or switch is
data, the component/system operation or the engine
short-circuited.
operation, then inspect the harness/connector and repair
4. Close the connector or switch one by one, till the digital them when necessary.
multimeter shows a voltage, so as to find the shorted
It may be required to load the vehicle to reappear the
circuit.
failure. Heavy load, floor jack, jack support, vehicle hoist
Inspection for Short to Voltage etc. may be needed. Above methods can be used to
The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short control suspension or frame so as to reappear the failure.
to voltage. This method can effectively find those harnesses which are
too short, the connector on the harness may be pulled
1. Disconnect the power feeder of suspected circuit
open if the harness is too short, which may result in poor
(e.g.fuse, control module).
contact. When testing, set the digital multimeter at "Peak
2. Disconnect the load. Min/Max" mode and connect to suspected circuit, then you
3. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position. can obtain desired result.
4. Connect the positive wire of the digital multimeter to Certainly, when operating the circuits, good effect can also
one end of the circuit to be tested. be achieved by using sense of sight, smell and hearing.
5. Connect the negative wire of the digital multimeter to
Sometimes, the target of reappearing failure can not
a good ground.
be achieved only by circuit operation. In this case, it is
6. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and have all required to expose the suspected circuit under other
accessories operating. conditions simultaneously when operating the harness.
7. If the measured voltage value is higher than 1V, it indicates This kind of conditions include high humidity condition
that the circuit is short to voltage. and extreme high or low temperature condition. The
Inspection for Intermittent Failure and Poor following introduces how to expose the circuit under this
Contact kind of conditions.
1. Conditions Causing Intermittent Failure • High temperature condition
Many intermittent break circuit and short circuit failure are If the failure customer reported seems to have connection
arising from the movement of harness/connector due to with overheat, then heat gun can be applied to simulate the
vibration, engine torque, jerk/rough road etc. If the failure failure condition. Apply heat gun to heat suspected part
seems arising from vibration, harness operations may be or component.
required to reappear the failure reported by the customer.
Operate the harness under high temperature, meanwhile
Circuit operation may include various operations, such as:
monitor the scan tool or digital multimeter to find out the
• Shake the harness. failure.
• Disconnect the connector and reconnect.
V1.0 19
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
The high temperature condition may also be easily • Learn the testing procedures of intermittent open circuit,
obtained by performing road test of vehicle under normal high resistance, short to ground and short to voltage
running temperature. failure.
If there is no heat gun, this method can be considered a. Inspect if terminal is with fretting wear
to strengthen the diagnosis. Whereas, this method is
Some intermittent failures may be caused by wire
inconvenient for performing corresponding operation on
terminal contact corrosion. When there is a minor
components (such as harness) at the same time.
movement between electrical connectors, contact
• Low Temperature Condition corrosion is formed by insulating accumulation -
oxidation wear fragment. When oxidation wear
Placing a fan in the front of vehicle according to the failure
fragment accumulated at electrical connector to a
nature, and parking the vehicle in the shade, then the
certain degree, the resistance at connector shall
desired effect can be achieved.
increase. A minor movement from 10 to 100 micron
After vehicle, component or harness are completely on contact surface will result in contact corrosion.
cooled down, operate the harness or component to Imagine a piece of paper with a thickness of 100
reappear fault. micron, it turns out the contact corrosion is too
Failure reappearing condition small to be seen. Vibration as well as expansion and
contraction are main causes of contact corrosion
a. If previous tests are not succeeded, try to reappear
movement. Vehicle vibration and wide temperature
and/or catch failure condition.
fluctuation are also sources of contact corrosion
b. "Freeze Frame" data includes conditions appearing in movement. Tin, copper, nickle and metal surface are
the setting of DTC (if applicable). easy to be contact corrosion. Contact corrosion
is difficult to be seen, but it seems like a small and
2. Inspection for Intermittent Failure and Poor Contact
black stain on terminal contact surface. In order to
If a fault does not occur at current time, but DTC history prevent corrosion, disconnect suspected connector
record shows that it has occurred once, then it may be and add lubricant at two sides of connector terminal
an intermittent fault. Intermittent failure may also be the (insulating lubricating grease). Then reconnect
reason why customer reported to repair, but the symptom connector and wipe off excessive lubricant. This may
cannot be reappeared. reduce terminal contact additional resistance caused
Most intermittent failures are caused by electrical by terminal contact corrosion.
connection or wiring failure. Inspect the following: b. Inspect if terminal contact is in good condition
• Wires inside insulating layer are broken or not. Before replacing suspicious components, test contact
• Positive terminal and negative terminal of connector is in conditions of terminal on component connector and
poor contact or not. in-line connector. Check each terminal matched
mutually, ensure terminals are in good contact.
• Poor terminal-to-wire contact - this kind of failure includes
Negative and positive terminal of connector may
poor pressure connection, poor welding, pressure
be in poor connection due to contamination or
connection onto wire insulating layer rather than wire
deformation. Improper connection of two halves
itself, contact part of wire and terminal corrosion etc.
of a connector may cause contamination. Absence
• Piercing or destroying insulating layer may result in or damage of connector seal element, damage of
moisture into wire then cause corrosion. Conductor connector itself or expose of terminal in moisture or
in insulating layer may corrode, but it cannot be found dust may also cause contamination. Connector under
apparently. Search if there are inflatable and hardened engine compartment or at vehicle bottom is most
wires in suspected circuit. likely to be contaminated, result in terminal corrosion
and then cause break circuit or intermittent break
• Wire stuck, cut or insulation layer abrasion may result in
circuit. Other reasons causing terminal deformation
intermittent break circuit or short circuit (since exposed
include: improper connection of connector two
part contacts with other harness or component on
halves or repeated removal and refit of connector
vehicle).
two halves. Deformation (often occurs in contact tab
• Wire may contact with hot component or exhaust on parent plug) will cause poor contact of terminal
component. and result in break circuit or intermittent break
• Reappear failure to verify the failure customer reported. circuit failure.
V1.0 20
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
c. Test if bus electrical centre terminal is in good contact circuits. Other component in the system may
Test terminal contact according to below procedures: have individual ground, which may also need to be
tested. Ensure that ground at all grounding points
• Disconnect two halves of connector.
are clean and firmly connected. If possible, check
• Visual check if connector two halves are connections on component and star connector.
contaminated. Contamination may result in the Operate the component to test the circuit for
accumulation of white or green rust inside connector capacity of transmitting enough current.
housing or between terminals, which may cause high
e. Temperature sensitivity
resistance, intermittent contact or break circuit of
the terminal. If there is a sign of contamination on • Once component/connection reaches normal
connector under engine compartment or at vehicle working temperature, intermittent failure
bottom, it should be replaced entirely: terminal, seal may occur. The failure may only occur when
element and connector body. component/connection is under cold state or hot
state.
• Apply positive terminal/terminal wire of the same
class to confirm if retention of suspected terminal • If corresponding "Freeze Frame", "DTC" or other
is obviously different compared with known good data of vehicle data recorder exists, it would be
terminal. Replace suspected negative terminal. helpful for determination of this kind intermittent
failure.
Test terminal contact according to the following
procedures: • If the intermittent failure is heat-related, check if data
is related with following situations:
• Remove suspected component.
• Extreme high ambient temperature.
• Visual check if two sides of the connector have a
sign of contamination. Avoid contacting with any • Heat generated under engine compartment or from
side of the connector, since grease on skin may also engine.
contaminate the connector. • Heat generated due to poor contact or large
• Visual check if the terminal binding face at flat wire electrical load.
side has defects like disconnection, cracking or
• Vehicle overload, for example,towing a vehicle etc.
others that may cause poor connection of terminal.
Visual check the connector at component side, • If the intermittent failure occurs under cold state,
ensure all terminals are consistent and without check if data is related with the followings:
damage or deformation. • Extreme low ambient temperature - under extreme
• Insert corresponding adapter into flat wire harness low temperature, connection part or component
connector to test suspected circuit. may freeze. Check for water penetration.
d. Control module/component voltage and ground • This failure only occurs in cold start.
Poor contact of power supply or ground will result in • After the vehicle is warmed up, this failure disappears.
many different symptoms. • Information provided by customer is helpful
• Test power supply voltage circuit of all control for determining if the failure pertains to
module. On many vehicles, a control module is temperature-related type.
powered by several circuits. Other component • If you suspect that temperature may be the premise
in the system may have individual supply voltage of intermittent failure, try to reappear the failure
circuit, which also needs to be tested. Check condition.
module/component connector between supply
f. Electromagnetic interference and electrical noise
voltage and module/component, fuse connection
and any intermediate junction. Test lamp or digital Some electrical components/circuits are sensitive to
multimeter can display whether it has voltage or not, electromagnetic interference and electrical noise of
but cannot be used to test if the circuit can transmit other types. Check if the following situations exist:
a large enough current. Operate the component to • Improper harness wiring, too close with high
test the circuit for capacity of transmitting enough voltage/high current devices (e.g. secondary
current. ignition component, motor, alternator etc.) - such
• Test all control module ground and system ground components will induce electrical noise in the circuit
circuit. A control module may has several ground and interfere its normal operation.
V1.0 21
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
V1.0 22
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
FTB List
V1.0 23
General Information Diagnoses Based on Strategy
V1.0 24
Diagnoses Based on Strategy General Information
Category FTB Summary FTB Description
71 Actuator Stuck
72 Actuator Stuck Open
73 Actuator Stuck Closed
74 Actuator Slipping
75 Emergency Position Not Reachable
70-7F Mechanical Failure 76 Wrong Mounting Position
77 Commanded Position Not Reachable
78 Alignment or Adjustment Incorrect
79 Mechanical Linkage Failure
7A Fluid Leak or Seal Failure
7B Low Fluid Level
81 Invalid Serial Data Received
82 Alive / Sequence Counter Incorrect / Not Updated
83 Value of Signal Protection Calculation Incorrect
84 Signal Below Allowable Range
80-8F BUS Signal Failure 85 Signal Above Allowable Range
86 Signal Invalid
87 Missing Message
88 Bus off
8F Erratic
91 Parametric
92 Performance or Incorrect Operation
93 No Operation
94 Unexpected Operation
90-9F Component Failure 95 Incorrect Assembly
96 Component Internal Failure
97 Component or System Operation Obstructed or Blocked
98 Component or System Over Temperature
9A Component or System Operating Conditions
V1.0 25
V1.0 26
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC Overall List
DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
11 Driver Airbag - Short to GND 驾驶员安全气囊对地短路 SRS
12 Driver Airbag - Short to Battery 驾驶员安全气囊对电源短路 SRS
B0001 1A Driver Airbag - Resistance too Low 驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 SRS
1B Driver Airbag - Resistance too High 驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 SRS
56 Driver Frontal Airbag - Incompatible Configuration 驾驶员前气囊-配置错误 SRS
11 Passenger Airbag - Short to GND 副驾驶安全气囊对地短路 SRS
12 Passenger Airbag - Short to Battery 副驾驶安全气囊对电源短路 SRS
B0010 1A Passenger Airbag - Resistance too Low 副驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 SRS
1B Passenger Airbag - Resistance too High 副驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 SRS
56 Passenger Frontal Airbag - Incompatible Configuration 副驾驶员安全气囊-配置错误 SRS
11 Left hand Side Airbag - Short to GND 左侧座椅侧气囊对地短路 SRS
12 Left hand Side Airbag - Short to Battery 左侧座椅侧气囊对电源短路 SRS
B0020 1A Left hand Side Airbag - Resistance too Low 左侧座椅侧气囊电阻低 SRS
1B Left hand Side Airbag - Resistance too High 左侧座椅侧气囊电阻高 SRS
56 Left Hand Side Airbag - Incompatible Configuration 左侧座椅侧气囊-配置错误 SRS
11 Left hand Curtain Airbag - Short to GND 左侧气帘对地短路 SRS
12 Left hand Curtain Airbag - Short to Battery 左侧气帘电源短路 SRS
B0021 1A Left hand Curtain Airbag - Resistance too Low 左侧气帘电阻低 SRS
1B Left hand Curtain Airbag - Resistance too High 左侧气帘电阻高 SRS
56 Left Hand Curtain Airbag - Incompatible Configuration 左侧气帘配置错误 SRS
11 Right hand Side Airbag - Short to GND 右侧座椅侧气囊对地短路 SRS
12 Right hand Side Airbag - Short to Battery 右侧座椅侧气囊对电源短路 SRS
B0028 1A Right hand Side Airbag - Resistance too Low 右侧座椅侧气囊电阻低 SRS
1B Right hand Side Airbag - Resistance too High 右侧座椅侧气囊电阻高 SRS
56 Right Hand Side Airbag - Incompatible Configuration 右侧座椅侧气囊配置错误 SRS
11 Right hand Curtain Airbag - Short to GND 右侧气帘对地短路 SRS
12 Right hand Curtain Airbag - Short to Battery 右侧气帘对电源短路 SRS
B0029 1A Right hand Curtain Airbag - Resistance too Low 右侧气帘电阻低 SRS
1B Right hand Curtain Airbag - Resistance too High 右侧气帘电阻高 SRS
56 Right Hand Curtain Airbag - Incompatible Configuration 右侧气帘配置错误 SRS
V1.0 27
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 28
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
49 Left Front Side Impact Sensor - Internal Fault 左前侧碰撞传感器内部故障 SRS
左前侧碰撞传感器类型匹配
56 Left Front Side Impact Sensor - Type Mismatch SRS
错误
B0090
87 Left Front Side Impact Sensor - Lost Communication 左前侧碰撞传感器通信丢失 SRS
左前碰撞传感器发送数据失
86 Left Front Satellite Sensor – transmitted data invalid SRS
效
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器内部故
49 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor - Internal Fault SRS
障
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器通信丢
87 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor - Lost Communication SRS
失
B0091
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器发送数
86 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor – transmitted data invalid SRS
据失效
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor - Incompatible 左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器配置错
56 SRS
Configuration 误
49 Right Front Side Impact Sensor - Internal Fault 右前侧碰撞传感器内部故障 SRS
右前侧碰撞传感器类型匹配
56 Right Front Side Impact Sensor - Type Mismatch SRS
错误
B0095
87 Right Front Side Impact Sensor - Lost Communication 右前侧碰撞传感器通信丢失 SRS
右前碰撞传感器发送数据失
86 Right Front Satellite Sensor – transmitted data invalid SRS
效
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器内部故
49 Righ B-Pillart Side Satellite Sensor - Internal Fault SRS
障
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器通信丢
87 Right hand Side Impact Sensor - Lost Communication SRS
失
B0096
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器发送数
86 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor - Lost Communication SRS
据失效
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器配置错
56 Right Side Satellite Sensor - Incompatible Configuration SRS
误
13 Left Brake lamps Control Circuit open circuit 左制动灯控制回路开路 BCM
B1041
11 Left Brake lamps Control Circuit short to ground 左制动灯控制回路对地短路 BCM
13 Right Brake lamps Control Circuit open circuit 右制动灯控制回路开路 BCM
B1042
11 Right Brake lamps Control Circuit short to ground 右制动灯控制回路对地短路 BCM
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ( CHMSL ) Circuit
12 高位制动灯回路对电源短路 BCM
Short to Battery
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ( CHMSL ) Circuit
B1043 11 高位制动灯回路对地短路 BCM
Short to ground
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp ( CHMSL ) Circuit
13 高位制动灯回路开路 BCM
Open Circuit
11 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Short to ground 倒车灯控制回路对地短路 BCM
B1045 12 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Short to Battery 倒车灯控制回路对电源短路 BCM
13 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit 倒车灯控制回路开路 BCM
V1.0 29
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 30
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
13 Right Position lamp Control Circuit open circuit 右位置灯控制回路开路 BCM
B1062
11 Right Position lamp Control Circuit short to ground 右位置灯控制回路对地短路 BCM
B1066 73 brake pedal switch stuck 刹车踏板开关粘滞 BCM
阳光灯光集成传感器信号电
16 Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Below Threshold BCM
压低于阀值
B1067
阳光灯光集成传感器信号电
17 Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Above Threshold BCM
压高于阀值
Light function column switch:Direction Indicator switch 转向灯拨杆开关电阻值超出
1E BCM
resistance out of range 范围
B1071
Light function column switch:Direction Indicator switch
11 转向灯拨杆开关对地短路 BCM
short to ground
11 Main Light Switch Circuit short to ground 主灯光开关对地短路 BCM
主灯光开关对电源短路或开
B1077 15 Main Light Switch Circuit short to Battery or open BCM
路
1C Main Light Switch Circuit resistance out of range 主灯光开关电阻超出范围 BCM
11 Fog Light Switch Circuit short to ground 雾灯开关对地短路 BCM
B1078 15 Fog Light Switch Circuit short to Battery or open 雾灯开关对电源短路或开路 BCM
1C Fog Light Switch Circuit resistance out of range 雾灯开关电阻超出范围 BCM
B1081 13 Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit open circuit 室内照明灯控制回路开路 BCM
Timed delay / Inadvertent power Control Circuit short to 延时继电器控制回路对地短
11 BCM
ground 路
B1082
Timed delay / Inadvertent power Control Circuit short to 延时继电器控制回路对电源
12 BCM
battery 短路
Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit short to
11 附件挡指示灯回路对地短路 BCM
B1083 ground
13 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit open circuit 附件挡指示灯回路开路 BCM
Power Mode run and Crank Indicator Circuit short to 起动、运行挡指示灯回路对
11 BCM
ground 地短路
B1084
起动、运行挡指示灯回路开
13 Power Mode run and Crank Indicator Circuit open circuit BCM
路
11 Trunk Lamp Control Curcuit Short to ground 行李箱灯控制回路对地短路 BCM
行李箱灯控制回路对电源短
B1089 12 Trunk Lamp Control Curcuit Short to battery BCM
路
13 Trunk Lamp Control Curcuit Open Circuit 行李箱灯控制回路开路 BCM
11 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to ground 背光变暗控制回路对地短路 BCM
背光变暗控制回路对电源短
B108A 12 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to battery BCM
路
13 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Open Circuit 灯光变暗控制回路开路 BCM
B10A1 71 All Door Unlock Relay Stuck 所有车门解锁继电器卡滞 BCM
B10A2 71 All Door Lock Relay Stuck 所有车门锁止继电器卡滞 BCM
V1.0 31
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 32
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
前洗涤继电器控制回路对电
12 Front Washer Relay Control Circuit short to battery BCM
源短路
B110C
Front Washer Relay Driver Short to ground or open 前洗涤继电器控制回路对地
14 BCM
circuit 短路或开路
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗上升继电器控
12 BCM
battery 制回路对电源短路
B1111
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗上升继电器控
14 BCM
ground or open circuit 制回路对地短路或开路
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short 前乘客侧车窗上升继电器控
12 BCM
to battery 制回路对电源短路
B1112
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short 前乘客侧车窗上升继电器控
14 BCM
to ground or open circuit 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 左后乘客侧车窗上升继电器
12 BCM
Short to battery 控制回路对电源短路
B1113
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 左后乘客侧车窗上升继电器
14 BCM
Short to ground or open circuit 控制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 右后乘客侧车窗上升继电器
12 BCM
Short to battery 控制回路对电源短路
B1114
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 右后乘客侧车窗上升继电器
14 BCM
Short to ground or open circuit 控制回路对地短路或开路
B1115 71 Local Passenger door window switch Stuck Switch 前乘客侧车窗开关卡滞 BCM
B1116 71 Local Rear LH door window switch Stuck Switch 左后乘客侧车窗开关卡滞 BCM
B1117 71 Local Rear RH door window switch Stuck Switch 右后乘客侧车窗开关卡滞 BCM
Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗下降继电器控
12 BCM
battery 制回路对电源短路
B1121
Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗下降继电器控
14 BCM
ground or open circuit 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit 前乘客侧车窗下降继电器控
12 BCM
Short to ground or open circuit 制回路对电源短路
B1122
Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit 前乘客侧车窗下降继电器控
14 BCM
Short to battery 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control 左后乘客侧车窗下降继电器
12 BCM
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 控制回路对电源短路
B1123
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit 左后乘客侧车窗下降继电器
14 BCM
Short to battery 控制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control 右后乘客侧车窗下降继电器
12 BCM
Circuit Short to battery 控制回路对电源短路
B1124
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control 右后乘客侧车窗下降继电器
14 BCM
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 控制回路对地短路或开路
04 Driver Window Switch Internal Fault 驾驶员侧车窗开关内部故障 BCM
B112A
71 Driver Window Switch stuck 驾驶员侧车窗开关卡滞 BCM
驾驶员侧车窗电机继电器故
B1131 71 Driver Window Motor Relay Fault BCM
障
V1.0 33
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 34
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
B116A 19 Wakeup Enable_HSD-Circuit current above threshold 唤醒使能回路电流超出阀值 GW
BCM内部点火开关状态与网
B116B 00 BCM internal power mode state mismatch with GW BCM
关不匹配
BCM 内 部 点 火 开 关 状 态 与
B116C 00 BCM internal power mode state mismatch with PEPS BCM
PEPS不匹配
4B Left Motor Over Temperature 左调节电机温度过高 DHL
B1170 19 Left Motor Over Current 左调节电机电流过大 DHL
13 Left motor open circuit 左调节电机开路 DHL
4B Right motor Over Temperature 右调节电机温度过高 DHL
B1171 19 Right motor Over Current 右调节电机电流过大 DHL
13 Right motor open circuit 右调节电机开路 DHL
前悬架高度传感器信号电路
11 Front axle sensor signal circuit short to ground DHL
对地短路
B1172
前悬架高度传感器信号电路
12 Front axle sensor signal circuit short to battery DHL
对电源短路
后悬架高度传感器信号电路
11 Rear axle sensor signal circuit short to ground DHL
对地短路
B1173
后悬架高度传感器信号电路
12 Rear axle sensor signal circuit short to battery DHL
对电源短路
高度传感器供电电路对地短
11 Axle sensor supply circuit short to ground DHL
路
B1174
高度传感器供电电路对电源
12 Axle sensor supply circuit short to battery DHL
短路
B1176 54 Zero position of axle sensor has not been learned. 高度传感器未零位学习 DHL
主控制器与左从控制器失去
B117A 87 Lost communication with left slave DHL
通信
主控制器与右从控制器失去
B117B 87 Lost communication with right slave DHL
通信
11 Hood Ajar(Bonnet Open SW)Circuit Short to Ground 前舱盖半开回路对地短路 BCM
B11A0
13 Hood Ajar(Bonnet Open SW)Circuit Open circuit 前舱盖半开回路开路 BCM
B11A3 09 Rain Sensor Hardware failure 雨量传感器硬件失效 BCM
B11A4 04 Rain Sensor Initialization failure 雨量传感器初始化失效 BCM
B11A5 09 Light Sensor Hardware failure 灯光传感器硬件失效 BCM
V1.0 35
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 36
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Power Liftgate Open Direction-Striker Cinched Switch 电动尾门开启方向与锁扣吸
B11F2 23 PLCM
Invalid State 合开关位状态不匹配
Power Liftgate Close Direction-Striker Cinched Switch 电动尾门关闭方向与锁扣吸
B11F3 24 PLCM
Invalid State 合开关位状态不匹配
Power Liftgate Open Direction-Striker Released Switch 电动尾门开启方向与锁扣释
B11F4 24 PLCM
Invalid State 放开关位状态不匹配
Power Liftgate Close Direction-Striker Released Switch 电动尾门关闭方向与锁扣释
B11F5 23 PLCM
Invalid State 放开关位状态不匹配
B11F6 74 Power Striker Unit Striker Motor Cinch Overcuurent 电动锁扣吸合时过流 PLCM
B11F7 74 Power Striker Unit Striker Motor Release Overcuurent 电动锁扣释放时过流 PLCM
Power Liftgate Close Direction Excessive Position Sensor 电动尾门关闭时位置传感器
B11FC 74 PLCM
Counts 计数异常
燃油传感器电阻值超出上限
29 Fuel sender out of range IPK-H/L
值
B1200
燃油传感器电阻值超出下限
30 Fuel sender out of range IPK-H/L
值
B1201 00 SRS Fault Lamp Fail 安全气囊警告灯故障 IPK-L
B1201 00 SRS Fault Lamp Fail 安全气囊警告灯故障 IPK-H
B1220 00 Distance Count signal Error 里程计数信号错误 IPK-L
B1220 00 Distance Count signal Error 里程计数信号错误 IPK-H
B1221 86 Distance Count signal Invalid 里程计数信号无效 IPK-L
B1221 86 Distance Count signal Invalid 里程计数信号无效 IPK-H
行程计算机开关输入电路开
B1226 13 Trip Computer Switch Input Circuit Open IPK-L
路
行程计算机开关输入电路开
B1226 13 Trip Computer Switch Input Circuit Open IPK-H
路
11 Ambient Sensor Short to Ground 环境温度传感器对地短路 ATC
B1411 环境温度传感器对电压短路
15 Ambient Sensor Short to Battery / Open Circuit ATC
或开路
11 ITOS NTC Sensor Short to Ground 集成热指向传感器对地短路 ATC
B1412 集成热指向传感器对电源短
15 ITOS NTC Sensor Short to Battery / Open Circuit ATC
路/开路
Front Right Face Outlet Temp Sensor Circuit Short to
B1413 11 前右吹面温度传感器短路 ATC
Ground
前右吹面温度传感器对蓄电
B1413 15 Front Right Face Sensor Short to battery/Open circuit ATC
池短路或开 路
前左吹面出风口温度传感器
11 Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor Short to Ground ATC
对地短路
B1414
Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor Short to Battery / 前左吹面出风口温度传感器
15 ATC
Open Circuit 对电源短路/开路
V1.0 37
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 38
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback(Mode 1)Short to 左模式风门执行器反馈对地
11 ATC
Ground 短路
B1434
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback(Mode 1)Short to 左模式风门执行器反馈对电
15 ATC
Battery / Open Circuit 源短路/开路
左温度风门执行器控制对地
11 Left Temp Actuator(Temp 1)Control Short to Ground ATC
短路
B1435
左温度风门执行器控制对电
12 Left Temp Actuator(Temp 1)Control Short to Battery ATC
源短路
左温度风门执行器反馈对地
11 Left Temp Actuator(Temp1)Feedback Short to Ground ATC
短路
B1436
Left Temp Actuator(Temp1)Feedback Short to Battery 左温度风门执行器反馈对电
15 ATC
/ Open Circuit 源短路/开路
右温度风门执行器控制对电
12 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery ETC
源短路
B1437
右温度风门执行器控制对地
11 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short toGround ETC
短路
右温度风门执行器控制对电
12 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery ATC
源短路
B1437
右温度风门执行器控制对地
11 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short toGround ATC
短路
Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Battery/ Open 右温度风门执行器反馈对电
15 ETC
Circuit 源短路/开路
B1438
右温度风门执行器反馈对地
11 Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Ground ETC
短路
Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Battery/ Open 右温度风门执行器反馈对电
15 ATC
Circuit 源短路/开路
B1438
右温度风门执行器反馈对地
11 Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Ground ATC
短路
B1439 05 Left Temp Actuator(Temp1)Calib Error 左温度风门执行器校核错误 ATC
B143A 01 Left Temp Actuator(Temp1)Blockage Error 左温度风门执行器堵转错误 ATC
B143B 05 Right Temp Actuator Calibration Error 右温度风门执行器校核错误 ETC
B143C 01 Right Temp Actuator Blockage Error 右温度风门执行器堵转错误 ETC
B143B 05 Right Temp Actuator Calibration Error 右温度风门执行器校核错误 ATC
B143C 01 Right Temp Actuator Blockage Error 右温度风门执行器堵转错误 ATC
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Calib Error 左模式风门执行器校核错误 ETC
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Blockage Error 左模式风门执行器堵转错误 ETC
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Calib Error 左模式风门执行器校核错误 ATC
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Blockage Error 左模式风门执行器堵转错误 ATC
B144B 54 DC_Motor_Calib_Not_Learned 电机未校核学习 ETC
B144B 54 DC_Motor_Calib_Not_Learned 电机未校核学习 ATC
B1472 01 Front Blower analog control error 前鼓风机模拟控制错误 ETC
B1472 01 Front Blower analog control error 前鼓风机模拟控制错误 ATC
V1.0 39
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 40
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
13 GPS ANT open fault GPS天线开路 T-BOX
B1521
11 GPS ANT short to GND fault GPS天线短路 T-BOX
B1522 31 GPS Module fault GPS定位失败 T-BOX
B1525 13 WAN ANT open fault WAN天线开路 T-BOX
B1526 31 WAN Module fault 无线网络连接失败 T-BOX
B1529 31 AVN Communication fault 与导航主机连接失败 T-BOX
11 Microphone Input short to Ground 麦克风输入对地短路 T-BOX
B1533
13 Microphone Input Open Circuit 麦克风输入开路 T-BOX
11 Microphone Out Short to Ground 麦克风输出对地短路 T-BOX
B1534
13 Microphone Out Open Circuit 麦克风输出开路 T-BOX
B1541 00 TBOX Internal SIM Card Status - Not Present TBOX内部SIM卡失联 T-BOX
B1542 00 TBOX Internal SIM Card - Invalid TBOX内部SIM卡无效 T-BOX
B1562 00 BCM Authentication Failure BCM认证TBOX失败 T-BOX
B1570 31 TBOX Bluetooth module fault 蓝牙模块故障 T-BOX
B1701 95 Transponder Antenna Fault 防盗钥匙发射天线故障 BCM
B1702 96 Invalid key present 无效钥匙 BCM
B1705 96 Loss communication with Base Station 与基站失去通讯 BCM
EMS认证过程中防盗入侵状
B1706 95 Attack state is triggered during EMS authentication BCM
态被触发
B1707 95 No EMS challenge Rx BCM未收到ECM的认证请求 BCM
B1708 87 CAN Communication error during authentication 防盗验证期间CAN通信错误 BCM
B170A 96 BCM does not receive Tbox's response BCM未收到Tbox的回复 BCM
B170B 96 BCM Tbox authentication failure Tbox认证失败 BCM
11 SSB Input Short to GND 起停按钮输入对地短路 PEPS
B1752 起停按钮输入开路或对电源
15 SSB Input Open Circuit or Short to BAT PEPS
短路
B1753 71 SSB Stuck 起停按钮卡滞 PEPS
13 Driver Door HSU Antenna Open Circuit 驾驶员侧门把手天线开路 PEPS
B1754 驾驶员侧门把手天线电流过
19 Driver Door HSU Antenna Over Current PEPS
大
13 Passenger Door HSU Antenna Open Circuit 乘客侧门把手天线开路 PEPS
B1755
19 Passenger Door HSU Antenna Over Current 乘客侧门把手天线电流过大 PEPS
13 Bumper Antenna Open Circuit 保险杠天线开路 PEPS
B1756
19 Bumper Antenna Over Current 保险杠天线电流过大 PEPS
13 Front Interior Antenna Open Circuit 车内前部天线开路 PEPS
B1757
19 Front Interior Antenna Over Current 车内前部天线电流过大 PEPS
13 Middle Interior Antenna Open Circuit 车内中部天线开路 PEPS
B1758
19 Middle Interior Antenna Over Current 车内中部天线电流过大 PEPS
V1.0 41
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 42
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
PDC Rear Left Senor Signal Circuit Short to Battery or 后左PDC传感器信号对电源
B1948 12 PDC
Sensor Failure 短路或传感器故障
PDC Rear Left Sensor Signal Circuit Short to Ground or 后左PDC传感器信号对地短
B1948 14 PDC
Open 路或开路
PDC Rear Middle Left Senor Signal Circuit Short to 后左中PDC传感器信号对电
B1949 12 PDC
Battery or Sensor Failure 源短路或传感器故障
PDC Rear Middle Left Sensor Signal Circuit Short to 后左中PDC传感器信号对地
B1949 14 PDC
Ground or Open 短路或开路
PDC Rear Middle Right Senor Signal Circuit Short to 后右中PDC传感器信号对电
B194A 12 PDC
Battery or Sensor Failure 源短路或传感器故障
PDC Rear Middle Right Sensor Signal Circuit Short to 后右中PDC传感器信号对地
B194A 14 PDC
Ground or Open 短路或开路
PDC Rear Right Senor Signal Circuit Short to Battery or 后右PDC传感器信号对电源
B194B 12 PDC
Sensor Failure 短路或传感器故障
PDC Rear Right Sensor Signal Circuit Short to Ground or 后右PDC传感器信号对地短
B194B 14 PDC
Open 路或开路
B194C 11 PDC Front Sensor Power Circuit Short to Ground 前PDC传感器对地短路 PDC
B194D 11 PDC Rear Sensor Power Circuit Short to Ground 后PDC传感器对地短路 PDC
B1951 16 PDC Front Sensor Power Supply Voltage too Low 前PDC传感器电压过低 PDC
B1951 17 PDC Front Sensor Power Supply Voltage too High 前PDC传感器电压过高 PDC
B1952 16 PDC Rear Sensor Power Supply Voltage too Low 后PDC传感器电压过低 PDC
B1952 17 PDC Rear Sensor Power Supply Voltage too High 后PDC传感器电压过高 PDC
B1A01 71 Call/Reject Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Call/Reject键卡键 FICM-L
B1A01 71 Call/Reject Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Call/Reject键卡键 FICM-H
B1A02 71 Mute Switch Stuck Mute键卡键 FICM
B1A05 71 Volume Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Up键卡键 FICM-L
B1A05 71 Volume Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Up键卡键 FICM-H
B1A06 71 Volume Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Down键卡键 FICM-L
B1A06 71 Volume Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Volume Down键卡键 FICM-H
B1A07 71 Source Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Source键卡键 FICM-L
B1A07 71 Source Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Source键卡键 FICM-H
B1A08 71 Voice Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Voice键卡键 FICM-L
B1A08 71 Voice Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Voice键卡键 FICM-H
13 The open circuit detection of TUNER's antenna. 收音机天线开路 FICM-L
B1A10
11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground 收音机天线对地短路 FICM-L
12 Tuner's Antenna Short to Battery 收音机天线对电源短路 FICM-H
11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground 收音机天线对地短路 FICM-H
B1A10
13 Tuner's Antenna Open 收音机天线开路 FICM-H
19 Tuner's Antenna Over Current 收音机天线过流 FICM-H
V1.0 43
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 44
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
B1A37 71 Home Switch faceplate stuck Home键卡键 FICM-L
B1A37 71 Home Switch faceplate stuck Home键卡键 FICM-H
B1A39 71 Volume Up Switch Stuck Volume Up键卡键 FICM-H
B1A3A 71 Volume Down Switch Stuck Volume Down键卡键 FICM-H
B1A3B 71 Source Switch faceplate stuck Source键卡键 FICM-L
B1A3E 71 Seek Up Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Seek Up键卡键 FICM-L
B1A3E 71 Seek Up Switch Stuck Seek Up 键卡键 FICM-H
B1A3F 71 Seek Down Switch Stuck Seek Down键卡键 FICM-H
B1A3F 71 Seek Down Switch SWC stuck 方向盘Seek Down键卡键 FICM-L
B1A42 71 InkaNet Switch-SWC stuck 方向盘InkaNet键卡键 FICM-L
方向盘左侧控制按键对地短
11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls short to Ground FICM-L
路
B1A43
方向盘左侧控制按键对电源
12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls short to Battery FICM-L
短路
左侧方向盘控制电路对地短
11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-H
路
B1A43
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or 左侧方向盘控制电路对电源
12 FICM-H
Open 短路或开路
右侧方向盘控制电路对地短
11 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-H
路
B1A44
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or 右侧方向盘控制电路对电源
12 FICM-H
Open 短路或开路
B1A49 71 Defrost Switch Stuck 除霜/雾按键卡键 FICM-H
B1A4A 71 Heated Rear Window Switch Stuck 后风窗加热按键卡键 FICM-H
B1A4B 71 Custom Switch SWC Stuck 方向盘Custom键卡键 FICM-H
娱乐控制面板使能回路对电
12 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Battery FICM-H
源短路
B1AA0
娱乐控制面板使能回路对地
11 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Ground FICM-H
短路
13 360 Left Camera Video Signal Open 360左侧摄像头视频信号开路 FICM-H
B1AE0 360左侧摄像头视频信号对地
11 360 Left Camera Video Signal Short to Ground FICM-H
短路
13 360 Right Camera Video Signal Open 360右侧摄像头视频信号开路 FICM-H
B1AE1 360右侧摄像头视频信号对地
11 360 Right Camera Video Signal Short to Ground FICM-H
短路
13 360 Front Camera Video Signal Open 360前部摄像头视频信号开路 FICM-H
B1AE2 360前部摄像头视频信号对地
11 360 Front Camera Video Signal Short to Ground FICM-H
短路
13 360 Rear Camera Video Signal Open 360后部摄像头视频信号开路 FICM-H
B1AE3 360后部摄像头视频信号对地
11 360 Rear Camera Video Signal Short to Ground FICM-H
短路
V1.0 45
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 46
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
07 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Mechanical Error 左前轮速传感器机械故障 SCS
11 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to GND 左前轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to battery 左前轮速传感器对电源短路
15 SCS
or open 或开路
C0031
29 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal invalid 左前轮速传感器信号无效 SCS
4A Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Wrong type 左前轮速传感器错误 SCS
2F Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 左前轮速传感器信号不稳定 SCS
64 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal unplausible 左前轮速传感器信号不可信 SCS
C0033 09 Right Front Tone Wheel Error 右前轮齿圈故障 SCS
07 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Mechanical Error 右前轮速传感器机械故障 SCS
11 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to GND 右前轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to battery 右前轮速传感器对电源短路
15 SCS
or open 或开路
C0034
29 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal invalid 右前轮速传感器信号无效 SCS
4A Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Wrong type 右前轮速传感器错误 SCS
2F Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 右前轮速传感器信号不稳定 SCS
64 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Signal unplausible 右前轮速传感器信号不可信 SCS
C0036 09 Left Rear Tone Wheel Error 左后轮齿圈故障 SCS
07 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Mechanical Error 左后轮速传感器机械故障 SCS
11 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to GND 左后轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to battery 左后轮速传感器对电源短路
15 SCS
or open 或开路
C0037
29 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal invalid 左后轮速传感器信号无效 SCS
4A Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Wrong type 左后轮速传感器错误 SCS
2F Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 左后轮速传感器信号不稳定 SCS
64 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal unplausible 左后轮速传感器信号不可信 SCS
C0039 09 Right Rear Tone Wheel Error 右后轮齿圈故障 SCS
07 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Mechanical Error 右后轮速传感器机械故障 SCS
11 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to GND 右后轮速传感器对地短路 SCS
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit short to battery 右后轮速传感器对电源短路
15 SCS
or open 或开路
C003A
29 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal invalid 右后轮速传感器信号无效 SCS
4A Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Wrong type 右后轮速传感器错误 SCS
2F Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor-Signal erratic 右后轮速传感器信号不稳定 SCS
64 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Signal unplausible 右后轮速传感器信号不可信 SCS
C0040 64 Brake Pedal Switch Error 制动踏板开关故障 SCS
V1.0 47
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
C0061 横向加速度传感器未标定故
54 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Not calibrated SCS
障
横向加速度传感器信号不可
64 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal unplausible SCS
信
V1.0 48
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
01 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Electrical Error 纵向加速度传感器电器故障 SCS
28 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Offset Error 纵向加速度传感器偏移故障 SCS
纵向加速度传感器未标定故
54 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Not calibrated SCS
障
C0062
纵向加速度传感器信号不可
64 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal unplausible SCS
信
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Wrong mounting 纵向加速度传感器标定位置
76 SCS
position 错误
01 Yaw Rate Sensor Electrical Error 偏航传感器电器故障 SCS
C0063 28 Yaw Rate Sensor Offset Error 偏航传感器偏移故障 SCS
64 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal unplausible 偏航传感器信号不可信 SCS
C006B 00 Stability System Active Too Long 稳定系统工作时间过长 SCS
C006C 64 Stability System Signal Unplausible 稳定系统信号不可信 SCS
C0089 64 ESC Switch error 牵引力控制开关故障 SCS
7A Booster Vaccum Leakage 真空助力器漏气 SCS
C1110
7B Booster Vaccum Too Low 真空助力器低真空 SCS
C1112 00 No coding detected 未编码故障 SCS
配置数据错误或编码EEPROM
C1113 00 Configuration Data Error or Coding EEPROM incoherent SCS
不连续
C1114 4A HCU/ECU Mismatch HCU/ECU不匹配 SCS
46 Analog Valve Calibration Memory Failure 模拟阀标定存储失效 SCS
C1115
62 Analog Valve Current Compare Failure 模拟阀当前对比失效 SCS
11 Vaccum Sensor Supply Short To Ground 外部传感器供电对地短路 SCS
12 Vaccum Sensor Supply Short To Battery 外部传感器供电对电源短路 SCS
C1116
外部传感器供电电压超出范
1C Vaccum Sensor Supply Voltage Out Of Range SCS
围
主缸压力传感器电源电压超
C1117 1C TMC Sensor Voltage Out Of Range SCS
出范围
C1118 68 Vehicle Acceleration Unplausible 车辆加速度不可信 SCS
陡坡缓降控制(HDC)开关
C1121 24 HDC Switch error SCS
故障
C1122 24 AVH Switch error 自动驻车(AVH)开关故障 SCS
C1203 00 TPMS Not Available 胎压监测系统不可用 SCS
胎压监测系统轮径信号不可
C1204 00 TPMS Wheel Radius Implausible SCS
信
C1207 00 TPMS Diffusion Warning 胎压监测系统漏气故障 SCS
胎压监测系统电可擦可编程
C1208 00 TPMS EEPROM Error SCS
只读存储器故障
C1209 00 TPMS learning failed 胎压监测系统自学习失败 SCS
V1.0 49
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 50
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
C1930 71 EPB Actuator is Stuck EPB执行器卡住 EPB
C1932 13 EPB Motor Circuit Open or Failure EPB电机电路开路或故障 EPB
V1.0 51
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 52
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
“B ”Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1 ( Slow
26 排气VVT运行故障(迟缓) ECM-2.0T
P000B Response)
29 “B ”Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1(Jam) 排气VVT运行故障(卡死) ECM-2.0T
“B” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1 ( Slow
26 排气VVT运行故障(迟缓) ECM-1.5T
P000B Response)
29 “B” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1(Jam) 排气VVT运行故障(卡死) ECM-1.5T
76 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation 进气凸轮轴安装故障 ECM-2.0T
P0016 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation
78 进气凸轮轴位置跳动 ECM-2.0T
(Bank 1 Sensor A)
76 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation 进气凸轮轴安装故障 ECM-1.5T
P0016 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position
78 进气凸轮轴位置跳动 ECM-1.5T
Correlation(Bank 1 Sensor A)
76 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation 排气凸轮轴安装故障 ECM-2.0T
P0017 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation Bank
78 排气凸轮轴位置跳动 ECM-2.0T
1 Sensor B
76 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation 排气凸轮轴安装故障 ECM-1.5T
P0017 Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Correlation Bank
78 排气凸轮轴位置跳动 ECM-1.5T
1 Sensor B
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 进气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不
P0026 77 ECM-2.0T
Performance Bank 1 合理故障
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 进气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不
P0026 77 ECM-1.5T
Performance Bank 1 合理故障
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 排气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不
P0027 77 ECM-2.0T
Performance Bank 1 合理故障
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 排气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不
P0027 77 ECM-1.5T
Performance Bank 1 合理故障
上游氧传感器加热控制电路
P0030 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ECM-2.0T
断路
上游氧传感器加热控制电路
P0030 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ECM-1.5T
断路
上游氧传感器加热控制电路
P0031 11 HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ECM-2.0T
对地短路
上游氧传感器加热控制电路
P0031 11 HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ECM-1.5T
对地短路
上游氧传感器加热控制电路
P0032 12 HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ECM-2.0T
对电源短路
上游氧传感器加热控制电路
P0032 12 HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ECM-1.5T
对电源短路
增压系统泄流阀控制电路开
P0033 13 Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit ECM-2.0T
路
增压系统泄流阀控制电路开
P0033 13 Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit ECM-1.5T
路
V1.0 53
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 54
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
P0078 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit 排气VVT电路开路 ECM-2.0T
P0078 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit 排气VVT电路开路 ECM-1.5T
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank 1 排气VVT电路对地短路 ECM-2.0T
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank 1 排气VVT电路对地短路 ECM-1.5T
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank 1 排气VVT电路对电源短路 ECM-2.0T
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank 1 排气VVT电路对电源短路 ECM-1.5T
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low 高压供油PID控制偏差过大 ECM-2.0T
P0087
84 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low 高压油轨压力过低 ECM-2.0T
84 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low 高压油轨压力过低 ECM-1.5T
P0087
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low 高压供油PID控制偏差过小 ECM-1.5T
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 高压供油PID控制偏差过小 ECM-2.0T
P0088
85 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 高压油轨压力过高 ECM-2.0T
85 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 高压油轨压力过高 ECM-1.5T
P0088
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 高压供油PID控制偏差过大 ECM-1.5T
流量控制阀正极和负极控制
P0090 12 Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control Circuit ECM-1.5T
电路短路
进气温度传感器2电路电压
P0097 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Low 过低(集成于进气压力传感 ECM-2.0T
器)
进气温度传感器2电路电压
P0097 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Low 过低(集成于进气压力传感 ECM-1.5T
器)
进气温度传感器2电路电压
P0098 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit High 过高(集成于进气压力传感 ECM-2.0T
器)
进气温度传感器2电路电压
P0098 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit High 过高(集成于进气压力传感 ECM-1.5T
器)
空气流量计加热电路驱动级
00 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A ”Circuit ECM-2.0T
P0100 故障
13 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A ”Circuit 空气流量计电路开路 ECM-2.0T
13 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit 空气流量计电路开路 ECM-2.0T
P0100 空气流量计加热电路驱动级
00 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit ECM-2.0T
故障
流经空气流量计的流量超过
23 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A ”Circuit Range / Performance ECM-2.0T
合理性范围下限
P0101
流经空气流量计的流量超过
24 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A ”Circuit Range / Performance ECM-2.0T
合理性范围上限
流经空气流量计的流量超过
24 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Range / Performance ECM-1.5T
合理性范围上限
P0101
流经空气流量计的流量超过
23 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Range / Performance ECM-1.5T
合理性范围下限
V1.0 55
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 56
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
发动机冷却液温度传感器电
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
路电压过低
发动机冷却液温度传感器电
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
路电压过低
发动机冷却液温度传感器电
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High ECM-2.0T
路电压过高
发动机冷却液温度传感器电
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High ECM-1.5T
路电压过高
电子节气门位置传感器1信号
P0122 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
电路电压过低
电子节气门位置传感器1信号
P0122 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
电路电压过低
电子节气门位置传感器1信号
P0123 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit High ECM-2.0T
电路电压过高
电子节气门位置传感器1信号
P0123 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit High ECM-1.5T
电路电压过高
P0130 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器电路信号故障 ECM-2.0T
P0130 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器电路信号故障 ECM-1.5T
上游氧传感器信号电路电压
P0131 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-2.0T
过低
上游氧传感器信号电路电压
P0131 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-1.5T
过低
上游氧传感器信号电路电压
P0132 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-2.0T
过高
上游氧传感器信号电路电压
P0132 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-1.5T
过高
P0133 26 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器老化 ECM-2.0T
上游氧传感器老化-双侧老化
26 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-1.5T
超上限
P0133
上游氧传感器老化-双侧老化
25 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-1.5T
超下限
上游氧传感器老化-信号持
26 O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-1.5T
续偏稀
P0134
上游氧传感器老化-信号持
25 O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-1.5T
续偏浓
上游氧传感器加热极电气故
P0135 1E O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 ECM-2.0T
障
P0136 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号断路 ECM-2.0T
P0136 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号断路 ECM-1.5T
P0137 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号对地短路 ECM-2.0T
P0137 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号对地短路 ECM-1.5T
V1.0 57
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 58
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
油轨压力传感器电路对电源
P0193 17 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High ECM-1.5T
短路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0201 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1 ECM-2.0T
路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0201 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1 ECM-1.5T
路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0202 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2 ECM-2.0T
路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0202 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2 ECM-1.5T
路
三缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0203 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 ECM-2.0T
路
三缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0203 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 ECM-1.5T
路
四缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0204 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4 ECM-2.0T
路
四缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0204 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4 ECM-1.5T
路
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition 发动机超转速 ECM-2.0T
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition 发动机超转速 ECM-1.5T
电子节气门位置传感器2信号
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
电路电压过低
电子节气门位置传感器2信号
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
电路电压过低
电子节气门位置传感器2信号
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit High ECM-2.0T
电路电压过高
电子节气门位置传感器2信号
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit High ECM-1.5T
电路电压过高
P0234 00 Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Condition 增压器增压压力过高 ECM-2.0T
P0234 00 Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Condition 增压器增压压力过高 ECM-1.5T
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor“A ”Circuit
21 增压压力小于阀值 ECM-2.0T
Range / Performance
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor“A ”Circuit
22 增压压力大于阀值 ECM-2.0T
Range / Performance
P0236
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor“A ”Circuit 增压压力小于合理性范围的
23 ECM-2.0T
Range / Performance 下限
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor“A ”Circuit 增压压力大于合理性范围的
24 ECM-2.0T
Range / Performance 上限
V1.0 59
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 60
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” Range / 流量控制阀正极控制电路对
P0252 12 ECM-1.5T
Performance (Cam/Rotor/Injector) 电源短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” Low 流量控制阀负极控制电路对
P0253 11 ECM-2.0T
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) 地短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” Low 流量控制阀负极控制电路对
P0253 11 ECM-1.5T
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) 地短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” High 流量控制阀低边控制电路对
P0254 12 ECM-2.0T
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) 电源短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” High 流量控制阀低边控制电路对
P0254 12 ECM-1.5T
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) 电源短路
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit/Open 低压油泵驱动级断路 ECM-2.0T
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit/Open 低压油泵驱动级断路 ECM-1.5T
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low 低压油泵驱动级对电源短路 ECM-2.0T
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low 低压油泵驱动级对电源短路 ECM-1.5T
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High 低压油泵驱动级对地短路 ECM-2.0T
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High 低压油泵驱动级对地短路 ECM-1.5T
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0261 11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
地短路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0262 12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High ECM-2.0T
电源短路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0261 11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
地短路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0262 12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High ECM-1.5T
电源短路
一缸喷油器上拉电流或电压
P0263 00 Cylinder 1 Contribution/Balance ECM-2.0T
的时间过长故障
一缸喷油器上拉电流或电压
P0263 00 Cylinder 1 Contribution/Balance ECM-1.5T
的时间过长故障
二缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0264 11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
地短路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0265 12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High ECM-2.0T
电源短路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0264 11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
地短路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0265 12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High ECM-1.5T
电源短路
二缸喷油器上拉电流或电压
P0266 00 Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance ECM-2.0T
的时间过长故障
二缸喷油器上拉电流或电压
P0266 00 Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance ECM-1.5T
的时间过长故障
三缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0267 11 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
地短路
V1.0 61
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 62
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
爆震传感器信号电路电压过
P0325 16 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-2.0T
低
爆震传感器信号电路电压过
16 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-1.5T
低
P0325
爆震传感器信号电路电压过
17 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-1.5T
高
00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) 爆震传感器A端对地短路诊断 ECM-2.0T
P0327
14 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) 爆震传感器B端对地短路诊断 ECM-2.0T
00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) 爆震传感器A端对地短路诊断 ECM-1.5T
P0327
14 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) 爆震传感器B端对地短路诊断 ECM-1.5T
爆震传感器A端对电源短路
00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-2.0T
诊断
P0328
爆震传感器B端对电源短路诊
15 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-2.0T
断
爆震传感器A端对电源短路
00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-1.5T
诊断
P0328
爆震传感器B端对电源短路诊
15 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ECM-1.5T
断
P0335 00 Engine Speed Signal Compare Failure 发动机转速信号对比故障 TCM-7AT
曲轴位置传感器DGI信号错
Crankshaft Position Sensor“A ”Circuit Range /
P0336 00 误/发动机停机位置错误/DGI ECM-2.0T
Performance
信号反向脉冲长度不合理
曲轴位置传感器DGI信号错
Crankshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Range /
P0336 00 误/发动机停机位置错误/DGI ECM-1.5T
Performance
信号反向脉冲长度不合理
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Range /
P0341 00 进气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ECM-2.0T
Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Range /
P0341 00 进气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ECM-1.5T
Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Low Bank 1 or 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0342 00 ECM-2.0T
Single Sensor 压常为低
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Low Bank 1 or 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0342 00 ECM-1.5T
Single Sensor 压常为低
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit High Bank 1 or 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0343 00 ECM-2.0T
Single Sensor 压常为高
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit High Bank 1 or 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0343 00 ECM-1.5T
Single Sensor 压常为高
Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit Range /
P0366 00 排气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ECM-2.0T
Performance Bank 1
Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit Range /
P0366 00 排气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ECM-1.5T
Performance Bank 1
排气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0367 00 Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit Low Bank 1 ECM-2.0T
压常为低
V1.0 63
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 64
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
P0507 00 Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected 怠速控制转速高于目标怠速 ECM-1.5T
P0522 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch Low 油压传感器信号对地短路 ECM-1.5T
P0523 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch High 油压传感器信号对电源短路 ECM-1.5T
P0532 16 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit Low 空调制冷剂压力过低 ECM-2.0T
P0532 16 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit Low 空调制冷剂压力过低 ECM-1.5T
P0533 17 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High 空调制冷剂压力过高 ECM-2.0T
P0533 17 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High 空调制冷剂压力过高 ECM-1.5T
P0560 1C System Voltage 系统蓄电池电压信号不合理 ECM-2.0T
P0560 1C System Voltage 系统蓄电池电压信号不合理 ECM-1.5T
P0561 00 Ignition On Signal Compare Failure 点火开关2档信号对比故障 TCM-7AT
P0562 00 System Voltage Low 系统电压低 TCCM
P0562 16 System Voltage Low 系统蓄电池电压过低 ECM-2.0T
P0562 16 System Voltage Low 系统蓄电池电压过低 ECM-1.5T
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage Below Threshold 蓄电池电压低于阈值 TCM-7AT
P0563 00 System Voltage High 系统电压高 TCCM
P0563 17 System Voltage High 系统蓄电池电压过高 ECM-2.0T
P0563 17 System Voltage High 系统蓄电池电压过高 ECM-1.5T
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage Above Threshold 蓄电池电压高于阀值 TCM-7AT
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“A ”Circuit- Short to
11 巡航控制回路A对地短路 GW
ground
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“A ”Circuit- Short to
12 巡航控制回路A对电源短路 GW
battery
P0564
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“A
96 巡航控制开关A内部故障 GW
”Circuit-Component internal failure
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“A ”Circuit-Circuit
1C 巡航控制回路A电压超出范围 GW
voltage out of range
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“B ”Circuit- Short to
11 巡航控制回路B对地短路 GW
ground
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“B ”Circuit- short to
12 巡航控制回路B对电源短路 GW
battery
P0589
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“B ”Circuit-Circuit
1C 巡航控制回路B电压超出范围 GW
voltage out of range
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input“B
96 巡航控制开关内部故障 GW
”Circuit-Component internal failure
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit/Open 电子节温器开路故障 ECM-2.0T
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit/Open 电子节温器开路故障 ECM-1.5T
P0598 11 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Low 电子节温器对地短路故障 ECM-2.0T
P0598 11 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Low 电子节温器对地短路故障 ECM-1.5T
P0599 12 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit High 电子节温器对电源短路故障 ECM-2.0T
P0599 12 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit High 电子节温器对电源短路故障 ECM-1.5T
V1.0 65
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 66
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
64 ECM/PCM Processor AD转换器零测试监控故障 ECM-1.5T
AD转换器给定电压测试监控
97 ECM/PCM Processor ECM-1.5T
故障
47 ECM/PCM Processor 监控模块反馈故障 ECM-1.5T
29 ECM/PCM Processor 第一层安全断油监控故障 ECM-1.5T
93 ECM/PCM Processor 第二层安全断油监控故障 ECM-1.5T
63 ECM/PCM Processor 起停功能监控故障 ECM-1.5T
44 ECM/PCM Processor 第二层扭矩监控故障 ECM-1.5T
点火角信号,线束或ECU故
65 ECM/PCM Processor ECM-1.5T
障
P0606
ECU控制器故障(5V过压监
17 ECM/PCM Processor ECM-1.5T
控故障)
ECU控制器故障(5V欠压监
16 ECM/PCM Processor ECM-1.5T
控故障)
49 ECM/PCM Processor 监控模块询问故障 ECM-1.5T
48 ECM/PCM Processor 监控错误响应故障 ECM-1.5T
过压导致节气门驱动关断故
91 ECM/PCM Processor ECM-1.5T
障
42 ECM/PCM Processor 软件复位(类型1) ECM-1.5T
45 ECM/PCM Processor 软件复位(类型2) ECM-1.5T
电控单元处理器性能或操作
P0606 00 ECU Processor Performance Or Incorrect Operation TCM-7AT
错误
48 TCM Processor(Internal Control Module Error) TCM硬件重启故障 TCM-6AT
P0613
49 TCM Processor(Internal Control Module Error) TCM内部控制逻辑错误 TCM-6AT
P0615 13 Starter Relay Circuit 起动机控制继电器电路开路 ECM-2.0T
起动机控制继电器电路对地
P0616 11 Starter Relay Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
短路
起动机控制继电器电路对电
P0617 12 Starter Relay Circuit High ECM-2.0T
源短路
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator Controller 第二层油门踏板信号合理性
62 ECM-2.0T
Performance 故障
P061F
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator Controller
64 第二层发动机转速监控故障 ECM-2.0T
Performance
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator Controller 第二层油门踏板信号合理性
62 ECM-1.5T
Performance 故障
P061F
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator Controller
64 第二层发动机转速监控故障 ECM-1.5T
Performance
电控单元ROM存储数据存储
P062F 00 ECU ROM Data Memory Failure TCM-7AT
故障
V1.0 67
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 68
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
P0686 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low 主继电器粘滞故障 ECM-2.0T
P0686 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low 主继电器粘滞故障 ECM-1.5T
P0690 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High 主继电器输出电压信号故障 ECM-2.0T
P0690 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High 主继电器输出电压信号故障 ECM-1.5T
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0691 11 Fan 1 Control Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
地短路(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0691 00 Fan 1 Control Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
地短路(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0692 12 Fan 1 Control Circuit High ECM-2.0T
电源短路(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0692 00 Fan 1 Control Circuit High ECM-1.5T
电源短路(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0693 11 Fan 2 Control Circuit Low ECM-2.0T
地短路(高速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0693 00 Fan 2 Control Circuit Low ECM-1.5T
地短路(高速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0694 12 Fan 2 Control Circuit High ECM-2.0T
电源短路(高速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对
P0694 00 Fan 2 Control Circuit High ECM-1.5T
电源短路(高速)
P06DA 13 Secondary oil pump Circuit open 二级机油控制阀开路 ECM-1.5T
P06DB 11 Secondary oil pump Circuit Low 二级机油控制阀对地短路 ECM-1.5T
P06DC 12 Secondary oil pump Circuit High 二级机油控制阀对电源短路 ECM-1.5T
P0700 00 Transmission Control System Range / Performance TCU请求亮MIL灯 ECM-2.0T
P0700 00 Transmission Control System Range / Performance TCM请求亮MIL灯 ECM-1.5T
P0702 1C Transmission Control System Electrical 蓄电池电气故障 TCM-6AT
换挡器部分故障,车辆仍能
P0705 81 Transmission Range Sensor“A ”Circuit(PRNDL Input) TCM-6AT
行驶
电磁阀温度传感器信号超出
P0710 01 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor“A ”Circuit TCM-6AT
工作范围(电路故障)
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor“A ”Circuit Range 电磁阀温度传感器信号超出
P0711 62 TCM-6AT
/ Performance 工作范围(软件故障)
电磁阀温度传感器对地短路
P0712 11 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor“A ”Circuit Low TCM-6AT
或开路
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To 变速器油温传感器对地短路
P0712 00 TCM-7AT
Ground Or Open 或开路
电磁阀温度传感器对电源短
P0713 15 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor “A” Circuit High TCM-6AT
路
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To 变速器油温传感器对电源短
P0713 00 TCM-7AT
Battery 路
奇数输入轴速度传感器信号
P0715 01 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor“A ”Circuit TCM-6AT
超出工作范围(电路故障)
V1.0 69
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 70
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡输入轴转速传感器对
P07C8 00 TCM-7AT
Battery 电源短路
奇数挡离合器位置信号合理
P0806 00 Odd Gear Clutch Position Signal Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
性故障
Odd Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡离合器位置传感器对
P0807 00 TCM-7AT
Ground 地短路
Odd Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡离合器位置传感器对
P0808 00 TCM-7AT
Battery Or Open 电源短路或开路
P0810 93 Clutch Position Control Error-No operation 离合器起步逻辑故障 TCM-6AT
P0811 07 Excessive Clutch Slippage 离合器滑摩过量 TCM-6AT
奇数挡离合器卡滞在分离状
P0811 00 Odd Gear Clutch Stuck Disengagement TCM-7AT
态
偶数挡离合器卡滞在分离状
P081E 00 Even Gear Clutch Stuck Disengagement TCM-7AT
态
Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit-Component internal
P0826 96 方向盘换挡开关内部故障 GW
failure
P0830 00 Clutch Pedal Switch “A” Circuit 离合器踏板开关信号不正确 ECM-1.5T
奇数离合器压力传感器信号
P0840 86 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“A ”Circuit TCM-6AT
超出工作范围(电路故障)
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“A ”Circuit
64 奇数离合器压力差超出范围 TCM-6AT
Range / Performance
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“A ”Circuit
P0841 65 奇数离合器压力差超出范围 TCM-6AT
Range / Performance
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“A ”Circuit
66 奇数离合器压力差超出范围 TCM-6AT
Range / Performance
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“A ”Circuit 奇数离合器压力传感器对地
P0842 14 TCM-6AT
Low 短路或开路
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To
P0842 00 变速器油压传感器对地短路 TCM-7AT
Ground
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit 奇数离合器压力传感器对电
P0843 12 TCM-6AT
High 源短路
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To 变速器油压传感器对电源短
P0843 00 TCM-7AT
Battery Or Open 路或开路
偶数离合器压力传感器信号
P0845 86 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“B ”Circuit TCM-6AT
超出工作范围(电路故障)
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“B ”Circuit
64 偶数离合器压力差超出范围 TCM-6AT
Range / Performance
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“B ”Circuit
P0846 65 偶数离合器压力差超出范围 TCM-6AT
Range / Performance
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“B ”Circuit
66 偶数离合器压力差超出范围 TCM-6AT
Range / Performance
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor / Switch“B ”Circuit 偶数离合器压力传感器对地
P0847 14 TCM-6AT
Low 短路或开路
V1.0 71
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 72
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
润滑油路压力电磁阀对电源
P0967 12 Pressure Control Solenoid “B” Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
短路
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve (S2) 偶数挡离合器压力控制电磁
P0967 00 TCM-7AT
Circuit Short To Battery 阀(S2)对电源短路
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁
P0968 00 TCM-7AT
Circuit Open 阀(S3)开路
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁
P0970 00 TCM-7AT
Circuit Short To Ground 阀(S3)对地短路
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁
P0971 00 TCM-7AT
Circuit Short To Battery 阀(S3)对电源短路
奇数离合器电磁阀信号超出
P0972 01 Shift Solenoid“A ”Control Circuit Range / Performance TCM-6AT
工作范围(电路故障)
P0973 11 Shift Solenoid“A ”Control Circuit Low 奇数离合器电磁阀对地短路 TCM-6AT
奇数离合器电磁阀对电源短
P0974 12 Shift Solenoid“A ”Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
路
偶数离合器电磁阀信号超出
P0975 01 Shift Solenoid“B ”Control Circuit Range / Performance TCM-6AT
工作范围(电路故障)
P0976 11 Shift Solenoid“B ”Control Circuit Low 偶数离合器电磁阀对地短路 TCM-6AT
偶数离合器电磁阀对电源短
P0977 12 Shift Solenoid“B ”Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
路
换挡电磁阀1信号超出工作范
P0978 01 Shift Solenoid“C ”Control Circuit Range / Performance TCM-6AT
围(电路故障)
P0979 11 Shift Solenoid“C ”Control Circuit Low 换挡电磁阀1对地短路 TCM-6AT
P0980 12 Shift Solenoid“C ”Control Circuit High 换挡电磁阀1对电源短路 TCM-6AT
换挡电磁阀2信号超出工作范
P0981 01 Shift Solenoid“D ”Control Circuit Range / Performance TCM-6AT
围(电路故障)
P0982 11 Shift Solenoid“D ”Control Circuit Low 换挡电磁阀2对地短路 TCM-6AT
P0983 12 Shift Solenoid“D ”Control Circuit High 换挡电磁阀2对电源短路 TCM-6AT
多路电磁阀1信号超出工作范
P0984 01 Shift Solenoid“E ”Control Circuit Range / Performance TCM-6AT
围(电路故障)
P0985 11 Shift Solenoid“E ”Control Circuit Low 多路电磁阀1对地短路 TCM-6AT
P0986 12 Shift Solenoid“E ”Control Circuit High 多路电磁阀1对电源短路 TCM-6AT
多路电磁阀2信号超出工作范
P0993 01 Shift Solenoid“F ”Control Circuit Range / Performance TCM-6AT
围(电路故障)
P0994 11 Shift Solenoid“F ”Control Circuit Low 多路电磁阀2对地短路 TCM-6AT
P0995 12 Shift Solenoid“F ”Control Circuit High 多路电磁阀2对电源短路 TCM-6AT
P0B01 00 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit Open 变速器油泵电机U相开路 TCM-7AT
P0B04 00 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit Open 变速器油泵电机V相开路 TCM-7AT
P0B07 00 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit Open 变速器油泵电机W相开路 TCM-7AT
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Signal below 变速器油压传感器信号低于
P0B0C 00 Allowable Range TCM-7AT
允许范围
V1.0 73
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 74
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
收到错误的的防盗器认证回
P1614 05 Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not OK ECM-1.5T
复
安全气囊传输给ECU的信号
P1683 81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control Module ECM-2.0T
不合理
安全气囊传输给ECU的信号
P1683 81 Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control Module ECM-1.5T
不合理
电控单元处理器与输出驱动
P16E9 00 ECU Processor And Output Driver Chip Missing Message TCM-7AT
芯片通信信息丢失
电控单元主副处理器通信信
P16F0 00 ECU Processor And Second Processor Missing Message TCM-7AT
息丢失
电控单元冗余存储数据存储
P16F3 00 ECU Redudant Data Memory Failure TCM-7AT
故障
电控单元存储软件无效或不
P16F4 00 ECU Invalid Or Incompatible Software Component TCM-7AT
匹配
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Performance Or 变速器油泵电机性能或操作
P170F 00 TCM-7AT
Incorrect Operation 错误
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Forward Direction Signal 输出轴转速传感器向前信号
P172A 00 TCM-7AT
Plausibility Failure 合理性故障
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Reverse Direction Signal 输出轴转速传感器向后信号
P172B 00 TCM-7AT
Plausibility Failure 合理性故障
P175F 00 Longitudinal Acceleration Missing Message 纵向加速度通信信息丢失 TCM-7AT
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Speed Signal Above 变速器油泵电机转速信号值
P179A 00 TCM-7AT
Allowable Range 高于允许范围
P17A1 62 Linear Hall Sensor error 模式传感器故障 SCU
P17A2 61 Rotary hall sensor error 挡位位置传感器故障 SCU
5V 1传感器供电电压对地短
P1801 11 5V1 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to GND TCM-6AT
路
5V 1传感器供电电压对电源
P1802 12 5V1 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to battery TCM-6AT
短路
5V 2传感器供电电压对地短
P1804 11 5V2 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to GND TCM-6AT
路
5V 2传感器供电电压对电源
P1805 12 5V2 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to battery TCM-6AT
短路
9V 1传感器供电电压对地短
P1807 11 9V1 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to GND TCM-6AT
路
9V 1传感器供电电压对电源
P1808 12 9V1 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to battery TCM-6AT
短路
9V 2传感器供电电压对地短
P1810 11 9V2 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to GND TCM-6AT
路
9V 2传感器供电电压对电源
P1811 12 9V2 sensor voltage supply circuit wiring short to battery TCM-6AT
短路
P1812 00 Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ Open Circuit 扭矩管理器电磁阀断路 TCCM
V1.0 75
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 76
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
5/N挡位置传感器信号超出工
P1828 29 Shiftfork 5 position sensor signal out of range TCM-6AT
作范围(电路故障)
6/R挡位置传感器信号超出工
P1829 29 Shiftfork 6/R position sensor signal out of range TCM-6AT
作范围(电路故障)
Internal Mode Switch Mode A Circuit Short To Ground 内部模式开关模式(A)对
P182A 00 TCM-7AT
Or Open 地短路或开路
Internal Mode Switch Mode B Circuit Short To Ground 内部模式开关模式(B)对地
P182B 00 TCM-7AT
Or Open 短路或开路
内部模式开关模式(B)对电
P182C 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode B Circuit Short To Battery TCM-7AT
源短路
Internal Mode Switch Mode P Circuit Short To Ground 内部模式开关模式(P)对地
P182D 00 TCM-7AT
Or Open 短路或开路
内部模式开关信号合理性故
P182E 00 Internal Mode Switch Signal Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
障
内部模式开关模式(C)对
P182F 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode C Circuit Short To Battery TCM-7AT
电源短路
偶数离合器电磁阀反馈电流
P1831 19 Shift Solenoid“B ”Current Diagnosis High TCM-6AT
过大
偶数离合器电磁阀反馈电流
P1832 18 Shift Solenoid“B ”Current Diagnosis Low TCM-6AT
过小
加速踏板位置传感器信号错
P1833 81 Sensor fault in accelerator pedal position TCM-6AT
误
P1834 81 Torque measurement error 扭矩信号错误 TCM-6AT
P1835 19 Shift Solenoid“C ”Current Diagnosis High 换挡电磁阀1反馈电流过大 TCM-6AT
Simultaneous engagement of both clutches-Incorrect
92 奇偶离合器同时结合 TCM-6AT
operation from pressure
P1837
Simultaneous engagement of both clutches-Incorrect
99 奇偶离合器同时结合 TCM-6AT
operation from current
输出轴速度传感器对电源短
P1838 12 Output Speed Sensor Circuit High TCM-6AT
路
内部模式开关模式(A)对
P1838 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode A Circuit Short To Battery TCM-7AT
电源短路
奇数输入轴速度传感器对电
P1839 12 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor “A” Circuit High TCM-6AT
源短路
Internal Mode Switch Mode C Circuit Short To Ground 内部模式开关模式(C)对
P1839 00 TCM-7AT
Or Open 地短路或开路
离合器速度传感器对电源短
P1840 12 Engine Speed Input Circuit High TCM-6AT
路
Internal Mode Switch Mode S Circuit Short To Ground 内部模式开关模式(S)对地
P1840 00 TCM-7AT
Or Open 短路或开路
P1841 18 Shift Solenoid “C” Current Diagnosis Low 换挡电磁阀1反馈电流过小 TCM-6AT
内部模式开关模式(S)对电
P1841 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode S Circuit Short To Battery TCM-7AT
源短路
V1.0 77
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 78
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Open Pin Error in Actuator Power Supply for Mainline and 润滑油路、主油路压力电磁
P1873 13 TCM-6AT
Lubrication Solenoids 阀供电端开路
General Electrical failure or Plausibility Error in Actuator 奇数离合器电磁阀、换挡电
P1874 01 Power Supply for Odd Clutch,Shifter 1 and Multiplexer 磁阀1、多路电磁阀1电源接 TCM-6AT
1 Solenoids 线不良
General Electrical failure or Plausibility Error in Actuator 偶数离合器电磁阀,换挡电
P1875 01 Power Supply for Even Clutch,Shifter 2 and Multiplexer 磁阀2,多路电磁阀2电源接 TCM-6AT
2 Solenoids 线不良
General Electrical failure or Plausibility Error in Actuator 润滑油路、主油路压力电磁
P1876 01 TCM-6AT
Power Supply for Mainline and Lubrication Solenoids 阀电源接线不良
77 Gear Engagement Error on 1st gear 1挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1877
78 Statically Gear Engagement Error on 1st gear 静态情况下1挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1878 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 1st gear 1挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
P1879 77 Gear Engagement Error on 2nd gear 2挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1880 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 2nd gear 2挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
P1881 77 Gear Engagement Error on 3rd gear 3挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1882 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 3rd gear 3挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
P1883 77 Gear Engagement Error on 4th gear 4挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1884 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 4th gear 4挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
P1885 77 Gear Engagement Error on 5th gear 5挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1886 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 5th gear 5挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
P1887 77 Gear Engagement Error on 6th gear 6挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1888 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 6th gear 6挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
77 Gear Engagement Error on Reverse gear R挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1889
78 Statically Gear Engagement Error on Reverse gear 静态情况下R挡不能啮合 TCM-6AT
P1890 77 Gear Disengagement Error on Reverse gear R挡不能分离 TCM-6AT
P1891 13 Shift Solenoid“A ”Control Circuit Open 奇数离合器电磁阀开路 TCM-6AT
P1892 13 Shift Solenoid“B ”Control Circuit Open 偶数离合器电磁阀开路 TCM-6AT
P1893 13 Shift Solenoid“C ”Control Circuit Open 换挡电磁阀1开路 TCM-6AT
P1894 13 Shift Solenoid“D ”Control Circuit Open 换挡电磁阀2开路 TCM-6AT
P1895 13 Shift Solenoid“E ”Control Circuit Open 多路电磁阀1开路 TCM-6AT
P1896 13 Shift Solenoid“F ”Control Circuit Open 多路电磁阀2开路 TCM-6AT
内部模式开关模式(A)信
P18B5 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode A Signal Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
号合理性故障
内部模式开关模式(B)信号
P18B6 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode B Signal Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
合理性故障
内部模式开关模式(C)信
P18B7 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode C Signal Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
号合理性故障
内部模式开关模式(P)信号
P18B8 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
合理性故障
V1.0 79
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 80
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit Current 变速器油泵电机U相电流高
P1E2B 00 TCM-7AT
Above Threshold 出阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Signal Plausibility 变速器油泵电机U相信号合
P1E2C 00 TCM-7AT
Failure 理性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit Current 变速器油泵电机V相电流低于
P1E2D 00 TCM-7AT
Below Threshold 阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit Current 变速器油泵电机V相电流高出
P1E2E 00 TCM-7AT
Above Threshold 阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Signal Plausibility 变速器油泵电机V相信号合理
P1E2F 00 Failure TCM-7AT
性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit Current 变速器油泵电机W相电流低
P1E30 00 TCM-7AT
Below Threshold 于阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit Current 变速器油泵电机W相电流高
P1E31 00 TCM-7AT
Above Threshold 出阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Signal 变速器油泵电机W相信号合
P1E32 00 Plausibility Failure TCM-7AT
理性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U-V-W Current 变速器油泵电机U-V-W相信
P1E33 00 TCM-7AT
Signal Plausibility Failure 号合理性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Temperature 变速器油泵电机逆变器温度
P1E34 00 TCM-7AT
Sensor Circuit Voltage Above Threshold 传感器电压高于阀值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Temperature 变速器油泵电机逆变器温度
P1E35 00 TCM-7AT
Sensor Circuit Voltage Below Threshold 传感器电压低于阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Temperature 变速器油泵电机逆变器温度
P1E36 00 TCM-7AT
Sensor Circuit Voltage Out Of Range 传感器电压超出范围
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Powe Supply 变速器油泵电机逆变器供电
P1E38 00 TCM-7AT
Circuit Open 开路
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter General 变速器油泵电机逆变器一般
P1E39 00 TCM-7AT
Electrical Failure 电子故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
21 开启弹簧检查最小故障 ECM-2.0T
Performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
22 开启弹簧检查最大故障 ECM-2.0T
Performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range / 节气门机械下止点再次自习
26 ECM-2.0T
Performance 故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range / 电子节气门下限位置初始化
P2101 28 ECM-2.0T
Performance 自学习故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
29 电子节气门位置偏差故障 ECM-2.0T
Performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
72 回位弹簧检查最小故障 ECM-2.0T
Performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
74 回位弹簧检查最大故障 ECM-2.0T
Performance
V1.0 81
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 82
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
电子油门踏板位置传感器2信
P2133 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit High ECM-2.0T
号电压过高
电子油门踏板位置传感器2信
P2133 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit High ECM-1.5T
号电压过高
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A ”/“B ”Voltage 电子节气门位置传感器1信号
00 ECM-2.0T
Correlation 不合理
P2135
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A ”/“B ”Voltage 电子节气门位置传感器2信号
29 ECM-2.0T
Correlation 不合理
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”/“B” Voltage 电子节气门位置传感器1信号
00 ECM-1.5T
Correlation 不合理
P2135
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”/“B” Voltage 电子节气门位置传感器2信号
29 ECM-1.5T
Correlation 不合理
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E”/“F” Voltage 电子油门踏板位置传感器信
P2140 29 ECM-2.0T
Correlation 号不合理
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E”/“F” Voltage 电子油门踏板位置传感器信
P2140 29 ECM-1.5T
Correlation 号不合理
一缸喷油器正负极控制电路
00 Fuel Injector Group“A ”Supply Voltage Circuit/Open ECM-2.0T
短路
一缸或四缸喷油器高边控制
P2146 14 Fuel Injector Group“A ”Supply Voltage Circuit/Open ECM-2.0T
电路对电源或对地短路
V1.0 83
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 84
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
节气门SENT芯片通讯最大故
85 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open ECM-1.5T
障
节气门SENT芯片通讯最小故
84 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open ECM-1.5T
障
P2620
节气门SENT芯片通讯不合理
86 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open ECM-1.5T
故障
节气门SENT芯片通讯信号故
81 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open ECM-1.5T
障
O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open(Bank 1
P2626 00 LSU型氧传感器IP线断路 ECM-2.0T
Sensor 1)
P2670 00 Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Short To Ground 电磁阀供电电路2对地短路 TCM-7AT
P2671 00 Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Short To Battery 电磁阀供电电路2对电源短路 TCM-7AT
V1.0 85
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 86
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic (S9) 换挡拨叉逻辑压力控制电磁
P2827 00 TCM-7AT
Circuit Short To Battery 阀(S9)对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Signal Plausibility 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感
P2832 00 TCM-7AT
Failure 器信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感
P2833 00 TCM-7AT
Ground Or Open 器对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感
P2834 00 TCM-7AT
Battery 器对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Signal Plausibility 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感
P2837 00 TCM-7AT
Failure 器信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感
P2838 00 TCM-7AT
Ground Or Open 器对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感
P2839 00 TCM-7AT
Battery 器对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Signal Plausibility 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感
P283C 00 TCM-7AT
Failure 器信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感
P283D 00 TCM-7AT
Ground Or Open 器对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感
P283E 00 TCM-7AT
Battery 器对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Signal Plausibility 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感
P2841 00 TCM-7AT
Failure 器信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感
P2842 00 TCM-7AT
Ground Or Open 器对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Circuit Short To 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感
P2843 00 TCM-7AT
Battery 器对电源短路
换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感
P2849 00 Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Signal Stuck In Range TCM-7AT
器信号在阈值内卡滞
换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感
P284A 00 Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Signal Stuck In Range TCM-7AT
器信号在阈值内卡滞
换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感
P284B 00 Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Signal Stuck In Range TCM-7AT
器信号在阈值内卡滞
换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感
P284C 00 Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Signal Stuck In Range TCM-7AT
器信号在阈值内卡滞
奇数挡离合器卡滞在结合状
P286F 00 Odd Gear Clutch Stuck Engagement TCM-7AT
态
偶数挡离合器卡滞在结合状
P2877 00 Even Gear Clutch Stuck Engagement TCM-7AT
态
P287C 00 ECU Fast Learn Not Programmed 电控单元快速学习未编程 TCM-7AT
P2A00 00 O2 Sensor Circuit Range / Performance Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器信号不合理 ECM-1.5T
P2A01 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Range / Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ECM-2.0T
P2A01 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Range / Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ECM-1.5T
V1.0 87
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 88
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off SDM高速CAN总线通信失效 SRS
U0073 88 High Speed CAN Communication Bus CAN总线关闭,节点故障 TCM-6AT
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN总线bus off故障 ECM-2.0T
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN总线bus off故障 ECM-1.5T
U0073 00 CAN Bus Off CAN总线关闭 TCM-7AT
U0074 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on CAN2 控制模块CAN2总线关闭 SCS
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 2 CAN总线2上控制器进入总线
U0074 88 GW
(Chassis CAN) 关闭状态
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 3
U0075 88 车身高速CAN总线关闭 Ⅳ
(Body CAN)
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 3 CAN总线3上控制器进入总线
U0075 88 PLCM
(Body CAN) 关闭状态
Control Module Communication Bus Off on“C ”
U0075 88 CAN总线3丢失 BCM
(HSCAN3)
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 5 CAN总线5上控制器进入总线
U0077 88 GW
(T-Box CAN) 关闭状态
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 SCS
U0100 87 lost communication with ECM 与ECM失去通讯 SCU
U0100 87 Lost Communication with ECM 与ECM失去通讯 TCCM
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与发动机控制模块失去通讯 GW
U0100 87 Lost communication with EMS module 与ECM通信丢失 SRS
U0100 87 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM“A ” 与ECM失去通讯 TCM-6AT
与发动机控制模块(ECM)
U0100 00 Lost Communication With Engine Control Module (ECM) TCM-7AT
失去通讯
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM 与TCM失去通讯 SCS
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM 与TCM失去通讯 TCCM
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM 与变速器控制模块失去通讯 GW
ECU与TCU控制模块通讯故
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM ECM-2.0T
障
ECU与TCM控制模块通讯故
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM ECM-1.5T
障
U0102 87 Lost Communication With Transfer Case Control Module 与TCCM失去通讯 SCS
Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module
U0102 87 与四驱控制模块失去通讯 GW
(TCCM)
ECU与TCCM控制模块通讯故
U0102 87 Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module ECM-2.0T
障
ECU与TCCM控制模块通讯故
U0102 87 Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module ECM-1.5T
障
Lost Communication With Gear Shift Control Module
U0103 87 与换挡控制单元失去通讯 GW
(SCU)
U0103 87 Lost Communication with Gear Shift Module 与SCU失去通讯 TCM-6AT
V1.0 89
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 90
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
与车身控制模块(BCM)失去通
U0140 87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module IPK-H
讯
CAN总线上的车身模块节点
U0140 87 CAN BCM(Body Control Module)Node Missing ETC
丢失
CAN总线上的车身模块节点
U0140 87 CAN BCM(Body Control Module)Node Missing ATC
丢失
U0140 87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module (BCM) 与车身控制模块失去通讯 PLCM
U0140 87 Lost Communication with BCM 与车身控制模块失去通信 PEPS
Lost Communication With Body Control Module
U0140 87 与车身控制模块失去通讯 GW
(BCM)
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM 与车身控制模块失去通讯 PMDC
与车身控制模块(BCM)失去通
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM Module FICM-L
讯
与车身控制模块(BCM)失去通
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM Module FICM-H
讯
通讯总线与网关模块失去通
U0146 87 Lost communication with Gateway FVCM
讯
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关(GW)失去通讯 IPK-L
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关(GW)失去通讯 IPK-H
U0146 87 CAN Gateway“A ”Node Missing CAN总线上的网关节点丢失 ETC
U0146 87 CAN Gateway“A ”Node Missing CAN总线上的网关节点丢失 ATC
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与Gateway失去通讯 SCS
U0146 87 Lost communication with Gateway“A ” 与网关失去通信 DHL
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway "A" 与网络失去通讯 Ⅳ
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与Gateway通信丢失 PLCM
通讯总线与网关模块失去通
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway SCU
讯
U0146 87 Gateway - Timeout 与网关失去通信 EPS
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关失去通讯 TCCM
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Gateway 与网关失去通信 PEPS
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关GW失去通讯 PMDC
Lost Communication With Gateway ( GW ) on
U0146 87 与网关失去通讯 T-BOX
HS_CAN
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关失去通讯 FICM-L
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关失去通讯 FICM-H
U0146 87 Lost Communication With GateWay 与Gateway失去通讯 EPB
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与Gateway通信丢失 SRS
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway“A ” 与网络失去通讯 TCM-6AT
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关失去通讯 BCM
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway“A ” ECU与GW控制模块通讯故障 ECM-2.0T
V1.0 91
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 92
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
Lost Communication With Entertainment Control
U0245 87 与ICE模块失去通讯 IPK-H
Module -Front(ICE)
Lost Communication With Entertainment Control
U0245 87 与娱乐控制模块失去通讯 PLCM
Module – Front (FICM)
CAN FICE(Front Infortaiment control module)Node CAN总线上前娱乐信息控制
U0245 87 ATC
Missing 模块节点丢失
Lost Communication With Entertainment Control
U0245 87 与娱乐系统失去通讯 GW
Module - Front(FICM)
U0300 51 SW Release Level Error 软件版本错误 SCS
PMM的网络输入和硬线状态
U0301 62 Software Incompatibility With ECM/PCM ECM-2.0T
不相符
PMM的网络输入和硬线状态
U0301 62 Software Incompatibility With ECM/PCM ECM-1.5T
不相符
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received From ECM 从ECM接受到无效数据 SCS
U0401 81 ECM - Invalid Data 从ECM接收到无效数据 EPS
U0402 81 Invalid Data Received From TCM 从TCM接收到无效数据 SCS
Invalid Data Received From Transfer Case Control
U0403 81 从TCCM接收到无效数据 SCS
Module
U0416 81 Vehicle Dynamics Control Module - Invalid Data 从SCS接收到无效数据 EPS
U0416 81 ABS or ESP Information Invalid ABS或ESP信息无效 TCCM
U0417 81 Invalid Data Received From Park Brake Control Module 从EPB接受到无效数据 SCS
从转角传感器接收到无效数
U0428 81 Invalid Data Received From Steering Angle Sensor Module SCS
据
U0447 81 Invalid Data Received From Gateway 从Gateway接受到无效数据 SCS
U0447 81 Gateway - Invalid Data 从网关接收到无效数据 EPS
Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control Module
U0452 81 从SDM接收到无效数据 SCS
(SDM)
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive Start 与无钥匙进入与起动控制模
U1001 87 PLCM
Module (PEPS) 块失去通讯
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive Start
U1001 87 与PEPS模块失去通讯 IPK-L
Module(PEPS)
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive Start
U1001 87 与PEPS模块失去通讯 IPK-H
Module(PEPS)
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive Start 与无钥匙进入与起动控制模
U1001 87 GW
Module(PEPS) 块失去通讯
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive Start 与无钥匙进入和起动模块失
U1001 87 BCM
Module 去通讯
Lost Communication With Ultrasonic Alarm Sensor
U1005 87 与超声波传感器失去通讯 BCM
Module
Lost Communication With Remote PRND Display 与远程PRND显示模块失去通
U1008 87 GW
Module(RPD) 讯
V1.0 93
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 94
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 TCM-6AT
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压高 BCM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压过高 PLCM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压过高 FICM-H
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压过低 FICM-H
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 电池电压低 FVCM
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压过低 PLCM
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 IPK-L
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 IPK-H
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 ETC
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 ATC
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 SCS
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 DHL
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Is Low 蓄电池电压低 PDC
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压低 SCU
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 EPS
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 PEPS
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 GW
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 SAS
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压低 T-BOX
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 FICM-L
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 EPB
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Is Low 蓄电池电压低 SRS
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 TCM-6AT
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压低 BCM
U16BE 87 Frame 0xBE timeout Frame 0xBE超时 SCS
U16BE 87 Lost frame of EMS(BE) EMS节点的BE帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U16C1 87 Lost frame of SCS(C1) SCS节点的C1帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U16C5 87 Lost frame of SCS(C5) SCS节点的C5帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U16C7 87 Frame 0xC7 timeout Frame 0xC7超时 SCS
Communication With GateWay_HSC2_ECM_FrP00
U16C9 87 与ECM_FrP00通讯超时 EPB
(0xC9)Time out
U16F9 87 Frame 0xF9 timeout Frame 0xF9超时 SCS
U1769 87 Frame 0x169 timeout Frame 0x169超时 SCS
U177D 87 Lost frame of SCS(17D) SCS节点的17D帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U1794 87 Frame 0x194 timeout Frame 0x194超时 SCS
Communication With GateWay_HSC2_ECM_FrP04
U1794 87 与ECM_FrP04通讯超时 EPB
(0x194)Time out
V1.0 95
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 96
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Module
U1AE9 87 Lost frame of GW(4E9) GW节点的4E9帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U1AF1 87 Lost frame of EMS(4F1) EMS节点的4F1帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U1B40 87 Frame Timeout of the message 0x540 Vehicle Odo 车辆里程信息帧通讯超时 EPS
U1B40 87 Lost frame of GW(540) GW节点的540帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U1B41 87 Frame 0x541 timeout Frame 0x541超时 SCS
U1B41 87 Frame Timeout of the message 0x541 Time info 时间信息帧通讯超时 EPS
U1B41 87 Lost frame of GW(541) GW节点的541帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U1B18 87 Lost frame of GW (518) GW节点的518帧超时故障 TCM-6AT
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error PDC模块硬件错误 PDC
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error ECU 硬件故障 EPS
U2000 04 TCCM Internal Fault TCCM内部错误 TCCM
U2000 04 ECU Hardware Error 电控单元硬件错误 SAS
电控单元内部故障-EEPROM
U2001 42 EEPROM error IPK-L
校验和错误
电控单元内部故障-EEPROM
U2001 42 EEPROM error IPK-H
校验和错误
U2001 41 ROM/EEPROM/Flash Check 控制器存储器故障 ETC
U2001 41 ROM/EEPROM/Flash Check 控制器存储器故障 ATC
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 SCU
41 ECU EEPROM Layout / Checksum Error ECU EEPROM校验和故障 EPS
U2001
42 ECU EEPROM Error ECU EEPROM故障 EPS
U2001 42 Read/Writte Error EEPROM EEPROM读写错误 TCCM
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error EEPROM区域校验错误 GW
U2001
42 ECU EEPROM Error EEPROM错误 GW
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error EEPROM区域校验错误 SAS
U2001
42 ECU EEPROM Error EEPROM错误 SAS
U2001 42 EEPROM Fault EEPROM故障 T-BOX
电控单元EEPROM区域校验故
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error BCM
障
U2002 42 RAM Check Failures RAM检测失败 ETC
U2002 42 RAM Check Failures RAM检测失败 ATC
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error ECU RAM故障 EPS
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error 控制器随机存储器错误 PEPS
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error 控制器随机存储器错误 EPB
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error 电控单元RAM区域故障 BCM
U2003 04 ECU Software Error PDC模块软件错误 PDC
U2003 04 ECU Software Error 电控单元软件故障 SCU
U2003 04 ECU Software Error ECU软件故障 EPS
V1.0 97
DTC Overall List DTC Overall List
V1.0 98
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine-1.5T Driving cycle is divided into 2 types: respectively running cycle
DTC Category and warm-up cycle.
DTC Category • Running cycle: One running cycle includes engine startup,
There are 11 DTC categories in total used in this project, running working condition (vehicle failure, if any, shall be
which have been defined by system uniformly. DTC categories detected) and engine flameout.
include: Category-2 DTC, Category-3 DTC, Category-4 • Warm-up cycle: Refers to full running of the vehicle,
DTC, Category-5 DTC, Category-6 DTC, Category-7 DTC, allowing engine coolant temperature at least 22K higher
Category-11 DTC, Category-12 DTC, Category-13 DTC, than that of startup, which reaches at least 343K (70℃).
Category-36 DTC and Category-39 DTC.
V1.0 99
Engine Engine-1.5T
• If the failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear,
its failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
Category-4 DTC
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 30.
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If the failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear,
Category-5 DTC its failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 40.
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If the failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear,
its failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
V1.0 100
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC Category Description
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 50.
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 120ms.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If the failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear,
Category-11 DTC its failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 20.
• SVS lamp will not illumine after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles.
V1.0 101
Engine Engine-1.5T
• If the failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear,
Category-12 DTC its failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 50.
• SVS lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 120ms, and SVS lamp will go out.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If the failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear,
Category-13 DTC
its failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears after confirmation, the failure information can be deleted from
failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up cycles.
• Priority is 30.
• SVS lamp will illumine after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles and SVS lamp will go out.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
V1.0 102
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC Category Description
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• Failure will be deleted from failure memory through time trigger after it disappears.
*Note:
• MIL lamp: engine emission malfunction indicator lamp, this lamp is used to indicate the engine failures
which have effect on engine performance and emission.
• SVS lamp: engine malfunction indicator lamp, this lamp is used to indicate the failures which are detected
by the engine management system and has serious effect on engine performance.
V1.0 103
Engine Engine-1.5T
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running
V1.0 104
Engine-1.5T Engine
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 6
V1.0 105
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 106
Engine-1.5T Engine
Connector Information Engine Control Module EM102
Connector Information
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY014
V1.0 107
Engine Engine-1.5T
Diagnostic Information and Procedure P0117: Engine coolant sensor voltage is less than 0.1V, which
P0116, P0117, P0118 lasts for 2s.
DTC Description P0118: Engine coolant sensor voltage is greater than 4.85V,
DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit which lasts for 2s.
Range / Performance Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
29
Circuit Range / Performance
Failure Cause
DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit • Related circuit failure.
Low • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Water temperature sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Reference Information
16
Circuit Low
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Engine Management System (1.5T) - 6
High Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte EM102, EM116
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
17 Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit High
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, do not start
The engine coolant temperature signal is measured by ECT
the engine, and confirm whether the "Engine Coolant
sensor. ECMMonitor the coolant temperature signal of this
Temperature" in real-time display on the scan tool is far
sensor to realize functions such as cooling fan control, etc.
higher or lower than the rational temperature range.
The engine coolant temperature signal is sent to PT CAN
via ECM, and then transferred to Body CAN for instrument If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
pack controller via GateWay to be used for display of coolant Test".
temperature and high temperature alarm. In case of coolant
2. Under the condition of running the DTC, operate the
sensor failure or unusually high coolant temperature, the
vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
instrument pack will warn the driver via warning lamp and
Circuit/System Test
message.
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
battery negative cable.
P0116:
2. Disconnect harness connector EM116 from the water
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. temperature sensor.
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm. 3. Test the components of water temperature sensor.
• No external heating element. If the test is abnormal, replace the water temperature
P0117, P0118: Place the ignition switch in ON position. sensor.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Disconnect the harness connector EM102 from ECM.
P0116: 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM116 of water temperature sensor
• A-B>C, (A: Temperature value of model; B: Measured
and the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
temperature value; C: Threshold is 24.75℃.)
is less than 5Ω:
• The maximum reference value of water temperature is
60℃. • Terminal 1 of EM116 and Terminal 57 of EM102
V1.0 108
Engine-1.5T Engine
• Terminal 2 of EM116 and Terminal 14 of EM102 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant Component Test
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of 2. Disconnect harness connector EM116 from the water
harness connector EM116 of water temperature sensor temperature sensor.
or the following terminals of harness connector EM102 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of water
of ECM and the ground is infinite: temperature sensor is between 2.45 and 2.55kΩ (at
• Terminal 1 of EM116 or Terminal 57 of EM102 20℃), 0.424KΩ (warm-up).
• Terminal 2 of EM116 or Terminal 14 of EM102 If it is not within the specified range, replace the water
temperature sensor.
If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
Service Guideline
circuit is short to ground.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Coolant Temperature
harness connector EM116 of water temperature sensor
Sensor".
or the following terminals of harness connector EM102
of ECM and the power supply is infinite: • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 1 of EM116 or Terminal 57 of EM102
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 2 of EM116 or Terminal 14 of EM102 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
circuit is short to battery.
V1.0 109
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 110
Engine-1.5T Engine
Component Test If it is not within the specified range, replace the cooling
fan relay 3.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position.
2. Remove cooling fan relay 3. 5. Fit a jumper wire with 5A fuse between terminal 85 of
the cooling fan relay 3 and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 85 of cooling fan
wire between terminal 86 of relay and the ground. Test
relay 3 and terminal 86 of cooling fan relay 3 is between
if the resistance between terminal 30 and terminal 87 of
60 and 180Ω.
cooling fan relay 3 is below 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the cooling
fan relay 3. If it is not within the specified range, replace the cooling
fan relay 3.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
cooling fan relay 3 is infinite: Service Guideline
V1.0 111
Engine Engine-1.5T
The cooling fan will rotate at high or low speed, and achieve the 3. Under the condition of running the DTC, operate the
control by ECM and relay unit. ECMUtilize the information vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
provided by ETC sensor, air conditioning pressure sensor, Circuit/System Test
vehicle speed sensor and ATC to control the fan speed,
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
thereby restricting the engine coolant temperature.
battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Remove the cooling fan relay 2&3, and test the
The battery voltage is between 10.7V and 16.01V. component of the cooling fan relay 2&3.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If the test is abnormal, replace the cooling fan relay 2 or 3.
P0481: PWM fan relay control circuit is open-circuited, the 3. Disconnect harness connector BY089 of the ECM and
system voltage is between 2.5 and 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
P0693: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to ground, fuse box.
the system voltage is below 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY014 of engine compartment fuse
P0694: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to battery,
box and terminals of harness connector BY089 of the
the system current is greater than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s.
ECM is less than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 4 of BY014 and Terminal 27 of BY089
DTC P0481, P0693 and P0694 are Category-5 DTCs.
• Terminal 5 of BY014 and Terminal 26 of BY089
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0481, P0693 and P0694 are Category-5 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Related circuit failure.
harness connector BY014 of engine compartment fuse
• Connector failure or poor fit. box or terminals of harness connector BY089 of the
• ECM failure. ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 4 of BY014
• Terminal 5 of BY014
• Terminal 26 of BY089
• Terminal 27 of BY089
V1.0 112
Engine-1.5T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
short to ground. cooling fan relay 2/3 is infinite:
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • 30 and 86
harness connector BY014 of engine compartment fuse • 30 and 87
box or terminals of harness connector BY089 of the
ECM and the power supply is infinite: • 30 and 85
V1.0 113
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 114
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
84 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low 高压油轨压力过低 ON 13
P0087
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low 高压供油PID控制偏差过小 ON 13
85 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 高压油轨压力过高 ON 13
P0088
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 高压供油PID控制偏差过大 ON 13
流量控制阀正极和负极控制电路
P0090 12 Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control Circuit ON 4
短路
进气温度传感器2电路电压过低
P0097 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Low ON 3
(集成于进气压力传感器)
进气温度传感器2电路电压过高
P0098 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit High ON 3
(集成于进气压力传感器)
13 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit 空气流量计电路开路 ON 3
P0100
00 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit 空气流量计加热电路驱动级故障 ON 3
Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计的流量超过合理
24 ON 3
Performance 性范围上限
P0101
Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计的流量超过合理
23 ON 3
Performance 性范围下限
P0102 16 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Low 空气流量计电路电压过低 ON 3
P0103 17 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit High 空气流量计电路电压过高 ON 3
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric
P0105 2A 进气压力传感器信号无变化 ON 3
Pressure Circuit
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric
22 进气压力传感器信号值高于阀值 ON 3
Pressure Circuit Range / Performance
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric
21 进气压力传感器信号值低于阀值 ON 3
Pressure Circuit Range / Performance
P0106
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric 进气压力传感器高于传感器合理
85 ON 3
Pressure Circuit Range / Performance 范围包络线
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric 进气压力传感器低于传感器合理
84 ON 3
Pressure Circuit Range / Performance 范围包络线
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric
P0107 16 进气压力传感器电路电压过低 ON 3
Pressure Circuit Low
Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric
P0108 17 进气压力传感器电路电压过高 ON 3
Pressure Circuit High
进气温度传感器1电路电压过低
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ON 3
(集成于HFM)
进气温度传感器1电路电压过高
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High ON 3
(集成于HFM)
V1.0 115
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
94 Incorrect Fuel Composition 负荷预测监控故障 ON 13
93 Incorrect Fuel Composition 断油模式下油路监控故障 ON 13
92 Incorrect Fuel Composition 供油模式下油路监控故障 ON 13
P0169
64 Incorrect Fuel Composition 混合气监控故障 ON 13
29 Incorrect Fuel Composition 工作模式监控故障 ON 13
61 Incorrect Fuel Composition 负荷比较监控故障 ON 13
00 System Too Lean Bank 1 混合气乘法自学习值超上限 ON 11
P0171
27 System Too Lean Bank 1 混合气加法自学习值超上限 ON 11
00 System Too Rich Bank 1 混合气乘法自学习值超下限 ON 11
P0172
26 System Too Rich Bank 1 混合气加法自学习值超下限 ON 11
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit Range /
P0191 22 油轨压力传感器信号超过阀值 ON 13
Performance
P0192 16 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit Low 油轨压力传感器电路对地短路 ON 13
P0193 17 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High 油轨压力传感器电路对电源短路 ON 13
P0201 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1 一缸喷油器负极控制电路开路 ON 4
P0202 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2 二缸喷油器负极控制电路开路 ON 4
P0203 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 三缸喷油器负极控制电路开路 ON 4
P0204 13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4 四缸喷油器负极控制电路开路 ON 4
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition 发动机超转速 OFF 5
Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost
P0234 00 增压器增压压力过高 ON 3
Condition
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
22 增压压力大于阀值 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
21 增压压力小于阀值 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance
P0236
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
24 增压压力大于合理性范围的上限 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
23 增压压力小于合理性范围的下限 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
P0237 16 增压压力传感器电路电压过低 ON 3
Circuit Low
Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor “A”
P0238 17 增压压力传感器电路电压过高 ON 3
Circuit High
Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate
P0243 13 增压器废气控制阀电路开路 ON 3
Solenoid “A”
Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate
P0245 11 增压器废气控制阀电路对地短路 ON 3
Solenoid “A” Low
Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate 增压器废气控制阀电路对电源短
P0246 12 ON 3
Solenoid “A” High 路
V1.0 116
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” 流量控制阀正极或负极控制电路
13 ON 13
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) 开路
P0251
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” 流量控制阀正极控制电路对地短
11 ON 13
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) 路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” 流量控制阀正极控制电路对电源
P0252 12 ON 13
Range / Performance (Cam/Rotor/Injector) 短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” 流量控制阀负极控制电路对地短
P0253 11 ON 13
Low (Cam/Rotor/Injector) 路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” 流量控制阀负极控制电路对电源
P0254 12 ON 13
High (Cam/Rotor/Injector) 短路
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit/Open 低压油泵驱动级断路 ON 13
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low 低压油泵驱动级对电源短路 ON 13
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High 低压油泵驱动级对地短路 ON 13
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对地短
P0261 11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low ON 13
路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对电源
P0262 12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High ON 13
短路
一缸喷油器上拉电流或电压的时
P0263 00 Cylinder 1 Contribution/Balance ON 13
间过长故障
二缸喷油器负极控制电路对地短
P0264 11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low ON 13
路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路对电源
P0265 12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High ON 13
短路
二缸喷油器上拉电流或电压的时
P0266 00 Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance ON 13
间过长故障
三缸喷油器负极控制电路对地短
P0267 11 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low ON 13
路
三缸喷油器负极控制电路对电源
P0268 12 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High ON 13
短路
三缸喷油器上拉电流或电压的时
P0269 00 Cylinder 3 Contribution/Balance ON 13
间过长故障
四缸喷油器负极控制电路对地短
P0270 11 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low ON 13
路
四缸喷油器负极控制电路对电源
P0271 12 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High ON 13
短路
四缸喷油器上拉电流或电压的时
P0272 00 Cylinder 4 Contribution/Balance ON 13
间过长故障
P0299 00 Turbocharger/Supercharger Underboost 增压器增压压力过低 ON 3
ON or
P0300 00 Random / Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected 失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 00 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 1缸失火故障 2
Blink
V1.0 117
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
ON or
P0302 00 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 2缸失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0303 00 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 3缸失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0304 00 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 4缸失火故障 2
Blink
Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit
P0321 00 曲轴转速传感器信号波动 ON 3
Range / Performance
Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit
P0322 00 曲轴转速传感器无信号 ON 3
No Signal
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit ( Bank 1 or Single
17 爆震传感器信号电路电压过高 ON 3
Sensor)
P0325
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit ( Bank 1 or Single
16 爆震传感器信号电路电压过低 ON 3
Sensor)
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low ( Bank 1 or
00 爆震传感器A端对地短路诊断 ON 3
Single Sensor)
P0327
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low ( Bank 1 or
14 爆震传感器B端对地短路诊断 ON 3
Single Sensor)
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single
00 爆震传感器A端对电源短路诊断 ON 3
Sensor)
P0328
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High(Bank 1 or Single
15 爆震传感器B端对电源短路诊断 ON 3
Sensor)
曲轴位置传感器DGI信号错误/发
Crankshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Range
P0336 00 动机停机位置错误/DGI信号反向 ON 3
/ Performance
脉冲长度不合理
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Range /
P0341 00 进气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ON 3
Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Low 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电压常
P0342 00 ON 3
Bank 1 or Single Sensor 为低
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit High 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电压常
P0343 00 ON 3
Bank 1 or Single Sensor 为高
Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit Range /
P0366 00 排气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ON 3
Performance Bank 1
Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit Low 排气凸轮轴相位信号电路电压常
P0367 00 ON 3
Bank 1 为低
Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit High 排气凸轮轴相位信号电路电压常
P0368 00 ON 3
Bank 1 为高
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold 三元催化器储氧能力老化 ON 3
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0444 13 碳罐控制阀控制电路开路 ON 3
Valve Circuit Open
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0458 11 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过低 ON 3
Valve Circuit Low
V1.0 118
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0459 12 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过高 ON 3
Valve Circuit High
22 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” 车速超出最大允许范围 ON 3
26 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” 车速值处于粘滞状态 ON 3
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” 从CAN过来的车速信号有故障 ON 3
2F Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” 供油状况下车速检测值不合理性 ON 3
23 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” 断油工况车速检测值不合理性 ON 3
P0504 62 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation 刹车信号不同步 ON 12
Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than
P0506 00 怠速控制转速低于目标怠速 ON 5
Expected
Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than
P0507 00 怠速控制转速高于目标怠速 ON 5
Expected
P0522 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch Low 油压传感器信号对地短路 ON 5
P0523 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch High 油压传感器信号对电源短路 ON 5
A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit
P0532 16 空调制冷剂压力过低 ON 5
Low
A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit
P0533 17 空调制冷剂压力过高 ON 5
High
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit/Open 电子节温器开路故障 ON 5
P0598 11 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Low 电子节温器对地短路故障 ON 5
P0599 12 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit High 电子节温器对电源短路故障 ON 5
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Drive 发动机控制模块(ECM)芯片过热-
00 ON 13
Chip Overtemperature 驱动芯片过温
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-5V 发动机控制模块(ECM)芯片过热
48 ON 13
Voltage Overtemperature Failure -5V电压过温故障
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Cooling 发动机控制模块(ECM)芯片过热-
49 OFF 5
Fan Drive Chip Overtemperature(High Speed) 冷却风扇驱动芯片过热(高速)
V1.0 119
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路对地
P0646 11 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low OFF 5
短路
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路对电
P0647 12 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High OFF 5
源短路
P0651 00 Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit/Open 5V2电压故障 ON 13
P0659 00 Actuator Supply Voltage “A” Circuit High 芯片过压 ON 13
P0686 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low 主继电器粘滞故障 ON 6
P0690 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High 主继电器输出电压信号故障 ON 5
P06DA 13 Secondary oil pump Circuit open 二级机油控制阀开路 OFF 5
P06DB 11 Secondary oil pump Circuit Low 二级机油控制阀对地短路 OFF 5
P06DC 12 Secondary oil pump Circuit High 二级机油控制阀对电源短路 OFF 5
P0830 00 Clutch Pedal Switch “A” Circuit 离合器踏板开关信号不正确 OFF 5
Cylinder selective fuel cutoff active due to ON or
P130A 00 失火引起断缸 2
catalyst damaging misfire Blink
Diagnostic Fault Check knock control signal
P1386 00 爆震识别信号评估诊断 OFF 3
evaluation
Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control
P1523 81 车辆碰撞,燃油切断 ON 5
Module
35 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 节气门体PID调节最大故障 ON 13
P1545
34 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 节气门体PID调节最小故障 ON 13
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Adaptation
P1559 78 节气门跛行位置自学习故障 ON 6
Malfunction
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Low Voltage 系统电压不满足电子节气门自学
P1564 00 OFF 6
During Adaptation 习条件
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. adaptation not
P1579 00 电子节气门自学习条件不满足 OFF 6
started
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
72 回位弹簧检查最小故障 ON 13
Range / performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
74 回位弹簧检查最大故障 ON 6
Range / performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
22 开启弹簧检查最大故障 ON 13
Range / performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
P2101 21 开启弹簧检查最小故障 ON 13
Range / performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
29 电子节气门位置偏差故障 ON 13
Range / performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit 电子节气门下限位置初始化自学
28 ON 13
Range / performance 习故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
26 节气门机械下止点再次自习故障 ON 3
Range / performance
V1.0 120
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced
12 电子节气门驱动级故障 (短路) ON 13
Limited Power
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced 电子节气门驱动级故障 (过热或
4B ON 13
Limited Power 过流)
P2106
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced 电子节气门驱动级故障 (不合
29 ON 13
Limited Power 理)
Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced
13 电子节气门驱动级故障(开路) ON 13
Limited Power
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” 电子油门踏板位置传感器1信号
P2127 21 ON 13
Circuit Low 电压过低
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” 电子油门踏板位置传感器1信号
P2128 22 ON 13
Circuit High 电压过高
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” 电子油门踏板位置传感器2信号
P2132 21 ON 13
Circuit Low 电压过低
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” 电子油门踏板位置传感器2信号
P2133 22 ON 13
Circuit High 电压过高
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E”/“F” 电子油门踏板位置传感器信号不
P2140 29 ON 13
Voltage Correlation 合理
Fuel Injector Group “A” Supply Voltage 一缸或四缸喷油器高边控制电路
15 ON 4
Circuit/Open 对电源短路
Fuel Injector Group “A” Supply Voltage 一缸或四缸喷油器高边控制电路
P2146 14 ON 4
Circuit/Open 对地短路
Fuel Injector Group “A” Supply Voltage
00 一缸喷油器正负极控制电路短路 ON 4
Circuit/Open
Fuel Injector Group “B” Supply Voltage
P2149 00 二缸喷油器正负极控制电路短路 ON 4
Circuit/Open
Fuel Injector Group “C” Supply Voltage 二缸或三缸喷油器高边控制电路
14 ON 4
Circuit/Open 对地短路
Fuel Injector Group “C” Supply Voltage 二缸或三缸喷油器高边控制电路
P2152 15 ON 4
Circuit/Open 对电源短路
Fuel Injector Group “C” Supply Voltage
00 三缸喷油器正负极控制电路短路 ON 4
Circuit/Open
Fuel Injector Group “D” Supply Voltage
P2155 00 四缸喷油器正负极控制电路短路 ON 4
Circuit/Open
P2181 00 Cooling System Performance 电子节温器性能故障 ON 3
环境压力值与合理性值的正向偏
24 Barometric Pressure Circuit ON 3
差大于阀值
P2226
环境压力值与合理性值的负向偏
23 Barometric Pressure Circuit ON 3
差大于阀值
Barometric Pressure Circuit Range /
22 环境压力值超过最大阀值 ON 3
Performance
P2227
Barometric Pressure Circuit Range /
21 环境压力值低于最小阀值 ON 3
Performance
V1.0 121
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve –
P2261 00 泄流阀无法正确打开故障 ON 3
Mechanical
O2 Sensor Circuit Range / Performance Bank
P2A00 00 上游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
1 Sensor 1
O2 Sensor Circuit Range / Performance Bank
P2A01 29 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
1 Sensor 2
电子节气门安全监控扭矩限制作
P300B 00 Engine torque control Adaption at limit ON 6
用
油轨压力传感器特性曲线负向偏
P304B 00 rationality check positive offset ON 13
移
油轨压力传感器特性曲线正向偏
P304C 00 rationality check negative offset ON 13
移
*Note:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running
V1.0 122
Engine-1.5T Engine
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 2
V1.0 123
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 124
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 4
V1.0 125
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 126
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 6
V1.0 127
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 128
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine Fuel System
V1.0 129
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 130
Engine-1.5T Engine
Brake Lamp - Manual
V1.0 131
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 132
Engine-1.5T Engine
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information 1 5V Power Supply
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY014
2 5V Power Supply
3 Sensor Ground
4 Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor 1
5 Sensor Ground
6 Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor 2
V1.0 133
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 134
Engine-1.5T Engine
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
71 Oil Control Valve 2 Clutch High Position Switch
73 Upstream Oxygen Sensor 3 Clutch Low Position Switch
Heating
Downstream Oxygen Sensor BY168/BY171
81 5V Power Supply
82 5V Power Supply
83 Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor 1
84 Upstream Oxygen Sensor
Signal
85 ACC Wake-up Signal
86 LIN Signal Shielding Ground
87 Ignition Switch
V1.0 135
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 136
Engine-1.5T Engine
Ignition Coil 1 EM103 Ignition Coil 3 EM105
V1.0 137
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 138
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor EM113 Intake Bleeder Valve EM117
V1.0 139
Engine Engine-1.5T
Exhaust Gas Control Valve EM119 High Pressure Fuel Pump Control Valve EM120
V1.0 140
Engine-1.5T Engine
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • The measured angle variation of camshaft is greater than
P000A, P0026 3KW, the failure lasts for 2.5s, and the failure counter is
DTC Description not less than 7.
DTC P000A: "A" Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1 P000A 29:
Failure • Deviation between actual value and target value is greater
Failure Type Byte than or equal to 10KW, and the failure lasts for 2s.
Failure Description
(FTB) • The measured angle variation of camshaft is less than
3KW, the failure lasts for 2.5s, and the failure counter
"A" Camshaft Position Slow
26 is not less than 7.
Response Bank1 (Slow Response)
"A" Camshaft Position Slow P0026: Deviation (at start-up moment) between the actual
29 Response Bank1 (Jam) angle of intake VVT and default angle is greater than 16KW.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0026: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range /
Performance Bank 1 DTC P000A, P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
V1.0 141
Engine Engine-1.5T
6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the If it is not within the specified range, test the control
battery negative cable. circuit for short to ground.
7. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM. 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness VVT valve (intake).
connector EM121 of VVT valve (intake) and terminal 50 Service Guideline
of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
open circuit/high resistance.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 50 of harness System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Phase Regulation
connector EM102 of VVT valve (intake) and the power Solenoid Valve".
supply is 0V. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
short to battery. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 142
Engine-1.5T Engine
P000B, P0027 • The measured angle variation of camshaft is greater than
DTC Description 3KW, the failure lasts for 2.5s, and the failure counter is
not less than 7.
DTC P000B: "B" Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1
Failure P000B 29:
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Deviation between actual value and target value is greater
(FTB) than 10KW, and the failure lasts for 2s.
26 "B" Camshaft Position Slow • The measured angle variation of camshaft is less than
Response Bank1 (Slow Response) 3KW, the failure lasts for 2.5s, and the failure counter
is not less than 7.
29 "B" Camshaft Position Slow
Response Bank1 (Jam) P0027: Deviation (at start-up moment) between the actual
angle of exhaust VVT and default angle is greater than 16KW.
DTC P0027: Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range /
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Performance Bank 1
DTC P000B and P0027 are Category-5 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid DTC P000B and P0027 are Category-5 DTCs.
77
Circuit Range / Performance Bank 1 Failure Cause
V1.0 143
Engine Engine-1.5T
6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the If it is not within the specified range, test the control
battery negative cable. circuit for short to ground.
7. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM. 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness VVT valve (exhaust).
connector EM122 of VVT valve (exhaust) and terminal 5 Service Guideline
of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
open circuit/high resistance.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
9. Test if the voltage between terminal 2 of harness System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Phase Regulation
connector EM102 of VVT valve (exhaust) and the ground Solenoid Valve".
is 0V. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
short to battery. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 144
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0016 EM102, EM124
DTC Description
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0016: Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Correlation
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft on signal or harness.
76
Position Correlation 2. Check if the intake phase signal gear teeth are damaged
or have other metal components attached.
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft
78 Position Correlation (Bank 1 Sensor 3. Check if the intake phase sensor and the relative
A) mounting position of its signal gear not meet mounting
requirement (e.g. too far distance, not alignment, etc.)
Circuit/System Description
4. Start the engine, and confirm whether the "Intake Phase"
The camshaft position sensor is applied to match with speed parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool changes
sensor in no distributor situation to provide ECM with accordingly with the actual situation of the vehicle.
crankshaft phase information, namely, identify the compression
If the sensor is not changed as expected or has no
top dead center and intake top dead center of cylinder 1.
change, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Camshaft position sensor is composed of a Hall sensor and
a rotor made of steel plate. The Hall sensor is fixed, the Circuit/System Test
rotor with a 36° arc boss is installed on camshaft. The inner 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
magnetic field of the Hall sensor will change when the boss battery negative cable.
passes by, which leads to the change of output signal voltage. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM124 of intake phase
In this way, the two top dead centers are identified. sensor and harness connector EM102 of the ECM.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Place the ignition switch in ON position. harness connector EM124 of intake phase sensor and the
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
Conditions for Setting DTCs
than 5Ω:
P0016 76: The average deviation between the mounting
• Terminal 1 of EM124 and Terminal 27 of EM102
position self-learning value of camshaft signal falling edge and
the calibration value is greater than 20KW or less than -20KW. • Terminal 2 of EM124 and Terminal 8 of EM102
P0016 78: Aged torque deviation of all camshaft signal falling • Terminal 3 of EM124 and Terminal 53 of EM102
edge is greater than 15KW or less than -15KW.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P0016 is a Category-3 DTC. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector EM124 of intake phase sensor or the
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
DTC P0016 is a Category-3 DTC.
ground is infinite:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 1 of EM124 or Terminal 27 of EM102
• Related circuit failure.
• Terminal 2 of EM124 or Terminal 8 of EM102
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Intake phase signal gear teeth failure. • Terminal 3 of EM124 or Terminal 53 of EM102
• Intake phase sensor failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• ECM failure. short to ground.
V1.0 145
Engine Engine-1.5T
• Terminal 2 of EM124 or Terminal 8 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
• Terminal 3 of EM124 or Terminal 53 of EM102
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
short to battery.
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the intake phase
sensor or ECM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 146
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0017 EM125, EM102
DTC Description
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0017: Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Correlation
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft on signal or harness.
76
Position Correlation 2. Check if the exhaust phase signal gear teeth are damaged
or have other metal components attached.
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft
78 3. Check if the exhaust phase sensor and the relative
Position Correlation Bank 1 Sensor B
mounting position of its signal gear not meet mounting
Circuit/System Description requirement (e.g. too far distance, not alignment, etc.)
The camshaft position sensor is applied to match with speed 4. Start the engine, and confirm whether the "Exhaust
sensor in no distributor situation to provide ECM with Phase" parameter in the real-time display of the scan
crankshaft phase information, namely, identify the compression tool changes accordingly with the actual situation of the
top dead center and exhaust top dead center of cylinder 1. vehicle.
Camshaft position sensor is composed of a Hall sensor and
If the sensor is not changed as expected or has no
a rotor made of steel plate. The Hall sensor is fixed, the
change, go to "Circuit/System Test".
rotor with a 36° arc boss is installed on camshaft. The inner
Circuit/System Test
magnetic field of the Hall sensor will change when the boss
passes by, which leads to the change of output signal voltage. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
In this way, the two top dead centers are identified. battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM125 of exhaust
phase sensor and harness connector EM102 of the ECM.
Place the ignition switch in ON position.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs
harness connector EM125 of exhaust phase sensor and
P0017 76: The average deviation between the mounting the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
position self-learning value of camshaft signal falling edge and than 5Ω:
the calibration value is greater than 20KW or less than -20KW.
• Terminal 1 of EM125 and Terminal 27 of EM102
P0017 78: Aged torque deviation of all camshaft signal falling
• Terminal 2 of EM125 and Terminal 8 of EM102
edge is greater than 15KW or less than -15KW.
• Terminal 3 of EM125 and Terminal 54 of EM102
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P0017 is a Category-3 DTC.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
DTC P0017 is a Category-3 DTC. harness connector EM125 of exhaust phase sensor or
Failure Cause the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
the ground is infinite:
• Related circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of EM125 and Terminal 27 of EM102
• Exhaust phase signal gear teeth failure. • Terminal 2 of EM125 and Terminal 8 of EM102
• Exhaust phase sensor failure. • Terminal 3 of EM125 and Terminal 54 of EM102
• ECM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
Reference Information circuit is short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 6 harness connector EM125 of exhaust phase sensor or
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
Reference Connector End View Information
the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 147
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 148
Engine-1.5T Engine
P006D Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC.
DTC P006D: Barometric Pressure – Failure Cause
Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet Pressure Correlation
• Related circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
Barometric Pressure – • ECM failure.
16 Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet Reference Information
Barometric Pressure
Pressure Correlation –
17 Turbocharger/Supercharger Inlet Reference Electrical Information
Pressure Correlation Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Circuit/System Test
Within certain measurement range, the force applied on the
sensor is linear with the measurement signal (voltage signal), 1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and observe the
ECU internally transfers the voltage signal measured by the "Ambient Air Pressure" parameter displayed on the scan
sensor to ambient pressure. If the voltage signal measured by tool in real time. Such parameters should be within the
ambient pressure sensor exceeds the reasonable voltage range standard range of atmospheric pressure at its altitude.
(excessive high/low), it shall be deemed as max./min. circuit 2. Check whether any other DTCs have been set for engine
failure. control system except DTC P006D. If other DTCs have
Conditions for Running DTCs been set, diagnose them first.
3. Clear the DTC P006D. Diagnose the engine control
Place the ignition switch in ON position.
system once more to check whether the DTC P006D still
Conditions for Setting DTCs exists. If DTC P006D still exists, test/replace the ECM.
P006D 16: Ambient pressure sensor signal voltage is less than Service Guideline
0.21V, which lasts for 1s.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
P006D 17: Ambient pressure sensor signal voltage is greater System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
than 4.9V, which lasts for 1s. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Actions Taken When the DTC Is Set to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 149
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0033, P0034, P0035, P2261 P0035: ECM detects turbocharging system bleeder valve signal
DTC Description circuit short to battery.
DTC P0033: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve P2261: Pulse count is greater than 7 caused by air turbulence
Control Circuit in the outlet of supercharger impeller, which lasts for 1s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB) DTC P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261 are Category-3 DTCs.
13 Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Valve Control Circuit
DTC P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0034: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve Failure Cause
Control Circuit Low • Related circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Connector fault or poor fit.
(FTB) • Intake bleeder valve failure.
11 Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass • ECM failure.
Valve Control Circuit Low
Reference Information
DTC P0035: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve Reference Circuit Information
Control Circuit High Engine Management System (1.5T) - 5
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
EM117, BY089
12 Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass
Reference Electrical Information
Valve Control Circuit High
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
DTC P2261: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve –
Circuit/System Test
Mechanical
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
battery negative cable.
(FTB)
2. Disconnect harness connector EM117 of the intake
00 Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass
bleeder valve.
Valve – Mechanical
3. Conduct intake bleeder valve component test.
Circuit/System Description
If the test is abnormal, replace the intake bleeder valve.
In order to precisely control the air inflow, boost pressure
4. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and place the
sensor, intake pressure sensor and air flow meter are
ignition switch in ON position.
equipped in engine management system, through which ECM
5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
can obtain the air inflow information. After the air inflow
connector EM117 of intake bleeder valve and the ground
information is obtained, on the one hand, ECM can control
is the battery voltage.
the turbocharging system through the intake air discharge
valve and boost control valve; on the other hand, ECM can If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
control the air intake and exhaust valves based on the signal open circuit/high resistance.
from intake and exhaust camshaft position sensor for optimal 6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
control on the air inflow. battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs BY089 OF ECM.
Place the ignition switch in ON position. 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
connector EM117 of intake bleeder valve and terminal 8
Conditions for Setting DTCs
of harness connector BY089 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
P0033: ECM detects turbocharging system bleeder valve open
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
circuit.
open circuit/high resistance.
P0034: ECM detects turbocharging system bleeder valve signal
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
circuit short to ground.
connector EM117 of intake bleeder valve or terminal 8
V1.0 150
Engine-1.5T Engine
of harness connector BY089 of ECM and the ground is 2. Disconnect harness connector EM117 of the intake
infinite. bleeder valve.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and terminal 2
short to ground. of intake bleeder valve is around 12.6 Ω (20℃).
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness If it is not within the specified range, replace the intake
connector EM117 of intake bleeder valve or terminal 8 of bleeder valve.
harness connector BY089 of ECM and the power supply Service Guideline
is infinite.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
short to battery. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
battery negative cable.
V1.0 151
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC P0076: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank Engine Management System (1.5T) - 3
1 Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description EM121, EM102
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit Low Bank 1
Circuit/System Check
DTC P0077: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank
Check the working conditions of the intake cam solenoid
1
and oil control valve (e.g. dirt blockage, locking, incomplete
Failure Type Byte Failure Description oil pressure-relief, faulty dead locking pin, etc.). Perform
(FTB) necessary repair and maintenance.
12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit/System Test
Circuit High Bank 1
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
Circuit/System Description battery negative cable.
ECMReceive signals from CKP sensor and CMP sensor. With 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM121 of VVT valve
these signals, ECM determines the valve timing by referencing (intake).
control diagram. Then ECM operates the oil control valve 3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and place the
fitted on one side of cylinder block. These solenoids control ignition switch in ON position.
the oil to flow into phase modulator and change the relative 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 2 of harness
position to the camshaft of the phase modulator so as to adjust connector EM121 of VVT valve (intake) and the ground is
the valve timing. the battery voltage.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The engine is continuously running. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• The system voltage is greater than 10.7V. 5. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
• The control cycle of the power supply of intake camshaft battery negative cable.
is between 6.25% and 90%. 6. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
P0075: Intake camshaft output circuit voltage is between 2.5V connector EM121 of VVT valve (intake) and terminal 50
~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0076: Intake camshaft output circuit voltage is less than 2.5V,
open circuit/high resistance.
which lasts for 0.5s.
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
P0077: Intake camshaft output circuit current is greater than
connector EM102 of VVT valve (intake) and the power
6A, which lasts for 0.5s.
supply is infinite.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P0075, P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
DTC P0075, P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. connector EM102 of VVT valve (intake) and the ground
is infinite.
V1.0 152
Engine-1.5T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test the control • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
circuit for short to ground. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Phase Regulation
Solenoid Valve".
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
VVT valve (intake). • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
Service Guideline
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 153
Engine Engine-1.5T
• The control cycle of the power supply of exhaust 3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and place the
camshaft is between 6.25% and 90%. ignition switch in ON position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test whether the voltage between terminal 2 of harness
connector EM122 of VVT valve (exhaust) and the ground
P0078: Exhaust camshaft output circuit voltage is between
is the battery voltage.
2.5V ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0079: Exhaust camshaft output circuit voltage is less than open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s.
5. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
P0080: Exhaust camshaft output circuit current is greater than battery negative cable.
6A, which lasts for 0.5s.
6. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 of
DTC P0078, P0079 and P0080 are Category-3 DTCs. harness connector EM122 of VVT valve (exhaust) and
V1.0 154
Engine-1.5T Engine
terminal 5 of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less 10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
than 5Ω. VVT valve (exhaust).
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit of Service Guideline
open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
8. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
harness connector EM102 of VVT valve (exhaust) and • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the power supply is infinite. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Phase Regulation
Solenoid Valve".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
9. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
harness connector EM102 of VVT valve (exhaust) and
the ground is infinite.
V1.0 155
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC P0088: Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High • High pressure fuel pump failure.
• Fuel rail pressure sensor failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
Reference Information
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High
Reference Circuit Information
85 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 3
Circuit/System Description
Reference Connector End View Information
ECMThe control of high pressure fuel flow can be realized by
EM101, EM102
controlling the opening or closing of the fuel control valve. In
the first half section of plunger ascending in the high pressure Reference Electrical Information
fuel pump, the fuel control valve is open, the fuel is unable Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
to produce pressure, so part of fuel flows back to the low
pressure fuel circuit via the control valve. When the solenoid Circuit/System Check
valve is energized, the fuel control valve begins to close and 1. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist:
completely closes up after a period of time, at which the
• Fuel leaks. Fuel pipe cracks, twists or is connected
plunger cavity is completely closed; the plunger continues
incorrectly.
moving upward, when the the pressure inside the plunger
cavity continues to rise until it exceeds the pressure of fuel • Insufficient fuel in tank.
rail, the high pressure fuel is pumped into the fuel rail.
• Mounting position of high pressure fuel pump is incorrect,
Conditions for Running DTC and the sealing is poor.
DTC P0087, P0088 00: 2. If failure exists, carry out necessary repair and
• The system voltage is ≤ 16V. maintenance.
V1.0 156
Engine-1.5T Engine
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
than 5Ω: the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 8 of EM101 and Terminal 29 of EM102 • Terminal 8 of EM101 or Terminal 29 of EM102
• Terminal 11 of EM101 and Terminal 13 of EM102 • Terminal 11 of EM101 or Terminal 13 of EM102
• Terminal 12 of EM101 and Terminal 40 of EM102 • Terminal 12 of EM101 or Terminal 40 of EM102
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
open circuit/high resistance. circuit is short to battery.
7. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or fuel
harness connector EM101 of fuel injector connector or rail pressure sensor.
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and Service Guideline
the ground is infinite:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 8 of EM101 or Terminal 29 of EM102 System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 11 of EM101 or Terminal 13 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Rail".
• Terminal 12 of EM101 or Terminal 40 of EM102
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test whether the to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
circuit is short to ground. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
8. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of
harness connector EM101 of fuel injector connector or
V1.0 157
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253, P0254 valve is energized, the fuel control valve begins to close and
DTC Description completely closes up after a period of time, at which the
plunger cavity is completely closed; the plunger continues
DTC P0090: Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control Circuit
moving upward, when the the pressure inside the plunger
Failure Type Byte Failure Description cavity continues to rise until it exceeds the rail pressure, the
(FTB) high pressure fuel is pumped into the fuel rail.
Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control Conditions for Running DTCs
12
Circuit
DTC P0090: During engine running time after start-up, the
DTC P0251: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control "A" system voltage is between 10.7V and 16V.
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) DTC P0251, P0252, P0253, P0254:
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Extract fuel control valve with a scan tool.
(FTB) • Engine start-up is completed.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering • The system voltage is between 10.7 and 16V.
11
Control "A" (Cam/Rotor/Injector)
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Injection Pump Fuel Metering
13 P0090: Short circuit of high and low side of MSV value last for
Control "A" (Cam/Rotor/Injector)
0.5s.
DTC P0252: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control "A" Range P0251 11: Flow control valve positive control circuit current
/ Performance (Cam/Rotor/Injector) is 40A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P0251 13: Flow control valve positive control circuit current
(FTB) is less than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering P0252: Flow control valve positive control circuit current is
12 Control "A" Range / Performance greater than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
(Cam/Rotor/Injector)
P0253: Flow control valve negative control circuit current is
DTC P0253: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control "A" Low 40A, which lasts for 0.5s.
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) P0254: Flow control valve negative control circuit current is
Failure Type Byte Failure Description greater than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Injection Pump Fuel DTC P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 are Category-13
11 Metering Control "A" Low DTCs.
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0254: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control "A" High DTC P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 are Category-13
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) DTCs.
V1.0 158
Engine-1.5T Engine
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 1 of EM120 or Terminal 4 of EM102
Circuit/System Check If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
circuit is short to ground.
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and read the
DTC with a scan tool. DTC P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 6. Test whether the resistance between the following
and P0254 shall not be set. terminals of harness connector EM120 of the fuel control
valve or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of
2. Drive the fuel control valve to work with the scan tool.
ECM and the power supply is infinite:
Change the opening of fuel control valve with scan tool,
and the 'click' can be heard when fuel control valve works. • Terminal 1 of EM120 or Terminal 4 of EM102
3. Under the condition of running the DTC, operate the • Terminal 2 of EM120 or Terminal 3 of EM102
vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
Circuit/System Test
circuit is short to battery.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
battery negative cable.
Component Test
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM120 of the fuel
control valve and perform the component test of fuel 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position.
control valve. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM120 of the fuel
control valve.
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel control valve.
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
3. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
the fuel control valve is 1.4Ω or so.
4. Test whether the resistance between the following
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
terminals of harness connector EM120 of the fuel control
control valve.
valve and the terminals of harness connector EM102 of
ECM is less than 5Ω: Service Guideline
• Terminal 1 of EM120 and Terminal 4 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 2 of EM120 and Terminal 3 of EM102
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Pump".
open circuit/high resistance.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
5. Test whether the resistance between the following to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
terminals of harness connector EM120 of the fuel control - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
valve or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of
ECM and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 159
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 160
Engine-1.5T Engine
9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the intake air • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
pressure sensor or ECM. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure
Service Guideline Sensor".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 161
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0100, P0101, P0102, P0103 • System voltage is higher than 10V, which lasts for 0.1s.
DTC Description P0101 23:
DTC P0100: Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit
• The signal circuit of ambient temperature sensor is valid
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Revolutions of crankshaft is higher than 400.
(FTB)
P0101 24:
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A”
00 • The signal circuit of ambient temperature sensor is valid
Circuit
• Revolutions of crankshaft is higher than 400.
13 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A”
Circuit P0102, P0103: When the engine is started, the system voltage
is higher than 10V which lasts for 0.1s.
DTC P0101: Mass or Volume Air Flow“A ”Circuit
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Range/Performance
P0100 00: The period of intake airflow signal from HFM is
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
greater than 0, which lasts for 1s.
(FTB)
P0100 13: The period of intake airflow signal from HFM is
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A
23 0us, which lasts for 0.2s.
”Circuit Range/Performance
P0101 23: Intake airflow deviation: Compare the difference
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A
24 between the intake airflow passing the throttle and the
”Circuit Range/Performance
maximum intake airflow calculated with the model: A*B > C,
DTC P0102: Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit Low (A: Intake airflow passing the throttle; B: Maximum allowable
deviation of intake airflow from HFM is 0.5; C: Maximum
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
intake airflow calculated with the model), which lasts for 2s.
(FTB)
P0101 24: Intake airflow deviation: Compare the difference
16 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A”
between the intake airflow passing the throttle and the
Circuit Low
minimum intake airflow calculated with the model: A*B < C,
DTC P0103: Mass or Volume Air Flow “A” Circuit High (A: Intake airflow passing the throttle; B: Maximum allowable
deviation of intake airflow from HFM is 1.5; C: Minimum
Failure Type Byte Failure Description intake airflow calculated with the model), which lasts for 2s.
(FTB)
P0102: The period of intake airflow signal from HFM is less
17 Mass or Volume Air Flow “A”
than 32us, which lasts for 0.2s.
Circuit High
P0103: The period of intake airflow signal from HFM is greater
Circuit/System Description than 800us, which lasts for 0.2s.
HFMIt is combined with the NTC thermistor in the voltage Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
divider circuit. The internal resistance value of thermistor
DTC P0101, P0102 and P0103 are Category-3 DTCs.
decreases with the increase of intake air temperature.
NTCThe thermistor is electrified to form a voltage division Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
circuit, the changes in the reference voltage controlling this DTC P0101, P0102 and P0103 are Category-3 DTCs.
voltage division circuit is converted into more stable frequency
Failure Cause
signals in HFM and output to ECM, and ECM calculates the
air flow through the frequency signals, and then corrects the • Related circuit failure.
fuel injection quantity. • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Ambient temperature sensor failure.
P0100 00: • ECM failure.
Reference Information
• Engine is not started.
Reference Circuit Information
• The system voltage is between 9 and 16V.
Engine Management System (1.5T) -2
P0100 13:
V1.0 162
Engine-1.5T Engine
EM102, EM115 temperature sensor or the terminals of harness
connector EM102 of ECM and the ground is infinite:
Reference Electrical Information
• Terminal 2 of EM115 or Terminal 59 of EM102
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
• Terminal 3 of EM115 or Terminal 56 of EM102
Circuit/System Test
• Terminal 4 of EM115 or Terminal 58 of EM102
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
ON position. If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
circuit is short to ground.
2. With the engine not started, observe whether the "Air
Mass Flow" item in the data flow deviates from the 11. Test whether the resistance between the following
normal value (the airflow shall be zero at this moment). terminals of harness connector EM115 of ambient
3. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect temperature sensor or the terminals of harness
the battery negative cable. connector EM102 of ECM and the power supply is
infinite:
4. Disconnect the harness connector EM115 of ambient
temperature sensor. • Terminal 2 of EM115 or Terminal 59 of EM102
5. Perform the ambient temperature sensor component • Terminal 3 of EM115 or Terminal 56 of EM102
test.
• Terminal 4 of EM115 or Terminal 58 of EM102
If the test is not normal, replace the ambient temperature
sensor. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in ON position. 12. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
V1.0 163
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0105, P0106, P0107, P0108 according to the measured boosted intake manifold pressure;
DTC Description the controller provides a 5V voltage and feeds back a 0 ~ 5V
voltage to the controller depending on boost pressure.
DTC P0105: Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure
Circuit Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure DTC P0105, P0106, P0107, P0108 are Category-3 DTCs.
Circuit High Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P0105, P0106, P0107, P0108 are Category-3 DTCs.
(FTB) Failure Cause
17 Manifold Absolute • Related circuit failure.
Pressure/Barometric Pressure
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
Circuit High
• Intake air pressure sensor failure.
Circuit/System Description • ECM failure.
Intake air temperature/pressure sensor is fitted on the Reference Information
pipeline between the intercooler and throttle. The pressure Reference Circuit Information
measurement portion is a piezoelectric type sensor, which
Engine Management System (1.5T) -4
can perform direct pressure measurement through sensing
elements. It may provide the "Load Signal" to the controller
V1.0 164
Engine-1.5T Engine
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 2 of EM112 and Terminal 29 of EM102
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Check
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
harness connector EM112 of intake air pressure sensor
ON position.
or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
2. Do not start the engine, observe whether the "Intake Air and the ground is infinite:
Pressure" parameter in the data flow seriously deviates
from the ambient pressure for about 101kpa (specific • Terminal 2 of EM112 or Terminal 29 of EM102
value is relevant to the air pressure at that time). • Terminal 3 of EM112 or Terminal 13 of EM102
3. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and check • Terminal 4 of EM112 or Terminal 39 of EM102
the measuring terminal of sensor for damage, ice or oil
stains and other problems which influence the normal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
measurement. short to ground.
4. Check whether the intake air pressure sensor is fitted 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
in the wrong position, and the air inlet pipeline is harness connector EM112 of intake air pressure sensor
disconnected, seriously leaked, etc. or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
Circuit/System Test and the power supply is infinite:
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect • Terminal 2 of EM112 or Terminal 29 of EM102
the battery negative cable. • Terminal 3 of EM112 or Terminal 13 of EM102
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM112 of intake air
• Terminal 4 of EM112 or Terminal 39 of EM102
pressure sensor.
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
switch in ON position. short to battery.
4. Test whether the voltage between the terminal 2 and 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the intake air
terminal 3 of harness connector EM112 of intake air pressure sensor or ECM.
pressure sensor is around 5V. Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
open circuit/high resistance. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
5. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness System - SGE 1.5T" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure
connector EM102 of ECM. Sensor".
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
harness connector EM112 of intake air pressure sensor to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
and corresponding terminals of harness connector - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 165
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 166
Engine-1.5T Engine
9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ambient • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
temperature sensor or ECM. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure
Service Guideline Sensor".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 167
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0122, P0123, P2135 6.3%, and lasts for 0.5s; the difference between the
DTC Description throttle position sensor 1 opening and back-calculated
electronic throttle opening is greater than that
DTC P0122: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A”
between the throttle position sensor 2 opening and
Circuit Low
back-calculated electronic throttle opening.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• Difference between the throttle position sensor 1
(FTB)
opening and back-calculated electronic throttle opening
Throttle/Pedal Position is greater than 9.0196%, which lasts for 0.42s.
11
Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit Low Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0123: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” DTC P0122, P0123 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
Circuit High Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P0122, P0123 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
(FTB) Failure Cause
Throttle/Pedal Position • Related circuit failure.
12
Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit High
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
DTC P2135: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A”/“B” • Electronic throttle failure.
Voltage Correlation • ECM failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Information
(FTB) Reference Circuit Information
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor / Engine Management System (1.5T) -4
00
Switch“A”/“B” Voltage Correlation
Reference Connector End View Information
Circuit/System Description BY089, EM102, EM126
Throttle position sensor and throttle actuator are integrated Reference Electrical Information
into the electronic throttle body, and throttle position sensor
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
is an angle potentiometer characterized by the linear output.
Potentiometer rotor arm and throttle are fitted coaxially, Circuit/System Check
when the throttle rotates, the potentiometer rotor arm will
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
slide to a certain position, and voltage signals output by the
ON position, read and then clear the DTCs. Perform
potentiometer are proportional to the throttle position. One
the self-learning of the electronic throttle, depress the
throttle body includes two potentiometers which are fitted
accelerator pedal with quick stepping and slow stepping
oppositely, signals from both potentiometers are used by the
respectively for several times, and observe if any DTCs
ECM to judge the throttle rotation angle. The 5V supply
reappear.
voltage and reference ground of both potentiometers are
provided by the engine control module. If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic throttle.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and with the
P0122 and P0123: Engine runs for more than 12s. scan tool, observe whether the voltage parameter of
throttle position varies with the input of accelerator
P2135: Engine speed exceeds 1200rpm. pedal within a rational range.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.8V)
P0122: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is
• Position Sensor 2 (4.8 ~ 0.2V)
lower than 0.2V.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
P0123: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is
Test".
higher than 4.8V.
3. With the DTC running, operate the vehicle and confirm
P2135:
that the DTC has not been reset.
• The difference between the throttle position sensor 1
opening and position sensor 2 opening is greater than
V1.0 168
Engine-1.5T Engine
Circuit/System Test corresponding terminals of harness connector EM102
and BY089 of ECM and ground is infinite:
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable. • Terminal 3 of EM126 or Terminal 54 of BY089
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM126 of electronic • Terminal 4 of EM126 or Terminal 17 of BY089
throttle body.
• Terminal 5 of EM126 or Terminal 12 of EM102
3. Perform the electronic throttle component test.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
If the test is abnormal, replace the electronic throttle.
short to ground or short to battery.
4. Disconnect the harness connector EM102 and BY089 of
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
ECM.
Component Test
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle and the 1. With the power OFF, the valve plate shall be in the closed
terminals of harness connector EM102 and BY089 of position, and shall rotate smoothly when being moved
ECM is less than 5Ω: by hands. If it is stuck, the internal components may be
damaged.
• Terminal 3 of EM126 and Terminal 54 of BY089
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
• Terminal 4 of EM126 and Terminal 17 of BY089 the battery negative cable and harness connector EM126
• Terminal 5 of EM126 and Terminal 12 of EM102 of electronic throttle body.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 3. Set the digital multimeter to the ohm range.
open circuit/high resistance. 4. Connect the two probes with Terminal 3 and Terminal
4 of electronic throttle respectively, toggle the valve
6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
plate by hand, and the resistance value shall change
between the following terminals of harness connector
continuously.
EM126 of electronic throttle or corresponding terminals
of harness connector EM102 and BY089 of ECM and If the resistance value doesn't change, replace the
ground is 0 V: electronic throttle assembly.
• Terminal 4 of EM126 or Terminal 17 of BY089 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 5 of EM126 or Terminal 12 of EM102
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
short to battery.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
of harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle or - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 169
Engine Engine-1.5T
Conditions for Running DTCs 7. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
Place the ignition switch in ON position.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Conditions for Setting DTCs
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Internal logic check fails.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Exhaust System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
DTC P0169 is a Category-13 DTC. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
DTC P0169 is a Category-13 DTC.
V1.0 170
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0171, P0172 P0172 26: Fuel trim addition self-learning value〈-7.5, lasting
DTC Description for 15s.
DTC P0171: System Too Lean Bank 1 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs.
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
00 System Too Lean Bank 1 DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs.
27 System Too Lean Bank 1 Failure Cause
• Related circuit failure.
DTC P0172: System Too Rich Bank 1
• Front oxygen sensor failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• Rear oxygen sensor failure.
(FTB)
• Intake air pressure/temperature sensor failure.
00 System Too Rich Bank 1
• Engine coolant temperature sensor failure.
26 System Too Rich Bank 1
• Engine intake and exhaust system mechanical failure.
Circuit/System Description • ECM failure.
ECM uses the closed-loop fuel supply system as a part of the Reference Information
whole strategy. Whether the three-way catalytic converter Reference Circuit Information
can work effectively depends on the fact whether the ECM
Engine Management System (1.5T) -3
can regulate AFR from rich to lean in Lambda frame. Lambda
frame is 1.00±0.03. The oxygen sensor produces a voltage Reference Connector End View Information
of inverse proportion after comparing the oxygen quantity
EM107, BY168/BY171
(through the sensor probe) in the exhaust gas to that in the
ambient air. The ECM processes the voltage obtained from Reference Electrical Information
the sensor and calculates corresponding AFR. If the ECM Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
receives the voltage corresponding to AFR of lean limit value in
Lambda frame, the supplied fuel quantity will increase. When Circuit/System Check
the air-fuel ratio reaches the rich limit value, the fuel quantity 1. Check the fuel injector for leakage or blockage with a
decreases, until the air-fuel ratio reaches the lean limit value. special instrument.
Conditions for Running DTCs If there is a leakage, replace the fuel injector.
P0171: Air-fuel ratio self-learning starts. 2. Check the fuel conditions, ask the customer if the petrol
P0172 00: Engine speed and required torque for coordination of designated grade is filled; and if the vehicle works
are in self-learning area, KLFRAMIL<misol<KLFRAMILH, abnormally after the fuel filling.
(KLFRAMILH: nmot (800, 1000, 1720 and 6000), value (100, If there is anything abnormal, replace the fuel.
40, 20 and 20); KLFRAMILH: nmot (0, 3200, 5000 and 6000),
3. Check if the air intake pipeline is blocked, leaked,
value (60, 60, 40 and 0).
squashed or damaged; the canister control valve is stuck;
P0172 26: Engine speed and required torque for coordination the valve clearance is abnormal; and the throttle body is
are in self-learning area, KLFRAMIL<misol<KLFRAMILH, contaminated, leading to obstruction of air channel.
(KLFRAMILH: nmot (480, 520, 600 and 6000), value (100, 7,
If any damage occurs, repair and clean the throttle body.
4 and 4); KLFRAMILH: nmot (0, 840, 920 and 960), value (27,
27, 0 and 0). 4. Check if the ignition coil, ignition wire and spark plug
work abnormally.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If any damage occurs, replace the corresponding parts.
P0171 00: Fuel trim multiplication self-learning value〉1.23,
continuously occurred. Circuit/System Test
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in ON
P0171 27: Fuel trim addition self-learning value 〉 7.5,
position.
continuously occurred.
2. Read and store failure frozen frame information.
P0172 00: Fuel trim multiplication self-learning value〈0.77,
3. Connect the fuel pressure gauge (access point is the front
lasting for 20s.
end of fuel inlet pipe of fuel distribution pipe assembly),
V1.0 171
Engine Engine-1.5T
start the engine, and check whether the fuel pressure 8. Start the vehicle, and run it until the coolant temperature
is normal in idle condition and in a condition that the reaches the normal value, then run at idle speed, pierce
vacuum pipe of fuel pressure regulator is unplugged. the insulation layer of No. 4 line of harness connector
near the ECU terminal with the multimeter red pen,
If there is anything abnormal, check the fuel supply
and pierce the insulation layer of No. 3 line of harness
system.
connector near the ECU terminal with the multimeter
4. With the oxygen sensor connector connected, measure if black pen, measure if the voltage fluctuates between 0V
the voltage of No. 1 line of upper oxygen sensor harness and 1V.
at the terminal of oxygen sensor is around 12V.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the
If it is not within the specified range, check the harness downstream oxygen sensor.
and the connector.
9. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector,
5. With the oxygen sensor connector connected, measure measure whether Port 3 and Port 4 of the sensor
if the voltage of No. 2 line of upstream oxygen sensor terminal is short circuited with a multimeter.
harness at the terminal of oxygen sensor is around 12V.
If it is short circuited, replace the upstream oxygen
If it is not within the specified range, check the harness sensor.
and the connector.
10. Connect the upstream oxygen sensor connector, repeat
6. Pierce the insulation layer of No. 1 line of harness step 6-7, and check whether the voltage signal fluctuates
connector near the ECU terminal with the multimeter between 0.44V and 0.46V, and between 0V to 1V
red pen, and pierce No. 2 line of harness connector respectively.
near the ECU terminal with the multimeter black pen,
11. If all tests are normal, test the engine mechanical system.
measure whether the voltage between two terminals is
Service Guideline
around 12V.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, check the
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
corresponding fuse of relay box.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
7. With the oxygen sensor connector connected, measure System - SGE 1.5T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
whether the voltage between No. 4 line and No. 3 line of
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
downstream oxygen sensor harness at the ECU terminal
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
is around 0.45V.
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, replace the
downstream oxygen sensor.
V1.0 172
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0191, P0192, P0193 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0191: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit Engine Management System (1.5T) -3
Range/Performance
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
EM101, EM102
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
22 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit
Range/Performance Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
DTC P0192: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor“A” Circuit Low
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
the battery negative cable.
(FTB)
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM101 of fuel injector.
16 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor“A” Circuit
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
Low
switch in ON position.
DTC P0193: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High 4. Test if the voltage between the terminal 8 and terminal 11
of harness connector EM101 of fuel injector is between
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
4.8 and 5.2V.
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
17 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit
open circuit/high resistance.
High
5. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
Circuit/System Description the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
The fuel rail pressure sensor is used to measure the pressure connector EM102 of ECM.
in the fuel rail. The sensor measures the pressure based on 6. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
the piezoelectric crystal resistance value, and sends a voltage connector EM101 of fuel injector connector and the
signal to ECM. terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
Conditions for Running DTCs than 5Ω:
P0191, P0192, P0193: Place the ignition switch in ON position. • Terminal 8 of EM101 and Terminal 29 of EM102
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 11 of EM101 and Terminal 13 of EM102
P0191: The signal of fuel rail pressure sensor exceeds the • Terminal 12 of EM101 and Terminal 40 of EM102
threshold. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0192: The voltage of pressure sensor is less than 0.1V, which open circuit/high resistance.
lasts for 0.5s. 7. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
P0193: The voltage of pressure sensor is greater than 4.8V, connector EM101 of fuel injector connector or the
which lasts for 0.5s. terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
ground is infinite:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 8 of EM101 or Terminal 29 of EM102
DTC P0191, P0192, P0193 are Category-13 DTCs.
• Terminal 11 of EM101 or Terminal 13 of EM102
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 12 of EM101 or Terminal 40 of EM102
DTC P0191, P0192, P0193 are Category-13 DTCs.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause
short to ground.
• Related circuit failure.
8. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• Connector failure or poor fitting. connector EM101 of fuel injector connector or the
• High pressure fuel pump failure. terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
• Fuel rail pressure sensor failure. power supply is infinite:
• ECM failure. • Terminal 8 of EM101 or Terminal 29 of EM102
V1.0 173
Engine Engine-1.5T
• Terminal 11 of EM101 or Terminal 13 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Rails".
• Terminal 12 of EM101 or Terminal 40 of EM102
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
short to battery.
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or fuel
rail pressure sensor.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 174
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, P2146 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P0201, P0262, P0263, P2146 00:
DTC P0201: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1
• Time of controlling starting required by the fuel injector
Failure Type Byte Failure Description in cylinder 1 is greater than 0.02s.
(FTB) • Storage voltage is less than 35.
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1 P0261 and P2146 14: Intermittent circuit failure is valid, and
lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0261: Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low
P2146 15: General circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low DTC P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, P2146 are Category-13
DTCs.
DTC P0262: Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High Conditions for Clearing DTCs/ MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, P2146 are Category-13
(FTB) DTCs.
12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High Failure Cause
V1.0 175
Engine Engine-1.5T
4. Disconnect the harness connector EM102 of ECM. • Terminal 2 of EM101 or Terminal 33 of EM102
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Terminal 3 of EM101 or Terminal 31 of EM102
of harness connector EM101 of fuel injector and the
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less • Terminal 1 of EM101 or Terminal 48 of EM102
than 5Ω: • Terminal 7 of EM101 or Terminal 32 of EM102
• Terminal 2 of EM101 and Terminal 33 of EM102 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Terminal 3 of EM101 and Terminal 31 of EM102 short to battery.
• Terminal 1 of EM101 and Terminal 48 of EM102 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Component Test
• Terminal 7 of EM101 and Terminal 32 of EM102
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the battery negative cable.
open circuit/high resistance.
2. Disconnect the harness connector of fuel injector 1 and
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of fuel injector 4.
harness connector EM101of fuel injector or the terminals
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 1 and 2 of fuel
of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the ground is
injector 1 or 4 is around 2.8 Ω (20℃).
infinite:
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
• Terminal 2 of EM101 or Terminal 33 of EM102
injector 1 or fuel injector 4.
• Terminal 3 of EM101 or Terminal 31 of EM102 Service Guideline
• Terminal 1 of EM101 or Terminal 48 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 7 of EM101 or Terminal 32 of EM102 System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Injectors".
short to ground.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
harness connector EM101of fuel injector or the terminals - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the power
supply is infinite:
V1.0 176
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2149 • Time for controlling starting required by the fuel injector
DTC Description in cylinder 2 is greater than 0.02s.
DTC P0202: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2 • Storage voltage is less than 35, and lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P0264: Intermittent circuit failure is effective, and lasts for 0.5s.
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2 DTC P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2149 are Category-13
DTCs.
DTC P0264: Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
DTC P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2149 are Category-13
(FTB)
DTCs.
11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low
Failure Cause
DTC P0265: Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High • Related circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB) • Fuel injector 2 failure.
12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High • ECM failure.
Reference Information
DTC P0266: Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance
Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 3
(FTB)
00 Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance Reference Connector End View Information
EM101, EM012A
DTC P2149: Fuel Injector Group "B" Supply Voltage
Circuit/Open Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM101 of fuel injector
2.
• The system voltage is between 8 and 18V.
3. Test the component of the fuel injector 2.
• Engine speed is above 50rpm.
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel injector 2.
• The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are
activated. 4. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM101 of fuel injector 2 and the
P0202, P0265, P0266, P2149:
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
than 5Ω:
V1.0 177
Engine Engine-1.5T
• Terminal 4 of EM101 and Terminal 49 of EM102 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Terminal 5 of EM101 and Terminal 47 of EM102
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance. Component Test
6. Test whether the resistance between the following 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
terminals of harness connector EM101of fuel injector 2 battery negative cable.
or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM 2. Disconnect the harness connector of fuel injector 2.
and the ground is infinite: 3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
• Terminal 4 of EM101 or Terminal 49 of EM102 fuel injector 2 is around 2.8Ω (20℃).
• Terminal 5 of EM101 or Terminal 47 of EM102 If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
injector 2.
If it is not within the specified range, test whether the
Service Guideline
circuit is short to ground.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
7. Test whether the resistance between the following
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
terminals of harness connector EM101of fuel injector 2
or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
and the power supply is infinite: System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Injector".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 4 of EM101 or Terminal 49 of EM102
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 5 of EM101 or Terminal 47 of EM102 - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 178
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 • The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are
DTC Description activated.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P0203, P0268, P0269 and P2152 00:
(FTB) • Time for controlling starting required by the fuel injector
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 in cylinder 3 is greater than 0.02s.
• Storage voltage is less than 35V, and lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0267: Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low
P0267, P2152 14: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 0.5s.
(FTB)
P2152 15: General circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
11 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0268: Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269, P2152 are Category-13 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
(FTB)
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269, P2152 are Category-13 DTCs.
12 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High Failure Cause
DTC P0269: Cylinder 3 Contribution/Balance • Related circuit failure.
V1.0 179
Engine Engine-1.5T
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel injector 2 or the • Terminal 9 of EM101 or Terminal 34 of EM102
fuel injector 3.
• Terminal 10 of EM101 or Terminal 46 of EM102
4. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
• Terminal 4 of EM101 or Terminal 49 of EM102
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM101 of fuel injector and the • Terminal 5 of EM101 or Terminal 47 of EM102
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
than 5Ω: short to battery.
• Terminal 9 of EM101 and Terminal 34 of EM102 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
• Terminal 10 of EM101 and Terminal 46 of EM102 Component Test
• Terminal 4 of EM101 and Terminal 49 of EM102 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
battery negative cable.
• Terminal 5 of EM101 and Terminal 47 of EM102
2. Disconnect the harness connector of the fuel injector 1
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for and the fuel injector 4.
open circuit/high resistance.
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
6. Test whether the resistance between the following fuel injector 1 or 4 is around 2.8Ω (20℃).
terminals of harness connector EM101of fuel injector or
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
injector 1 or the fuel injector 4.
the ground is infinite:
Service Guideline
• Terminal 9 of EM101 or Terminal 34 of EM102
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 10 of EM101 or Terminal 46 of EM102 System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 4 of EM101 or Terminal 49 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Injector".
• Terminal 5 of EM101 or Terminal 47 of EM102
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
short to ground. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
7. Test whether the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector EM101of fuel injector or
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 180
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272, P2155 • Time for controlling starting required by the fuel injector
DTC Description in cylinder 4 is greater than 0.02s.
DTC P0204: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4 • Storage voltage is less than 35V, and lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P0270: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4 P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272 and P2155 are Category-13
DTCs.
DTC P0270: Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272 and P2155 are Category-13
(FTB)
DTCs.
11 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low
Failure Cause
DTC P0271: Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High • Related circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB) • Fuel injector 4 Failure.
12 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High • ECM failure.
Reference Information
DTC P0272: Cylinder 4 Contribution/Balance
Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 3
(FTB)
00 Cylinder 4 Contribution/Balance Reference Connector End View Information
EM101, EM012A
DTC P2155: Fuel Injector Group "D" Supply Voltage
Circuit/Open Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM101 of fuel injector.
3. Test the components of the fuel injector 4.
• The system voltage is between 8 and 18V.
• The engine speed is above 50rpm. If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel injector 4.
• The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are 4. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
activated. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector EM101 of fuel injector and the
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
P0204, P0271, P0272 and P2155:
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of EM101 and Terminal 48 of EM102
V1.0 181
Engine Engine-1.5T
• Terminal 7 of EM101 and Terminal 32 of EM102 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for Component Test
open circuit/high resistance. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
6. Test whether the resistance between the following battery negative cable.
terminals of harness connector EM101of fuel injector or 2. Disconnect the harness connector of fuel injector 4.
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and 3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
the ground is infinite: fuel injector 4 is around 2.8Ω (20℃).
• Terminal 1 of EM101 or Terminal 48 of EM102 If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
• Terminal 7 of EM101 or Terminal 32 of EM102 injector.
Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
7. Test whether the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector EM101of fuel injector or • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and System - SGE 1.5T" - "Fuel Injector".
the power supply is infinite: • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 1 of EM101 or Terminal 48 of EM102
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 7 of EM101 or Terminal 32 of EM102
V1.0 182
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0219 • Check whether the speed signal gear tooth is damaged
DTC Description or attached with other metal parts.
DTC P0219: Engine Overspeed Condition • Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
• Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or misplace.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) • Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
V1.0 183
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 184
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0222, P0223, P2135 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description DTC P0222, P0223 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
DTC P0222: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Failure Cause
Low
• Related circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
• Electronic throttle failure.
Throttle/Pedal Position
11 • ECM failure.
Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Low
Reference Information
DTC P0223: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Reference Circuit Information
High
Engine Management System - 1.5T (2)
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Connector End View Information
P0222, P0223: At least 12s after the engine is started. Circuit/System Test
P2135: Engine speed exceeds 1200rpm. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
battery negative cable.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM126 of electronic
P0222: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is throttle body.
lower than 0.2V.
3. Conduct electronic throttle component test.
P0223: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is
If the test is abnormal, replace the electronic throttle.
higher than 4.8V.
4. Disconnect harness connector EM102A and BD088K of
P2135: Throttle position sensor signal is irrational.
ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
DTC P0222, P0223 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs. harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle and the
V1.0 185
Engine Engine-1.5T
terminals of harness connector EM102A and BD088K of If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
ECM is less than 5Ω: short to ground.
• Terminal 3 of EM126 and Terminal 54 of BD088K 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
• Terminal 4 of EM126 and Terminal 17 of BD088K Component Test
• Terminal 5 of EM126 and Terminal 12 of EM102A 1. In the power-off state, the valve plate shall be in the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for closing position and rotate smoothly when moves by
open circuit/high resistance. hands. If the valve plate is blocked, it indicates that the
interior components may be damaged.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
between the following terminals of harness connector
the battery negative cable and harness connector EM126
EM126 of electronic throttle or the terminals of harness
of electronic throttle body.
connector EM102A and BD088K of ECM and the ground
is 0V: 3. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
• Terminal 3 of EM126 or Terminal 54 of BD088K 4. Connect the two probes with terminal 3 and 4 of the
electronic throttle respectively, toggle the valve plate by
• Terminal 4 of EM126 or Terminal 17 of BD088K
hand, and the resistance shall vary continuously.
• Terminal 5 of EM126 or Terminal 12 of EM102A
If the resistance doesn't vary, replace the electronic
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for throttle assembly.
short to battery.
Service Guideline
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle or the
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module.
terminals of harness connector EM102A and BD088K of
ECM and the ground is infinite: • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
• Terminal 3 of EM126 or Terminal 54 of BD088K
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 4 of EM126 or Terminal 17 of BD088K to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 5 of EM126 or Terminal 12 of EM102A - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 186
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0234, P0236, P0237, P0238, P0299 Circuit/System Description
DTC Description The boost pressure sensor measures the boost pressure of
DTC P0234: Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost the intake manifold and provides the load information of the
Condition engine. The part for measuring intake pressure is piezoelectric
sensor which may provide controller with "load signal"
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
according to the pressure differential between barometric
(FTB)
pressure and intake manifold pressure; the controller provides
00 Turbocharger/Supercharger 5V voltage and feeds back 0 - 5V voltage to the controller
Overboost Condition according to different intake pressures. If the boost pressure
continues to rise or lower, it is deemed that boost failure
DTC P0236: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor "A"
occurs in the system.
Circuit Range / Performance
Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
P0234: Boost pressure sensor signal is valid.
(FTB)
21 Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost P0236: Valid delay of boost pressure sensor signal circuit is
Sensor "A" Circuit Range / greater than 0.2s.
Performance P0237, P0238: Engine speed is greater than 80rpm.
22 Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost P0299: Allowable delay of low boost pressure diagnosis is
Sensor "A" Circuit Range / greater than 1.3s.
Performance
Conditions for Setting DTCs
23 Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost
P0234: Boost control deviation: The diagnosis calculation
Sensor "A" Circuit Range /
standard is to calculate the difference value between reference
Performance
boost pressure and actual boost pressure: A - B > C (A:
24 Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost measured value of boost pressure, B: the maximum allowable
Sensor "A" Circuit Range / deviation of the boost control is 350 - 1500hPa, C: Reference
Performance pressure), which lasts for 4s.
DTC P0237: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor "A" P0236 21: Boost pressure is less than 500hPa.
Circuit Low P0236 22: Boost pressure is greater than 2,800hPa.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P0236 23: The diagnosis calculation standard is to calculate
(FTB) the difference value between the boost pressure and ambient
16 Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost pressure: A-B<C+D (A: measured value of boost pressure;
Sensor "A" Circuit Low B: tolerance of boost pressure sensor signal is 20hPa; C:
measured value of ambient pressure; D: tolerance of ambient
DTC P0238: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor "A" pressure sensor signal is 500hPa), which lasts for 2s.
Circuit High
P0236 24: The diagnosis calculation standard is to calculate
Failure Type Byte Failure Description the difference value between the boost pressure and ambient
(FTB) pressure: A-B>C+D (A: measured value of boost pressure;
17 Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost B: tolerance of boost pressure sensor signal is 20hPa; C:
Sensor "A" Circuit High measured value of ambient pressure; D: tolerance of ambient
pressure sensor signal is 500hPa), which lasts for 1s.
DTC P0299: Turbocharger/Supercharger Underboost
P0237: Measured voltage of boost pressure sensor is less than
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 0.2V, which lasts for 1s.
(FTB)
P0238: Measured voltage of boost pressure sensor is greater
00 Turbocharger/Supercharger than 4.88V, which lasts for 1s.
Underboost
P0299: Boost control deviation: The diagnosis calculation
standard is to calculate the difference value between the
reference boost pressure and actual boost pressure: A < C
V1.0 187
Engine Engine-1.5T
(A: measured value of boost pressure; C: reference pressure), Pressure Sensor" parameter on the scan tool, and the
which lasts for 6s. readings should be within 0.02MPa.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. Under the condition of running the DTC, operate the
vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
DTC P0234, P0236, P0237 and P0238 are Category-3 DTCs.
Circuit/System Test
DTC P0299 is a Category-5 DTC.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
the battery negative cable and the harness connector
DTC P0234, P0236, P0237 and P0238 are Category-3 DTCs. BY169 of boost pressure sensor.
DTC P0299 is a Category-5 DTC. 2. Carry out component test on boost pressure sensor.
Failure Cause If it is tested abnormal, replace the boost pressure sensor.
• Related circuit failure. 3. Disconnect the harness connector BY089 of ECM.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 4. Test whether the resistance between the following
• Boost pressure sensor failure. terminals of harness connector BY169 of the boost
• ECM failure. pressure sensor and the corresponding terminals of
harness connector BY089 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
Reference Information
• Terminal 1 of BY169 and Terminal 58 of BY089
Reference Circuit Information
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 4 • Terminal 2 of BY169 and Terminal 14 of BY089
• Terminal 3 of BY169 and Terminal 63 of BY089
Reference Connector End View Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
BY089, BY169
open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Electrical Information
5. Test whether the resistance between the following
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection terminals of harness connector BY169 of the boost
pressure sensor or the terminals of harness connector
Circuit/System Check
BY089 of ECM and the ground is infinite:
1. Check whether the followings occur, and confirm the
integrity of the entire air intake and exhaust system • Terminal 1 of BY169 or Terminal 58 of BY089
including all turbocharger components: • Terminal 2 of BY169 or Terminal 14 of BY089
• Component damage • Terminal 3 of BY169 or Terminal 63 of BY089
• Cracks on boost pressure sensor housing If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Looseness or improper fit short to ground.
• Air leakage between turbocharger and throttle body, • Terminal 1 of BY169 or Terminal 58 of BY089
including air leakage on intercooler assembly.
• Terminal 2 of BY169 or Terminal 14 of BY089
• Exhaust system obstruction
• Terminal 3 of BY169 or Terminal 63 of BY089
If any failure is found, repair or replace the affected
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
components as necessary.
short to battery.
2. Put the ignition switch in ON position, and observe
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
the parameters in real-time display of scan tool. Check
whether such parameters and the barometric pressure at
Component Test
its altitude are within the standard range. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
3. During the gear shift from 1st to 2nd gear and battery negative cable.
wide-open-throttle, compare the "Intake Manifold 2. Disconnect harness connector BY169 of the boost
Absolute Pressure Sensor" parameter with "Ambient pressure sensor.
V1.0 188
Engine-1.5T Engine
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
boost pressure sensor is about 8.44kΩ (at 20℃). to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, replace the boost
pressure sensor.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 189
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0246: The circuit is short to battery, which lasts for 0.5s. 6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
battery negative cable and harness connector EM102 of
ECM.
V1.0 190
Engine-1.5T Engine
7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM119 of exhaust
harness connector EM119 of exhaust control valve and control valve.
terminal 18 of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less 3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
than 5Ω. the exhaust control valve is about 24.2Ω .
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If it is not within the specified range, replace the exhaust
open circuit/high resistance. control valve.
8. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of Service Guideline
harness connector EM119 of exhaust control valve and
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the power supply is infinite.
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to battery. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Control Bypass Valve
9. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of for Turbocharger".
harness connector EM119 of exhaust control valve and • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the ground is infinite. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
short to ground.
V1.0 191
Engine Engine-1.5T
The electric fuel pump transfers the fuel from fuel tank to If the fuse is blown, replace corresponding fuse.
engine and provides sufficient fuel pressure and rich fuel. It 2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, drive the fuel
is a DC motor driven vane pump, which is fitted in the fuel pump relay with the forced output function of the scan
tank and immersed in fuel. It utilizes fuel for heat dissipation tool, observe and listen if the fuel pump relay closes and
and lubrication. The battery supplies power to the low separates normally.
pressure electric fuel pump via low pressure fuel pump relay
which allows the low pressure electric fuel pump circuit to be If the fuel pump relay does not close or separate as
closed only when the relay is electrified, starts and the engine expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
operates. When the engine stops running due to accident, the 3. With the DTC running, operate the vehicle and confirm
fuel pump will stop operating automatically. that the DTC has not been reset.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Test
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
• The system voltage is between 10.7 and 16.1V. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Remove the low pressure fuel pump relay, and perform
fuel pump relay component test.
P025a: ECM detects that the voltage of low pressure fuel pump
relay control circuit is greater than 2.5V and less than 5.8V, If the test fails, replace the fuel pump relay.
which lasts for 0.5s. 3. Disconnect the harness connector BY014 of engine
P025C: ECM detects that the voltage of low pressure fuel pump compartment fuse box and harness connector BY089 of
relay control circuit is less than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. ECM.
P025D: ECM detects that the current of low pressure fuel 4. Test if the resistance between the terminal 2 of harness
pump relay control circuit is greater than 4A, which lasts for connector BY014 of engine compartment fuse box and
0.5s. the terminal 28 of harness connector BY089 of ECM is
less than 5Ω.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P025A、P025C are Category-13 DTCs.
open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P025D is a Category-3 DTC.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal 2 of harness
connector BY014 of engine compartment fuse box or
V1.0 192
Engine-1.5T Engine
the terminal 28 of harness connector BY089 of ECM and • 30 and 86
the ground is infinite.
• 30 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 30 and 85
short to ground.
• 85 and 87
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal 2 of harness
connector BY014 of engine compartment fuse box or If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
the terminal 28 of harness connector BY089 of ECM and pump relay.
the power supply is infinite. 4. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between the terminal 85
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for of fuel pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire
short to battery. between the terminal 86 of relay and the ground. Test if
the resistance between the terminal 30 and 87 of fuel
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
pump relay is less than 5Ω.
Component Test
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and remove pump relay.
the fuel pump relay.
Service Guideline
2. Test if the resistance between the terminal 85 and 86 of
fuel pump relay is between 80 and 90Ω. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
pump relay.
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
fuel pump relay is infinite.
V1.0 193
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P130A • Intake air temperature is higher than -30℃.
DTC Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected • The threshold of misfire rate for catalyst damage is 9 to
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 21%.
(FTB) • The threshold of misfire rate which deteriorates the
emission is greater than 3.2%.
00 Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire
Detected • The threshold of misfire rate which deteriorates the
emission is greater than 3.2%.
DTC P0301: Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P130A are
(FTB) Category-2 DTCs.
00 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0302: Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P130A are
Category-2 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Related circuit failure.
00 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
DTC P0303: Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected • Spark plug failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • High voltage wire failure.
(FTB) • Vacuum hose is broken or loose.
00 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected • Ignition coil failure.
• Fuel injector failure.
DTC P0304: Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected
• Crankshaft ventilation system leakage.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• Fuel pressure failure.
(FTB)
• ECM failure.
00 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected
Reference Information
DTC P130A: Cylinder selective fuel cutoff active due to catalyst Reference Circuit Information
damaging misfire
Engine Management System (1.5T) -2
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Connector End View Information
00 Cylinder selective fuel cutoff active BY089, EM102, EM103, EM104, EM105, EM106
due to catalyst damaging misfire Reference Electrical Information
The ignition coil transforms the DC low voltage of battery to Circuit/System Check
high voltage, and ignites the air mixture in cylinder through the 1. Check if Fuse F4 is blown.
spark generated by the discharge of spark plug. Each ignition
2. With the engine running, observe the DTC information
coil consists of a pair of coil windings around laminated iron
with a scan tool. Check if there is any fuel injector related
core.
DTC for the corresponding cylinder.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If any fuel injector related DTC for the corresponding
• Engine keeps running.
cylinder is set, test the fuel injector related DTC for the
• Bad road monitoring has no detection. corresponding cylinder.
• Fuel cut-off state is not activated.
3. While the engine is idling at normal temperature, confirm
• Torque interference is not activated. that there is no abnormal noise.
• Engine speed is within 500 and 5,600rpm.
V1.0 194
Engine-1.5T Engine
If there is any abnormal noise, test the engine for • Terminal 2 of EM104 and Terminal 52 of BY089
mechanical system failure. • Terminal 2 of EM105 and Terminal 52 of BY089
4. Confirm that no following conditions occur: • Terminal 2 of EM106 and Terminal 52 of BY089
• Vacuum hose cracks, twists or is connected incorrectly. • Terminal 3 of EM103 and Terminal 16 of EM102
• Engine vacuum leakage.
• Terminal 3 of EM104 and Terminal 2 of EM102
• Crankshaft ventilation system leakage.
• Terminal 3 of EM105 and Terminal 17 of EM102
• Fuel pressure is too low or too high.
• Terminal 3 of EM106 and Terminal 1 of EM102
If any of above conditions occurs, repair the invalid/faulty
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
component when necessary.
open circuit/high resistance.
5. With the engine running, observe the DTC information
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
with a scan tool. Confirm the DTC, and determine which
of harness connector of ECM and the power supply is
cylinder(s) have misfire.
infinite.
6. Clear the DTC, increase the engine speed to 1500rpm,
• Terminal 52 of BY089
observe the DTC information parameter, and confirm
that P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 and P130A are • Terminal 1 of EM102
not set. • Terminal 2 of EM102
If the related DTC is reset, go to "Circuit/System Test". • Terminal 16 of EM102
Circuit/System Test
• Terminal 17 of EM102
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the battery negative cable. short to battery.
2. Check the spark plug of the cylinder with misfire DTC
10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
for damage, and replace when necessary. Meanwhile
harness connector of ECM and the ground is infinite:
measure if the corresponding cylinder pressure meets the
standard, if not, check and repair it. • Terminal 52 of BY089
V1.0 195
Engine Engine-1.5T
If it is not within the specified range, replace the ignition • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
coil. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 196
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0321, P0322 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0321: Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Engine Management System (1.5T) -2
Range/Performance
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) EM110, EM102
Circuit/System Description • Check whether the rotation speed signal gear tooth is
damaged or attached with other metal parts.
CKPThe sensor provides the engine speed information and
crankshaft top dead center information. It is a Hall-effect • Check the crankshaft main bearing for wear.
sensor matched with the oscillator in application. The • Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or misplace.
oscillator is a teeth plate, with 58 small teeth separated by
6°and a 2-teeth gap on magnetic ring. The oscillator is fitted • Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
on the crankshaft, and rotates with the crankshaft. When • Check the crankshaft for damage.
tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the oscillator made of steel
If above failures exist, repair/replace the corresponding
magnetic materials cuts the magnetic force line of permanent
components.
magnets in the sensor to produce an induced voltage in the
coil, which acts as the rotation speed output signal. 2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and observe the
Conditions for Running DTCs "Engine Speed" and "Error Occurs - Crankshaft Signal"
parameters in the real-time display of scan tool. Confirm
• Engine speed is above 500r/min. if the parameters are within the specified range according
• Vehicle speed is less than 1km/h or greater than 25km/h. to the vehicle running conditions.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
P0321: Signal error event counter is greater than 10. Test".
P0322: The camshaft revolution with no rotation speed signal 3. With the DTC running, operate the vehicle and confirm
detected is greater than 6. that the DTC has not been reset.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Circuit/System Test
DTC P0321, P0322 are Category-3 DTCs. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM110 of crankshaft
DTC P0321, P0322 are Category-3 DTCs.
position sensor and the harness connector EM102 of
Failure Cause ECM.
• Related circuit failure. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Connector failure or poor fitting. harness connector EM110 of crankshaft position sensor
and corresponding terminals of harness connector
• Crankshaft position sensor failure.
EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Rotation speed signal gear tooth failure.
• Terminal 1 of EM110 and Terminal 7 of EM102
• Electromagnetic interference failure.
• High idle speed failure. • Terminal 2 of EM110 and Terminal 22 of EM102
• ECM failure. • Terminal 3 of EM110 and Terminal 23 of EM102
V1.0 197
Engine Engine-1.5T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Terminal 2 of EM110 or Terminal 22 of EM102
open circuit/high resistance.
• Terminal 3 of EM110 or Terminal 23 of EM102
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
harness connector EM110 of crankshaft position sensor
short to ground.
or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
and the power supply is infinite: 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
crankshaft position sensor.
• Terminal 1 of EM110 or Terminal 7 of EM102
Service Guideline
• Terminal 2 of EM110 or Terminal 22 of EM102
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM110 or Terminal 23 of EM102 System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to battery. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
harness connector EM110 of crankshaft position sensor to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 198
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0325, P0327, P0328, P1386 • Engine speed is not in dynamic state.
DTC Description • Engine load is not in dynamic state.
DTC P0325: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) • Knock control circuit has no failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Limp Home is not activated.
(FTB) • Engine load is greater than 30%.
17 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or • Engine coolant temperature is above 40℃.
Single Sensor) • Engine speed is above 2,800r/min.
16 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or • Cylinder 1 identification is valid.
Single Sensor)
P0327, P0328:
DTC P0327: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single • Engine speed is not in dynamic state.
Sensor) • Engine load is not in dynamic state.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Limp Home is not activated.
(FTB) • Engine speed is above 1,000r/min.
00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 P1386: Engine is running continuously.
or Single Sensor)
Conditions for Setting DTCs
14 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1
P0325: Knock identification reference voltage is 0.2V - 1V,
or Single Sensor)
which occurs for 30 times continuously.
DTC P0328: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 or Single P0327: Knock sensor port voltage average value is less than
Sensor) -0.7V, which is monitored continuously.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P0328: Knock sensor port voltage average value is greater than
(FTB) 1V, which is monitored continuously.
00 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1
P1386: 24 cycles are abnormal in 100 combustion cycles, and
or Single Sensor)
2 cycles are abnormal in 3 seconds.
15 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
or Single Sensor)
DTC P0325, P0327, P0328 and P1386 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P1386: Diagnostic Fault Check Knock Control Signal Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Evaluation
DTC P0325, P0327, P0328 and P1386 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Related circuit failure.
00 Diagnostic Fault Check Knock
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
Control Signal Evaluation
• Knock sensor failure.
Circuit/System Description
• ECM failure.
The knock sensor is used to provide electronic controller Reference Information
ECM with engine knock information to carry out knock
Reference Circuit Information
control. The knock sensor is a vibration acceleration sensor.
It is fitted on the engine block. The sensing component of Engine Management System (1.5T) -2
sensor is a piezoelectric crystal. The vibration of the engine
Reference Connector End View Information
block is transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the
mass block in the sensor. Due to the pressure generated from EM102, EM109
the vibration of mass block, the piezoelectric crystal produces Reference Electrical Information
voltage on both pole surfaces to transform the vibration signal
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
into voltage signal to output.
Conditions for Running DTCs
P0325:
V1.0 199
Engine Engine-1.5T
• Terminal 1 of EM109 and Terminal 25 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 2 of EM109 and Terminal 10 of EM102
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE 1.5T" - "Knock Sensor".
open circuit/high resistance.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
of harness connector EM109 of knock sensor or the - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
ground is infinite:
V1.0 200
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0336 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. If any damage or corrosion is found in the following
DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor“A ”Circuit components, it is required to repair or replace the
Range/Performance affected components/connectors:
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
(FTB) on signal or harness.
Crankshaft Position Sensor“A • Check whether the speed signal gear tooth is damaged or
00
”Circuit Range/Performance attached with other metal parts.
• Connector failure or poor fitting. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. open circuit/high resistance.
• Speed signal gear tooth failure. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector of crankshaft position sensor or the
• Electromagnetic interference failure.
terminals of harness connector of ECM and the ground
• High idle speed failure. is infinite:
• ECM failure.
• Terminal 1 of EM110 or Terminal 7 of EM102
Reference Information
• Terminal 2 of EM110 or Terminal 22 of EM102
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 3 of EM110 or Terminal 23 of EM102
Engine Management System (1.5T) -2
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Connector End View Information short to ground.
EM110, EM102 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Reference Electrical Information harness connector EM110 of crankshaft position sensor
or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
and the power is infinite:
V1.0 201
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 202
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0341, P0342, P0343 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description DTC P0341, P0342 and P0343 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range / Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
DTC P0341, P0342 and P0343 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Related circuit failure.
Camshaft Position Sensor "A"
00 Circuit Range / Performance Bank • Connector failure or poor fit.
1 or Single Sensor • Intake phase signal gear teeth failure.
• Intake phase sensor failure.
DTC P0342: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Low Bank
• ECM failure.
1 or Single Sensor
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Reference Circuit Information
(FTB)
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 6
Camshaft Position Sensor "A"
00 Circuit Low Bank 1 or Single Reference Connector End View Information
Sensor
EM102, EM124
DTC P0343: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit High Bank Reference Electrical Information
1 or Single Sensor
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Circuit/System Check
(FTB)
Camshaft Position Sensor "A" 1. Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
00 Circuit High Bank 1 or Single on signal or harness.
Sensor 2. Check if the intake phase signal gear teeth are damaged
or have other metal components attached.
Circuit/System Description
3. Check if the intake phase sensor and the relative
The camshaft position sensor is applied to match with speed mounting position of its signal gear not meet mounting
sensor in no distributor situation to provide ECM with requirement (e.g. too far distance, not alignment, etc.)
crankshaft phase information, namely, identify the compression 4. Start the engine, and confirm if the "Intake Camshaft
top dead center and exhaust top dead center of cylinder 1. Position" parameter in the real-time display of the scan
Camshaft position sensor is composed of a Hall sensor and tool varies with the actual vehicle conditions.
a rotor made of steel plate. The Hall sensor is fixed, the
If the sensor is not changed as expected or has no
rotor with a 36° arc boss is installed on camshaft. The inner
change, go to "Circuit/System Test".
magnetic field of the Hall sensor will change when the boss
passes by, which leads to the change of output signal voltage. Circuit/System Test
In this way, the two top dead centers are identified. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
Conditions for Running DTCs battery negative cable.
Place the ignition switch in ON position. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM124 of intake phase
sensor and harness connector EM102 of the ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
P0341: Signal failure counter is greater than 20. connector EM124 of intake phase sensor and the
P0342: terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
than 5Ω:
• Signal voltage is normally low.
• Terminal 1 of EM124 and Terminal 27 of EM102
• No signal counter is greater than 8.
• Terminal 2 of EM124 and Terminal 8 of EM102
P0343:
• Terminal 3 of EM124 and Terminal 53 of EM102
• Signal voltage is normally high.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• No signal counter is greater than 8. open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 203
Engine Engine-1.5T
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Terminal 2 of EM124 or Terminal 8 of EM102
harness connector EM124 of intake phase sensor or the
• Terminal 3 of EM124 or Terminal 53 of EM102
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
ground is infinite: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Terminal 1 of EM124 or Terminal 27 of EM102
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the intake phase
• Terminal 2 of EM124 or Terminal 8 of EM102
sensor or ECM.
• Terminal 3 of EM124 or Terminal 53 of EM102 Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to ground. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
harness connector EM124 of intake phase sensor or the System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
power supply is infinite:
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 1 of EM124 or Terminal 27 of EM102 - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 204
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0366, P0367, P0368 • No signal counter is greater than 8.
DTC Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0366: Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Range / DTC P0366, P0367 and P0368 are Category-3 DTCs.
Performance Bank 1
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P0366, P0367 and P0368 are Category-3 DTCs.
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Camshaft Position Sensor "B"
• Related circuit failure.
00 Circuit Range / Performance Bank
1 • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Exhaust phase signal gear teeth failure.
DTC P0367: Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Low Bank
• Exhaust phase sensor failure.
1
• ECM failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Reference Information
(FTB)
Reference Circuit Information
Camshaft Position Sensor "B"
00 Engine Management System (1.5T) - 6
Circuit Low Bank 1
Reference Connector End View Information
DTC P0368: Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit High Bank
1 EM102, EM125
V1.0 205
Engine Engine-1.5T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Terminal 2 of EM125 or Terminal 8 of EM102
open circuit/high resistance.
• Terminal 3 of EM125 or Terminal 54 of EM102
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
harness connector EM125 of exhaust phase sensor or
short to battery.
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
the ground is infinite: 6. If all circuit tests are normal, check/replace the exhaust
phase sensor or ECM.
• Terminal 1 of EM125 or Terminal 27 of EM102
Service Guideline
• Terminal 2 of EM125 or Terminal 8 of EM102
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM125 or Terminal 54 of EM102 System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to ground. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
harness connector EM125 of exhaust phase sensor or to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 206
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0444, P0458, P0459 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0444: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Circuit Open
DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Related circuit failure.
Evaporative Emission System Purge
13 • Connector failure or poor fit.
Control Valve Circuit Open
• Canister solenoid failure.
DTC P0458: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve • ECM failure.
Circuit Low
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Circuit Information
(FTB)
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 5
Evaporative Emission System Purge
11
Control Valve Circuit Low Reference Connector End View Information
EM118, EM102
DTC P0459: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve
Circuit High Reference Electrical Information
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
battery negative cable.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 and 16.01V.
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM118 of the canister
Conditions for Setting DTCs
control valve.
P0444: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is
3. Perform the component test on canister control valve.
between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
If the test is abnormal, replace the canister control valve.
P0458: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is less
than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in ON position.
P0459: Canister control valve control circuit current is greater
5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s.
connector EM118 of canister control valve and the
ground is the battery voltage.
V1.0 207
Engine Engine-1.5T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
open circuit/high resistance or short circuit. Component Test
6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
battery negative cable. battery negative cable.
7. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM. 2. Disconnect the harness connector EM118 of the canister
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness control valve.
connector EM118 of canister control valve and terminal 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
35 of harness connector EM102 of the ECM is less than canister control valve is about 26Ω (20℃).
5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the canister
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for control valve.
open circuit/high resistance.
Service Guideline
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector EM118 of canister control valve and the System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
ground is infinite.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System - SGE1.5T" - "Canister Solenoid Valve".
short to ground. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
10. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
connector EM118 of canister control valve and the power - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
supply is infinite.
V1.0 208
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0500 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Related circuit failure.
DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" • Battery voltage is too low.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Electronic throttle failure.
(FTB) • ECM failure.
22 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" Reference Information
23 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" Reference Electrical Information
26 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
P0500 23: At fuel cut-off, low limit value check is wrong, and • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the vehicle speed is less than 4km/h. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
P0500 26: Vehicle speed signal remains unchanged.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
DTC P0500 is a Category-3 DTC. - "ABS Regulator".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0500 is a Category-3 DTC.
V1.0 209
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC P0504: Brake Switch "A"/"B" Correlation 3. Perform the component test of brake lamp signal sensor.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description If the test is abnormal, replace the brake lamp signal
(FTB) sensor.
62 Brake Switch "A"/"B" Correlation 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
connector BY028/BY175 of brake lamp signal sensor and
Circuit/System Description the ground is less than 5Ω.
Brake pedal assembly includes 2-way switch and 1-way brake
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
position sensor. Brake switch installs on the brake pedal
open circuit/high resistance.
assembly, unable to be maintained separately. Brake switch
signal changes with brake pedal position, able to provide 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
system with expected redundancy protection. switch in ON position, test if the voltage between
terminal 4/1 of harness connector BY028/BY175 of brake
Conditions for Running DTCs
lamp signal sensor and the ground is the battery voltage.
Brake switch failure counter is 20.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Relation between the brake switch and brake lamp linked
6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
switch is irrational, which lasts for 1s.
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set BY089 of ECM.
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC. 7. Test whether the resistance between the following
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector BY028/BY175 of the
brake lamp signal sensor and the terminals of harness
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC.
connector BY089 of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 1/4 of BY028/BY175 and Terminal 21 of BY089
• Related circuit failure.
• Terminal 3 of BY028/BY175 and Terminal 19 of BY089
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Brake lamp signal sensor failure.
open circuit/high resistance.
• ECM failure.
8. Test whether the resistance between the following
Reference Information
terminals of harness connector BY028/BY175 of the
Reference Circuit Information
brake lamp signal sensor or the terminals of harness
Brake Lamp - MT, Brake Lamp - AT connector BY089 of ECM and the ground is infinite:
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 1/4 of BY028/BY175 or Terminal 21 of BY089
Reference Electrical Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
9. Test whether the resistance between the following
Circuit/System Check
terminals of harness connector BY028/BY175 of the
1. Check if fuse F5 is blown. brake lamp signal sensor or the terminals of harness
2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and observe if connector BY089 of ECM and the power supply is infinite:
the display in real-time display of the scan tool is normal. • Terminal 1/4 of BY028/BY175 or Terminal 21 of BY089
If it is not within the specified range, go to "Circuit/System • Terminal 3 of BY028/BY175 or Terminal 19 of BY089
Test".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Circuit/System Test
short to battery.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
battery negative cable.
V1.0 210
Engine-1.5T Engine
Component Test 5. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the resistance
between terminal 1/4 and 2 of brake lamp signal sensor
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
is less than 5Ω.
the battery negative cable and harness connector
BY028/BY175 of the brake lamp signal sensor. If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
2. When the brake pedal is released, test if the resistance lamp signal sensor.
between terminal 3 and 4/1 of brake lamp signal sensor 6. Test if the resistance between each terminal of brake
is less than 5Ω. lamp signal sensor and the switch housing is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
lamp signal sensor. lamp signal sensor.
3. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the resistance Service Guideline
between terminal 3 and 4/1 of brake lamp signal sensor
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
is infinite.
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
lamp signal sensor. Brake" - "Brake Lamp Signal Sensor".
4. When the brake pedal is released, test if the resistance • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
between terminal 1/4 and 2 of brake lamp signal sensor to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
is infinite. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
lamp signal sensor.
V1.0 211
Engine Engine-1.5T
• Altitude is less than 2,700m. • Check if the throttle actuator is stuck in locations with
• Engine speed is 640 ~ 840rpm. narrow openings due to freeze or oil contaminants, etc.
• Vehicle is in idle speed state, lasting for above 1.6s. • Check if the throttle actuator has excessive carbon
• Intake air temperature is above 0℃. deposition, which causes abnormal operation of throttle
actuator.
• Engine coolant temperature is above 80℃.
• Engine runs more than or equal to 2s. • Check the fuel injector for blockage.
V1.0 212
Engine-1.5T Engine
4. Check if the alternator can work properly. If blockage occurs, repair the engine mechanical system
failure.
If the alternator output voltage is not within the specified
range, repair the alternator. 8. Rotate the engine accessory pulley and A/C pump, engine
and other accessories, etc. to check for blockage.
5. With the scan tool, observe if the parameters of the
intake pressure sensor and air flow meter are normal. If blockage occurs, repair the mechanical failure in the
accessory drive system.
If the sensor parameter is abnormal, check the
intake/exhaust system for blockage, air leak, or check the 9. If all circuits are normal, test/replace the ECM.
throttle for excessive carbon deposition. Service Guideline
6. Read the engine idle speed with the scan tool. Idle speed • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
shall rise to about 150rpm when the air conditioner is System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
turn on.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If the idle speed does not change within the specified to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
range, check the intake/exhaust system for clogging, air - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
leak, or check the throttle for excessive carbon deposit.
V1.0 213
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch Low 3. Perform the component test of the oil pressure sensor.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description If the test is abnormal, replace the oil pressure sensor.
(FTB) 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in ON position.
00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch
Low 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 3 of harness
connector EM113 of the oil pressure sensor and the
DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch High ground is between 4.8 and 5.2V.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
(FTB) open circuit/high resistance.
00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor/Switch 6. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
High battery negative cable.
7. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
Circuit/System Description
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Oil pressure sensor is used to monitor engine oil pressure, and harness connector EM113 of oil pressure sensor and the
send signal to ECM. terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM is less
Conditions for Running DTCs than 5Ω:
Place the ignition switch in ON position. • Terminal 1 of EM113 and Terminal 55 of EM102
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 2 of EM113 and Terminal 13 of EM102
P0522: ECM detects that the oil pressure sensor signal is short • Terminal 3 of EM113 and Terminal 29 of EM102
to ground. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0523: ECM detects that the oil pressure sensor signal is short open circuit/high resistance.
to battery. 9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector EM113 of oil pressure sensor or the
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and the
DTC P0522 and P0523 are Category-5 DTCs.
ground is infinite:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 1 of EM113 or Terminal 55 of EM102
DTC P0522 and P0523 are Category-5 DTCs.
• Terminal 2 of EM113 or Terminal 13 of EM102
Failure Cause
• Terminal 3 of EM113 or Terminal 29 of EM102
• Related circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to ground.
• Engine oil pressure sensor failure. 10. Test whether the resistance between the following
• ECM failure. terminals of harness connector EM113 of the oil pressure
Reference Information sensors or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of
ECM and the power supply is infinite:
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 1 of EM113 or Terminal 55 of EM102
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 4
• Terminal 2 of EM113 or Terminal 13 of EM102
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 3 of EM113 or Terminal 29 of EM102
EM102, EM113
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Electrical Information short to battery.
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the oil pressure
sensor or ECM.
Circuit/System Test
Service Guideline
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
battery negative cable.
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 214
Engine-1.5T Engine
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Oil Pressure Sensor". to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 215
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC P0533: A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor "A" Circuit High Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
(FTB) battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY176 of A/C pressure
17 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
sensor and harness connector BY089 of the ECM.
"A" Circuit High
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector BY176 of A/C pressure sensor and
A/C pressure switch is used to monitor the refrigerant the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM is less
pressure, and send signal to ECM. When the refrigerant than 5Ω:
pressure is lower or higher than the specified value, A/C • Terminal 1 of BY176 and Terminal 52 of BY089
clutch will be separated; if the refrigerant pressure is greater
• Terminal 2 of BY176 and Terminal 60 of BY089
than the specified value, switch on/off the cooling fan, and
regulate the cooling fan speed based on the pressure value. • Terminal 3 of BY176 and Terminal 59 of BY089
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
The vehicle speed is more than 80rpm.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs
harness connector BY176 of A/C pressure sensor or the
P0532: Sensor voltage is greater than 4.9V. terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and the
P0533: Sensor voltage is less than 0.1V. ground is infinite:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 1 of BY176 or Terminal 52 of BY089
• Terminal 2 of BY176 or Terminal 60 of BY089
DTC P0532, P0533 are Category-5 DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 3 of BY176 or Terminal 59 of BY089
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
DTC P0532, P0533 are Category-5 DTCs.
short to ground.
Failure Cause
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Related circuit failure. harness connector BY176 of A/C pressure sensor or the
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and the
• A/C pressure sensor failure. power supply is infinite:
• ECM failure. • Terminal 1 of BY176 or Terminal 52 of BY089
Reference Information • Terminal 2 of BY176 or Terminal 60 of BY089
• Terminal 3 of BY176 or Terminal 59 of BY089
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 7 short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the A/C
pressure sensor or ECM.
BY176, BY089
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 216
Engine-1.5T Engine
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
Conditioning System " - "Air Conditioning Pressure - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Sensor".
V1.0 217
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0597, P0598, P0599, P2181 • The vehicle speed is more than 0km/h at diagnosis
DTC Description window.
DTC P0597: Thermostat Heater Control Circuit/Open • Time of duration after the vehicle is powered on is less
than 1,200s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• The following related failure path diagnosis are
(FTB)
completed without failure: P0072, P0073, P0112, P0113,
13 Thermostat Heater Control P0117, P0118 and P0500.
Circuit/Open
Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0598: Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Low P0597: Electronic thermostat circuit voltage is between 2.5V
and 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) P0598: Electronic thermostat circuit voltage is less than 2.5V,
11 Thermostat Heater Control which lasts for 0.5s.
Circuit Low P0599: Electronic thermostat circuit current is less than 4A,
which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0599: Thermostat Heater Control Circuit High
P2181: Actual water temperature displayed on water
Failure Type Byte Failure Description temperature sensor is less than 75℃.
(FTB)
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
12 Thermostat Heater Control
DTC P0597, P0598, P0599 and P2181 are Category-5 DTCs.
Circuit High
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P2181: Cooling System Performance
DTC P0597, P0598, P0599 and P2181 are Category-5 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Related circuit failure.
00 Cooling System Performance
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Circuit/System Description • Electronic thermostat failure.
Electronic thermostat is used to regulate the engine coolant • ECM failure.
temperature to ensure that the engine coolant temperature Reference Information
raises rapidly and prevent engine overheating. ECMSend out
Reference Circuit Information
PWM instruction, so that the electronic thermostat acts to
heat the paraffin in core body, the paraffin bag expands, paraffin Engine Management System (1.5T) - 3
exerts pressure to push rod; since the top of push rod is fixed
Reference Connector End View Information
with shell, the push rod pushes the whole core body to move
downward reversely; the interference fit between the copper EM102, EM123
cap of core body and main valve drives the main valve to open. Reference Electrical Information
The opening of electronic thermostat is proportional to the
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
duty ratio of PWM signal.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Test
P0597, P0598, P0599: The system voltage is between 10.7 and 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
16.01V. battery negative cable.
V1.0 218
Engine-1.5T Engine
terminal 1 of harness connector EM123 of electronic • Terminal 1 of EM123
thermostat and the ground is the battery voltage.
• Terminal 2 of EM123
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Terminal 60 of EM102
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
5. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
short to battery.
battery negative cable.
6. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM. 10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
V1.0 219
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 220
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0645, P0646, P0647 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0645: A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Engine Management System (1.5T) -7
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
BY015, BY089
13 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0646: A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Circuit/System Check
(FTB)
1. Check if Fuse SB1 and F17 are blown.
A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit
11 2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, drive the A/C
Low
compressor clutch with the forced output function of
DTC P0647: A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High the scan tool, and observe and listen whether the A/C
compressor relay can close or separate properly.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) If the A/C compressor clutch relay does not close or
separate as expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit
12 3. With the DTC running, operate the vehicle and confirm
High
that the DTC has not been reset.
Circuit/System Description
Circuit/System Test
A 12V power is supplied to the A/C compressor clutch via
1. Test the DTC information with a scan tool.
engine compartment fuse. When the main relay is energized,
the relay coil of A/C compressor will be activated. The relay If there are other DTCs, service them first.
coil ground is controlled by ECM , which completes the 2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
ground on the receipt of an A/C On request message. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Remove the A/C compressor relay, and perform A/C
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. compressor relay component test.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 and 16.01V. If the test fails, replace the A/C compressor relay.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
between the terminal 85 of A/C compressor relay base
P0645: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is
and the ground is the battery voltage .
between 2.5 and 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0646: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is less
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s.
5. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
P0647: A/C compressor relay control circuit current is greater the harness connector BY089 of ECM and the harness
than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s. connector BY015 of engine compartment fuse box.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 6. Test if the resistance between the terminal 42 of harness
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. connector BY089 of ECM and the terminal 7 of harness
connector BY015 of engine compartment fuse box is less
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
than 5Ω .
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause open circuit/high resistance.
• Related circuit failure. 7. Test if the resistance between the terminal 42 of harness
• Connector failure or poor fitting. connector BY089 of ECM or the terminal 7 of harness
• A/C compressor relay failure. connector BY015 of engine compartment fuse box and
the ground is infinite.
• ECM failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
V1.0 221
Engine Engine-1.5T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
short to battery. compressor relay.
9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM. 5. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between the terminal
Component Test 85 of A/C compressor relay and the 12V voltage. Fit a
jumper wire between the terminal 86 of A/C compressor
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
relay and the ground. Test if the resistance between the
the battery negative cable.
terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
2. Remove the A/C compressor relay.
6. If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 85 and 86 of compressor relay.
A/C compressor relay is between 80Ω and 90Ω.
Service Guideline
If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the A/C compressor relay.
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
A/C compressor relay is infinite. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• 30 and 86 - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 222
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0686, P0690 BY089
DTC Description
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0686: ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) Circuit/System Test
00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control 1. Check if Fuse SB1 and F2 are blown.
Circuit Low 2. Test the DTC information with the scan tool.
If there are other DTCs, repair them first.
DTC P0690: ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High
3. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte Failure Description the battery negative cable.
(FTB)
4. Remove the main relay, and perform the main relay
00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense component test.
Circuit High
If the test fails, replace the main relay.
Circuit/System Description 5. Disconnect the harness connector BY089 of ECM.
The main relay is switched on when the ignition switch is in 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
ON position or Start position, the ground signal for the main between the terminal 85 or 30 of main relay base and the
relay control terminal is provided by the ECM. ground is the battery voltage.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0686: Run the engine. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
DTC P0686 is a Category-3 DTC.
9. Test if the resistance between the terminal 3, 5 or 6 of
DTC P0690 is a Category-5 DTC. harness connector BY089 of ECM or the terminal 87 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs main relay base and the power supply is infinite.
DTC P0686 is a Category-3 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
DTC P0690 is a Category-5 DTC.
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Failure Cause
main relay.
• Related circuit failure.
Component Test
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
• Main relay failure. the battery negative cable.
• ECM failure. 2. Remove the main relay.
Reference Information 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 85 and 86 of main
Reference Circuit Information relay is between 80 and 90Ω.
Engine Management System (1.5T) -1 If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace
the main relay.
Reference Connector End View Information
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
main relay is infinite.
V1.0 223
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 224
Engine-1.5T Engine
P06DA, P06DB, P06DC Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P06DA: Secondary Oil Pump Circuit Open Engine Management System (1.5T) -5
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
EM127, BY089
13 Secondary Oil Pump Circuit Open
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P06DB: Secondary Oil Pump Circuit Low Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
P06DC: ECM detects that the secondary oil control valve signal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
circuit is short to battery, and the current is greater than 4A. open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 10. Test if the resistance between the terminal 4 of harness
DTC P06DA, P06DB, P06DC are Category-5 DTCs. connector EM127 of oil pump control valve or the
terminal 71 of harness connector BY089 of ECM and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
ground is infinite.
DTC P06DA, P06DB, P06DC are Category-5 DTCs.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to ground.
• Related circuit failure.
11. Test if the resistance between the terminal 4 of harness
• Connector failure or poor fitting. connector EM127 of oil pump control valve or the
• Oil pump control valve failure. terminal 71 of harness connector BY089 of ECM and the
• ECM failure. power supply is infinite.
V1.0 225
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 226
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0830 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 1 of BY162
DTC Description and the ground is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0830: Clutch Pedal Switch “A” Circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
00 Clutch Pedal Switch “A” Circuit connector BY162 of master cylinder stroke sensor and
the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM is less
Circuit/System Description than 5Ω:
When the vehicle speed is within a certain range, the rotation • Terminal 2 of BY162 and terminal 50 of BY089
speed exceeds the threshold, and the system detects the gear
• Terminal 3 of BY162 and terminal 43 of BY089
shifting, if it is detected that the clutch stays depressed, then it
is determined that the clutch position sensor signal is in normal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
setting position. open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between the terminal 2 of harness
• Vehicle speed is higher than 20km/h. connector BY162 of master cylinder stroke sensor or
the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and
• Engine speed is greater than 600rpm.
the ground is infinite:
• Gear shift is normal.
• Terminal 2 of BY162
Conditions for Setting DTCs
It is diagnosed that the clutch position sensor signal is normal, • Terminal 3 of BY162
which lasts for 5s. • Terminal 43 of BY089
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 50 of BY089
DTC P0830 is a Category-5 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to ground.
DTC P0830 is a Category-5 DTC. 6. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Failure Cause connector BY162 of master cylinder stroke sensor or
the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and
• Related circuit failure.
the power supply is infinite:
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
• Terminal 2 of BY162
• Master cylinder stroke sensor failure.
• ECM failure. • Terminal 3 of BY162
BY089, BY162 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the master
cylinder stroke sensor or ECM.
Reference Electrical Information
Service Guideline
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Circuit/System Test System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the battery negative cable. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
2. Disconnect the harness connector BY162 of master - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
cylinder stroke sensor and the harness connector BY089
of ECM.
V1.0 227
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 228
Engine-1.5T Engine
P1545 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, confirm that no
DTC P1545: Throttle Pos. Contr. Malfunction DTCs other than DTC P1545 are set.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
(FTB) 2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, check the
34 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction electronic throttle for carbon deposit or sticking.
35 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction If carbon deposit is found in the electronic throttle, clean
it.
Circuit/System Description
If internal sticking is found in the electronic throttle,
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator,
test/replace the electronic throttle.
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position signal, etc.
ECMIt sends out commands to make DC motor act and 3. After the DTCs is read or cleared, place the ignition
affect the throttle opening through the drive mechanism; at switch in ON position, perform the self-learning of
the same time, the throttle can provide a feedback signal electronic throttle, then gently depress the pedal position
indicating the current position of the throttle to ECM for sensors for several times, and confirm if the DTC
throttle feedback regulation. reappears.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Test
P1545 34: 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
• Direction of PID controller is 0.
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM126 of electronic
• DVE power driver stage has no failure.
throttle and the harness connector EM102, BY089 of
P1545 35: ECM.
• Direction of PID controller is 1. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle and
• DVE power driver stage has no failure.
corresponding terminals of harness connector EM102
Conditions for Setting DTCs
and BY089 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
ECMWhen driving throttle actuator, the PWM duty ratio of
• Terminal 1 of EM126 and Terminal 19 of EM102
actuator is greater than 80%.
• Terminal 2 of EM126 and Terminal 20 of EM102
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P1545 is a Category-13 DTC. • Terminal 3 of EM126 and Terminal 54 of BY089
V1.0 229
Engine Engine-1.5T
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the electronic
harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle or the throttle or ECM.
terminals of harness connector EM102, BY089 of ECM Service Guideline
and the power supply is infinite:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 1 of EM126 or Terminal 19 of EM102 System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Terminal 2 of EM126 or Terminal 20 of EM102 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Exhaust System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
• Terminal 3 of EM126 or Terminal 54 of BY089
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 4 of EM126 or Terminal 17 of BY089 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 5 of EM126 or Terminal 12 of EM102 - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 230
Engine-1.5T Engine
P1559 • Mechanical fault.
DTC Description • ECM failure.
DTC P1559: Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Adaptation Reference Information
Malfunction Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Circuit/System Check
78 Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos.
Adaptation Malfunction 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, check the
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or sticking.
Circuit/System Description
If carbon deposit is found in the electronic throttle, clean
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, it.
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position signal, etc.
ECMIt sends out commands to make DC motor act and If internal sticking is found in the electronic throttle,
affect the throttle opening through the drive mechanism; at test/replace the electronic throttle.
the same time, the throttle can provide a feedback signal 2. After the DTC is read or cleared, place the ignition switch
indicating the current position of the throttle to ECM for in ON position. Perform the self-learning of electronic
throttle feedback regulation. throttle, then gently depress the accelerator pedal for
Conditions for Running DTCs several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
• Self-learning is activated. 3. If all circuit tests are normal, replace the ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Service Guideline
Limp Home position is less than 21.2% or greater than 38.2%. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
DTC P1559 is a Category-6 DTC. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Exhaust System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
DTC P1559 is a Category-6 DTC.
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
Failure Cause - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Electronic throttle failure.
V1.0 231
Engine Engine-1.5T
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 232
Engine-1.5T Engine
P1579 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check if Fuse F1,F2,FL4 and SB1 are blown.
DTC P1579: Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. Adaptation Not 2. Scan Tool Inspection:
Started
a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
Failure Type Byte Failure Description ON position. After the self-diagnosis, delete the
(FTB) DTC, and confirm if any DTC still exists.
Idle Speed Contr. Throttle Pos. b. Check whether the battery voltage is normal on the
00
Adaptation Not Started scan tool: between 11~14V.
Circuit/System Description 3. Component check: Check the battery state.
ECMIt sends out commands to actuate the DC motor to If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
influence the opening of throttle through drive mechanism. above 2000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
There are two potentiometers acting as position sensors, properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is
which are fitted in reverse phase. When the throttle position not within the specified range (10.6~15V), check the
is altered, resistance of two circuits will have linear change, charging system. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine
one will increase and the other will decrease. When a +5V Electrical System".
voltage is added, the position of sensor will be transformed
4. If the battery is in normal state, confirm if the "Battery
into the voltage output corresponding to the changes of the
Voltage","Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery
resistance value.
Voltage Over Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan
These two potentiometers, and two potentiometers fitted tool are within the range of 9~16V.
on the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the 5. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
movement stroke of accelerator pedal, form part of the whole Test".
electronic throttle control system monitoring function, which
Circuit/System Test
can provide the redundancy protection expected by system
control. 1. Check if the following throttle self-learning conditions are
met simultaneously:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Engine intake air temperature is above 5℃.
Place the ignition switch in ON position and don't start the
engine. • Engine coolant temperature is 5℃~100℃.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Engine speed is 0rpm.
• Environmental condition detection zone bit is greater • Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
than zero, and not equal to 27.
• Accelerator pedal opening is 0.
• Self-learning successful zone bit is wrong.
If any of throttle self-learning conditions cannot be met,
• Self-learning prohibited zone bit is correct.
test or service the relevant fault first.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
2. After the DTC is read or cleared, place the ignition switch
DTC P1579 is a Category-6 DTC. in ON position. Perform the self-learning of electronic
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs throttle, then gently depress the accelerator pedal for
DTC P1579 is a Category-6 DTC. several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
Failure Cause If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
• Battery voltage is too low. 3. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
• Electronic throttle failure. Service Guideline
• ECM failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Reference Information System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
Exhaust System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 233
Engine Engine-1.5T
Failure Type Byte Failure Description P2101 21, 22, 29: Place the ignition switch in ON position, and
(FTB) don't start the engine.
V1.0 234
Engine-1.5T Engine
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Circuit/System Check
DTC P2101 26 is a Category-3 DTC. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, check the
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or sticking.
DTC P2101 72 is a Category-6 DTC.
If carbon deposit is found in the electronic throttle, clean
DTC P2101 28, P2101 29, P2101 74, P2101 22 and P2101 21
it.
are Category-13 DTCs.
If internal sticking is found in electronic throttle, check
DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC.
the electronic throttle.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
2. After the DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition
DTC P2101 26 is a Category-3 DTC.
switch in ON position. Perform the self-learning of
DTC P2101 72 is a Category-6 DTC. electronic throttle, then gently depress the accelerator
pedal for several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
DTC P2101 28, P2101 29, P2101 74, P2101 22 and P2101 21
are Category-13 DTCs. If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC. 3. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Failure Cause Service Guideline
• Mechanical fault. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Electronic throttle body failure. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 235
Engine Engine-1.5T
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2140 the resistance value. These two potentiometers and two
DTC Description potentiometers fitted on the electronic throttle used for
monitoring the position of the throttle form part of whole
DTC P2127: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit
electronic throttle control system monitoring function, which
Low
can provide the redundancy protection expected by system
Failure Type Byte Failure Description control.
(FTB)
Conditions for Running DTCs
Throttle/Pedal Position
21 DTC P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133: Place the ignition switch in
Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit Low
ON position.
DTC P2128: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit DTC P2140: Pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is greater
High than 0.449V.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
(FTB) P2127: Signal voltage is less than 0.586V.
Throttle/Pedal Position
22 P2128: Signal voltage is greater than 4.824V.
Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit High
P2132: Signal voltage is less than 0.215V.
DTC P2132: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit
P2133: Signal voltage is greater than 2.412V.
Low
P2140: Compare the signal voltages of pedal position sensor 1
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
and 2, depends on voltage change of two sensors.
(FTB)
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Throttle/Pedal Position
21 DTC P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and P2140 are Category-13
Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit Low
DTCs.
DTC P2133: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “F” Circuit Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
High
DTC P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and P2140 are Category-13
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTCs.
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Throttle/Pedal Position
22 • Related circuit failure.
Sensor/Switch "F" Circuit High
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
DTC P2140: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E”/“F” • Accelerator pedal module failure.
Voltage Correlation • ECM failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Information
(FTB) Reference Circuit Information
Throttle/Pedal Position Engine Management System (1.5T) -6
29 Sensor/Switch "E"/"F" Voltage
Correlation Reference Connector End View Information
There are two potentiometers in the accelerator pedal module Reference Electrical Information
acting as sensors, their resistance value varies with the position Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
changes of the electronic accelerator pedal, while ECM can
response precisely to the movement of the accelerator pedal, Circuit/System Check
therefore, the movements of the accelerator pedal may be 1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and confirm that
monitored. Because both potentiometers are fitted in the no ECM DTCs other than DTC P2127, P2128, P2132,
same phase, when the accelerator pedal position changes, P2133, P2138 and P2140 have been set.
their resistances will increases or decrease linearly. When a
If other ECM DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs
+5V voltage is added, the pedal position will be transformed
first.
into the voltage output corresponding to the changes of
V1.0 236
Engine-1.5T Engine
2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and confirm • Terminal 2 of BY026
if the "Accelerator Pedal Request", "Error Occurs
• Terminal 3 of BY026
- Accelerator Pedal Request 1", "Error Occurs -
Accelerator Pedal Request 2“ parameters in the real-time • Terminal 4 of BY026
display of scan tool are far higher or lower than the • Terminal 5 of BY026
rational temperature range.
• Terminal 6 of BY026
3. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and confirm
the "Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 Voltage", "Accelerator • Terminal 11 of BY089
Pedal Sensor 2 Voltage“ in the real-time display of scan
• Terminal 35 of BY089
tool. When performing the following tests, observe the
parameters of sensor signal 1 and 2: • Terminal 61 of BY089
4. With the DTC running, operate the vehicle and confirm • Terminal 1 of BY026
that the DTC has not been reset. • Terminal 2 of BY026
Circuit/System Test
• Terminal 3 of BY026
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
• Terminal 4 of BY026
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect the harness connector BY026 of accelerator • Terminal 5 of BY026
pedal module and the harness connector BY089 of ECM. • Terminal 6 of BY026
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Terminal 11 of BY089
harness connector BY026 of accelerator pedal module
and corresponding terminals of harness connector BY089 • Terminal 35 of BY089
of ECM is less than 5Ω: • Terminal 61 of BY089
• Terminal 1 of BY026 and Terminal 81 of BY089
• Terminal 81 of BY089
• Terminal 2 of BY026 and Terminal 82 of BY089
• Terminal 82 of BY089
• Terminal 3 of BY026 and Terminal 35 of BY089
• Terminal 83 of BY089
• Terminal 4 of BY026 and Terminal 83 of BY089
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Terminal 5 of BY026 and Terminal 11 of BY089 short to battery.
• Terminal 6 of BY026 and Terminal 61 of BY089 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for accelerator pedal module.
open circuit/high resistance. Service Guideline
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
harness connector BY026 of accelerator pedal module System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
or the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
and the ground is infinite:
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 1 of BY026 - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 237
Engine Engine-1.5T
P2226, P2227 P2227 22: Ambient pressure signal is greater than 115kPa,
DTC Description which lasts for 2s.
DTC P2226: Barometric Pressure Circuit Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte Failure Description DTC P2226 and P2227 are Category-3 DTCs.
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
23 Barometric Pressure Circuit DTC P2226 and P2227 are Category-3 DTCs.
24 Barometric Pressure Circuit Failure Cause
• Electronic throttle body failure.
DTC P2227: Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance
• Electronic throttle unmatched or self-learning error.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• ECM failure.
(FTB)
Reference Information
Barometric Pressure Circuit Range
21 Reference Electrical Information
/ Performance
Barometric Pressure Circuit Range Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
22
/ Performance Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
Within the certain measurement range, the force applied ON position.
on the sensor is linear with the measurement signal 2. Confirm that no DTCs other than DTC P2226 and
(voltage signal), the voltage signal measured by the sensor is P2227 have been set.
transformed into ambient pressure inside the ECU . If the
If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
voltage signal measured by ambient pressure sensor exceeds
the reasonable voltage range (excessive high/low), it shall be 3. Check if DTC P2226 and P2227 are historical DTCs.
deemed as maximum/minimum circuit failure. 4. Visually check the ECM connector for damage or
Conditions for Running DTCs corrosion. Repair as necessary.
Place the ignition switch in ON position. 5. Clear the historical DTC P2226 and P2227.
6. With the engine off, observe if the "Ambient Air
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Pressure" item in the data flow deviates from the normal
P2226 23: value (the pressure shall be the barometric pressure at
• A+B<C,(A: measured ambient pressure, B: deviation this moment).
value of ambient pressure is 25kPa, C: ambient pressure If it deviates from the normal value, test/replace the ECM.
lower limit), which lasts for 2s.
7. Start the engine and drive in normal environment,
• Comparison of ambient pressures in current cycle:
observe if the "Ambient Air Pressure" item in the data
D-E<25kPa, (D: time delays 20s, E: ambient pressure
flow deviates from the normal value (the pressure shall
when the drive cycle just begins), which lasts for 2s.
be the barometric pressure at this moment).
P2226 24:
If it deviates from the normal value, test/replace the ECM.
• A-B>C, ( A: measured ambient pressure, B: deviation Service Guideline
value of ambient pressure is 25kPa, C: ambient pressure
upper limit), which lasts for 2s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Comparison of ambient pressures in current cycle:
E-D≥25kPa, (D: time delays 20s, E: ambient pressure • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
when the drive cycle just begins), which lasts for 2s. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
P2227 21: Ambient pressure signal is less than 45kPa, which
lasts for 2s.
V1.0 238
Engine-1.5T Engine
P300B • Electronic throttle failure.
DTC Description • ECM failure.
DTC P300B: Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
(FTB) Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Engine Torque Control Adaption at
00 Circuit/System Test
Limit
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and confirm that
Circuit/System Description no DTCs other than DTC P300B are set.
The potentiometers of electronic throttle, along with two If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
potentiometers fitted on the accelerator pedal module used
for monitoring the movement stroke of accelerator pedal, 2. Check if DTC P300B is a historical DTC.
form the part of the whole electronic throttle control system 3. If only DTC P300B is set, match the ECM with the
monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy throttle actuator and perform the throttle actuator
protection expected by system control. self-learning.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Clear the historical DTC P300B.
After the engine runs for 2s. 5. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appears again.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
Difference between the required torque and allowable torque
in layer 1 is greater than 0, which lasts for 600s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC.
Exhaust System - SGE 1.5T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
Failure Cause - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 239
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 240
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine Manifold & Exhaust
DTC Category
List
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
上游氧传感器加热控制电路断
P0030 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) ON 3
路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low ( Bank 1 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0031 11 ON 3
Sensor 1) 地短路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High ( Bank 1 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0032 12 ON 3
Sensor 1) 电源短路
下游氧传感器加热控制电路断
P0036 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 2) ON 3
路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low ( Bank 1 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0037 11 ON 3
Sensor 2) 地短路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High ( Bank 1 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0038 12 ON 3
Sensor 2) 电源短路
P0053 1B HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor 1) 上游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ON 3
P0054 1B HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor 2) 下游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ON 3
P0130 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器电路信号故障 ON 3
上游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0131 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ON 3
低
上游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0132 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ON 3
高
上游氧传感器老化-双侧老化超
25 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1 ON 3
下限
P0133
上游氧传感器老化-双侧老化超
26 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1 ON 3
上限
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 上游氧传感器老化-信号持续
25 ON 3
Sensor 1 偏浓
P0134
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1 上游氧传感器老化-信号持续
26 ON 3
Sensor 1 偏稀
P0136 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号断路 ON 3
P0137 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号对地短路 ON 3
P0138 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号对电源短路 ON 3
下游氧传感器老化- 信号持续偏
23 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 2 ON 3
浓
P0139
下游氧传感器老化- 信号持续偏
24 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 2 ON 3
稀
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold 三元催化器储氧能力老化 ON 3
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
P2A00 00 上游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
Sensor 1
V1.0 241
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
P2A01 29 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
Sensor 2
*Note:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running
V1.0 242
Engine-1.5T Engine
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System - 1.5T (3)
V1.0 243
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 244
Engine-1.5T Engine
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Setting DTCs
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0053 P0030: Oxygen sensor voltage is 2.5 - 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC Description
P0031: Oxygen sensor power supply is less than 2.5V, which
DTC P0030: HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte P0032: Oxygen sensor current is greater than 10A, which lasts
Failure Description
(FTB) for 0.5s.
HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank P0053: It is detected that the current internal resistance of
13
1 Sensor 1) oxygen sensor is greater than 4300Ω.
DTC P0031: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Sensor 1) DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs.
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Failure Cause
11
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
• Related circuit failure.
DDTC P0032: HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Sensor 1) • Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
Failure Type Byte • ECM failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Reference Circuit Information
12
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Engine Management System (1.5T) -3
DTC P0053: HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor Reference Connector End View Information
1) EM107, BY089
Failure Type Byte Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
HO2S Heater Resistance ( Bank1
1B Circuit/System Test
(1)Sensor 1)
1. Check if Fuse F3 is blown.
Circuit/System Description
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures
the battery negative cable.
the oxygen content in engine exhaust to determine if the
petrol and air are burnt completely. The electronic controller 3. Disconnect the harness connector EM107 of upstream
implements the closed-loop control aiming at excessive air oxygen sensor.
coefficient λ = 1 according to the information to ensure 4. Perform the upstream oxygen sensor component test.
that the three-way catalytic converter have a high conversion If the test fails, replace the upstream oxygen sensor.
efficiency in such three kinds of pollutant as HC, CO and
NOx in the exhaust. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in ON position.
Conditions for Running DTCs
6. Test if the voltage between the terminal 2 of harness
P0030, P0031 and P0032: connector EM107 of upstream oxygen sensor and the
• The upstream catalyst temperature exceeds dew point ground is the battery voltage.
temperature, the system voltage is between 10.7 and 16V, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
and engine running time exceeds 10s. open circuit/high resistance.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 - 15V, with the engine
7. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
running.
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
P0053: Exhaust temperature is within the diagnostic range of connector BY089 of ECM.
250℃ - 550℃.
V1.0 245
Engine Engine-1.5T
8. Test if the resistance between the terminal 1 of harness 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
connector EM107 of upstream oxygen sensor and the Component Test
terminal 73 of harness connector BY089 of ECM is less
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
than 5Ω.
the battery negative cable.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM107 of upstream
open circuit/high resistance.
oxygen sensor, remove the upstream oxygen sensor,
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of allow it to cool down at room temperature till it drops
harness connector EM017 of upstream oxygen sensor or to room temperature.
the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and 3. With a digital multimeter, test if the resistance between
the ground is infinite: the terminal 1 and 2 of upstream oxygen sensor is around
• Terminal 1 of EM107 15.8Ω.
• Terminal 73 of BY089 If it is not within the specified range, replace the upstream
oxygen sensor.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Service Guideline
short to ground.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
harness connector EM107 of upstream oxygen sensor or
the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the power supply is infinite: System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 1 of EM107
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
• Terminal 73 of BY089 - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
short to battery.
V1.0 246
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0036, P0037, P0038, P0054 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P0036: Oxygen sensor voltage is 2.5 - 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0036: HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0037: Oxygen sensor power supply is less than 2.5V, which
Failure Type Byte lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0038: Oxygen sensor current is greater than 10A, which lasts
HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank for 0.5s.
13
1 Sensor 2)
P0054: It is detected that the current internal resistance of
DTC P0037: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 oxygen sensor is greater than 4300Ω.
Sensor 2) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte DTC P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low DTC P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs.
11
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
Failure Cause
DTC P0038: HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 • Related circuit failure.
Sensor 2) • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Failure Type Byte • Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Reference Information
12
(Bank 1 Sensor 2) Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0054: HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1 (1) Sensor 2) Engine Management System (1.5T) -3
V1.0 247
Engine Engine-1.5T
8. Test if the resistance between the terminal 1 of harness 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
connector BY168/BY171 of downstream oxygen sensor Component Test
and the terminal 29 of harness connector BY089 of ECM
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
is less than 5Ω.
the battery negative cable.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
2. Disconnect the harness connector BY168/BY171 of
open circuit/high resistance.
downstream oxygen sensor, remove the downstream
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of oxygen sensor, allow it to cool down at room
harness connector BY168/BY171 of downstream oxygen temperature till it drops to room temperature.
sensor or the terminals of harness connector BY089 of 3. With a digital multimeter, test if the resistance between
ECM and the ground is infinite: the terminal 1 and 2 of front oxygen sensor is around
• Terminal 1 of BY168/BY171 15.8Ω.
V1.0 248
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 petrol and air are burnt completely. The electronic controller
DTC Description implements the closed-loop control aiming at excessive air
coefficient λ = 1 according to the information to ensure
DTC P0130: O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1
that the three-way catalytic converter have a high conversion
Failure Type Byte efficiency in such three kinds of pollutant as HC, CO and
Failure Description
(FTB) NOx in the exhaust.
29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC P0131: O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0130 and P2A00: The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which
lasts for 90s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0131:
(FTB)
O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank • The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s.
16
1 Sensor 1 • Engine is cold started.
• Target λ=1.
DTC P0132: O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1
• Oxygen integration is more than 500g.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Frontal oxygen is closed loop.
(FTB)
P0132:
O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank
17
1 Sensor 1 • Battery voltage is greater than 11.03V.
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm.
DTC P0133: O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor
• Target λ=1.
1
• Exhaust temperature is less than 800℃.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s.
(FTB)
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response P0133:
25
Bank 1 Sensor 1 • Valid count cycle is above 5.
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response • Front oxygen closed-loop control is activated.
26
Bank 1 Sensor 1 • No pressure sensor failure.
• No coolant temperature failure.
DTC P0134: O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected Bank 1
Sensor 1 • No intake air temperature sensor failure.
• Initialization of basic mixture is valid.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • No diagnosis blocking condition.
(FTB)
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity • Rotation speed is within the diagnostic range of 1280 -
25 2240rpm.
Detected Bank 1 Sensor 1
• Load is 25% - 50%.
O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity
26 • Exhaust temperature model value is above 470℃.
Detected Bank 1 Sensor 1
• Front oxygen heating diagnosis is passed.
DTC P2A00: O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
• Diagnosis function is On.
Sensor 1
P0134 25:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Diagnosis function is On.
V1.0 249
Engine Engine-1.5T
EM107, BY089 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
harness connector EM107 of upstream oxygen sensor or
V1.0 250
Engine-1.5T Engine
the terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM and allow it to cool down at room temperature till it drops
the power supply is infinite: to room temperature.
• Terminal 3 of EM107 3. With a digital multimeter, test if the resistance between
the terminal 3 and 4 of upstream oxygen sensor is around
• Terminal 4 of EM107
20Ω.
• Terminal 34 of BY089
If it is not within the specified range, replace the upstream
• Terminal 84 of BY089
oxygen sensor.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for Service Guideline
short to battery.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
Component Test
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
the battery negative cable. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM107 of upstream to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
oxygen sensor, remove the upstream oxygen sensor, - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 251
Engine Engine-1.5T
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139, P2A01 • The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s.
DTC Description • Rear oxygen control is activated.
DTC P0136: O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 • Engine is cold started.
Failure Type Byte P0138:
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Battery voltage is greater than 11.03V.
29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 • Engine speed is greater than 25rpm.
DTC P0137: O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 • Target λ=1.
• Catalytic converter temperature is higher than 320℃.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s.
(FTB)
O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank P0139: Enter into the diagnosis request.
16
1 Sensor 2 P2A01: Rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s.
DTC P0138: O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 Conditions for Setting DTCs
P0136: The oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s. Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
P0137:
V1.0 252
Engine-1.5T Engine
Circuit/System Check • Terminal 4 of BY168/BY171
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and connect • Terminal 33 of BY089
the scan tool.
• Terminal 62 of BY089
2. Read and save the fault freeze frame information, and
confirm that there is no oxygen sensor heating control If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
circuit related DTC. short to ground.
If there is any oxygen sensor heating control circuit 7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
related DTC, service this DTC first. harness connector BY168/BY171 of downstream oxygen
sensor or the terminals of harness connector BY089 of
3. If the vehicle pass the "Circuit/System Check", operate ECM and the power supply is infinite:
the vehicle with the DTC running. Confirm that the
DTC has not been reset. • Terminal 3 of BY168/BY171
• Terminal 3 of BY168/BY171
V1.0 253
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 254
Engine-1.5T Engine
Circuit/System Check • Metal member of exhaust system is loose and missing
1. Read DTC information with a scan tool when the engine • Oxygen sensor is incorrectly fitted.
is idling.
If any, repair the exhaust system failure.
If there are other DTCs, service them first.
4. If physical tests are all normal, start the engine, and read
2. Confirm that the catalytic converter does not have the the oxygen sensor parameters with a scan tool.
following conditions:
If the oxygen sensor can work normally, replace the
• Depressed deformation three-way catalytic converter.
• Serious discolouration due to high temperature Service Guideline
• Looseness inside the three-way catalytic converter • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
• Blockage of the three-way catalytic converter
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine Intake and Exhaust
If any, replace the three-way catalytic converter. System - SGE 1.5T" - "Front Exhaust Pipe".
3. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine Intake and Exhaust
exhaust system: System - SGE 1.5T" - "Rear Muffler Assembly".
V1.0 255
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
P0560 1C System Voltage 系统蓄电池电压信号不合理 OFF 5
P0562 16 System Voltage Low 系统蓄电池电压过低 OFF 5
P0563 17 System Voltage High 系统蓄电池电压过高 OFF 5
P0600 00 Serial Communication Link TLE8888芯片通讯故障 ON 13
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置DID_C050写入信息
00 OFF 6
Error 的Checksum校验错误
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum
P0601 43 OFF 6
Error 计算故障(读取错误)
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum
49 OFF 6
Error 计算故障(写入错误)
ECU控制器故障(5V欠压监控
16 ECM/PCM Processor ON 3
故障)
ECU控制器故障(5V过压监控
17 ECM/PCM Processor ON 3
故障)
29 ECM/PCM Processor 第一层安全断油监控故障 ON 3
42 ECM/PCM Processor 软件复位(类型1) ON 3
44 ECM/PCM Processor 第二层扭矩监控故障 ON 13
45 ECM/PCM Processor 软件复位(类型2) ON 3
47 ECM/PCM Processor 监控模块反馈故障 ON 3
P0606
48 ECM/PCM Processor 监控错误响应故障 ON 13
49 ECM/PCM Processor 监控模块询问故障 ON 13
63 ECM/PCM Processor 起停功能监控故障 ON 13
64 ECM/PCM Processor AD转换器零测试监控故障 ON 13
65 ECM/PCM Processor 点火角信号,线束或ECU故障 ON 13
91 ECM/PCM Processor 过压导致节气门驱动关断故障 ON 13
93 ECM/PCM Processor 第二层安全断油监控故障 ON 3
AD转换器给定电压测试监控
97 ECM/PCM Processor ON 13
故障
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator 第二层油门踏板信号合理性故
62 ON 13
Controller Performance 障
P061F
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator
64 第二层发动机转速监控故障 ON 13
Controller Performance
P0641 00 Sensor Reference Voltage “A” Circuit/Open 5V1电压故障 ON 13
P0651 00 Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit/Open 5V2电压故障 ON 13
P0659 00 Actuator Supply Voltage “A” Circuit High 芯片过压 ON 13
Transmission Control System
P0700 00 TCM请求亮MIL灯 ON 4
Range/Performance
V1.0 256
Engine-1.5T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Category
Immo Cipher Key and security PIN not
P1610 51 未进行防盗匹配 OFF 17
programmed
P1613 06 Challenge period expired 未收到防盗器的认证回复 OFF 9
Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not
P1614 05 收到错误的的防盗器认证回复 OFF 9
OK
Invalid Data Received From Restraints 安全气囊传输给ECU的信号不
P1683 81 ON 13
Control Module 合理
81 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open 节气门SENT芯片通讯信号故障 ON 13
84 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open 节气门SENT芯片通讯最小故障 ON 13
P2620 85 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open 节气门SENT芯片通讯最大故障 ON 13
节气门SENT芯片通讯不合理故
86 Throttle Position Output Circuit/Open ON 13
障
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN总线bus off故障 ON 3
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM ECU与TCM控制模块通讯故障 ON 3
Lost Communication with Transfer Case ECU与TCCM控制模块通讯故
U0102 87 OFF 5
Control Module 障
Lost Communication With Brake System ECU与ESP制动系统控制模块
U0129 87 ON 3
Control Module 通讯故障
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway “A” ECU与GW模块通讯故障 OFF 5
Lost Communication With Restraints
U0151 87 ECU与SRS模块通讯故障 OFF 5
Control Module
PMM的网络输入和硬线状态不
U0301 62 Software Incompatibility With ECM/PCM OFF 5
相符
*Note:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running
V1.0 257
Engine Engine-1.5T
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 1
V1.0 258
Engine-1.5T Engine
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 5
V1.0 259
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 260
Engine-1.5T Engine
Connector Information Engine Control Module BY089
Connector Information
Dynamic Stability Control System BY003
V1.0 261
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 262
Engine-1.5T Engine
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Alternator failure.
P0560, P0562, P0563 • ECM failure.
DTC Description Reference Information
DTC P0560: System Voltage Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Engine Management System (1.5T) -1
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Connector End View Information
1C System Voltage BY089
Engine control module can perform A/D conversion for the Charge or replace the battery where necessary.
power supply input by the battery and determine if the battery 4. With the engine running, test if the voltage between the
voltage is normal. battery positive and negative electrodes is between 12~
Conditions for Running DTCs 14V with a multimeter.
P0560: Place the ignition switch in ON position. If it is not within the specified range, inspect and repair
the battery charging system.
P0562:
• Engine idle speed is 640~840rpm, which lasts for 180s.
Circuit/System Test
• System voltage is greater than 2.5V. 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
P0563:
2. Remove the main relay, and perform the main relay
• Engine idle speed is 640~840rpm, which lasts for 180s.
component test.
• System voltage is greater than 2.5V.
If the test fails, replace the main relay.
• Vehicle speed is greater than 20km/h.
3. Disconnect the harness connector BY089 of ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
P0560: System voltage is less than 2.54V.
harness connector BY089 of ECM and the ground is less
P0562: System voltage is less than 10V. than 5Ω:
V1.0 263
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 264
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0600
DTC Description
DTC P0600: Serial Communication Link
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Serial Communication Link
Circuit/System Description
Engine module has internal fault, not involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in ON position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
ECUInternal chips make a self diagnosis.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0600 is a Category-13 DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0600 is a Category-13 DTC.
Failure Cause
ECM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position.
2. Confirm that no DTCs other than DTC P0600 have been
set.
V1.0 265
Engine Engine-1.5T
Failure Type Byte P0606 93: Layer 2 security monitoring engine speed exceeds
Failure Description the limit.
(FTB)
16 ECM/PCM Processor P0606 97: Given voltage in the digital analog converter test is
less than 4.727V or greater than 4.829V.
17 ECM/PCM Processor
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
29 ECM/PCM Processor
DTC P0601 is a Category-6 DTC.
42 ECM/PCM Processor
DTC P0606:
44 ECM/PCM Processor
• 16, 17, 42, 45, 47, 93 are Category-3 DTCs.
45 ECM/PCM Processor
• 29, 44, 47, 48, 49, 63, 64, 65, 91, 97 are Category-13
47 ECM/PCM Processor DTCs.
48 ECM/PCM Processor Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
49 ECM/PCM Processor DTC P0601 is a Category-6 DTC.
63 ECM/PCM Processor DTC P0606:
64 ECM/PCM Processor • 16, 17, 42, 45, 47, 93 are Category-3 DTCs.
65 ECM/PCM Processor • 29, 44, 47, 48, 49, 63, 64, 65, 91, 97 are Category-13
91 ECM/PCM Processor DTCs.
Failure Cause
93 ECM/PCM Processor
• Battery voltage is too low.
97 ECM/PCM Processor
• ECM failure.
Circuit/System Description
Reference Information
ECM includes an erasable and programmable read-only
Reference Electrical Information
memory (EEPROM), which is programmed with the data
necessary for starting the engine. During the manufacturing, Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
ECM receives and stores the vehicle specific security code Circuit/System Check
from the locking module. In case of internal failures of ECM,
e.g. the processor or drive circuit stop working, there is no 1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, and connect
backup system or failure driving function available. the scan tool.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Confirm that no DTCs other than DTC P0601, P0606
have been set.
Place the ignition switch in ON position or start the engine.
If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the ECM.
4. Confirm that DTC P0601 or P0606 has not been set.
V1.0 266
Engine-1.5T Engine
If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 267
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 268
Engine-1.5T Engine
P0641, P0651, P0659 4. Visually check the appearance of the ECM connector for
DTC Description damage or corrosion, repair it when necessary.
DTC P0641: Sensor Reference Voltage “A” Circuit/Open 5. Clear the historical DTCs P0641, P0651 and P0659.
6. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appear again.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the ECM.
00 Sensor Reference Voltage Service Guideline
“A”Circuit/Open • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System-SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
DTC P0651: Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit/Open
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Type Byte to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
Failure Description
(FTB) - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
00 Sensor Reference Voltage “B”
Circuit/Open
Circuit/System Description
Perform self-diagnose to chips inside the ECM, not involving
external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in ON position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0659: Power supply chip has overvoltage failure.
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
ON position.
2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTCs P0641,
P0651 and P0659 have been set.
V1.0 269
Engine Engine-1.5T
Circuit/System Description
ECM monitors the information from each sensor and controls
each system influencing the vehicle performance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in ON position, and run the engine.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
TCU sends the request signal to illuminate MIL lamp, and the
failure is reported after receiving the request from TCU for
2.5s delay.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0700 is a Category-4 DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0700 is a Category-4 DTC.
Failure Cause
• Related circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
• ECM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in ON
position, and check if DTC P0700 is a historical DTC.
2. Confirm that no other DTC other than DTC P0700 has
been set.
V1.0 270
Engine-1.5T Engine
P1610, P1613, P1614 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Related circuit failure.
DTC P1610: Immo Cipher Key and security PIN not • Connector failure or poor fitting.
programmed
• BCM failure.
Failure Type Byte • ECM failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Information
Immo Cipher Key and security PIN
51 Reference Electrical Information
not programmed
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
DTC P1613: Challenge period expired
Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Generally, for the vehicles which have been sold and
(FTB)
successfully matched with an anti-theft system, this failure
06 Challenge period expired may not occur, unless the newly replaced ECM has no PIN
code written in or hasn't learnt the Cipher key from the body
DTC P1614: Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not OK control module (BCM). ECM can learn the Cipher key from
Failure Type Byte BCM on condition that ECM and BCM share a same PIN
Failure Description
(FTB) code. Otherwise, the engine cannot be started. Low battery
voltage, low remote key power, sudden disappearance of the
Authenticaiton between Immo and
05 instrument pack power supply or ground may lead to DTC
Key is not OK
setting. Confirm the following items:
Circuit/System Description • Battery cable shall be clean and secure, and the battery
When the ignition switch is placed in ON position, the shall be fully charged, please refer to Service Manual
engine control module () and body control module (CAN) "General Information" - "Electrical Precautions".
communicate through high-speed bus for mutual information • When the alarm lamp of low remote key power is
verification, after the verification is passed, BCMallows the normally on, replace the battery, refer to "Display and
operation of starter motor, ECM will control the ignition and Instrument" - "Low Remote Key Power".
fuel injection when the key is turned for a start request, and • Engine control module (ECM) ground circuit is open
the engine will be started. If BCM cannot get identification circuit or the resistance is high.
information from ECM, the starter motor will not work, and
• Engine control module (ECM) power supply is open,
the engine will not be started.
short to ground, or resistance is too high.
Conditions for Running DTCs
1. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in ON
Place the ignition switch in ON position. position, and confirm no DTCs are set except DTCs
Conditions for Setting DTCs P1610, P1613 and P1614.
DTC P1610:ECMdidn't perform the anti-theft matching. If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
DTC P1613: Authentication response from anti-theft system 2. Check if the anti-theft system is configured, and if
has not been received. there's any aftermarket add-on equipment may affect the
DTC P1614: Wrong authentication response from anti-theft operation of the anti-theft system.
system has been received. If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTC. for any obvious damages or failures of the anti-theft
system.
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs.
4. Put the ignition switch in ON position, clear the DTC
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
information with a scan tool. And set and match the
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTC. anti-theft system.
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs. 5. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
that DTCs P1610, P1613 and P1614 have not been set.
V1.0 271
Engine Engine-1.5T
V1.0 272
Engine-1.5T Engine
P1683, U0151 2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
connector BY089 of ECM and the harness connector
DTC P1683: Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control
BY079 of airbag control module.
Module
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector BY089 of ECM and the corresponding
(FTB)
terminals of harness connector BY079 of airbag control
Invalid Data Received From module is less than 5Ω:
81
Restraints Control Module
• Terminal 44 of BY089 and Terminal 1 of BY079
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With Restraints Control • Terminal 45 of BY089 and Terminal 2 of BY079
Module If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Type Byte open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Description
(FTB) 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Lost Communication With harness connector BY089 of ECM or the terminals of
87 harness connector BY079 of airbag control module and
Restraints Control Module
the ground is infinite:
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 44 of BY089
Engine control module communicates with airbag control
• Terminal 45 of BY089
module viaCANbus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 1 of BY079
Place the ignition switch in ON position or start the engine. • Terminal 2 of BY079
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
ECMIt has communication failure with airbag control module.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between the
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. following terminals of harness connector BY089 of ECM
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs or the terminals of harness connector BY079 of airbag
control module and the ground is between 2V - 3V:
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC.
• Terminal 44 of BY089
Failure Cause
• Terminal 45 of BY089
• Related circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 1 of BY079
• ECM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
the airbag control module.
Data Communication - High Speed CAN (Power
Service Guideline
Assembly)
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "SRS
Reference Connector End View Information
System" - "Airbag Control Module".
BY079, BY089
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Reference Electrical Information System-SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "SRS
Circuit/System Test
System" - "Airbag Control Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of High-Speed CAN • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Network (Power Assembly)". If other module tests are to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
normal, continue following detection procedures. - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 273
Engine Engine-1.5T
Failure Type Byte If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and check the
81 Throttle Position Output electronic throttle for carbon deposit and stagnation.
Circuit/Open If carbon deposit exists in the electronic throttle, remove
84 Throttle Position Output the carbon deposit.
Circuit/Open If the electronic throttle is stagnated inside, test/replace
85 Throttle Position Output the electronic throttle.
Circuit/Open 3. After reading and clearing the DTCs, place the ignition
switch in ON position, perform the self-learning of
86 Throttle Position Output
electronic throttle, then slightly depress the pedal
Circuit/Open
position sensor, and confirm if any DTCs reappear.
Circuit/System Description Circuit/System Test
The electronic throttle consists of throttle actuator, throttle 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
driver (DC motor) and throttle position signals, etc. ECM the battery negative cable.
sends commands to actuate the DC motor, which affects the
2. Disconnect the harness connector EM126 of electronic
throttle opening through the drive mechanism; meanwhile the
throttle and the harness connector EM102, BY089 of
throttle provides ECM with a feedback signal which indicates
ECM.
the current throttle position, so as to achieve the feedback
regulation of throttle. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle and the
Conditions for Running DTCs
terminals of harness connector EM102 and BY089 of
Place the ignition switch in ON position. ECM is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 1 of EM126 and Terminal 19 of EM102
ECM does not receive the throttle opening signals. • Terminal 2 of EM126 and Terminal 20 of EM102
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 3 of EM126 and Terminal 54 of BY089
DTC P2620 is a Category-13 DTC. • Terminal 4 of EM126 and Terminal 17 of BY089
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 5 of EM126 and Terminal 12 of EM102
DTC P2620 is a Category-13 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Related circuit failure.
harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle or the
• Connector failure or poor fit.
terminals of harness connector EM102 and BY089 of
• Electronic throttle failure. ECM and the ground is infinite:
• ECM failure. • Terminal 1 of EM126 or Terminal 19 of EM102
Reference Information • Terminal 2 of EM126 or Terminal 20 of EM102
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 3 of EM126 or Terminal 54 of BY089
Engine Management System (1.5T) -4 • Terminal 4 of EM126 or Terminal 17 of BY089
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 5 of EM126 or Terminal 12 of EM102
EM126, BY089, EM102 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
harness connector EM126 of electronic throttle or the
terminals of harness connector EM102 and BY089 of
ECM and the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 274
Engine-1.5T Engine
• Terminal 1 of EM126 or Terminal 19 of EM102
V1.0 275
Engine Engine-1.5T
U0073 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC Description open circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Off 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY089 of ECM or the terminals
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of harness connector FA042 of DLC and the ground is
(FTB)
infinite:
Control Module Communication Bus
88 • Terminal 44 of BY089
Off
• Terminal 45 of BY089
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 6 of FA042
Engine control module communicates with other control
modules via CAN bus. • Terminal 14 of FA042
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Place the ignition switch in ON position or start the engine. short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between
ECMCAN communication failure is detected.
the following terminals of harness connector BY089 of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set ECM or the terminals of harness connector FA042 of
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC. DLC and the ground is between 2V - 3V:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 44 of BY089
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC. • Terminal 45 of BY089
Failure Cause
• Terminal 6 of FA042
• Related circuit failure.
• Terminal 14 of FA042
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• ECM failure.
short to battery.
Reference Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Reference Circuit Information
Service Guideline
Data Communication - High Speed CAN (Power
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Assembly)
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Reference Connector End View Information
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
BY089, FA042 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
Reference Electrical Information - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Power Assembly) ." If other modules tests are normal,
proceed with the following inspection processes.
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
connector BY089 of ECM.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY089 of ECM and corresponding
terminals of harness connector FA042 of data link
connector (DLC) is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 44 of BY089 and Terminal 14 of FA042
• Terminal 45 of BY089 and Terminal 6 of FA042
V1.0 276
Engine-1.5T Engine
U0101 • Terminal 44 of BY089 and Terminal 7 of BY165
DTC Description • Terminal 45 of BY089 and Terminal 8 of BY165
DTC U0101: Lost Communication with TCM
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Type Byte open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Description
(FTB)
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
87 Lost Communication with TCM of harness connector BY089 of ECM or the terminals
of harness connector BY165 of automatic transmission
Circuit/System Description
control module and the ground is infinite:
Engine control module communicates with the automatic
• Terminal 44 of BY089
transmission control module via CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 45 of BY089
Place the ignition switch in ON position or start the engine. • Terminal 7 of BY165
V1.0 277
Engine Engine-1.5T
DTC U0102: Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control • Terminal 44 of BY089 and Terminal 9 of BY151
Module
• Terminal 45 of BY089 and Terminal 8 of BY151
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
(FTB)
open circuit/high resistance.
Lost Communication with Transfer
87 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Case Control Module
harness connector BY089 of ECM or the terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector BY151 of four-wheel-drive control
module and the ground is infinite:
Engine control module communicates with the
four-wheel-drive control module via CAN bus. • Terminal 44 of BY089
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 45 of BY089
Place the ignition switch in ON position. • Terminal 8 of BY151
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 9 of BY151
ECUCommunication failure with TCCM control module.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
DTC U0102 is a Category-5 DTC. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between
DTC U0102 is a Category-5 DTC. the following terminals of harness connector BY089
of ECM or the terminals of harness connector BY151
Failure Cause
of four-wheel-drive control module and the ground is
• Related circuit failure. between 2V - 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fitting. • Terminal 44 of BY089
• Four-wheel-drive control module failure.
• Terminal 45 of BY089
• ECM failure.
• Terminal 8 of BY151
Reference Information
• Terminal 9 of BY151
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Data Communication - High Speed CAN (Power
short to battery or open circuit /high resistance.
Assembly)
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
four-wheel-drive control module.
BY089, BY151
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection "Rear Axle Assembly - AWD" - "Four-wheel-drive
Circuit/System Test Control Module (TCCM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
(Power Assembly) ." If other modules tests are normal,
proceed with the following inspection processes. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Rear
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
Axle Assembly - AWD" - "Four-wheel-drive Control
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
Module (TCCM)".
connector BY089 of ECM and the harness connector
BY151 of four-wheel-drive control module. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
- SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
harness connector BY089 of ECM and corresponding
V1.0 278
Engine-1.5T Engine
U0129 terminals of harness connector BY003 of dynamic
DTC Description stability control system is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0129: Lost Communication With Brake System • Terminal 44 of BY089 and Terminal 10 of BY003
Control Module
• Terminal 45 of BY089 and Terminal 11 of BY003
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
(FTB)
open circuit/high resistance.
Lost Communication With Brake
87 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
System Control Module
harness connector BY089 of ECM or the terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector BY003 of dynamic stability control
system and the ground is infinite:
Engine control module communicates with the brake system
control module via CAN bus. • Terminal 44 of BY089
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 45 of BY089
Place the ignition switch in ON position or start the engine. • Terminal 10 of BY003
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 11 of BY003
ECMCommunication failure with the dynamic stability control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
system.
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the following terminals of harness connector BY089
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. of ECM or the terminals of harness connector BY003
of dynamic stability control system and the ground is
Failure Cause
between 2V - 3V:
• Related circuit failure.
• Terminal 44 of BY089
• Connector failure or poor fitting.
• Terminal 45 of BY089
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
• ECM failure. • Terminal 10 of BY003
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Data Communication - High Speed CAN (Power
Assembly) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Reference Connector End View Information dynamic stability control system.
Service Guideline
BY003, BY089
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Reference Electrical Information
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Circuit/System Test System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
(Power Assembly) ." If other modules tests are normal, to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
proceed with the following inspection processes. - "ABS Regulator".
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
connector BY089 of ECM and the harness connector - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
BY003 of dynamic stability control system.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY089 of ECM and corresponding
V1.0 279
Engine Engine-1.5T
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery or open circuit /high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Data Communication - High Speed CAN (Power
gateway.
Assembly)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
BY089, FA004
System - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network - SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
(Power Assembly) ." If other modules tests are normal,
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
proceed with the following inspection processes.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
connector BY089 of ECM and the harness connector
FA004 of gateway.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY089 of ECM and corresponding
terminals of harness connector FA004 of gateway is less
than 5Ω:
V1.0 280
Engine-1.5T Engine
U0301
DTC Description
DTC U0301: Software Incompatibility With ECM/PCM
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
Software Incompatibility With
62
ECM/PCM
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection for the ECM, not involving
external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in ON position or start the engine.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
PMM module failure.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0301 is a Category-5 DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0301 is a Category-5 DTC.
Failure Cause
ECM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
ON position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 281
Engine Engine-2.0T
Engine-2.0T Driving cycle has such two types as running cycle and warm-up
DTC Category cycle.
DTC Category • Running cycle: One running cycle includes engine startup,
There are 11 DTC categories in total used in this project, running working condition (vehicle failure, if any, shall be
which have been defined by system uniformly. DTC categories detected) and engine shutdown.
include: Category-2 DTC, Category-3 DTC, Category-4 • Warm-up cycle: Refers to full running of the vehicle,
DTC, Category-5 DTC, Category-6 DTC, Category-7 DTC, allowing engine coolant temperature at least 22K higher
Category-11 DTC, Category-12 DTC, Category-13 DTC, than that of startup, which reaches at least 343K (70℃).
Category-36 DTC and Category-39 DTC.
V1.0 282
Engine-2.0T Engine
DTC Category Description
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
Category-4 DTC
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 30.
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
Category-5 DTC failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 40.
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
V1.0 283
Engine Engine-2.0T
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
Category-11 DTC failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 20.
• SVS lamp will not illumine after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles.
V1.0 284
Engine-2.0T Engine
DTC Category Description
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
Category-12 DTC failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 50.
• SVS lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 120ms, and SVS lamp will go out.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
Category-13 DTC failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 30.
• SVS lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles, and SVS lamp will go out.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
V1.0 285
Engine Engine-2.0T
• Failure will be deleted from failure memory through time trigger after it disappears.
*remarks:
• MIL lamp: Engine Emission Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate emission failures
which have effect on engine performance and emission.
• SVS lamp: Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp , which is used to indicate the failures which are detected
by the engine management system and the failures have serious effect on engine performance.
V1.0 286
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Cooling System
DTC Category
List
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit 发动机冷却液温度传感器信号
P0116 29 ON 3
Range/Performance 不合理故障
发动机冷却液温度传感器电路
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ON 3
电压过低
发动机冷却液温度传感器电路
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High ON 3
电压过高
Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump Control
P023A 13 电子水泵的控制电路开路故障 OFF 5
Circuit/Open
Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump Control Circuit
P023B 11 电子水泵的控制电路电压过低 OFF 5
Low
Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump Control Circuit
P023C 12 电子水泵的控制电路电压过高 OFF 5
High
冷却风扇继电器控制电路开路
P0480 13 Fan 1 Control Circuit OFF 5
(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路开路
P0481 13 Fan 2 Control Circuit OFF 5
(高速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对地
P0691 11 Fan 1 Control Circuit Low (Low Speed) OFF 5
短路(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对电
P0692 12 Fan 1 Control Circuit High (Low Speed) OFF 5
源短路(低速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对地
P0693 11 Fan 2 Control Circuit Low (High Speed) OFF 5
短路(高速)
冷却风扇继电器控制电路对电
P0694 12 Fan 2 Control Circuit High (High Speed) OFF 5
源短路(高速)
P2600 13 Coolant Pump Control Circuit/Open 开关式水泵控制电路开路 OFF 5
P2602 11 Coolant Pump Control Circuit Low 开关式水泵控制电路对地短路 OFF 5
开关式水泵控制电路对电源短
P2603 12 Coolant Pump Control Circuit High OFF 5
路
*Note:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
V1.0 287
Engine Engine-2.0T
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 5
V1.0 288
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 6
V1.0 289
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 290
Engine-2.0T Engine
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information Cooling Fan Relay 1 Control
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY014 27
Signal
Electronic Auxiliary Water
42
Pump Relay Control Signal
V1.0 291
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 292
Engine-2.0T Engine
Diagnostic Information and Procedure P0118: Engine coolant sensor voltage is greater than
P0116, P0117, P0118 4.902344V, which lasts for 2s.
DTC Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
Range/Performance Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
29 • Relevant circuit failure.
1 Circuit Range/Performance
• Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit • Coolant temperature sensor failure.
Low • ECM failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Circuit Information
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
16 Engine Management System-6
1 Circuit Low
Reference Connector End View Information
DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit EM021, EM001
High
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit/System Check
17
1 Circuit High 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, do not start
the engine, and confirm whether the "Engine Coolant
Circuit/System Description
Temperature" in real-time display on the scan tool is far
The coolant temperature sensor is used to provide the higher or lower than the rational temperature range.
engine with coolant temperature information. Whereby,
2. When the engine operates, confirm the "Engine Coolant
the controller can correct the fuel injection and ignition. It
Temperature" and "Engine Coolant Temperature Original
is a negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor, its
Voltage" in the real-time display on the scan tool.
resistance value is reduced as the temperature rises, but not
The measured value shall be between -48 - 143.25℃
a linear relationship. The thermistor is fitted in a copper
according to current ambient temperature and vehicle
heat-conducting sleeve.
operation condition.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If it is not normally displayed, go to "Circuit/System Test".
P0116:
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
• Engine speed is above 25rpm.
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
• No external heating element.
Circuit/System Test
P0117, P0118: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs the battery negative cable.
P0116: 2. Disconnect harness connector EM021 of the coolant
• A-B>C, which lasts for 5s. (A: model temperature value; temperature sensor.
B: Measured temperature value; C: Threshold value is 3. Test the component of coolant temperature sensor.
10℃. )
If the test fails, replace the coolant temperature sensor.
• The maximum reference value of water temperature is
4. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
60℃, which lasts for 5s.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
P0117: Engine coolant sensor voltage is less than 0.097656V,
harness connector EM021 of the coolant temperature
which lasts for 2s.
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
ECM is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 293
Engine Engine-2.0T
• Terminal 14 of EM001
V1.0 294
Engine-2.0T Engine
P023A, P023B, P023C Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P023A: Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump Control • Connector failure or poor fit.
Circuit/Open
• Electronic auxiliary water pump failure.
Failure Type Byte • Engine control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Information
Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump
13 Reference Circuit Information
Control Circuit/Open
Engine Management System-7
DTC P023B: Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump Control Reference Connector End View Information
Circuit Low
BY014, BY021, EM033
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
(FTB)
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump
11
Control Circuit Low Circuit/System Check
DTC P023C: Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump Control 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and read the
Circuit High DTC with a scan tool. DTC P023A, P023B and P023C
shall not be set.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Drive the electronic auxiliary water pump with the
(FTB)
scan tool, and you shall hear the working sound of the
Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump electronic auxiliary water pump.
12
Control Circuit High
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Circuit/System Description vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
V1.0 295
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 11. Test if the resistance between terminal 18 of harness
short to battery. connector BY014 of the engine compartment or terminal
1 of harness connector EM033 of the electronic auxiliary
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 17 of harness
water pump and the power supply is infinite.
connector BY014 of the engine compartment or terminal
42 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
ground is infinite. short to battery.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 12. Test if the resistance between terminal 18 of harness
short to ground. connector BY014 of the engine compartment or terminal
1 of harness connector EM033 of the electronic auxiliary
8. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
water pump and the ground is infinite.
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
EM033 of the electronic auxiliary water pump. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness short to ground.
connector EM033 of the electronic auxiliary water pump 13. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
and the ground is less than 5Ω. electronic auxiliary water pump.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant Service Guideline
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Cooling
10. Test if the resistance between terminal 18 of harness System" - "Electronic Auxiliary Water Pump".
connector BY014 of the engine compartment and • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
terminal 1 of harness connector EM033 of the electronic System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
auxiliary water pump is less than 5Ω.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 296
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0480, P0691, P0692 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0480: Fan 1 Control Circuit Engine Management System - 7
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY014, BY021
13 Fan 1 Control Circuit
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0691: Fan 1 Control Circuit Low Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Check if fuse SB7, SB8 or SB15 is blown.
11 Fan 1 Control Circuit Low
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive cooling
DTC P0692: Fan 1 Control Circuit High fan relay 3 with the forced output function of the scan
tool, observe and listen to if cooling fan relay 3 closes
Failure Type Byte and separates normally.
Failure Description
(FTB)
If cooling fan relay 3 does not close or separate as
12 Fan 1 Control Circuit High expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit/System Description 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
ECMControl 3 relays with two pins, so as to control 3 cooling vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
fan gears. ECMControl the speed of cooling fan based on the Circuit/System Test
air conditioning system request, engine coolant temperature, 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
air conditioning system pressure, ambient temperature and the battery negative cable.
vehicle speed. If the engine coolant temperature is still high
2. Remove cooling fan relay 3, and perform the component
after the engine is switched off, ECM will keep the cooling fan
test on cooling fan relay 3.
running for a while.
Conditions for Running DTCs If the test fails, replace cooling fan relay 3.
Battery voltage is between 10.7V - 16.01V. 3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
Conditions for Setting DTCs
fuse box.
P0480: PWM fan relay control circuit is open, and the system 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
voltage is between 2.5V - 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
P0691: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to ground, and terminal 26 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
and the system voltage is less than 2.5V,which lasts for 0.5s. is less than 5Ω.
P0692: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to battery, If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
and the circuit current is greater than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
DTC P0480, P0691 and P0692 are Category-5 DTCs.
or terminal 26 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs and the ground is infinite.
DTC P0480, P0691 and P0692 are Category-5 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to ground.
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
or terminal 26 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
• Engine control module failure.
and the power supply is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
V1.0 297
Engine Engine-2.0T
Service Guideline • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 298
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0481, P0693, P0694 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0481: Fan 2 Control Circuit Engine Management System-7
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY014, BY021
13 Fan 2 Control Circuit
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0693: Fan 2 Control Circuit Low Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Check if fuse SB7, SB8 or SB15 is blown.
11 Fan 2 Control Circuit Low
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, respectively
DTC P0694: Fan 2 Control Circuit High drive cooling fan relays 2 and 3 with the forced output
function of scan tool, and observe and listen to if cooling
Failure Type Byte fan relay 2/3 closes or separates normally.
Failure Description
(FTB)
If cooling fan relay 1/2 does not close or separate as
12 Fan 2 Control Circuit High expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit/System Description 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
The cooling fan will run at high speed or low speed, and its vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
control is achieved by ECM and relay unit. ECMUse the Circuit/System Test
information provided by ETC sensor, air conditioning pressure 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
sensor, vehicle speed sensor and ATC to control the fan speed, the battery negative cable.
and restrict the engine coolant temperature consequently.
2. Remove cooling fan relays 2 and 3, and perform the
Conditions for Running DTCs component test on cooling fan relays 2 and 3.
Battery voltage is between 10.7V - 16.01V. If the test fails, replace cooling fan relay 2 or 3.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
P0481: PWM fan relay control circuit is open, and the system harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
voltage is between 2.5V - 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. fuse box.
P0693: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to ground, 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
and the system voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
fuse box and terminals of harness connector BY021 of
P0694: PWM cooling fan control circuit is short to battery, the ECM is less than 5Ω:
and the circuit current is greater than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s.
• Terminal 12 of BY014 and terminal 27 of BY021
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 5 of BY014 and terminal 26 of BY021
DTC P0481, P0693 and P0694 are Category-5 DTCs.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P0481, P0693 and P0694 are Category-5 DTCs.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Cause harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
• Relevant circuit failure. fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
• Connector failure or poor fit. ECM and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 299
Engine Engine-2.0T
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment Service Guideline
fuse box or the terminals of harness connector BY021 of
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the ECM and the power supply is infinite:
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 12 of BY014
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal 5 of BY014 to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 26 of BY021
• Terminal 27 of BY021
V1.0 300
Engine-2.0T Engine
P2600, P2602, P2603 • Engine control module failure.
DTC Description Reference Information
DTC P2600: Coolant Pump Control Circuit/Open Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte Engine Management System-5
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Connector End View Information
13 Coolant Pump Control Circuit/Open
BY021, EM026
DTC P2602: Coolant Pump Control Circuit Low Reference Electrical Information
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P2600, P2602 and P2603 are Category-5 DTCs.
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
harness connector EM026 of the clutch water pump or
DTC P2600, P2602 and P2603 are Category-5 DTCs. the terminal of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
Failure Cause the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 301
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for Service Guideline
short to battery.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Cooling
10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of System" - "Clutch Pump".
harness connector EM026 of the clutch water pump or • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the terminal of harness connector BY021 of the ECM System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
and the ground is infinite:
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal 1 of EM026 to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 2 of EM026
• Terminal 15 of BY021
V1.0 302
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Fuel & Management
DTC Category
List
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
“A” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1 ( Slow
26 进气VVT运行故障(迟缓) ON 5
P000A Response)
29 “A” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1(Jam) 进气VVT运行故障(卡死) ON 5
“B” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1 ( Slow
26 排气VVT运行故障(迟缓) ON 5
P000B Response)
29 “B” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1(Jam) 排气VVT运行故障(卡死) ON 5
76 Crankshaft Position–Camshaft Position Correlation 进气凸轮轴安装故障 ON 3
P0016 Crankshaft Position–Camshaft Position Correlation
78 进气凸轮轴位置跳动 ON 3
(Bank 1 Sensor A)
76 Crankshaft Position–Camshaft Position Correlation 排气凸轮轴安装故障 ON 3
P0017 Crankshaft Position–Camshaft Position Correlation
78 排气凸轮轴位置跳动 ON 3
Bank 1 Sensor B
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 进气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不
P0026 77 ON 5
Performance Bank 1 合理故障
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range / 排气凸轮轴锁死位置运行不
P0027 77 ON 5
Performance Bank 1 合理故障
Turbocharger / Supercharger Bypass Valve Control 增压系统泄流阀控制电路开
P0033 13 ON 3
Circuit 路
Turbocharger / Supercharger Bypass Valve Control
P0034 11 增压系统泄流阀对地短路 ON 3
Circuit Low
Turbocharger / Supercharger Bypass Valve Control
P0035 12 增压系统泄流阀对电源短路 ON 3
Circuit High
Barometric Pressure– Turbocharger / Supercharger 环境压力传感器电路电压过
16 ON 3
Inlet Pressure Correlation 低
P006D
Barometric Pressure– Turbocharger / Supercharger 环境压力传感器电路电压过
17 ON 3
Inlet Pressure Correlation 高
P0075 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit 进气VVT电路开路 ON 3
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank 1 进气VVT电路对地短路 ON 3
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank 1 进气VVT电路对电源短路 ON 3
P0078 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit 排气VVT电路开路 ON 3
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low Bank 1 排气VVT电路对地短路 ON 3
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High Bank 1 排气VVT电路对电源短路 ON 3
00 Fuel Rail / System Pressure–Too Low 高压供油PID控制偏差过小 ON 3
P0087
84 Fuel Rail / System Pressure–Too Low 高压油轨压力过低 ON 3
00 Fuel Rail / System Pressure–Too High 高压供油PID控制偏差过大 ON 3
P0088
85 Fuel Rail / System Pressure–Too High 高压油轨压力过高 ON 3
V1.0 303
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
进气温度传感器2电路电压
P0097 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Low 过低(集成于进气压力传感 ON 3
器)
进气温度传感器2电路电压
P0098 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit High 过高(集成于进气压力传感 ON 3
器)
空气流量计加热电路驱动级
00 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit ON 3
P0100 故障
13 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit 空气流量计电路开路 ON 3
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计的流量超过
23 ON 3
Performance 合理性范围下限
P0101
Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit Range / 流经空气流量计的流量超过
24 ON 3
Performance 合理性范围上限
P0102 16 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit Low 空气流量计电路电压过低 ON 3
P0103 17 Mass or Volume Air Flow“A” Circuit High 空气流量计电路电压过高 ON 3
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure
P0105 2A 进气压力传感器信号无变化 ON 3
Circuit
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure 进气压力传感器信号值低于
21 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance 阀值
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure 进气压力传感器信号值高于
22 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance 阀值
P0106
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure 进气压力传感器低于传感器
84 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance 合理范围包络线
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure 进气压力传感器高于传感器
85 ON 3
Circuit Range / Performance 合理范围包络线
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure 进气压力传感器电路电压过
P0107 16 ON 3
Circuit Low 低
Manifold Absolute Pressure / Barometric Pressure 进气压力传感器电路电压过
P0108 17 ON 3
Circuit High 高
进气温度传感器1电路电压
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low ON 3
过低(集成于HFM)
进气温度传感器1电路电压
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High ON 3
过高(集成于HFM)
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器1信
P0122 16 ON 13
Low 号电路电压过低
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器1信
P0123 17 ON 13
High 号电路电压过高
V1.0 304
Engine-2.0T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
29 Incorrect Fuel Composition 工作模式监控故障 ON 13
61 Incorrect Fuel Composition 负荷比较监控故障 ON 13
64 Incorrect Fuel Composition 混合气监控故障 ON 13
P0169
92 Incorrect Fuel Composition 供油模式下油路监控故障 ON 13
93 Incorrect Fuel Composition 断油模式下油路监控故障 ON 13
94 Incorrect Fuel Composition 负荷预测监控故障 ON 13
00 System Too Lean Bank 1 混合气乘法自学习值超上限 ON 11
P0171
27 System Too Lean Bank 1 混合气加法自学习值超上限 ON 11
00 System Too Rich Bank 1 混合气乘法自学习值超下限 ON 11
P0172
26 System Too Rich Bank 1 混合气加法自学习值超下限 ON 11
油轨压力传感器电路对地短
P0192 16 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor“A” Circuit Low ON 13
路
油轨压力传感器电路对电源
P0193 17 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor“A” Circuit High ON 13
短路
一缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0201 13 Injector Circuit / Open–Cylinder 1 ON 4
路
二缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0202 13 Injector Circuit / Open–Cylinder 2 ON 4
路
三缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0203 13 Injector Circuit / Open–Cylinder 3 ON 4
路
四缸喷油器负极控制电路开
P0204 13 Injector Circuit / Open–Cylinder 4 ON 4
路
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition 发动机超转速 OFF 5
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“B” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器2信
P0222 16 ON 13
Low 号电路电压过低
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“B” Circuit 电子节气门位置传感器2信
P0223 17 ON 13
High 号电路电压过高
P0234 00 Turbocharger / Supercharger Overboost Condition 增压器增压压力过高 ON 3
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost Sensor“A” Circuit
21 增压压力小于阀值 ON 3
Range / Performance
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost Sensor“A” Circuit
22 增压压力大于阀值 ON 3
Range / Performance
P0236
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost Sensor“A” Circuit 增压压力小于合理性范围的
23 ON 3
Range / Performance 下限
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost Sensor“A” Circuit 增压压力大于合理性范围的
24 ON 3
Range / Performance 上限
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost Sensor“A” Circuit 增压压力传感器电路电压过
P0237 16 ON 3
Low 低
Turbocharger / Supercharger Boost Sensor“A” Circuit 增压压力传感器电路电压过
P0238 17 ON 3
High 高
P0243 13 Turbocharger / Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid“A” 增压器废气控制阀电路开路 ON 3
V1.0 305
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
Turbocharger / Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid“A” 增压器废气控制阀电路对地
P0245 11 ON 3
Low 短路
Turbocharger / Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid“A” 增压器废气控制阀电路对电
P0246 12 ON 3
High 源短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control“A” ( Cam / 流量控制阀正极控制电路对
11 ON 13
Rotor / Injector) 地短路
P0251
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control“A” ( Cam / 流量控制阀正极或负极控制
13 ON 13
Rotor / Injector) 电路开路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control“A” Range / 流量控制阀正极控制电路对
P0252 12 ON 13
Performance(Cam / Rotor / Injector) 电源短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control“A” Low(Cam 流量控制阀负极控制电路对
P0253 11 ON 13
/ Rotor / Injector) 地短路
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control“A” High(Cam 流量控制阀负极控制电路对
P0254 12 ON 13
/ Rotor / Injector) 电源短路
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit / Open 低压油泵驱动级断路 ON 13
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low 低压油泵驱动级对电源短路 ON 13
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit High 低压油泵驱动级对地短路 ON 3
一缸喷油器负极控制电路对
P0261 11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low ON 4
地短路
V1.0 306
Engine-2.0T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
ON or
P0300 00 Random / Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected 失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 00 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected 1缸失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0302 00 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected 2缸失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0303 00 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected 3缸失火故障 2
Blink
ON or
P0304 00 Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected 4缸失火故障 2
Blink
Ignition / Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range
P0321 00 曲轴转速传感器信号波动 ON 3
/ Performance
Ignition / Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No
P0322 00 曲轴转速传感器无信号 ON 3
Signal
爆震传感器信号电路电压过
P0325 16 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) ON 3
低
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low ( Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器A端对地短路诊
00 ON 3
Sensor) 断
P0327
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low ( Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器B端对地短路诊
14 ON 3
Sensor) 断
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High ( Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器A端对电源短路
00 ON 3
Sensor) 诊断
P0328
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High ( Bank 1 or Single 爆震传感器B端对电源短路
15 ON 3
Sensor) 诊断
曲轴位置传感器DGI信号错
Crankshaft Position Sensor“A” Circuit Range /
P0336 00 误/发动机停机位置错误/DGI ON 5
Performance
信号反向脉冲长度不合理
Camshaft Position Sensor“A” Circuit Range /
P0341 00 进气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ON 3
Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
Camshaft Position Sensor“A” Circuit Low Bank 1 or 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0342 00 ON 3
Single Sensor 压常为低
Camshaft Position Sensor“A” Circuit High Bank 1 or 进气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0343 00 ON 3
Single Sensor 压常为高
Camshaft Position Sensor“B” Circuit Range /
P0366 00 排气凸轮轴相位信号不合理 ON 3
Performance Bank 1
排气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0367 00 Camshaft Position Sensor“B” Circuit Low Bank 1 ON 3
压常为低
排气凸轮轴相位信号电路电
P0368 00 Camshaft Position Sensor“B” Circuit High Bank 1 ON 3
压常为高
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve
P0444 13 碳罐控制阀控制电路开路 ON 3
Circuit Open
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过
P0458 11 ON 3
Circuit Low 低
V1.0 307
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve 碳罐控制阀控制电路电压过
P0459 12 ON 3
Circuit High 高
22 Vehicle Speed Sensor“A” 车速超出最大允许范围 ON 3
断油工况车速检测值不合理
23 Vehicle Speed Sensor“A” ON 3
P0500 性
26 Vehicle Speed Sensor“A” 车速值处于粘滞状态 ON 3
2F Vehicle Speed Sensor“A” 车速传感器信号故障 ON 3
P0504 62 Brake Switch“A” / “B” Correlation 刹车信号不同步 OFF 12
P0506 00 Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected 怠速控制转速低于目标怠速 OFF 5
P0507 00 Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected 怠速控制转速高于目标怠速 OFF 5
P0504 62 Brake Switch“A” /“B” Correlation 刹车信号不同步 OFF 12
P0506 00 Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected 怠速控制转速低于目标怠速 OFF 5
P0507 00 Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected 怠速控制转速高于目标怠速 OFF 5
P0532 16 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit Low 空调制冷剂压力过低 OFF 5
P0533 17 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High 空调制冷剂压力过高 OFF 5
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit / Open 电子节温器开路故障 OFF 5
P0598 11 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Low 电子节温器对地短路故障 OFF 5
P0599 12 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit High 电子节温器对电源短路故障 OFF 5
P0615 13 Starter Relay Circuit 起动机控制继电器电路开路 OFF 5
起动机控制继电器电路对地
P0616 11 Starter Relay Circuit Low OFF 5
短路
起动机控制继电器电路对电
P0617 12 Starter Relay Circuit High OFF 5
源短路
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator Controller 第二层油门踏板信号合理性
62 ON 13
Performance 故障
P061F
Internal Control Module Throttle Actuator Controller
64 第二层发动机转速监控故障 ON 13
Performance
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Drive Chip 发动机控制模块(ECM)芯片
00 OFF 13
Overtemperature 过热-驱动芯片过温
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-5V Voltage 发动机控制模块(ECM)芯片
48 OFF 13
Overtemperature Failure 过热-5V电压过温故障
V1.0 308
Engine-2.0T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路
P0645 13 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit OFF 5
开路
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路
P0646 11 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low OFF 5
对地短路
A/C压缩机继电器控制电路
P0647 12 A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit High OFF 5
对电源短路
P0651 00 Sensor Reference Voltage“B” Circuit / Open 5V 2电压故障 ON 13
P0686 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low 主继电器粘滞故障 OFF 3
P0690 00 ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit High 主继电器输出电压信号故障 OFF 5
P0700 00 Transmission Control System Range / Performance TCU请求亮MIL灯 ON 4
Cylinder selective fuel cutoff active due to catalyst ON or
P130A 00 失火引起断缸 2
damaging misfire Blink
P1386 00 Diagnostic Fault Check knock control signal evaluation 爆震识别信号评估诊断 ON 3
34 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 节气门体PID调节最小故障 ON 13
P1545
35 Throttle Pos.Contr. Malfunction 节气门体PID调节最大故障 ON 13
P1559 78 Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Adaptation Malfunction 节气门跛行位置自学习故障 OFF 6
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Low Voltage During 系统电压不满足电子节气门
P1564 00 OFF 6
Adaptation 自学习条件
电子节气门自学习条件不满
P1579 00 Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. adaptation not started OFF 6
足
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
21 开启弹簧检查最小故障 ON 13
performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
22 开启弹簧检查最大故障 ON 13
performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range / 节气门机械下止点再次自习
26 ON 3
performance 故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range / 电子节气门下限位置初始化
P2101 28 ON 13
performance 自学习故障
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
29 电子节气门位置偏差故障 ON 13
performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
72 回位弹簧检查最小故障 ON 6
performance
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range /
74 回位弹簧检查最大故障 ON 13
performance
Throttle Actuator Control System–Forced Limited 电子节气门驱动级故障(短
12 ON 13
Power 路)
Throttle Actuator Control System–Forced Limited 电子节气门驱动级故障(开
13 ON 13
Power 路)
P2106
Throttle Actuator Control System–Forced Limited 电子节气门驱动级故障(不
29 ON 13
Power 合理)
Throttle Actuator Control System–Forced Limited 电子节气门驱动级故障(过
4B ON 13
Power 热或过流)
V1.0 309
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
电子油门踏板位置传感器1
P2127 21 Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“E” Circuit Low ON 13
信号电压过低
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“E” Circuit 电子油门踏板位置传感器1
P2128 22 ON 13
High 信号电压过高
电子油门踏板位置传感器2
P2132 21 Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“F” Circuit Low ON 13
信号电压过低
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“F” Circuit 电子油门踏板位置传感器2
P2133 22 ON 13
High 信号电压过高
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A” / “B” 电子节气门位置传感器1信
00 ON 13
Voltage Correlation 号不合理
P2135
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“A” / “B” 电子节气门位置传感器2信
29 ON 13
Voltage Correlation 号不合理
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch“E” / “F” 电子油门踏板位置传感器信
P2140 29 ON 13
Voltage Correlation 号不合理
一缸喷油器正负极控制电路
00 Fuel Injector Group“A” Supply Voltage Circuit / Open ON 4
短路
一缸或四缸喷油器正极控制
P2146 14 Fuel Injector Group“A” Supply Voltage Circuit / Open ON 4
电路对电源或对地短路
V1.0 310
Engine-2.0T Engine
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
油轨压力传感器特性曲线正
P304C 00 rationality check negative offset ON 3
向偏移
*Note :
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running
V1.0 311
Engine Engine-2.0T
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 1
V1.0 312
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 2
V1.0 313
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 314
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 4
V1.0 315
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 316
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 6
V1.0 317
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 318
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Fuel System
V1.0 319
Engine Engine-2.0T
Brake Lamp
V1.0 320
Engine-2.0T Engine
Connector Information Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY017
Connector Information
Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY014
V1.0 321
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 322
Engine-2.0T Engine
Pin No. Pin Information Body Control Module BY086
V1.0 323
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 324
Engine-2.0T Engine
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
Camshaft Position Sensor 1 Cylinder 2 Injection +
54
(Exhaust) Signal 2 Cylinder 2 Injection -
Intake Air Temperature
Fuel Injector 3 EM004
56 Sensor 1 Signal (Integrated
in HFM)
Coolant Temperature
57
Sensor Signal
Hot Film Air Flow Signal
58
(HFM7)
59 Ground
60 Electronic Thermostat
V1.0 325
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 326
Engine-2.0T Engine
Boost Pressure Sensor EM013
V1.0 327
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 328
Engine-2.0T Engine
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor EM022
V1.0 329
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 330
Engine-2.0T Engine
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Deviation between actual value and target value is greater
P000A, P0026 than 8KW, and the failure lasts for 2s.
DTC Description • Measured camshaft angle variation is less than 2KW, the
failure lasts for 3s and failure counter is greater than 6.
DTC P000A: “A” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1
(Slow Response) P0026: Difference between the intake VVT real angle and
default angle (at starting moment) is greater than 15KW.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
“A” Camshaft Position Slow DTC P0026 and P000A are Category-5 DTCs.
26
Response Bank1 (Slow Response) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
“A ”Camshaft Position Slow DTC P0026 and P000A are Category-5 DTCs.
29
Response Bank1 (Jam) Failure Cause
DTC P0026: Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit • Relevant circuit failure.
Range/Performance Bank 1 • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • VVT valve (intake) failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Reference Information
77
Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
Reference Circuit Information
Circuit/System Description Engine Management System-5
ECMreceives signals from CKP sensor and CMP sensor. Reference Connector End View Information
With these signals, ECM determines the valve timing by
EM001, EM018
consulting control chart. Then ECM operates the oil control
valve fitted on the side of cylinder head. These solenoid valves Reference Electrical Information
control the oil to flow into phase modulator and relative Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
position to the camshaft of the phase modulator so as to
adjust the valve timing. Circuit/System Check
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Check if the relative mounting position of the crankshaft
and camshaft is correct.
P000A:
• Engine speed is less than 6,480rpm. If the mounting position is incorrect, refit the crankshaft
and camshaft correctly.
• Oil temperature is between -10 - 120℃.
• Coolant temperature is between -10 - 120℃. 2. Check if the drive gear and timing chain, etc, between the
crankshaft and the camshaft are in good condition.
• Operation time after starting depends on different
starting water temperature. If malfunction exists in the engine mechanical system,
make the necessary repair and replacement.
P0026:
• Starting is completed within 2s. 3. Check working conditions of the intake camshaft
solenoid and oil control valve (e.g.. dirt blockage, locking,
• Self-learnings of crankshaft and camshaft have completed.
incomplete oil pressure-relief, faulty lock, etc.). Perform
Conditions for Setting DTCs necessary repair and maintenance.
P000A 26: Circuit/System Test
• Deviation between actual value and target value is greater 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
than 8KW, and the failure lasts for 2s. the battery negative cable.
• Measured camshaft angle variation is greater than 2KW, 2. Disconnect harness connector EM018 of VVT valve
the failure lasts for 3s and the failure counter is greater (intake).
than 6.
3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
P000A 29: switch in "ON" position.
V1.0 331
Engine Engine-2.0T
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
connector EM018 of VVT valve (intake) and ground is short to battery.
the battery voltage.
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for connector EM018 of the VVT valve (intake) and the
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. ground is infinite.
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect If it is not within the specified range, test the control
the battery negative cable. circuit for short to ground.
6. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of ECM. 10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness VVT valve (intake).
connector EM018 of the VVT valve (intake) and terminal Service Guideline
50 of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less than
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
5Ω.
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
connector EM018 of the VVT valve (intake) and the
power supply is infinite.
V1.0 332
Engine-2.0T Engine
P000B, P0027 • Measured camshaft angle variation is less than 2KW, the
DTC Description failure lasts for 3s and failure counter is greater than 6.
DTC P000B: “B” Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank1 P0027: Difference between the exhaust VVT real angle and
(Slow Response) default angle (at starting moment) is greater than 15KW.
Failure Type Byte Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC P0027 and P000B are Category-5 DTCs.
“B” Camshaft Position Slow Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
26
Response Bank1 (Slow Response)
DTC P0027 and P000B are Category-5 DTCs.
“B” Camshaft Position Slow
29 Failure Cause
Response Bank1 (Jam)
• Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P0027: Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock Location and • Connector failure or poor fit.
Operation Irrational
• VVT valve (exhaust) failure.
Failure Type Byte • ECM failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Information
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid
77 Reference Circuit Information
Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
Engine Management System-5
Circuit/System Description
Reference Connector End View Information
ECMreceives signals from CKP sensor and CMP sensor.
EM001, EM019
With these signals, ECM determines the valve timing by
consulting control chart. Then ECM operates the oil control Reference Electrical Information
valve fitted on the side of cylinder head. These solenoid valves Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
control the oil to flow into phase modulator and relative
position to the camshaft of the phase modulator so as to Circuit/System Check
adjust the valve timing. 1. Check if the relative mounting position of the crankshaft
Conditions for Running DTCs and camshaft is correct.
• Oil temperature is between -10 - 120℃. 2. Check if the drive gear and timing chain, etc, between the
• Coolant temperature is between -10 - 120℃. crankshaft and the camshaft are in good condition.
• Operation time after starting depends on different If malfunction exists in the engine mechanical system,
starting water temperature. make the necessary repair and replacement.
V1.0 333
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. connector EM019 of the VVT valve (exhaust) and the
ground is infinite.
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable. If it is not within the specified range, test the control
6. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM. circuit for short to ground.
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness 10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
connector EM019 of the VVT valve (exhaust) and VVT valve (exhaust).
terminal 5 of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is Service Guideline
less than 5Ω.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector EM019 of the VVT valve (exhaust) and the System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
power supply is infinite.
V1.0 334
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0016 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0016: Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Engine Management System-6
Correlation
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description EM001, EM022
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft
76
Position Correlation Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 3 of harness
connector EM022 of intake camshaft position sensor and
DTC P0016 is a Category-3 DTC.
ground is between 4.8 - 5.2V.
Failure Cause
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Relevant circuit failure.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
• Intake camshaft position sensor failure.
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
• ECM failure. EM001 of the ECM.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM022 of the intake camshaft position
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
ECM is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 335
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 336
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0017 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0017: Crankshaft Position – Camshaft Position Engine Management System-6
Correlation
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description EM001, EM023
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Crankshaft Position – Camshaft
76
Position Correlation Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
• Exhaust camshaft position sensor failure.
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
• ECM failure.
EM001 of the ECM.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM023 of the exhaust camshaft
position sensor and terminals of harness connector
EM001 of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of EM023 and Terminal 8 of EM001
• Terminal 2 of EM023 and Terminal 54 of EM001
V1.0 337
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 338
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0033, P0034, P0035, P2261 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description DTC P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0033: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Control Circuit
DTC P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Relevant circuit failure.
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass
13 • Connector failure or poor fit.
Valve Control Circuit
• Intake bleeder valve failure.
DTC P0034: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve • Engine control module failure.
Control Circuit Low
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Circuit Information
(FTB)
Engine Management System-5
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass
11 Reference Connector End View Information
Valve Control Circuit Low
EM001, EM030
DTC P0035: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve
Control Circuit High Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Circuit/System Test
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
12
Valve Control Circuit High the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM030 of the intake
DTC P2261: Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass Valve –
bleeder valve.
Mechanical
3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description switch in "ON" position.
(FTB)
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
Turbocharger/Supercharger Bypass connector EM030 of the intake bleeder valve and the
00
Valve – Mechanical ground is the battery voltage.
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The intake bleeder valve is mainly used to recirculate the open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
pressurized air in the compressor in the turbocharging system 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
to the air intake pipe, so that the boost pressure rapidly the battery negative cable.
decreases during engine surge and gear shift. ECMThe
6. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of ECM.
ON/OFF command is sent to allow the solenoid in the
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
intake bleeder valve to operate. When the solenoid is open,
connector EM030 of the intake bleeder valve and terminal
compressed air can be circulated to the air intake pipe side.
21 of harness connector EM001 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. circuit for open circuit /high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
P0033: Circuit is open. connector EM030 of the intake bleeder valve and the
P0034: Short to ground. power supply is infinite.
P0035: Short to battery. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
P2261: Pulse count is greater than 10 caused by air turbulence
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
in the outlet of supercharger impeller, which lasts for 1s.
connector EM030 of the intake bleeder valve and the
ground is infinite.
V1.0 339
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the control • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
circuit for short to ground. to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
intake bleeder valve.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 340
Engine-2.0T Engine
P006D Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC.
DTC P006D: Barometric Pressure –Turbocharger / Failure Cause
Supercharger Inlet Pressure Correlation
• Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
• ECM failure.
Barometric Pressure –Turbocharger
Reference Information
16 / Supercharger Inlet Pressure
Correlation Reference Electrical Information
V1.0 341
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 342
Engine-2.0T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant If it is not within the specified range, test the control
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. circuit for short to ground.
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness 10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
connector EM018 of the VVT valve (intake) and the VVT valve (intake).
power supply is infinite. Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to battery. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
connector EM018 of the VVT valve (intake) and the to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
ground is infinite. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 343
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 344
Engine-2.0T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant If it is not within the specified range, test the control
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. circuit for short to ground.
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness 10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
connector EM019 of the VVT valve (exhaust) and the VVT valve (exhaust).
power supply is infinite. Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to battery. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
connector EM019 of the VVT valve (exhaust) and the to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
ground is infinite. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 345
Engine Engine-2.0T
84 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too Low Reference Connector End View Information
EM001, EM014
DTC P0088: Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
00 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High Circuit/System Check
85 Fuel Rail/System Pressure – Too High 1. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist:
• Fuel leaks. Fuel pipe cracks, twists or is connected
Circuit/System Description
incorrectly.
The function of high-pressure fuel pump is to increase the
• Insufficient fuel in the fuel tank.
pressure of low-pressure fuel to 15MPa so as to keep the
minimum pressure fluctuation in fuel rail and avoid the oil • Mounting position of high-pressure fuel pump is incorrect,
mixed into the fuel rail. The fuel rail pressure sensor is used to and the sealing is poor.
measure the pressure in the fuel rail. It measures the pressure 2. If failure exists, carry out necessary repair and
based on the piezoelectric crystal resistance value, and sends maintenance.
a voltage signal to ECM.
Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
System voltage is less than 16V, engine operating time is greater the battery negative cable.
than 8s after starting, target fuel mass is greater than 5% -
2. Disconnect harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail
200%, and the voltage of high pressure fuel rail pressure sensor
pressure sensor.
is between 0.2 - 4.8V.
3. Perform the component test on the fuel rail pressure
Conditions for Setting DTCs sensor.
P0087 00: High-pressure control system PID output is greater If the test fails, replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
than 2,000 KPa, which lasts for 6s.
4. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
P0087 84: High-pressure fuel rail pressure deviation (target switch in "ON" position.
pressure minus actual pressure) is greater than 2,000 kPa,
5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
which lasts for 4s.
connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor and the
P0088 00: High-pressure control system PID output is less ground is between 4.8 - 5.2V.
than -2,000 KPa, which lasts for 6s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0088 85: High-pressure fuel rail pressure deviation (target open circuit/high resistance or short circuit.
pressure minus actual pressure) is less than -2000 kPa, which 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
lasts for 4s. connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor and
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the ground is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0087 and P0088 are Category-13 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs open circuit/high resistance.
7. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
DTC P0087 and P0088 are Category-13 DTCs.
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Cause
harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor
• Relevant circuit failure. and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
• Connector failure or poor fit. is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 346
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Terminal 1 of EM014 and Terminal 29 of EM001 or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 2 of EM014 and Terminal 40 of EM001
• Terminal 3 of EM014 and Terminal 13 of EM001 • Terminal 1 of EM014
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Terminal 2 of EM014
open circuit/high resistance. • Terminal 3 of EM014
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of • Terminal 13 of EM001
harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor
or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM • Terminal 29 of EM001
and the ground is infinite: • Terminal 40 of EM001
• Terminal 1 of EM014 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Terminal 2 of EM014 short to battery.
• Terminal 3 of EM014 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
V1.0 347
Engine Engine-2.0T
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 3 of EM013 and Terminal 29 of EM001
DTC P0097 and P0098 are Category-3 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P0097 and P0098 are Category-3 DTCs. 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM013 of boost pressure sensor or
Failure Cause
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and
• Relevant circuit failure. the ground is infinite:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of EM013
• Boost pressure sensor failure.
• Terminal 2 of EM013
• ECM failure.
• Terminal 3 of EM013
Reference Information
• Terminal 13 of EM001
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 29 of EM001
Engine Management System-4
• Terminal 38 of EM001
Reference Connector End View Information
EM001, EM013 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector EM013 of the boost pressure sensor
V1.0 348
Engine-2.0T Engine
or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM 2. Disconnect harness connector EM013 of the boost
and the power supply is infinite: pressure sensor.
V1.0 349
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 350
Engine-2.0T Engine
Circuit/System Test • Terminal 58 of EM001
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Terminal 59 of EM001
the battery negative wire.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
2. Disconnect harness connector EM029 of the HFM. short to ground.
3. Test the component of the HFM.
10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
If the test fails, replace the HFM. harness connector EM029 of the HFM or terminals of
4. Disconnect the battery negative cable, place the ignition harness connector EM001 of the ECM and the battery
switch in "ON" position. is infinite:
5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness • Terminal 2 of EM029
connector EM029 of HFM and ground is the battery
• Terminal 4 of EM029
voltage.
• Terminal 58 of EM001
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. • Terminal 59 of EM001
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
connector EM029 of the HFM and the ground is less short to battery.
than 5Ω.
11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant Component Test
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
7. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
the battery negative cable.
battery negative wire, and disconnect harness connector
2. Disconnect harness connector EM029 of HFM.
EM001 of the ECM.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of air
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
flow sensor is about 2.028MΩ (at 20℃), and test if the
harness connector EM029 of the HFM and terminals of
resistance between terminal 2 and 4 of air flow sensor is
harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
about 1.996MΩ (at 20℃).
• Terminal 2 of EM029 and Terminal 59 of EM001
If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace
• Terminal 4 of EM029 and Terminal 58 of EM001 the HFM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant Service Guideline
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
harness connector EM029 of the HFM or terminals of
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
harness connector EM001 of the ECM and the ground
System" - "Hot Film Meter (HFM)".
is infinite:
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 2 of EM029 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 4 of EM029 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 351
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0105, P0106, P0107, P0108 measurement through sensing elements. It may provide the
DTC Description "load signal" to the controller according to the measured
manifold absolute pressure; the controller provides a 5V
DTC P0105: Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure
voltage and feeds back a 0 ~ 5V voltage to the controller
Circuit
depending on intake air pressure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Running DTCs
(FTB)
P0105: Engine temperature is greater than -5.3℃ at the
Manifold Absolute
moment of starting (engine coolant temperature is greater
2A Pressure/Barometric Pressure
than 30℃, which lasts for more than 30s), read intake air
Circuit
pressure low conditions (Engine speed is greater than 1,500
DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure rpm. Opening angle of throttle is less than 10%, which lasts for
Circuit Range/Performance 1s.) , read intake air pressure high conditions (Engine speed is
less than 1,000rpm. Opening angle of throttle is greater than
Failure Type Byte 19.9951%, which lasts for 1s.)
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0106, P0107 and P0108: Engine speed is greater than 80 rpm.
Manifold Absolute
Conditions for Setting DTCs
21 Pressure/Barometric Pressure
Circuit Range/Performance P0105: Calculated differences: (A) - (B) < (C), which lasts for
0.5s. (A) - Detected highest manifold pressure. (B) - Detected
Manifold Absolute
lowest manifold pressure. (C) - Threshold of viscous failure is
22 Pressure/Barometric Pressure
10kPa.
Circuit Range/Performance
Manifold Absolute P0106 21: Intake air pressure value is less than 15kPa, which
84 Pressure/Barometric Pressure lasts for 2s.
Circuit Range/Performance P0106 22: Intake air pressure value is greater than 110kPa,
Manifold Absolute which lasts for 2s.
85 Pressure/Barometric Pressure P0106 84: Compare the sum between the pressure passing the
Circuit Range/Performance intake manifold and the intake manifold pressure deviation: (A)
+ (B) < (C), which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure
Circuit Low P0106 85: Compare the sum between the pressure passing the
intake manifold and the intake manifold pressure deviation: (A)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description + (B) > (C), which lasts for 0.5s. (A) - Intake manifold pressure.
(FTB)
(B) - Intake manifold pressure deviation is 512kPa. (C) - Intake
Manifold Absolute manifold pressure model value.
16 Pressure/Barometric Pressure
P0107: Sensor voltage is less than 0.15V, which lasts for 1s.
Circuit Low
P0108: Sensor voltage is greater than 4.87V, which lasts for 1s.
DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Circuit High
DTC P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
(FTB)
Manifold Absolute DTC P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 are Category-3 DTCs.
17 Pressure/Barometric Pressure Failure Cause
Circuit High • Relevant circuit failure.
Circuit/System Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
The intake air pressure/temperature sensor is fitted on the • Intake air pressure sensor failure.
intake pipe. The intake air pressure portion is measured by a • Engine control module failure.
piezoelectric type sensor which can perform direct pressure
V1.0 352
Engine-2.0T Engine
Reference Information sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
ECM and the ground is infinite:
Reference Circuit Information
Engine Management System-4 • Terminal A of EM015
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the battery negative cable. short to ground.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM015 of the intake air 10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
pressure sensor. of harness connector EM015 of the intake air pressure
3. Perform the component test on the intake air pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
sensor. ECM and the power supply is infinite:
If the test fails, replace the intake air pressure sensor. • Terminal A of EM015
4. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition • Terminal C of EM015
switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal D of EM015
5. Test if the voltage between terminal C of harness
connector EM015 of the intake air pressure sensor and • Terminal 13 of EM001
the ground is between 4.8 - 5.2V. • Terminal 29 of EM001
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Terminal 39 of EM001
open circuit/high resistance or short circuit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
6. Test if the resistance between terminal A of harness short to battery.
connector EM015 of the intake air pressure sensor and
the ground is less than 5Ω. 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Component Test
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
7. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness 2. Disconnect harness connector EM015 of the intake air
connector EM001 of ECM. pressure sensor.
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 of the
of harness connector EM015 of the intake air pressure intake air pressure sensor is about 10.6MΩ (at 20℃), and
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of the
ECM is less than 5Ω: intake air pressure sensor is about 3.19MΩ (at 20℃).
• Terminal A of EM015 and Terminal 13 of EM001 If it is not within the specified range, replace the intake
air pressure sensor.
• Terminal C of EM015 and Terminal 29 of EM001
Service Guideline
• Terminal D of EM015 and Terminal 39 of EM001
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
of harness connector EM015 of the intake air pressure "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 353
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 354
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Terminal 3 of EM029 If the resistance is not within the specified range, replace
the HFM.
• Terminal 56 of EM001
Service Guideline
• Terminal 59 of EM001
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
short to battery.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM. System" - "Hot Film Meter (HFM)".
Component Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the battery negative cable. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 355
Engine Engine-2.0T
Failure Type Byte DTC P0122, P0123 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Throttle/Pedal Position DTC P0122, P0123 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
16
Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit Low Failure Cause
DTC P0123: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “A” • Relevant circuit failure.
Circuit High • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Throttle actuator failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
Throttle/Pedal Position Reference Information
17
Sensor/Switch “A” Circuit High Reference Circuit Information
DTC P2135: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor / Switch “A”/“B Engine Management System-4
”Voltage Correlation Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte EM001, EM024
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor /
00 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Switch “A”/“B ”Voltage Correlation
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Depress the accelerator pedal rapidly and slowly for
Actually, the throttle sensor is an angle potentiometer
several times, and observe if the DTC appears again.
characterized by linear output. Potentiometer rotor arm and
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic throttle.
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location. 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe the
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional if the voltage parameter between the throttle position
to the throttle position. sensor 1 and 2 varies with the accelerator pedal input
Conditions for Running DTCs within the irrational range:
P0122, P0123: More than 12s after the engine is started. • Throttle Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.5V)
P2135: Engine speed is greater than 1,200 rpm. • Throttle Position Sensor 2 (4.7 ~ 0.2V)
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
P0122: Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position sensor Test".
1 is lower than 0.176V, which lasts for 0.14s. 4. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
P0123: Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position sensor
1 is higher than 4.629V, which lasts for 0.14s. Circuit/System Test
V1.0 356
Engine-2.0T Engine
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less • Terminal 12 of EM001
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 24 of EM001
• Terminal 1 of EM024 and Terminal 24 of EM001
• Terminal 44 of EM001
• Terminal 2 of EM024 and Terminal 12 of EM001
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Terminal 6 of EM024 and Terminal 44 of EM001 short to ground.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. Component Test
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of 1. The valve plate shall be in OFF position without being
harness connector EM024 of the throttle actuator or energized. The valve plate shall smoothly rotate if it is
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and moved by hand. If it is stuck, there may be damage of
the power supply is infinite: internal components.
• Terminal 1 of EM024 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable and harness connector EM024
• Terminal 2 of EM024
of throttle actuator.
• Terminal 6 of EM024 3. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
• Terminal 12 of EM001 4. Connect the two probes to terminal 1 and 6 of throttle
• Terminal 24 of EM001 actuator respectively. When the valve plate is moved by
hands, the resistance value shall change.
• Terminal 44 of EM001
If the resistance value does not change, replace the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for throttle actuator.
short to battery.
Service Guideline
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
harness connector EM024 of the throttle actuator or
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the ground is infinite:
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 1 of EM024 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 2 of EM024
• Terminal 6 of EM024
V1.0 357
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 358
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0171, P0172 • Boost pressure sensor failure.
DTC Description • Coolant temperature sensor failure.
DTC P0171: System Too Lean Bank 1 • Engine intake and exhaust system mechanical failure.
Failure Type Byte • ECM failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
00 System Too Lean Bank 1 Reference Electrical Information
27 System Too Lean Bank 1 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Upstream oxygen sensor failure. 1. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist:
• Downstream oxygen sensor failure. • Incorrect fuel.
V1.0 359
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 360
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0192, P0193 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC P0192: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A ”Circuit Low the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte 2. Disconnect harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail
Failure Description pressure sensor.
(FTB)
3. Perform the component test on the fuel rail pressure
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A ”Circuit
16 sensor.
Low
If the test fails, replace the fuel rail pressure sensor.
DTC P0193: Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit High
4. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
Failure Type Byte switch in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB) 5. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor and the
17
High ground is between 4.8 - 5.2V.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Circuit/System Description
open circuit/high resistance or short circuit.
The fuel rail pressure sensor is used to measure the pressure
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
in the fuel rail. It measures the pressure based on the
connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor and
piezoelectric crystal resistance value, and sends a voltage
the ground is less than 5Ω.
signal to ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Running DTCs
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
7. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
P0192: Pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.2V, which lasts connector EM001 of ECM.
for 0.5s. 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor
P0193: Pressure sensor voltage is greater than 4.8V, which lasts
and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
for 0.5s.
is less than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 1 of EM014 and Terminal 19 of EM001
DTC P0192 and P0193 are Category-13 DTCs.
• Terminal 2 of EM014 and Terminal 40 of EM001
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 3 of EM014 and Terminal 13 of EM001
DTC P0192 and P0193 are Category-13 DTCs.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Failure Cause circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure. 9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor failure. or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
and the ground is infinite:
• Engine control module failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 1 of EM014
• Terminal 2 of EM014
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 3 of EM014
Engine Management System - 4
• Terminal 13 of EM001
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 29 of EM001
EM001, EM014
• Terminal 40 of EM001
Reference Electrical Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
short to ground.
V1.0 361
Engine Engine-2.0T
10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor short to battery.
or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
and the power supply is infinite:
Service Guideline
• Terminal 1 of EM014
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 2 of EM014 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 3 of EM014 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor".
• Terminal 13 of EM001
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal 29 of EM001
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
• Terminal 40 of EM001 "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 362
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, P2146 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P0201: Fuel injector fuel pressure is valid, which lasts for
DTC P0201: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1 0.5s, and voltage at the last moment is 214V, which lasts for
0.00002s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P0261: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s,
and piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 1
0.00048s.
DTC P0261: Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low P0261: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s,
Failure Type Byte and piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
Failure Description 0.00048s.
(FTB)
11 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low P0263: Fuel injector pull-up time is long, which lasts for 0.5s.
P2146 00: Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder
DTC P0262: Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High
1 is more than 0.02s, which lasts for 0.5s; the storage voltage
Failure Type Byte is less than 35V.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P2146 14: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
12 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High
P2146 14: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0263: Cylinder 1 Contribution/Balance Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263 and P2146 are Category-13
Failure Description
(FTB) DTCs.
00 Cylinder 1 Contribution/Balance Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263 and P2146 are Category-13
DTC P2146: Fuel Injector Group “A” Supply Voltage
DTCs.
Circuit/Open
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Relevant circuit failure.
(FTB)
Fuel Injector Group “A” Supply • Connector failure or poor fit.
00
Voltage Circuit/Open • Fuel injector 1 failure.
P0201, P0261 and P2146: System voltage is within 8 - 18V, If the fuel injector does not operate as expected or not
engine speed is greater than 50rpm, watchdog is activated, and operate normally, go to "Circuit/System Test".
all fuel injectors are valid. 2. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
P0263: Engine speed is between 640 - 840rpm. vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
V1.0 363
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant Service Guideline
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
harness connector EM002 of the fuel injector 1 and the • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
power supply is infinite: System" - "Fuel Injector".
• Terminal 1 of EM002 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
• Terminal 2 of EM002 "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 364
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2149 P0264: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
DTC Description piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
0.00048s.
DTC P0202: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2
P0265: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
(FTB)
0.00048s.
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 2
P0266: Fuel injector pull-up time is too long, which lasts for
DTC P0264: Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte P2149: Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 1
Failure Description
(FTB) is more than 0.02s, which lasts for 0.5s; control voltage is less
than 35V.
11 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0265: Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High
DTC P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266 and P2149 are Category-13
Failure Type Byte DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
12 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High DTC P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266 and P2149 are Category-13
DTCs.
DTC P0266: Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Relevant circuit failure.
(FTB)
• Connector failure or poor fit.
00 Cylinder 2 Contribution/Balance
• Fuel injector 2 failure.
DTC P2149: Fuel Injector Group “B” Supply Voltage • Engine control module failure.
Circuit/Open
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Reference Circuit Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 3
Fuel Injector Group “B” Supply
00 Reference Connector End View Information
Voltage Circuit/Open
EM001, EM003
Circuit/System Description
Reference Electrical Information
The fuel injector, according to the commands of ECM, injects
fuel within the specified time to supply the engine with fuel Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
and have it atomized. ECMenergizes the injector coil to form Circuit/System Check
magnetic force. When the magnetic force is strong enough
to overcome the resultant force of the return spring pressure, 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the fuel
needle valve gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, injector to operate with the forced output function of the
and the fuel injection process starts. When the fuel injection scan tool, observe and listen whether the fuel injector
pulse ends, the pressure of return spring makes the needle operates normally and rattles.
valve close again. If the fuel injector does not operate as expected or not
Conditions for Running DTCs operate normally, go to "Circuit/System Test".
P0202, P0264, P0265 and P2149: System voltage is between 8 - 2. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
18V, engine speed is greater than 50rpm, watchdog is activated, vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
and all fuel injectors are valid. Circuit/System Test
P0266: Engine speed is between 640 - 840rpm. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs the battery negative cable.
P0202: Fuel injector fuel pressure is valid, which lasts for 0.5s; 2. Disconnect harness connector EM003 of the fuel injector
voltage at the last moment is 214V, which lasts for 0.00002s. 2.
3. Perform the component test on fuel injector 2.
V1.0 365
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 366
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 P0269: Engine speed is between 640 - 840rpm.
DTC Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0203: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 P0203: Fuel injector fuel pressure is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
Failure Type Byte voltage at the last moment is 214V, which lasts for 0.00002s.
Failure Description
(FTB) P0267: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 3 piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
0.00048s.
DTC P0267: Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low
P0268: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
Failure Type Byte piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
Failure Description
(FTB) 0.00048s.
11 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low P0269: Fuel injector pull-up time is too long, which lasts for
0.5s.
DTC P0268: Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High
P2152 00: Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1 is greater than 0.02s, which lasts for 0.5s; control voltage is
(FTB)
less than 35V.
12 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High
P2152 14: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0269: Cylinder 3 Contribution/Balance P2152 15: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Description
(FTB) P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 are Category-13
00 Cylinder 3 Contribution/Balance DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P2152: Fuel Injector Group “C ”Supply Voltage
Circuit/Open P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 are Category-13
DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
Fuel Injector Group “C ”Supply • Relevant circuit failure.
00
Voltage Circuit/Open • Connector failure or poor fit.
Fuel Injector Group “C ”Supply • Fuel injector 3 failure.
14
Voltage Circuit/Open • Engine control module failure.
Fuel Injector Group “C ”Supply Reference Information
15
Voltage Circuit/Open Reference Circuit Information
Circuit/System Description Engine Management System (2.0T) - 3
The fuel injector, according to the commands of ECM, injects Reference Connector End View Information
fuel within the specified time to supply the engine with fuel EM001, EM004
and have it atomized. ECMenergizes the injector coil to form
magnetic force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to Reference Electrical Information
overcome the resultant force of the return spring pressure, Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
needle valve gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to
Circuit/System Check
rise, and the fuel injection process starts. When fuel injection
pulse ends, the pressure of return spring makes the needle 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the fuel
valve close again. injector to operate with the forced output function of the
Conditions for Running DTCs scan tool, observe and listen whether the fuel injector
operates normally and rattles.
P0203, P0267, P0268 and P2152: System voltage is between 8 -
18V, engine speed is greater than 50rpm, watchdog is activated, If the fuel injector does not operate as expected or not
and all fuel injectors are valid. operate normally, go to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 367
Engine Engine-2.0T
2. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the 7. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset. connector EM004 of the fuel injector 3 and the ground
Circuit/System Test is infinite:
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Terminal 1 of EM004
the battery negative cable. • Terminal 2 of EM004
2. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of the fuel injector
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
3.
short to ground.
3. Perform the component test on fuel injector 3.
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
If the test fails, replace the fuel injector 3.
Component Test
4. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the battery negative cable.
of harness connector EM004 of the fuel injector 3 and
2. Disconnect harness connector EM004 of the fuel injector
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less
3.
than 5Ω:
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of fuel
• Terminal 1 of EM004 and Terminal 46 of EM001
injector 3 is 2.4Ω (at 20℃).
• Terminal 2 of EM004 and Terminal 34 of EM001
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant injector 3.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Service Guideline
6. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector EM004 of the fuel injector 3 and the power
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
supply is infinite:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 1 of EM004
System" - "Fuel Injector".
• Terminal 2 of EM004 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
short to battery. "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 368
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272, P2155 P0270: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
DTC Description piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
0.00048s.
DTC P0204: Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4
P0271: Group A brake switch is valid, which lasts for 0.5s;
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description piezoelectric current is greater than 3A, which lasts for
(FTB)
0.00048s.
13 Injector Circuit/Open – Cylinder 4
P0272: Fuel injector pull-up time is too long, which lasts for
DTC P0270: Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte P2155: Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 1
Failure Description
(FTB) is more than 0.02s, which lasts for 0.5s; control voltage is less
than 35V.
11 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0271: Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High
P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272 and P2155 are Category-13
Failure Type Byte DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
12 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High P0204, P0270, P0271, P0272 and P2155 are Category-13
DTCs.
DTC P0272: Cylinder 4 Contribution/Balance
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Relevant circuit failure.
(FTB)
• Connector failure or poor fit.
00 Cylinder 4 Contribution/Balance
• Fuel injector 4 failure.
DTC P2155: Fuel Injector Group “D” Supply Voltage • Engine control module failure.
Circuit/Open
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Reference Circuit Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 3
Fuel Injector Group “D” Supply
00 Reference Connector End View Information
Voltage Circuit/Open
EM001, EM005
Circuit/System Description
Reference Electrical Information
The fuel injector, according to the commands of ECM, injects
fuel within the specified time to supply the engine with fuel Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
and have it atomized. ECMenergizes the injector coil to form Circuit/System Check
magnetic force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to
overcome the resultant force of the return spring pressure, 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the fuel
needle valve gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to injector to operate with the forced output function of the
rise, and the fuel injection process starts. When fuel injection scan tool, observe and listen if the fuel injector operates
pulse ends, the pressure of return spring makes the needle normally and rattles.
valve close again. If the fuel injector does not operate as expected or not
Conditions for Running DTCs operate normally, go to "Circuit/System Test".
P0204, P0270, P0271 and P2155: System voltage is between 8 - 2. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
18V, engine speed is greater than 50rpm, watchdog is activated, vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
and all fuel injectors are valid. Circuit/System Test
P0272: Engine speed is within 640 - 840rpm. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs the battery negative cable.
P0204: Fuel injector fuel pressure is valid, which lasts for 0.5s; 2. Disconnect harness connector EM005 of the fuel injector
voltage at the last moment is 214V, which lasts for 0.00002s. 4.
3. Perform the component test on fuel injector 4.
V1.0 369
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 370
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0219 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description If any damage or corrosion is found in the following
DTC P0219: Engine Overspeed Condition components, it is required to repair or replace the affected
components/connectors:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Measurement signal or harness is disturbed by external
electromagnetic interference.
00 Engine Overspeed Condition
• Check if the speed signal gear tooth is damaged or
Circuit/System Description attached with other metal parts.
CKP sensor provides the engine speed information and • Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
crankshaft top dead center information. It is a hall-effect • Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or misplace.
sensor matched with oscillator in application. The oscillator
• Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
is a teeth plate, with 58 small teeth separated by 6°and a
2-teeth gap on magnetic ring. The pulse wheel is fitted on the • The crankshaft is damaged.
crankshaft, and rotates with the crankshaft. When the tooth 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
tips pass by sensor ends, the oscillator made of steel magnetic the "Engine Speed" in the real-time display of the scan
materials cuts the magnetic force line of the permanent tool. According to vehicle running conditions, judge if the
magnets in the sensor to produce the induced voltage in the parameter is within the range.
coil, which acts as the rotational speed output signal. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Conditions for Running DTCs Test".
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Conditions for Setting DTCs vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Circuit/System Test
Maximum engine speed is above 7,500rpm.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
DTC P0219 is a Category-6 DTC.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs position sensor.
DTC P0219 is a Category-6 DTC. 3. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
Failure Cause 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector EM012 of the crankshaft position sensor and
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less
• Connector failure or poor fit.
than 5Ω:
• Crankshaft position sensor failure.
• Terminal 1 of EM012 and Terminal 7 of EM001
• Speed signal gear tooth failure.
• Terminal 2 of EM012 and Terminal 23 of EM001
• Electromagnetic interference failure.
• ECM failure. • Terminal 3 of EM012 and Terminal 22 of EM001
• Idle speed is too high. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Reference Information circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft position
Engine Management System-2 sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
Reference Connector End View Information ECM and the power supply is infinite:
EM001, EM012 • Terminal 1 of EM012
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 2 of EM012
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 3 of EM012
• Terminal 7 of EM001
• Terminal 22 of EM001
• Terminal 23 of EM001
V1.0 371
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery. short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft position crankshaft position sensor.
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the Service Guideline
ECM and the ground is infinite:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 1 of EM012 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 2 of EM012 • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
• Terminal 3 of EM012
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 7 of EM001 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 22 of EM001 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 23 of EM001
V1.0 372
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0222, P0223, P2135 • Difference between the opening of throttle position
DTC Description sensor 1 and that of the electronic throttle calculated
reversely is greater than 9.0196%, which lasts for 0.42s.
DTC P0222: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B”
Circuit Low Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte DTC P0222, P0223 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Throttle/Pedal Position DTC P0222, P0223 and P2135 are Category-13 DTCs.
16
Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit Low Failure Cause
DTC P0223: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “B” • Relevant circuit failure.
Circuit High • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Electronic throttle position sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • ECM failure.
Throttle/Pedal Position Reference Information
17
Sensor/Switch “B” Circuit High Reference Circuit Information
DTC P2135: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor / Switch “A”/“B Engine Management System-4
”Voltage Correlation Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte EM001, EM024
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor /
29 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Switch “A”/“B ”Voltage Correlation
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch
Actually, the throttle sensor is an angle potentiometer
in "ON" position, read and then clear the DTCs.
characterized by linear output. Potentiometer rotor arm and
Perform self-learning for the throttle actuator, press the
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the
accelerator pedal with quick stepping and slow stepping
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location.
respectively for several times, and observe if any DTCs
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional
reappear.
to the throttle position.
If the DTC has been reset, check the throttle actuator.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe the
P0222, P0223: More than 12s after the engine is started.
if the voltage parameter between the throttle position
P2135: Engine speed is greater than 1,200 rpm. sensor 1 and 2 varies with the accelerator pedal input
Conditions for Setting DTCs within the irrational range:
P0222: Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position sensor • Throttle Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.5V)
2 is lower than 0.156V, which lasts for 0.14s. • Throttle Position Sensor 2 (4.7 ~ 0.2V)
P0223: Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position sensor 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
2 is higher than 4.883V, which lasts for 0.14s. vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
P2135: Circuit/System Test
• The difference between the opening of throttle position 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
sensor 1 and that of position sensor 2 is greater than the battery negative cable.
6.3%; difference between the opening of throttle position 2. Disconnect harness connector EM024 of the throttle
sensor 1 and that of the electronic throttle calculated actuator.
reversely is greater than the difference between the
3. Test the component of throttle actuator.
opening of throttle position sensor 2 and that of the
electronic throttle calculated reversely, which lasts for If the test is abnormal, replace the throttle actuator.
0.5s. 4. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
V1.0 373
Engine Engine-2.0T
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. Component Test
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 1. The valve plate shall be in OFF position without being
of harness connector EM024 of throttle actuator or energized. The valve plate shall smoothly rotate if it is
terminals of harness connector EM001 of ECM and the moved by hand. If it is stuck, there may be damage of
power supply is infinite: internal components.
• Terminal 2 of EM024 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Terminal 4 of EM024 the battery negative cable and harness connector EM024
of the throttle actuator.
• Terminal 6 of EM024
3. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
• Terminal 12 of EM001
4. Connect the two probes to terminal 1 and 6 of throttle
• Terminal 41 of EM001 actuator respectively. When the valve plate is moved by
• Terminal 44 of EM001 hands, the resistance value shall change.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If the resistance value does not change, replace the
short to battery. throttle actuator assembly.
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of Service Guideline
harness connector EM024 of the throttle actuator or
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
the ground is infinite:
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 2 of EM024 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 4 of EM024 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 374
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0234, P0299 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description DTC P0234 and P0299 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0234 : Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Condition
DTC P0234 and P0299 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Pipeline blockage failure.
Turbocharger/Supercharger
00 • Exhaust gas control valve failure.
Overboost Condition
• Intake bypass valve failure.
DTC P0299: Turbocharger/Supercharger Underboost • ECM failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Turbocharger/Supercharger
00 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Underboost
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Check if the followings occur, confirm the integrity of the
The boost control solenoid valve receives the duty ratio
entire air intake system and exhaust system, including all
information sent by ECM to adjust the boost pressure of the
turbocharger components:
turbocharger. The greater the duty ratio, the higher the boost
pressure. • Component damage
When the engine runs with medium or small loads, the • Improper refit
boost control solenoid valve controls the diaphragm-type • Air pipes leak
bypass valve to lead the exhaust gas in the exhaust pipe into
the bypass pipeline, and the boost pressure is extremely • Blocked air flow
small at the moment; when the engine accelerates or runs • Vacuum pipe is blocked
in high speed with large loads, the boost control solenoid
• No exhaust system blockage
valve controls the diaphragm-type bypass valve to reduce the
bypass opening in the exhaust pipe, exhaust gas flows into the 2. If any failure is found, repair or replace the affected
turbocharger and the boost pressure rises at the moment. components as necessary.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Test
P0234: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, boost 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
pressure sensor signal is valid. "ON" position.
P0299: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, the 2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P0234,
allowable time-delay of low boost pressure diagnose is more P0299 has been set.
than 1.3s. If other DTCs about exhaust control valve or intake
Conditions for Setting DTCs bypass valve are set, diagnose these DTCs first.
P0234: Boost control deviation: Diagnose calculation standard 3. Check if DTC P0234 and P0299 are historical DTCs.
is to compare the difference between reference boost pressure 4. Clear the historical DTC P0234 and P0299.
and actual boost pressure: A - B > C, which lasts for 1.5s. (A:
5. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appear again.
Measurement value of boost pressure; B: Maximum allowable
6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM, intake
deviation of boost control is 350 ~ 400 hPa; C: Reference
bypass valve or exhaust control valve.
pressure.)
Service Guideline
P0299: Boost control deviation: Diagnose calculation standard
is to compare the difference between reference boost pressure • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
and actual boost pressure: A < C, which lasts for 6s. (A: System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Measurement value of boost pressure ; C: Reference pressure • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
is 250hPa.) System" - "Turbocharger Control Solenoid".
V1.0 375
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 376
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0236, P0237, P0238 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC Description P0236 21, 22: Place the ignition position in "ON" position, and
DTC P0236: Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor the valid time-delay of boost pressure sensor signal circuit is
“A”Circuit Range/Performance more than 0.2s.
V1.0 377
Engine Engine-2.0T
Reference Electrical Information 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM013 of the boost pressure sensor
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
Circuit/System Check and the ground is infinite:
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe the • Terminal 1 of EM013
"Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure", "Ambient Pressure" • Terminal 3 of EM013
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool.
Such parameters should be within the standard range of • Terminal 4 of EM013
atmospheric pressure at its altitude. • Terminal 13 of EM001
2. During the gear shift from 1st to 2nd gear and • Terminal 29 of EM001
wide-open-throttle (WOT) period, compare the "Intake
Manifold Absolute Pressure" and "Ambient Pressure" • Terminal 39 of EM001
parameters on the scan tool, the reading shall be within If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
0.02MPa. short to ground.
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the 6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset. between the following terminals of harness connector
4. Check if the followings occur, confirm the integrity of the EM013 of boost pressure sensor or the terminals of
entire air intake system and exhaust system, including all harness connector EM001 of ECM and the ground is
turbocharger components: infinite:
• Component is damaged. • Terminal 1 of EM013
• Fine cracks on boost pressure sensor housing. • Terminal 3 of EM013
• Looseness or improper fitting. • Terminal 4 of EM013
• Blocked air flow.
• Terminal 13 of EM001
• Vacuum pipe is blocked.
• Terminal 29 of EM001
• Vacuum leakage.
• Terminal 39 of EM001
• Air leakage between turbocharger and throttle body,
including air leakage on intercooler assembly. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• No exhaust system blockage.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
If any failure is found, repair or replace the affected
components as necessary. Component Test
Circuit/System Test 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable and harness connector EB013 2. Disconnect harness connector EM013 of the boost
of the boost pressure sensor. pressure sensor.
2. Test the component of boost pressure sensor. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 of the
boost pressure sensor is between 3.2 - 3.7kΩ (at 20℃).
If the test fails, replace the boost pressure sensor.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the boost pressure
3. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
sensor.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Service Guideline
harness connector EM013 of the boost pressure sensor
and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
is less than 5Ω: System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 378
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
System" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure and Temperature to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Sensor". System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 379
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0245: Circuit is short to ground, which lasts for 0.5s. 6. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
P0246: Circuit is short to battery, which lasts for 0.5s.
EM001 of the ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
DTC P0243, P0245 and P0246 are Category-3 DTCs. connector EM020 of the exhaust gas control valve and
terminal 18 of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is
less than 5Ω.
V1.0 380
Engine-2.0T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant 2. Disconnect harness connector EM020 of the exhaust gas
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. control valve.
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
connector EM020 of the exhaust gas control valve and exhaust gas control valve is about 25Ω (at 20℃).
the power supply is infinite. If it is not within the specified range, replace the exhaust
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for gas control valve.
short to battery. Service Guideline
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector EM020 of the exhaust gas control valve and System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
the ground is infinite. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System" - "Turbocharger Control Solenoid".
short to ground. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
V1.0 381
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0251, P0252, P0253, P0254 P0251 13: Positive control circuit current of flow control valve
DTC Description is less than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0251: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” P0252: Positive control circuit current of flow control valve is
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) greater than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Failure Type Byte P0253: Negative control circuit current of flow control valve
Failure Description
(FTB) is 40A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering P0254: Negative control circuit current of flow control valve
11
Control “A” (Cam/Rotor/Injector) is greater than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
13
Control “A” (Cam/Rotor/Injector)
DTC P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 are Category-13 DTCs.
DTC P0252: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” Range Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
/ Performance (Cam/Rotor/Injector) DTC P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 are Category-13 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Failure Cause
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Relevant circuit failure.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering • Connector failure or poor fit.
12 Control “A” Range / Performance
• Fuel control valve failure.
(Cam/Rotor/Injector)
• ECM failure.
DTC P0253: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” Low Reference Information
(Cam/Rotor/Injector)
Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Engine Management System-4
(FTB)
Reference Connector End View Information
Injection Pump Fuel
11 Metering Control “A” Low EM001, EM016
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0254: Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control “A” High Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and read the
Failure Description
(FTB) DTC with a scan tool. DTC P0251, P0252, P0253 and
Injection Pump Fuel P0254 shall not be set.
12 Metering Control “A” High 2. Drive the fuel control valve to work with scan tool.
(Cam/Rotor/Injector) Change the opening of fuel control valve with scan tool,
and click is heard when fuel control valve works.
Circuit/System Description
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
ECMHigh-pressure fuel flow can be controlled by controlling vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
the opening or closing of the fuel control valve. In the first half
Circuit/System Test
section of plunger ascending in the high-pressure fuel pump,
the fuel control valve is open, the fuel is unable to produce 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
pressure, so part of fuel flows back to the low-pressure fuel the battery negative cable and harness connector EM016
circuit via the control valve. of fuel control valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Test the component of fuel control valve.
Read the fuel control valve value with scan tool, after the If the test fails, replace the fuel control valve.
engine starting, the system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16V.
3. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
P0251 11: Positive control circuit current of flow control valve harness connector EM016 of the fuel control valve and
is 40A, which lasts for 0.5s.
V1.0 382
Engine-2.0T Engine
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less • Terminal 2 of EM016
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 3 of EM001
• Terminal 1 of EM016 and Terminal 4 of EM001
• Terminal 4 of EM001
• Terminal 2 of EM016 and Terminal 3 of EM001
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant short to ground.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Component Test
harness connector EM016 of the fuel control valve or
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the power supply is infinite: the battery negative cable.
V1.0 383
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P025C: Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Low Reference Circuit Information
V1.0 384
Engine-2.0T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 10. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
short to ground. connector BY029 of the left fuel level sensor assembly
or terminal 2 of harness connector BY016 of the engine
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
connector BY017 of engine compartment fuse box or
terminal 28 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the power supply is infinite. short to ground.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 11. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
short to battery. connector BY029 of the left fuel level sensor assembly
or terminal 2 of harness connector BY016 of the engine
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
compartment fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
harness connector BY029 of the left fuel level sensor
assembly and harness connector BY017 of the engine If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
compartment fuse box. short to battery.
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness 12. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or left
connector BY029 of the left fuel level sensor assembly fuel level sensor assembly.
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
9. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel System"
connector BY029 of the left fuel level sensor assembly - "Fuel Pump".
and terminal 2 of harness connector BY017 of the engine
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 385
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P130A • Fuel cut-off status is not activated.
DTC Description • Engine speed is between 550 ~ 6,000rpm.
DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected • Intake air temperature is higher than -30℃.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB) • Within 200 ignition cycles, the misfire rate threshold
Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire value for damaging catalyst is greater than 5 ~ 15%, which
00 depends on working conditions.
Detected
• Misfire rate threshold value making emission deteriorate
DTC P0301: Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected is greater than 4%, which lasts for 1,000 ignition cycles.
Failure Type Byte • Misfire threshold value making emission deteriorate is
Failure Description
(FTB) greater than 4%.
00 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 and P130A are
DTC P0302: Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
Category-2 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 and P130A are
00 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
Category-2 DTCs.
DTC P0303: Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected Failure Cause
V1.0 386
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Crankcase ventilation system leakage. • Terminal 2 of EM008 and Terminal 17 of EM001
• The fuel pressure is too low or too high. • Terminal 2 of EM009 and Terminal 1 of EM001
If any, repair invalid/faulty component when necessary. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
4. Read and clear DTCs. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Increase the engine speed to 1,500rpm, observe DTC 10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
information parameter. P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and harness connector of the ignition coil or terminals of
P0304 shall not be set. harness connector of the ECM and the power supply is
If the related DTC is set again, go to "Circuit/System infinite:
Test". • Terminal 2 of EM006
Circuit/System Test • Terminal 2 of EM007
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Terminal 2 of EM008
the battery negative cable.
• Terminal 2 of EM009
2. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having misfire DTC
for damage, and replace it when necessary. Meanwhile • Terminal 1 of EM001
measure if the corresponding cylinder pressure meets • Terminal 2 of EM001
standards, if not, check and repair.
• Terminal 16 of EM001
3. Disconnect harness connector EM006 of the ignition
• Terminal 17 of EM001
coil 1, harness connector EM007 of the ignition coil
2, harness connector EM008 of the ignition coil 3 and If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
harness connector EM009 of the ignition coil 4. short to battery.
4. Test the component of the ignition coil. 11. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
If the test fails, replace the ignition coil. harness connector of the ignition coil or terminals of
harness connector of the ECM and the ground is infinite:
5. Fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of cylinder
having misfire, perform flashover test for the cylinder • Terminal 2 of EM006
having misfire, and observe if there is any spark and the • Terminal 2 of EM007
intensity of spark.
• Terminal 2 of EM008
a. If there is spark and the spark is intense. Check
the corresponding fuel injector referring to the • Terminal 2 of EM009
detection of relevant DTCs. • Terminal 1 of EM001
b. If there is spark but the spark is tiny, replace the • Terminal 2 of EM001
corresponding ignition coil.
• Terminal 16 of EM001
c. If there is no spark, perform the following test.
• Terminal 17 of EM001
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
short to ground.
terminal 1 of harness connector EM006, EM007, EM008
and EM009 of ignition coil and ground is the battery 12. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
voltage respectively. Component Test
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. the battery negative cable.
7. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect 2. Remove the ignition coil.
the battery negative cable. 3. Measure the primary resistance and secondary resistance
8. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM. of ignition coil respectively (at 20℃).
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Name Specified Value
of harness connector of ignition coil and terminals of
Primary Resistance 0.7Ω~0.9Ω
harness connector of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
Secondary Resistance 9.68kΩ~12.32kΩ
• Terminal 2 of EM006 and Terminal 16 of EM001
• Terminal 2 of EM007 and Terminal 2 of EM001 If it is not within the specified range, replace the ignition coil.
V1.0 387
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 388
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0321, P0322, P0336 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description DTC P0321, P0322 and P0336 are Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0321: Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Range/Performance
DTC P0321, P0322 and P0336 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Relevant circuit failure.
Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed
00 • Connector failure or poor fit.
Input Circuit Range/Performance
• Crankshaft position sensor failure.
DTC P0322: Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit • Speed signal gear tooth failure.
No Signal
• Electromagnetic interference failure.
Failure Type Byte • Idle speed is too high.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• ECM failure.
Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed
00 Reference Information
Input Circuit No Signal
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Engine Management System-2
Range/Performance
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description EM012, EM001
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Crankshaft Position Sensor “A”
00
Circuit Range/Performance Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 389
Engine Engine-2.0T
2. Disconnect harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
position sensor. of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft position
3. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM. sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
ECM and the ground is infinite:
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft position • Terminal 1 of EM012
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
• Terminal 2 of EM012
ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 3 of EM012
• Terminal 1 of EM012 and Terminal 7 of EM001
• Terminal 7 of EM001
• Terminal 2 of EM012 and Terminal 23 of EM001
• Terminal 22 of EM001
• Terminal 3 of EM012 and Terminal 22 of EM001
• Terminal 23 of EM001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM012 of the crankshaft position 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
sensor or following terminals of harness connector crankshaft position sensor.
EM001 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite: Service Guideline
• Terminal 1 of EM012 • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 2 of EM012
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM012
System" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
• Terminal 7 of EM001 • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 22 of EM001 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 23 of EM001
V1.0 390
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0325, P0327, P0328, P1386 • Knock control circuit has no failure.
DTC Description • Limp home is not activated.
DTC P0325: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) • Engine load is greater than 30%.
Failure Type Byte • Engine coolant water temperature is above 40℃.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Engine speed is above 2,800r/min.
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit (Bank 1 or • Cylinder 1 identification is valid.
16
Single Sensor) P0327, P0328:
DTC P0327: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single • Engine speed is non-dynamic.
Sensor) • Engine load is non-dynamic.
V1.0 391
Engine Engine-2.0T
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the Component Test
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Test the battery negative cable.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect 2. Disconnect harness connector EM011 of the knock
the battery negative cable. sensor.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM011 of the knock 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
sensor. knock sensor is around 1MΩ (20℃).
3. Perform the component test on the knock sensor. If it is not within the specified range, replace the knock
sensor.
If the component test fails, replace the knock sensor.
4. When tapping near the knock sensor with a small
4. Disconnect harness connector EM001 of the ECM.
hammer, test the voltage between terminal 1 and 2
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of the knock sensor. At the moment, there shall be a
of harness connector EM011 of the knock sensor and millivolt-level voltage signal output.
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is less
than 5Ω: If there is no voltage signal output, replace the knock
sensor.
• Terminal 1 of EM011 and Terminal 25 of EM001
Service Guideline
• Terminal 2 of EM011 and Terminal 10 of EM001
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals System" - "Knock Sensor".
of harness connector EM011 of the knock sensor or • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
the ground is infinite: "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 1 of EM011
• Terminal 2 of EM011
V1.0 392
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0341, P0342, P0343 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Range • Connector failure or poor fit.
/Performance Bank 1 or Single Sensor
• Intake phase signal wheel tooth failure.
Failure Type Byte • Intake camshaft position sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• ECM failure.
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Reference Information
00 Circuit Range /Performance Bank 1
Reference Circuit Information
or Single Sensor
Engine Management System-6
DTC P0342: Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit Low Bank
Reference Connector End View Information
1 or Single Sensor
EM001, EM022
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
(FTB)
Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
00
Circuit Low Bank 1 or Single Sensor Circuit/System Check
DTC P0343: Camshaft Position Sensor “A” Circuit High Bank 1. Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
1 or Single Sensor on signal or harness.
Failure Type Byte 2. Check if the intake phase signal gear tooth is damaged or
Failure Description have other metal components attached.
(FTB)
3. Check if the relative mounting position of the intake
Camshaft Position Sensor “A”
00 camshaft position sensor and its signal wheel meet the
Circuit High Bank 1 or Single Sensor
mounting requirements (e.g., far distance, mis-alignment,
Circuit/System Description etc.).
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with the 4. Start the engine, and confirm if the "Camshaft Intake
rotational speed sensor, to provide ECM with the camshaft Phase" parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool
phase information, namely, identify the compression top dead varies with the actual vehicle conditions.
center and exhaust top dead center of the cylinder 1. The If the sensor is not changed as expected or has no change, go
camshaft position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a to "Circuit/System Test".
rotor made of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the
Circuit/System Test
rotor with a 36°-arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The inner
magnetic field of the hall sensor will change when the boss 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
passes it, which leads to the change of output signal voltage. In the battery negative wire.
this way, the two top dead centers are identified. 2. Disconnect harness connector EM022 of the intake
Conditions for Running DTCs camshaft position sensor.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, test if the resistance between
Conditions for Setting DTCs
terminal 1 of harness connector EM022 of the intake
P0341: Signal failure counter is greater than 20. camshaft position sensor and the ground is less than 5Ω.
P0342: Signal voltage is constant low, and no signal counter is If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
greater than 8. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
P0343: Signal voltage is constant high, and no signal counter is 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 3 of harness
greater than 8. connector EM022 of the intake camshaft position sensor
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set and the ground is between 4.8 ~ 5.2V.
DTC P0341, P0342 and P0343 are Category-3 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 393
Engine Engine-2.0T
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector harness connector EM022 of the intake camshaft position
EM001 of the ECM. sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the
6. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness ECM and the power supply is infinite:
connector EM022 of the intake camshaft position sensor • Terminal 1 of EM022
and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
is less than 5Ω: • Terminal 2 of EM022
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant • Terminal 53 of EM001
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of short to battery.
harness connector EM022 of the intake camshaft position 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the intake
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the camshaft position sensor or ECM.
ECM and the ground is infinite: Service Guideline
• Terminal 1 of EM022 • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 2 of EM022 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM022
System" - "Intake Camshaft Position Sensor".
• Terminal 8 of EM001
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 27 of EM001 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 53 of EM001
V1.0 394
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0366, P0367, P0368 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P0366: Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit • Connector failure or poor fit.
Range/Performance Bank 1
• Phase signal wheel tooth failure.
Failure Type Byte • Exhaust camshaft position sensor failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• ECM failure.
Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Reference Information
00
Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0367: Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit Low Bank Engine Management System-6
1
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description EM001, EM023
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Camshaft Position Sensor “B”
00 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit Low Bank 1
Circuit/System Check
DTC P0368: Camshaft Position Sensor “B” Circuit High Bank
1 1. Measure if there is external electromagnetic interference
on signal or harness.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Check if the exhaust phase signal gear tooth is damaged
(FTB)
or have other metal components attached.
Camshaft Position Sensor “B”
00 3. Check if the relative mounting position of the exhaust
Circuit High Bank 1
camshaft position sensor and its signal wheel meet the
Circuit/System Description mounting requirements (e.g., far distance, mis-alignment,
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with the etc.).
rotational speed sensor, to provide ECM with the camshaft 4. Start the engine, and confirm if the "Camshaft Exhaust
phase information, namely, identify the compression top dead Phase" parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool
center and exhaust top dead center of the cylinder 1. The varies with the actual vehicle conditions.
camshaft position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a If the sensor is not changed as expected or has no change, go
rotor made of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the to "Circuit/System Test".
rotor with a 36°-arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The inner
Circuit/System Test
magnetic field of the hall sensor will change when the boss
passes it, which leads to the change of output signal voltage. In 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
this way, the two top dead centers are identified. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Disconnect harness connector EM023 of exhaust
camshaft position sensor.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
3. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Setting DTCs
switch in "ON" position, test if the resistance between
P0366: Signal failure counter is greater than 20. terminal 1 of harness connector EM023 of the exhaust
P0367: Signal voltage is constant low, and no signal counter is camshaft position sensor and the ground is less than 5Ω.
greater than 8. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
P0368: Signal voltage is constant high, and no signal counter is circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
greater than 8. 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 3 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector EM023 of the exhaust camshaft position
sensor and the ground is between 4.8 ~ 5.2V.
DTC P0366, P0367 and P0368 are Category-3 DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P0366, P0367 and P0368 are Category-3 DTCs.
V1.0 395
Engine Engine-2.0T
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector of harness connector EM023 of the exhaust camshaft
EM001 of the ECM. position sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of the ECM and the battery is infinite:
of harness connector EM023 of the exhaust camshaft • Terminal 1 of EM023
position sensor and terminals of harness connector
EM001 of the ECM is less than 5Ω: • Terminal 2 of EM023
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant • Terminal 53 of EM001
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of short to battery.
harness connector EM023 of exhaust camshaft position 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the exhaust
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM001 of the camshaft position sensor or ECM.
ECM and the ground is infinite: Service Guideline
• Terminal 1 of EM023 • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 2 of EM023 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 3 of EM023
System" - "Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor".
• Terminal 8 of EM001
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 27 of EM001 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 54 of EM001
V1.0 396
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0444, P0458, P0459 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P0444: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve • Connector failure or poor fit.
Circuit Open
• Canister control valve failure.
Failure Type Byte • ECM failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Information
Evaporative Emission System Purge
13 Reference Circuit Information
Control Valve Circuit Open
Engine Management System-5
DTC P0458: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Reference Connector End View Information
Circuit Low
EM001, EM017
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
(FTB)
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Evaporative Emission System Purge
11
Control Valve Circuit Low Circuit/System Check
DTC P0459: Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve 1. Check fuse F5 for fusing.
Circuit High 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
the "Canister PWM Duty Ratio" in the real-time display
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of the scan tool. According to vehicle running conditions,
(FTB)
judge if the parameter is within the range.
Evaporative Emission System Purge
12 3. With the scan tool forced output function, drive the
Control Valve Circuit High
canister control valve working, observe if the canister
Circuit/System Description control valve can work properly and listen if the sound
of "tap-tap" can be heard.
The canister control valve is applied to control the
regeneration air flow of fuel evaporation control system. The If the canister solenoid does not work as expected or
canister in the fuel evaporation control system absorbs fuel works improperly, go to "Circuit/System Test".
vapor from fuel tank till it cannot absorb any more. ECM 4. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
controls the canister control valve to open and allows fresh air vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
and saturated fuel steam in the canister to form regeneration
Circuit/System Test
air flow, then sends it to engine air inlet pipe.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs
the battery negative cable.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
2. Disconnect harness connector EM017 of the canister
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V. control valve.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test the component of canister control valve.
P0444: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is If the test fails, replace the canister control valve.
between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
P0458: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is less switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. terminal 1 of harness connector EM017 of the canister
P0459: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is greater control valve and the ground is the battery voltage.
than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
EM001 of the ECM.
DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
connector EM017 of the canister control valve and
V1.0 397
Engine Engine-2.0T
terminal 35 of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is 2. Disconnect harness connector EM017 of the canister
less than 5Ω. control valve.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. canister control valve is 26Ω(at 20℃).
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness If it is not within the specified range, replace the canister
connector EM017 of the canister control valve and the control valve.
ground is infinite. Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to ground. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector EM017 of the canister control valve and the System" - "Canister Solenoid".
power supply is infinite. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
short to battery.
V1.0 398
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0500 • Fuel supply status is activated.
DTC Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” P0500 22: Vehicle speed is greater than 275km/h, which lasts
Failure Type Byte for 3s.
Failure Description
(FTB) P0500 23: Vehicle speed is less than 4km/h, which lasts for 5s.
22 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” P0500 26: Vehicle speed signal remains unchanged, which lasts
23 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” for 10s.
26 Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” P0500 2F: Vehicle speed is less than 4km/h, which lasts for 5s.
2F Vehicle Speed Sensor “A” Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The instrument pack displays the vehicle speed based on Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
the message from ECM. The ECM sends the vehicle speed DTC P0500 is a Category-3 DTC.
message to the BCM through the HS CAN bus signal. Then, Failure Cause
the BCM sends the vehicle speed message to the instrument
pack through the LS CAN bus signal according to the vehicle ECM failure.
requirements, and the vehicle speed is displayed in kilometer Reference Information
or mile. Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0500 22: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Circuit/System Test
P0500 23:
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, connect the
• Fuel cut-off status is activated. scan tool, check the dynamic stability control system for
• Coolant temperature is higher than 40℃. failures of the wheel speed sensor or dynamic stability
• Engine speed is within the range of 1,520~4,000rpm. control module, eliminate above failures first.
• Coolant temperature and engine speed sensor release 2. Check if any other DTCs have been set except DTC
incorrectly. P0500 in engine control system. If there are any other
DTCs, diagnose and eliminate them first.
P0500 26: Vehicle speed is greater than 5 ~ 500Km/h, which
3. Clear off the DTC P0500. Read the DTC again to check
lasts for more than 10s.
if the DTC P0500 still exists, if it still exists, test/replace
P0500 2F: the ECM.
• Engine speed is greater than 3,000rpm. Service Guideline
• Engine load is greater than 50%. • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Coolant temperature is higher than 40℃. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Coolant temperature and engine speed sensor release • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
incorrectly. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Automatic transmission is activated. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 399
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P0504: Brake Switch “A”/“B” Correlation 3. Perform the component test on the brake lamp switch.
Failure Type Byte If the test fails, replace the brake lamp switch.
Failure Description
(FTB) 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
62 Brake Switch “A”/“B” Correlation connector BY028 of the brake lamp switch and the
ground is less than 5Ω.
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Brake position sensor can send the brake pedal position at this open circuit/high resistance.
moment to ECM and BCM.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Running DTCs
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
Brake lamp switch failure counter is 20. terminal 1 of harness connector BY028 of the brake lamp
Conditions for Setting DTCs switch and the ground is the battery voltage.
Relation between the brake lamp switch and brake lamp linked If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
switch is irrational, which lasts for 1s. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 6. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC.
BY021 of the ECM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC. harness connector BY028 of the brake lamp switch and
Failure Cause terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM is less
than 5Ω:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 3 of BY028 and Terminal 19 of BY021
Reference Circuit Information 8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY028 of the brake lamp switch or
Brake Lamp
the terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
Reference Connector End View Information and the ground is infinite:
BY021, BY028 • Terminal 1 of BY028
Reference Electrical Information
• Terminal 3 of BY028
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Terminal 19 of BY021
Circuit/System Check • Terminal 21 of BY021
1. Check if fuse F49 is blown. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe short to ground.
"Brake Switch 1 State" and "Brake Switch 2 State" in the
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
real-time display of the scan tool. When the brake pedal
harness connector BY028 of the brake lamp switch or
is depressed, it shall display "OFF"; When the brake pedal
the terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
is fully released, it shall display "ON".
and the power supply is infinite:
Go to "Circuit/System Test" if no corresponding change
• Terminal 1 of BY028
occurs.
• Terminal 3 of BY028
Circuit/System Test
• Terminal 19 of BY021
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable. • Terminal 21 of BY021
V1.0 400
Engine-2.0T Engine
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
short to battery. lamp switch.
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM. 5. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the resistance
Component Test between terminal 2 and 4 of the brake lamp switch is
less than 5Ω.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable and harness connector BY028 If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
of the brake lamp switch. lamp switch.
2. When the brake pedal is released, test if the resistance 6. Test if the resistance between each terminal of the brake
between terminal 1 and 3 of the brake lamp switch is lamp switch and the switch housing is infinite.
less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake lamp switch.
lamp switch. Service Guideline
3. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the resistance • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
between terminal 1 and 3 of the brake lamp switch is System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
infinite.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake Brake" - "Brake Lamp Switch Assembly".
lamp switch. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
4. When the brake pedal is released, test if the resistance to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
between terminal 2 and 4 of the brake lamp switch is "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
infinite.
V1.0 401
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0506, P0507 more than 2s since engine starting, and diagnosis for
DTC Description P0500 is completed in the current cycle.
DTC P0506: Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Conditions for Setting DTCs
Expected P0506: The target and actual positive deviation is greater than
Failure Type Byte 100rpm, which lasts for 3s; engine idle control part reaches
Failure Description upper limit, which lasts for 7s.
(FTB)
Idle Air Control System RPM Lower P0507:
00
Than Expected • Target and actual negative difference is less than -200rpm,
and the idle I control reaches the lowest limit, which
DTC P0507: Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than lasts for 2.6s.
Expected
• Fuel cut-off is activated, and the times of fuel cut-off is
Failure Type Byte more than 10, which lasts for 12s.
Failure Description
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Idle Air Control System RPM Higher
00 DTC P0506, and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs.
Than Expected
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Circuit/System Description
DTC P0506, and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs.
The throttle position sensor is used to provide throttle angle Failure Cause
information for ECM. ECM can learn engine load information
and operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, stall, part • Relevant circuit failure.
load, full load, acceleration and deceleration) according to this • Connector failure or poor fit.
information. • Throttle actuator failure.
Actually, the throttle sensor is an angle potentiometer • Air intake system failure.
characterized by linear output. Potentiometer rotor arm and • Exhaust system failure.
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the • ECM failure.
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location.
Reference Information
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional
to the throttle position. Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
P0506: Circuit/System Check
• Engine speed is less than 4,120rpm, altitude correction 1. Check fuse F5 for fusing.
factor is greater than 0.72.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, read the DTC
• Altitude is less than 2,700m. with a scan tool.
• Engine speed is between 640 ~ 840rpm, and vehicle speed 3. Confirm no other DTCs of the ECM are set except DTC
is 0mph (vehicle is in idle state, which lasts for 1.6s P0506 and P0507.
and more), intake temperature is more than engine 0℃,
engine coolant temperature is higher than 80℃, which If other ECM DTCs are set, diagnose them first.
lasts for more than 2s since engine starting, and diagnosis 4. Perform visual check for the following components and
for P0500 is completed in the current cycle. system. If there's any failure, repair or replace the failed
components.
P0507:
• Engine speed is less than 4,120rpm, altitude correction • Check if the throttle actuator is stuck in locations with
factor is greater than 0.72. narrow openings due to freeze or oil contaminants, etc.
• Altitude is less than 2,700m. • Check if the throttle actuator has excessive carbon
deposition, which causes abnormal operation of throttle
• Engine speed is between 640 ~ 840rpm, and vehicle speed
actuator.
is 0mph (vehicle is in idle state, which lasts for 1.6s and
more), engine temperature is higher than 0℃, engine • Check the fuel injector for blockage.
coolant temperature is higher than 80℃, which lasts for • Exhaust resistance is too high.
• Fuel supply pressure is too low.
V1.0 402
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Check the intake manifold for leakage. 8. Remove the engine accessory belt, engage neutral gear,
rotate the crankshaft, and check the engine mechanical
5. Check if the generator can work properly.
parts for blockage.
If the generator output voltage is not within the specified
If blockage occurs, solve the engine mechanical failure.
range, repair the generator.
9. Rotate engine accessory pulley and air-conditioning pump,
6. With the scan tool, observe if the parameters of the
check the engine and other accessories, etc for blockage.
intake pressure sensor and air flow meter are normal.
If blockage occurs, solve the mechanical failure in the
If the sensor parameter is abnormal, check the
accessory drive system.
intake/exhaust system for blockage, air leak, or check the
throttle for excessive carbon deposition. 10. If all circuits are normal, test/replace the ECM.
7. Read the engine idle speed with the scan tool. Idle speed Service Guideline
shall rise to about 150rpm when the air conditioner is • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
turned on. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If the idle speed does not change within the specified • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
range, check the intake/exhaust system for blockage, to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
air leak, or check the throttle for excessive carbon System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
deposition.
V1.0 403
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 404
Engine-2.0T Engine
Component Test Service Guideline
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
the battery negative cable. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
2. Disconnect harness connector BY176 of the A/C • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
pressure sensor. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the Conditioning System " - "Air Conditioning Pressure
A/C pressure sensor is around 4.331KΩ. Sensor".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
pressure sensor.
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 3 of the
A/C pressure sensor is around 3.548MΩ.
V1.0 405
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P2181: Cooling System Performance DTC P0597, P0598, P0599 and P2181 are Category-5 DTCs.
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Relevant circuit failure.
00 Cooling System Performance • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Electronic thermostat failure.
Circuit/System Description
• ECM failure.
Electronic thermostat is a wax-type valve structure with a
Reference Information
heating element, in which the heating element is combined
together with the wax package. Based on the control signal Reference Circuit Information
of ECM, the opening of thermostat is controlled indirectly Engine Management System-5
by controlling the heat dissipating capacity of the heating
Reference Connector End View Information
element. When the engine operates at low and medium
loads, the engine water temperature is increased to reduce oil EM001, EM027
viscosity, effectively reduce mechanical friction loss of piston, Reference Electrical Information
etc., reduce heat transfer loss, and optimize combustion;
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
when the engine operates at high speed and high load, the
engine temperature may be reduced to rapidly cool the Circuit/System Test
engine. Thermostat makes the coolant stay in an optimum
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
temperature in which the engine works.
the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Disconnect harness connector EM027 of the electronic
P0597, P0598, P0599: thermostat.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V. switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
terminal 1 of harness connector EM027 of the electronic
P2181:
thermostat and the ground is the battery voltage.
• Water temperature of model is above 85℃.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The ambient temperature is above -7℃.
open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• Initial starting water temperature is lower than 50℃.
V1.0 406
Engine-2.0T Engine
4. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the battery negative circuit, and disconnect harness short to battery.
connector EM001 of the ECM.
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness electronic thermostat.
connector EM027 of the electronic thermostat and
Service Guideline
terminal 60 of harness connector EM001 of the ECM is
less than 5Ω. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Cooling
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
System" - "Thermostat".
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal 2 of harness
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
connector EM027 of the electronic thermostat and the
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
ground is infinite.
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
short to ground.
V1.0 407
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 408
Engine-2.0T Engine
• 30 and 86 Test if the resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less
than 5Ω.
• 30 and 87
If it exceeds the specified range, replace the starter relay
• 30 and 85
1.
• 85 and 87 Service Guideline
If it is not within the specified range, replace the starter • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
relay 1. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
5. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between terminal 85 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
of starter relay 1 and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
between terminal 86 of starter relay 1 and the ground. "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 409
Engine Engine-2.0T
Circuit/System Description 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
The two potentiometers of electronic throttle, along with the
P061F has been set.
two potentiometers fitted on the accelerator pedal module
used for monitoring the movement stroke of accelerator pedal, If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
form the part of the monitoring function of whole electronic 2. Check if DTC P061F is a historical DTC.
throttle control system, which can provide the redundancy
3. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
protection expected by system control.
or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Clear the historical DTC P061F.
P061F 62: 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, wait for 1
• Layer 2 pedal monitoring signal is less than 2.285V. minute until the throttle completes self-learning, and start
• Layer 2 pedal monitoring signal is greater than 2.285V. the engine, depress the accelerator for several times in
neutral position, and observe if the DTC appears again.
P061F 64: Engine speed is greater than 520 rpm.
If the DTC is reset, replace the throttle actuator.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
P061F 62:
Service Guideline
• Difference of 2 signals of Layer 2 pedal is greater than
0.371V, which lasts for 0.48s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Difference of 2 signals of Layer 2 pedal is greater than System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1.152V, which lasts for 0.48s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake
and Exhaust System" - "Electronic Throttle - with
P061F 64: Difference between the speed of layer 1 and 2 is
Adjustment".
greater than 320rpm.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC.
V1.0 410
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0634 P0634 00 and 48 are Category-13 DTCs.
DTC Description Failure Cause
DTC P0634: PCM/ECM/TCM Internal Temperature Too High • Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Engine control module failure.
PCM/ECM/TCM Internal Reference Information
00
Temperature Too High
Reference Electrical Information
PCM/ECM/TCM Internal
48 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Temperature Too High
PCM/ECM/TCM Internal Circuit/System Check
49
Temperature Too High
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
PCM/ECM/TCM Internal "ON" position.
4B
Temperature Too High 2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P0634
PCM/ECM/TCM Internal has been set.
91
Temperature Too High If other DTCs about ECM power supply failure have been
PCM/ECM/TCM Internal set, diagnose these DTCs first.
98
Temperature Too High
3. Check if the ambient temperature in which ECM stays
Circuit/System Description is high.
Engine control module consists of the microcontroller and If the ambient temperature is too high, take more
external circuit. Programs inside the microcontroller can measures for heat dissipation or adjust the arrangement
detect ECM DTCs. When security monitoring-related DTCs of ECU in the vehicle.
are detected, ECM internal programs can guide the engine 4. Check if DTC P0634 is a historical DTC.
to make prompt adjustment, take appropriate measures
5. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
according to DTCs and output DTCs required for equipment
or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
service.
6. Clear the historical DTC P0634.
Conditions for Running DTCs
7. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appears again.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and run the
8. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
engine.
Service Guideline
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Drive chip overheat is detected by ECM, which lasts for 0.5s.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
DTC P0634 49, 4B, 91 and 98 are Category-5 DTCs. "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 411
Engine Engine-2.0T
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and start the 3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
engine. harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
fuse box.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 71 of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM and terminal 3 of harness
P0645: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. is less than 5Ω.
P0646: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is less If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. open circuit/high resistance.
P0647: A/C compressor relay control circuit current is greater 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 71 of harness
than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s. connector BY021 of the ECM or terminal 3 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
and the ground is infinite.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 71 of harness
Failure Cause
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminal 3 of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the power supply is infinite.
• Compressor relay failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Engine control module failure. short to battery.
V1.0 412
Engine-2.0T Engine
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Service Guideline to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 413
Engine Engine-2.0T
• The engine starting time is more than 120s. • Terminal 5 of BY021 and Terminal 7 of BY014
• The vehicle speed is greater than 20Kmph. • Terminal 6 of BY021 and Terminal 7 of BY014
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0686: The count is 2. open circuit/high resistance.
P0690: System voltage is greater than 16.01, which lasts for 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
0.5s. connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set and the ground is infinite.
DTC P0686 is a Category-3 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
DTC P0690 is a Category-5 DTC.
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
DTC P0686 is a Category-3 DTC. and the power supply is infinite.
DTC P0690 is a Category-5 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
• Connector failure or poor fit. Service Guideline
• Main relay failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Engine control module failure. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 414
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0700 • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • ECM failure.
DTC P0700: Transmission Control System Reference Information
Range/Performance Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Check
Transmission Control System
00
Range/Performance 1. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P0700
has been set.
Circuit/System Description
If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
TCU monitors continuously the information from various
sensors, controls various systems influencing the vehicle 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
performance. position, and check if DTC P0700 is a historical DTC.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Check the appearance of the ECM connector and
electronic control unit of automatic transmission for
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
damage or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Clear the historical DTC P0700.
TCU sends the signal of illuminating MIL lamp, and the failure 5. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appear again.
is reported after a delay of 2.5s.
6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Service Guideline
DTC P0700 is a Category-4 DTC. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
DTC P0700 is a Category-4 DTC. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Cause to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Relevant circuit failure.
V1.0 415
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P1545 is a Category-13 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Relevant circuit failure.
harness connector EM024 of the throttle actuator or
• Connector failure or poor fit.
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and
• Throttle actuator failure. the ground is infinite:
• ECM failure.
• Terminal 3 of EM024
• Terminal 5 of EM024
• Terminal 19 of EM001
• Terminal 20 of EM001
V1.0 416
Engine-2.0T Engine
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the throttle
of harness connector EM024 of throttle actuator or actuator or ECM.
terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM and Service Guideline
the power supply is infinite:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake
• Terminal 3 of EM024 and Exhaust System" - "Electronic Throttle - with
• Terminal 5 of EM024 Adjustment".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 19 of EM001
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 20 of EM001
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
short to battery. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 417
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 418
Engine-2.0T Engine
P1564 2. Scan tool inspection:
DTC Description a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
DTC P1564: Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Low Voltage "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
During Adaptation and confirm if any DTC still exists.
Failure Type Byte b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
Failure Description
(FTB) tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
Idle Speed Contr.Throttle Pos. Low 3. Component check: Check battery state.
00
Voltage During Adaptation
If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
Circuit/System Description above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
The throttle position sensor is used to provide throttle angle
between 10.6 and 15V, check the charging system. Refer
information for ECM. ECM can learn engine load information
to Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
and operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored
condition, part load, full load, acceleration and deceleration) 4. If the battery is normal, confirm if the "Battery Current",
according to this information. "Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery Voltage Over
Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan tool are within
Actually, the throttle sensor is an angle potentiometer
the range of 9 ~ 16V.
characterized by linear output. Potentiometer rotor arm and
throttle are fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
potentiometer rotor arm will slide into a specified location. Test".
Voltage signals output by the potentiometer are proportional Circuit/System Test
to the throttle position.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P1564
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and do not start the has been set.
engine.
If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
3. After DTCs are read or cleared, place the ignition switch
• The marking position of ambient condition detection is
in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the throttle
27.
actuator, then gently depress the accelerator pedal for
• The marking position of successful self-learning is several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
incorrect.
If the DTC is reset, replace the throttle actuator.
• The marking position of self-learning disabled is accurate.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
DTC P1564 is a Category-6 DTC.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
and Exhaust System" - "Electronic Throttle - with
DTC P1564 is a Category-6 DTC. Adjustment".
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
• Battery failure. System" - "Alternator".
• Alternator failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System" - "Battery".
• Throttle actuator failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• ECM failure.
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Reference Information
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Electrical Information to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Circuit/System Check
1. Check fuse F1, F2 or SB1 for fusing.
V1.0 419
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 420
Engine-2.0T Engine
P2101, P2106 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC Description P2101 26, 28, 29:
DTC P2101: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and do not
Range/Performance start the engine.
Failure Type Byte • Electronic throttle self-learning is activated.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Initial learning is completed.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor P2101 21, 22, 72, 74:
21
Circuit Range/Performance
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and do not
Throttle Actuator Control Motor start the engine.
22
Circuit Range/Performance • Engine speed is less than or equal to 250 rpm.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • Engine water temperature is higher than or equal to
26
Circuit Range/Performance 5.3℃.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • Intake air temperature is higher than or equal to 5.3℃.
28
Circuit Range/Performance • Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
29 P2106: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Circuit Range/Performance
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
72 P2101 21, 22: Failure checked for release spring.
Circuit Range/Performance
P2101 26, 28:
DTC P2106: Throttle Actuator Control System – Forced
• Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position sensor 1
Limited Power
is below 0.2124V or above 0.8655V.
Failure Type Byte • Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position sensor 2
Failure Description
(FTB) is below 4.1418V or above 4.8413V.
Throttle Actuator Control System –
12 P2101 29: Deviation exists between throttle opening and
Forced Limited Power
calculated value.
Throttle Actuator Control System –
13 P2101 72:
Forced Limited Power
• Opening time is more than 0.14s.
Throttle Actuator Control System –
29 • Test threshold value is 12%.
Forced Limited Power
Throttle Actuator Control System – P2101 74:
4B
Forced Limited Power • Opening time is more than 0.56s.
• Test threshold value is 3%.
Circuit/System Description
P2106: Power drive stage error of DVE is monitored.
ECMGives commands to make the DC motor actuate and
influence the opening of throttle through drive mechanism. Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
There are two potentiometers acting as position sensors, DTC P2101 is a Category-3, Category-6 or Category-13 DTC.
which are fitted in reverse phase. When the throttle position
is altered, resistance of two circuits will have linear change, one DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC.
will increase and the other will decrease. When a +5V voltage Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
is added, the position of sensor will be transformed into the DTC P2101 is a Category-3, Category-6 or Category-13 DTC.
voltage output corresponding to the changes of the resistance
value. These two potentiometers, and two potentiometers DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC.
fitted on the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring Failure Cause
the movement stroke of accelerator pedal, form part of the • Throttle actuator failure.
whole electronic throttle control system monitoring function,
• ECM failure.
which can provide the redundancy protection expected by
system control.
V1.0 421
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 422
Engine-2.0T Engine
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2140 added, the pedal position will be transformed into the voltage
DTC Description output corresponding to the changes of the resistance value.
These two potentiometers and two potentiometers fitted on
DTC P2127: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit
the electronic throttle used for monitoring the position of
Low
the throttle, form part of whole electronic throttle control
Failure Type Byte system monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy
Failure Description
(FTB) protection expected by system control.
Throttle/Pedal Position Conditions for Running DTCs
21
Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit Low
P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133: Place the ignition switch in "ON"
DTC P2128: Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit position.
High P2140: Signal voltage of electronic accelerator pedal position
Failure Type Byte sensor 2 is higher than 0.596V.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Setting DTCs
Throttle/Pedal Position P2127: Voltage of the electronic accelerator pedal position
22
Sensor/Switch “E” Circuit High sensor 1 is less than 0.781V, which lasts for 0.2s.
V1.0 423
Engine Engine-2.0T
• Slowly press accelerator pedal to wide open throttle 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
position, and then let pedal return to closed throttle of harness connector BY026 of the accelerator pedal
position gradually. Repeat this procedure for several module and the power supply is infinite:
times. Parameters shall change up and down regularly. • Terminal 1 of BY026
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System • Terminal 2 of BY026
Test".
• Terminal 3 of BY026
4. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset. • Terminal 4 of BY026
Circuit/System Test • Terminal 5 of BY026
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Terminal 6 of BY026
the battery negative cable.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
2. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of the accelerator short to battery.
pedal.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM.
accelerator pedal.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Service Guideline
harness connector BY026 of the accelerator pedal and
terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM is less • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Driving
than 5Ω: Brake" - "Pedal Assembly".
• Terminal 1 of BY026 and Terminal 81 of BY021 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Terminal 2 of BY026 and Terminal 82 of BY021
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Terminal 3 of BY026 and Terminal 35 of BY021 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 4 of BY026 and Terminal 83 of BY021 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 424
Engine-2.0T Engine
P2226, P2227 deviation between the former and current driving cycles:
DTC Description E - F > 3kPa, which lasts for 3s.
DTC P2226: Barometric Pressure Circuit • Diagnosis calculation standard is to compare the sum of
ambient pressure value and rationality value: A - B > C
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description + D, which lasts for 3s. Ambient pressure comparison of
(FTB)
current cycle: G - H > 5kPa, which lasts for 3s.
Barometric Pressure Circuit Greater
23 (A: Measured ambient pressure; B: Deviation value of ambient
Than Threshold
pressure is 2kPa; C: Boost pressure; D: Upper limit of boost
24 Barometric Pressure Circuit pressure is 7kPa; E: Ambient pressure at the beginning of
driving cycle; F: Barometric pressure when the driving cycle
DTC P2227: Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance is over; G: Time-delayed ambient pressure, and time delay is
Failure Type Byte 20s; H: Ambient pressure.)
Failure Description
(FTB) P2227 21: Ambient pressure signal is less than 41kPa, which
Barometric Pressure Circuit lasts for 3s.
21
Range/Performance
P2227 22: Ambient pressure signal is greater than 114kPa,
Barometric Pressure Circuit which lasts for 3s.
22
Range/Performance Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Circuit/System Description DTC P2226 and P2227 are Category-3 DTCs.
Diagnosis of the maximum and minimum ambient pressure and Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
its rationality of the ambient in which the vehicle stays.
DTC P2226 and P2227 are Category-3 DTCs.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Cause
P2226:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Engine speed is less than 850rpm.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Throttle opening is less than 4.5166%.
• ECM failure.
P2227: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs Reference Electrical Information
P2226 23: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Diagnosis calculation standard is to compare the sum of
Circuit/System Test
ambient pressure value and rationality value: A + B < C -
D, which lasts for 3s. Difference between the ambient 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
pressure of current and former cycles: E - F > 3kPa, "ON" position.
which lasts for 3s. 2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P2226,
• Diagnosis calculation standard is to compare the sum of P2227 has been set.
ambient pressure value and rationality value: A + B < C If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
- D, which lasts for 3s. Pressure comparison of current
3. Check if DTC P2226 and P2227 are historical DTCs.
cycle: G - H < 5kPa, which lasts for 3s.
4. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
(A: Measured ambient pressure; B: Deviation value of ambient
or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
pressure is 2kPa; C: Boost pressure; D: Upper limit of boost
5. Clear the historical DTCs P2226 and P2227.
pressure is 7kPa; E: Ambient pressure of new cycle; F: Ambient
pressure of current cycle; G: Time-delayed ambient pressure, 6. With the engine not started, observe if the "Ambient
and time delay is 20s; H: Ambient pressure.) Air Pressure" item in the data flow deviates the normal
value (the pressure shall be the barometric pressure at
P2226 24:
this moment).
• Diagnosis calculation standard is to compare the sum of
If it deviates the normal value, test/replace the ECM.
ambient pressure value and rationality value: A - B > C
+ D, which lasts for 3s. Comparison of ambient pressure 7. Start the engine and run it in normal ambient, observe if
the "Ambient Air Pressure" item in the data flow deviates
V1.0 425
Engine Engine-2.0T
the normal value (the pressure shall be the barometric • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
pressure at this moment). to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
If it deviates the normal value, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 426
Engine-2.0T Engine
P300B • Throttle actuator unmatched or self-learning error.
DTC Description • ECM failure.
DTC P300B: Engine torque control Adaption at limit Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Engine torque control Adaption at
00 Circuit/System Check
limit
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Circuit/System Description position, confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
The potentiometers of electronic throttle, along with the two P300B has been set.
potentiometers fitted on the accelerator pedal module used If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
for monitoring the movement stroke of accelerator pedal,
form the part of the monitoring function of whole electronic 2. Check if DTC P300B is a historical DTC.
throttle control system, which can provide the redundancy 3. If only DTC P300B is set, match the ECM with the throttle
protection expected by system control. actuator and perform throttle actuator self-learning.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Clear the historical DTC P300B.
2s after the startup of engine. 5. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appear again.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guideline
Difference between the required torque and allowable torque
in layer 1 is greater than 0, which lasts for 600s. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set and Exhaust System" - "Electronic Throttle - with
Adjustment".
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Cause to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Throttle actuator failure.
V1.0 427
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P304C: rationality check negative offset Reference Connector End View Information
EM001, EM014
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
00 rationality check negative offset Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P304B: Water temperature is greater than 75℃ when the last 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
driving cycle is over, the starting water temperature is lower harness connector EM014 of the fuel rail pressure sensor
than or equal to 35.3℃, the difference between the starting and terminals of harness connector EM001 of the ECM
water temperature and intake air temperature is less than or is less than 5Ω:
equal to 10℃, and the shut-down cooling time is more than • Terminal 1 of EM014 and Terminal 29 of EM001
30,000s.
• Terminal 2 of EM014 and Terminal 40 of EM001
P304C: Engine running time is more than 30s after starting.
• Terminal 3 of EM014 and Terminal 13 of EM001
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P304B: Rail pressure and the underneath conditions is higher
open circuit/high resistance.
than 1,500kPa, which lasts for 0.5s, engine speed and the
underneath conditions is less than 25rpm, the current driving 4. Connect the scan tool and battery negative cable, and
cycle has any one of the following current activated failure place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
P0171 or P0088. 5. Clear the historical DTC P300B.
P304C: Rail pressure and the underneath conditions is lower 6. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appear again.
than 200kPa, which lasts for 30.5s, engine speed and the 7. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM or fuel
underneath conditions is less than 25rpm, the current driving rail pressure sensor.
cycle has any one of the following current activated failure Service Guideline
P0171 or P0088.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
System" - "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor".
DTC P304B and P304C are Category-13 DTCs. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
DTC P304B and P304C are Category-13 DTCs. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
Failure Cause
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Relevant circuit failure.
V1.0 428
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Manifold & Exhaust
DTC Category
List
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
上游氧传感器加热控制电路断
P0030 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit(Bank 1 Sensor 1) ON 3
路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low(Bank 1 Sensor 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0031 11 ON 3
1) 地短路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High(Bank 1 Sensor 上游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0032 12 ON 3
1) 电源短路
下游氧传感器加热控制电路断
P0036 13 HO2S Heater Control Circuit(Bank 1 Sensor 2) ON 3
路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low(Bank 1 Sensor 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0037 11 ON 3
2) 地短路
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High(Bank 1 Sensor 下游氧传感器加热控制电路对
P0038 12 ON 3
2) 电源短路
上游氧传感器内阻不合理性故
P0053 1B HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor 1) ON 3
障
P0054 1B HO2S Heater Resistance(Bank1(1)Sensor 2) 下游氧传感器加热内阻不合理 ON 3
P0130 31 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器电路信号故障 ON 3
上游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0131 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ON 3
低
上游氧传感器信号电路电压过
P0132 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1 ON 3
高
P0133 26 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器老化 ON 3
P0135 1E O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 上游氧传感器加热极电气故障 ON 3
P0136 29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号断路 ON 3
P0137 16 O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号对地短路 ON 3
P0138 17 O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 下游氧传感器信号对电源短路 ON 3
下游氧传感器老化-信号持续偏
23 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 2 ON 3
浓
P0139
下游氧传感器老化-信号持续偏
24 O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 2 ON 3
稀
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold 三元催化器储氧能力老化 ON 3
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器特
24 Oxygen Sensor Characteristic Biased/Stuck ON 3
性偏移最大-混合气偏稀
Max-Mixture Lean
P2195
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器特
25 Oxygen Sensor Characteristic Biased/Stuck ON 3
性偏移不合理-混合气偏稀
Irrational-Mixture Lean
V1.0 429
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器特
23 Oxygen Sensor Characteristic Biased/Stuck ON 3
性偏移最小-混合气偏浓
Min-Mixture Rich
P2196
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器特
29 Oxygen Sensor Characteristic Biased/Stuck ON 3
性偏移信号-混合气偏浓
Signal-Mixture Rich
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器信
P2231 00 Oxygen Sensor Signal Circuit Short to Heater ON 3
号电路对加热电路短路
Circuit
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream 宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器参
P2243 00 ON 3
Oxygen Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit Open 考电压电路开路
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器负
P2251 00 Oxygen Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit ON 3
极电流控制电路开路
Open
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器电
P2414 00 Oxygen Sensor Voltage Irrational-Exhaust Sample ON 3
压不合理-排气样本误差
Error
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream
宽氧型(LSU)上游氧传感器泵
P2626 00 Oxygen Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit ON 3
电流信号线修正电路开路
Open
O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1
P2A01 29 下游氧传感器信号不合理 ON 3
Sensor 2
Min error of DFP_ICLSU:fault in evaluation IC of
16 LSU集成芯片供电电压过低 ON 3
LSU(power supply oder kommunication)
Max error of DFP_ICLSU:fault in evaluation IC of
17 LSU集成芯片电压修正值过高 ON 3
LSU(power supply oder kommunication)
P3096 Not plausible error of DFP_ICLSU : fault in
29 evaluation IC of LSU ( power supply oder LSU集成芯片SPI通信故障 ON 3
kommunication)
Signal error of DFP_ICLSU:fault in evaluation IC
31 LSU集成芯片寄存器写入故障 ON 3
of LSU(power supply oder kommunication)
*Note:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
V1.0 430
Engine-2.0T Engine
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 3
V1.0 431
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 432
Engine-2.0T Engine
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information Upstream Oxygen Sensor
Engine Control Module BY021 1
Pump Current Signal
Upstream Oxygen Sensor
2
Ground
Upstream Oxygen Sensor
3
Heating
4 12V Power Supply
Upstream Oxygen Sensor
5
Trimming Resistance
Upstream Oxygen Sensor
6
Nernst Battery Voltage
V1.0 433
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 434
Engine-2.0T Engine
Reference Information • Terminal 3 of EM034
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 4 of EM034
Engine Management System-3 • Terminal 73 of BY021
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
BY021, EM034 short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information 10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM034 of the upstream oxygen sensor
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
or the terminal of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
Circuit/System Test and the power supply is infinite:
1. Check if fuse F47 is blown. • Terminal 3 of EM034
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Terminal 4 of EM034
the battery negative cable.
• Terminal 73 of BY021
3. Disconnect harness connector EM034 of the upstream
oxygen sensor. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
4. Perform the component test on the upstream oxygen short to battery.
sensor. 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
If the test fails, replace the upstream oxygen sensor. upstream oxygen sensor.
Component Test
5. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in "ON" position. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
6. Test if the voltage between terminal 4 of harness the battery negative cable.
connector EM034 of the upstream oxygen sensor and the 2. Disconnect harness connector EM034 of the upstream
ground is the battery voltage. oxygen sensor, remove the upstream oxygen sensor,
allow it to cool down at room temperature till it achieves
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
the room temperature.
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and terminal
7. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the 4 of the upstream oxygen sensor is around 4.8Ω with
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector a digital multimeter.
BY021 of the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the upstream
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
oxygen sensor.
connector EM034 of the upstream oxygen sensor and
terminal 73 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM is Service Guideline
less than 5Ω. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Front ".
open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM034 of the upstream oxygen sensor • Replace, programme and set the control module.
or the terminal of harness connector BY021 of the ECM
and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 435
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P0054: HO2S Heater Resistance (Bank1 (1) Sensor 2) DTC P0036, P0037, P0038, and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs.
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Relevant circuit failure.
HO2S Heater Resistance (Bank1 (1) • Connector failure or poor fit.
1B
Sensor 2) • Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 15V , and the Circuit/System Test
engine runs.
1. Check if fuse F47 is blown.
P0054: 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• The module exhaust temperature in the two-point the battery negative cable.
oxygen sensor position is greater than 299.991℃ and 3. Disconnect harness connector EM035 of the downstream
less than 749.991℃, engine is cooled for more than oxygen sensor.
118s, intake temperature is greater than -9.8℃, system
4. Perform the component test on the downstream oxygen
voltage is between 10.7 and 16.1V, engine speed is
sensor.
between 240 and 280rpm, and the internal resistance of
two-point oxygen sensor is calculated for more than 18 If the test fails, replace the downstream oxygen sensor.
times.
V1.0 436
Engine-2.0T Engine
5. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition sensor or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
switch in "ON" position. ECM and the power supply is infinite:
6. Test if the voltage between terminal 4 of harness • Terminal 3 of EM035
connector EM035 of the downstream oxygen sensor and
• Terminal 4 of EM035
the ground is battery voltage.
• Terminal 29 of BY021
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector 11. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
BY021 of the ECM. downstream oxygen sensor.
• Terminal 3 of EM035 If it is not within the specified range, replace the downstream
oxygen sensor.
• Terminal 4 of EM035
Service Guideline
• Terminal 29 of BY021
1. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Rear".
short to ground. 2. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
10. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
harness connector EM035 of the downstream oxygen 3. Replace, programme and set the control module.
V1.0 437
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC P0133: O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor P0130: The exhaust temperature of front oxygen sensor is
1 less than 750.006℃; fuel cut-off activation is valid, which lasts
for 2s and more; front oxygen preparation is ready; system
Failure Type Byte voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.11V; front oxygen sensor heating
Failure Description
(FTB) preparation is already. ;
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response P0131 and P0132: Engine speed is greater than 25rpm; system
26
Bank 1 Sensor 1 voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.11V.
P2414:
V1.0 438
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Rear oxygen preparation is completed. • The gain of front oxygen sensor and sensor characteristic
• Target air-fuel ratio is less than 1.6. curve in the air is low (air-fuel ratio is greater than 1.05
or less than 0.95).
P2626:
• The front oxygen sensor in the air: front oxygen sensor
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm; system voltage is voltage is between 2.5 ~ 3.06006V after the offset is
between 10.7 ~ 16.1V; air-fuel ratio control activation is corrected.
valid; difference between the oxygen sensor temperature
P2626:
and the set temperature is less than 64.992℃; front
oxygen sensor electrical correction activation is failed; • Front oxygen sensor voltage is less than 1.49023 ~
exhaust mass is less than 200g. 1.50977V, which lasts for 10s.
• The ceramic body temperature of front oxygen sensor is • The front oxygen air-fuel ratio set value is greater than
greater than 755.006℃. 1.03003, which lasts for 5s.
• During the warm-up, oxygen sensor heating duty • Air-fuel ratio set value is greater than 0.96997, which lasts
ratio output is greater than 100%, and the dew point for 5s.
temperature has been over 30s, which lasts for 5s. Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P2251, P2414 and P2626
P0130: Front oxygen sensor voltage is greater than 4.8V, which are Category-3 DTCs.
lasts for 10s. Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
P0131: DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P2251, P2414 and P2626
• Integrated chip VM circuit internal failure (minimum are Category-3 DTCs.
failure) is detected; VM circuit voltage is less than 1.75V, Failure Cause
which lasts for 2s.
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Integrated chip UN circuit internal failure (minimum
• Connector failure or poor fit.
failure) is detected; UN circuit voltage is less than 1.5V.
• Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
• Integrated chip IA circuit internal failure (minimum
failure) is detected; VM circuit voltage is less than 0.3V, • ECM failure.
which lasts for 2s. Reference Information
P0132: Reference Circuit Information
• Integrated chip VM circuit internal failure (maximum Engine Management System-3
failure) is detected; VM circuit voltage is greater than
Reference Connector End View Information
3.25V, which lasts for 5s.
BY021, EM034
• Integrated chip UN circuit internal failure (maximum
failure) is detected; UN circuit voltage is less than 4.4V. Reference Electrical Information
• Integrated chip IA circuit internal failure (maximum Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
failure) is detected; IA circuit voltage is greater than 7V,
Circuit/System Check
which lasts for 2s.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
P0133: Front oxygen sensor dynamic factor is less than 0.15,
the scan tool.
which lasts for 50s.
2. Read and save the failure freeze frame information, and
P2251: The oxygen sensor electrode internal resistance is confirm that there is no oxygen sensor heater control
greater than 950Ω, and the front oxygen sensor voltage is circuit DTC.
between 1.47 ~ 1.53V, which lasts for 5s.
If there is relevant oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P2414: DTC, service this DTC first.
• The front oxygen sensor in the air: front oxygen sensor 3. If the vehicle "Circuit/System Test" succeeds, operate the
voltage is between 3.70117 ~ 4.80957V after the offset is vehicle under the conditions for running DTC. Confirm
corrected, (if the fuel capacity is less than 12.2%, another that the DTC is not reset.
120s shall be added) which lasts for 10s.
4. Keep the engine at idle mode, observe the "upstream
oxygen sensor voltage" and "upstream oxygen sensor
V1.0 439
Engine Engine-2.0T
original voltage" parameters shown in the scan tool terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
real-time display. The reading shall fluctuate within -1 - the battery is infinite:
318.995V.
• Terminal 1 of EM034
If the reading does not change as expected or remains
• Terminal 2 of EM034
unchanged, go to "Circuit/System Test".
• Terminal 76 of BY021
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect • Terminal 79 of BY021
the battery negative cable. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
2. Disconnect harness connector EM034 of the upstream short to battery.
oxygen sensor. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
3. Test the component of upstream oxygen sensor. upstream oxygen sensor.
If the test fails, replace the upstream oxygen sensor. Component Test
4. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM034 of the upstream oxygen 2. Disconnect harness connector EM034 of the upstream
sensor and terminals of harness connector BY021 of the oxygen sensor, remove the upstream oxygen sensor,
ECM is less than 5Ω: allow it to cool down at room temperature till it achieves
the room temperature.
• Terminal 1 of EM034 and Terminal 79 of BY021
3. With a digital multimeter, test if the resistance between
• Terminal 2 of EM034 and Terminal 76 of BY021 terminal 1 and 5 of the upstream oxygen sensor is about
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant 112Ω, and test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4
circuit for open circuit/high resistance. of the upstream oxygen sensor is infinite.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of If it is not within the specified range, replace the
harness connector EM034 of the upstream sensor or downstream oxygen sensor.
terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and Service Guideline
the ground is infinite:
1. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Terminal 1 of EM034 System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Front".
V1.0 440
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139, P2A01 difference is low, only a few of oxygen ions move from inside
DTC Description to outside and the output voltage is low (approximate to
100mV).
DTC P0136: O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2
Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0136, P0138: Rear oxygen sensor is heated fully, which last
(FTB)
for 1~25s (depending on exhaust temperature), the catalytic
29 O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2
converter downstream temperature exceeds the dew point
DTC P0137: O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 temperature, the system voltage is greater than 10.7V, and the
engine speed is greater than 25rpm.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0137: Fuel cut-off activation is failed, catalytic converter
(FTB)
oxygen clearing activation identifies, which lasts for 3s.
O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank
16 P0139 23:
1 Sensor 2
• Rear oxygen preparation is completed, start the fuel
DTC P0138: O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2
cut-off, which lasts for 10s at most.
Failure Type Byte • The minimum interval (avoid excess cooling of oxygen
Failure Description
(FTB) sensor) between two times of fuel cut-off is above 5s.
O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank • Rear oxygen sensor voltage is greater than 0.5479V, and
17
1 Sensor 2 the difference between the target air-fuel ratio and the
actual air-fuel ratio of front oxygen sensor is greater than
DTC P0139: O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 7.999756, which lasts for more than 1.5s.
2
• Measurement resistance of rear oxygen sensor is 2,000Ω.
Failure Type Byte • Exhaust temperature in rear oxygen sensor position is
Failure Description
(FTB) higher than 500.006℃.
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response • Exhaust mass flow is greater than 3.36 g/sec; gradient
23
Bank 1 Sensor 2 calculation interval is 0.9999390s; system voltage is
O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response greater than 10.7V.
24
Bank 1 Sensor 2 P0139 24:
DTC P2A01: O2 Sensor Circuit Range / Performance Bank 1 • Rear oxygen preparation is completed.
Sensor 2 • The following condition is valid only when the previous
Failure Type Byte fuel cut-off happens: First, increase the concentration of
Failure Description the air mixture so as to avoid the catalytic converter full
(FTB)
of oxygen, the fuel cut-off starting is failed, which lasts for
O2 Sensor Circuit Range / 1.5s; the rear oxygen sensor output voltage is less than
29
Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2 0.1523V, measurement resistance of rear oxygen sensor
Circuit/System Description is 2,000 Ω, exhaust temperature in rear oxygen sensor
position is higher than 500.006℃; exhaust mass flow
Its sensing element is a ceramic tube, the inner surface and
is greater than 2.24~14.00 g/sec; gradient calculation
outer surface of which are contacted with exhaust gas and
interval is 0.9999390s; system voltage is greater than
ambient air respectively. When the sensing ceramic tube
10.7V.
temperature reaches 350℃, it will have the property of solid
electrolyte. With this property, the concentration difference P2A01: Rear oxygen sensor is heated fully, which last for
of oxygen is turned to electric potential difference so as 1~25s (depending on exhaust temperature), the rear oxygen
to form electric signal output. If the mixture is rich, the sensor heating is turned off, which lasts for 0.04s, the catalytic
concentration difference of oxygen inside and outside the converter downstream temperature exceeds the dew point
ceramic tube is high, the electric potential difference is high, temperature, the system voltage is greater than 10.7V, and the
a large amount of oxygen ions move from inside to outside engine speed is greater than 25rpm.
and the output voltage is high (approximate to 900mV); if the Conditions for Setting DTCs
mixture is thin, the concentration difference of oxygen inside
P0136:
and outside the ceramic tube is low, the electric potential
V1.0 441
Engine Engine-2.0T
• The output voltage of downstream oxygen sensor is 2. Read and save the failure freeze frame information, and
between 0.4014 and 0.4990V, which lasts for 10s; the confirm that there is no oxygen sensor heater control
average voltage of the difference for the rear oxygen circuit DTC.
sensor with or without load is greater than 2.9004V. If there is relevant oxygen sensor heater control circuit
• The exhaust temperature of front oxygen sensor is DTC, service this DTC first.
greater than 1,262.827℃, the resistance of rear oxygen
3. If the vehicle passes "Circuit/System Test", operate the
sensor is greater than 131,070Ω.
vehicle when the DTC is running. Confirm that the DTC
P0137: ECM detects that the output voltage of rear oxygen is not reset.
sensor is less than 0.0596V, which lasts for 3s; the average 4. When the engine is idling, observe "Downstream Oxygen
voltage of the difference for the rear oxygen sensor with or Sensor Voltage" and "Downstream Oxygen Sensor
without load is less than 0.0049V. Voltage Original Value" parameters displayed in real time
P0138: In the primary oxygen sensor, the air-fuel ratio set value on the scan tool. The reading shall fluctuate within -1 -
is greater than 0.995; ECM detects that rear oxygen sensor 318.995V.
output voltage is greater than 1.2V, which lasts for 8s. If the reading does not change as expected or remains
P0139 23: Rear oxygen sensor output voltage is greater than unchanged, go to "Circuit/System Test".
0.75V, oxygen sensor storage capacity of catalytic converter is Circuit/System Test
greater than 1,000mg, which lasts for 0.125s. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P0139 24: Rear oxygen sensor output voltage is less than 0.5V, the battery negative cable.
oxygen sensor storage capacity of catalytic converter is greater 2. Disconnect harness connector EM035 of downstream
than 1,000mg, which lasts for 0.15s. oxygen sensor.
P2A01: Downstream output gradient voltage is greater than 3. Test the component of oxygen sensor.
2.002V, and the count per 10s is greater than 4, which lasts for If the test fails, replace the downstream oxygen sensor.
0.5s.
4. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
DTC P0136, P0137, P138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3 harness connector EM035 of the downstream oxygen
DTCs. sensor and terminals of harness connector BY021 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs ECM is less than 5Ω:
DTC P0136, P0137, P138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3 • Terminal 1 of EM035 and Terminal 62 of BY021
DTCs. • Terminal 2 of EM035 and Terminal 33 of BY021
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Relevant circuit failure. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM035 of the downstream sensor or
• Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
• ECM failure. the ground is infinite:
Reference Information
• Terminal 1 of EM035
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 2 of EM035
Engine Management System-3 • Terminal 33 of BY021
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal 62 of BY021
BY021, EM035 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Electrical Information short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 7. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Circuit/System Check
the following terminals of harness connector EM035 of
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect the downstream oxygen sensor or terminals of harness
the scan tool. connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground is 0V:
V1.0 442
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Terminal 1 of EM035 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of the
downstream oxygen sensor is infinite, by using digital
• Terminal 2 of EM035
multimeter.
• Terminal 33 of BY021
If it is not within the specified range, replace the
• Terminal 62 of BY021 downstream oxygen sensor.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for Service Guideline
short to battery. 1. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Rear".
downstream oxygen sensor. 2. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Component Test System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect 3. Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the battery negative cable. to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System"
- "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
2. Disconnect harness connector EM035 of the downstream
oxygen sensor, remove the downstream oxygen sensor,
allow it to cool down at room temperature till it achieves
the room temperature.
V1.0 443
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 444
Engine-2.0T Engine
If any of the conditions is found, replace the three-way If the oxygen sensor can work normally, replace the
catalytic converter. three-way catalytic converter.
3. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in Service Guideline
exhaust system: • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• Exhaust System Leakage System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Front ".
• Exhaust system component is damaged • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Rear".
• Looseness and missing of metal components in exhaust
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
system
Exhaust System" - "Front Exhaust Pipe".
• Oxygen sensor is fitted incorrectly
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
If any failure is found, repair the exhaust system failure. Exhaust System" - "Three-way Catalytic Converter".
4. If physical tests are all normal, start the engine, and read • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake and
oxygen sensor parameters with a scan tool. Exhaust System" - "Rear Muffler Assembly".
V1.0 445
Engine Engine-2.0T
、P2196、
P2195、 、P2243 pump battery pumps the oxygen in, and the pump current is
DTC Description reversal at this time. Oxygen sensor transfers a current signal,
showing the change of oxygen concentration, to ECM, and the
DTC P2195: O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Lean
pump current is proportional to the oxygen concentration in
Failure Type Byte the exhaust, therefore, the pump current is a non-linearity
Failure Description
(FTB) measurement method for excessive air coefficient.
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Conditions for Running DTCs
Type Upstream Oxygen Sensor
24 P2195, P2196:
Characteristic Biased/Stuck
Max-Mixture Lean • Front oxygen preparation is completed.
• Front oxygen lambda closed-loop control; fuel capacity
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU)
correction activation is successful.
Type Upstream Oxygen Sensor
25 • Fuel cut-off activation is failed.
Characteristic Biased/Stuck
Irrational-Mixture Lean • Oxygen clearing after fuel cut-off is failed.
• Catalyst heating activation is failed.
DTC P2196: O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Rich
• Thickness acceleration is failed.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Thinness deceleration is failed.
(FTB)
• Cylinder balance self-learning activation is failed; fuel
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) capacity correction factor is less than or equal to
Type Upstream Oxygen Sensor 0.720001; actual air-fuel ratio is less than 1; front oxygen
23
Characteristic Biased/Stuck voltage is less than 0.4V.
Min-Mixture Rich
• Cylinder balance self-learning activation is failed; fuel
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) capacity correction factor is greater than or equal to
Type Upstream Oxygen Sensor 1.279999; actual air-fuel ratio is greater than 1; front
29
Characteristic Biased/Stuck oxygen voltage is greater than 0.6V. Engine load change
Signal-Mixture Rich rate is less than 9%, engine water temperature is greater
than 50.3℃, exhaust flow is greater than 4.2g/sec
DTC P2243: Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type Upstream and less than 39.2g/sec, exhaust mass is greater than
Oxygen Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit Open 100g, front catalyst module temperature is greater than
Failure Type Byte 399.998℃ and less than 899.991℃, the offset gradient
Failure Description
(FTB) is less than 0.029999, two-point oxygen sensor voltage
is lower than the reference voltage for a time (less
Lambda-Sonde-Universal (LSU) Type
than 0.688~0.708V) to indicate that the oxygen sensor
00 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Reference
works normally (the reference voltage is MAP value).
Voltage Circuit Open
• The following DTCs are completed in that circulation:
Circuit/System Description P0030, P0031, P0032、P0130, P2243, P2251, P2626 and
The upstream oxygen sensor is a wide range oxygen sensor P3096.
which is capable to determine the oxygen concentration in P2243:
a wide range. The data provided by the sensor shows the
• The dew point temperature has been exceeded, which
air / fuel ratio in the combustion chamber of engine. It can
lasts for 30s.
produce the correct and continuous signals in the range from
thick gas mixture to thin gas mixture. Since the oxygen atom • The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.1V.
can be transfered with the current according to the polarity, • Engine speed is above 25rpm.
the ECM controls the pump voltage of the pump battery to • The ceramic body temperature of oxygen sensor is
pump in or pump out appropriate amount of oxygen to the greater than 755.006℃.
concentration sensor so as to maintain the air / fuel ratio
• During the warm-up, oxygen sensor heating duty ratio
measured by concentration sensor to be 1. When there is
output is 100% higher, which lasts for 5s.
excessive air in the exhaust (thin), the oxygen is pumped
out and the forward pump current is formed. The more
Conditions for Setting DTCs
oxygen content, the bigger the pump current; when the P2195: The deviation of current air-fuel ratio is greater than
residual oxygen content in the exhaust is low (thick), the 0.099976(npl) and greater than 0.07(max).
V1.0 446
Engine-2.0T Engine
P2196: The deviation of current air-fuel ratio is less than Circuit/System Test
-0.099976(sig) and less than -0.07(max).
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P2243: the battery negative cable.
• The oxygen sensor electrode internal resistance is 2. Disconnect harness connector EM034 of the upstream
greater than 950Ω, which lasts for 5s. oxygen sensor and harness connector BY021 of the ECM.
• The front oxygen voltage is greater than 4.7V. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• The front oxygen voltage output is less than 0.20020V, of harness connector EM034 of the upstream oxygen
which lasts for 1s. sensor and terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
ECM is less than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 5 of EM034 and Terminal 78 of BY021
DTC P2195, P2196 and P2243 are Category-3 DTCs.
• Terminal 6 of EM034 and Terminal 77 of BY021
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
DTC P2195, P2196 and P2243 are Category-3 DTCs.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Relevant circuit failure. harness connector EM034 of the upstream sensor or
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
• Upstream oxygen sensor failure. the ground is infinite:
• ECM failure. • Terminal 5 of EM034
Reference Information • Terminal 6 of EM034
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 77 of BY021
Engine Management System-3 • Terminal 78 of BY021
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
BY021, EM034 short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector EM034 of the upstream sensor or
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
Circuit/System Check the power supply is infinite:
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect • Terminal 5 of EM034
the scan tool. • Terminal 6 of EM034
2. Read and save fault freeze frame information, and confirm
• Terminal 77 of BY021
that there is no oxygen sensor heater control circuit
DTC. • Terminal 78 of BY021
If DTCs of the oxygen sensor heating control circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
appear, repair the DTCs first. short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
3. If the vehicle passes "Circuit/System Test", operate the
upstream oxygen sensor.
vehicle when the DTC is running. Confirm that the DTC
is not reset. Service Guideline
4. Keep the engine at idle mode, observe the "upstream • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
oxygen sensor voltage" and "upstream oxygen sensor System" - "Heater Oxygen Sensor - Front ".
original voltage" parameters shown in the scan tool • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
real-time display. The reading shall fluctuate within -1 - System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
318.995V.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If the reading does not change as expected or remains to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
unchanged, switch to "Circuit/System Test". System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 447
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 448
Engine-2.0T Engine
Engine Electrical System
DTC Category
List
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
P0560 1C System Voltage 系统蓄电池电压信号不合理 OFF 5
P0562 16 System Voltage Low 系统蓄电池电压过低 OFF 5
P0563 17 System Voltage High 系统蓄电池电压过高 OFF 5
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum计算
00 ON 3
Error 故障
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum计算
P0601 43 ON 3
Error 故障(读取错误)
Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum 下线配置EEPROM的checksum计算
49 ON 3
Error 故障(写入错误)
ECU控 制 器 故 障 ( 5V欠 压 监 控 故
16 ECM/PCM Processor ON 13
障)
ECU控 制 器 故 障 ( 5V过 压 监 控 故
17 ECM/PCM Processor ON 13
障)
29 ECM/PCM Processor 第一层安全断油监控故障 ON 13
42 ECM/PCM Processor 软件复位(类型1) ON 3
44 ECM/PCM Processor 第二层扭矩监控故障 ON 13
45 ECM/PCM Processor 软件复位(类型2) ON 3
V1.0 449
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* Category
起动开关吸合一定时间,发动机未
P14A6 00 Blocked engine with drop of battery voltagle OFF 5
转动(电瓶电压有压降)
起动机反馈电压信号线(KL50r)
P14A7 00 KL50r wire short circuit to ground OFF 5
与地短路
起动机反馈电压信号线(KL50r)
P14A8 00 KL50r wire short circuit to Battery OFF 5
与电源短路
Blocked engine without drop of battery 起动开关吸合一定时间,发动机未
P14A9 00 OFF 5
voltagle 转动(电瓶电压无压降)
Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control
P1523 81 车辆碰撞,安全气囊弹出 OFF 17
Module
Immo Cipher Key and security PIN not
P1610 51 未进行防盗匹配 ON 13
programmed
P1613 06 Challenge period expired 未收到防盗器的认证回复 OFF 9
Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not
P1614 05 收到错误的的防盗器认证回复 OFF 9
OK
Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control
P1683 81 安全气囊传输给ECU的信号不合理 ON 13
Module
P26E4 13 Starter Relay Circuit 起动机控制继电器电路电流超上限 5
P26E5 11 Starter Relay Circuit Low 起动机控制继电器电路对地短路 5
P26E6 12 Starter Relay Circuit High 起动机控制继电器电路对电源短路 5
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN总线bus off故障 ON 3
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM ECU与TCM控制模块通讯故障 ON 3
Lost Communication with Transfer Case
U0102 87 ECU与TCCM控制模块通讯故障 OFF 5
Control Module
Lost Communication With Brake System ECU与ESP制动系统控制模块通讯
U0129 87 ON 3
Control Module 故障
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway“A” ECU与GW控制模块通讯故障 ON 5
Lost Communication With Restraints Control
U0151 87 ECU与SRS模块通讯故障 OFF 5
Module
U0301 62 Software Incompatibility With ECM/PCM PMM的网络输入和硬线状态不相符 ON 5
*Note :
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
V1.0 450
Engine-2.0T Engine
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Engine Management System (2.0T) - 1
V1.0 451
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 452
Engine-2.0T Engine
Connector Information Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY014
Connector Information
Transmission Control Module BY001
V1.0 453
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 454
Engine-2.0T Engine
Gateway FA004 Diagnostic Interface FA042
V1.0 455
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0560: Place the ignition switch in “ON” position. If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
P0562: properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
• Engine idle speed is between 640 ~ 840rpm. between 10.6 ~ 15V, check the charging system. Refer to
• The time is more than 180s after the starting. Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
• The system voltage is greater than 2.54V. 4. If the battery is normal, confirm if the "Battery Voltage",
"Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery Voltage over
P0563:
Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan tool are within
• Engine idle speed is between 640 ~ 840rpm. the range of 9 ~ 16V.
• The time is more than 180s after the starting.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
• The vehicle speed is greater than 20.00 Kmph. Test".
Conditions for Setting DTCs Circuit/System Test
P0560: System voltage is less than 2.54V, which lasts for 0.5s. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
P0562: System voltage is lower than 9V, which lasts for 0.5s.
2. Remove the main relay and KL15 power control relay,
P0563: System voltage is higher than 16.01V, which lasts for
and perform the component test on the main relay and
0.5s.
KL15 power control relay.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If the test fails, replace the main relay or KL15 power
DTC P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. control relay.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM.
DTC P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector of the ECM and the ground is less
than 5Ω:
V1.0 456
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Terminal 1 of BY021 13. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground
• Terminal 2 of BY021
is infinite.
• Terminal 4 of BY021
• Terminal 3 of BY021
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Terminal 5 of BY021
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Terminal 6 of BY021
5. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
6. Test if the voltage between the following terminals of short to ground.
harness connector of the ECM and the ground is the 14. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
battery voltage.
Component Test
• Terminal 3 of BY021
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Terminal 5 of BY021 the battery negative cable.
V1.0 457
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0601, P0606 P0606 16, 17, 47, 48, 49, 63 and 91: Internal logic check is
DTC Description failed.
DTC P0601: Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum P0606 29: Engine layer 1 safety monitoring speed exceeds the
Error limit.
Failure Type Byte P0606 42 and 45: Internal failure is monitored by ECM.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0606 44: Internal logic and checksum check is wrong.
Internal Control Module Memory
00 P0606 64: Null-test voltage during the digital analog converter
Check Sum Error
test is greater than 0.215V.
Internal Control Module Memory
43 P0606 65: Internal logic check is wrong.
Check Sum Error
Internal Control Module Memory P0606 93: Engine layer 1 safety monitoring speed exceeds the
49 limit.
Check Sum Error
P0606 97:
DTC P0606: ECM/PCM Processor
• Given voltage during the digital analog converter test is
Failure Type Byte less than 4.727V.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Given voltage during the digital analog converter test is
16 ECM/PCM Processor greater than 4.829V.
17 ECM/PCM Processor Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
29 ECM/PCM Processor DTC P0601 is a Category-6 DTC. DTC P0606 is Category-3
and Category-13 DTCs.
42 ECM/PCM Processor
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
44 ECM/PCM Processor
DTC P0601 is a Category-6 DTC. DTC P0606 is Category-3
45 ECM/PCM Processor
and Category-13 DTCs.
47 ECM/PCM Processor
Failure Cause
48 ECM/PCM Processor
• Relevant circuit failure.
49 ECM/PCM Processor
• Connector failure or poor fit.
63 ECM/PCM Processor • Battery voltage is too low.
64 ECM/PCM Processor • ECM failure.
65 ECM/PCM Processor Reference Information
91 ECM/PCM Processor Reference Electrical Information
93 ECM/PCM Processor Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
97 ECM/PCM Processor Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
ECM is the control center of fuel injection system. It monitors
P0601, P0606 has been set
continuously the information from various sensors, controls
various systems influencing the vehicle performance. It also If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
executes system diagnosis function. It is able to identify the
2. Check if DTC P0601 and P0606 are historical DTCs.
operation fault, reminds the driver with malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stores the DTC at indication fault position to 3. Clear the historical DTCs P0601 and P0606.
facilitate the repair of the service personnel. 4. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appear again.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
P0601: Internal failure is monitored by ECM.
V1.0 458
Engine-2.0T Engine
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 459
Engine Engine-2.0T
P0641, P0651, P0659 2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P0641,
DTC Description P0651 and P0659 has been set.
DTC P0641: Sensor Reference Voltage “A” Circuit/Open If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
Failure Type Byte 3. Check if DTC P0641, P0651 and P0659 are historical
Failure Description
(FTB) DTCs.
00 Sensor Reference Voltage “A” 4. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
Circuit/Open or corrosion, and repair when necessary.
5. Clear the historical DTC P0641, P0651 and P0659.
DTC P0651: Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit/Open
6. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appears again.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
(FTB)
Service Guideline
00 Sensor Reference Voltage “B”
Circuit/Open • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
DTC P0659: Actuator Supply Voltage “A” Circuit High • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Failure Type Byte to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
Failure Description "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
(FTB)
00 Actuator Supply Voltage “A” Circuit
High
Circuit/System Description
Perform the internal chip self-diagnosis inside the ECM, not
involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
P0659: Power supply chip overvoltage failure is detected.
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
V1.0 460
Engine-2.0T Engine
P0851, P0852 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
DTC P0851: Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low
BY119 of the transmission control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
(FTB)
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module
Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit and terminals of harness connector BY119 of the
11
Low transmission control module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 15 of FA004 and Terminal 5 of BY119
DTC P0852: Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit High
• Terminal 16 of FA004 and Terminal 3 of BY119
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit
12
High 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
Circuit/System Description terminals of harness connector BY119 of the transmission
The gateway module communicates with transmission control control module and the ground is infinite:
module via the CAN bus. • Terminal 15 of FA004
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 16 of FA004
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 3 of BY119
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 5 of BY119
.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
P0851 and P0852 are Category-5 DTCs. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the following terminals of harness connector FA004 of
P0851 and P0852 are Category-5 DTCs.
the gateway module or terminals of harness connector
Failure Cause BY119 of the transmission control module and the
• Relevant circuit failure. ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 15 of FA004
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 16 of FA004
• Transmission control module failure.
• Terminal 3 of BY119
Reference Information
• Terminal 5 of BY119
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Data Communication - HS CAN (Powertrain) short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
FA004, BY119 module or transmission control module.
V1.0 461
Engine Engine-2.0T
P14A3:Starter relay R1 is stuck, which lasts for 6s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit or high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 31 of harness
DTC P14A1 and P14A3 are Category-5 DTCs.
connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P14A1 and P14A3 are Category-5 DTCs. short to ground.
Failure Cause 8. Test if the resistance between terminal 19 of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector BY031 of the DC transformer with power
management and the ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Starter relay 1 failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• Engine control module failure.
• DC transformer with power management failure. 9. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
connector BY086 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or DC
transformer with power management.
V1.0 462
Engine-2.0T Engine
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "DC Transformer
with Power Management" - "DC Transformer with Power
Management".
V1.0 463
Engine Engine-2.0T
ECM detects the starter control status in real time, and detects 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 48 of harness
the working conditions of starter relay through the starter connector BY021 of the ECM and terminal 5 of harness
feedback voltage signal wire. connector BY016 of the engine compartment fuse box
is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Engine is started.
circuit for break circuit or high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 48 of harness
DTC P14A6: Start switch closed for a certain time, the engine
connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
does not rotate (with battery voltage drop), which lasts for
0.5s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
DTC P14A7: Starter feedback voltage signal wire is short to
ground, which lasts for 0.3s. 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 48 of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM and the power supply is
DTC P14A8: Starter feedback voltage signal wire is short to
infinite.
battery, which lasts for 5s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P14A9: Start switch closed for a certain time, the engine
short to battery.
does not rotate (without battery voltage drop), which lasts for
0.5s. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
DTC P14A6, P14A7, P14A8 and P14A9 are Category-5 DTCs. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
DTC P14A6, P14A7, P14A8 and P14A9 are Category-5 DTCs. to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 464
Engine-2.0T Engine
P1523 connector BY079 of the airbag control unit is less than
DTC Description 5Ω:
DTC P1523: Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control • Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 1 of BY079
Module
• Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 2 of BY079
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
(FTB)
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Invalid Data Received From
81 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Restraints Control Module
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY079 of the airbag control unit and the
ground is infinite:
ECM communicates with airbag control unit via CAN bus,
communication failure codes are used to indicate the failure • Terminal 44 of BY021
type of CAN communications.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 1 of BY079
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 2 of BY079
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Signal sent from SDM controller is received and the fuel is cut
short to ground.
off.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
DTC P1523 is a Category-13 DTC. terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM or
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector BY079 of the airbag
DTC P1523 is a Category-13 DTC. control unit and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 465
Engine Engine-2.0T
P1610 • Battery cable shall be clean and secure, and the battery
DTC Description shall be fully charged, please refer to the Service Manual
"General Information" - "Electrical Precautions".
DTC P1610: Immo Cipher Key and security PIN not
programmed • When the alarm lamp of low remote key power is
normally on, replace the battery, refer to "Display and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Instrument" - "Low Remote Key Power".
(FTB)
• Engine control module (ECM) ground circuit is open or
Immo Cipher Key and security PIN the resistance is high.
51
not programmed
• Engine control module (ECM) power supply is open,
Circuit/System Description short to ground, or resistance is too high.
When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, the 1. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
engine control module (ECM) and body control module position, and confirm no DTCs are set except DTC
(BCM) communicate through CAN high-speed bus for mutual P1610.
information verification, after verification, BCM will control
If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
the operation of starter motor, ECM will control ignition and
fuel injection when the key is turned for requesting start, and 2. Check if the immobilizer is configured, and if there's any
the engine will be started. If BCM cannot get identification aftermarket add-on equipment may affect the operation
information from ECM, the starter motor will not work, and of the immobilizer system.
the engine will not be started. If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
Conditions for Running DTCs
3. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. for any obvious damages or failures of the immobilizer
Conditions for Setting DTCs system.
4. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
ECM detects that immobilizer system does not match properly.
information with a scan tool. And set and match the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set immobilizer system.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTCs. 5. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs that DTC P1610 has not been set.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTCs. 6. If these DTCs have been reset, set and programme the
anti-theft system after the ECM is replaced.
Failure Cause
7. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
• Relevant circuit failure.
that DTC P1610 has not been set.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
8. If the DTC has been reset, replace the BCM, set and
• ECM failure. programme the anti-theft system.
• BCM failure. Service Guideline
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Reference Electrical Information System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Control"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Circuit/System Check
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Generally, for the vehicles which have been sold and to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
successfully matched with an immobilizer, this failure may System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
not occur, unless the newly replaced ECM has no PIN code
written in or hasn't learnt the Cipher key from the body
control module (BCM). ECM can learn the Cipher key from
BCM on condition that ECM and BCM share a same PIN
code. Otherwise, the engine cannot be started. Low battery
voltage, low remote key power, sudden disappearance of the
instrument pack power supply or ground may lead to DTC
setting. Confirm the following items:
V1.0 466
Engine-2.0T Engine
P1613, P1614 Engine control module sends verification information to the
DTC Description body control module, body control module compares the
information after receiving it and sends feedback information
DTC P1613: Challenge period expired
to EMS. If the engine is not started when the information
Failure Type Byte matching is successful, the engine control module will send
Failure Description
(FTB) another verification information to the body control module
06 Challenge period expired every 5s. After the verification information is received by the
BCM, if the BCM sends illegal, random feedback information
DTC P1614: Authenticaiton between Immo and Key is not OK to the ECM, the ECM will generate DTC P1614. Low battery
voltage, low remote key power, sudden disappearance of the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description instrument pack power supply or ground may lead to DTC
(FTB)
setting. Confirm the following items:
Authenticaiton between Immo and
05 • Battery cable shall be clean and secure, and the battery
Key is not OK
shall be fully charged, please refer to the Service Manual
Circuit/System Description "General Information" - "Electrical Precautions".
When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, the • When the alarm lamp of low remote key power is
engine control module (ECM) and body control module normally on, replace the battery, refer to "Display and
(BCM) communicate through CAN high-speed bus for Instrument" - "Low Remote Key Power".
mutual information verification, after verification, BCM will • Engine control module (ECM) ground circuit is open or
control the operation of starter motor, ECM will control the resistance is high.
ignition and fuel injection when the key is turned for requesting • Engine control module (ECM) power supply is open,
start, and the engine will be started. If BCM cannot get short to ground, or resistance is too high.
identification information from ECM, the starter motor will
1. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
not work, and the engine will not be started.
position, and confirm no body control module related
Conditions for Running DTCs DTCs are set.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
If the body control module related DTCs are set,
Conditions for Setting DTCs diagnose these DTCs first.
P1613: Immobilizer Identification Response not Received 2. Check if the immobilizer is configured, and if there's any
P1614: Wrong Immobilizer Identification Response Received aftermarket add-on equipment may affect the operation
of the immobilizer system.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 3. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
for any obvious damages or failures of the immobilizer
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs.
system.
Failure Cause 4. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
• Relevant circuit failure. position. check the control module for communication
• Connector failure or poor fit. failure DTCs.
• ECM failure. If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
• BCM failure. 5. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
Reference Information information with a scan tool. And set and match the
immobilizer system.
Reference Electrical Information
6. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
that DTC P1613 and P1614 have not been set.
Circuit/System Check If these DTCs have been reset, set and programme the
Immobilizer is locked by the engine control module before anti-theft system after the ECM is tested/replaced.
the engine is started. After placing the ignition switch in
7. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
"ON" position, mutual verification will be performed between
that DTC P1613 and P1614 have not been set.
the engine control module and the body control module.
V1.0 467
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 468
Engine-2.0T Engine
P1683, U0151 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
DTC P1683: Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control (Power Assembly)". If other module testes are normal,
Module continue following detection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
BY021 of the ECM and harness connector BY079 of the
Invalid Data Received From
81 airbag control unit.
Restraints Control Module
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With Restraints Control connector BY021 of the ECM and terminals of harness
Module (SDM) connector BY079 of the airbag control unit is less than
5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 1 of BY079
(FTB)
Lost Communication With • Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 2 of BY079
87
Restraints Control Module (SDM) If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Circuit/System Description circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
ECM communicates with airbag control unit via the CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector BY079 of the airbag control unit and the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 44 of BY021
ECU has communication failure with airbag control unit.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 1 of BY079
DTC P1683 is a Category-13 DTC.
• Terminal 2 of BY079
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
short to ground.
DTC P1683 is a Category-13 DTC.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Failure Cause terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM or
terminals of harness connector BY079 of the airbag
• Relevant circuit failure.
control unit and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Airbag control unit failure.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• ECM failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 1 of BY079
BY021, BY079 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
the airbag control unit.
Reference Electrical Information
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
System" - "Restraint System Diagnosis and Control Unit".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 469
Engine Engine-2.0T
V1.0 470
Engine-2.0T Engine
P26E4, P26E5, P26E6 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P26E4: Starter Relay Circuit Starting & Charging (1)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY016, BY021, BY014, BY031
13 Starter Relay Circuit
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P26E5: Starter Relay Circuit Low Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Check if fuse SB11 is blown.
11 Starter Relay Circuit Low
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC P26E6: Starter Relay Circuit High the battery negative cable.
3. Remove the starter relay 1 and perform the component
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description test on it.
(FTB)
If the test fails, replace the starter relay 1.
12 Starter Relay Circuit High
4. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM,
Circuit/System Description
harness connector BY016 and BY014 of the engine
When the ignition switch is in "ON" position, the engine compartment fuse box and harness connector BY031 of
locking device in the instrument pack will compare the code the DC transformer with power management.
stored in the ignition key and that stored in the locking device. 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 31 of harness
If these codes match, the signal will be sent to the starter connector BY021 of the ECM and terminal 1 of harness
motor relay in the engine compartment fuse box through connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
BCM and ECM. The starter motor relay supplies power to is less than 5Ω.
the starter motor solenoid. The solenoid winding is powered
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
on, allowing the pinion to engage with the flywheel tooth ring.
open circuit or high resistance.
The engaging lever will drive the pinion to engage with the
flywheel tooth ring. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 19 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY031 of the DC transformer with power
management and terminal 1 of harness connector BY014
P14A1: Engine is started.
of the engine compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
P14A3: Battery voltage is above 7V. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs open circuit or high resistance.
P14A1: Starter relay R1 or drive chain status relay R2 cannot 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
close, which lasts for 0.5s. connector BY021 of the ECM and terminal 6 of harness
P14A3:Starter relay R1 is stuck, which lasts for 6s. connector BY016 of the engine compartment fuse box
is less than 5Ω.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC P14A1 and P14A3 are Category-5 DTCs.
open circuit or high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 31 of harness
DTC P14A1 and P14A3 are Category-5 DTCs. connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. short to ground.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 9. Test if the resistance between terminal 19 of harness
• Starter relay 1 failure. connector BY031 of the DC transformer with power
• Engine control module failure. management and the ground is infinite.
• DC transformer with power management failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
V1.0 471
Engine Engine-2.0T
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
V1.0 472
Engine-2.0T Engine
U0073 If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
DTC Description circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0073: MS CAN in bus off state 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface and the
(FTB)
ground is infinite:
88 MS CAN in bus off state
• Terminal 44 of BY021
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 45 of BY021
ECM communicates with other control modules via the CAN
• Terminal 6 of FA042
bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 14 of FA042
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
CAN communication failure is detected by ECM.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM or
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC. terminals of harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs interface and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Power Assembly)". If other module testes are normal,
continue following detection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY021 OF the ECM.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM and terminals of harness
connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface is less than
5Ω:
V1.0 473
Engine Engine-2.0T
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
ECU has communication failure with TCM control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
DTC U0101 is a Category-3 DTC.
terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM or
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector BY001 of the transmission
DTC U0101 is a Category-3 DTC. control module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 474
Engine-2.0T Engine
U0102 • Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 9 of BY151
DTC Description • Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 8 of BY151
DTC U0102: Lost Communication With Transfer Case
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Control Module
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
(FTB)
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Lost Communication With Transfer connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control module
87
Case Control Module and the ground is infinite:
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
four-wheel drive control module.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
BY021, BY151
“Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
Reference Electrical Information Control Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Module)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Circuit/System Test
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
(Power Assembly)". If other module testes are normal, to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
continue following detection procedures. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY021 of the ECM and harness connector BY151 of
four-wheel drive control module.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM and terminals of harness
connector BY151 of the corresponding four-wheel drive
control module is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 475
Engine Engine-2.0T
DTC U0129: Lost Communication With Brake System • Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 10 of BY003
Control Module
• Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 11 of BY003
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
(FTB)
circuit/high resistance.
Lost Communication With Brake
87 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
System Control Module
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
and the ground is infinite:
ECM communicates with the dynamic stability control system
via the CAN bus. • Terminal 44 of BY021
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 45 of BY021
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 10 of BY003
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 11 of BY003
ECU has communication failure with dynamic stability control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
system.
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM or
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. terminals of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
stability control system and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 45 of BY021
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
(Power Assembly)". If other module testes are normal, to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
continue following detection procedures. System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 476
Engine-2.0T Engine
U0146 • Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 16 of FA004
DTC Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway "A" open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Description
(FTB) harness connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of
Lost Communication With Gateway harness connector FA004 of the gateway and the ground
87 is infinite:
"A"
• Terminal 44 of BY021
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 45 of BY021
ECM communicates with the gateway via CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 15 of FA004
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
ECULost communication with gateway.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
DTC U0146 is a Category-3 DTC.
the following terminals of harness connector BY021 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the ECM or terminals of harness connector FA004 of the
DTC U0146 is a Category-3 DTC. gateway and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 477
Engine Engine-2.0T
U0301
DTC Description
DTC U0301: Software Incompatibility With ECM/PCM
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
Software Incompatibility With
62
ECM/PCM
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection inside the ECM, not involving
external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
PMM module failure.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC U0301 is a Category-3 DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC U0301 is a Category-3 DTC.
Failure Cause
ECM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 478
SCU Transmission
SCU
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
P17A1 62 Linear Hall Sensor error 模式传感器故障 Ⅲ
P17A2 61 Rotary hall sensor error 挡位位置传感器故障 Ⅱ
控制器局域网总线(CAN)通
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off Ⅱ
讯中断
U0100 87 lost communication with ECM 与ECM进行通讯 Ⅱ
Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics Control
U0122 87 与SCS进行通讯 Ⅱ
Module(SCS)
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 通讯总线与网关模块失去通讯 Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压高 Ⅱ
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压低 Ⅱ
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 Ⅲ
U2003 04 ECU Software Error 电控单元软件故障 Ⅲ
*Note:
V1.0 479
Transmission SCU
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic transmission (3)
V1.0 480
SCU Transmission
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
V1.0 481
Transmission SCU
Gateway FA004
V1.0 482
SCU Transmission
Diagnostic Interface FA042 Pin No. Description
Power High Speed CAN
6
High
Power High Speed CAN
14
Low
V1.0 483
Transmission SCU
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, read the DTC
with scan tool and confirm that the DTC P17A1 has not
been set.
If this DTC has been set, diagnose this DTC first and
then eliminate it.
V1.0 484
SCU Transmission
P17A2 3. If the shift lever position always keeps in a certain gear
DTC Description or is unable to switch normally, test/replace the shifter
assembly.
DTC P17A2: Rotary hall sensor error
Service Guideline
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
(FTB)
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
61 Rotary hall sensor error
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Circuit/System Description Transmission".
The position message (P, R, N, D/S, W, +, -) of the shift lever • Replace, programme and set the control module,
is obtained by reading the signal from the gear position sensor, Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
and the position message collected is sent to TCM via CAN - "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed
bus. Automatic" - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Sensor failure diagnosis is activated.
• Initialization is completed.
• System voltage is between 9 ~ 16V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Incorrect data is detected for 5 times.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
When the shifter failure type byte is 5, the gear will be unable
to be distinguished, the clutch is failed and the vehicle is unable
to drive.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Correct position signal is detected by shifter controller
for 5 times successively.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Shift control unit failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, read the DTC
with scan tool and confirm that the DTC P17A2 has not
been set.
If this DTC has been set, diagnose this DTC first and
then eliminate it.
V1.0 485
Transmission SCU
• When the power is supplied again, the message is sent • Terminal 3 of BY119
to the communication bus rapidly within 300ms, and no
• Terminal 5 of BY119
message is transmitted within the first 80ms, and there
is no any communication failure in local within 1,000ms. • Terminal 6 of FA042
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 14 of FA042
The shift control unit cannot transmit and receive the signal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
from the CAN bus for more than 5 times continuously. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Clutch is powered off. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector BY119 of the ECM or
terminals of harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic
• The shifter controller can transmit and receive the signal interface and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
from the CAN bus, which lasts for 5,000ms.
• Terminal 3 of BY119
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared. • Terminal 5 of BY119
Failure Cause • Terminal 6 of FA042
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 14 of FA042
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Shift control unit failure. short to battery.
Reference Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the shift control
Reference Circuit Information unit.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
BY119, FA042 "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Reference Electrical Information
Transmission".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Circuit/System Test Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Automatic" - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
If other module tests are normal, continue following Transmission".
detection procedures.
V1.0 486
SCU Transmission
U0100 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY119 of shift control unit and harness connector BY021
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With ECM
of the ECM.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
(FTB)
harness connector BY119 of the shift control unit and
87 Lost Communication With ECM terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM is less
than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 3 of BY119 and Terminal 45 of BY021
Shift control unit communicates with the ECM via the CAN
bus. • Terminal 5 of BY119 and Terminal 44 of BY021
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• ECM off-line failure diagnosis is activated.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Communication is normal.
harness connector BY119 of the shift control unit or
• The ignition voltage is between 7.5 ~ 16.5V. terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
• When the power is supplied again, the message is sent the ground is infinite:
to the communication bus rapidly within 300ms, and no • Terminal 3 of BY119
message is transmitted within the first 80ms, and there
• Terminal 5 of BY119
is no any communication failure in local within 1,000ms.
• The ignition switch is not in "OFF" position. • Terminal 44 of BY021
The shift control unit loses communication with ECM, which If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
lasts for 2s. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The shifter controller recovers normal communication terminals of harness connector BY119 of the shift control
with ECM, which lasts for 1s. unit or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical ECM and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
DTCs will be cleared.
• Terminal 3 of BY119
Failure Cause
• Terminal 5 of BY119
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• Shift control unit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• ECM failure.
short to battery.
Reference Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the shift control
Reference Circuit Information unit or the ECM.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
BY021, BY119 "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Reference Electrical Information
Transmission".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Circuit/System Test System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
If other module tests are normal, continue following
- "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed
detection procedures.
Automatic" - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 487
Transmission SCU
V1.0 488
SCU Transmission
U0122 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
DTC U0122: Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics If other module tests are normal, continue following
Control Module (SCS) detection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
BY119 of the shifter control unit and harness connector
Lost Communication With Vehicle
87 BY003 of the dynamic stability control system.
Dynamics Control Module (SCS)
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY119 of the shifter control unit and terminals
Shifter control unit communicates with the dynamic stability of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability
control system via the CAN bus. control system is less than 5Ω:
• SCS off-line failure diagnosis is activated. • Terminal 5 of BY119 and Terminal 10 of BY003
• Communication is normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• The ignition voltage is between 7.5 ~ 16.5V. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• When the power is supplied again, the message is sent 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
to the communication bus rapidly within 300ms, and no connector BY119 of the shifter control unit or terminals
message is transmitted within the first 80ms, and there of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability
is no any communication failure in local within 1,000ms. control system and the ground is infinite:
• The ignition switch is not in "OFF" position. • Terminal 3 of BY119
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 5 of BY119
The shifter control unit loses communication with the dynamic
• Terminal 10 of BY003
stability control system, which lasts for 2s.
• Terminal 11 of BY003
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The shifter controller unit recovers normal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
communication with ECM, which lasts for 10s. short to ground.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTCs will be cleared. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Failure Cause terminals of harness connector BY119 of the shifter
control unit or terminals of harness connector BY003 of
• Relevant circuit failure. the dynamic stability control system and the ground is
• Connector failure or poor fit. between 2 ~ 3V:
• Shifter control unit failure. • Terminal 3 of BY119
• Dynamic Stability Control System Failure
• Terminal 5 of BY119
Reference Information
• Terminal 10 of BY003
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 11 of BY003
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Connector End View Information
short to battery.
BY003, BY119
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the shifter
Reference Electrical Information control unit or the dynamic stability control system.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 489
Transmission SCU
V1.0 490
SCU Transmission
U0146 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable and harness connector BY119
of the shift control unit and harness connector FA004
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway
of gateway.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
(FTB)
connector BY119 of the shift control unit and terminals of
87 Lost Communication With Gateway harness connector FA004 of the gateway is less than 5Ω:
Shift control unit communicates with the gateway via the CAN • Terminal 5 of BY119 and Terminal 4 of FA004
bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Running DTCs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Gateway off-line failure diagnosis is activated. 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• The ignition voltage is between 7.5 ~ 16.5V. connector BY119 of the shift control unit or terminals of
harness connector FA004 of the gateway and the ground
• Communication is normal.
is infinite:
• When the power is supplied again, the message is sent
• Terminal 3 of BY119
to the communication bus rapidly within 300ms, and no
message is transmitted within the first 80ms, and there • Terminal 5 of BY119
is no any communication failure in local within 1,000ms. • Terminal 4 of FA004
• The ignition switch is not in "OFF" position.
• Terminal 5 of FA004
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The shift control unit loses Communication with the gateway, short to ground.
which lasts for 2s.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The shift control unit recovers normal communication terminals of harness connector BY119 of the ECM or
with the gateway, which lasts for 2s. terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway and
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
DTCs will be cleared. • Terminal 3 of BY119
Failure Cause • Terminal 5 of BY119
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 4 of FA004
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 5 of FA004
• Shift control unit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Gateway failure. short to battery or open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the shift control
Reference Circuit Information unit or gateway.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
FA004, BY119 "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Reference Electrical Information
Transmission".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
If other module testes are normal, continue following
- "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed
detection procedures.
Automatic" - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 491
Transmission SCU
V1.0 492
SCU Transmission
U1562, U1563 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check fuse F16, FL5 and FUSE5 for fusing.
DTC U1562: Battery voltage is too high If the fuse is fusing, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
Failure Type Byte 2. Component check: Check battery status. If the battery
Failure Description
(FTB) is normal, keep engine speed above 2,000rpm, check if
17 Battery voltage is too high the alternator can be charged normally, and inspect the
charging system if the alternator output voltage is not
DTC U1563: Battery voltage is too low between 12 ~ 14V.
Failure Type Byte 3. Scan tool inspection:
Failure Description
(FTB) • Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
16 Battery voltage is too low position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
Circuit/System Description
• Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
Shift control unit monitors the system voltage to check if the Between 12 ~ 14V.
module supply voltage is within the normal range.
If it is not within the specified range or the charging
Conditions for Running DTCs indicator comes on, repair the low-voltage battery
U1562: Voltage high DTC is activated, and the initialization is charging system failure.
over. Circuit/System Test
U1563: Voltage low DTC is activated, and the initialization is 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
over. the battery negative cable and harness connector BY119
Conditions for Setting DTCs of the shift control unit.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
U1562: Body control module detects that the battery voltage
connector BY119 of the shift control unit and the ground
is greater than 16V and lasts for 1s.
is less than 5Ω.
U1563: Body control module detects that the battery voltage
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
is less than 9V and lasts for 1s.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• The supply voltage of shifter control unit recovers to the between terminal 1 of harness connector BY119 of the
normal operating voltage of 9.5~15.5V, which lasts for shift control unit and the ground is battery voltage.
more than 1s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
DTCs will be cleared.
4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
Failure Cause
voltage between terminal 2 of harness connector BY119
• Relevant circuit failure. of the shift control unit and the ground is battery voltage.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Shift control unit failure. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Battery failure. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the shift control
Reference Information unit.
Reference Circuit Information Service Guideline
6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic transmission (3) • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
Reference Connector End View Information
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
BY119 Transmission".
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection System - 2.0T" - "Alternator".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
V1.0 493
Transmission SCU
V1.0 494
SCU Transmission
U2001
DTC Description
DTC U2001: EEPROM error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 EEPROM error
Circuit/System Description
Detect internal failures in the shift control unit, not involving
external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Internal memory error diagnosis is activated.
• Write or erasure the internal memory.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Software cannot write in for 5 times continuously, except
starting.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• System OK.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Shift control unit failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match the shift control unit.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC U2001 has not been set.
4. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the shift control
unit.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed
Automatic" - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 495
Transmission SCU
U2003
DTC Description
DTC U2003: ECU Software Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
04 ECU Software Error
Circuit/System Description
Detect internal failures in the shift control unit, not involving
external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Internal failure diagnosis is activated.
• System voltage is between 9 ~ 16V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
System errors are detected for 5 times continuously, except
starting.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Normal running of system continues for 5 times.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Shift control unit failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match the shifter control unit.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC U2003 has not been set.
4. If the DTC have been reset, test/replace the shift control
unit.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed
Automatic" - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 496
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic
Transmission
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
TCM Internal Error (Hardware Reset
48 TCM硬件重启故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
P0613 Fault)
49 TCM Internal Error (Software Fault) TCM内部控制逻辑错误 ON ON Ⅰ
P0702 1C Shifter Partly Failed 蓄电池电气故障 ON ON Ⅰ
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Signal Out
P0705 81 换挡器部分故障,车辆仍能行驶 OFF OFF Ⅳ
Of Range (Circuit Fault)
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Signal Out 电磁阀温度传感器信号超出工作
P0710 01 ON OFF Ⅲ
Of Range (Software Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Circuit 电磁阀温度传感器信号超出工作
P0711 62 ON OFF Ⅲ
Short To Ground Or Open 范围(软件故障)
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Circuit 电磁阀温度传感器对地短路或开
P0712 11 ON OFF Ⅲ
Short To Battery 路
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out
P0713 15 电磁阀温度传感器对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Of Range (Circuit Fault)
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out 奇数输入轴速度传感器信号超出
P0715 01 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Software Fault) 工作范围(电路故障)
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out 奇数输入轴速度传感器信号超出
62 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Software Fault) 工作范围(软件故障)
P0716
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit 奇数输入轴速度传感器信号超出
64 ON OFF Ⅱ
Short To Ground Or Open 工作范围(软件故障)
Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range 奇数输入轴速度传感器对地短路
P0717 14 ON OFF Ⅱ
(Circuit Fault) 或开路
Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range 输出轴速度传感器信号超出工作
P0720 01 ON OFF Ⅲ
(Software Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range 输出轴速度传感器信号超出工作
62 ON OFF Ⅲ
(Software Fault) 范围(软件故障)
P0721
Output Speed Sensor Circuit Short To 输出轴速度传感器信号超出工作
64 ON OFF Ⅲ
Ground Or Open 范围(软件故障)
Clutch Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range 输出轴速度传感器对地短路或开
P0722 14 ON OFF Ⅲ
(Circuit Fault) 路
Clutch Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range 离合器速度传感器信号超出工作
P0725 01 ON OFF Ⅲ
(Software Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Clutch Speed Sensor Circuit Short To 离合器速度传感器信号超出工作
P0726 64 ON OFF Ⅲ
Ground Or Open 范围(软件故障)
离合器速度传感器对地短路或开
P0727 14 Shifter Signal Error ON OFF Ⅲ
路
Clutch Position Control Error -No
P0780 81 换挡器信号错误,车辆不能行驶 ON OFF Ⅱ
Operation
P0811 07 Clutch Slippage Above Threshold 离合器滑摩过量 ON OFF Ⅳ
V1.0 497
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Signal Out Of 奇数离合器压力传感器信号超出
P0840 86 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) 工作范围(电路故障)
Odd Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of
64 奇数离合器压力差超出范围 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range
Odd Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of
P0841 65 奇数离合器压力差超出范围 ON OFF Ⅲ
Range
Odd Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of
66 奇数离合器压力差超出范围 ON OFF Ⅳ
Range
Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short 奇数离合器压力传感器对地短路
P0842 14 ON OFF Ⅱ
To Ground Or Open 或开路
Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short 奇数离合器压力传感器对电源短
P0843 12 ON OFF Ⅱ
To Battery 路
Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Signal Out Of 偶数离合器压力传感器信号超出
P0845 86 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) 工作范围(电路故障)
Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of
64 偶数离合器压力差超出范围 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range
Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of
P0846 65 偶数离合器压力差超出范围 ON OFF Ⅲ
Range
Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of
66 偶数离合器压力差超出范围 ON OFF Ⅳ
Range
Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short 偶数离合器压力传感器对地短路
P0847 14 ON OFF Ⅱ
To Ground Or Open 或开路
Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short 偶数离合器压力传感器对电源短
P0848 12 ON OFF Ⅱ
To Battery 路
P0893 92 Multiple Gears Engaged 奇数轴上有多个挡位同时啮合 ON ON Ⅰ
P0895 92 Shift Time Too Short 换挡时间过短 OFF OFF Ⅳ
P0896 92 Shift Time Too Long 换挡时间过长 OFF OFF Ⅳ
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
P0960 13 主油路压力电磁阀开路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Control Circuit Open
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid 主油路压力电磁阀信号超出工作
P0961 01 ON OFF Ⅲ
Control Circuit Range\Performance 范围\性能故障
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
P0962 11 主油路压力电磁阀对地短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Control Circuit Short To Ground
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
P0963 12 主油路压力电磁阀对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Control Circuit Short To Battery
Lubrication Line Pressure Control
P0964 13 润滑油路压力电磁阀开路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Solenoid Circuit Open
Lubrication Line Pressure Control
润滑油路压力电磁阀信号超出工
P0965 01 Solenoid Signal Out Of Range (Circuit ON OFF Ⅲ
作范围(电路故障)
Fault)
Lubrication Line Pressure Control
P0966 11 润滑油路压力电磁阀对地短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground
V1.0 498
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
Lubrication Line Pressure Control
P0967 12 润滑油路压力电磁阀对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Signal Out 奇数离合器电磁阀信号超出工作
P0972 01 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Circuit Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Control
P0973 11 奇数离合器电磁阀对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Circuit Short To Ground
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Control
P0974 12 奇数离合器电磁阀对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Circuit Short To Battery
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Signal Out 偶数离合器电磁阀信号超出工作
P0975 01 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Circuit Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Control
P0976 11 偶数离合器电磁阀对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Circuit Short To Ground
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Control
P0977 12 偶数离合器电磁阀对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Circuit Short To Battery
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Signal Out Of 换挡电磁阀1信号超出工作范围
P0978 01 ON ON Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) (电路故障)
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control Circuit
P0979 11 换挡电磁阀1对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Short To Ground
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control Circuit
P0980 12 换挡电磁阀1对电源短路 ON ON Ⅱ
Short To Battery
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Signal Out Of 换挡电磁阀2信号超出工作范围
P0981 01 ON ON Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) (电路故障)
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control Circuit
P0982 11 换挡电磁阀2对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Short To Ground
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control Circuit
P0983 12 换挡电磁阀2对电源短路 ON ON Ⅱ
Short To Battery
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Signal Out Of Range 多路电磁阀1信号超出工作范围
P0984 01 ON ON Ⅱ
(Circuit Fault) (电路故障)
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Circuit
P0985 11 多路电磁阀1对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Short To Ground
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Circuit
P0986 12 多路电磁阀1对电源短路 ON ON Ⅱ
Short To Battery
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Signal Out Of Range 多路电磁阀2信号超出工作范围
P0993 01 ON ON Ⅱ
(Circuit Fault) (电路故障)
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Circuit
P0994 11 多路电磁阀2对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Short To Ground
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Circuit
P0995 12 多路电磁阀2对电源短路 ON ON Ⅱ
Short To Battery
5V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1801 11 5V 1传感器供电电压对地短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Ground
5V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1802 12 5V 1传感器供电电压对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Battery
V1.0 499
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
5V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1804 11 5V 2传感器供电电压对地短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Ground
5V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1805 12 5V 2传感器供电电压对电源短路 ON ON Ⅰ
Battery
9V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1807 11 9V 1传感器供电电压对地短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Ground
9V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1808 12 9V 1传感器供电电压对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Battery
9V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1810 11 9V 2传感器供电电压对地短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Ground
9V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To
P1811 12 9V 2传感器供电电压对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Battery
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
P1812 19 主油路压力电磁阀反馈电流过大 ON OFF Ⅲ
Feedback Current Above Threshold
P1813 92 Multiple Gears Engaged On Even Shaft 偶数轴上有多个挡位同时啮合 ON ON Ⅰ
Even Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out 偶数输入轴速度传感器信号超出
P1814 01 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Circuit Fault) 工作范围(电路故障)
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
P1815 18 主油路压力电磁阀反馈电流过小 ON OFF Ⅲ
Feedback Current Below Threshold
Lubrication Line Pressure Control
润滑油路压力电磁阀反馈电流过
P1816 19 Solenoid Feedback Current Above ON OFF Ⅲ
大
Threshold
Lubrication Line Pressure Control
润滑油路压力电磁阀反馈电流过
P1817 18 Solenoid Feedback Current Below ON OFF Ⅲ
小
Threshold
Even Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out 偶数输入轴速度传感器信号超出
62 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Software Fault) 工作范围(软件故障)
P1818
Even Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out 偶数输入轴速度传感器信号超出
64 ON OFF Ⅱ
Of Range (Software Fault) 工作范围(软件故障
Even Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit 偶数输入轴速度传感器对地短路
P1819 14 ON OFF Ⅱ
Short To Ground Or Open 或开路
Even Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit 偶数输入轴速度传感器对电源短
P1820 12 ON OFF Ⅱ
Short To Battery 路
Clutch Temperature Sensor Circuit Short
P1821 11 离合器温度传感器对地短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
To Ground
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback
P1822 19 奇数离合器电磁阀反馈电流过大 ON OFF Ⅱ
Current Above Threshold
Clutch Temperature Sensor Circuit Short 离合器温度传感器对电源短路或
P1823 15 ON OFF Ⅲ
To Battery Or Open 开路
Clutch Temperature Sensor Signal Out Of 离合器温度传感器信号超出工作
P1824 62 ON OFF Ⅲ
Range (Software Fault) 范围(软件故障)
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback
P1825 18 奇数离合器电磁阀反馈电流过小 ON OFF Ⅱ
Current Below Threshold
V1.0 500
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
Shiftfork 1\3 Position Sensor Signal Out Of 1/3挡位置传感器信号超出工作
P1826 29 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Shiftfork 2\4 Position Sensor Signal Out Of 2/4挡位置传感器信号超出工作
P1827 29 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Shiftfork 5\N Position Sensor Signal Out Of 5/N挡位置传感器信号超出工作
P1828 29 ON OFF Ⅱ
Range (Circuit Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Shiftfork 6\R Position Sensor Signal Out Of 6/R挡位置传感器信号超出工作
P1829 29 ON ON Ⅰ
Range (Circuit Fault) 范围(电路故障)
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback
P1831 19 偶数离合器电磁阀反馈电流过大 ON OFF Ⅱ
Current Above Threshold
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback
P1832 18 偶数离合器电磁阀反馈电流过小 ON OFF Ⅱ
Current Below Threshold
P1833 81 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Fault 加速踏板位置传感器信号错误 OFF OFF Ⅳ
P1834 81 Torque measurement error 扭矩信号错误 ON OFF Ⅲ
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Feedback Current
P1835 19 换挡电磁阀1反馈电流过大 ON ON Ⅱ
Above Threshold
Simultaneous engagement of both 奇偶离合器同时结合(压力控制
92 clutches-Incorrect operation from 错误) ON ON Ⅰ
P1837 pressure
Simultaneous engagement of both 奇偶离合器同时结合(电流控制
99 ON ON Ⅰ
clutches-Incorrect operation from current 错误)
Output Speed Sensor Circuit Short To
P1838 12 输出轴速度传感器对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Battery
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit 奇数输入轴速度传感器对电源短
P1839 12 ON OFF Ⅱ
Short To Battery 路
Clutch Speed Sensor Circuit Short To
P1840 12 离合器速度传感器对电源短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Battery
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Feedback Current
P1841 18 换挡电磁阀1反馈电流过小 ON ON Ⅱ
Below Threshold
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Feedback Current
P1842 19 换挡电磁阀2反馈电流过大 ON ON Ⅱ
Above Threshold
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Feedback Current
P1843 18 换挡电磁阀2反馈电流过小 ON ON Ⅱ
Below Threshold
P1846 14 P\N Hardline Circuit Short To Ground P/N挡硬线对地短路 OFF OFF Ⅳ
P1847 09 Subrom Communication: Read Failed SubRom不能读取数据 ON ON Ⅰ
P1848 12 P\N Hardline Circuit Short To Battery P/N挡硬线对电源短路 OFF OFF Ⅳ
Valvebody Temperature Sensor Circuit
P1849 11 阀体温度传感器对地短路 ON OFF Ⅲ
Short To Ground
Valvebody Temperature Sensor Circuit 阀体温度传感器对电源短路或开
P1850 15 ON OFF Ⅲ
Short To Battery Or Open 路
Valvebody Temperature Sensor Signal Out 阀体温度传感器信号超出工作范
P1851 62 ON OFF Ⅲ
Of Range (Software Fault) 围(软件故障)
V1.0 501
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
P1852 98 Clutch Temperature Above Threshold 离合器温度过高 ON ON Ⅰ
Transmission Temperature Above
P1853 98 变速器温度过高 ON ON Ⅰ
Threshold
Shiftfork Movement Implausible 换挡拨叉的运动与目标挡位不一
P1861 92 ON ON Ⅱ
(Multiplexer 1) 致(多路阀1)
Shiftfork Movement Implausible 换挡拨叉的运动与目标挡位不一
P1862 92 ON ON Ⅱ
(Multiplexer 2) 致(多路阀2)
Odd Shaft Shiftfork Position Does Not 奇数轴上拨叉位置和相应挡位传
P1863 64 ON OFF Ⅱ
Match Speed Ratio 动比不匹配
Even Shaft Shiftfork Position Does Not 偶数轴上拨叉位置和相应挡位传
P1864 64 ON OFF Ⅱ
Match Speed Ratio 动比不匹配
Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1 奇数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1865 12 Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To 1、多路电磁阀1供电端对电源短 ON ON Ⅰ
Battery 路
Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2 偶数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1866 12 Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To 2、多路电磁阀2供电端对电源短 ON ON Ⅰ
Battery 路
Lubrication And Main Line Pressure
润滑油路、主油路压力电磁阀供
P1867 12 Control Power Supply Circuit Short To ON OFF Ⅲ
电端对电源短路
Battery
Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1
奇数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1868 11 Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To ON ON Ⅰ
1、多路电磁阀1供电端对地短路
Ground
Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2
偶数离合器电磁阀,换挡电磁阀
P1869 11 Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To ON ON Ⅰ
2,多路电磁阀2供电端对地短路
Ground
Lubrication And Main Line Pressure
润滑油路、主油路压力电磁阀供
P1870 11 Control Power Supply Circuit Short To ON OFF Ⅲ
电端对地短路
Ground
Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1 奇数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1871 13 ON ON Ⅰ
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Open 1、多路电磁阀1供电端开路
Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2 偶数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1872 13 ON ON Ⅰ
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Open 2、多路电磁阀2供电端开路
Lubrication And Main Line Pressure 润滑油路、主油路压力电磁阀供
P1873 13 ON OFF Ⅲ
Control Power Supply Circuit Open 电端开路
Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2 奇数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1874 01 ON ON Ⅰ
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Plausibility 1、多路电磁阀1电源接线不良
Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1 偶数离合器电磁阀、换挡电磁阀
P1875 01 ON ON Ⅰ
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Plausibility 2、多路电磁阀2电源接线不良
Lubrication And Main Line Pressure
润滑油路、主油路压力电磁阀电
P1876 01 Control Power Supply Circuit Plausibility ON OFF Ⅲ
源接线不良
Error
V1.0 502
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
77 Gear Engagement Error On 1St Gear 1挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1877
78 1St Gear Statically Gear Engagement Error 静态情况下1挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅲ
P1878 77 Gear Disengagement Error On 1St Gear 1挡不能分离 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1879 77 Gear Engagement Error on 2nd gear 2挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1880 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 2nd gear 2挡不能分离 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1881 77 Gear Engagement Error on 3rd gear 3挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1882 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 3rd gear 3挡不能分离 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1883 77 Gear Engagement Error on 4th gear 4挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1884 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 4th gear 4挡不能分离 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1885 77 Gear Engagement Error on 5th gear 5挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1886 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 5th gear 5挡不能分离 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1887 77 Gear Engagement Error on 6th gear 6挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅱ
P1888 77 Gear Disengagement Error on 6th gear 6挡不能分离 ON ON Ⅰ
77 Gear Engagement Error on Reverse gear R挡不能啮合 ON ON Ⅰ
P1889 Reverse Gear Statically Gear Engagement
78 静态情况下R挡不能啮合 ON OFF Ⅲ
Error
Gear Disengagement Error on Reverse
P1890 77 R挡不能分离 ON ON Ⅰ
gear
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Control
P1891 13 奇数离合器电磁阀开路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Circuit Open
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Control
P1892 13 偶数离合器电磁阀开路 ON OFF Ⅱ
Circuit Open
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control Circuit
P1893 13 换挡电磁阀1开路 ON ON Ⅱ
Open
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control Circuit
P1894 13 换挡电磁阀2开路 ON ON Ⅱ
Open
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Circuit
P1895 13 多路电磁阀1开路 ON ON Ⅱ
Open
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Circuit
P1896 13 多路电磁阀2开路 ON ON Ⅱ
Open
Unexpected Mechanical Gear
P2711 94 意外脱档故障 ON ON Ⅱ
Disengagement Fault
U0073 88 CAN Bus Lost Communication CAN总线丢失通讯 ON ON Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 ON ON Ⅰ
U0103 87 Lost Communication With SCU 与SCU失去通讯 ON OFF Ⅱ
U0122 87 Lost Communication With SCS 与SCS失去通讯 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U0146 87 Lost Communication With GW 与GW失去通讯 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage Above Threshold 蓄电池电压过高 ON ON Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Below Threshold 蓄电池电压过低 ON ON Ⅰ
U16BE 87 Lost frame of EMS(BE) EMS节点的BE帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
V1.0 503
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL* EP*
Level*
U16C1 87 Lost frame of SCS(C1) SCS节点的C1帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U16C5 87 Lost frame of SCS(C5) SCS节点的C5帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U177D 87 Lost frame of SCS(17D) SCS节点的17D帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U17A1 87 Lost frame of EMS(1A1) EMS节点的1A1帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U17C7 87 Lost frame of SCS(1C7) SCS节点的1C7帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U17DF 87 Lost frame of EMS(1DF) EMS节点的1DF帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U17F1 87 Lost frame of GW(1F1) GW节点的1F1帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U17F2 87 Lost frame of GW(1F2) GW节点的1F2帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U17FC 87 Lost frame of SCS(1FC) SCS节点的1FC帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U182A 87 Lost frame of GW(22A) GW节点的22A帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U18F9 87 Lost frame of SCS(2F9) SCS节点的2F9帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1948 87 Lost frame of SCS(348) SCS节点的348帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U194A 87 Lost frame of SCS(34A) SCS节点的34A帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1953 87 Lost frame of SCS(353) SCS节点的353帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U19D1 87 Lost frame of EMS(3D1) EMS节点的3D1帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1AA3 87 Lost frame of EMS(4A3) EMS节点的4A3帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1AC1 87 Lost frame of EMS(4C1) EMS节点的4C1帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U1AC7 87 Lost frame of EMS(4C7) EMS节点的4C7帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1AE9 87 Lost frame of GW(4E9) GW节点的4E9帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1AF1 87 Lost frame of EMS(4F1) EMS节点的4F1帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
U1B40 87 Lost frame of GW(540) GW节点的540帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅲ
U1B41 87 Lost frame of GW(541) GW节点的541帧超时故障 OFF OFF Ⅳ
*Note:
1. MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation
state during the running.
2. When the gear display area displays EP, it indicates that the automatic transmission has faults.
3. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 504
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic transmission (1)
V1.0 505
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 506
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
V1.0 507
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 508
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
1 Ground Lubricating Oil Circuit
39
2 Ground Pressure Solenoid
V1.0 509
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 510
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Diagnostic Interface FA042 Pin No. Pin Information
6 Power High Speed CAN
High
14 Power High Speed CAN
Low
V1.0 511
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Diagnostic Information and Procedure 2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
P0613 DTC P0613 is not set.
DTC Description 3. If this DTC has been set, then refresh, calibrate the
DTC P0613: TCM Internal Error transmission control module (TCM) and carry out the
self-learning.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. If the DTCs have been reset, detect/replace the TCM.
(FTB)
Service Guideline
TCM Internal Error (Hardware
48 • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Reset Fault)
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
49 TCM Internal Error (Software Fault) "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Circuit/System Description Automatic Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
TCM use an Electrically Erasable Read-Only Memory
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
(EEPROM), therefore a new or replaced TCM may be used
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
for external configuration. EEPROM can also allow TCM
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
to be updated with new information and market-specific data.
Automatic Transmission".
To enter new information, TCM must be configured with a
scan tool. EEPROM can allow TCM to be reconfigured for
many times as required, so as to meet the constantly changing
parameters and regulations.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
P0613 48: Control module detects that the internal system is
reset.
P0613 49:
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
V1.0 512
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0702, U1562, U1563 • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • Alternator failure.
DTC P0702: Transmission Control System Electrical • Battery failure.
Failure Type Byte • Transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
Transmission Control System Reference Circuit Information
1C
Electrical 6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
DTC U1562:Battery Voltage Above Threshold Reference Connector End View Information
U1562: Power voltage is greater than 16V. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
U1563: Power voltage is less than 9V.
4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to terminal 4 and 5 of harness connector BY001 of the
run. transmission control module and ground is the battery
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL. voltage.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0702: Power voltage returns to the normal threshold. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
U1562: Power voltage is less than or equal to 15.5V. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module.
U1563: Power voltage is less than or equal to 9.5V.
Service Guideline
The history DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free cycles.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Failure Cause - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Relevant circuit failure. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 513
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 514
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0705, P0780 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0705: Shifter Partly Failed Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY001, BY119
81 Shifter Partly Failed
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P0780: Shifter Signal Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
81 Shifter Signal Error (Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal,
Circuit/System Description continue following detection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
The shifter adopts high speed CAN bus method to exchange
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
the information with other external electronic control units.
BY001 of the transmission control module and harness
The actual data exchange only involves the transmission
connector BY119 of the shift control unit.
control unit. The position message (P, R, N, D, W, +, -) of
the shift lever is obtained by reading the signal from the gear 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
position sensor, while the mode message (auto, S) is obtained harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
through the mode position sensor, and the position or mode module and terminals of harness connector BY119 of the
message collected is sent to the transmission control unit shift control unit is less than 5Ω:
over CAN bus. • Terminal 17 of BY001 and Terminal 5 of BY119
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 18 of BY001 and Terminal 3 of BY119
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Setting DTCs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
After the control module detects failure. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
module or terminals of harness connector BY119 of the
P0705: The failure message is stored in EEPROM. shift control unit and the ground is infinite:
P0780: • Terminal 17 of BY001
V1.0 515
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 516
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0710, P0711, P0712, P0713 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description • Light up the transmission MIL and engine emission MIL.
DTC P0710: Solenoid Temperature Sensor Signal Out Of • Lower the engine torque, and perform the overheat
Range (Circuit Fault) protection.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB) • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, there's no
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Signal relevant condition for setting the DTCs.
01
Out Of Range (Circuit Fault) • When the diagnosis runs and passes, the current DTC
(i.e. the DTC failing in the last test) will be cleared, it will
DTC P0711: Solenoid Temperature Sensor Signal Out Of
be stored as a history DTC.
Range (Software Fault)
• If all diagnosis has passed the test successfully and gone
Failure Type Byte through 40 warm-up cycles, clear the historical DTC.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Signal
62 • Relevant circuit failure.
Out Of Range (Software Fault)
• Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC P0712: Solenoid Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To • Transmission control module failure.
Ground Or Open • Solenoid-transmission failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Circuit Information
Solenoid Temperature Sensor
11 6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
Reference Connector End View Information
DTC P0713: Solenoid Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To BY001, BY002
Battery
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Solenoid Temperature Sensor Circuit/System Test
15
Circuit Short To Battery 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Circuit/System Description
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
The solenoid temperature sensor is located in the valve
solenoid-transmission.
body. These temperature sensors are in contact with
the transmission fluid, used for detecting transmission 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
temperature. control module.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, which lasts for module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
10ms. solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 27 of BY002 and Terminal 71 of BY001
P0710: The input voltage is less than 0.319V or the input
• Terminal 2 of BY002 and Terminal 72 of BY001
voltage is greater than 4.623V, which lasts for more than 1s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
P0711: The temperature of solenoid valve is 30℃ higher than
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
that of clutch or valve body, which lasts for more than 2s.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
P0712: The input voltage is less than 0.219V, which lasts for
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
more than 1s.
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
P0713: The input voltage is greater than 4.723V, which lasts solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
for more than 1s.
• Terminal 71 of BY001
V1.0 517
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
• Terminal 72 of BY001
• Terminal 2 of BY002
• Terminal 27 of BY002
• Terminal 71 of BY001
• Terminal 72 of BY001
• Terminal 2 of BY002
• Terminal 27 of BY002
V1.0 518
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0715, P0716, P0717, P1839 • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC Description • Sensor power supply voltage is greater than 6.52V.
DTC P0715: Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out Of P0716 62:
Range (Circuit Fault)
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Type Byte • The odd gear does not shift into Neutral.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• The output shaft speed is greater than 100rpm.
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal
01 P0716 64: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Out Of Range (Circuit Fault)
P0717, P1839:
DTC P0716: Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Out Of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Range
• The input frequency is less than 15kHz.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Setting DTCs
(FTB)
P0715: Odd shaft input speed signal exceeds the range: Odd
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal
62 input shaft speed is greater than 15,000rpm.
Out Of Range (Software Fault)
P0716 62: The difference between the clutch speed and odd
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal
64 input shaft speed is more than 250rpm and the difference of
Out Of Range (Software Fault)
the conversion value between the odd input shaft speed and
DTC P0717: Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short To that of the output shaft speed is more than 250rpm.
Ground Or Open P0716 64: Odd input shaft speed is above 10,000rpm.
Failure Type Byte P0717: Odd input shaft speed sensor circuit is short to ground
Failure Description
(FTB) or open circuit.
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor P1839: Odd input shaft speed sensor circuit is short to battery.
14
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P1839: Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short To • Light up the engine MIL.
Battery • Limp home (2nd gear).
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Odd Input Shaft Speed Sensor
12 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Circuit Short To Battery
cycles.
Circuit/System Description Failure Cause
The input shafts include internal (odd) input shaft and external • Relevant circuit failure.
(even) input shaft, they are supported by bearing on the • Connector failure or poor fit.
transmission housing. There are totally 4 speed sensors in the
• Transmission control module failure.
transmission, they are used for checking the rotation speed
of the clutch, internal input shaft, external input shaft and • Solenoid-transmission failure.
output shaft, the clutch speed sensor and output shaft speed Reference Information
sensor are integrated in the satellite sensor, others are fitted Reference Circuit Information
on the valve body inside the transmission. All speed sensors
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
are Hall-effect sensors. When the target wheel starts to
rotate, the speed sensor begins to produce a series of pulse Reference Connector End View Information
signals. The number of pulses increases with the increased BY001, BY002
vehicle speed, the pulse signal frequency of the speed sensor
Reference Electrical Information
increases with the increased speed of detected component,
while the duty cycle keeps constant at any speed. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Conditions for Running DTCs
P0715:
V1.0 519
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 520
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0720, P0721, P0722, P1838 P0722, P1838:
DTC Description • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P0720: Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range • The input frequency is less than 15kHz.
(Circuit Fault)
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0720: The transmission output speed is greater than
(FTB)
9,100rpm or intermittently exceeds the range.
Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of
01 P0721 62: Output speed sensor signal is incorrect: The
Range (Circuit Fault)
conversion value of the difference between the input shaft
DTC P0721: Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range speed and wheel speed is less than 250rpm, and the difference
of the conversion value of the odd/even input shaft speed and
Failure Type Byte that of the output shaft speed is less than 250rpm.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0721 64: The output shaft speed is above 3,000rpm.
Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of
62 P0722: Transmission output speed sensor circuit is short to
Range (Software Fault)
ground or open circuit.
Output Speed Sensor Signal Out Of
64 P1838: Transmission output speed sensor circuit is short to
Range (Software Fault)
battery.
DTC P0722: Output Speed Sensor Circuit Short To Ground Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Or Open
• Wheel speed replaces output shaft speed.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Light up the engine MIL.
(FTB)
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Output Speed Sensor Circuit Short
14 • Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
To Ground Or Open
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
DTC P1838: Output Speed Sensor Circuit Short To Battery cycles.
Failure Type Byte Failure Cause
Failure Description
(FTB) • Relevant circuit failure.
Output Speed Sensor Circuit Short • Connector failure or poor fit.
12
To Battery
• Transmission control module failure.
Circuit/System Description • Solenoid-transmission failure.
The speed sensor is a hall-effect sensor. When the target Reference Information
wheel starts to rotate, the speed sensor begins to produce Reference Circuit Information
a series of pulse signals. The number of pulses increases with
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
the increased vehicle speed, the pulse signal frequency of the
speed sensor increases with the increased speed of detected Reference Connector End View Information
component, while the duty cycle keeps constant at any speed. BY001, BY002
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Electrical Information
P0720: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Circuit System/Test
• Sensor power supply voltage is greater than 6.52V.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P0721 62: the battery negative cable.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
• The gear is in Neutral. solenoid-transmission.
• Odd/even gear works normally. 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
P0721 64: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
V1.0 521
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
• Terminal 8 of BY001
• Terminal 28 of BY001
• Terminal 21 of BY002
• Terminal 26 of BY002
• Terminal 8 of BY001
• Terminal 28 of BY001
• Terminal 21 of BY002
• Terminal 26 of BY002
V1.0 522
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0725, P0726, P0727, P1840 P0726: The difference between the clutch speed and engine
DTC Description speed is greater than 250rpm and the difference between the
clutch speed and odd/even input shaft speed is greater than
DTC P0725: Clutch Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range
250rpm.
(Circuit Fault)
P0727: The input voltage is less than 0.24V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P1840: The input voltage is greater than 1.9V or the input
Clutch Speed Sensor Signal Out Of voltage is less than 1.9V and input frequency is less than 33Hz.
01
Range (Circuit Fault) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Light up the engine MIL.
DTC P0726: Clutch Speed Sensor Signal Out Of Range
(Software Fault) • Engine speed replaces clutch speed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Clutch Speed Sensor Signal Out Of • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
64 cycles.
Range (Software Fault)
Failure Cause
DTC P0727: Clutch Speed Sensor Circuit Short To Ground
• Relevant circuit failure.
Or Open
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Transmission control module failure.
(FTB)
• Clutch speed sensor.
Clutch Speed Sensor Circuit Short
14 Reference Information
To Ground Or Open
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P1840: Clutch Speed Sensor Circuit Short To Battery
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
BY001, BY002
Clutch Speed Sensor Circuit Short
12 Reference Electrical Information
To Battery
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
The speed sensor is a hall-effect sensor. When the target Circuit/System Test
wheel starts to rotate, the speed sensor begins to produce 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
a series of pulse signals. The number of pulses increases with the battery negative cable.
the increased vehicle speed, the pulse signal frequency of the
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
speed sensor increases with the increased speed of detected
solenoid-transmission.
component, while the duty cycle keeps constant at any speed.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs control module.
P0725, P0727, P1840: 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
• Sensor power supply voltage is greater than 6.52V.
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
P0726:
• Terminal 20 of BY002 and Terminal 7 of BY001
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 25 of BY002 and Terminal 29 of BY001
• The clutch speed is greater than 300rpm or engine speed
is greater than 300rpm. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
P0725: Input speed is greater than 15,000rpm.
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
V1.0 523
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
• Terminal 7 of BY001
• Terminal 29 of BY001
• Terminal 20 of BY002
• Terminal 25 of BY002
• Terminal 7 of BY001
• Terminal 29 of BY001
• Terminal 25 of BY002
• Terminal 20 of BY002
V1.0 524
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0810 If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the automatic
DTC Description transmission control module.
DTC P1810: Clutch Position Control Error -No Operation Service Guideline
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in ON position, connect the
scan tool.
2. Confirm that the transmission control module DTC
related to clutch start-off logic failure has not been set.
3. After read and clear the DTC with the scan tool, confirm
that DTC P0810 has not been reset.
V1.0 525
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 526
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0840, P0841, P0842, P0843 • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC Description • Sensor power supply voltage is greater than 4.6V.
DTC P0840: Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Signal Out Of Range Conditions for Setting DTCs
(Circuit Fault) P0840: The odd clutch pressure is less than 0 bar or greater
Failure Type Byte than 15 bar.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0841 64: The target value of odd clutch pressure is 2bar less
Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Signal than the actual value.
86
Out Of Range (Circuit Fault)
P0841 65: The target value of odd clutch pressure is 2bar
DTC P0841: Odd Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of Range greater than the actual value.
DTC P0843: Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To • Limp home (2nd gear).
Battery P0841 65, P0841 66:
Failure Type Byte • Light up the engine MIL.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• The failure message is stored in EEPROM.
Odd Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
12
Short To Battery
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Circuit/System Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
There are 2 pressure sensors in total in the transmission, cycles.
they are fitted on the valve body inside the transmission Failure Cause
respectively, and used for detecting the pressures of both odd
• Relevant circuit failure.
and even clutches in the dual clutch. All 3 wires of the pressure
sensor are connected with the ECU. Among them, one is a • Connector failure or poor fit.
power wire, one is a ground wire and the other is the wire for • Transmission control module failure.
signal of voltage to ground, which varies with the oil pressure. • Solenoid-transmission failure.
TCM measures the controlling oil pressure of the transmission Reference Information
clutch based on this voltage change, so as to determine the
current state of the dual clutch (engaged/separate). Reference Circuit Information
Conditions for Running DTCs 6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
V1.0 527
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 528
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0845, P0846, P0847, P0848 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P0845: The even clutch pressure is less than 0 bar or greater
DTC P0845: Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Signal Out Of Range than 15 bar.
(Circuit Fault)
P0846 64: The target value of even clutch pressure is 2bar less
Failure Type Byte than the actual value.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0846 65: The target value of even clutch pressure is 2bar
Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Signal greater than the actual value.
86
Out Of Range (Circuit Fault)
P0846 66:
DTC P0846: Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out Of Range • The target value of even clutch pressure is 0.8bar greater
Failure Type Byte than the actual value or the target value of even clutch
Failure Description pressure is 0.8bar less than the actual value.
(FTB)
• The target value of even clutch pressure is less than
Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out
64 0.2bar, and the actual value is greater than 0.3bar.
Of Range
Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out P0847: The input voltage of even clutch pressure sensor is less
65 than 0.09V.
Of Range
Even Clutch Difference Pressure Out P0848: The input voltage of even clutch pressure sensor is
66 greater than 4.75V.
Of Range
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0847: Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To
P0845, P0846 64, P0847, P0848:
Ground Or Open
• Light up the engine MIL.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Limp home (1st/3rd/R gear).
(FTB)
Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit P0846 65, P0846 66:
14
Short To Ground Or Open • Light up the engine MIL.
DTC P0848: Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To • The failure message is stored in EEPROM.
Battery Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte • Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Failure Description
(FTB) • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Even Clutch Pressure Sensor Circuit cycles.
12
Short To Battery Failure Cause
V1.0 529
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 530
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0893, P1813 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
DTC P0893: Multiple Gears Engaged leaked.
V1.0 531
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of TCM and terminals of
The ignition switch is in ON position.
harness connector BY119 of gear shift control unit is
Conditions for Setting DTCs infinite:
The fork has no response during 300~500ms after receiving • Terminal 17 of BY001
the command.
• Terminal 18 of BY001
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 3 of BY119
None.
• Terminal 5 of BY119
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The fork has response during 300~500ms after receiving short to ground.
the command.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After the failure is eliminated, and go through 40 switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between
warm-up cycles, the historical DTC will be cleared. following terminals of harness connector BY001 of TCM
• Clear the MIL and DTC with the scan tool. or the terminals of harness connector BY119 of gear shift
Failure Cause control unit and the ground is 2-3V:
V1.0 532
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 533
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0960, P0961, P0962, P0963, P1812, P1815 control current is, the greater the pressure of the main oil
DTC Description circuit is.
DTC P0960: Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid Control Conditions for Running DTCs
Circuit Open P0960, P0961, P0962, P0963:
Failure Type Byte • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
13 P1812:
Control Circuit Open
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P0961: Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid Control
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Circuit Range\Performance
• The present current of solenoid is less than 0.8A.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P1815:
(FTB)
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
01
Control Circuit Range\Performance • Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
• The present current of solenoid is greater than 0.2A.
DTC P0962: Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid Control
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Circuit Short To Ground
P0960: The system detects main circuit solenoid is open
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description circuit..
(FTB)
P0961: The system detects main oil circuit solenoid
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid
11 communication error.
Control Circuit Short To Ground
P0962: The system detects main oil circuit solenoid is short to
DTC P0963: Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid Control ground.
Circuit Short To Battery
P0963: The system detects main oil circuit solenoid is short to
Failure Type Byte battery.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P1812: The actual value of main oil pressure is greater than
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid the sum of the calculated value of main oil pressure and 0.2A.
12
Control Circuit Short To Battery
P1815: The actual value of main oil pressure is less than the
DTC P1812: Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid Feedback difference of the calculated value of main oil pressure and
Current Above Threshold 0.17A.
DTC P1815: Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid Feedback • Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Current Below Threshold • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
Main Line Pressure Control Solenoid • Relevant circuit failure.
18
Feedback Current Below Threshold • Connector failure or poor fit.
V1.0 534
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Reference Information Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2) - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Reference Connector End View Information Automatic Transmission".
BY001, BY002 • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Reference Electrical Information Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Circuit/System Test Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 16 of BY002 and Terminal 20 of BY001
• Terminal 34 of BY002 and Terminal 81 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 81 of BY001
• Terminal 20 of BY001
• Terminal 16 of BY002
• Terminal 34 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 81 of BY001
• Terminal 20 of BY001
• Terminal 16 of BY002
• Terminal 34 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid - transmission.
V1.0 535
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 536
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Transmission control module failure. short to battery.
• Solenoid-transmission failure. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
Reference Information control module or solenoid - transmission.
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2) • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Reference Connector End View Information "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
BY001, BY002 Automatic Transmission".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Circuit/System Test "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 22 of BY002 and Terminal 39 of BY001
• Terminal 34 of BY002 and Terminal 81 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 81 of BY001
• Terminal 39 of BY001
• Terminal 22 of BY002
• Terminal 34 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 81 of BY001
• Terminal 39 of BY001
• Terminal 22 of BY002
• Terminal 34 of BY002
V1.0 537
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0972, P0973, P0974, P1822, P1825, P1891 used to control and modulate the combined oil pressure of
DTC Description odd and even clutches in the dual clutch respectively.
DTC P0972: Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Signal Out Of Conditions for Running DTCs
Range (Circuit Fault) P0972, P0973, P0974, P1891:
Failure Type Byte • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Signal
01 P1822:
Out Of Range (Circuit Fault)
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P0973: Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Control Circuit
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Short To Ground
• The present current of solenoid is less than 0.8A.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P1825:
(FTB)
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
11
Control Circuit Short To Ground • Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
• The present current of solenoid is greater than 0.2A.
DTC P0974: Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Control Circuit
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Short To Battery
P0972: The system detects odd clutch solenoid
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description communication error.
(FTB)
P0973: The system detects odd clutch solenoid is short to
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid
12 ground.
Control Circuit Short To Battery
P0974: The system detects odd clutch solenoid is short to
DTC P1822: Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback Current battery.
Above Threshold
P1822: The actual current value of odd clutch is greater than
Failure Type Byte the sum of the calculated current value of odd clutch solenoid
Failure Description
(FTB) and 0.2A.
Odd Clutch Control Solenoid P1825: The actual current value of odd clutch is less than
19
Feedback Current Above Threshold the difference of the calculated current value of odd clutch
solenoid and 0.17A.
DTC P1825: Odd Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback Current
Below Threshold P1891: The system detects odd clutch solenoid is open circuit.
V1.0 538
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Transmission control module failure. short to battery.
• Solenoid-transmission failure. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
Reference Information control module or solenoid - transmission.
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2) • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Reference Connector End View Information "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
BY001, BY002 Automatic Transmission".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Circuit/System Test "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 24 of BY002 and Terminal 57 of BY001
• Terminal 36 of BY002 and Terminal 23 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 57 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 24 of BY002
• Terminal 36 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 57 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 24 of BY002
• Terminal 36 of BY002
V1.0 539
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0975, P0976, P0977, P1831, P1832, P1892 used to control and modulate the combined oil pressure of
DTC Description odd and even clutches in the dual clutch respectively.
DTC P0975: Even Clutch Control Solenoid Signal Out Of Conditions for Running DTCs
Range (Circuit Fault) P0975, P0976, P0977, P1892:
Failure Type Byte • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Even Clutch Control Solenoid Signal
01 P1831:
Out Of Range (Circuit Fault)
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P0976: Even Clutch Control Solenoid Control Circuit
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Short To Ground
• The present current of solenoid is less than 0.8A.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P1832:
(FTB)
Even Clutch Control Solenoid • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
11
Control Circuit Short To Ground • Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
• The present current of solenoid is greater than 0.2A.
DTC P0977: Even Clutch Control Solenoid Control Circuit
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Short To Battery
P0975: The system detects even clutch solenoid
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description communication error.
(FTB)
P0976: The system detects even clutch solenoid is short to
Even Clutch Control Solenoid
12 ground.
Control Circuit Short To Battery
P0977: The system detects even clutch solenoid is short to
DTC P1831: Even Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback Current battery.
Above Threshold
P1831: The actual current value of even clutch is greater than
Failure Type Byte the sum of the calculated current value of even clutch solenoid
Failure Description
(FTB) and 0.2A.
Even Clutch Control Solenoid P1832: The actual current value of even clutch is less than
19
Feedback Current Above Threshold the difference of the calculated current value of even clutch
solenoid and 0.17A.
DTC P1832: Even Clutch Control Solenoid Feedback Current
Below Threshold P1892: The system detects even clutch solenoid is open circuit.
V1.0 540
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Transmission control module failure. short to battery.
• Solenoid-transmission failure. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
Reference Information control module or solenoid - transmission.
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2) • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Reference Connector End View Information "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
BY001, BY002 Automatic Transmission".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Circuit/System Test "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 23 of BY002 and Terminal 58 of BY001
• Terminal 35 of BY002 and Terminal 60 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 58 of BY001
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY002
• Terminal 35 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 58 of BY001
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY002
• Terminal 35 of BY002
V1.0 541
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0978, P0979, P0980, P1835, P1841, P1893 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC Description P0978, P0979, P0980, P1893:
DTC P0978: Shift Control Solenoid 1 Signal Out Of Range
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
(Circuit Fault)
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P1835:
(FTB)
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Signal Out • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
01
Of Range (Circuit Fault) • Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
• The present current of solenoid is less than 0.8A.
DTC P0979: Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Short
To Ground P1841:
DTC P0980: Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Short P0978: The system detects shift solenoid 1 communication
To Battery error.
Failure Type Byte P0979: The system detects shift solenoid 1 is short to ground.
Failure Description
(FTB) P0980: The system detects shift solenoid 1 is short to battery.
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control P1835: The actual current value of shift solenoid 1 is less than
12
Circuit Short To Battery the sum of the calculated current value of shift solenoid 1 and
0.2A.
DTC P1835: Shift Control Solenoid 1 Feedback Current
Above Threshold P1841: The actual current value of shift solenoid valve 1 is
greater than the difference between the calculated current
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description value of shift solenoid valve 1 and 0.17A.
(FTB)
P1893: The system detects shift solenoid 1 is open circuit.
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Feedback
19 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Current Above Threshold
P0978, P0980, P1835, P1841, P1893:
DTC P1841: Shift Control Solenoid 1 Feedback Current Below
Threshold • Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
• Limp home or the clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description is unable to run (judged as per internal logic).
(FTB)
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Feedback P0979:
18
Current Below Threshold • Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
DTC P1893: Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Open
run.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Shift Control Solenoid 1 Control
13 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Circuit Open
cycles.
Circuit/System Description Failure Cause
The transmission has 2 shift solenoids, which pertain to • Relevant circuit failure.
current pulse width modulation solenoids, and are fitted on
• Connector failure or poor fit.
the valve body inside the transmission respectively. 2 shift
• Transmission control module failure.
solenoids and 2 multi-way solenoids participate in the control
on the shift oil pressure and 4 forks. • Solenoid-transmission failure.
V1.0 542
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Reference Information Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2) - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Reference Connector End View Information Automatic Transmission".
BY001, BY002 • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Reference Electrical Information Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Circuit/System Test Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 36 of BY002 and Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 18 of BY002 and Terminal 19 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 19 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 18 of BY002
• Terminal 36 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 19 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 18 of BY002
• Terminal 36 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid - transmission.
V1.0 543
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0981, P0982, P0983, P1842, P1843, P1894 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC Description P0981, P0982, P0983, P1894:
DTC P0981: Shift Control Solenoid 2 Signal Out Of Range
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
(Circuit Fault)
• Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P1842:
(FTB)
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Signal Out • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
01
Of Range (Circuit Fault) • Battery voltage is between 6.5 ~ 32V.
• The present current of solenoid valve is less than 0.8A.
DTC P0982: Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Short
To Ground P1843:
DTC P0983: Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Short P0981: The system detects shift solenoid 2 communication
To Battery error.
Failure Type Byte P0982: The system detects shift solenoid 2 is short to ground.
Failure Description
(FTB) P0983: The system detects shift solenoid 2 is short to battery.
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control P1842: The actual current value of shift solenoid 2 is less than
12
Circuit Short To Battery the sum of the calculated current value of shift solenoid 2 and
0.2A.
DTC P1842: Shift Control Solenoid 2 Feedback Current
Above Threshold P1843: The actual current value of shift solenoid valve 2 is
greater than the difference between the calculated current
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description value of shift solenoid valve 2 and 0.17A.
(FTB)
P1894: The system detects shift solenoid 2 is open circuit.
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Feedback
19 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Current Above Threshold
P0981, P0983, P1842, P1843, P1894:
DTC P1843: Shift Control Solenoid 2 Feedback Current Below
Threshold • Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
• Limp home or the clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description is unable to run (judged as per internal logic).
(FTB)
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Feedback P0982:
18
Current Below Threshold • Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
DTC P1894: Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Open
run.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Shift Control Solenoid 2 Control
13 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Circuit Open
cycles.
Circuit/System Description Failure Cause
The transmission has 2 shift solenoids, which pertain to • Relevant circuit failure.
current pulse width modulation solenoids, and are fitted on
• Connector failure or poor fit.
the valve body inside the transmission respectively. 2 shift
• Transmission control module failure.
solenoids and 2 multi-way solenoids participate in the control
on the shift oil pressure and 4 forks. • Solenoid-transmission failure.
V1.0 544
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Reference Information Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2) - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Reference Connector End View Information Automatic Transmission".
BY001, BY002 • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Reference Electrical Information Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Circuit/System Test Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 17 of BY002 and Terminal 38 of BY001
• Terminal 35 of BY002 and Terminal 60 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 38 of BY001
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 17 of BY002
• Terminal 35 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 38 of BY001
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 17 of BY002
• Terminal 35 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid - transmission.
V1.0 545
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0984, P0985, P0986, P1895 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description P0984, P0986, P1895:
DTC P0984: Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Signal Out Of Range
• Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
(Circuit Fault)
• Limp home or the clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle
Failure Type Byte is unable to run (judged as per internal logic).
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0985:
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Signal Out Of
01 • Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
Range (Circuit Fault)
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
DTC P0985: Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Short To run.
Ground Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte • Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control cycles.
11
Circuit Short To Ground Failure Cause
DTC P0986: Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Short To • Relevant circuit failure.
Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Solenoid-transmission Failure
Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Reference Information
12
Circuit Short To Battery
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P1895: Multiplexer Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Open 6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
P0985: The system detects multi-way solenoid 1 is short to • Terminal 12 of BY002 and Terminal 44 of BY001
ground. • Terminal 36 of BY002 and Terminal 23 of BY001
P0986: The system detects multi-way solenoid 1 is short to If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
battery. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
P1895: The system detects multi-way solenoid 1 is open 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
circuit. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
V1.0 546
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 44 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 12 of BY002
• Terminal 36 of BY002
• Terminal 44 of BY001
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 12 of BY002
• Terminal 36 of BY002
V1.0 547
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0993, P0994, P0995, P1896 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description P0993, P0995, P1896:
DTC P0993: Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Signal Out Of Range
• Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
(Circuit Fault)
• Limp home or the clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle
Failure Type Byte is unable to run (judged as per internal logic).
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0994:
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Signal Out Of
01 • Light up the emergency process MIL and engine MIL.
Range (Circuit Fault)
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
DTC P0994: Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Short To run.
Ground Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte • Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control cycles.
11
Circuit Short To Ground Failure Cause
DTC P0995: Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Short To • Relevant circuit failure.
Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Solenoid-transmission failure.
Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Reference Information
12
Circuit Short To Battery
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P1896: Multiplexer Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Open 6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
P0994: The system detects multi-way solenoid 2 is short to • Terminal 11 of BY002 and Terminal 63 of BY001
ground. • Terminal 35 of BY002 and Terminal 60 of BY001
P0995: The system detects multi-way solenoid 2 is short to If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
battery. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
P1896: The system detects multi-way solenoid 2 is open 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
circuit. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
V1.0 548
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 63 of BY001
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 11 of BY002
• Terminal 35 of BY002
• Terminal 63 of BY001
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 11 of BY002
• Terminal 35 of BY002
V1.0 549
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC P1802: 5V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To Circuit/System Test
Battery 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
(FTB)
solenoid-transmission.
5V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit
12 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Short To Battery
control module.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 26 of harness
Transmission control module stores the signal values of the connector BY001 of the transmission control module
transmission sensors and the actuators. These stored signals and terminal 29 of harness connector BY002 of the
guarantee that the transmission can always obtain the optimal solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
performance. If the battery voltage is too low, such as the If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
battery discharges, the information will be lost. When the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
engine starts for the first time after the battery is discharged
or disconnected, the transmission control module will restore 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
to the default value. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 26 of BY001
• Sensor power control circuit is ok.
• Terminal 29 of BY002
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P1801: 5V sensor 1 power supply voltage is less than 4V. short to ground.
P1802: 5V sensor 1 power supply voltage is greater than 5.5V. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
• Light up the engine MIL.
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Limp home (2nd gear).
• Terminal 26 of BY001
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 29 of BY002
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
short to battery.
cycles.
Failure Cause 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid - transmission.
• Relevant circuit failure.
Service Guideline
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Transmission control module failure.
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Solenoid-transmission Failure "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 550
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 551
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC P1805: 5V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To Circuit/System Test
Battery 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
(FTB)
solenoid-transmission.
5V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit
12 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Short To Battery
control module.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 27 of harness
Transmission control module stores the signal values of the connector BY001 of the transmission control module
transmission sensors and the actuators. These stored signals and terminal 6 of harness connector BY002 of the
guarantee that the transmission can always obtain the optimal solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
performance. If the battery voltage is too low, such as the If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
battery discharges, the information will be lost. When the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
engine starts for the first time after the battery is discharged
or disconnected, the transmission control module will restore 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
to the default value. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 27 of BY001
• Sensor power control circuit is ok.
• Terminal 6 of BY002
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P1804: 5V sensor 2 power supply voltage is less than 4V. short to ground.
P1805: 5V sensor 2 power supply voltage is greater than 5.5V. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
run. • Terminal 27 of BY001
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
Failure Cause control module or solenoid - transmission.
Service Guideline
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Transmission control module failure.
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
• Solenoid-transmission failure. Automatic Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 552
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 553
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC P1808: 9V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To Circuit/System Test
Battery 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
(FTB)
solenoid-transmission.
9V1 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit
12 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Short To Battery
control module.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 20 of harness
Transmission control module stores the signal values of the connector BY001 of the transmission control module
transmission sensors and the actuators. These stored signals and terminal 7 of harness connector BY002 of the
guarantee that the transmission can always obtain the optimal solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
performance. If the battery voltage is too low, such as the If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
battery discharges, the information will be lost. When the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
engine starts for the first time after the battery is discharged
or disconnected, the transmission control module will restore 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
to the default value. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 20 of BY001
• Sensor power control circuit is ok.
• Terminal 7 of BY002
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P1807: 9V sensor 1 power supply voltage is less than 5V. short to ground.
P1808: 9V sensor 1 power supply voltage is greater than 10V. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
• Light up the engine MIL.
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Limp home (2nd gear).
• Terminal 20 of BY001
• Engine speed replaces clutch speed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 7 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
short to battery.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid valve body assembly.
Failure Cause
Service Guideline
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Relevant circuit failure.
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Transmission control module failure. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
• Valve body assembly failure. Automatic Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 554
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 555
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC P1811: 9V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit Short To Circuit/System Test
Battery 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
(FTB)
solenoid-transmission.
9V2 Sensor Voltage Supply Circuit
12 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Short To Battery
control module.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal 8 of
Transmission control module stores the signal values of the harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
transmission sensors and the actuators. These stored signals module and terminal 21 of harness connector BY002 of
guarantee that the transmission can always obtain the optimal the solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
performance. If the battery voltage is too low, such as the If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
battery discharges, the information will be lost. When the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
engine starts for the first time after the battery is discharged
or disconnected, the transmission control module will restore 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
to the default value. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 8 of BY001
• Sensor power control circuit is ok.
• Terminal 21 of BY002
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P1810: 9V sensor 2 power supply voltage is less than 5V. short to ground.
P1811: 9V sensor 2 power supply voltage is greater than 10V. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
• Light up the engine MIL.
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Limp Home (1st/3rd/R gear).
• Terminal 8 of BY001
• Wheel speed replaces output shaft speed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 21 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
short to battery.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid - transmission.
Failure Cause
Service Guideline
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Connector failure or poor fit.
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Transmission control module failure. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
• Solenoid-transmission failure. Automatic Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
V1.0 556
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 557
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
There are totally 4 speed sensors in the transmission, they are • Solenoid-transmission failure.
used for checking the rotation speed of the clutch, internal Reference Information
input shaft, external input shaft and output shaft, the clutch Reference Circuit Information
speed sensor and output shaft speed sensor are integrated in
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
the satellite sensor, others are fitted on the valve body inside
the transmission. All speed sensors are Hall-effect sensors. Reference Connector End View Information
When the target wheel starts to rotate, the speed sensor BY001, BY002
begins to produce a series of pulse signals. The number
Reference Electrical Information
of pulses increases with the increased vehicle speed, the
pulse signal frequency of the speed sensor increases with the Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
increased speed of detected component, while the duty cycle
Circuit/System Test
keeps constant at any speed.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs
the battery negative cable.
P1814:
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. solenoid-transmission.
• Sensor power supply voltage is greater than 6.52V.
V1.0 558
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 8 of BY001
• Terminal 10 of BY001
• Terminal 7 of BY002
• Terminal 21 of BY002
• Terminal 8 of BY001
• Terminal 10 of BY001
• Terminal 7 of BY002
• Terminal 21 of BY002
V1.0 559
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1821, P1823, P1824, P1852 • The difference between the clutch temperature value and
DTC Description the maximum temperature value of valve body/solenoid
is greater than 60℃.
DTC P1821: Clutch Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To
Ground • The difference between the clutch temperature value and
the maximum temperature value of valve body/solenoid
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description is less than 30℃.
(FTB)
P1852: The calculated value of clutch temperature is greater
Clutch Temperature Sensor Circuit
11 than 450℃.
Short To Ground
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P1823: Clutch Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To P1821, P1823, P1824:
Battery Or Open
• Reduce clutch sliding friction, overheat protection.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Light up the engine MIL.
(FTB)
P1852:
Clutch Temperature Sensor Circuit
15
Short To Battery Or Open • Light up the transmission MIL, engine emission MIL and
emergency warning lamp.
DTC P1824: Clutch Temperature Sensor Signal Out Of Range
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
(Software Fault)
operate (overheat protection).
Failure Type Byte • Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Clutch Temperature Sensor Signal
62 P1821, P1823: Failure is not detected in the next operation
Out Of Range (Software Fault)
circulation.
DTC P1852: Clutch Temperature Above Threshold P1824:
Failure Type Byte • The difference between the clutch temperature value and
Failure Description
(FTB) the maximum temperature value of valve body/solenoid
Clutch Temperature Above is less than or equal to 60℃.
98
Threshold • The difference between the clutch temperature value and
the minimum temperature value of valve body/solenoid
Circuit/System Description
is less than or equal to 30℃.
The clutch temperature sensor is integrated into the satellite
P1852: The calculated value of clutch temperature is less than
sensor. A silicon temperature sensor based on diffusion
450℃.
resistance principle is arranged inside the clutch temperature
sensor. It has positive temperature coefficient characteristic, History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
that is, the higher the oil temperature, the higher the cycles.
resistance; on the contrary, the lower the oil temperature, Failure Cause
the lower the resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Transmission control module failure.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Solenoid-transmission failure.
P1821: The input voltage of clutch pressure sensor is less than
0.669V.
P1824:
V1.0 560
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Reference Information Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1) - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Reference Connector End View Information Automatic Transmission".
BY001, BY002 • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Reference Electrical Information Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Circuit/System Test Automatic Transmission".
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 19 of BY002 and Terminal 53 of BY001
• Terminal 27 of BY002 and Terminal 71 of BY001
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 53 of BY001
• Terminal 71 of BY001
• Terminal 19 of BY002
• Terminal 27 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 53 of BY001
• Terminal 71 of BY001
• Terminal 19 of BY002
• Terminal 27 of BY002
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module or solenoid - transmission.
V1.0 561
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 562
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Terminal 32 of BY002
V1.0 563
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 564
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Terminal 8 of BY002
V1.0 565
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 566
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Terminal 31 of BY002
V1.0 567
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 568
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Terminal 9 of BY002
V1.0 569
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
(FTB)
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
81
Fault
Circuit/System Description
There are two potentiometers in the accelerator pedal
module acting as sensors, their resistance value will vary
with the position changes of the electronic accelerator
pedal, while ECM can response precisely to the movement
of the accelerator pedal, therefore, the movements of the
accelerator pedal may be monitored.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
System receives the acceleration signal error CAN signal.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• System receives the correct acceleration signal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• ECM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm the "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor" and
"Failure Parameter" in the real-time display of the scan
tool.
If the parameter values are not within the specified value,
test the circuit from accelerator pedal position sensor
to ECM.
3. Again read the DTC and clear it, confirm that DTC
P1833 is not set.
If the DTC has been set, test/replace the ECM or
accelerator pedal position sensor.
V1.0 570
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1834 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable.
DTC P1834: Torque measurement error 3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description module.
(FTB)
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
81 Torque measurement error of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and terminals
Circuit/System Description of harness connector BY001 of the corresponding
transmission control module is less than 5Ω:
TCM receives the input signals of throttle opening, engine
coolant temperature, engine speed, engine torque, etc. from • Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 17 of BY001
the engine control module. TCM also receives the input • Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 18 of BY001
signals of brake switch, pressure sensor, clutch speed, oil If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
temperature, valve body solenoid state, mode switch, etc. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
In addition, TCM outputs torque control request, gear shift
information and failure warning information to the ECM and 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
outputs executive signal, etc. to the valve body solenoid. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs
ECM and the ground is infinite:
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 17 of BY001
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 18 of BY001
System receives the torque signal error CAN signal.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• Set the received torque as the default value and exit the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
cruise.
short to ground.
• Light up the engine MIL.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• System receives correct signal of torque. terminal of harness connector BY001 of the transmission
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up control module or terminal harness connector BY021 of
cycles. the ECM and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 17 of BY001
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 18 of BY001
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 44 of BY021
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal 45 of BY021
• ECM failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) transmission control module.
V1.0 571
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 572
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1837 • Odd and even clutch solenoid current is less than 0.75A
DTC Description (during gear shifting).
DTC P1837: Simultaneous engagement of both • Odd and even clutch solenoid current is less than 0.45A
clutches-Incorrect operation from pressure (during driving).
Failure Type Byte History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Failure Description cycles.
(FTB)
Simultaneous engagement of both Failure Cause
92 clutches-Incorrect operation from • Solenoid-transmission failure.
pressure • Transmission control module failure.
Simultaneous engagement of both • Odd clutch pressure sensor failure.
99 clutches-Incorrect operation from
• Even clutch pressure sensor failure.
pressure
Reference Information
Circuit/System Description
Reference Electrical Information
Even gears are deployed on one part of the transmission, while Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
odd gears are deployed on the other part. Before the gear
shifting, the next gear is already locked on the unloaded part Circuit/System Check
of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Then, the clutch of 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile the clutch of loaded
2. Confirm that the transmission control module DTC
gear is disengaged to complete the torque transfer.
related to clutch pressure sensor has not been set.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If other DTCs of the transmission control module have
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
• Odd/even gears are engaged.
3. Confirm that the DTC P1837 is the current DTC.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
P1837 92:
Test".
• Both odd/even clutch pressures are greater than 6.5bar Service Guideline
(during gear shifting).
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Both odd/even clutch pressures are greater than 4bar "Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
(during driving). Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch Automatic
P1837 99: Transmission".
• Odd and even clutch solenoid current is greater than • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Dual Clutch
0.75A (during gear shifting). Automatic Transmission" - "Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check and Refill".
• Odd and even clutch solenoid current is greater than
0.45A (during driving). • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
run. Automatic Transmission".
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
P1837 92:
P1837 99:
V1.0 573
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Setting DTCs
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
P1846: P/N Hardwire Circuit Short to Ground or Open terminal 13 of harness connector BY001 of the
Circuit transmission control module or terminal 11 of harness
P1848: P/N Hardwire Circuit Short to Battery connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground is between
2 ~ 3V:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 45 of BY001
Store this failure information in EEPROM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 22 of BY021
Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Failure Cause
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
• Relevant circuit failure.
control module or ECM.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Service Guideline
• Transmission control module failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
• ECM failure.
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Reference Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Reference Circuit Information - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1) "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
Reference Connector End View Information
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
BY001, BY021 to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Reference Electrical Information System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 574
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1847 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
DTC Description solenoid-transmission.
DTC P1847: SubROM Communication: Read Failed 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the automatic
transmission control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
(FTB)
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
SubROM Communication: Read module and terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
09
Failed solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 14 of BY002 and Terminal 49 of BY001
SubROM is a memory chip located on the valve body of the • Terminal 20 of BY002 and Terminal 7 of BY001
transmission, it stores the relevant information such as the
• Terminal 28 of BY002 and Terminal 64 of BY001
fork position of each gear, clutch meshing point, characteristic
curve of the solenoid etc. When replacing TCM, it is required If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
to transmit these data in the SubROM into the new TCM with circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
a scan tool. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 7 of BY001
The control module detects that the internal system data
cannot be read for more than 1 time in succession. • Terminal 49 of BY001
V1.0 575
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 576
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1849, P1850, P1851, P1853 P1853: The valve body/solenoid temperature value is greater
DTC Description than 140℃.
DTC P1849: Valvebody Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Ground P1849, P1850:
Failure Type Byte • Replaced by the solenoid temperature signal.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Light up the engine MIL.
Valvebody Temperature Sensor
11 P1851:
Circuit Short To Ground
• Lower the engine torque, and perform the overheat
DTC P1850: Valvebody Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To protection.
Battery Or Open
• Light up the engine MIL.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P1853:
(FTB)
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
Valvebody Temperature Sensor
15 operate (overheat protection).
Circuit Short To Battery Or Open
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
DTC P1851: Valvebody Temperature Sensor Signal Out Of Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Range (Software Fault)
P1849, P1850: Failure is not detected in the next operation
Failure Type Byte circulation.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P1851: The difference between the valve body temperature
Valvebody Temperature Sensor and clutch temperature is less than or equal to 30℃ and the
62
Signal Out Of Range (Software Fault) difference between the valve body temperature and solenoid
temperature is less than 30℃.
DTC P1853: Transmission Temperature Above Threshold
P1853: The valve body/solenoid temperature value is less than
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 140℃.
(FTB)
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
Transmission Temperature Above
98 cycles.
Threshold
Failure Cause
Circuit/System Description
• Relevant circuit failure.
The valve body temperature sensor is located on the valve
• Connector failure or poor fit.
body. A silicon temperature sensor based on diffusion
• Transmission control module failure.
resistance principle is arranged inside the valve body
temperature sensor. It has positive temperature coefficient • Solenoid-transmission failure.
characteristic, that is, the higher the oil temperature, the Reference Information
higher the resistance; on the contrary, the lower the oil Reference Circuit Information
temperature, the lower the resistance.
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
Conditions for Running DTCs
Reference Connector End View Information
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
BY001, BY002
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Reference Electrical Information
P1849: The input voltage of valve body temperature sensor is
less than 0.669V. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P1850: The input voltage of valve body temperature sensor is Circuit/System Test
greater than 2.68V. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P1851: The difference between the valve body temperature the battery negative cable.
and clutch temperature is greater than 30℃ and the 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
difference between the valve body temperature and solenoid solenoid-transmission.
temperature is greater than 30℃.
V1.0 577
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
• Terminal 54 of BY001
• Terminal 65 of BY001
• Terminal 4 of BY002
• Terminal 5 of BY002
• Terminal 54 of BY001
• Terminal 65 of BY001
• Terminal 4 of BY002
• Terminal 5 of BY002
V1.0 578
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
、P1862
P1861、 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC P1861: Shiftfork Movement Implausible (Multiplexer 1) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Check
(FTB)
1. Confirm that the transmission oil level, color and smell
Shiftfork Movement Implausible
92 are all in normal condition.
(Multiplexer 1)
2. Operate the vehicle, shift the gears repeatedly, meanwhile
DTC P1862: Shiftfork Movement Implausible (Multiplexer 2) observe each solenoid parameter on the scan tool.
Failure Type Byte If the parameters on the scan tool do not change to
Failure Description
(FTB) correct value and no DTCs other than P1861 and P1862
are set, then go to "Circuit/System Test".
Shiftfork Movement Implausible
92 Circuit System/Test
(Multiplexer 2)
1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
Circuit/System Description
2. If the above circuit/system tests are normal, test/replace
There are 4 fork position sensors in total in the transmission,
the solenoid-transmission.
they are fitted on the valve body inside the transmission
respectively, and used for checking the positions of 4 forks. Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
The fork position sensors are the ones which adopts the exists, test/replace the transmission control module.
PLCD principle, when the magnet fitted on the fork moves Service Guideline
while the fork executes the gear shift action, the duty ratio
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
of the PWM signal generated by the sensor which are used
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
to induce the magnet will increase or decrease along with
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
the magnet position change, when the signal is normal, the
Automatic Transmission".
operating range of the duty ratio shall be 10%~90%.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Conditions for Running DTCs
"6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
Conditions for Setting DTCs and Refill".
P1861: The system detects that the shifting fork movement is • Replace, programme and set the control module,
inconsistent with the target gear (multi-way valve 1). Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
P1862: The system detects that the shifting fork movement is "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
inconsistent with the target gear (multi-way valve 2). Automatic Transmission".
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
run or carry out limp home (judged as per internal logic).
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Position sensor failure.
• Multi-way solenoid failure.
• Transmission control module failure.
V1.0 579
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 580
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
and Refill".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 581
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1865, P1868, P1871, P1874 P1868: The system detects that the solenoid supply terminal
DTC Description 1 is short to ground.
DTC P1865: Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1 P1871: The system detects that the solenoid supply terminal
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To Battery 1 is open circuit.
Failure Type Byte P1874: The system detects the circuit failure or poor contact
Failure Description
(FTB) of solenoid supply terminal 1.
Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
12 Multiplexer 1 Solenoids Power • The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
Supply Circuit Short To Battery run.
DTC P1868: Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1 • Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To Ground Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte P1865, P1868, P1871: Failure is not detected in the next
Failure Description
(FTB) operation circulation.
Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And P1874: The system detects no circuit failure or poor contact
11 Multiplexer 1 Solenoids Power of solenoid supply terminal 1.
Supply Circuit Short To Ground
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
DTC P1871: Odd Clutch, Shifter 1 And Multiplexer 1
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Open Failure Cause
The transmission uses 2 clutch solenoids which are 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
respectively used to control and adjust the combined oil the battery negative cable.
pressure of the odd and even clutches of the dual clutch. 2 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
shift solenoids and 2 multi-way solenoids participate in the solenoid-transmission.
control on the shift oil pressure and 4 forks. 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs control module.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal 23
• Battery voltage is between 6.5~40V and kept in normal of harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
condition. module and terminal 36 of harness connector BY002 of
the solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
P1865: The system detects that the solenoid supply terminal
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
1 is short to battery.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
V1.0 582
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 36 of BY002
• Terminal 23 of BY001
• Terminal 36 of BY002
V1.0 583
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1866, P1869, P1872, P1875 P1869: The system detects that the solenoid supply terminal
DTC Description 2 is short to ground.
DTC P1866: Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2 P1872: The system detects that the solenoid supply terminal
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To Battery 2 is open circuit.
Failure Type Byte P1875: The system detects the circuit failure or poor contact
Failure Description
(FTB) of solenoid supply terminal 2.
Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
12 Multiplexer 2 Solenoids Power • The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to
Supply Circuit Short To Battery run.
DTC P1869: Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2 • Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Short To Ground Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte P1866, P1869, P1872: Failure is not detected in the next
Failure Description
(FTB) operation circulation.
Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And P1875: The system detects no circuit failure or poor contact
11 Multiplexer 2 Solenoids Power of solenoid supply terminal 2.
Supply Circuit Short To Ground
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
DTC P1872: Even Clutch, Shifter 2 And Multiplexer 2
Solenoids Power Supply Circuit Open Failure Cause
The transmission uses 2 clutch solenoids which are 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
respectively used to control and adjust the combined oil the battery negative cable.
pressure of the odd and even clutches of the dual clutch. 2 2. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of the
shift solenoids and 2 multi-way solenoids participate in the solenoid-transmission.
control on the shift oil pressure and 4 forks. 3. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs control module.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal 60
• Battery voltage is between 6.5~40V and kept in normal of harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
condition. module and terminal 35 of harness connector BY002 of
the solenoid-transmission is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
P1866: The system detects that the solenoid supply terminal
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
2 is short to battery.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
V1.0 584
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 35 of BY002
• Terminal 60 of BY001
• Terminal 35 of BY002
V1.0 585
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 586
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
module or terminals of harness connector BY002 of the
solenoid-transmission and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 81 of BY001
• Terminal 34 of BY002
• Terminal 81 of BY001
• Terminal 34 of BY002
V1.0 587
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1877, P1878 P1877 78: The system detects that the 1 gear can be engaged
DTC Description when the vehicle is in statical state.
DTC P1877: 1St Gear Statically Gear Engagement Error P1878: Failure is not detected in the next operation
circulation.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
77 Gear Engagement Error on 1st gear cycles.
P1877 78: The system detects that the 1 gear cannot be 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
engaged when the vehicle is in statical state. 2. Check the pressure filter element.
P1878: The system detects that the 1st gear cannot be 3. If the above circuit/system tested are normal, test/replace
separated. the transmission control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
exists, test/replace the transmission assembly.
P1877 77:
Service Guideline
• Limp home (2nd gear).
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Light up the engine MIL. "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
P1877 78: Clutch Automatic Transmission".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Open the clutch to allow next gear engagement.
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Light up the engine MIL.
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
P1878: Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 588
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 589
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1879, P1880 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
DTC Description DTC P1879 or P1880 is the current DTC.
DTC P1879: Gear Engagement Error on 2nd gear 3. Shift from 2nd gear to 3rd gear and observe if the scan
tool parameter has shifted to correct value according
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description to current gear.
(FTB)
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
77 Gear Engagement Error on 2nd gear
Test".
DTC P1880: Gear Disengagement Error on 2nd gear Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Check the pressure filter element.
Gear Disengagement Error on 2nd 3. If the above circuit/system tested are normal, test/replace
77
gear the transmission control module.
Circuit/System Description Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
exists, test/replace the transmission assembly.
Even gears are deployed on one part of the transmission, while
odd gears are deployed on the other part. Before the gear Service Guideline
shifting, the next gear is already locked on the unloaded part • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Then, the clutch of "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile the clutch of loaded Clutch Automatic Transmission".
gear is disengaged to complete the torque transfer. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Running DTCs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P1879: The system detects that the 2nd gear cannot be "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
engaged. Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
P1880: The system detects that the 2nd gear cannot be and Refill".
separated. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Pressure Filter".
• Limp home (1st/3rd/R gear).
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Light up the engine MIL.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Transmission internal mechanical failure.
• Transmission control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Confirm that the transmission oil level, color and smell
are all in normal condition.
V1.0 590
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1881, P1882 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
DTC Description DTC P1881 or P1882 is the current DTC.
DTC P1881: Gear Engagement Error on 3rd gear 3. Shift from 3rd gear to 4th gear and observe if the scan
tool parameter has shifted to correct value according
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description to current gear.
(FTB)
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
77 Gear Engagement Error on 3rd gear
Test".
DTC P1882: Gear Disengagement Error on 3rd gear Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Check the pressure filter element.
Gear Disengagement Error on 3rd 3. If the above circuit/system tested are normal, test/replace
77
gear the transmission control module.
Circuit/System Description Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
exists, test/replace the transmission assembly.
Even gears are deployed on one part of the transmission, while
odd gears are deployed on the other part. Before the gear Service Guideline
shifting, the next gear is already locked on the unloaded part • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Then, the clutch of "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile the clutch of loaded Clutch Automatic Transmission".
gear is disengaged to complete the torque transfer. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Running DTCs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P1881: The system detects that the 3rd gear cannot be "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
engaged. Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
P1882: The system detects that the 3rd gear cannot be and Refill".
separated. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Pressure Filter".
• Limp home (2nd gear)
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Light up the engine MIL.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Transmission internal mechanical failure.
• Transmission control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Confirm that the transmission oil level, color and smell
are all in normal condition.
V1.0 591
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1883, P1884 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
DTC Description DTC P1883 or P1884 is the current DTC.
DTC P1883: Gear Engagement Error on 4th gear 3. Shift from 4th gear to 5th gear and observe if the scan
tool parameter has shifted to correct value according
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description to current gear.
(FTB)
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
77 Gear Engagement Error on 4th gear
Test".
DTC P1884: Gear Disengagement Error on 4th gear Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Check the pressure filter element.
Gear Disengagement Error on 4th 3. If the above circuit/system tested are normal, test/replace
77
gear the transmission control module.
Circuit/System Description Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
exists, test/replace the transmission assembly.
Even gears are deployed on one part of the transmission, while
odd gears are deployed on the other part. Before the gear Service Guideline
shifting, the next gear is already locked on the unloaded part • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Then, the clutch of "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile the clutch of loaded Clutch Automatic Transmission".
gear is disengaged to complete the torque transfer. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Running DTCs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P1883: The system detects that the 4th gear cannot be "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
engaged. Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
P1884: The system detects that the 4th gear cannot be and Refill".
separated. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Pressure Filter".
• Limp home (1st/3rd/R gear).
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Light up the engine MIL.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Transmission internal mechanical failure.
• Transmission control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Confirm that the transmission oil level, color and smell
are all in normal condition.
V1.0 592
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1885, P1886 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
DTC Description DTC P1885 or P1886 is the current DTC.
DTC P1885: Gear Engagement Error on 5th gear 3. Shift from 5th gear to 6th gear and observe if the scan
tool parameter has shifted to correct value according
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description to current gear.
(FTB)
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
77 Gear Engagement Error on 5th gear
Test".
DTC P1886: Gear Disengagement Error on 5th gear Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Check the pressure filter element.
Gear Disengagement Error on 5th 3. If the above circuit/system tested are normal, test/replace
77
gear the transmission control module.
Circuit/System Description Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
exists, test/replace the transmission assembly.
Even gears are deployed on one part of the transmission, while
odd gears are deployed on the other part. Before the gear Service Guideline
shifting, the next gear is already locked on the unloaded part • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Then, the clutch of "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile the clutch of loaded Clutch Automatic Transmission".
gear is disengaged to complete the torque transfer. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Running DTCs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
P1885: The system detects that the 5th gear cannot be "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
engaged. Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
P1886: The system detects that the 5th gear cannot be and Refill".
separated. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Pressure Filter".
• Limp home (2nd gear)
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Light up the engine MIL.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Transmission internal mechanical failure.
• Transmission control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Confirm that the transmission oil level, color and smell
are all in normal condition.
V1.0 593
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P1887: The system detects that the 6th gear cannot be • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
engaged. "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
Clutch Automatic Transmission".
P1888: The system detects that the 6th gear cannot be
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
separated.
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
P1887: Automatic Transmission".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Limp home (1st/3rd/R gear).
"6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
• Light up the engine MIL.
Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
P1888: and Refill".
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
run. - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Pressure Filter".
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Failure is not detected in the next operation circulation. - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
cycles. Automatic Transmission".
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Transmission internal mechanical failure.
• Transmission control module failure.
V1.0 594
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1889, P1890 • Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P1889: Gear Engagement Error on Reverse gear P1889 77: The system detects that the R gear can be engaged.
Failure Type Byte P1889 78: The system detects that the R gear can be engaged
Failure Description
(FTB) when the vehicle is in statical state.
Gear Engagement Error on Reverse P1890: Failure is not detected in the next operation
77
gear circulation.
Reverse Gear Statically Gear
78 Engagement Error History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up
cycles.
DTC P1890: Gear Disengagement Error on Reverse gear Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte • Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
Failure Description
(FTB) leaked.
Gear Disengagement Error on • Transmission internal mechanical failure.
77
Reverse gear • Transmission control module failure.
Circuit/System Description Reference Information
Even gears are deployed on one part of the transmission, while Reference Electrical Information
odd gears are deployed on the other part. Before the gear Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
shifting, the next gear is already locked on the unloaded part
of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Then, the clutch of Circuit/System Check
pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile the clutch of loaded 1. Confirm that the transmission oil level, color and smell
gear is disengaged to complete the torque transfer. are all in normal condition.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm if
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. DTC P1889 or P1890 is the current DTC.
3. Shift from "P" gear to "R" gear and observe if the scan
Conditions for Setting DTCs
tool parameter has shifted to correct value according
P1889 77: The system detects that the R gear cannot be to current gear.
engaged.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
P1889 78: The system detects that the R gear cannot be Test".
engaged when the vehicle is in statical state.
Circuit/System Test
P1890: The system detects that the R gear cannot be
1. Check the state of the transmission oil.
separated.
2. Check the pressure filter element.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
3. If the above circuit/system tested are normal, test/replace
P1889 77: the transmission control module.
• When the handle is placed on R gear, the clutch is Read the DTC with a scan tool again, if the DTC still
disconnected and the vehicle cannot run, while the exists, test/replace the transmission assembly.
handle is placed in other positions, the vehicle can run
Service Guideline
normally.
• Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
P1889 78: Clutch Automatic Transmission".
• Open the clutch to allow next gear engagement. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
• Light up the engine MIL. - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
P1890:
Automatic Transmission".
• The clutch is disconnected, and the vehicle is unable to • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
run. "6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
V1.0 595
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 596
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P2711 2. Place the ignition switch in ON position, connect the
DTC Description scan tool.
DTC P2711: Unexpected Mechanical Gear Disengagement 3. After read and clear the DTC with the scan tool, confirm
Fault that DTC P2711 has not been reset.
4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the automatic
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description transmission control module.
(FTB)
Service Guideline
Unexpected Mechanical Gear
94 • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
Disengagement Fault
"6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
Circuit/System Description Clutch Automatic Transmission".
One part of the transmission is deployed with even gears, • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
while other part of the transmission is deployed with odd - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
gears. Before the gear shifting, the next gear is already locked "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
on the unloaded part of the transmission (pre-selected gear). Automatic Transmission".
Then, the clutch of pre-selected gear is engaged, meanwhile • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
the clutch of loaded gear is disengaged, so as to complete the "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual
torque transfer. Clutch Automatic Transmission Oil - Oil Level Check
Conditions for Running DTCs and Refill".
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Engine is running. Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Conditions for Setting DTCs
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
• The current of odd clutch is greater than 0.25A, and there Automatic Transmission".
is no engaged gear or gear shifting action on the odd shaft.
• The current of even clutch is greater than 0.25A, and
there is no engaged gear or gear shifting action on the
even shaft.
Action Taken When the DTC is Set
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The current of odd/even clutch is less than or equal to
0.25A, and there is an engaged gear or gear shifting action
on the odd/even shaft.
• After 40 warm-up cycles without failure, the historical
DTC will be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Transmission oil circuit corroded, deteriorated and
leaked.
• Transmission internal mechanical failure.
• TCM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Check if the transmission oil level, color and odor are all
in normal condition.
V1.0 597
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC U0073: CAN Bus Lost Communication • Terminal 18 of BY001 and Terminal 6 of FA042
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 17 of BY001 and Terminal 14 of FA042
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
88 CAN Bus Lost Communication circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 598
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
U0100, U16BE, U17A1, U17DF, U19D1, U1AA3, Circuit/System Description
U1AC1, U1AC7, U1AF1
Transmission control module communicates with the ECM via
DTC Description
the CAN bus.
DTC U0100: lost communication with ECM Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• There is no DTC U0100.
87 lost communication with ECM
• There is no DTC U0073.
DTC U16BE: Lost Frame Of ECM (BE) Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte U0100: CAN bus drive procedure detects frame timeout from
Failure Description EMS.
(FTB)
87 Lost Frame Of ECM (BE) U16BE: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
BE.
DTC U17A1: Lost frame of EMS (1A1)
U17A1: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
Failure Type Byte 1A1.
Failure Description
(FTB)
U17DF: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
87 Lost frame of EMS (1A1) 1DF.
DTC U17DF: Frame 0x1DF timeout U19D1: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
3D1.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U1AA3: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
(FTB)
4A3.
87 Frame 0x1DF timeout
U1AC1: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
DTC U19D1: Lost frame of EMS (3D1) 4C1.
Failure Type Byte U1AC7: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
Failure Description
(FTB) 4C7.
87 Lost frame of EMS (3D1) U1AF1: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout of frame
4F1.
DTC U1AA3: Lost frame of EMS (4A3)
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U0100:
(FTB)
87 Lost frame of EMS (4A3) • Stop, EMS related diagnosis signal is invalid, EMS
self-check failure is invalid, and exit cruise.
DTC U1AC1: Frame 0x4C1 timeout • Light up the engine MIL and emergency process MIL.
Failure Type Byte U16BE: Exit the cruise.
Failure Description
(FTB)
U17A1:
87 Frame 0x4C1 timeout
• Not prohibited.
DTC U1AC7: Lost frame of EMS (4C7) • Light up the engine MIL.
Failure Type Byte U17DF, U19D1, U1AA3, U1AC7, U1AF1: Not prohibited.
Failure Description
(FTB)
U1AC1: Set engine induced air temperature (from CAN) to
87 Lost frame of EMS (4C7) non-performing value.
DTC U1AF1: Lost frame of EMS (4F1) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
U0100: CAN bus drive procedure detects no frame timeout
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description from EMS.
(FTB)
87 Lost frame of EMS (4F1)
V1.0 599
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
U16BE: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of frame • Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 18 of BY001
BE.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
U17A1: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
frame 1A1.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
U17DF: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
frame 1DF. module or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
ECM and the ground is infinite:
U19D1: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of
frame 3D1. • Terminal 17 of BY001
U1AA3: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of • Terminal 18 of BY001
frame 4A3.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
U1AC1: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of
• Terminal 45 of BY021
frame 4C1.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
U1AC7: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of
short to ground.
frame 4C7.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
U1AF1: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout of
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
frame 4F1.
terminal of harness connector BY001 of the transmission
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up control module or terminal harness connector BY021 of
cycles. the ECM and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 17 of BY001
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 18 of BY001
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Transmission control module failure.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• ECM failure.
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
transmission control module.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
BY001, BY021 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
Reference Electrical Information System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
Circuit/System Test "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network Automatic Transmission".
(Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal, • Replace, programme and set the control module,
continue following detection procedures. Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
the battery negative cable. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
3. Disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM and Automatic Transmission".
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
module.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM and terminals of harness
connector BY001 of the corresponding transmission
control module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 17 of BY001
V1.0 600
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
U0103 BY001 of the transmission control module and harness
DTC Description connector BY119 of the shift control unit.
DTC U0103: Lost Communication With SCU 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description module and terminals of harness connector BY119 of the
(FTB)
shifter control unit is less than 5Ω:
87 Lost Communication With SCU
• Terminal 17 of BY001 and Terminal 5 of BY119
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 18 of BY001 and Terminal 3 of BY119
Automatic transmission control module communicates with If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
the SCU control module via the CAN bus. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector BY001 of the transmission control
• There is no DTC U0073. module or terminals of harness connector BY119 of the
shifter control unit and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 17 of BY001
CANBus drive procedure detects signal timeout from the shift
control unit. • Terminal 18 of BY001
V1.0 601
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 602
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
U0146, U17F1, U17F2, U182A, U1AE9, U1B40, • DTC U0073 is not available.
U1B41, U1B18 • DTC U0146 is not available.
DTC Description
Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With GW
U0146: CAN bus driver detects GW timeout.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U17F1: CAN bus driver detects 1F1 frame timeout.
(FTB)
U17F2: CAN bus driver detects 1F2 frame timeout.
87 Lost Communication With GW
U182A: CAN bus driver detects 22A frame timeout.
DTC U17F1: Lost Frame of GW (1F1)
U1AE9: CAN bus driver detects 4E9 frame timeout.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U1B40: CAN bus driver detects 540 frame timeout.
(FTB)
87 Lost Frame of GW (1F1) U1B41: CAN bus driver detects 541 frame timeout.
U1AE9: CAN bus driver does not detect 4E9 frame timeout.
DTC U1AE9: Lost Frame of GW (4E9)
U1B40: CAN bus driver does not detect 540 frame timeout.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U1B41: CAN bus driver does not detect 541 frame timeout.
(FTB)
87 Lost Frame of GW (4E9) U1B18: CAN bus driver does not detect 518 frame timeout.
V1.0 603
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 604
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
U0122, U16C1, U16C5, U177D, U17C7, U17FC, DTC U194A: Communication With Frame SCS_FrP12
U18F9, U1948, U194A, U1953 (0x34A) Timeout
DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
DTC U0122: Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics (FTB)
Control Module (SCS)
Communication With Frame
87
Failure Type Byte SCS_FrP12 (0x34A) Timeout
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC U1953: Lost frame of SCS (353)
Lost Communication With Vehicle
87
Dynamics Control Module (SCS) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC U16C1: Lost frame of SCS (C1)
87 Lost frame of SCS (353)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Description
(FTB)
The automatic transmission control module communicates
87 Lost frame of SCS (C1)
with the dynamic stability control system via the CAN bus.
DTC U16C5: Lost frame of SCS (C5) Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Description
(FTB) • There is no DTC U0122.
87 Lost frame of SCS (C5) • There is no DTC U0073.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC U177D: Lost frame of SCS (17D)
U16C1: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from C1
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description frame.
(FTB)
U16C5: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from C5
87 Lost frame of SCS (17D)
frame.
DTC U17C7: Lost frame of SCS (1C7) U177D: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from 17D
Failure Type Byte frame.
Failure Description
(FTB) U17C7: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from 1C7
87 Lost frame of SCS (1C7) frame.
Failure Type Byte U194A: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from 34A
Failure Description
(FTB) frame.
87 Lost frame of SCS (2F9) U1953: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from 353
frame.
DTC U1948: Communication With Frame SCS_FrP11
U0122: CAN bus drive procedure detects timeout from SCS
(0x348) Timeout
frame.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
U16C1, U16C5, U177D, U18F9, U1948, U194A and U1953:
Communication With Frame
87 Not prohibited.
SCS_FrP11 (0x348) Timeout
U17C7: AVH signal replacement.
V1.0 605
Transmission 6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
U17FC: ACC signal replacement. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
U0122: Dynamic stability control system failure, and clear the
failure value in ESP at ACC position. 3. Disconnect harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
stability control system and harness connector BY001 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
the transmission control module.
U16C1: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
C1 frame.
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
U16C5: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from and terminals of harness connector BY001 of the
C5 frame. corresponding transmission control module is less than
5Ω:
U177D: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from
17D frame. • Terminal 10 of BY003 and Terminal 17 of BY001
U17C7: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from • Terminal 11 of BY003 and Terminal 18 of BY001
1C7 frame. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
U17FC: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
1FC frame. 5. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
U18F9: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from connector BY001 of the transmission control module or
2F9 frame. terminals of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
stability control system and the ground is infinite:
U1948: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from
348 frame. • Terminal 17 of BY001
U194A: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from • Terminal 18 of BY001
34A frame. • Terminal 10 of BY003
U1953: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from • Terminal 11 of BY003
353 frame.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
U0122: CAN bus drive procedure detects no timeout from short to ground.
SCS frame.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free warm-up switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
cycles. terminals of harness connector BY001 of the transmission
Failure Cause control module or terminals of harness connector BY003
• Relevant circuit failure. of the dynamic stability control system and the ground is
between 2 ~ 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 17 of BY001
• Transmission control module failure.
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal 18 of BY001
Reference Information • Terminal 10 of BY003
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 11 of BY003
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Connector End View Information short to battery.
BY001, BY003 7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system or transmission control module.
Reference Electrical Information
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Circuit/System Test Module" - "ABS Regulator".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
(Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal, - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
continue following detection procedures. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 606
6-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
- "ABS Regulator".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 607
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 608
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short 奇数挡输入轴转速传感器对地
P07C5 00 ON Ⅰ
To Ground Or Open 短路或开路
Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short 奇数挡输入轴转速传感器对电
P07C6 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery 源短路
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short 偶数挡输入轴转速传感器对地
P07C7 00 ON Ⅰ
To Ground Or Open 短路或开路
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short 偶数挡输入轴转速传感器对电
P07C8 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery 源短路
奇数挡离合器位置信号合理性
P0806 00 Odd Gear Clutch Position Signal Plausibility Failure ON Ⅰ
故障
Odd Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡离合器位置传感器对地
P0807 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground 短路
Odd Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡离合器位置传感器对电
P0808 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery Or Open 源短路或开路
P0811 00 Odd Gear Clutch Stuck Disengagement 奇数挡离合器卡滞在分离状态 ON Ⅰ
P081E 00 Even Gear Clutch Stuck Disengagement 偶数挡离合器卡滞在分离状态 ON Ⅰ
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Circuit Short
P0842 00 变速器油压传感器对地短路 ON Ⅰ
To Ground
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Circuit Short 变速器油压传感器对电源短路
P0843 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery Or Open 或开路
偶数挡离合器位置信号合理性
P087B 00 Even Gear Clutch Position Signal Plausibility Failure ON Ⅰ
故障
Even Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡离合器位置传感器对地
P087C 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground 短路
Even Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short To 偶数挡离合器位置传感器对电
P087D 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery Or Open 源短路或开路
Transmission Fluid Pump Relay Circuit Current 变速器油泵继电器电流低于阈
P0946 00 ON Ⅰ
Below Threshold 值
Odd Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P0960 00 ON Ⅰ
(S1) Circuit Open (S1)开路
Odd Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P0962 00 ON Ⅰ
(S1) Circuit Short To Ground (S1)对地短路
Odd Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P0963 00 ON Ⅰ
(S1) Circuit Short To Battery (S1)对电源短路
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P0964 00 ON Ⅰ
(S2) Circuit Open (S2)开路
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P0966 00 ON Ⅰ
(S2) Circuit Short To Ground (S2)对地短路
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P0967 00 ON Ⅰ
(S2) Circuit Short To Battery (S2)对电源短路
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P0968 00 ON Ⅰ
Circuit Open (S3)开路
V1.0 609
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P0970 00 ON Ⅰ
Circuit Short To Ground (S3)对地短路
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P0971 00 ON Ⅰ
Circuit Short To Battery (S3)对电源短路
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit
P0B01 00 变速器油泵电机U相开路 ON Ⅰ
Open
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit
P0B04 00 变速器油泵电机V相开路 ON Ⅰ
Open
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit
P0B07 00 变速器油泵电机W相开路 ON Ⅰ
Open
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Signal below 变速器油压传感器信号低于允
P0B0C 00 ON Ⅰ
Allowable Range 许范围
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Current
P0C28 00 变速器油泵电机电流高出阈值 ON Ⅰ
Above Threshold
电控单元冗余存储数据存储故
P16F3 00 ECU Redundant Data Memory Failure OFF Ⅰ
障
电控单元存储软件无效或不匹
P16F4 00 ECU Invalid Or Incompatible Software Component ON Ⅰ
配
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Performance Or 变速器油泵电机性能或操作错
P170F 00 ON Ⅱ
Incorrect Operation 误
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Forward Direction 输出轴转速传感器向前信号合
P172A 00 ON Ⅰ
Signal Plausibility Failure 理性故障
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Reverse Direction 输出轴转速传感器向后信号合
P172B 00 ON Ⅰ
Signal Plausibility Failure 理性故障
P175F 00 Longitudinal Acceleration Missing Message 纵向加速度通信信息丢失 ON Ⅰ
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Speed Signal Above 变速器油泵电机转速信号值高
P179A 00 ON Ⅰ
Allowable Range 于允许范围
Internal Mode Switch Mode P Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(P)对电源
P1824 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery 短路
Internal Mode Switch Mode A Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(A)对地短
P182A 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground Or Open 路或开路
Internal Mode Switch Mode B Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(B)对地短
P182B 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground Or Open 路或开路
Internal Mode Switch Mode B Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(B)对电源
P182C 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery 短路
Internal Mode Switch Mode P Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(P)对地短
P182D 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground Or Open 路或开路
P182E 00 Internal Mode Switch Signal Plausibility Failure 内部模式开关信号合理性故障 ON Ⅰ
Internal Mode Switch Mode C Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(C)对电源
P182F 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery 短路
Internal Mode Switch Mode A Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(A)对电源
P1838 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery 短路
V1.0 610
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
Internal Mode Switch Mode C Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(C)对地短
P1839 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground Or Open 路或开路
Internal Mode Switch Mode S Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(S)对地短
P1840 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground Or Open 路或开路
Internal Mode Switch Mode S Circuit Short To 内部模式开关模式(S)对电源
P1841 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery 短路
Internal Mode Switch Mode A Signal Plausibility 内部模式开关模式(A)信号合
P18B5 00 ON Ⅰ
Failure 理性故障
Internal Mode Switch Mode B Signal Plausibility 内部模式开关模式(B)信号合
P18B6 00 ON Ⅰ
Failure 理性故障
Internal Mode Switch Mode C Signal Plausibility 内部模式开关模式(C)信号合
P18B7 00 ON Ⅰ
Failure 理性故障
Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal Plausibility 内部模式开关模式(P)信号合
P18B8 00 ON Ⅰ
Failure 理性故障
Internal Mode Switch Mode S Signal Plausibility 内部模式开关模式(S)信号合
P18B9 00 ON Ⅰ
Failure 理性故障
内部模式开关模式(A)信号低
P18BA 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode A Signal Stuck Low ON Ⅰ
于阈值卡滞
内部模式开关模式(C)信号低
P18BC 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode C Signal Stuck Low ON Ⅰ
于阈值卡滞
内部模式开关模式(A)信号高
P18BF 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode A Signal Stuck High ON Ⅰ
于阈值卡滞
内部模式开关模式(B)信号高
P18C0 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode B Signal Stuck High ON Ⅰ
于阈值卡滞
内部模式开关模式(P)信号高
P18C2 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal Stuck High ON Ⅰ
于阈值卡滞
内部模式开关模式(S)信号高
P18C3 00 Internal Mode Switch Mode S Signal Stuck High ON Ⅰ
于阈值卡滞
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage
P1E1A 00 变速器油泵电机电压高于阀值 ON Ⅰ
Above Threshold
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Position Signal 变速器油泵电机位置信号合理
P1E29 00 ON Ⅰ
Plausibility Failure 性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit 变速器油泵电机U相电流低于阈
P1E2A 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Below Threshold 值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit 变速器油泵电机U相电流高出阈
P1E2B 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Above Threshold 值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Signal 变速器油泵电机U相信号合理性
P1E2C 00 ON Ⅰ
Plausibility Failure 故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit 变速器油泵电机V相电流低于阈
P1E2D 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Below Threshold 值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit 变速器油泵电机V相电流高出阈
P1E2E 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Above Threshold 值
V1.0 611
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Signal 变速器油泵电机V相信号合理性
P1E2F 00 ON Ⅰ
Plausibility Failure 故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit 变速器油泵电机W相电流低于
P1E30 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Below Threshold 阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit 变速器油泵电机W相电流高出
P1E31 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Above Threshold 阈值
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Signal 变速器油泵电机W相信号合理
P1E32 00 ON Ⅰ
Plausibility Failure 性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U-V-W 变速器油泵电机U-V-W相信号
P1E33 00 ON Ⅰ
Current Signal Plausibility Failure 合理性故障
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter
变速器油泵电机逆变器温度传
P1E34 00 Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Above ON Ⅰ
感器电压高于阀值
Threshold
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter
变速器油泵电机逆变器温度传
P1E35 00 Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Below ON Ⅰ
感器电压低于阈值
Threshold
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter 变速器油泵电机逆变器温度传
P1E36 00 ON Ⅰ
Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Out Of Range 感器电压超出范围
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Powe 变速器油泵电机逆变器供电开
P1E38 00 ON Ⅰ
Supply Circuit Open 路
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter General 变速器油泵电机逆变器一般电
P1E39 00 ON Ⅰ
Electrical Failure 子故障
P2534 00 Ignition On Circuit Voltage Below Threshold 点火开关2档电压低于阈值 ON Ⅰ
P2535 00 Ignition On Circuit Voltage Above Threshold 点火开关2档电压高于阀值 ON Ⅰ
P2537 00 Ignition Acc Circuit Voltage Below Threshold 点火开关1档电压低于阈值 ON Ⅰ
P2670 00 Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Short To Ground 电磁阀供电电路2对地短路 ON Ⅰ
P2671 00 Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Short To Battery 电磁阀供电电路2对电源短路 ON Ⅰ
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S4) 偶数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P2718 00 ON Ⅰ
Circuit Open (S4)开路
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S4) 偶数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P2720 00 ON Ⅰ
Circuit Short To Ground (S4)对地短路
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S4) 偶数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P2721 00 ON Ⅰ
Circuit Short To Battery (S4)对电源短路
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 奇数挡压力控制电磁阀(S5)
P2724 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S5) Actuator Stuck Open 执行器卡滞在打开状态
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 奇数挡压力控制电磁阀(S5)
P2727 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S5) Circuit Open 开路
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 奇数挡压力控制电磁阀(S5)
P2729 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S5) Circuit Short To Ground 对地短路
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 奇数挡压力控制电磁阀(S5)
P2730 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S5) Circuit Short To Battery 对电源短路
V1.0 612
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 偶数挡压力控制电磁阀(S6)
P2733 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S6) Actuator Stuck Open 执行器卡滞在打开状态
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 偶数挡压力控制电磁阀(S6)
P2736 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S6) Circuit Open 开路
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 偶数挡压力控制电磁阀(S6)
P2738 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S6) Circuit Short To Ground 对地短路
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 偶数挡压力控制电磁阀(S6)
P2739 00 ON Ⅰ
Valve (S6) Circuit Short To Battery 对电源短路
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Voltage 偶数挡输入轴转速传感器电压
P2746 00 ON Ⅰ
Out Of Range 超出范围
Odd Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P27A7 00 ON Ⅰ
(S1) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure (S1)标定或参数存储故障
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡离合器压力控制电磁阀
P27A8 00 ON Ⅰ
(S2) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure (S2)标定或参数存储故障
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S3) 奇数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P27A9 00 ON Ⅰ
Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure (S3)标定或参数存储故障
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve (S4) 偶数挡离合器流量控制电磁阀
P27AA 00 ON Ⅰ
Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure (S4)标定或参数存储故障
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid
奇数挡压力控制电磁阀(S5)
P27AB 00 Valve (S5) Calibration Or Parameter Memory ON Ⅰ
标定或参数存储故障
Failure
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid
偶数挡压力控制电磁阀(S6)
P27AC 00 Valve (S6) Calibration Or Parameter Memory ON Ⅰ
标定或参数存储故障
Failure
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡流量控制电磁阀(S7)
P27AD 00 ON Ⅰ
(S7) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure 标定或参数存储故障
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡流量控制电磁阀(S8)
P27AE 00 ON Ⅰ
(S8) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure 标定或参数存储故障
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Signal Stuck 变速器油压传感器信号低于阈
P27E1 00 ON Ⅰ
Low 值卡滞
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡流量控制电磁阀(S7)
P2812 00 ON Ⅰ
(S7) Circuit Open 开路
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡流量控制电磁阀(S7)
P2814 00 ON Ⅰ
(S7) Circuit Short To Ground 对地短路
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 奇数挡流量控制电磁阀(S7)
P2815 00 ON Ⅰ
(S7) Circuit Short To Battery 对电源短路
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡流量控制电磁阀(S8)
P281B 00 ON Ⅰ
(S8) Circuit Open 开路
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡流量控制电磁阀(S8)
P281D 00 ON Ⅰ
(S8) Circuit Short To Ground 对地短路
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve 偶数挡流量控制电磁阀(S8)
P281E 00 ON Ⅰ
(S8) Circuit Short To Battery 对电源短路
V1.0 613
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic 换挡拨叉逻辑压力控制电磁阀
P2820 00 ON Ⅰ
(S9) Actuator Stuck Closed (S9)执行器卡滞关关闭状态
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic 换挡拨叉逻辑压力控制电磁阀
P2821 00 ON Ⅰ
(S9) Actuator Stuck Open (S9)执行器卡滞在打开状态
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic 换挡拨叉逻辑压力控制电磁阀
P2826 00 ON Ⅰ
(S9) Circuit Short To Ground Or Open (S9)对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic 换挡拨叉逻辑压力控制电磁阀
P2827 00 ON Ⅰ
(S9) Circuit Short To Battery (S9)对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Signal 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感器
P2832 00 OFF Ⅱ
Plausibility Failure 信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感器
P2833 00 ON Ⅰ
To Ground Or Open 对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感器
P2834 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery 对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Signal 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感器
P2837 00 OFF Ⅱ
Plausibility Failure 信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感器
P2838 00 ON Ⅰ
To Ground Or Open 对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感器
P2839 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery 对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Signal 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感器
P283C 00 OFF Ⅱ
Plausibility Failure 信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感器
P283D 00 ON Ⅰ
To Ground Or Open 对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感器
P283E 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery 对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Signal 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感器
P2841 00 OFF Ⅱ
Plausibility Failure 信号合理性故障
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感器
P2842 00 ON Ⅰ
To Ground Or Open 对地短路或开路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Circuit Short 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感器
P2843 00 ON Ⅰ
To Battery 对电源短路
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Signal Stuck 换挡拨叉(1/7挡)位置传感器
P2849 00 ON Ⅰ
In Range 信号在阈值内卡滞
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Signal Stuck 换挡拨叉(2/6挡)位置传感器
P284A 00 ON Ⅰ
In Range 信号在阈值内卡滞
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Signal Stuck 换挡拨叉(3/5挡)位置传感器
P284B 00 ON Ⅰ
In Range 信号在阈值内卡滞
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Signal Stuck 换挡拨叉(4/R挡)位置传感器
P284C 00 ON Ⅰ
In Range 信号在阈值内卡滞
P286F 00 Odd Gear Clutch Stuck Engagement 奇数挡离合器卡滞在结合状态 ON Ⅰ
P2877 00 Even Gear Clutch Stuck Engagement 偶数挡离合器卡滞在结合状态 ON Ⅰ
V1.0 614
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description MIL*
Level*
P287C 00 ECU Fast Learn Not Programmed 电控单元快速学习未编程 ON Ⅰ
U0073 00 CAN Bus Off CAN总线关闭 ON Ⅰ
Lost Communication With Engine Control Module 与发动机控制模块(ECM)失
U0100 00 ON Ⅰ
(ECM) 去通讯
Lost Communication With Stability Control 与动态稳定控制系统(SCS)失去
U0121 00 OFF Ⅱ
System(SCS) 通讯
U0146 00 Lost Communication With Gateway (GW) 与网关(GW)失去通讯 OFF Ⅱ
*Note:
1. MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
2. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 615
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
V1.0 616
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
V1.0 617
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 618
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (4)
V1.0 619
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 620
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
V1.0 621
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 622
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Gateway FA004 Pin No. Pin Information
4 High Side Drive 2
6 Current Control Output A
7 9V Power Supply
9 Even Input Shaft Speed
Sensor
12 5V Power Supply
13 Motor Ground
16 Current Control Output C
17 Current Control Output D
20 High Side Drive 1
V1.0 623
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 624
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Connector failure or poor fit.
C1252, C1253, C1254, P175F • Automatic transmission control module failure.
DTC Description • Anti-lock brake system failure.
DTC C1252: Longitudinal Acceleration Signal Below Reference Information
Allowable Range
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Circuit/System Test
Longitudinal Acceleration Signal
00
Below Allowable Range 1. Check if DTC U0121 exists.
V1.0 625
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Circuit/System Check • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and run the
System-SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
engine.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Connect the scan tool, and read the DTCs.
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
3. Confirm if DTC P0335 is only set as historical DTC. Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Test". Transmission".
V1.0 626
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0561, P0562, P0563 • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • Alternator failure.
DTC P0561: Ignition On Signal Compare Failure • Battery failure.
Failure Type Byte • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
00 Ignition On Signal Compare Failure Reference Circuit Information
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
DTC P0562: KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage Below Threshold
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY165
(FTB)
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage Below Reference Electrical Information
00
Threshold Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC P0563: KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage Above Threshold Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte 1. With the engine running and the other accessories off,
Failure Description
(FTB) measure and record the voltage of the battery terminal
with a digital multimeter. The voltage should be between
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage Above
00 11.0~15.0V.
Threshold
2. If it is not within the specified range or the charging
Circuit/System Description indicator is on, repair the engine charging system failure.
Automatic transmission control module continuously Circuit/System Test
monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
transmission solenoid may not be operated in a correct 2. Disconnect harness connector BY165 of the automatic
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in transmission control module.
unsteady transmission running, which may lead to internal 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
damage. These DTCs can be used to detect high or low 4. Test the automatic transmission control module power
battery voltage for an extended period. circuit with test lamp, respectively connect the test lamp
Conditions for Running DTCs to terminal 1, 2, 11 and 18 of harness connector BY165
of the automatic transmission control module and the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
ground, and the test lamp shall illuminate.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If the test lamp doesn't illuminate, test the circuit for
P0561: |Ignition voltage - battery voltage| is higher than 3V. open circuit/high resistance.
P0562: When engine speed is greater than 1,200 rpm, the 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
battery voltage is less than 10V. transmission control module.
P0563: Battery voltage is greater than 18V. Service Guideline
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
None. Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Transmission".
P0561: |Ignition voltage - battery voltage| is less than or equal • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to 3V. to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
P0562: When engine speed is greater than 1,200 rpm, the Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
battery voltage is greater than or equal to 10V. Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
P0563: Battery voltage is less than or equal to 18V.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
V1.0 627
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606, P062F, P16F3, RAM checksum, RAM failure, missing error and software
P16F4 failure.
DTC Description Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC P0601: ECU ROM General Checksum Failure Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606 and P062F: Internal hardware is
ECU ROM General Checksum failed.
00
Failure
P16F3: Software monitoring function is found to be abnormal.
DTC P0603: ECU ROM Reset Failure P16F4: Transmission gear monitoring function is abnormal.
Failure Type Byte Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Engine emission MIL is on.
00 ECU ROM Reset Failure
• High-side drive is off.
DTC P0604: ECU RAM Data Memory Failure Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte P0601, P0604, P0606 and P062F: Internal hardware is normal.
Failure Description
(FTB) P16F3: Software monitoring function is found to be normal.
00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure P16F4: Transmission gear monitoring function is normal.
DTC P062F: ECU ROM Data Memory Failure Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 628
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the
DTC. These DTCs shall not exist.
6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the automatic TCM and
carry out the self-learning procedures.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 629
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0658, P0659, P2670, P2671 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description P0658: High side drive 1 is off, even gears limp, and engine
DTC P0658: Solenoid Power Supply 1 Circuit Short To emission MIL is on.
Ground
P0659: Engine emission MIL is on.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P2670: High side drive 2 is off, 1st gear and 7th gear are valid,
(FTB)
and engine emission MIL is on.
Solenoid Power Supply 1 Circuit
00 P2671: Engine emission MIL is on.
Short To Ground
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P0659: Solenoid Power Supply 1 Circuit Short To Battery P0658 and P2670: Internal hardware is normal.
Failure Type Byte P0659 and P2671: TCM initialize the phase and internal
Failure Description
(FTB) hardware is normal.
Solenoid Power Supply 1 Circuit Failure Cause
00
Short To Battery
• Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P2670: Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Short To • Connector failure or poor fit.
Ground • Valve body assembly failure.
Failure Type Byte • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Reference Circuit Information
00
Short To Ground
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (3)
DTC P2671: Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit Short To Battery Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte GB108, GB109
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Solenoid Power Supply 2 Circuit
00 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Short To Battery
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and stop the
The high side drive 1, which controls the 12V reference 1
engine.
circuit, is inside the TCM. When the ignition switch is turned
on, 12V reference 1 circuit provides 12V voltage to the 1, 3, 5 2. Use the scan tool to check if parameter "High Side Drive
and 7 control solenoid of transmission. The high side drive 2, 1" shows ON.
which controls the 12V reference 2 circuit, is inside the TCM. If not , refer to "Circuit/System Test".
When the ignition switch is turned on, 12V reference 2 circuit
3. When the scan tool is used to control the high side drive
provides 12V voltage to the 2, 4, 6, 8 and 9 control solenoids
1 to be on and off, the following failures are not shown in
of transmission.
the scan tool parameter list:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• High-side drive 1 circuit voltage is low
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• High-side drive 1 circuit is open circuit
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• High-side drive 1 circuit voltage is high
P0658: Internal hardware is failed.
4. If failure occurs, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
P0659: TCM initializes the phase and internal hardware is
failed. 5. Confirm if DTC P0658 and P0659 are historical DTCs.
P2670: Internal hardware is failed. If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System
Test".
P2671: TCM initializes the phase and internal hardware is
failed. 6. Clear the historical DTCs P0658 and P0659.
V1.0 630
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
7. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
and the DTC shall not exist.
V1.0 631
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Circuit/System Description If DTCs have been set, diagnose DTC P0658 and P0659
first.
Transmission fuel temperature sensor, which cannot be
repaired alone, is an actuator with negative coefficient and a 3. If DTCs P0712 and P0713 are reset, go to "Circuit/System
part of electro-hydraulic control assembly. The TCM provides Test".
the transmission fuel temperature sensor with a signal circuit, Circuit/System Test
a 5V reference voltage and a low-voltage reference voltage.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Transmission fuel temperature sensor and the fuel pressure
the battery negative cable.
sensor shares the 5V reference voltage and low-voltage
2. Disconnect harness connector GB108 of the
reference voltage. If it is detected that it exceeds the present
electro-hydraulic control assembly and harness connector
current, the high-side drive 1 will be off. When the circuit
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module.
failure is repaired, the high-side drive 1 will be reset.
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
Conditions for Running DTCs
switch in "ON" position.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 12 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector GB109 of the electro-hydraulic control
P0712: Calculated resistance of transmission fuel temperature assembly and the ground is between 4.75 ~ 5.25V.
sensor is less than or equal to 47.45Ω. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0713: Calculated resistance of transmission fuel temperature short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
sensor is greater than or equal to 105,455Ω. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the battery negative cable.
• Light up the engine emission MIL. 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
• Defaulted temperature value of System is 20℃.
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
P0712: Calculated resistance of transmission fuel temperature and the ground is infinite:
sensor is greater than 47.45Ω.
• Terminal 12 of GB108
P0713: Calculated resistance of transmission fuel temperature
• Terminal 13 of GB108
sensor is less than 105,445Ω.
• Terminal 12 of GB109
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 13 of GB109
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
V1.0 632
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module and
the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 12 of GB108
• Terminal 13 of GB108
• Terminal 12 of GB109
• Terminal 13 of GB109
V1.0 633
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0721, P0722, P077C, P077D, P172A, P172B transmitted back to the TCM through the signal circuit. The
DTC Description signal also transmits rotation speed and rotation direction.
DTC P0721: Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Voltage Out Conditions for Running DTCs
Of Range Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0721: Sensor direction signal does not match the actuator
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit state.
00
Voltage Out Of Range
P0722: When speed of transmission output speed sensor is
DTC P0722: Output Shaft Speed Sensor Missing Message greater than 37rpm, and |transmission output speed sensor -
output shaft speed| is greater than 80rpm.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P077C: Signal PIN pin voltage is less than or equal to 0.25V.
(FTB)
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Missing P077D: Signal PIN pin voltage is greater than or equal to 4.75V.
00
Message P172A: When the direction of transmission output speed
sensor is in forward gear and the speed is greater than 37rpm,
DTC P077C: Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short To
and shift fork and clutch is in reverse gear.
Ground Or Open
P172B: When the direction of transmission output speed
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description sensor is in reverse gear and the speed is greater than 37rpm,
(FTB)
and shift fork and clutch is in forward gear.
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit
00 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Short To Ground Or Open
P0721: Engine emission MIL is on.
DTC P077D: Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short To
P0722, P077C and P077D: The default speed is the wheel
Battery
speed, all gears are valid, and the engine emission MIL is on.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P172A and P172B: Direction of transmission output speed
(FTB)
sensor is changed, and the engine emission MIL is on.
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
00
Short To Battery
P0721: Sensor direction signal matches the actuator state.
DTC P172A: Output Shaft Speed Sensor Forward Direction P0722: When speed of transmission output shaft speed sensor
Signal Plausibility Failure is greater than 37rpm, and |transmission output speed sensor
Failure Type Byte - equivalent output shaft speed| is less than or equal to 80rpm.
Failure Description
(FTB) P077C: Signal PIN pin voltage is greater than 0.25V.
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Forward
00 P077D: Signal PIN pin voltage is less than 4.75V.
Direction Signal Plausibility Failure
P172A: When the direction of transmission output speed
DTC P172B: Output Shaft Speed Sensor Reverse Direction sensor is in forward gear and the speed is greater than 37rpm,
Signal Plausibility Failure and shift fork and clutch is in forward gear.
Failure Type Byte P172B: When the direction of transmission output speed
Failure Description
(FTB) sensor is in reverse gear and the speed is greater than 37rpm,
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Reverse and shift fork and clutch is in reverse gear.
00
Direction Signal Plausibility Failure Failure Cause
Output shaft speed sensor is a Hall-effect sensor. Transmission • Connector failure or poor fit.
output shaft speed sensor faces the output shaft reverse wheel. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
TCM provides 9V voltage to output shaft speed sensor. When • Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
the output shaft rotates, the sensor generates a frequency
signal based on the surface of reverse wheel. This signal is
V1.0 634
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Reference Information • Terminal 9 of GB111 and Terminal 2 of GB110
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 10 of GB111 and Terminal 6 of GB110
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (5) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Connector End View Information open circuit/high resistance.
If it is abnormal, refer to "Circuit/System Test". If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
3. Vehicle speed showed on the scan tool is the same as
that showed on the speedometer. 9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
If failure occurs, refer to "Circuit/System Test". harness connector GB111 of the transmission assembly
or terminal of harness connector GB110 of the automatic
4. Confirm if DTC P0721, P0722, P077C, P077D, P172A
transmission control module and the power supply is
and P172B are only set as historical DTCs.
infinite:
If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
• Terminal 9 of GB111
5. Clear historical DTCs P0721, P0722, P077C, P077D,
P172A and P172B. • Terminal 10 of GB111
V1.0 635
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • High-side drive 1 circuit voltage is high
If failure occurs, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
4. Confirm if DTC P0747, P0960, P0962 or P0963 is
historical DTC.
V1.0 636
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Test". transmission control module or electro-hydraulic control
assembly.
5. Clear the historical DTCs P0747, P0960, P0962 and
P0963. Service Guideline
6. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data, Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
and the DTC shall not exist. Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
7. If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test". • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Circuit/System Test Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Transmission".
the battery negative cable.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Disconnect harness connector GB108 of the
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
electro-hydraulic control assembly and harness connector
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module.
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Transmission".
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly and terminals of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal 16 of GB108 and Terminal 16 of GB109
• Terminal 20 of GB108 and Terminal 20 of GB109
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 16 of GB108
• Terminal 20 of GB108
• Terminal 16 of GB109
• Terminal 20 of GB109
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module and
the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 16 of GB108
• Terminal 20 of GB108
• Terminal 16 of GB109
• Terminal 20 of GB109
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 637
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC P0966: Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid P0964, P0966 and P0967: When the ignition voltage is between
Valve (S2) Circuit Short To Ground 11 ~ 32V, internal hardware is normal.
DTC P0967: Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Reference Information
Valve (S2) Circuit Short To Battery Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (3)
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Connector End View Information
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control
GB108, GB109
00 Solenoid Valve (S2) Circuit Short To
Battery Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Transmission control solenoid is a part of solenoid body Circuit/System Check
assembly and can not be serviced separately. Transmission 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and stop the
control solenoid is taken as the clutch pressure control engine.
solenoid. Transmission control solenoid is a variable pressure 2. Confirm if DTC P0658 or P0659 has been set.
solenoid. TCM 12V reference circuit provides 12V voltage to
transmission control solenoid. A low-side drive circuit in TCM If the DTC has been set, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
is pulse width modulation and is used to change the current of 3. When the scan tool is used to control the high-side drive
solenoid. If it is detected that it exceeds the present current, 1 to be on and off, confirm the following failures are not
the high-side drive will be off. When the circuit failure is shown in the scan tool parameter list:
repaired, the high-side drive will be reset.
• High-side drive 1 circuit voltage is low
Conditions for Running DTCs
• High-side drive 1 circuit is open circuit
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• High-side drive 1 circuit voltage is high
V1.0 638
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
4. Confirm if DTC P0777, P0964, P0966 and P0967 is If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
historical DTC. short to battery.
If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Test". transmission control module or electro-hydraulic control
assembly.
5. Clear the historical DTCs P0777, P0964, P0966 and
P0967. Service Guideline
6. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data, Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
and the DTC shall not exist. Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
7. If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test". • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Circuit/System Test Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Transmission".
the battery negative cable.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Disconnect harness connector GB108 of the
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
electro-hydraulic control assembly and harness connector
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module.
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Transmission".
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly and terminals of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal 6 of GB108 and Terminal 6 of GB109
• Terminal 4 of GB108 and Terminal 4 of GB109
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 6 of GB108
• Terminal 4 of GB108
• Terminal 6 of GB109
• Terminal 4 of GB109
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module and
the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 6 of GB108
• Terminal 4 of GB108
• Terminal 6 of GB109
• Terminal 4 of GB109
V1.0 639
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0792, P07C5, P07C6 P07C5: Signal PIN pin voltage is greater than 0.25V.
DTC Description P07C6: Signal PIN pin voltage is less than 4.75V.
DTC P0792: Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal Failure Cause
Plausibility Failure
• Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor
00 • Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
Signal Plausibility Failure
Reference Information
DTC P07C5: Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short Reference Circuit Information
To Ground Or Open
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
GB108, GB109
Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor
00 Reference Electrical Information
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC P07C6: Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short
Circuit/System Check
To Battery
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and stop the
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description engine.
(FTB)
2. Confirm if DTC P0658 or P0659 has been set.
Odd Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor
00
Circuit Short To Battery If the DTC has been set, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
The odd and even gears speed sensor detects the rotation If the DTC has been set, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
speed of odd and even gears. TCM provides 9V reference 4. Confirm if DTC P0792, P07C5 or P07C6 is historical
circuit provides 9V voltage to speed sensor. This signal circuit DTC.
returns a signal voltage to the TCM, which represents the
rotation speed of the odd and even gears. If it is detected that If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System
it exceeds the present current, the high-side drive will be off. Test".
When the circuit failure is repaired, the high-side drive will be 5. Clear the historical DTC P0792, P07C5 and P07C6.
reset. 6. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
Conditions for Running DTCs vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. and the DTC shall not exist.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 640
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 22 of GB108
• Terminal 23 of GB108
• Terminal 22 of GB109
• Terminal 23 of GB109
• Terminal 22 of GB108
• Terminal 23 of GB108
• Terminal 22 of GB109
• Terminal 23 of GB109
V1.0 641
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P07C7, P07C8, P2746 P2746: When transmission output shaft sensor speed is
DTC Description greater than 37rpm, and |output shaft speed calculated
according to even input shaft speed - equivalent output shaft
DTC P07C7: Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit
speed| is less than or equal to 80rpm.
Short To Ground Or Open
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Relevant circuit failure.
(FTB)
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor • Connector failure or poor fit.
00
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
DTC P07C8: Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit
Reference Information
Short To Ground Or Open
Reference Circuit Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
(FTB)
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Reference Connector End View Information
00
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open GB108, GB109
Reference Electrical Information
DTC P2746: Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Voltage Out Of Range
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and stop the
Even Gear Input Shaft Speed Sensor engine.
00
Circuit Voltage Out Of Range 2. Confirm if DTC P2670 or P2671 has been set.
Circuit/System Description If the DTC has been set, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
The odd and even gears speed sensor detects the rotation 3. Confirm if DTC P284A or P284B has been set.
speed of odd and even gears. TCM provides 9V reference If the DTC has been set, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
circuit provides 9V voltage to speed sensor. This signal circuit 4. Confirm if DTC P2746, P07C7 or P07C8 is historical
returns a signal voltage to the TCM, which represents the DTC.
rotation speed of the odd and even gears. If it is detected that
If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System
it exceeds the present current, the high-side drive will be off.
Test".
When the circuit failure is repaired, the high-side drive will be
reset. 5. Clear the historical DTCs P2746, P07C7 and P07C8.
Conditions for Running DTCs 6. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
and the DTC shall not exist.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
P07C7: Signal PIN pin voltage is less than or equal to 0.25V. Circuit/System Test
P07C8: Signal PIN pin voltage is greater than or equal to 4.75V. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P2746: When transmission output shaft sensor speed is the battery negative cable.
greater than 37rpm, and |output shaft speed calculated 2. Disconnect harness connector GB108 of the
according to even input shaft speed - equivalent output shaft electro-hydraulic control assembly and harness connector
speed| is greater than 80rpm. GB109 of the automatic transmission control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
switch in "ON" position.
Odd gears limp, and engine emission MIL is on.
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 7 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
connector GB109 of the electro-hydraulic control
P07C7: Signal PIN pin voltage is greater than 0.25V. assembly and the ground is between 8.59 ~ 9.3V.
P07C8: Signal PIN pin voltage is less than 4.75V. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 642
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 7 of GB108
• Terminal 9 of GB108
• Terminal 7 of GB109
• Terminal 9 of GB109
• Terminal 7 of GB108
• Terminal 9 of GB108
• Terminal 7 of GB109
• Terminal 9 of GB109
V1.0 643
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 1. Set the transmission in parking state, place the ignition
switch in "OFF" position, turn off all vehicle systems, and
Conditions for Setting DTCs
disconnect the battery negative cable.
P0806: When there is no gear shift action, and the (target 2. Disconnect harness connector GB113 of the clutch slave
clutch moving speed - actual moving speed) is greater than cylinder assembly.
18mm/s.
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
P0807: Signal PWM is less than or equal to 5%. switch in "ON" position.
P0808: Signal PWM is greater than or equal to 95%. 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 10 of harness
connector GB113 of the clutch slave cylinder assembly
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
and the ground is between 4.75 ~ 5.25V.
P0806, P0807 and P0808: Even gears limp, and engine emission
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
MIL is on.
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
P0806: When there is no gear shift action, and the (target
the battery negative cable.
clutch moving speed - actual moving speed) is less than or equal
to 18mm/s. 6. Disconnect harness connector GB110 of the automatic
transmission control module.
P0807 and P0808: Signal PWM is between 5% ~ 95%.
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector GB113 of the clutch slave cylinder
V1.0 644
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
assembly and terminal of harness connector GB110 of the • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
automatic transmission control module is less than 5Ω: to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
• Terminal 8 of GB113 and Terminal 11 of GB110
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
• Terminal 9 of GB113 and Terminal 10 of GB110 Transmission".
• Terminal 10 of GB113 and Terminal 8 of GB110
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
8. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector GB113 of the clutch slave cylinder
assembly or terminals of harness connector GB110 of the
automatic transmission control module and the ground
is infinite:
• Terminal 8 of GB113
• Terminal 9 of GB113
• Terminal 10 of GB113
• Terminal 8 of GB110
• Terminal 10 of GB110
• Terminal 11 of GB110
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector GB113 of the clutch slave cylinder
assembly or terminals of harness connector GB110 of the
automatic transmission control module and the power
supply is infinite:
• Terminal 8 of GB113
• Terminal 9 of GB113
• Terminal 10 of GB113
• Terminal 8 of GB110
• Terminal 10 of GB110
• Terminal 11 of GB110
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the TCM or
clutch slave cylinder assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Dry Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Clutch
Slave Cylinder Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 645
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P0811, P081E 4. Confirm if DTC P0811 and P081E are only set as
DTC Description historical DTCs.
DTC P0811: Odd Gear Clutch Stuck Disengagement If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System
Test".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 5. Clear the historical DTCs P0811 and P081E.
Odd Gear Clutch Stuck 6. Perform road test for the vehicle.
00
Disengagement 7. Confirm the gear shifting of transmission is correct and
no DTCs are set.
DTC P081E: Even Gear Clutch Stuck Disengagement
If the gear shifting is incorrect or DTC has been set, refer
Failure Type Byte to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Description
(FTB)
8. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
Even Gear Clutch Stuck
00 vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
Disengagement
and the DTC shall not exist.
Circuit/System Description If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
TCM monitors the clutch slip, clutch position and pressure for Circuit/System Test
judging the proper operation.
1. Replace the TCM.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Carry out quick self-learning of automatic TCM.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Perform road test for the vehicle.
When the gear is not shifted, the clutch slipping speed is 5. If any DTC exists, test/replace the automatic TCM and
greater than 100rpm. carry out the self-learning procedures.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Service Guideline
P0811: Even gears limp, and engine emission MIL is on. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
P081E: Odd gears limp, and engine emission MIL is on. Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual Clutch
Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
When the gear is not shifted, the clutch slipping speed is less Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
than or equal to 100rpm. Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Failure Cause Transmission".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
• Dual clutch assembly failure. Transmission".
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and engine
does not run.
2. Confirm that the transmission oil level is normal.
If not, refer to "Dry Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission
Fuel - Check and Refill".
3. Confirm if other transmission DTCs have been set.
If other DTCs have been set, clear them first.
V1.0 646
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0842, P0843 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0842: Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Circuit Short 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (4)
To Ground
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description GB108, GB109
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor
00
Circuit Short To Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC P0843: Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Circuit Short Circuit/System Check
To Battery Or Open 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and engine
does not run.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Confirm if DTC P0658 or P0659 has been set.
(FTB)
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor If the DTC has been set, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
00
Circuit Short To Battery Or Open 3. Confirm if DTC P0842 or P0843 is historical DTC.
Circuit/System Description If it is set as the current DTC, refer to "Circuit/System
Transmission fuel pressure sensor, which cannot be repaired Test".
separately, is a part of electro-hydraulic control assembly. 4. Clear the historical DTC P0842 or P0843.
Automatic TCM provides signal circuit, 5V power and ground 5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
circuit for transmission fuel pressure sensor. Transmission fuel vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
pressure sensor and the fuel temperature sensor shares the and the DTC shall not exist.
5V reference voltage and ground circuit. If it is detected that
If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
it exceeds the present current, the high-side drive 1 will be
off. When the circuit failure is repaired, the high-side drive 1 Circuit/System Test
will be reset. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs the battery negative cable.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Disconnect harness connector GB108 of the
electro-hydraulic control assembly and harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module.
P0842: Pressure signal is less than or equal to 6.5%. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
P0843: Pressure signal is greater than or equal to 98%. switch in "ON" position.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 12 of harness
connector GB109 of the electro-hydraulic control
• Engine emission MIL is on.
assembly and the ground is between 4.75 ~ 5.25V.
• Motor speed is set as 2,000rpm and is operated according
to the internal calculation. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Pressure signal is greater than 6.5% and less than 98%.
the battery negative cable.
Failure Cause
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Relevant circuit failure. of harness connector GB108 of the electro-hydraulic
• Connector failure or poor fit. control assembly or terminal of harness connector
GB109 of the automatic transmission control module
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
and the ground is infinite:
• Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
• Terminal 11 of GB108
• Terminal 13 of GB108
• Terminal 11 of GB109
• Terminal 13 of GB109
V1.0 647
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
• Terminal 11 of GB108
• Terminal 13 of GB108
• Terminal 11 of GB109
• Terminal 13 of GB109
V1.0 648
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P087B, P087C, P087D • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • Clutch slave cylinder assembly failure.
DTC P087B: Even Gear Clutch Position Signal Plausibility • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Failure Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Reference Circuit Information
Failure Description
(FTB) 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (4)
Even Gear Clutch Position Signal Reference Connector End View Information
00
Plausibility Failure
GB110, GB113
DTC P087C: Even Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short Reference Electrical Information
To Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Check
(FTB)
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and engine
Even Gear Clutch Position Sensor
00 does not run.
Circuit Short To Ground
2. Confirm if DTC P087B, P087C and P087D are only set
DTC P087D: Even Gear Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Short as historical DTCs.
To Battery Or Open
If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Check the TCM connector and clutch position sensor for
(FTB)
damage or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
Even Gear Clutch Position Sensor 4. Clear the historical DTCs P087B, P087C and P087D.
00
Circuit Short To Battery Or Open
5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
Circuit/System Description vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
and the DTC shall not exist.
Automatic TCM receives the clutch position sensor signal.
The 5V power and ground of clutch position sensor and If any of the DTCs exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
are provided by the automatic TCM. Clutch position sensor Circuit/System Test
transmits a variable pulse width modulation signal to automatic
1. Set the transmission in parking state, place the ignition
TCM to display the position of clutch.
switch in "OFF" position, turn off all vehicle systems, and
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Disconnect harness connector GB113 of the clutch slave
Conditions for Setting DTCs cylinder assembly.
P087B: When there is no gear shift action, and the (target 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
clutch moving speed - actual moving speed) is greater than switch in "ON" position.
18mm/s. 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 1 of harness
connector GB113 of the clutch slave cylinder assembly
P087C: Signal PWM is less than or equal to 5%.
and the ground is between 4.75 ~ 5.25V.
P087D: Signal PWM is greater than or equal to 95%.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
Odd gears limp, and engine emission MIL is on. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the battery negative cable.
P087B: When there is no gear shift action, and the (target 6. Disconnect harness connector GB110 of the automatic
clutch moving speed - actual moving speed) is less than or equal transmission control module.
to 18mm/s. 7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector GB113 of the clutch slave cylinder
P087C, P087D: Signal PWM is between 5% ~ 95%.
assembly and terminal of harness connector GB110 of the
Failure Cause automatic transmission control module is less than 5Ω:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 1 of GB113 and Terminal 4 of GB110
V1.0 649
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 650
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0946 4. Check the TCM connector for damage or corrosion.
DTC Description Repair when necessary.
DTC P0946: Transmission Fluid Pump Relay Circuit Current 5. Clear the historical DTC P0946.
Below Threshold 6. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and observe the freeze frame/failure record data,
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and the DTC shall not exist.
(FTB)
If the DTC exists, refer to "Circuit/System Test".
Transmission Fluid Pump Relay
00 Circuit/System Test
Circuit Current Below Threshold
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Description
the battery negative cable.
Transmission hydraulic fuel pump relay provides ignition 1
2. Remove the transmission control relay, and perform
voltage and battery voltage from fuse SB12 to the TCM. The
component test on transmission control relay.
fuse SB12 provides battery voltage to transmission hydraulic
fuel pump relay. If the test is abnormal, replace the transmission control
relay.
Conditions for Running DTCs
3. Disconnect harness connector BY165 of the TCM, and
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
disconnect harness connector BY015 of the engine
Conditions for Setting DTCs compartment fuse box.
The relay is off, and the voltage of relay is less than or equal to 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
4V. connector BY015 of the engine compartment fuse box
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set and terminal 11 of harness connector BY165 of the TCM
is less than 5Ω.
• Engine emission MIL is on.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Motor is off.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
The relay is off, and the voltage of relay is greater than 4V. connector BY015 of the engine compartment fuse box
Failure Cause and terminal 1 of harness connector BY165 of the TCM
• Relevant circuit failure. is less than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Transmission relay failure.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
control module, and carry out the self-learning
Reference Information
procedures.
Reference Circuit Information
Component Test
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
Reference Connector End View Information 2. Remove the transmission control relay.
BY165, BY015 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 85 of the
Reference Electrical Information transmission control relay and terminal 86 of the
transmission control relay is between 80 ~ 90Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
If it is not within the specified range, replace the
Circuit/System Check transmission relay.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
2. Confirm if DTC P0562 and P0563 have been set. transmission control relay is infinite.
If any DTC has been set, refer to "DTC List". • 30 and 86
V1.0 651
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 652
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0968, P0970, P0971, P2718, P2720, P2721 Circuit/System Description
DTC Description Transmission control solenoid is a part of solenoid body
DTC P0968: Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve assembly and can not be serviced separately. Transmission
(S3) Circuit Open control solenoid is taken as the clutch pressure control
solenoid. Transmission control solenoid is a variable pressure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description solenoid. TCM 12V reference circuit provides 12V voltage to
(FTB)
transmission control solenoid. A low-side drive circuit in TCM
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control is pulse width modulation and is used to change the current of
00
Solenoid Valve (S3) Circuit Open solenoid. If it is detected that it exceeds the present current,
the high-side drive will be off. When the circuit failure is
DTC P0970: Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve
repaired, the high-side drive will be reset.
(S3) Circuit Short To Ground
Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
(FTB)
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S3) Circuit Short To When the ignition voltage is between 11 and 32V, internal
Ground hardware is failed.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P0971: Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve
(S3) Circuit Short To Battery P0968 and P0971: Even gears limp, and engine emission MIL is
on.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P0970: High-side drive 1 is off, even gears limp, and engine
(FTB)
emission MIL is on.
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S3) Circuit Short To P2718 and P2721: Odd gears limp, and engine emission MIL is
Battery on.
P2720: High-side drive 2 is off, 1st gear and 7th gear are valid,
DTC P2718: Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve
and engine emission MIL is on.
(S4) Circuit Open
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description When the ignition voltage is between 11 ~ 32V, internal
(FTB)
hardware is normal.
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control
00 Failure Cause
Solenoid Valve (S4) Circuit Open
• Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P2720: Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve
• Connector failure or poor fit.
(S4) Circuit Short To Ground
• Transmission electro-hydraulic module assembly failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Automatic transmission control module failure.
(FTB)
Reference Information
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S4) Circuit Short To Reference Circuit Information
Ground 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (2)
DTC P2721: Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve Reference Connector End View Information
(S4) Circuit Short To Battery
GB108, GB109
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
V1.0 653
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 654
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P0B01, P0B04, P0B07, P1E2A, P1E2B, P1E2C, DTC P1E2D: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit
P1E2D, P1E2E, P1E2F, P1E30, P1E31, P1E32, Current Below Threshold
P1E33
Failure Type Byte
DTC Description Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P0B01: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
Open
00 Phase V Circuit Current Below
Failure Type Byte Threshold
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P1E2E: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
00 Current Above Threshold
Phase U Circuit Open
Failure Type Byte
DTC P0B04: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Circuit Failure Description
(FTB)
Open
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
Failure Type Byte 00 Phase V Circuit Current Above
Failure Description
(FTB) Threshold
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
00 DTC P1E2F: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase V Signal
Phase V Circuit Open
Plausibility Failure
DTC P0B07: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit Failure Type Byte
Open Failure Description
(FTB)
Failure Type Byte Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
Failure Description 00 Phase V Signal Plausibility Failure
(FTB)
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor DTC P1E30: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase W Circuit
00
Phase W Circuit Open Current Below Threshold
DTC P1E2A: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Current Below Threshold (FTB)
DTC P1E2B: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Circuit Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Current Above Threshold (FTB)
DTC P1E2C: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Phase U Signal Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Plausibility Failure (FTB)
V1.0 655
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure Type Byte P1E2A, P1E2B: Current of U phase current sensor is greater
Failure Description than -70A and less than or equal to 70A.
(FTB)
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor P1E2C: High side U phase compensation current output is less
00 Phase U-V-W Current Signal than or equal to10A.
Plausibility Failure P1E2D, P1E2E: Current of V phase current sensor is greater
Circuit/System Description than -70A and less than or equal to 70A.
The transmission fuel pump motor circuit consists of P1E2F: High side V phase compensation current output is less
automatic TCM, three-way 12V AC circuit, a motor housing than or equal to10A.
ground circuit and fuel pump motor. Transmission fuel pump P1E30, P1E31: Current of W phase current sensor is greater
is located inside the valve body assembly and cannot be than -70A and less than or equal to 70A.
repaired separately. Transmission fuel pump is controlled by
P1E32: High side W phase compensation current output is less
the circuit inside the automatic TCM. Provides three-phase
than or equal to10A.
alternating current of 12V, 50A and 90Hz. It cannot be
repaired separately. Automatic TCM monitors the current P1E33: The sum of three-phases current is less than or equal
of each phase so as to detect the condition that the current to 10A.
exceeds the range. These are the internal DTCs of automatic Failure Cause
TCM, and these DTCs are solved inside the automatic TCM,
not involving external circuits. • Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Reference Information
P0B01, P0B04 and P0B07: Turn on the ignition switch, and the
Reference Electrical Information
information is from the hardware directly.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P1E2A: Current of U phase current sensor is less than -70A.
P1E33: The sum of three-phase current is greater than 10A. 6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission
electro-hydraulic module assembly or automatic TCM
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
and carry out the self-learning procedures.
• Engine emission MIL is on. Service Guideline
• Transmission fuel pump motor is turned off.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
P0B01, P0B04 and P0B07: Turn on the ignition switch, and the Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
information is from the hardware directly. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
V1.0 656
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 657
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC P170F: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Performance Or Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Incorrect Operation Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte P0B0C: When the fuel pump motor is turned off without
Failure Description
(FTB) shift fork or clutch acting, the pressure drop is greater than
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor 2,000Kpa.
00 Performance Or Incorrect P0C28: One control phase is greater than 60A.
Operation
P170F: Motor control chip rationality detection mark is
DTC P179A: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Speed Signal abnormal.
Above Allowable Range P179A: Motor speed is greater than 4,000rpm.
Failure Type Byte P1E1A: Oil pump ignition pressure is greater than 25V.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P1E29: Target speed of motor exceeds the range.
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
00 P27E1: When the fuel pump is turned on and kept for 5s, the
Speed Signal Above Allowable Range
system pressure is less than 3,000Kpa.
DTC P1E1A: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Above Threshold
P0B0C: Oil pump is still turned on, and engine emission MIL is
Failure Type Byte on.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0C28, P170F, P179A, P1E1A, P1E29 and P27E1: Oil pump is
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor turned off, and engine emission MIL is on.
00
Circuit Voltage Above Threshold
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC P1E29: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Position Signal P0B0C: When the fuel pump motor is turned off without shift
Plausibility Failure fork or clutch acting, the pressure drop is less than 2,000Kpa.
Failure Type Byte P0C28: One control phase is less than or equal to 60A.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P170F: Motor control chip rationality detection mark is
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor normal.
00
Position Signal Plausibility Failure
P179A: Motor speed is less than or equal to 4,000rpm.
DTC P27E1: Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor Signal Stuck P1E1A: Oil pump ignition pressure is less than 22V.
Low
P1E29: Target speed of motor is within the range.
V1.0 658
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P27E1: When the fuel pump is turned on and kept for 5s, the
system pressure is greater than 3,000Kpa.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
engine.
2. Check if DTC P0B0C, P0C28, P170F, P179A, P1E1A,
P1E29 or P27E1 is historical DTC.
3. Visually check every connector of automatic TCM for
damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
4. Clear historical DTCs P0B0C, P0C28, P170F, P179A,
P1E1A, P1E29 and P27E1.
5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission
electro-hydraulic module assembly or automatic TCM
and carry out the self-learning procedures.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 659
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 660
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
Failure Type Byte DTC P18C3: Internal Mode Switch Mode S Signal Stuck High
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Internal Mode Switch Mode C Signal (FTB)
00
Plausibility Failure Internal Mode Switch Mode S Signal
00
Stuck High
DTC P18B8: Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal Plausibility
Failure Circuit/System Description
Failure Type Byte The transmission build-in mode switches, which can also
Failure Description
(FTB) be regarded as transmission manual gear shift shaft position
switch, is a series of multi-signal Hall switch. The build-in
Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal
00 mode switch consists of 5 separate Hall switches. The
Plausibility Failure
automatic TCM provides 9V voltage to each Hall switch, and
DTC P18B9: Internal Mode Switch Mode S Signal Plausibility returns a signal voltage to the automatic TCM via signal circuit.
Failure Each signal circuit has a voltage reading, either 0.70 ~ 0.96V
indicating ON or 1.68 ~ 2.38V indicating OFF. The voltage
Failure Type Byte value of build-in mode switch depends on the position of shift
Failure Description
(FTB) lever. The automatic TCM compares the voltage combination
00 Internal Mode Switch Mode S Signal in the transmission build-in mode switch with that in the
Plausibility Failure memory of automatic TCM so as to confirm the gear selected
DTC P18BA: Internal Mode Switch Mode A Signal Stuck Low by the driver.
Failure Type Byte P1824, P182A, P182B, P182C, P182D, P182F, P1838, P1839,
Failure Description P1840, P1841, P18BA, P18BC, P18BF, P18C0, P18C2 and
(FTB)
P18C3: Software identifies the signal rationality automatically
Internal Mode Switch Mode B Signal
00 and there is no action, and engine emission MIL is on.
Stuck High
B182E: Engine flames out, and engine emission MIL is on.
DTC P18C2: Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal Stuck High
P18B5, P18B6, P18B7, P18B8, P18B9: Mode is kept in current
Failure Type Byte state, and engine emission MIL is on.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Internal Mode Switch Mode P Signal
00
Stuck High
V1.0 661
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
P1824, P182A, P182B, P182C, P182D, P182F, P1838, P1839,
P1840, P1841: PIN pin voltage is less than 2.39V and greater
than 0.68V.
Circuit/System Check
1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
engine.
2. Check if P1824, P182A, P182B, P182C, P182D, P182E,
P182F, P1838, P1839, P1840, P1841, P18B5, P18B6,
P18B7, P18B8, P18B9, P18BA, P18BC, P18BF, P18C0,
P18C2 or P18C3 is historical DTC.
3. Visually check every connector of automatic TCM for
damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
4. Clear historical DTCs P1824, P182A, P182B, P182C,
P182D, P182E, P182F, P1838, P1839, P1840, P1841,
P18B5, P18B6, P18B7, P18B8, P18B9, P18BA, P18BC,
P18BF, P18C0, P18C2 and P18C3.
5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission build-in
mode switch or automatic TCM and carry out the
self-learning procedures.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
V1.0 662
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P1E34, P1E35, P1E36, P1E38, P1E39 TCM, and these DTCs are solved inside the automatic TCM,
DTC Description not involving external circuits.
DTC P1E34: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Conditions for Running DTCs
Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Above Threshold Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB)
P1E34: Inverter A temperature is less than -40℃.
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
P1E35: Inverter A temperature is greater than 200℃.
00 Inverter Temperature Sensor Circuit
Voltage Above Threshold P1E36: Temperature rationality is detected to be incorrect.
Failure Type Byte P1E34, P1E35 and P1E36: Engine emission MIL is on.
Failure Description
(FTB) P1E38 and P1E39: Fuel pump is off, and the engine emission
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor MIL is on.
00 Inverter Temperature Sensor Circuit Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Voltage Below Threshold
P1E34 and P1E35: Inverter A temperature is greater than or
DTC P1E36: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter equal to -40℃ and less than or equal to 200℃.
Temperature Sensor Circuit Voltage Out Of Range P1E36: Temperature rationality is detected to be normal.
Failure Type Byte P1E38 and P1E39: Internal hardware is normal.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Failure Cause
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
• Relevant circuit failure.
00 Inverter Temperature Sensor Circuit
Voltage Out Of Range • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Fuel pump motor failure.
DTC P1E38: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter Powe • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Supply Circuit Open
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
(FTB)
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
00
Inverter Powe Supply Circuit Open Circuit/System Check
1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
DTC P1E39: Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Inverter General
off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
Electrical Failure
engine.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Check if DTC P1E34, P1E35, P1E36, P1E38 or P1E39
(FTB)
is a historical DTC.
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor 3. Visually check every connector of transmission assembly
00
Inverter General Electrical Failure for damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
Circuit/System Description 4. Clear historical DTCs P1E34, P1E35, P1E36, P1E38 and
P1E39.
The transmission fuel pump motor circuit consists of
automatic TCM, three-way 12V AC circuit, a motor housing 5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
ground circuit and fuel pump motor. Transmission fuel pump vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
is located inside the valve body assembly and cannot be 6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission
repaired separately. Transmission fuel pump is controlled by electro-hydraulic module assembly or automatic TCM
the circuit inside the automatic TCM. Provides three-phase and carry out the self-learning procedures.
alternating current of 12V, 50A and 90Hz. It cannot be
repaired separately. These are the internal DTCs of automatic
V1.0 663
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 664
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P2534, P2535, P2537 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P2534: Ignition On Circuit Voltage Below Threshold • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Battery failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Ignition On Circuit Voltage Below Reference Information
00
Threshold
Reference Circuit Information
DTC P2535: Ignition On Circuit Voltage Above Threshold 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
V1.0 665
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 666
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P2724, P2727, P2729, P2730, P2733, P2736, Failure Type Byte
P2738, P2739 Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC Description
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure
DTC P2724: Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 00 Control Solenoid Valve (S6) Circuit
Valve (S5) Actuator Stuck Open Open
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description DTC P2738: Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid
(FTB)
Valve (S6) Circuit Short To Ground
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure
00 Control Solenoid Valve (S5) Actuator Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Stuck Open (FTB)
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure
DTC P2727: Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 00 Control Solenoid Valve (S6) Circuit
Valve (S5) Circuit Open Short To Ground
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description DTC P2739: Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid
(FTB)
Valve (S6) Circuit Short To Battery
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure
00 Control Solenoid Valve (S5) Circuit Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Open (FTB)
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure
DTC P2729: Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid 00 Control Solenoid Valve (S6) Circuit
Valve (S5) Circuit Short To Ground Short To Battery
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Description
(FTB)
Transmission control solenoid is a part of solenoid body
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure
assembly and can not be serviced separately. Transmission
00 Control Solenoid Valve (S5) Circuit
control solenoid is taken as the clutch pressure control
Short To Ground
solenoid. Transmission control solenoid is a variable pressure
DTC P2730: Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid solenoid. TCM 12V reference circuit provides 12V voltage
Valve (S5) Circuit Short To Battery to transmission control solenoid. A low-side drive circuit
in automatic TCM is pulse width modulation and is used to
Failure Type Byte change the current of solenoid. If it is detected that it exceeds
Failure Description
(FTB) the present current, the high-side drive will be off. When the
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure circuit failure is repaired, the high-side drive will be reset.
00 Control Solenoid Valve (S5) Circuit Conditions for Running DTCs
Short To Battery
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P2733: Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Conditions for Setting DTCs
Valve (S6) Actuator Stuck Open
P2724 and P2733: Rationality of pressure solenoid is detected
Failure Type Byte to be incorrect.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P2727, P2729, P2730, P2736, P2738 and P2739: When the
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure ignition voltage is between 11 ~ 32V, internal hardware is failed.
00 Control Solenoid Valve (S6) Actuator Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Stuck Open
P2724, P2727 and P2730: Even gears limp, and engine emission
DTC P2736: Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid MIL is on.
Valve (S6) Circuit Open
P2729: High-side drive 1 is off, even gears limp, and engine
emission MIL is on.
P2733, P2736 and P2739: Odd gears limp, and engine emission
MIL is on.
V1.0 667
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
P2738: High-side drive 2 is off, 1st gear and 7th gear are valid,
and engine emission MIL is on.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
P2724 and P2733: Pressure solenoid rationality check.
Circuit/System Check
1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
engine.
2. Check if P2724, P2727, P2729, P2730, P2733, P2736,
P2738 or P2739 is historical DTC.
3. Visually check every connector of transmission assembly
for damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
4. Clear historical DTCs P2724, P2727, P2729, P2730,
P2733, P2736, P2738 and P2739.
5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission
electro-hydraulic module assembly or automatic TCM
and carry out the self-learning procedures.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 668
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P27A7, P27A8, P27A9, P27AA ,P27AB, P27AC, Failure Type Byte
P27AD, P27AE, P287C Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC Description
Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure
DTC P27A7: Odd Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Solenoid Valve (S6)
Valve (S1) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure 00
Calibration Or Parameter Memory
Failure Type Byte Failure
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P27AD: Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid
Odd Gear Clutch Pressure Control Valve (S7) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure
00 Solenoid Valve (S1) Calibration Or
Parameter Memory Failure Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P27A8: Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
Valve (S2) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure 00 Solenoid Valve (S7) Calibration Or
Failure Type Byte Parameter Memory Failure
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P27AE: Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve
Even Gear Clutch Pressure Control (S8) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure
00 Solenoid Valve (S2) Calibration Or
Parameter Memory Failure Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P27A9: Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
(S3) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure 00 Solenoid Valve (S8) Calibration Or
Failure Type Byte Parameter Memory Failure
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC P287C: ECU Fast Learn Not Programmed
Odd Gear Clutch Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S3) Calibration Or Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Parameter Memory Failure (FTB)
00 ECU Fast Learn Not Programmed
DTC P27AA: Even Gear Clutch Flow Control Solenoid Valve
(S4) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure Circuit/System Description
Failure Type Byte These DTCs are treated inside the TCM, not involving
Failure Description external circuit. Each time when the ignition switch is
(FTB)
turned on, the automatic TCM tries to read the calculated
Even Gear Clutch Flow Control
data of transmission solenoid valve pressure stored in the
00 Solenoid Valve (S4) Calibration Or
electro-hydraulic module assembly.
Parameter Memory Failure
If the automatic TCM cannot read the calculated data or the
DTC P27AB: Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid mismatching is detected when the ignition switch is turned
Valve (S5) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure on at last time, the DTC will be set. If these DTCs are
Failure Type Byte set, replace the automatic TCM or programme again. The
Failure Description transmission adaptive value self-learning procedure, also called
(FTB)
quick self-learning procedure, must be implemented so as to
Odd Gear Shift Fork Pressure
make the automatic TCM learn the current solenoid tolerance
Control Solenoid Valve (S5)
00 which is based on the accumulated clutch wear.
Calibration Or Parameter Memory
Failure
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC P27AC: Even Gear Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Valve (S6) Calibration Or Parameter Memory Failure
P27A7, P27A8, P27A9, P27AA, P27AB, P27AC, P27AD and
P27AE: Solenoid characteristics data is not programmed
correctly.
V1.0 669
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Circuit/System Check
1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
engine.
2. Check if P27A7, P27A8, P27A9, P27AA, P27AB, P27AC,
P27AD, P27AE or P287C is historical DTC.
3. Visually check every connector of transmission assembly
for damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
4. Clear historical DTCs P27A7, P27A8, P27A9, P27AA,
P27AB, P27AC, P27AD, P27AE and P287C.
5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission
electro-hydraulic module assembly or automatic TCM
and carry out the self-learning procedures.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 670
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P2812, P2814, P2815, P281B, P281D, P281E Circuit/System Description
DTC Description Transmission control solenoid is a part of solenoid body
DTC P2812: Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve assembly and can not be serviced separately. Transmission
(S7) Circuit Open control solenoid is taken as the clutch pressure control
solenoid. Transmission control solenoid is a variable pressure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description solenoid. TCM provides 12V reference voltage to transmission
(FTB)
control solenoid. A low-side drive circuit in TCM is pulse
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control width modulation and is used to change the current of
00
Solenoid Valve (S7) Circuit Open solenoid. If it is detected that it exceeds the present current,
the high-side drive will be off. When the circuit failure is
DTC P2814: Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve
repaired, the high-side drive will be reset.
(S7) Circuit Short To Ground
Conditions for Running DTCs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
(FTB)
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S7) Circuit Short To When the ignition voltage is between 11 and 32V, internal
Ground hardware is failed.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC P2815: Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve
(S7) Circuit Short To Battery P2812 and P2815: Even gears limp, and engine emission MIL is
on.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description P2814: High-side drive 1 is off, even gears limp, and engine
(FTB)
emission MIL is on.
Odd Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S7) Circuit Short To P281B and P281D: Odd gears limp, and engine emission MIL is
Battery on.
P281D: High-side drive 2 is off, 1st gear and 7th gear are valid,
DTC P281B: Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve
and engine emission MIL is on.
(S8) Circuit Open
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description When the ignition voltage is between 11 ~ 32V, internal
(FTB)
hardware is normal.
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
00 Failure Cause
Solenoid Valve (S8) Circuit Open
• Relevant circuit failure.
DTC P281D: Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Valve (S8) Circuit Short To Ground
• Solenoid failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Automatic transmission control module failure.
(FTB)
Reference Information
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
00 Solenoid Valve (S8) Circuit Short To Reference Electrical Information
Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC P281E: Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control Solenoid Valve Circuit/System Check
(S8) Circuit Short To Battery 1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
Failure Type Byte off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
Failure Description engine.
(FTB)
2. Check if DTC P2812, P2814, P2815, P281B, P281D or
Even Gear Shift Fork Flow Control
P281E is historical DTC.
00 Solenoid Valve (S8) Circuit Short To
Battery 3. Visually check each connectors of transmission assembly
for damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
V1.0 671
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 672
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P2820, P2821, P2826, P2827 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P2820, P2821: Rationality of shift fork displacement is detected
DTC P2820: Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic to be incorrect.
(S9) Actuator Stuck Closed
P2826 and P2827: When the ignition voltage is between 11 ~
Failure Type Byte 32V, internal hardware is failed.
Failure Description
(FTB) Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid P2820: 1st, 4th, 7th and R gears are valid, and engine emission
00 Valve Logic (S9) Actuator Stuck MIL is on.
Closed
P2821: 2nd, 3rd, 5th and 6th gears are valid, and engine
DTC P2821: Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic emission MIL is on.
(S9) Actuator Stuck Open P2826: High-side drive 2 is off, 1st gear and 7th gear are valid,
Failure Type Byte and engine emission MIL is on.
Failure Description
(FTB) P2827: 1st, 4th, 7th and R gears are valid, and engine emission
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid MIL is on.
00 Valve Logic (S9) Actuator Stuck Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Open
P2820, P2821: Rationality of shift fork displacement is detected
P2826: Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic (S9) to be correct.
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open P2826 and P2827: When the ignition voltage is between 11 ~
Failure Type Byte 32V, internal hardware is normal.
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Cause
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid • Relevant circuit failure.
00 Valve Logic (S9) Circuit Short To • Connector failure or poor fit.
Ground Or Open
• Solenoid failure.
DTC P2827: Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Logic • Automatic transmission control module failure.
(S9) Circuit Short To Battery Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Reference Electrical Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Shift Fork Pressure Control Solenoid
00 Valve Logic (S9) Circuit Short To Circuit/System Check
Battery 1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
off the power of TCM absolutely. Restart the engine.
Circuit/System Description
2. Check if DTC P2820, P2821, P2826 and P2827 are
Transmission control solenoid 9 is a part of solenoid body historical DTCs.
assembly and can not be serviced separately. Transmission
3. Visually check every connector of transmission assembly
control solenoid 9 is a switch solenoid which is consistent
for damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
off. Automatic TCM provides 12V reference voltage to
transmission control solenoid 9. A low-side driver circuit in 4. Clear historical DTCs P2820, P2821, P2826 and P2827.
automatic TCM turns on or off the solenoid. If it is detected 5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
that it exceeds the present current, the high-side drive 2 will vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
be off. When the circuit failure is repaired, the high-side drive 6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the transmission
2 will be reset. electro-hydraulic module assembly or automatic TCM
Conditions for Running DTCs and carry out the self-learning procedures.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
V1.0 673
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
V1.0 674
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
P2832, P2833, P2834, P2837, P2838, P2839, Failure Type Byte
P283C, P283D, P283E, P2841, P2842, P2843, Failure Description
(FTB)
P2849, P284A, P284B, P284C
DTC Description Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R)
00
Signal Plausibility Failure
DTC P2832: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Signal
Plausibility Failure DTC P283D: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Circuit
Failure Type Byte Short To Ground Or Open
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) (FTB)
00
Signal Plausibility Failure Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5)
00
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
DTC P2833: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Circuit
Short To Ground Or Open DTC P283E: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Circuit
Failure Type Byte Short To Battery
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) (FTB)
00
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5)
00
Circuit Short To Battery
DTC P2834: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Circuit
Short To Battery DTC P2841: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Signal
Failure Type Byte Plausibility Failure
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) (FTB)
00
Circuit Short To Battery Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5)
00
Signal Plausibility Failure
DTC P2837: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Signal
Plausibility Failure DTC P2842: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Circuit
Failure Type Byte Short To Ground Or Open
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) (FTB)
00
Signal Plausibility Failure Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R)
00
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
DTC P2838: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Circuit
Short To Ground Or Open DTC P2843: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Circuit
Failure Type Byte Short To Battery
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) (FTB)
00
Circuit Short To Ground Or Open Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R)
00
Circuit Short To Battery
DTC P2839: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Circuit
Short To Battery DTC P2849: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7) Signal Stuck
Failure Type Byte In Range
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) (FTB)
00
Circuit Short To Battery Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 1/7)
00
Signal Stuck In Range
DTC P283C: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Signal
Plausibility Failure DTC P284A: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6) Signal Stuck
In Range
V1.0 675
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Failure Type Byte P2838, P2839, P283D, P283E, P284A and P284B: Odd gears
Failure Description limp, and engine emission MIL is on.
(FTB)
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 2/6)
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
00
Signal Stuck In Range P2832, P2837, P283C, P2841, P2849, P284A, P284B, P284C:
Rationality of shift fork displacement is detected to be correct.
DTC P284B: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5) Signal Stuck
In Range P2833, P2834, P2838, P2839, P283D, P283E, P2842 and P2843:
Sensor PWM is between 9% ~ 91%.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Relevant circuit failure.
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 3/5)
00 • Connector failure or poor fit.
Signal Stuck In Range
• Mechanical failure inside the transmission.
DTC P284C: Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R) Signal Stuck
• Shift fork position sensor failure.
In Range
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Information
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Shift Fork Position Sensor (Gear 4/R)
00 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Signal Stuck In Range
Shift fork position sensor is a part of valve body assembly, and 1. Turn off the ignition switch for at least 1min so as to cut
with no repairable component. Shift fork position sensor 1 off the power of automatic TCM absolutely. Restart the
monitors 1/7 shift fork. Shift fork position sensor 2 monitors engine.
2/6 shift fork. Shift fork position sensor 3 monitors 4/R shift 2. Check if DTC P2832, P2833, P2834, P2837, P2838,
fork. Shift fork position sensor 4 monitors 3/5 shift fork. P2839, P283C, P283D, P283E, P2841, P2842, P2843,
Automatic TCM provides 9V reference circuit provides 9V P2849, P284A, P284B or P284C is historical DTC.
voltage to shift fork position sensor. The signal circuit returns 3. Visually check every connector of transmission assembly
a signal voltage to the automatic TCM to feed back shift fork for damage or corrosion. Repair them if necessary.
position. If it is detected that it exceeds the present current,
4. Clear historical DTC P2832, P2833, P2834, P2837,
the high-side drive 1 or 2 will be off. When the circuit failure is
P2838, P2839, P283C, P283D, P283E, P2841, P2842,
repaired, the high-side drive 1 or 2 will be reset. The automatic
P2843, P2849, P284A, P284B or P284C.
TCM monitors the clutch speed, oil pressure and shift fork
5. Under the conditions of running DTCs, operate the
position so as to apply the proper operation.
vehicle, and the DTC shall not exist.
Conditions for Running DTCs
6. If any DTC exists, test/replace the shift fork position
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. sensor or transmission electro-hydraulic module
Conditions for Setting DTCs assembly or transmission assembly or automatic TCM
and carry out the self-learning procedures.
P2832, P2837, P283C, P2841, P2849, P284A, P284B, P284C:
Rationality of shift fork displacement is detected to be Service Guideline
incorrect. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
P2833, P2838, P283D and P2842: Sensor PWM is less than 9%. Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
P2834, P2839, P283E and P2843: Sensor PWM is greater than
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
91%.
"Dry Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Shift Fork
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Position Sensor Assembly".
P2832, P2841: Even gears limp. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
P2833, P2834, P2842, P2843, P2849 and P284C: Even gears Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
limp, and engine emission MIL is on. Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
P2837, P283C: Odd gears limp.
V1.0 676
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 677
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Rationality of clutch displacement is detected to be incorrect. If any DTC exists, test/replace the dual clutch assembly
or clutch slave cylinder assembly or electro-hydraulic
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
control assembly.
P286F: Even gears limp, and engine emission MIL is on. Service Guideline
P2877: Odd gears limp, and engine emission MIL is on. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Dual Clutch
Rationality of clutch displacement is detected to be correct. Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Failure Cause
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
• Relevant circuit failure. Electro-hydraulic Control Assembly".
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
• Mechanical failure inside the dual clutch. "Dry Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Clutch
• Clutch slave cylinder failure. Slave Cylinder Assembly - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
• Electro-hydraulic control assembly failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Reference Information
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Reference Electrical Information Transmission".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Circuit/System Check Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and run the Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
engine. Transmission".
2. Confirm if the automatic transmission fuel is sufficient.
V1.0 678
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
U0073 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC Description open circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0073: CAN Bus Off 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY165 of the automatic TCM or terminals
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface
(FTB)
and the ground is infinite:
00 CAN Bus Off
• Terminal 7 of BY165
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 8 of BY165
Automatic TCM communicates with the other control
• Terminal 6 of FA042
modules via CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 14 of FA042
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Communication bus is off.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set terminals of harness connector BY165 of the automatic
• Engine emission MIL is on. TCM or terminals of harness connector FA042 of the
• The pedal and torque are calculated by TCM. diagnostic interface and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 7 of BY165
Communication bus is normal. • Terminal 8 of BY165
Failure Cause • Terminal 6 of FA042
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 14 of FA042
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Automatic transmission control module failure. short to battery.
Reference Information
6. If circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Reference Circuit Information TCM.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
FA042, BY165 Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Reference Electrical Information Transmission".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Circuit/System Test to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
If other module tests are normal, continue following Transmission".
detection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY165 of the TCM.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY165 of the automatic TCM and terminals of
harness connector FA042 of the corresponding diagnostic
interface is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 7 of BY165 and Terminal 14 of FA042
• Terminal 8 of BY165 and Terminal 6 of FA042
V1.0 679
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
DTC U0100 : Lost Communication With Engine Control • Terminal 44 of BY089 and Terminal 7 of BY165
Module (ECM)
• Terminal 45 of BY089 and Terminal 8 of BY165
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
(FTB)
open circuit/high resistance.
Lost Communication With Engine
00 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Control Module (ECM)
of harness connector BY165 of the automatic TCM or
Circuit/System Description terminals of harness connector BY089 of the ECM and
the ground is infinite:
Automatic TCM communicates with the ECM via CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 7 of BY165
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
Reference Connector End View Information
automatic transmission control module.
BY089, BY165
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Circuit/System Test
Transmission".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
If other module tests are normal, continue following System-SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
detection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
the battery negative cable. Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
3. Disconnect harness connector BY089 of the ECM and
Transmission".
harness connector BY165 of the automatic TCM.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
connector BY089 of the ECM and terminals of harness
System-SGE 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module".
V1.0 680
7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Transmission
U0121 • Terminal 7 of BY165 and Terminal 10 of BY003
DTC Description • Terminal 8 of BY165 and Terminal 11 of BY003
DTC U0100 : Lost Communication With Stability Control
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
System(SCS)
open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
(FTB)
connector BY165 of the automatic TCM or terminals of
Lost Communication With Stability harness connector BY003 of the body stability control
00
Control System(SCS) system and the ground is infinite:
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
TCM or the body stability control system.
Reference Connector End View Information
Service Guideline
BY003, BY165
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Reference Electrical Information Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
Circuit/System Test
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Module" - "ABS Regulator".
If other module tests are normal, continue following • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
detection procedures. to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
BY165 of the automatic TCM, and disconnect harness Transmission".
connector BY003 of the body stability control system. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to the Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module"
of harness connector BY165 of the automatic TCM - "ABS Regulator".
and terminals of harness connector BY003 of the body
stability control system is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 681
Transmission 7-speed twin-Clutch Sportronic Transmission
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway or
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
automatic TCM.
Reference Connector End View Information
Service Guideline
BY165, FA004
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Reference Electrical Information "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Circuit/System Test
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". Transmission".
If other module tests are normal, continue following • Replace, programme and set the control module,
detection procedures. Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
BY165 of the automatic TCM, and disconnect harness to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Dry
connector FA004 of the gateway. Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dry Dual Clutch Automatic
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Transmission".
of harness connector BY165 of the automatic TCM
and terminals of harness connector FA004 of the
corresponding gateway is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 682
TCCM Transmission
TCCM
DTC Category
List
TCCM
Start/Malfunction
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Indicator Level*
Lamp
P0562 00 System Voltage Low 系统电压低 ON Ⅱ
P0563 00 System Voltage High 系统电压高 ON Ⅱ
P1812 00 Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ Open Circuit 扭矩管理器电磁阀断路 ON Ⅱ
Resistance of Coupling Solenoid Outside Expected 扭矩管理器电磁阀电阻
1A ON Ⅰ
Range 超出范围
P1813
扭矩管理器电磁阀电流
1D Coupling Solenoid Current Outside Expected Range ON Ⅰ
超出范围
Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ Short Circuit to 扭矩管理器电磁阀对地
P1814 00 ON Ⅰ
Ground 短路
Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ Short Circuit to 扭矩管理器电磁阀对电
P1815 00 ON Ⅰ
Battery Voltage 源短路
P19E1 29 Wheel Speed Information Invalid 车轮转速信息无效 OFF Ⅰ
P19E2 29 Steering Wheel Angle Information Invalid 方向盘转角信息无效 OFF Ⅱ
纵向加速度、横向加速
Longitudinal Acceleration or Lateral Acceleration or
P19E3 29 度或偏航角速度信息无 OFF Ⅱ
Yaw Rate Information Invalid
效
Engine Torque or Engine Speed or Transmission 发动机扭矩、转速或变
P19E4 29 OFF Ⅰ
Estimated Gear information invalid 速器挡位信息无效
Engine Coolant Temperature or Engine Intake Air 发动机冷却液温度或发
P19E5 29 OFF Ⅲ
Temperature Invalid 动机进气温度无效
P19EA 00 Mode Switch is Permanent Pushed 四驱模式开关长按故障 OFF Ⅲ
P19EB 00 Vehicle Odometer Information Incorrect 车辆里程信息错误 OFF Ⅳ
Power Mode Information Incorrect or Power Mode 电源模式信息错误或丢
P19EC 00 ON Ⅰ
Lost 失
P19F1 00 Coupling Overheat Protection 扭矩管理器过热保护 ON Ⅳ
P19F2 00 Spare Wheel Installed 启用备胎 ON Ⅲ
U0073 88 High Speed CAN Communication Bus off 高速CAN通讯总线断开 ON Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with ECM 与ECM失去通讯 ON Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost communication with TCM 与TCM失去通讯 OFF Ⅳ
U0121 87 Lost Communication with SCS 与SCS失去通讯 ON Ⅰ
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关失去通讯 ON Ⅰ
U0416 81 ABS or ESP Information Invalid ABS或ESP信息无效 ON Ⅰ
U2000 04 TCCM Internal Fault TCCM内部错误 ON Ⅰ
V1.0 683
Transmission TCCM
TCCM
Start/Malfunction
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Indicator Level*
Lamp
U2001 42 Read/Writte Error EEPROM EEPROM读写错误 ON Ⅱ
*Note:
1. when the TCCM Start/MIL illuminates yellow, it indicates that the transfer case module has faults.
2. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 684
TCCM Transmission
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
TCCM
V1.0 685
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 686
TCCM Transmission
6-Speed Dual Clutch Automatic transmission (3)
V1.0 687
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 688
TCCM Transmission
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
V1.0 689
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 690
TCCM Transmission
Torque Transfer Device BY152 Pin No. Description
9 Mandatory Four-wheel
Drive Button Ground
10 Mandatory Four-wheel
Drive Button Ground
Gateway FA004
V1.0 691
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 692
TCCM Transmission
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information
P0562, P0563 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
TCCM
DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY151
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
00 System Voltage Low
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC P0563: System Voltage High
Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Check fuse FL5 or FUSE7 for fusing.
(FTB)
If the fuse is fusing, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
00 System Voltage High
2. Component check: Check battery status. If the battery
Circuit/System Description is normal, keep engine speed above 2,000rpm, check if
When the battery voltage supply is not within the specified the alternator can be charged normally, and inspect the
range, the malfunction indicator lamp will illuminate. The charging system if the alternator output voltage is not
DTCs are stored in the memory of the instrument pack. between 12 ~ 14V.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Scan tool inspection:
• The controller is in wake-up state. • Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
• 1s after the controller is waken up. position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
• Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
Between 12 ~ 14V.
artificially.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range or the charging
indicator comes on, repair the low-voltage battery
P0562: Battery voltage is less than 9V, which lasts for 30ms.
charging system failure.
P0563: Battery voltage is greater than 16V, which lasts for Circuit/System Test
30ms.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
• Clutch is released slowly. BY151 of the four-wheel drive control module.
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control module
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
P0562:
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
• Battery voltage is greater than 10.5V, which lasts for circuit/high resistance.
30ms.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control module
P0563: and the ground is infinite.
• Battery voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for 10ms. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. short to ground.
Failure Cause 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
voltage of terminal 10 of harness connector BY151 of the
• Relevant circuit failure.
four-wheel drive control module is battery voltage.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Battery failure.
open to battery.
• Four-wheel drive control module failure.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the four-wheel
control module.
V1.0 693
Transmission TCCM
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System" - "Battery".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- “Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
Control Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control
Module)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear
Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control
Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
V1.0 694
TCCM Transmission
P1812, P1813, P1814, P1815, P19F1 • The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
DTC Description artificially.
DTC P1812: Coupling Solenoid - or Solenoid + Open Circuit Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC P1813: Resistance of Coupling Solenoid Outside P1814 00: Solenoid short to ground is detected.
Expected Range P1815 00: Solenoid short to battery is detected.
Failure Type Byte P19F1 00: Torque transfer device overheat protection function
Failure Description
(FTB) is valid.
Resistance of Coupling Solenoid Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
1A
Outside Expected Range
P1812, P1813, P1814, P1815:
Coupling Solenoid Current Outside
1D • Clutch is powered off, and the power transmission is
Expected Range
suspended.
DTC P1814: Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ Short Circuit • Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
to Ground
P19F1:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Clutch is released slowly.
(FTB)
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+
00 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Short Circuit to Ground
P1812, P1813 1A, P1814, P1815:
DTC P1815: Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ Short Circuit
to Battery Voltage • Solenoid circuit inspection is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) P1813 1D:
Coupling Solenoid- or Solenoid+ • The DTC will be cleared after the next ignition
00
Short Circuit to Battery Voltage circulation.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
DTC P19F1: Coupling Overheat Protection
P19F1:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Torque transfer device overheat protection function is
(FTB)
invalid.
00 Coupling Overheat Protection
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
Circuit/System Description Failure Cause
The electromagnetic torque transfer device developed
• Relevant circuit failure.
by GKN Driveline is an active control coupler which is
• Connector failure or poor fit.
applicable for real-time and full-time four-wheel drive system
and between the axle wheels. EMCD is an electronically • Torque transfer device failure.
controllable coupler which is most compact with complete • Four-wheel drive control module failure.
functions and can be used between drive system and axle. Reference Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Circuit Information
• The controller is in wake-up state. TCCM
• 1s after the controller is waken up. Reference Connector End View Information
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
BY119, BY152
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s.
V1.0 695
Transmission TCCM
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control
Circuit/System Check Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
V1.0 696
TCCM Transmission
P19E1, P19E3 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
DTC Description Failure Cause
DTC P19E1: Wheel Speed Information Invalid • Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Four-wheel drive control module failure.
29 Wheel Speed Information Invalid • Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
DTC P19E3: Longitudinal Acceleration or Lateral Acceleration
or Yaw Rate Information Invalid Reference Circuit Information
V1.0 697
Transmission TCCM
• Terminal 8 of BY151
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• Terminal 10 of BY003
• Terminal 11 of BY003
V1.0 698
TCCM Transmission
P19E2 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
DTC P19E2: Steering Wheel Angle Information Invalid If other module tests are normal, continue following
detection procedures.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
(FTB)
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
Steering Wheel Angle Information
29 FA028 of the steering wheel angle sensor, and disconnect
Invalid
harness connector FA004 of the gateway module.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
The four-wheel drive control module communicates with the harness connector FA028 of steering wheel angle sensor
steering wheel angle sensor via the CAN bus. and terminals of harness connector BY003 of the gateway
module is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 5 of FA028 and Terminal 2 of FA004
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the
system power mode (CAN signal) is on within 1s. • Terminal 6 of FA028 and Terminal 1 of FA004
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
artificially. harness connector FA028 of the steering wheel angle
Conditions for Setting DTCs sensor or terminals of harness connector FA004 of the
gateway module and the ground is infinite:
• Signal from SCS CAN is invalid.
• Gateway node related with steering wheel angle ECU is • Terminal 5 of FA028
lost. • Terminal 6 of FA028
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 1 of FA004
• The four-wheel drive system can work normally, but the • Terminal 2 of FA004
control effect of the torque transfer device has been
affected. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Signal value is valid again, which lasts to circulate for terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
10ms. control module or terminals of harness connector FA028
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. of the steering wheel angle sensor and the ground is
Failure Cause between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 699
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 700
TCCM Transmission
P19EA Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P19EA: Mode Switch is Permanent Pushed TCCM
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY151, CE006
00 Mode Switch is Permanent Pushed
Reference Electrical Information
Circuit/System Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Mandatory four-wheel drive button (four-wheel drive mode
Circuit/System Check
switch) is located on the centre console panel. Under certain
working conditions, press the mandatory four-wheel drive 1. Connect the scan tool to the vehicle diagnostic interface,
button, and the system will enter mandatory four-wheel drive and place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
mode; and press the mandatory four-wheel drive button again, 2. Clear the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
and the system will enter the real-time four-wheel drive mode. remains any DTC.
Refer to User Manual "Real-time Four-wheel Drive System" 3. If the problem is a history failure and the output value
for more details. is normal after confirming the DTC, check the harness
Conditions for Running DTCs and connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust the
• The controller is in wake-up state. faulty parts found in visual inspection. If the problem
is a current failure and the output value is abnormal,
• 1s after the controller is waken up.
check the harness and components in each section for
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s. abnormal conditions.
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s. 4. If the DTC still exits, confirm the "Real-time Displayed
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited Data".
artificially. 5. Start the engine, place the gear shift lever in N
Conditions for Setting DTCs position, and check the "Mandatory Four-wheel Button
Press and hold the mode switch for more than 20s. Input Signal", and "Vehicle Drive Mode", and the
parameter shall be "Mandatory Four-wheel Button Not
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Pressed\Mandatory Four-wheel Button Pressed" and
• The four-wheel drive system can work normally, but the "Auto\Four-wheel Drive\Two-wheel Drive".
control effect of the torque transfer device has been 6. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
affected. Test".
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
• Release the mode switch for more than 1s. the battery negative cable and harness connector CE006
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. of the mandatory four-wheel drive button.
Failure Cause 2. Test the component of mandatory four-wheel drive
button.
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If the test fails, replace the mandatory four-wheel drive
button.
• Four-wheel drive control module failure.
• Mandatory four-wheel drive button failure. 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable and harness connector CE006
of the mandatory four-wheel drive button.
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 3 of harness
connector control circuit of the mandatory four-wheel
drive button and the ground is about 5V.
V1.0 701
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 702
TCCM Transmission
P19EB 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
DTC P19EB: Vehicle Odometer Information Incorrect
FA029 of the instrument pack.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
(FTB)
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway control
Vehicle Odometer Information module and terminals of harness connector FA029 of the
00
Incorrect instrument pack is less than 5Ω:
Four-wheel drive control module communicates with • Terminal 11 of FA004 and Terminal 27 of FA029
instrument pack via the CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Running DTCs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway control
system power mode (CAN signal) is on within 1s.
module or terminals of harness connector FA029 of the
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s.
• Terminal 11 of FA004
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
• Terminal 12 of FA004
artificially.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 26 of FA029
• Terminal 27 of FA029
The signal marking position is abnormal.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
short to ground.
• The four-wheel drive system can work normally, but the
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
NVH performance may be affected.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp. terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs control module or terminals of harness connector FA029
• The signal marking position is normal. of the instrument pack and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 703
Transmission TCCM
DTC P19EC: Power Mode Information Incorrect or Power 4. If the DTC has been reset, detect/replace the real-time
Mode Lost four-wheel drive control module.
Service Guideline
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
“Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
00 Power Mode Information Incorrect
Control Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control
or Power Mode Lost
Module)".
Circuit/System Description • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
The four-wheel drive system completes all operations of power to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear
on initialization and one time failure self-test within the 200ms Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control
during which the complete vehicle power mode is from off to Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
wake-up.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the
system power mode (CAN signal) is not off within 1s.
• TCCM does not receives the power mode information
and the wake-up line signal is high within 1s.
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s.
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
artificially.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The signal marking position is abnormal.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Clutch is released slowly.
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The signal marking position is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Four-wheel drive control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Inspect whether the harness and connector are worn
or corroded. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the four-wheel drive
control module.
V1.0 704
TCCM Transmission
P19F2 3. If the tyre size is different, replace the wrong tyre and
DTC Description confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
DTC P19F2: Spare Wheel Installed 4. If any of the above problems occurs, clean and lubricate
relevant components. Replace, as required.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 5. If all the check items are normal, test/replace four-wheel
(FTB)
drive control module.
00 Spare Wheel Installed
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
The wheel speed is detected by active wheel speed sensor. “Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
Each wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage Control Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control
from the electronic brake control module, and then transmits Module)".
AC square signals to the electronic brake control module. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
When the wheels rotate, the electronic brake control module to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear
will calculate the wheel speed based on the frequency of this Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control
square signal and monitor the tyre pressure by calculating the Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
difference between wheel speeds.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• The controller is in wake-up state.
• 1s after the controller is waken up.
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s.
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
artificially.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The speed of one wheel is different from that of others, and
the difference exceeds 20%.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• The four-wheel drive system can work normally, but the
control effect of the torque transfer device has been
affected.
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Spare tyre is not detected during the next ignition circulation.
Failure Cause
• Different tyre sizes.
• Different tyre pressures.
• Any factors that may lead to the difference of tyre speeds.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Check if all tyres share the same pressure and size.
2. If all the tyres have different pressures, adjust the
pressures of all the tyres to the specified value.
V1.0 705
Transmission TCCM
Four-wheel drive control module communicates with other • Terminal 9 of BY151 and Terminal 14 of FA042
control modules via the CAN bus.
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
Conditions for Running DTCs circuit/high resistance.
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
system power mode (CAN signal) is not off within 1s. connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control
• TCCM does not receives the power mode information module or terminals of harness connector FA042 of the
and the wake-up line signal is high within 1s. diagnostic interface and the ground is infinite:
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s. • Terminal 8 of BY151
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s.
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
• Terminal 6 of FA042
artificially.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 14 of FA042
CANThe signal marking position is abnormal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Clutch is released slowly. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
terminals of harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs drive control module or terminals of harness connector
• CANThe signal marking position is normal. FA042 of the diagnostic interface and the ground is
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 706
TCCM Transmission
U0100, P19E5 • Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With ECM • CANandEMS signal is normal.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
(FTB) Failure Cause
87 Lost Communication With ECM • Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC P19E5: Engine Coolant Temperature or Engine Intake Air
Temperature Invalid • ECM failure.
• Four-wheel drive control module failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control
CAN or EMS signal is abnormal.
module or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set ECM and the ground is infinite:
U0100:
• Terminal 8 of BY151
• Clutch is released slowly.
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
P19E5:
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• The four-wheel drive system can work normally, but the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
control effect of the torque transfer device has been
short to ground.
affected.
V1.0 707
Transmission TCCM
• Terminal 8 of BY151
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Terminal 45 of BY021
V1.0 708
TCCM Transmission
U0101, P19E4 • Clutch is released slowly.
DTC Description • Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp.
DTC U0101: Lost Communication With TCM Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description U0101:
(FTB)
• TCMSignal is normal.
87 Lost Communication With TCM • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
V1.0 709
Transmission TCCM
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• Terminal 17 of BY001
• Terminal 18 of BY001
• Terminal 8 of BY151
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• Terminal 17 of BY001
• Terminal 18 of BY001
V1.0 710
TCCM Transmission
U0121, U0416 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC U0121: Lost communication with ABS Control Module • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Four-wheel drive control module failure.
(FTB) • Body stability control system failure.
87 Lost communication with ABS Reference Information
Control Module Reference Circuit Information
DTC U0416: Vehicle Dynamics Control Module - Invalid Data Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB) BY003, BY151
81 Vehicle Dynamics Control Module - Reference Electrical Information
Invalid Data
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Circuit/System Test
Four-wheel drive control module communicates with the body
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
stability control system via the CAN bus.
If other module tests are normal, continue following
Conditions for Running DTCs detection procedures.
U0121: 2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the
module and harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
system power mode (CAN signal) is not off within 1s.
stability control system.
• TCCM does not receives the power mode information
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
and the wake-up line signal is high within 1s.
connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive module and
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
terminals of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s. stability control system is less than 5Ω:
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited • Terminal 8 of BY151 and Terminal 11 of BY003
artificially.
• Terminal 9 of BY151 and Terminal 10 of BY003
U0416:
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
system power mode (CAN signal) is on within 1s. 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s. connector BY151 of the four-wheel control module or
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s. terminals of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited stability control system and the ground is infinite:
artificially. • Terminal 8 of BY151
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 9 of BY151
U0121: SCS signal is abnormal. • Terminal 18 of BY003
U0416: ABS or ESP signal is abnormal. • Terminal 19 of BY003
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• Clutch is released slowly.
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
terminals of harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel
• SCSSignal is normal. drive control module or terminals of harness connector
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. BY003 of the dynamic stability control system and the
ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Terminal 10 of BY104
V1.0 711
Transmission TCCM
• Terminal 11 of BY104
• Terminal 18 of BY003
• Terminal 19 of BY003
V1.0 712
TCCM Transmission
U0146 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the gateway, and disconnect harness connector
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway
BY151 of the four-wheel drive control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
(FTB)
harness connector FA004 of the gateway and terminals
87 Lost Communication With Gateway of harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel control
module is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 4 of FA004 and Terminal 9 of BY151
Shifter control unit communicates with the gateway via the
CAN bus. • Terminal 5 of FA004 and Terminal 8 of BY151
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• TCCM receives the power mode information and the
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
system power mode (CAN signal) is not off within 1s.
harness connector FA004 of the gateway or terminals of
• TCCM does not receives the power mode information
harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel drive control
and the wake-up line signal is high within 1s.
module and the ground is infinite:
• There is no engine starting operation within 1s.
• Terminal 4 of FA004
• There is no excessive high/low voltage failure within 1s.
• Terminal 5 of FA004
• The DTC setting function of controller is not prohibited
artificially. • Terminal 8 of BY151
Gateway signal is abnormal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Clutch is released slowly. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Light up four-wheel drive system invalid warning lamp. the following terminals of harness connector FA004 of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs the gateway or terminals of harness connector BY151 of
the four-wheel drive control module and the ground is
• Gateway signal is normal.
between 2 ~ 3V:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
• Terminal 4 of FA004
Failure Cause
• Terminal 5 of FA004
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 8 of BY151
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 9 of BY151
• Gateway failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Four-wheel drive control module failure.
short to battery.
Reference Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway or
Reference Circuit Information
four-wheel control module.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
FA004, BY151 - “Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
Reference Electrical Information Control Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control
Module)".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If other module testes are normal, continue following to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear
detection procedures. Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control
Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
V1.0 713
Transmission TCCM
V1.0 714
TCCM Transmission
U2000, U2001 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC U2000: ECU Hardware Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Circuit/System Test
(FTB)
1. Inspect if the harness and connector are worn or
04 ECU Hardware Error
corroded. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
DTC U2001: EEPROM error inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the four-wheel drive
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
control module.
(FTB)
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC U2000 and
42 EEPROM error U2001 are not set.
Circuit/System Description 4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the four-wheel
drive control module.
The four-wheel drive system completes all operations of
power on initialization and one time failure self-test within Service Guideline
the 200ms during which the complete vehicle power mode • Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
is from off to wake-up. Under different conditions, when - “Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
TCCMlost stability or be about to lose stability of the vehicle Control Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control
is detected, it will improve the dynamic characteristic of Module)".
vehicle by distributing the torque of the front and rear axle of
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
the vehicle.
to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear
Conditions for Running DTCs Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control
• The controller is in wake-up state. Module (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
V1.0 715
V1.0 716
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
HVAC System-ATC
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
11 Ambient Sensor Short to Ground 环境温度传感器对地短路 II
B1411 环境温度传感器对电压短路或开
15 Ambient Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit II
路
11 ITOS NTC Sensor Short to Ground 集成热指向传感器对地短路 II
B1412 集成热指向传感器对电源短路/
15 ITOS NTC Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit II
开路
Front Right Face Outlet Temp Sensor Circuit Short
11 前右吹面温度传感器短路 II
to Ground
B1413
15 Front Right Face Sensor Short to battery/Open circuit 前右吹面温度传感器对蓄电池 II
短路或开 路
前左吹面出风口温度传感器对地
11 Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor Short to Ground II
短路
B1414
Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor Short to 前左吹面出风口温度传感器对电
15 II
Battery/Open Circuit 源短路/开路
前左吹脚出风口温度传感器对地
11 Front Left Foot Outlet Temp Sensor Short to Ground II
短路
B1416
Front Left Foot Outlet Temp Sensor Short to 前左吹脚出风口温度传感器对电
15 II
Battery/Open Circuit 源短路/开路
11 Evaporator Sensor Short to Ground 蒸发器温度传感器对地短路 II
B1419 蒸发器温度传感器对电压短路或
15 Evaporator Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit II
开路
11 Right Solar Sensor Circuit Short to Ground 右阳光传感器对地短路 II
B1421 Right Solar Sensor Circuit Short to Battery/Open
15 右阳光传感器对电源短路/开路 II
circuit
11 Left Solar Sensor Circuit Short to Ground 左阳光传感器对地短路 II
B1422
15 Left Solar Sensor Circuit Short to Battery/Open circuit 左阳光传感器对电源短路/开路 II
11 ITOS NTC Reference Sensor Short to Ground 集成热指向参考传感器对地短路 II
B1423 ITOS NTC Reference Sensor Short to Battery/Open 集成热指向参考传感器对电源短
15 II
Circuit 路/开路
11 ITOS Sun Sensor Short to Ground 集成热指向阳光传感器对地短路 II
B1424 集成热指向阳光传感器对电源短
15 ITOS Sun Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit II
路/开路
内外循环模式风门执行器对地短
11 Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit Ground II
路
B1431
内外循环模式风门执行器对电源
12 Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit Battery II
短路
V1.0 717
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit(Mode1)
11 左模式风门执行器控制对地短路 II
Short to Ground
B1433
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit(Mode1) 左模式风门执行器控制对电源短
12 II
Short to Battery 路
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback(Mode 1)Short
11 左模式风门执行器反馈对地短路 II
to Ground
B1434
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback(Mode 1)Short 左模式风门执行器反馈对电源短
15 II
to Battery/ Open Circuit 路/开路
Left Temp Actuator ( Temp 1 ) Control Short to
11 左温度风门执行器控制对地短路 II
Ground
B1435
Left Temp Actuator ( Temp 1 ) Control Short to 左温度风门执行器控制对电源短
12 II
Battery 路
Left Temp Actuator ( Temp1 ) Feedback Short to
11 左温度风门执行器反馈对地短路 II
Ground
B1436
Left Temp Actuator ( Temp1 ) Feedback Short to 左温度风门执行器反馈对电源短
15 II
Battery/ Open Circuit 路/开路
11 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground 右温度风门执行器控制对地短路 II
B1437 右温度风门执行器控制对电源
12 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery II
短路
11 Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Ground 右温度风门执行器反馈对地短路 II
B1438 Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Battery/ 右温度风门执行器反馈对电源
15 II
Open Circuit 短路/开路
B143B 05 Right Temp Actuator Calibration Error 右温度风门执行器校核错误 II
B143C 01 Right Temp Actuator Blockage Error 右温度风门执行器堵转错误 II
B1439 05 Left Temp Actuator(Temp1)Calib Error 左温度风门执行器校核错误 II
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Calib Error 左模式风门执行器校核错误 II
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Blockage Error 左模式风门执行器堵转错误 II
B1481 88 No LIN communication with any LIN node. LIN总线无各节点通讯 II
B1489 00 Front Panel Dual Zone Switch Error 前双区面板开关错误 II
B148D 00 Driver Air Mode Increase Error 主驾风量减少错误 II
B14B0 87 Lin Slave Node 1 Missing Front Panel LIN总线与前面板从节点1丢失 I
B14B2 00 Auto Switch Error 自动开关错误 II
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error 前鼓风机风速减小开关错误 II
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error 前鼓风机风速增加开关错误 II
B14B5 00 Front Panel ON/OFF Switch Error 前控制面板ON/OFF开关错误 II
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error 前鼓风机速度逻辑错误 II
B14B7 00 Front Panel Recirculation Switch Error 前控制面板循环开关错误 II
B14B8 00 Compressor On Off Switch Error 压缩机ON/OFF开关错误 II
B14F1 88 Configuration Error 配置错误 II
B14F2 00 Initialization Error 初始化错误 II
V1.0 718
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
B143A 01 Left Temp Actuator(Temp1)Blockage Error 左温度风门执行器堵转错误 II
B144B 54 DC_Motor_Calib_Not_Learned 电机未校核学习 II
B1472 01 Front Blower analog control error 前鼓风机模拟控制错误 II
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error 驾驶员侧模式逻辑错误 II
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error 后风窗加热开关错误 II
B14BD 00 Defrost ON Switch Error 除雾ON开关错误 II
11 External 5V Supply Short to Ground 外部5V供电对地短路 II
B14E7
12 External 5V supply short to battery 外部5V供电对电源短路 II
U0073 88 CAN Communication Bus Off on “A” CAN总线通讯中断 I
U0140 87 CAN BCM(Body Control Module)Node Missing CAN总线上的车身模块节点丢失 I
U0146 87 CAN Gateway 'A' Node Missing CAN总线上的网关节点丢失 I
U0155 87 CAN IPC(Instrument Panel Cluster)Node Missing CAN总线上的仪表节点丢失 I
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池供电电路电压过高 I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池供电电路电压过低 I
U2001 41 ROM/EEPROM/Flash Check 控制器存储器故障 II
U2002 42 RAM Check Failures RAM检测失败 II
CAN FICE(Front Entertainment control module) CAN总线上前娱乐信息控制模块
U0245 87 II
Node Missing 节点丢失
*Note:
V1.0 719
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Automatic Temperature Control (1)
V1.0 720
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Automatic Temperature Control (2)
V1.0 721
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 722
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Data Communication - LIN Bus and K Bus (2)
V1.0 723
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 724
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Connector Information Gateway FA004
Connector Information
Body Control Module BY088
V1.0 725
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
1 KL30
2 Ground
3 Air Conditioning Sensors
Ground
5 Body HS CAN High
7 LIN6
8 Left Solar Sensor
9 Right Solar Sensor
10 Ambient Temperature
Sensor
Pin No. Pin Information
14 Solar Sensor Left Solar Sensor Signal
1
16 Blower Speed Control Output
Module Signal Light Signal Ground
2
17 Integrated Thermal
4 Right Solar Sensor Signal
Orientation Sensor
Output
18 Integrated Thermal Sensor
5 Light Signal Output
Ground
6 Solar Sensor Ground
19 Integrated Thermal
8 5V Power Supply
Orientation Solar Sensor
20 Integrated Thermal
Orientation Reference
Sensor
V1.0 726
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Fresh/Recirculating Damper Servo Motor FA049 Right Blend Damper Servo Motor FA052
V1.0 727
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 728
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Feet Distribution Outlet Temperature Sensor Pin No. Pin Information
FA062
7 Mode Damper Servo
Motor +
8 Mode Damper Servo
Motor -
9 Mode Damper Servo Motor
Signal Feedback
12 Evaporator Temperature
Sensor Signal Input
13 Left Face Distribution
Outlet Temperature Sensor
Signal Input
14 Left Feet Distribution
Outlet Temperature Sensor
Signal Input
16 5V Voltage Output
Pin No. Pin Information
17 Fresh/Recirculating Damper
Feet Distribution Outlet Servo Motor -
1
Temperature Sensor Signal
18 Fresh/Recirculating Damper
Feet Distribution Outlet Servo Motor -
2 Temperature Sensor 20 Sensor Signal Ground
Ground
Air Conditioning Control Module Assembly FA073
Air Conditioning Control Module Assembly FA072
V1.0 729
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Left Blend Damper Servo Motor FA075 Pin No. Pin Information
1 Left Blend Damper Signal
Ground
2 Left Blend Damper Signal
Feedback
3 5V Power Supply Input
V1.0 730
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information
B1411 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
Automatic Temperature Control (3)
DTC B1411: Ambient Sensor Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY160, FA037
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
11 Ambient Sensor Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Ambient Sensor Short to Battery /
15
Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
V1.0 731
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 8 of FA037
• Terminal 1 of BY160
• Terminal 2 of BY160
V1.0 732
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1412, B1423, B1424 • 11: Integrated thermal orientation solar sensor voltage
DTC Description is less than 0.1V, which lasts for 500ms.
DTC B1412: ITOS NTC Sensor Failure • 15: Integrated thermal orientation solar sensor voltage
is greater than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
Apply the default value 27℃.
11 ITOS NTC Sensor Short to Ground
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
ITOS NTC Sensor Short to Battery
15
/ Open Circuit B1412:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Interior temperature sensor failure.
B1424:
V1.0 733
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector short to battery.
FA037 of the automatic A/C controller and harness 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
connector FA056 of the interior temperature sensor. A/C controller or interior temperature sensor.
2. Perform the component test on interior temperature Component Test
sensor, if it is not within the specified range, replace the
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
interior temperature sensor.
harness connector FA056 of the interior temperature
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
sensor.
of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of circuit
controller and terminals of harness connector FA056 of
of the interior temperature sensor is within the specified
the interior temperature sensor is less than 5Ω:
range (about 11.77KΩ at 25℃).
• Terminal 17 of FA037 and Terminal 1 of FA056
If it is not within the specified range, replace the interior
• Terminal 18 of FA037 and Terminal 2 of FA056 temperature sensor.
• Terminal 19 of FA037 and Terminal 3 of FA056
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 4 of circuit
• Terminal 20 of FA037 and Terminal 4 of FA056 of the interior temperature sensor is within the specified
range (about 11.59KΩ at 25℃).
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance. If it is not within the specified range, replace the interior
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals temperature sensor.
of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C Service Guideline
controller or terminals of harness connector FA037 of • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
the interior temperature sensor and the ground is infinite: Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Terminal 17 of FA037 Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Terminal 18 of FA037
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Terminal 19 of FA037
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Terminal 20 of FA037 Conditioning - ATC" - " Interior Ambient Temperature
• Terminal 1 of FA056 Sensor".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
• Terminal 2 of FA056
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Terminal 3 of FA056 Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Terminal 4 of FA056 Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller
or terminals of harness connector FA037 of the interior
temperature sensor and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 17 of FA037
V1.0 734
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1413 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check the mounting position of the right front face
DTC B1413: Right Front Face Outlet Temp Sensor Failure distribution temperature sensor and check the harness
and connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description failure found in visual check.
(FTB)
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Right Front Face Outlet Temp Sensor
11 position, and observe the temperature of "Right Front
Circuit Short to Ground
Face Temp Sensor" shown in the real-time display of the
Right Front Face Sensor Short to scan tool.
15
Battery/Open circuit Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Face distribution temperature sensor is a NTC type sensor the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
which provides signal input relating to face distribution connectors FA073 and FA037 of HVAC control module
temperature for HVAC control module. and harness connector FA074 of the right front face
distribution temperature sensor.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Perform the component test on the right front face
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. distribution temperature sensor, if it is not within the
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine startup. specified range, replace the right front face distribution
Conditions for Setting DTCs temperature sensor.
B1413 11: Right front face distribution temperature sensor 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
voltage is less than 0.5V, which lasts for 500ms. harness connectors FA073 and FA037 of HVAC control
module and terminals of harness connector FA074 of
B1413 15: Right front face distribution temperature sensor right front face distribution temperature sensor is less
voltage is greater than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 12 of FA073 and Terminal 1 of FA074
None. • Terminal 3 of FA037 and Terminal 2 of FA074
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1413 11: Right front face distribution temperature sensor open circuit/high resistance.
voltage is greater than 0.5V, which lasts for 500ms. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
B1413 15: Right front face distribution temperature sensor harness connectors FA073 and FA037 of HVAC control
voltage is less than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. module or terminals of harness connector FA074 of the
right front face distribution temperature sensor and the
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
ground is infinite:
cleared.
• Terminal 12 of FA073
Failure Cause
• Terminal 3 of FA037
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of FA074
• Right front face distribution temperature sensor failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA073 and FA037 of HVAC control
Automatic Temperature Control (3)
module or terminals of harness connector FA074 of the
Reference Connector End View Information right front face distribution temperature sensor and the
FA073, FA037, FA074 power supply is infinite:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 12 of FA073
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 3 of FA037
• Terminal 1 of FA074
V1.0 735
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 2 of FA074
V1.0 736
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1414 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1414: Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor Failure Automatic Temperature Control (3)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA061, FA072
Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor
11 Reference Electrical Information
Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Front Left Face Outlet Temp Sensor
15
Short to Battery / Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the face distribution
outlet temperature sensor, and check the harness and
Face distribution temperature sensor is a NTC type sensor
connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any failure
which provides signal input relating to face distribution
found in visual check.
temperature for ATCECU.
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Conditions for Running DTCs
position, and observe the temperature of "Front Left
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for Face Distribution Outlet Temperature Sensor" shown in
1,000ms. the real-time display of the scan tool.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
B1414 11: Front left face distribution outlet temperature battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
sensor voltage is less than 0.5V, which lasts for 500ms. FA061 of the face distribution outlet temperature sensor.
B1414 15: Front left face distribution outlet temperature 2. Perform the component test on face distribution outlet
sensor voltage is greater than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. temperature sensor, if it is not within the specified range,
replace the face distribution outlet temperature sensor.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
3. Disconnect harness connector FA072 of the automatic
B1414 11: A/C controller.
• Front left face distribution outlet temperature sensor 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
voltage is greater than 0.5V, which lasts for 500ms. harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will and terminals of harness connector FA061 of the face
be cleared. distribution outlet temperature sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Front left face distribution outlet temperature sensor • Terminal 13 of FA072 and Terminal 1 of FA061
voltage is less than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will open circuit/high resistance.
be cleared.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Cause of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
• Relevant circuit failure. controller or terminals of harness connector FA061 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the face distribution outlet temperature sensor and the
ground is infinite:
• Face distribution outlet temperature sensor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 3 of FA072
• Terminal 13 of FA072
• Terminal 1 of FA061
• Terminal 2 of FA061
V1.0 737
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 3 of FA072
• Terminal 13 of FA072
• Terminal 1 of FA061
• Terminal 2 of FA061
V1.0 738
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1416 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1416: Front Left Foot Outlet Temp Sensor Failure Automatic Temperature Control (3)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA062
Front Left Foot Outlet Temp Sensor
11 Reference Electrical Information
Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Front Left Foot Outlet Temp Sensor
15
Short to Battery / Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the feet distribution
outlet temperature sensor, and check the harness and
Feet distribution temperature sensor is a NTC type sensor
connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any failure
which provides signal input relating to feet distribution
found in visual check.
temperature for ATCECU.
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Conditions for Running DTCs
position, and observe the temperature of "Front Left
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for Feet Distribution Outlet Temperature Sensor" shown in
1,000ms. the real-time display of the scan tool.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
B1416 11: Front left feet distribution outlet temperature battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
sensor voltage is less than 0.7V, which lasts for 500ms. FA062 of the feet distribution outlet temperature sensor.
B1416 15: Front left feet distribution outlet temperature 2. Perform the component test on feet distribution outlet
sensor voltage is greater than 5V, which lasts for 500ms. temperature sensor, if it is not within the specified range,
replace the feet distribution outlet temperature sensor.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
3. Disconnect harness connector FA072 of the automatic
B1416 11: A/C controller.
• Front left feet distribution outlet temperature sensor 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
voltage is greater than 0.7V, which lasts for 500ms. harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will and terminals of harness connector FA062 of the feet
be cleared. distribution outlet temperature sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Front left feet distribution outlet temperature sensor • Terminal 14 of FA072 and Terminal 1 of FA062
voltage is less than 5V, which lasts for 500ms. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will open circuit/high resistance.
be cleared.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Cause of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
• Relevant circuit failure. controller or terminals of harness connector FA062 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the feet distribution outlet temperature sensor and the
ground is infinite:
• Feet distribution outlet temperature sensor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 3 of FA072
• Terminal 14 of FA072
• Terminal 1 of FA062
• Terminal 2 of FA062
V1.0 739
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 3 of FA072
• Terminal 14 of FA072
• Terminal 1 of FA062
• Terminal 2 of FA062
V1.0 740
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1419 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1419: Evaporator Sensor Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA050
11 Evaporator Sensor Short to Ground
Reference Electrical Information
Evaporator Sensor Short to
15 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Battery/Open Circuit
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Inspect the mounting position of evaporator temperature
The evaporator temperature sensor is a NTC sensor,
sensor and inspect whether harness and connector is
providing the input of the evaporator exhaust outlet
worn or corroded. Readjust if any failure found in visual
temperature to ATCECU. Evaporator temperature sensor is
check.
located at the outlet of evaporator core in heater assembly.
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Conditions for Running DTCs
position, and observe the temperature of "Evaporator
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for Sensor Temperature" shown in the real-time display of
1,000ms. the scan tool.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
B1419 11: Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less than the battery negative cable and harness connector FA050
0.1V, which lasts for 500ms. of the evaporator temperature sensor.
B1419 15: Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is greater 2. Perform the component test on evaporator temperature
than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. sensor, if it is not within the specified range, replace the
evaporator temperature sensor.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
3. Disconnect harness connector FA072 of the automatic
Air conditioning cannot refrigerate. A/C controller.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
B1419 11: of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
controller and terminals of harness connector FA050 of
• Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is greater than
the evaporator temperature sensor is less than 5Ω:
0.1V, which lasts for 500ms.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 12 of FA072 and Terminal 1 of FA050
be cleared. • Terminal 20 of FA072 and Terminal 2 of FA050
B1419 15: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less than 4.9V, open circuit/high resistance.
which lasts for 500ms. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
be cleared. controller or terminals of harness connector FA050 of
Failure Cause the evaporator temperature sensor and the ground is
infinite:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 12 of FA072
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Evaporator temperature sensor failure. • Terminal 20 of FA072
• Terminal 2 of FA050
V1.0 741
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 12 of FA072
• Terminal 20 of FA072
• Terminal 1 of FA050
• Terminal 2 of FA050
V1.0 742
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1421 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check the mounting position of the right solar sensor,
DTC B1421: Right Solar Sensor Circuit Failure and check the harness and connector for wear and
corrosion. Readjust if any failure found in visual check.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
(FTB)
position, and observe the temperature of "Right Solar
Right Solar Sensor Circuit Short to
11 Sensor" shown in the real-time display of the scan tool.
Ground
Circuit/System Test
Right Solar Sensor Circuit Short to
15 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Battery/Open Circuit
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Circuit/System Description FA037 of HVAC control module and harness connector
The solar sensor consists of diodes providing the input light FA048 of the right solar sensor.
intensity and detects the light intensity input of vehicle for 2. Perform the component test on right solar sensor, if it
auxiliary calculation of automatic air conditioning. is not within the specified range, replace the right solar
Conditions for Running DTCs sensor.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal.
harness connector FA037 of HVAC control module and
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine startup. terminals of harness connector FA048 of the right solar
Conditions for Setting DTCs sensor is less than 5Ω:
B1421 11: Right solar sensor voltage is lower than 0.6V for • Terminal 3 of FA037 and Terminal 6 of FA048
500ms.
• Terminal 9 of FA037 and Terminal 4 of FA048
B1421 15: Right solar sensor voltage is greater than 4.9V for
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
500ms.
open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Apply the default value 0. harness connector FA037 of HVAC control module or
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector FA048 of the right solar
sensor and the ground is infinite:
B1421 11: Right solar sensor voltage is greater than 0.6V, which
lasts for 500ms. • Terminal 3 of FA037
B1421 15: Right solar sensor voltage is lower than 4.9V, which • Terminal 9 of FA037
lasts for 500ms.
• Terminal 4 of FA048
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be • Terminal 6 of FA048
cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause
short to ground.
• Relevant circuit failure.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector FA037 of HVAC control module or
• HVAC control module failure. terminals of harness connector FA048 of the right solar
• Right solar sensor failure. sensor and the power supply is infinite:
Reference Information • Terminal 3 of FA037
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 9 of FA037
Automatic Temperature Control (3) • Terminal 4 of FA048
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 6 of FA048
FA037, FA048
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Electrical Information short to battery.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the HVAC
control module or the right solar sensor.
V1.0 743
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Solar Sensor".
V1.0 744
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1422 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1422: Left Solar Sensor Circuit Failure Automatic Temperature Control (3)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA048, FA037
Left Solar Sensor Circuit Short to
11 Reference Electrical Information
Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Left Solar Sensor Circuit Short to
15
Battery/Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of solar sensor, and check
the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
The solar sensor consists of diodes providing the input light
Readjust if any failure found in visual check.
intensity and detecting the light intensity input of vehicle.
Those inputs are used to measure the solar heat effect acting 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
on passengers. "ON" position, and observe if the “Left Solar Sensor”
temperature in the real-time display of the scan tool
Conditions for Running DTCs
varies with the illumination intensity.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for Circuit/System Test
1,000ms.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector FA048 of the solar sensor.
B1422 11: Left solar sensor voltage is less than 0.6V for 500ms. 2. Perform the component test on solar sensor, if it is not
B1422 15: Left solar sensor voltage is greater than 4.9V for within the specified range, replace the solar sensor.
500ms. 3. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the ignition
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set switch in "ON" position.
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
System uses the default value.
connector FA048 of the solar sensor and the ground is
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs less than 5Ω.
B14122 11: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Left solar sensor circuit voltage is greater than 0.6V for open circuit/high resistance.
500ms. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
be cleared. FA037 of the A/C control module.
B14122 15: 6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
• Left solar sensor circuit voltage is less than 4.9V for
controller and terminals of harness connector FA048 of
500ms.
the solar sensor is less than 5Ω:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
• Terminal 3 of FA037 and Terminal 6 of FA048
be cleared.
Failure Cause • Terminal 8 of FA037 and Terminal 1 of FA048
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Solar sensor failure. 7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
controller or terminals of harness connector FA048 of
the solar sensor and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 3 of FA037
• Terminal 8 of FA037
V1.0 745
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 6 of FA048
• Terminal 1 of FA048
• Terminal 3 of FA037
• Terminal 8 of FA037
• Terminal 6 of FA048
• Terminal 1 of FA048
V1.0 746
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1431 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1431: Recirc/Fresh Motor Failure Automatic Temperature Control (1)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA049
Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit
11 Reference Electrical Information
Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit
12
Battery Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the recirculation
damper motor connectors, and check if the harness and
The internal/external recirculation damper actuator controls
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
the internal/external recirculation damper by opening and
failure found in visual check.
closing the inlet of fresh/recirculating air.
2. Force to output the internal/external recirculation
Conditions for Running DTCs
damper actuator on the scan tool, if the damper acts,
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for take the A/C controller failure into account.
1,000ms. Circuit/System Test
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Conditions for Setting DTCs battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
B1431 11: Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode FA072 of the automatic A/C controller and harness
damper actuator is less than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. connector FA049 of the fresh/recirculation damper servo
motor.
B1431 12: Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode
damper actuator is greater than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. 2. Perform the component test on fresh/recirculation
damper servo motor, if the test fails, replace the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
fresh/recirculation damper servo motor.
• Internal/external recirculation mode damper actuator 3. Disconnect harness connector FA072 of the automatic
stops. A/C controller.
• The control module records the DTC. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
B1431 11: controller and terminals of harness connector FA049 of
the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor is less than
• Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode damper 5Ω:
actuator is greater than 6V, which lasts for 100ms.
• Terminal 17 of FA072 and Terminal 6 of FA049
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 18 of FA072 and Terminal 5 of FA049
B1431 12: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode damper
actuator is less than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
be cleared. controller or terminals of harness connector FA049 of
the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor and the
Failure Cause
ground is infinite:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 17 of FA072
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 18 of FA072
• Fresh/recirculation damper servo motor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 5 of FA049
• Terminal 6 of FA049
V1.0 747
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 17 of FA072
• Terminal 18 of FA072
• Terminal 5 of FA049
• Terminal 6 of FA049
V1.0 748
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1433 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1433: Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Automatic Temperature Control (2)
(Mode 1) Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA072, FA053
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Left Distribution Actuator Control
11
Circuit (Mode 1) Short to Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 749
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 7 of FA072
• Terminal 8 of FA072
• Terminal 5 of FA053
• Terminal 6 of FA053
V1.0 750
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1434 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1434: Left Distribution Actuator Feedback (Mode 1) Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA072, FA053
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback
11
(Mode 1) Short to Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Feedback voltage of mode damper servo motor is less 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller or
terminal 2 of harness connector FA053 of the mode
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite:
be cleared.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit.
A/C controller.
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
V1.0 751
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Mode Damper Servo Motor".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
V1.0 752
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1435 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1435: Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Control Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA073, FA075
Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Control
11 Reference Electrical Information
Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Control
12
Short to Battery Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the left blend damper
servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motors to make them
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to
failure found in visual check.
move it to the appropriate position.
2. Force to output the left temperature damper actuator on
Conditions for Running DTCs
the scan tool, if the air door acts, test the circuit/system.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for Circuit/System Test
1,000ms.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs FA075 of the left blend damper servo motor.
B1435 11: Voltage of left blend damper servo motor is less 2. Perform the component test on left blend damper servo
than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. motor, if the test fails, replace the left blend damper
B1435 12: Voltage of left blend damper servo motor is greater servo motor.
than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA073 of the automatic A/C controller.
• Left blend damper servo motor stops.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• The control module records the DTCs. of harness connector FA073 of the automatic A/C
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs controller and terminals of harness connector FA075 of
B1435 11: the left blend damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
• Voltage of left blend damper servo motor is greater than • Terminal 7 of FA073 and Terminal 5 of FA075
6V, which lasts for 100ms. • Terminal 8 of FA073 and Terminal 6 of FA075
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
be cleared. open circuit/high resistance.
B1435 12: 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Voltage of left blend damper servo motor is less than 6V, harness connector FA073 of the automatic A/C controller
which lasts for 100ms. or terminals of harness connector FA075 of the left blend
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will damper servo motor and the ground is infinite:
be cleared. • Terminal 7 of FA073
Failure Cause • Terminal 8 of FA073
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 5 of FA075
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 6 of FA075
• Left blend damper servo motor failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
short to ground.
V1.0 753
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 7 of FA073
• Terminal 8 of FA073
• Terminal 5 of FA075
• Terminal 6 of FA075
V1.0 754
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1436 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1436: Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Feedback Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA073, FA075
Left Temp Actuator (Temp1)
11 Reference Electrical Information
Feedback Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Left Temp Actuator (Temp1)
15 Feedback Short to Battery/Open Circuit/System Check
Circuit
1. Check the mounting position of the blend damper
Circuit/System Description servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motors to make them
failure found in visual check.
control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to
move it to the appropriate position. 2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if
the self-learning is successful, then read the DTC, if the
Conditions for Running DTCs
failure still exists, it is required to consider replacing the
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for automatic air conditioning controller. If the self-learning
1,000ms. fails, test the circuit/system.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
B1436 11: Feedback voltage of blend damper servo motor is battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
less than 0.1V, which lasts for 500ms. FA073 of the automatic A/C controller and harness
connector FA075 of the blend damper servo motor.
B1436 15: Feedback voltage of blend damper servo motor is
greater than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
connector FA073 of the automatic A/C controller and
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
terminal 2 of harness connector FA075 of the blend
• Blend damper servo motor stops. damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
• The control module records the DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs open circuit/high resistance.
B1436 11: 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
connector FA073 of the automatic A/C controller or
• Feedback voltage of blend damper servo motor is greater
terminal 2 of harness connector FA075 of the blend
than 0.1V, which lasts for 500ms.
damper servo motor and the ground is infinite:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
B1436 15:
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
• Feedback voltage of blend damper servo motor is less connector FA073 of the automatic A/C controller or
than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. terminal 2 of harness connector FA075 of the blend
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite:
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the blend
• Connector failure or poor fit. damper servo motor or the automatic A/C controller.
• Blend damper servo motor failure. Service Guideline
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Blend Damper Servo Motor".
V1.0 755
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 756
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1437 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1437: Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA052
Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit
11 Reference Electrical Information
Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit
12
Short to Battery Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the blend damper
servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motors to make them
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to
failure found in visual check.
move it to the appropriate position.
2. Force to output the right temperature damper
Conditions for Running DTCs
actuator on the scan tool, if the damper acts, test the
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. circuit/system.
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine start-up. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
B1437 11: Right temp damper actuator is normal and the the battery negative cable and harness connector FA052
voltage is less than 0.1V for 100ms. of the blend damper servo motor.
B1437 12: Right temp damper actuator control pin is invalid, 2. Perform the component test on blend damper servo
and the voltage is more than 6V for 100ms. motor, if the test fails, replace the right blend damper
servo motor.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and the battery negative cable and harness connector FA072
records the DTCs. of the automatic A/C controller.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
B1437 11: of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
controller and terminals of harness connector FA052 of
• Right temp damper actuator is normal and the voltage is
the right blend damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
greater than 0.1V for 100ms.
• Terminal 3 of FA072 and Terminal 5 of FA052
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 4 of FA072 and Terminal 6 of FA052
B1437 12: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Right temp damper actuator control pin is invalid, and
the voltage is less than 6V for 100ms. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
or terminals of harness connector FA052 of the right
be cleared.
blend damper servo motor and the ground is infinite:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 3 of FA072
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 4 of FA072
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 5 of FA052
• Blend damper servo motor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 6 of FA052
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
V1.0 757
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 3 of FA072
• Terminal 4 of FA072
• Terminal 5 of FA052
• Terminal 6 of FA052
V1.0 758
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1438 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1438: Right Temp Actuator Feedback Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA052
Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short
11 Reference Electrical Information
to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short
15
to Battery/ Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the blend damper
servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motors to make them
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to
failure found in visual check.
move it to the appropriate position.
2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if
Conditions for Running DTCs
the self-learning is successful, then read the DTC, if the
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. failure still exists, it is required to consider replacing the
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine start-up. automatic A/C controller. If the self-learning fails, test
• DTC B14E7 11 is not set. the circuit/system.
B1438 11: Feedback voltage of right temp damper actuator is 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
less than 0.1V for 500ms. battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA072 of the automatic A/C controller and harness
B1438 15: Feedback voltage of right temp damper actuator is connector FA052 of the blend damper servo motor.
more than 4.9V for 500ms.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller and
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and terminal 2 of harness connector FA052 of the right blend
records the DTCs. damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1438 11: open circuit/high resistance.
• Conduct the system self-check, and the starting and 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
ending positions are in the reasonable range. connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller or
terminal 2 of harness connector FA052 of the right blend
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
damper servo motor and the ground is infinite:
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1438 15:
short to ground.
• Feedback voltage of right temp damper actuator is more
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
than 0.1V for 500ms.
connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller or
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will terminal 2 of harness connector FA052 of the right blend
be cleared. damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite:
Failure Cause
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the right blend
• Blend damper servo motor failure. damper servo motor or the automatic A/C controller.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 759
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 760
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1439, B143A Failure Cause
DTC Description • Air mix damper servo motor failure.
DTC B1439: Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Calib Error • Automatic A/C controller failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Calib Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
05
Error
Circuit/System Check
DTC B143A: Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) Blockage Error
1. Check the mounting position of the air mix damper
Failure Type Byte servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
Failure Description
(FTB) connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust the
Left Temp Actuator (Temp1) faulty parts found in visual inspection.
01
Blockage Error 2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if the
self-learning is succeed, then read the DTC, if the failure
Circuit/System Description still exists, it is required to consider replacing the A/C
ATC ECUUse the sensor input and the selected temperature controller. If the self-learning fails, test the circuit/system.
on the control panel to calculate the target temperature at Circuit/System Test
air outlet of heater assembly on the driver side and front
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
passenger side. Then, ATC ECU sends a signal to the servo
position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
motor to make them control the air mix damper on the heater
B1439 and B143A has been set.
assembly, so as to move it to the appropriate position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC has not been set.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
If there remains any DTC, test/replace the air mix
1,000ms.
damper servo motor or automatic A/C controller.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
B1439: After the self-learning of air mix damper servo motor,
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
the voltage exceeds the range of 0.8 ~ 1.2V after starting, and
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Mix Damper Damper Servo
the voltage exceeds the range of 3.8 ~ 4.2V after shutdown.
Motor".
B143A: During the calibration of air mix damper servo motor, • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
the air mix damper servo motor is driven and the feedback Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
voltage is recovered. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
• Air mix damper servo motor stops. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
• The control module records the DTC.
and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
B1439: Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
B143A:
V1.0 761
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
records the DTCs. Assembly".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
B143B:
B143C:
V1.0 762
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1441, B1442 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Mode damper servo motor failure.
DTC B1441: Left Distribution Actuator (Mode1) Calib Error • Automatic A/C controller failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
Left Distribution Actuator (Mode1) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
05
Blockage Error
Circuit/System Check
DTC B1442: Left Distribution Actuator (Mode1) Blockage
1. Check the mounting position of the mode damper
Error
servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
Failure Type Byte connectors are broken or poor fitted. Readjust the faulty
Failure Description
(FTB) parts found in visual inspection.
Left Distribution Actuator (Mode1) 2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if the
01
Blockage Error self-learning is succeed, then read the DTC, if the failure
still exists, it is required to consider replacing the A/C
Circuit/System Description controller. If the self-learning fails, test the circuit/system.
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motor to makes it control Circuit/System Test
the distribution damper in the heater assembly, so as to move
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
it to the appropriate position.
position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
Conditions for Running DTCs B1441 and B1442 has been set.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
1,000ms. DTC has not been set.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If there remains any DTC, test/replace the mode damper
• DTC B14E7 is not set. servo motor or automatic A/C controller.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Service Guideline
B1441: After the self-learning of mode damper servo motor, • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
the voltage exceeds the range of 0.8 ~ 1.2V after starting, and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
the voltage exceeds the range of 3.8 ~ 4.2V after shutdown. Conditioning - ATC" - "Mode Damper Servo Motor".
B1442: During the calibration of mode damper servo motor, • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
the air mix damper servo motor is driven and the feedback Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
voltage is recovered. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Mode air door servo motor stops.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
• The control module records the DTC. and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
B1441: Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
B1442:
V1.0 763
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the mounting position of the mode air door
actuator connectors and the air mix Damper actuator
connectors, and check if the harness and connectors are
broken or poor fitted. Readjust the faulty parts found in
visual inspection.
2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if the
self-learning is succeed, then read the DTC, if the failure
still exists, it is required to consider replacing the A/C
controller. If the self-learning fails, test the circuit/system.
V1.0 764
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B1472 harness connector FA057 of the blower speed control
DTC Description module.
DTC B1472: Front Blower Analog Control Error 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
connector FA057 of the blower speed control module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and the ground is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
01 Front Blower Analog Control Error
open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
The front blower motor is controlled by the speed control connector FA037 of the automatic air conditioning
module through the A/C control module. controller and terminal 2 of harness connector FA057 of
Conditions for Running DTCs the blower speed control module is less than 5Ω.
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine startup.
• Blower operates. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
connector FA037 of the automatic air conditioning
Conditions for Setting DTCs
controller or terminal 2 of harness connector FA057
When driving the front blower, the target voltage of the blower of the blower speed control module and the ground is
exceeds 2V, the power supply voltage is 3V higher than target infinite:
voltage and differs from the target voltage and actual voltage
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
by more than 1V, which lasts for 1s.
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
Blower stops.
connector FA037 of the automatic air conditioning
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs controller or terminal 2 of harness connector FA057 of
• When driving the front blower, the target voltage of the the blower speed control module and the power supply
blower exceeds 2V, the power supply voltage is 3V higher is infinite:
than the target voltage and differs from the target voltage If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
and actual voltage by less than 1V, which lasts for 1s. short to battery.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the right blower
be cleared.
speed control module or automatic air conditioning
Failure Cause controller.
• Relevant circuit failure. Service Guideline
• Connector failure or poor fit. Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Blower speed control module failure. Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning -
• Automatic air conditioning controller failure. ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller Assembly".
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Automatic Temperature Control (1)
Reference Connector End View Information
FA037, FA057
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the automatic air conditioning controller and
V1.0 765
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
DTC B14B0: LIN Slave Node1 Missing Front Panel Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA059, FA037
(FTB)
87 LIN Slave Node1 Missing Front Panel Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Air conditioning controller communicates with air Circuit/System Test
conditioning control head through LIN bus. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Conditions for Running DTCs battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the air conditioning controller and harness
B1481:
connector FA059 of the air conditioning control head.
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
• Not in the process of powering-on or 1s after connector FA037 of the air conditioning controller
powering-on. and terminal 4 of harness connector FA059 of the air
• The ignition switch is in "RUN" position. conditioning control head is less than 5Ω.
B14B0: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. open circuit/high resistance.
• Not in the process of powering-on or 1s after 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
powering-on. of harness connector FA037 of the air conditioning
• The ignition switch is in "RUN" position. controller or terminal of harness connector FA059 of the
air conditioning control head and the ground is infinite:
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal.
• Terminal 3 of FA037
• B1481 88 failure has not been detected.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 4 of FA059
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1481: LIN bus failure lasts for 5,000ms.
short to ground.
B14B0: Communication data has no update, which lasts for 2s.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of harness connector FA037 of the air conditioning
B1481: Communication with any LIN bus is failed and the controller or terminal of harness connector FA059 of
control module records the DTCs. the air conditioning control head and the power supply
is infinite:
B14B0: Entertainment air conditioning control panel cannot
work normally and the control module records the DTCs. • Terminal 3 of FA037
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
B1481: LIN bus communication is normal, which lasts for
5,000ms. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the air
conditioning controller or air conditioning control head.
B14B0: Communication data is valid in frame IFP_LIN6_FrP00.
Service Guideline
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
cleared.
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 766
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Controller Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Controller Assembly".
V1.0 767
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the front dual-zone panel switch to check for
stagnation or poor fit. Readjust if any failure found in
visual check.
2. Clear the DTC, and confirm that DTC B1489 is not set.
If the DTC has been reset, test the function of real-time
display.
3. If the DTC has been reset, replace the front dual-zone
panel switch.
V1.0 768
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B148D • A/C controller assembly failure.
DTC Description Reference Information
DTC B148D: Driver Air Mode Decrease Error Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Description
(FTB)
Circuit/System Check
00 Driver Air Mode Decrease Error
1. Operate the front blower speed switch on the A/C panel
Circuit/System Description to check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust if any failure
Activated only when the system is on. Provide manual control found in visual check.
of the blower speed. The blower speed will change properly 2. Place the ignition in "ON" position, operate the knob on
within Level 1 to Level X with pressing the air speed up or the automatic temperature control unit, and observe if
down switch. If the switch is pressed and held, after 1 second, the "Blower Air Speed Switch" shown in the real-time
the speed will change every 0.5 second till full scale or it display of the scan tool changes. If the parameter shown
decreases to 1. in the real-time display changes, consider to replace the
Conditions for Running DTCs A/C controller assembly. If the parameter shown in the
real-time display does not change, test the circuit/system.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Circuit/System Test
• Engine runs.
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
• LIN bus communication is normal.
position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
Conditions for Setting DTCs B148D has been set.
B14B3: It is detected that the decrease signal of front blower 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
air speed switch is 1. DTC has not been set.
B14B4: It is detected that the increase signal of front blower If there remains any DTC, test/replace the A/C panel or
air speed switch is 1. the A/C controller assembly.
B14B6: Front blower speed logic signal is 1. Service Guideline
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Blower air speed decreasing is invalid. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
• The control module records the DTC.
Assembly".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
B14B3: Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• It is detected that the decrease signal of front blower air Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel".
speed switch is 0. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
be cleared. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
B14B4: Assembly".
• It is detected that the increase signal of front blower air
speed switch is 0.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
B14B6:
V1.0 769
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
DTC B14B2: Auto Switch Error 4. Check if the actuator acts, if the actuator does not act,
test/replace the automatic A/C controller.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Service Guideline
(FTB)
00 Auto Switch Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Interior Fitting" - "Instrument
Panel & Center Console - Replacement of Center
Circuit/System Description Control Panel".
When the button is pressed, the compressor is on according • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
to command, and the A/C mark displayed on LCD; when this Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
button is pressed again, the compressor is off according to Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
command, and the A/C mark displayed on LCD disappears Assembly - ATC".
at the same time. If the A/C switch is pressed in the AUTO • Replace, programme and set the control module,
state, the AUTO icon will disappear, the compressor will be Refer to the Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
in manual control state while other equipment are still in and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
automatic control state. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Conditions for Running DTCs Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• DTC B1481 is not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
A/C panel switch signal error.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The automatic function is disabled.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• No A/C panel switch signal error.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Entertainment A/C control panel failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Operate the automatic switch on and off to observe for
stagnation or poor fit. Readjust the faulty parts found in
visual inspection.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14B2 is not
set.
V1.0 770
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B14B3, B14B4, B14B6 B14B4:
DTC Description • It is detected that the increase signal of front blower air
DTC B14B3: Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error speed switch is 0.
Failure Type Byte • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
Failure Description cycles.
(FTB)
Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch B14B6:
00
Error Front blower speed logic signal is 0.
DTC B14B4: Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
DTC B14B6: Front Blower Speed Logic Error Reference Electrical Information
V1.0 771
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 772
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B14B5 Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
DTC B14B5: Front Panel ON OFF Switch Error Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
(FTB)
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
00 Front Panel ON OFF Switch Error
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Circuit/System Description Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel - ATC
Automatic Temperature Control".
Turning on/off the conditioning system with the ON/OFF
switch on the A/C control panel. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
Conditions for Running DTCs
and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
• Engine runs. Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The entertainment A/C control panel ON/OFF switch signal is
1.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• The entertainment A/C control panel ON/OFF switch
request has stopped.
• The control module records the DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The entertainment A/C control panel ON/OFF switch
signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Entertainment A/C control panel failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the air conditioning ON switch to check for
stagnation or poor fit. Readjust the faulty parts found in
visual inspection.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14B5 is
not set. If the DTC has been reset, test the function of
real-time display.
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, operate the
entertainment A/C control panel ON/OFF switch, and
observe if the actuator acts.
If it does not work normally, replace the entertainment
A/C control panel.
4. Check if the actuator acts, if the actuator acts,
test/replace the automatic A/C controller.
V1.0 773
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the entertainment A/C control panel recycle
switch to check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust the
faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14B7 is
not set. If the DTC has been reset, test the function of
real-time display.
3. Place the ignition in "ON" position, operate the button on
the entertainment A/C control panel, and observe if the
"Fresh Air/Recirculation Actuator Control" parameter
shown in the real-time display of the scan tool varies with
the function.
V1.0 774
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B14B8 4. If there are no other DTCs, test/replace the automatic
DTC Description A/C controller.
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the compressor ON/OFF switch, check the
mounting position of the compressor ON/OFF switch
connectors, and check if the harness and connectors are
broken or poor fitted. Readjust the faulty parts found in
visual inspection.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14B8 is not
set.
V1.0 775
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
B14BA shown in the real-time display of the scan tool varies with
DTC Description the function. If the real-time display parameter does not
change, force to output "Left Front Distribution Actuator
DTC B14BA: Driver Air Mode Logic Error
Control".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If the parameter shown in the real-time display does not
(FTB)
change, replace the entertainment A/C control panel.
00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error
4. Check if the actuator acts, if the actuator acts,
Circuit/System Description test/replace the automatic A/C controller.
Air distribution changes with pressing of different mode If the actuator does not acts, check the actuator for
switch, and the changing range from only face, face and stagnation.
footwell, only footwell, footwell and defrosting/defogging to
5. If the actuator blocks, replace the mode damper servo
only defrosting/defogging.
motor.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Service Guideline
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Engine runs. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• LIN bus communication is normal. Conditioning - ATC" - "Mode Damper Servo Motor".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Mode logic switch signal at driver side is 1. • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel - ATC
• Mode request at driver side is invalid. Automatic Temperature Control".
• The control module records the DTC. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Mode logic switch signal at driver side is 0. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
cycles. Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the face distribution mode switch at driver side
to check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust the faulty
parts found in visual inspection.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14BA is
not set. If the DTC has been reset, test the function of
real-time display.
V1.0 776
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B14BC If it does not work normally, replace the radio/HVAC
DTC Description control module.
DTC B14BC: Heated Rear Window Switch Error 4. Check if the actuator acts, if yes, test/replace the HVAC
control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Service Guideline
(FTB)
00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Circuit/System Description Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Control rear window heating through heated rear window Controller Assembly".
switch on the A/C control panel to prevent frost and ice. • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Conditions for Running DTCs Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel".
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal.
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine start-up.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Communication is normal. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Place the ignition switch in "RUN" position. Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
• DTC B14B0 87 is not set. Controller Assembly".
• Engine runs.
• DTC B1481 88 is not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Heated rear window switch signal is 1.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Heated rear window function stops and records DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Heated rear window switch signal is 0.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• HVAC control module failure.
• A/C panel failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the heated rear window switch on and off
repeatedly to observe for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust
if any failure found in visual check.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14BC is
not set.
V1.0 777
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
DTC B14BD: Defrost ON Switch Error 4. Check if the actuator acts, if the actuator acts,
test/replace the automatic A/C controller.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Service Guideline
(FTB)
00 Defrost ON Switch Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Circuit/System Description Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel - ATC
Once the defogging key is pressed, the defogging mark will be Automatic Temperature Control".
displayed on the screen, the front defogging key indicator lights • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
up, and the system enters the front defogging control state. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditions for Running DTCs Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Engine runs.
Refer to the Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
• LIN bus communication is normal. and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditions for Setting DTCs Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 1. Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the defogging ON switch to check for stagnation
or poor fit. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
inspection.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14BD is
not set.
V1.0 778
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B14E7 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B14E7: External 5V Supply Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
FA072, FA052, FA053, FA075
11 External 5V Supply Short to Ground
Reference Electrical Information
12 External 5V Supply Short to Battery
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Circuit/System Test
The automatic temperature control (ATC) system controls
the air temperature and air distribution inside the vehicle by 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
controlling the refrigeration system and the control damper the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
within the heater assembly. The external 5V power supply connector FA052 of the blend damper servo motor,
circuit provides working voltage to the regulators in each harness connector FA053 of the mode damper servo
damper actuator. motor or harness connector FA072 of the automatic
Conditions for Running DTCs A/C controller.
2. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller
1,000ms.
and terminals of harness connector FA052 of the blend
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. damper servo motor or terminals of harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs FA053 of the mode damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
B14E7 11: External 5V power supply voltage is less than 0.9V, • Terminal 16 of FA072 and Terminal 3 of FA052
which lasts for 100ms.
• Terminal 16 of FA072 and Terminal 3 of FA053
B14E7 12: External 5V power supply voltage is greater than • Terminal 16 of FA072 and Terminal 3 of FA075
5.1V, which lasts for 100ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance.
Automatic temperature control function is invalid. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
controller, terminal of harness connector FA052 of
B14E7 11:
the blend damper servo motor or terminal of harness
• External 5V power supply voltage is greater than 0.9V, connector FA053 of the mode damper servo motor and
which lasts for 100ms. the ground is infinite:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 16 of FA072
be cleared.
• Terminal 3 of FA052
B14E7 12:
• Terminal 3 of FA053
• External 5V power supply voltage is less than 5.1V, which • Terminal 3 of FA075
lasts for 100ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
short to ground.
be cleared.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
Failure Cause
of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
• Relevant circuit failure. controller, terminal of harness connector FA052 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the blend damper servo motor or terminal of harness
• Automatic A/C controller failure. connector FA053 of the mode damper servo motor and
the power supply is infinite:
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
• Terminal 16 of FA072
• Left blend damper servo motor failure.
• Right blend damper servo motor failure. • Terminal 3 of FA052
• Terminal 3 of FA053
V1.0 779
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
• Terminal 3 of FA075
V1.0 780
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
B14F1, B14F2 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
DTC Description remains any DTC.
DTC B14F1: Configuration Error If there remains any DTC, test/replace the automatic
A/C controller.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Service Guideline
(FTB)
88 Configuration Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
DTC B14F2: Initialization Error Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Failure Type Byte Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
Failure Description
(FTB) • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to the Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
00 Initialization Error
and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Circuit/System Description Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly - ATC Automatic Temperature Control".
when the ignition switch is turned on, ATC ECUdiagnosis and
check will be performed, and the DTCs corresponding to the
detected failures will be saved in ECU, and the default value or
strategy corresponding to the detected failure will be applied.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
1,000ms.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
B14F1: id configuration of local signal is invalid.
B14F2:
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
V1.0 781
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
The A/C control module communicates with other control • Terminal 6 of FA037 and Terminal 19 of FA004
modules via the HS CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
1,000ms. of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. controller or terminals of harness connector FA004 of
• No power supply failure. the gateway and the ground is infinite:
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
A/C controller.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
FA037, FA004 • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Reference Electrical Information Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Controller Assembly".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
following inspection procedures. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 782
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Controller Assembly".
V1.0 783
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
V1.0 784
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 785
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
1,000ms.
connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller or
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• No power supply failure. and the ground is infinite:
• CAN bus communication is normal. • Terminal 5 of FA037
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 6 of FA037
Automatic A/C controller cannot detect the frame from the • Terminal 19 of FA004
gateway, which lasts for 2,000ms.
• Terminal 20 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Apply the default value. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• The frame recovers overtime within 2,000ms, and the switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
DTC will be cleared. terminals of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will A/C controller or terminals of harness connector FA004
be cleared. of the gateway and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
A/C controller or gateway.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
FA037, FA004 Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Reference Electrical Information Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module.
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
following inspection procedures. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
V1.0 786
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 787
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Automatic A/C controller communicates with instrument pack • Terminal 6 of FA037 and Terminal 27 of FA029
via HS CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
1,000ms.
controller or terminals of harness connector FA029 of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
the instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
• No power supply failure.
• Terminal 5 of FA037
• CAN bus communication is normal.
• Terminal 6 of FA037
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 26 of FA029
Automatic A/C controller cannot detect the frame from the
• Terminal 27 of FA029
instrument pack of gateway, which lasts for 2,000ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
short to ground.
Apply the default value.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The frame recovers overtime within 2,000ms, and the terminals of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
DTC will be cleared. A/C controller or terminals of harness connector FA029
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of the instrument pack and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
be cleared. • Terminal 5 of FA037
Failure Cause • Terminal 6 of FA037
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 26 of FA029
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 27 of FA029
• Automatic A/C controller failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Instrument pack failure. short to battery.
Reference Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Reference Circuit Information A/C controller or instrument pack.
Service Guideline
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Reference Connector End View Information
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
FA037, FA029 Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Reference Electrical Information Assembly".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Circuit/System Test Pack".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module.
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
following inspection procedures. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 788
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Pack".
V1.0 789
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Circuit/System Test Navigation" - "Entertainment Mainframe".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module.
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
following inspection procedures. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 790
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Navigation" - "Player".
V1.0 791
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
U1563: It is detected that the power supply voltage is less than Circuit/System Test
9V, which lasts for 1s. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the automatic A/C controller.
Automatic A/C controller does not work.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller and
U1562: the ground is less than 5Ω.
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
power supply voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for open circuit/high resistance.
1s.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller and
be cleared.
the ground is infinite.
U1563:
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The short to ground.
power supply voltage is greater than 9.5V, which lasts for
4. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage of
1s.
terminal 1 of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will A/C controller is the battery voltage.
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause
open circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. A/C controller.
• Battery failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
V1.0 792
HVAC System-ATC HVAC System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
V1.0 793
HVAC System HVAC System-ATC
Circuit/System Description
when the ignition switch is turned on, the A/C control module
will perform diagnosis and check, and the DTCs corresponding
to the detected failures will be saved in ECU, and the default
value or strategy corresponding to the detected failure will be
applied.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
1,000ms.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Automatic A/C controller detects checksum error.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Automatic A/C controller does not work.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Automatic A/C controller detects correct checksum.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Automatic A/C controller failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 794
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
HVAC System-ETC
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
11 Evaporator Sensor Short to Ground 蒸发器温度传感器对地短路 II
B1419 蒸发器温度传感器对电压短路或
15 Evaporator Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit II
开路
11 Right Solar Sensor Circuit Short to Ground 右阳光传感器对地短路 II
B1421 Right Solar Sensor Circuit Short to Battery/Open
15 右阳光传感器对电源短路/开路 II
circuit
内外循环模式风门执行器对地短
11 Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit Ground II
路
B1431
内外循环模式风门执行器对电源
12 Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit Battery II
短路
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit(Mode1)
11 左模式风门执行器控制对地短路 II
Short to Ground
B1433
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit(Mode1) 左模式风门执行器控制对电源短
12 II
Short to Battery 路
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback(Mode 1)Short
11 左模式风门执行器反馈对地短路 II
to Ground
B1434
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback(Mode 1)Short 左模式风门执行器反馈对电源短
15 II
to Battery/ Open Circuit 路/开路
11 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground 右温度风门执行器控制对地短路 II
B1437 右温度风门执行器控制对电源
12 Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery II
短路
11 Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Ground 右温度风门执行器反馈对地短路 II
B1438 Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short to Battery/ 右温度风门执行器反馈对电源
15 II
Open Circuit 短路/开路
B143B 05 Right Temp Actuator Calibration Error 右温度风门执行器校核错误 II
B143C 01 Right Temp Actuator Blockage Error 右温度风门执行器堵转错误 II
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Calib Error 左模式风门执行器校核错误 II
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator(Mode1)Blockage Error 左模式风门执行器堵转错误 II
B144B 54 DC_Motor_Calib_Not_Learned 电机未校核学习 II
B1472 01 Front Blower analog control error 前鼓风机模拟控制错误 II
B1481 88 No LIN communication with any LIN node. LIN总线无各节点通讯 II
B14B0 87 Lin Slave Node1 Missing Front Panel LIN总线与前面板从节点1丢失 I
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error 前鼓风机风速减小开关错误 II
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error 前鼓风机风速增加开关错误 II
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error 前鼓风机速度逻辑错误 II
B14B7 00 Front Panel Recirculation Switch Error 前控制面板循环开关错误 II
B14B8 00 Compressor On Off Switch Error 压缩机ON/OFF开关错误 II
B14B9 00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error 驾驶员侧吹面模式开关错误 II
V1.0 795
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error 驾驶员侧模式逻辑错误 II
B14BB 00 Diver Air Mode Defrost Switch Error 驾驶员侧除雾模式开关错误 II
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error 后风窗加热开关错误 II
B14BD 00 Defrost ON Switch Error 除雾ON开关错误 II
V1.0 796
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Automatic Temperature Control (1)
V1.0 797
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 798
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Data Communication - LIN Bus and K Bus (2)
V1.0 799
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 800
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Connector Information Gateway FA004
Connector Information
Body Control Module BY088
V1.0 801
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
1 KL30
2 Ground
3 A/C Sensors Ground
5 Body HS CAN High
7 LIN6
8 Left Solar Sensor
9 Right Solar Sensor
10 Ambient Temperature
Sensor
14 Solar Sensor Pin No. Pin Information
16 Blower Speed Control 1 Left Solar Sensor Signal
Module Signal Output
17 Integrated Thermal 2 Light Signal Ground
Orientation Sensor
4 Right Solar Sensor Signal
18 Integrated Thermal Sensor Output
Ground Light Signal Output
5
19 Integrated Thermal
6 Solar Sensor Ground
Orientation Solar Sensor
8 5V Power Supply
20 Integrated Thermal
Orientation Reference
Sensor
V1.0 802
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Fresh/Recirculation Damper Servo Motor FA049 Right Blend Damper Servo Motor FA052
V1.0 803
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 804
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Feet Distribution Outlet Temperature Sensor Pin No. Pin Information
FA062
7 Mode Damper Servo
Motor +
8 Mode Damper Servo
Motor -
9 Mode Damper Servo Motor
Signal Feedback
12 Evaporator Temperature
Sensor Signal Input
13 Left Face Distribution
Outlet Temperature Sensor
Signal Input
14 Left Feet Distribution
Outlet Temperature Sensor
Signal Input
16 5V Voltage Output
Pin No. Pin Information
17 Fresh/Recirculation Damper
Feet Distribution Outlet Servo Motor -
1
Temperature Sensor Signal
18 Fresh/Recirculation Damper
Feet Distribution Outlet Servo Motor -
2 Temperature Sensor 20 Sensor Signal Ground
Ground
A/C Control Module Assembly FA073
A/C Control Module Assembly FA072
V1.0 805
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
Left Blend Damper Servo Motor FA075 Pin No. Pin Information
1 Left Blend Damper Signal
Ground
2 Left Blend Damper Signal
Feedback
3 5V Power Supply Input
V1.0 806
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information
B1419 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
Automatic Temperature Control (2)
DTC B1419: Evaporator Sensor Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA072, FA050
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
11 Evaporator Sensor Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Evaporator Sensor Short to
15
Battery/Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 20 of FA072 and Terminal 2 of FA050
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1419 15: open circuit/high resistance.
• Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less than 4.9V, 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
which lasts for 500ms. of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will controller or terminals of harness connector FA050 of
be cleared. the evaporator temperature sensor and the ground is
infinite:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 12 of FA072
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 20 of FA072
• Evaporator temperature sensor failure. • Terminal 1 of FA050
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 2 of FA050
V1.0 807
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
• Terminal 12 of FA072
• Terminal 20 of FA072
• Terminal 1 of FA050
• Terminal 2 of FA050
V1.0 808
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B1431 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1431: Recirc/Fresh Motor Failure Automatic Temperature Control (1)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA049
Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit
11 Reference Electrical Information
Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Recirc/Fresh Motor Shortcircuit
12
Battery Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the recirculation
damper motor connectors, and check if the harness and
The internal/external recirculation damper actuator controls
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
the internal/external recirculation damper by opening and
failure found in visual check.
closing the inlet of fresh/recirculating air.
2. Force to output the internal/external recirculation
Conditions for Running DTCs
damper actuator on the scan tool, if the damper acts,
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for take the A/C controller failure into account.
1,000ms. Circuit/System Test
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Conditions for Setting DTCs battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
B1431 11: Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode FA072 of the automatic A/C controller and harness
damper actuator is less than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. connector FA049 of the fresh/recirculation damper servo
motor.
B1431 12: Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode
damper actuator is greater than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. 2. Perform the component test on fresh/recirculation
damper servo motor, if the test fails, replace the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
fresh/recirculation damper servo motor.
• Internal/external recirculation mode damper actuator 3. Disconnect harness connector FA072 of the automatic
stops. A/C controller.
• The control module records the DTC. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
B1431 11: controller and terminals of harness connector FA049 of
the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor is less than
• Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode damper 5Ω:
actuator is greater than 6V, which lasts for 100ms.
• Terminal 17 of FA072 and Terminal 6 of FA049
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 18 of FA072 and Terminal 5 of FA049
B1431 12: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Voltage of internal/external recirculation mode damper
actuator is less than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
be cleared. controller or terminals of harness connector FA049 of
the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor and the
Failure Cause
ground is infinite:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 17 of FA072
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 18 of FA072
• Fresh/recirculation damper servo motor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 5 of FA049
• Terminal 6 of FA049
V1.0 809
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
• Terminal 17 of FA072
• Terminal 18 of FA072
• Terminal 5 of FA049
• Terminal 6 of FA049
V1.0 810
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B1433 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1433: Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Automatic Temperature Control (2)
(Mode 1) Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA072, FA053
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Left Distribution Actuator Control
11
Circuit (Mode 1) Short to Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 811
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
• Terminal 7 of FA072
• Terminal 8 of FA072
• Terminal 5 of FA053
• Terminal 6 of FA053
V1.0 812
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B1434 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1434: Left Distribution Actuator Feedback (Mode 1) Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA072, FA053
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback
11
(Mode 1) Short to Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Feedback voltage of mode damper servo motor is less 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller or
terminal 2 of harness connector FA053 of the mode
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite:
be cleared.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit.
A/C controller.
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
V1.0 813
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Mode Damper Servo Motor".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
V1.0 814
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B1437 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1437: Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA052
Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit
11 Reference Electrical Information
Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Right Temp Actuator Control Circuit
12
Short to Battery Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the blend damper
servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motors to make them
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to
failure found in visual check.
move it to the appropriate position.
2. Force to output the right temperature damper
Conditions for Running DTCs
actuator on the scan tool, if the damper acts, test the
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. circuit/system.
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine start-up. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
B1437 11: Right temp damper actuator is normal and the the battery negative cable and harness connector FA052
voltage is less than 0.1V for 100ms. of the blend damper servo motor.
B1437 12: Right temp damper actuator control pin is invalid, 2. Perform the component test on blend damper servo
and the voltage is more than 6V for 100ms. motor, if the test fails, replace the right blend damper
servo motor.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and the battery negative cable and harness connector FA072
records the DTCs. of the automatic A/C controller.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
B1437 11: of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
controller and terminals of harness connector FA052 of
• Right temp damper actuator is normal and the voltage is
the right blend damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
greater than 0.1V for 100ms.
• Terminal 3 of FA072 and Terminal 5 of FA052
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 4 of FA072 and Terminal 6 of FA052
B1437 12: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Right temp damper actuator control pin is invalid, and
the voltage is less than 6V for 100ms. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
or terminals of harness connector FA052 of the right
be cleared.
blend damper servo motor and the ground is infinite:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 3 of FA072
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 4 of FA072
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 5 of FA052
• Blend damper servo motor failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. • Terminal 6 of FA052
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA072 of the automatic A/C
V1.0 815
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
• Terminal 3 of FA072
• Terminal 4 of FA072
• Terminal 5 of FA052
• Terminal 6 of FA052
V1.0 816
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B1438 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1438: Right Temp Actuator Feedback Failure Automatic Temperature Control (2)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA072, FA052
Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short
11 Reference Electrical Information
to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Right Temp Actuator Feedback Short
15
to Battery/ Open Circuit Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check the mounting position of the blend damper
servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
ATC ECUSend a signal to the servo motors to make them
connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as to
failure found in visual check.
move it to the appropriate position.
2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if
Conditions for Running DTCs
the self-learning is successful, then read the DTC, if the
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. failure still exists, it is required to consider replacing the
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine start-up. automatic A/C controller. If the self-learning fails, test
• DTC B14E7 11 is not set. the circuit/system.
B1438 11: Feedback voltage of right temp damper actuator is 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
less than 0.1V for 500ms. battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA072 of the automatic A/C controller and harness
B1438 15: Feedback voltage of right temp damper actuator is connector FA052 of the blend damper servo motor.
more than 4.9V for 500ms.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller and
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and terminal 2 of harness connector FA052 of the right blend
records the DTCs. damper servo motor is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1438 11: open circuit/high resistance.
• Conduct the system self-check, and the starting and 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
ending positions are in the reasonable range. connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller or
terminal 2 of harness connector FA052 of the right blend
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
damper servo motor and the ground is infinite:
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1438 15:
short to ground.
• Feedback voltage of right temp damper actuator is more
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
than 0.1V for 500ms.
connector FA072 of the automatic A/C controller or
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will terminal 2 of harness connector FA052 of the right blend
be cleared. damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite:
Failure Cause
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the right blend
• Blend damper servo motor failure. damper servo motor or the automatic A/C controller.
• Automatic A/C controller failure. Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 817
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 818
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B143B, B143C Failure Cause
DTC Description • Blend damper servo motor failure.
DTC B143B: Right Temp Actuator Calibration Error • Automatic A/C controller failure.
Failure Type Byte Reference Information
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Electrical Information
Right Temp Actuator Calibration Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
05
Error
Circuit/System Check
DTC B143C: Right Temp Actuator Blockage Error
1. Check the mounting position of the blend damper
Failure Type Byte servo motor connectors, and check if the harness and
Failure Description
(FTB) connectors are broken or for poor fitted. Readjust if any
01 Right Temp Actuator Blockage Error failure found in visual check.
2. Carry out servo motor self-learning with scan tool, if
Circuit/System Description the self-learning is successful, then read the DTC, if the
ATC ECUUse the sensor input and the selected temperature failure still exists, it is required to consider replacing the
on the control panel to calculate the target temperature at automatic air conditioning controller. If the self-learning
air outlet of heater assembly on the driver side and front fails, go to "Circuit/System Test".
passenger side. Then, ATC ECU sends a signal to the servo Circuit/System Test
motors to make them control the blend damper on the heater
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
assembly, so as to move it to the appropriate position.
position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
Conditions for Running DTCs B1439 and B143A has been set.
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine startup. DTC has not been set.
• DTC B14E7 11/12 is not set. If there remains any DTC, test/replace the blend damper
Conditions for Setting DTCs servo motor or automatic air conditioning controller.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
records the DTCs. Assembly".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
B143B:
B143C:
V1.0 819
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
DTC B1472: Front Blower Analog Control Error 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
connector FA057 of the blower speed control module
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and the ground is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
01 Front Blower Analog Control Error
open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
The front blower motor is controlled by the speed control connector FA037 of the automatic air conditioning
module through the A/C control module. controller and terminal 2 of harness connector FA057 of
Conditions for Running DTCs the blower speed control module is less than 5Ω.
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine startup.
• Blower operates. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
connector FA037 of the automatic air conditioning
Conditions for Setting DTCs
controller or terminal 2 of harness connector FA057
When driving the front blower, the target voltage of the blower of the blower speed control module and the ground is
exceeds 2V, the power supply voltage is 3V higher than target infinite:
voltage and differs from the target voltage and actual voltage
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
by more than 1V, which lasts for 1s.
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 16 of harness
Blower stops.
connector FA037 of the automatic air conditioning
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs controller or terminal 2 of harness connector FA057 of
• When driving the front blower, the target voltage of the the blower speed control module and the power supply
blower exceeds 2V, the power supply voltage is 3V higher is infinite:
than the target voltage and differs from the target voltage If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
and actual voltage by less than 1V, which lasts for 1s. short to battery.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the right blower
be cleared.
speed control module or automatic air conditioning
Failure Cause controller.
• Relevant circuit failure. Service Guideline
• Connector failure or poor fit. Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Blower speed control module failure. Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning -
• Automatic air conditioning controller failure. ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller Assembly".
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Automatic Temperature Control (1)
Reference Connector End View Information
FA037, FA057
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the automatic air conditioning controller and
V1.0 820
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B1481, B14B0 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC B1481: No Node Communication on LIN Bus • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure Type Byte • Air conditioning controller failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Air conditioning control head failure.
No Node Communication on LIN Reference Information
88
Bus Reference Circuit Information
DTC B14B0: LIN Slave Node1 Missing Front Panel Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA059, FA037
(FTB)
87 LIN Slave Node1 Missing Front Panel Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Air conditioning controller communicates with air Circuit/System Test
conditioning control head through LIN bus. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Conditions for Running DTCs battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the air conditioning controller and harness
B1481:
connector FA059 of the air conditioning control head.
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
• Not in the process of powering-on or 1s after connector FA037 of the air conditioning controller
powering-on. and terminal 4 of harness connector FA059 of the air
• The ignition switch is in "RUN" position. conditioning control head is less than 5Ω.
B14B0: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal. open circuit/high resistance.
• Not in the process of powering-on or 1s after 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
powering-on. of harness connector FA037 of the air conditioning
• The ignition switch is in "RUN" position. controller or terminal of harness connector FA059 of the
air conditioning control head and the ground is infinite:
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal.
• Terminal 3 of FA037
• B1481 88 failure has not been detected.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 4 of FA059
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1481: LIN bus failure lasts for 5,000ms.
short to ground.
B14B0: Communication data has no update, which lasts for 2s.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of harness connector FA037 of the air conditioning
B1481: Communication with any LIN bus is failed and the controller or terminal of harness connector FA059 of
control module records the DTCs. the air conditioning control head and the power supply
is infinite:
B14B0: Entertainment air conditioning control panel cannot
work normally and the control module records the DTCs. • Terminal 3 of FA037
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
B1481: LIN bus communication is normal, which lasts for
5,000ms. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the air
conditioning controller or air conditioning control head.
B14B0: Communication data is valid in frame IFP_LIN6_FrP00.
Service Guideline
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
cleared.
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 821
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 822
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B14B9 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC B14B9: Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the air conditioning controller, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector FA057 of the air conditioning control
(FTB)
head.
00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
Circuit/System Description connector FA037 of the air conditioning controller
and terminal 4 of harness connector FA059 of the air
Face distribution mode switch on driver side outputs switch
conditioning control head is less than 5Ω.
request signal through LIN bus to the air conditioning
controller to satisfy the driver's intent. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
connector FA037 of the air conditioning controller
• Engine runs.
or terminal 4 of harness connector FA059 of the air
Conditions for Setting DTCs conditioning control head and the ground is infinite:
Face distribution mode switch signal at driver side is 1. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
• Mode request at driver side is invalid. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
• Record this DTC. connector FA037 of the air conditioning controller
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs or terminal 4 of harness connector FA059 of the air
conditioning control head and the power supply is infinite:
• Face distribution mode switch signal at driver side is 0.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
short to battery.
be cleared.
Failure Cause 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the air
conditioning control head or air conditioning controller.
• Relevant circuit failure.
Service Guideline
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Air conditioning control head failure.
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Air conditioning controller failure. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel".
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Reference Circuit Information Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2) Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
Reference Connector End View Information
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
FA037, FA059 Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Reference Electrical Information Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Assembly".
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the face distribution mode switch at driver side
to check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust the faulty
parts found in visual check.
2. If the switch is stuck, replace the air conditioning control
head.
3. If the switch is not stuck, go to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 823
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
Once the defogging key is pressed, the defogging mark will be If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
displayed on the screen, the front defogging key indicator lights open circuit/high resistance.
up, and the system enters the front defogging control state. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector FA037 of the A/C controller or terminal 4 of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector FA059 of the A/C control head and
the ground is infinite:
• Engine runs.
• LIN bus communication is normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
Defogging mode switch signal at driver side is 1.
connector FA037 of the A/C controller or terminal 4 of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector FA059 of the A/C control head and
• Defogging mode request at driver side is invalid. the power supply is infinite:
• The control module records the DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to battery.
• Defogging mode switch signal at driver side is 0. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the A/C control
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will head or A/C controller.
be cleared. Service Guideline
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Relevant circuit failure. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel ".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• A/C control head failure.
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• A/C controller failure. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Reference Information Assembly".
Reference Circuit Information • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2) Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Reference Connector End View Information Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
FA037, FA059 Assembly".
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the defogging mode switch at driver side to
check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust if any failure
found in visual check.
2. If the switch is stuck, replace the A/C control head.
3. If the switch is not stuck, go to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 824
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B14BC If it does not work normally, replace the radio/HVAC
DTC Description control module.
DTC B14BC: Heated Rear Window Switch Error 4. Check if the actuator acts, if yes, test/replace the HVAC
control module.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Service Guideline
(FTB)
00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Circuit/System Description Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Control rear window heating through heated rear window Controller Assembly".
switch on the A/C control panel to prevent frost and ice. • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Conditions for Running DTCs Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel".
• 1s after the voltage recovers to normal.
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
• Not in engine start-up or 1s after engine start-up.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Communication is normal. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• Place the ignition switch in "RUN" position. Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
• DTC B14B0 87 is not set. Controller Assembly".
• Engine runs.
• DTC B1481 88 is not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Heated rear window switch signal is 1.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Heated rear window function stops and records DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Heated rear window switch signal is 0.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• HVAC control module failure.
• A/C panel failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the heated rear window switch on and off
repeatedly to observe for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust
if any failure found in visual check.
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC B14BC is
not set.
V1.0 825
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
• A/C control head failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• A/C controller failure.
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Reference Information Assembly".
Reference Circuit Information • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2) Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Reference Connector End View Information
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
FA037, FA059 Assembly".
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the driver face/feet distribution mode switch to
check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust if any failure
found in visual check.
2. If the switch is stuck, replace the A/C control head.
V1.0 826
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
B14BF Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
DTC B14BF: Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the A/C controller and harness connector
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA057 of the A/C control head.
(FTB)
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error
connector FA037 of the A/C controller and terminal 4
Circuit/System Description of harness connector FA059 of the A/C control head is
less than 5Ω:
Air distribution changes with pressing of different mode
switches, and the range from only face, face and feet, only If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
feet, feet and defrost/defog to only defrost/defog. open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector FA037 of the A/C controller or terminal 4 of
harness connector FA059 of the A/C control head and
• Engine runs.
the ground is infinite:
• LIN bus communication is normal.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs
short to ground.
Driver face/feet distribution mode switch error signal is 1.
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector FA037 of the A/C controller or terminal 4 of
• Feet distribution mode request is invalid. harness connector FA059 of the A/C control head and
• The control module records the DTC. the power supply is infinite:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Driver face/feet distribution mode switch error signal is
0. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the A/C control
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will head or A/C controller.
be cleared. Service Guideline
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• Relevant circuit failure. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Panel ".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
• A/C control head failure.
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
• A/C controller failure. Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Reference Information Assembly".
Reference Circuit Information • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2) Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Reference Connector End View Information Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
FA037, FA059 Assembly".
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Operate the feet distribution mode switch at driver side
to check for stagnation or poor fit. Readjust if any failure
found in visual check.
2. If the switch is stuck, replace the A/C control head.
3. If the switch is not stuck, go to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 827
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 828
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
• Terminal 3 of FA075
V1.0 829
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
The A/C control module communicates with other control • Terminal 6 of FA037 and Terminal 19 of FA004
modules via the HS CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
1,000ms. of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. controller or terminals of harness connector FA004 of
• No power supply failure. the gateway and the ground is infinite:
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
A/C controller.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
FA037, FA004 • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Reference Electrical Information Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Controller Assembly".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
following inspection procedures. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 830
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control - ATC" - "Air Conditioning
Controller Assembly".
V1.0 831
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
V1.0 832
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 833
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
1,000ms.
connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller or
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• No power supply failure. and the ground is infinite:
• CAN bus communication is normal. • Terminal 5 of FA037
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 6 of FA037
Automatic A/C controller cannot detect the frame from the • Terminal 19 of FA004
gateway, which lasts for 2,000ms.
• Terminal 20 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Apply the default value. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• The frame recovers overtime within 2,000ms, and the switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
DTC will be cleared. terminals of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will A/C controller or terminals of harness connector FA004
be cleared. of the gateway and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
A/C controller or gateway.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
FA037, FA004 Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Reference Electrical Information Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module.
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
following inspection procedures. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
V1.0 834
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 835
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
Automatic A/C controller communicates with instrument pack • Terminal 6 of FA037 and Terminal 27 of FA029
via HS CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Network module is normal, and the starting lasts for
of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
1,000ms.
controller or terminals of harness connector FA029 of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
the instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
• No power supply failure.
• Terminal 5 of FA037
• CAN bus communication is normal.
• Terminal 6 of FA037
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 26 of FA029
Automatic A/C controller cannot detect the frame from the
• Terminal 27 of FA029
instrument pack of gateway, which lasts for 2,000ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
short to ground.
Apply the default value.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The frame recovers overtime within 2,000ms, and the terminals of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
DTC will be cleared. A/C controller or terminals of harness connector FA029
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of the instrument pack and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
be cleared. • Terminal 5 of FA037
Failure Cause • Terminal 6 of FA037
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 26 of FA029
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 27 of FA029
• Automatic A/C controller failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Instrument pack failure. short to battery.
Reference Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
Reference Circuit Information A/C controller or instrument pack.
Service Guideline
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Reference Connector End View Information
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
FA037, FA029 Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Reference Electrical Information Assembly".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Circuit/System Test Pack".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module.
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
following inspection procedures. Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
V1.0 836
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Pack".
V1.0 837
HVAC System HVAC System-ETC
U1563: It is detected that the power supply voltage is less than Circuit/System Test
9V, which lasts for 1s. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
FA037 of the automatic A/C controller.
Automatic A/C controller does not work.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller and
U1562: the ground is less than 5Ω.
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
power supply voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for open circuit/high resistance.
1s.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
connector FA037 of the automatic A/C controller and
be cleared.
the ground is infinite.
U1563:
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The short to ground.
power supply voltage is greater than 9.5V, which lasts for
4. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the voltage of
1s.
terminal 1 of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will A/C controller is the battery voltage.
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause
open circuit/high resistance.
• Relevant circuit failure.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. A/C controller.
• Battery failure.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
V1.0 838
HVAC System-ETC HVAC System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning - ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Assembly".
V1.0 839
V1.0 840
EPS Steering System
EPS
DTC Category
List
EPS/SAS Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Lamp* Level*
V1.0 841
Steering System EPS
EPS/SAS Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Lamp* Level*
• When the EPS has general faults, the EPS/SAS warning lamp illuminates yellow, and the information center
displays a yellow message "Steering Assist Drops, Please Service!", and accompanied with an audible alarm.
• When the EPS has severe faults, the EPS/SAS warning lamp illuminates red and flashes, and the information center
displays a red message "Power Steering Failure, Please Service!", and accompanied with an audible alarm.
V1.0 842
EPS Steering System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Electric Power Assisted Steering
V1.0 843
Steering System EPS
V1.0 844
EPS Steering System
Data Communication - HS CAN (Powertrain)
V1.0 845
Steering System EPS
V1.0 846
EPS Steering System
Electronic Parking Brake Control Unit BY036 Gateway FA005
V1.0 847
Steering System EPS
C1630 00: The threshold value of torque sensor signal A and B • Terminal 3 of ES001
is not within (0.15 ~ 4.85V), or the difference of the calculated • Terminal 4 of ES001
torques are too great.
• Terminal 5 of ES001
C1630 49: Torque sensor signal value is less than 3% when
starting it. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the steering
No assisted power.
column assembly.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Service Guideline
C1630 00: Torque sensor signal is within the valid range.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
C1630 49: Torque sensor signal is trusted when starting it. Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Assembly".
History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after 40
fault-free ignition cycles. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
Failure Cause
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
EPS
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 848
EPS Steering System
C1631 2. Test if the resistance between harness connector ES001
DTC Description of the electric power steering control module and the
ground is infinite:
DTC C1631: Angle Signal Invalid
• Terminal 1 of ES001
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 2 of ES001
29 Angle Signal Invalid • Terminal 3 of ES001
2F Angle Signal Implausible • Terminal 4 of ES001
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 5 of ES001
The torque angle sensor is integrated at the inside of steering If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
column, and it has the function of measuring the size and short to ground.
direction of the torque acting on the steering wheel by the
3. Test if the resistance between harness connector ES001
driver, as well as the size and direction of the steering wheel
of the electric power steering control module and the
angle, which is the control signal of EPS.
power supply is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 1 of ES001
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 2 of ES001
• All the monitoring is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 3 of ES001
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
ES001 of the electric power steering control module.
V1.0 849
Steering System EPS
The torque angle sensor is integrated at the inside of steering • Terminal 1 of ES001
column, and it has the function of measuring the size and • Terminal 2 of ES001
direction of the torque acting on the steering wheel by the
driver, as well as the size and direction of the steering wheel • Terminal 3 of ES001
angle, which is the control signal of EPS. • Terminal 4 of ES001
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 5 of ES001
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• All the monitoring is valid. short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
3. Test if the resistance between harness connector ES001
• Appear following DTC C1630 49. of the electric power steering control module and the
• Undervoltage, overvoltage, short circuit or open circuit power supply is infinite:
of index sensor. • Terminal 1 of ES001
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 2 of ES001
No active return-to-center function.
• Terminal 3 of ES001
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 4 of ES001
• Index sensor signal is within the correct range.
• Terminal 5 of ES001
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the steering
column assembly.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Service Guideline
• Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Reference Electrical Information
Assembly".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Circuit/System Check to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
1. Inspect if the harness and connector are worn or
corroded. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control unit.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1632 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is set again, go to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 850
EPS Steering System
C1633 5. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
DTC Description assembly.
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control module.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1633 is
not set.
4. Calibrate the steering wheel:
V1.0 851
Steering System EPS
• Turn the steering wheel fully to the left. 5. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
• Make the steering wheel on-center.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
• Turn the steering wheel fully to right.
connector BY009 of the electric power steering control
• Make the steering wheel on-center. unit and the ground is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 852
EPS Steering System
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground/high resistance.
V1.0 853
Steering System EPS
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
(FTB)
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
Motor Failure or Motor Related
72
Driver Circuit Failure
Circuit/System Description
The function of motor is to output an appropriate auxiliary
torque based on the instruction of ECU, and it is the power
source of EPS.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• All the monitoring is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Output/FET drive circuit fails.
• Motor circuit is interrupted.
• Motor phase current exceeds the normal range.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No assisted power.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Output/FET drive circuit is normal.
• Motor phase current is within the normal range.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
motor and inspect the harness and connector for wear
and corrosion. Readjust the faulty parts found in visual
inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control module.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1640 is
not set.
4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the steering
column assembly.
V1.0 854
EPS Steering System
C1650 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC C1650: Motor Position Sensor Failure the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
connector ES002 of the electric power steering control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description module.
(FTB)
2. Test if the resistance between the following harness
00 Motor Position Sensor Failure
connector ES002 of the electric power steering control
Circuit/System Description module and the ground is infinite:
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control unit.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1650 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is set again, go to "Circuit/System Test".
V1.0 855
Steering System EPS
C1660, U2000, U2001, U2002, U2003, U2005 U2000 04: ECU hardware error.
DTC Description U2001 41: EEPROM failure.
DTC C1660: ECU Inner Power-supply Related Circuit Module
U2001 42: EEPROM read/write configuration error.
Failure
U2002 42: RAM detection fails.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) U2003 04: Control unit is not closed normally.
00 ECU Inner Power-supply Related U2005 41: Flash memory detection fails.
Circuit Module Failure Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
61 ECU Calculation Failure C1660, U2000, U2001 41, U2002, U2005: No assisted power.
DTC U2000: ECU Hardware Error U2001 42, U2003 04: EPS functions are not affected.
DTC U2001: EEPROM error U2000 04: ECU hardware detection is good.
Failure Type Byte 2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
Failure Description steering control module.
(FTB)
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1660,
41 ECU Flash Checksum Error
U2000, U2001, U2002, U2003, U2005 are not set.
Circuit/System Description
If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
Electric power steering control module carries out a self-check assembly.
for internal failures, not involving external circuit.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
• All the monitoring is valid. Assembly".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
C1660 00: Internal monitoring voltage error.
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
C1660 61: Internal calculation failure.
V1.0 856
EPS Steering System
C1661, C1662, C1663, C1664, C1665 C1664 00: Battery voltage warning condition is that the voltage
DTC Description is greater than 17.5V for 15s.
DTC C1661: Assistance Reduction C1665 00: Battery voltage warning condition is that the voltage
is less than 9V for 15s.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
00 Assistance Reduction C1661: Reduce assisted power.
DTC C1663: Lost Assist Due to Battery Voltage Low C1662 00: Voltage is less than 18V for 20ms.
Failure Type Byte C1663 00: Voltage is greater than 8.5V for 20ms.
Failure Description
(FTB) C1664 00: Voltage is less than 17V for 20ms.
Lost Assist Due to Battery Voltage
00 C1665 00: Voltage is greater than 11V for 20ms.
Low
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
DTC C1664: Reduction Assistance Due to Battery Voltage Failure Cause
High
• Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
• Steering column assembly failure.
Reduction Assistance Due to Battery
00 Reference Information
Voltage High
Reference Circuit Information
DTC C1665: Reduction Assistance Due to Battery Voltage
EPS
Low
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY009
(FTB)
Reduction Assistance Due to Battery Reference Electrical Information
00
Voltage Low Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C1662 00: Battery voltage shutdown condition is that the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
voltage is greater than 21V for 20ms. open to battery/high resistance.
C1663 00: Battery voltage shutdown condition is that the 4. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
voltage is less than 8V for 20ms. the battery negative cable.
V1.0 857
Steering System EPS
V1.0 858
EPS Steering System
C1670
DTC Description
DTC C1670: Motor Control Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Motor Control Error
Circuit/System Description
The function of motor is to output an appropriate auxiliary
torque based on the instruction of ECU, and it is the power
source of EPS.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• All the monitoring is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
PWM signal error.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No assisted power.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• PWM check is passed.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control module.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1670 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
V1.0 859
Steering System EPS
C1680
DTC Description
DTC C1680: ECU Over Temperature Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 ECU Over Temperature Failure
Circuit/System Description
Electric power steering control module carries out a self-check
for internal failures, not involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• All the monitoring is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Temperature sensor signal exceeds the expected range.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No assisted power.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Temperature sensor signal value segment is within the
expected range.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control module.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1680 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
V1.0 860
EPS Steering System
C16B1, U0146, U0447, U17F1, U17F2, U1B40, Circuit/System Description
DTC Description Electric power assisted 'steering control module
DTC C16B1: Communication Failure communicates with the gateway module via the HS CAN bus.
DTC U0146: Lost communication with Gateway “A” • Power module is RUN or ACC.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) C16B1, U0146, U17F1, U17F2, U1B40, U1B41: Lost
communication with gateway for more than 2s.
87 Lost communication with Gateway
“A” U0447: Receive 3 invalid gateway frames continuously.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC U0447: Gateway - Invalid Data
C16B1, U0146: The assisted power strength depends on the
Failure Type Byte Failure Description vehicle speed.
(FTB)
U17F1, U17F2: If the power mode signal is lost, then it is based
81 Gateway - Invalid Data
on the local power mode.
DTC U17F1: Frame Timeout of The Message 0×1F1 Power U1B41: All dates and time is not updated.
Mode Info
U0447, U1B40: No operation.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
(FTB)
C16B1, U0146, U17F1, U17F2, U1B40, U1B41: The
87 Frame Timeout of The Message
communication bus timeout recovers for 100 frame periods.
0×1F1 Power Mode Info
U0447: Receive 3 valid gateway frames continuously.
DTC U17F2: Frame Timeout of the message 0x1F2 Backup
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
Power mode info
cleared.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
• Relevant circuit failure.
87 Frame Timeout of the message
• Connector failure or poor fit.
0x1F2 Backup Power mode info
• Gateway module failure.
DTC U1B40: Frame Timeout of The Message 0×540 Vehicle • Steering column assembly failure.
Odo
Reference Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Circuit Information
(FTB)
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
87 Frame Timeout of the message
0x540 Vehicle Odo Reference Connector End View Information
BY035, FA005
DTC U1B41: Frame Timeout of the message 0x541 Time info
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
87 Frame Timeout of the message Circuit/System Test
0x541 Time info 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Chassis)", if other module tests are normal, continue
following inspection procedures.
V1.0 861
Steering System EPS
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
BY035 of the electric power assisted steering control "Gateway Module".
module and harness connector FA005 of the gateway
module.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY035 of the electric power assisted steering
control module and terminals of harness connector
FA005 of the gateway module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 2 of BY035 and Terminal 2 of FA005
• Terminal 3 of BY035 and Terminal 1 of FA005
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY035 of electric power assisted steering
control module or terminals of harness connector FA005
of the gateway module and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 2 of BY035
• Terminal 3 of BY035
• Terminal 2 of FA005
• Terminal 1 of FA005
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector BY035 of the electric
power assisted steering control module or terminals of
harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and the
ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Terminal 2 of BY035
• Terminal 3 of BY035
• Terminal 2 of FA005
• Terminal 1 of FA005
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the steering
column assembly or gateway module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
V1.0 862
EPS Steering System
U0073 BY035 of the electric power assisted steering control
DTC Description module.
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Off 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY035 of the electric power assisted steering
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description control module and terminals of harness connector
(FTB)
FA005 of the gateway module is less than 5Ω:
88 Control Module Communication Bus
• Terminal 2 of BY035 and Terminal 2 of FA005
Off
• Terminal 3 of BY035 and Terminal 1 of FA005
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Electric power assisted steering control module communicates circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
with other control modules via HS CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY035 of electric power assisted steering
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module or terminals of harness connector FA005
of the gateway module and the ground is infinite:
• Recover from overvoltage or undervoltage for 1s.
• All the monitoring is valid. • Terminal 2 of BY035
Provide default assisted power. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
terminals of harness connector BY035 of the electric
• CAN bus communication is normal. power assisted steering control module or terminals of
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and the
be cleared. ground is between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of BY035
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 3 of BY035
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of FA005
• Steering column assembly failure.
• Terminal 2 of FA005
• Gateway module failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the steering
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis) column assembly or gateway module.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
(Chassis)". If other module tests are normal, continue to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
the following inspection procedures. and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 863
Steering System EPS
DTC U0416: Vehicle Dynamics Control Module - Invalid Data Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(Chassis)". If other module tests are normal, continue
(FTB)
following detection procedures.
81 Vehicle Dynamics Control Module -
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Invalid Data
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Circuit/System Description BY035 of the electric power steering control module
control module and harness connector BY003 of the
Electric power steering control module communicates with
dynamic stability control system.
the dynamic stability control system via the HS CAN bus.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector BY035 of the electric power steering control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. module and terminals of harness connector BY003 of the
• It takes 1s to recover from overvoltage to undervoltage. dynamic stability control system is less than 5Ω:
• All the monitoring is valid. • Terminal 2 of BY035 and Terminal 19 of BY003
• Power module is RUN or ACC. • Terminal 3 of BY035 and Terminal 18 of BY003
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
U0122: Not receive dynamic stability control module circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
information timeout for 2s.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
U0416: Receive 3 invalid frames from dynamic stability control connector BY035 of the electric power steering control
module continuously. module or terminals of harness connector BY003 of the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set dynamic stability control system and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 864
EPS Steering System
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 865
Steering System EPS
V1.0 866
EPS Steering System
U0401 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
DTC Description connector BY021 of the ECM and terminals of harness
connector FA004 of the gateway module is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0401: Invalid Data Received From ECM
• Terminal 45 of BY021 and Terminal 16 of FA004
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 44 of BY021 and Terminal 15 of FA004
81 Invalid Data Received From ECM If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Electric power assisted steering control module communicates
connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of harness
with the ECM via CAN bus.
connector FA004 of the gateway module and the ground
Conditions for Running DTCs is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Recover from overvoltage to undervoltage for 1s.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• All the monitoring is valid.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
• Power module is RUN or ACC.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 16 of FA004
Receive 3 invalid frames from ECM continuously. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The assisted power strength depends on the vehicle speed. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
terminals of harness connector BY021 of the ECM or
• Receive 3 valid frames from ECM continuously. terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
be cleared. • Terminal 44 of BY021
Failure Cause
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 16 of FA004
• Engine control module.
• Gateway module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM or
gateway module.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Powertrain)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
BY021, FA004 System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 867
Steering System EPS
U2018
DTC Description
DTC U2018: SPI Communication Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 SPI Communication Error
Circuit/System Description
Electric power steering control module carries out a self-check
for internal failures, not involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• All the monitoring is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• SPI communication timeout/fails.
• Synchronization error.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No assisted power.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• SPI communication is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control module.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC U2018 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
V1.0 868
EPS Steering System
U2021
DTC Description
DTC U2021: External Watchdog Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
47 External Watchdog Error
Circuit/System Description
Electric power steering control module carries out a self-check
for internal failures, not involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• All the monitoring is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Watch dog test fails.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No assisted power.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Watch dog test is successful.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Steering column assembly failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
steering control module.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC U2021 is
not set.
4. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the steering column
assembly.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Assembly".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering Wheel
and Steering Column" - "Steering Column Assembly".
V1.0 869
Steering System Steering Angle Sensor
When the steering angle sensor has severe faults, the EPS/SAS warning lamp illuminates red, and the information
center displays a red message "SAS Failure, Please Service!" or "SAS Not Calibrated, Refer to Instructions",
and accompanied with an audible alarm.
V1.0 870
Steering Angle Sensor Steering System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
V1.0 871
Steering System Steering Angle Sensor
V1.0 872
Steering Angle Sensor Steering System
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information
C0051 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC C0051: Steering Wheel Position Sensor-Component
Failures Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
Failure Description "ON" position.
(FTB)
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
Steering Angle Sensor-Component
09 remains any DTC.
Failures
If any DTC still exists, replace the steering angle sensor.
Steering Angle Sensor-Mechanical
28
Failure Service Guideline
Steering Angle Sensor-Missing • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
54
Calibration Wheel and Column" - "Steering Column Combination
Switch".
Circuit/System Description
The steering angle sensor, which is used to measure the
rotation angle and speed of steering wheel, is fitted on the
steering column and provides the measured data to the
dynamic stability control system via chassis CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Working voltage is greater or equal to 7V and less than
or equal to 16V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
C0051 09: It is detected that the hall sensor inside the sensor
is invalid.
V1.0 873
Steering System Steering Angle Sensor
DTC U0073: MS CAN in bus off state • Terminal 5 of FA028 and Terminal 12 of FA042
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 6 of FA028 and Terminal 13 of FA042
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
88 MS CAN in bus off state open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Chassis)", if other module tests are normal, continue
following detection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
connector FA028 of the steering angle sensor.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA028 of the steering angle sensor
V1.0 874
Steering Angle Sensor Steering System
U1562, U1563 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC U1562: Battery voltage is too high
Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Scan tool inspection:
(FTB)
17 Battery Voltage High a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
"ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
DTC U1563: Battery voltage is too low and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Failure Type Byte b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
Failure Description tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
(FTB)
16 Battery Voltage Low If the battery voltage is not between 11~14V, check
the charging system. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine
Circuit/System Description Electrical System".
The steering angle sensor, which is used to measure the 2. Component check: Check the alternator.
rotation angle and speed of steering wheel, is fitted on the
If the battery is normal, maintain the engine speed at
steering column and provides the measured data to the
above 2,000rpm and check if the alternator can be
dynamic stability control system via chassis CAN bus.
charged normally.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If the alternator output voltage is not within 10.6 ~ 15V,
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. check the charging system. Refer to Service Manual,
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Engine Electrical System".
U1562: It is detected that the power supply voltage of steering 3. If the battery is normal, confirm whether "Battery
angle sensor is greater than 16V, which lasts for more than 1s. Voltage" in the real-time display of the scan tool is
between 9V ~ 16V.
U1563: Except the moment of vehicle starting, it is detected
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
that the power supply voltage of steering angle sensor is less
Test".
than 9V, which lasts for more than 1s.
Circuit/System Test
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
The steering angle sensor does not transmit any information
the battery negative cable.
to chassis CAN bus, and lights up the steering angle sensor
warning lamp at the same time. 2. Disconnect harness connector FA028 of the steering
angle sensor.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
U1562: The power supply voltage recovers to normal connector FA028 of the steering angle sensor and the
operation level, and the voltage value is above 9.5V for 1s. ground is less than 5Ω.
U1563: The power supply voltage recovers to normal If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
operation level, and the voltage value is below 15.5V for 1s. open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector FA028 of the steering angle sensor and the
• Connector failure or poor fit. power supply is infinite.
• Battery failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Steering angle sensor failure.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, replace the steering angle
Reference Information
sensor.
Reference Circuit Information
Service Guideline
SCS (2)
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Reference Connector End View Information System" - "Combination Switch".
FA028 • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System-2.0T" - "Battery".
V1.0 875
Steering System Steering Angle Sensor
U2000, U2001, U2003 U2001 42: When detected steering angle sensor EEPROM
DTC Description configuration are correct, the DTC will be cleared.
DTC U2000: ECU Hardware Error U2003: When the switch index is consistent with the detected
one, the DTC will be cleared.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
04 ECU Hardware Error Angle sensor failure.
Reference Information
DTC U2001: ECU EEPROM Error
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error Circuit/System Check
42 ECU EEPROM Error 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
DTC U2003: ECU Software Error confirm if there remains any DTC.
Failure Type Byte 2. If any DTC still exists, replace the steering angle sensor.
Failure Description
(FTB) Service Guideline
04 ECU Software Error • Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
System" - "Combination Switch".
Circuit/System Description
The steering angle sensor, which is used to measure the
rotation angle and speed of steering wheel, is fitted on the
steering column and provides the measured data to the
dynamic stability control system via chassis CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Input voltage is greater or equal to 7V and less than or
equal to 16V.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
U2000: When hardware defects are detected.
U2001:
• 41: When wrong parameters of EEPROM are detected.
• 42: When wrong steering angle sensor EEPROM
configuration is detected.
V1.0 876
EPB Braking System
EPB
DTC Category
List
EPB System
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
Warning *
16 EPB power supplier voltage too low EPB供应电压过低 ON Ⅱ
C1901
17 EPB power supplier voltage too high EPB供应电压过高 ON Ⅱ
16 EPB VCC1 voltage too low EPB VCC1电压过低 ON Ⅱ
C1902
17 EPB VCC1 voltage too high EPB VCC1电压过高 ON Ⅱ
16 EPB VCC2 voltage too low EPB VCC2电压过低 ON Ⅱ
C1903
17 EPB VCC2 voltage too high EPB VCC2电压过高 ON Ⅱ
C1904 11 EPB Motor Circuit Short to ground EPB电机电路对地短路 ON Ⅱ
11 EPB Analogue Apply switch Short to ground EPB模拟开关对地短路 ON Ⅱ
EPB Analogue Apply switch Short to EPB模拟开关对电源短路/开
C1906 15 ON Ⅱ
battery/Open Load 路
71 EPB Analogue Apply switch is stuck EPB模拟开关卡住 ON Ⅱ
C1917 2A EPB Apply Switch signal is Stuck EPB应用开关卡住 ON Ⅱ
C1918 2A EPB Release Switch signal is Stuck EPB释放开关卡住 ON Ⅱ
C1920 16 Ignition Switch Circuit not Valid 点火开关电路失效 ON Ⅱ
C1930 71 EPB Actuator is Stuck EPB执行器卡住 ON Ⅱ
C1932 13 EPB Motor Circuit Open or Failure EPB电机电路开路或故障 ON Ⅱ
C1934 1D EPB Motor Over Current EPB电机过电流 ON Ⅱ
C1937 86 EPB Force Sensor hardware error EPB力量传感器硬件错误 ON Ⅱ
C1938 29 EPB Force Signal is Invalid EPB夹紧力信号无效 ON Ⅱ
C1943 98 EPB PCB Temperature is too high EPB PCB温度过高 ON Ⅱ
C1944 00 Park Brake Cable Break 驻车制动拉线断开 ON Ⅱ
C1945 00 EPB Emergency Release EPB紧急释放 OFF Ⅱ
C1946 29 EPB Switch Apply Signal is Invalid EPB开关应用信号无效 ON Ⅱ
C1947 29 Switch Release Signal is Invalid EPB开关释放信号无效 ON Ⅱ
C1950 62 EPB Apply function restricted EPB应用功能限制 ON Ⅱ
C1951 62 EPB Apply function inhabited EPB应用功能 ON Ⅱ
C1952 4B EPB LowSide Driver Over Temperature EPB低端驱动器温度过高 ON Ⅱ
C1953 09 EPB system basic chip Module Error EPB系统基础芯片模块错误 ON Ⅱ
C1954 04 EPB Stack Error EPB堆栈错误 ON Ⅱ
C1955 04 EPB operation system Task fault EPB操作系统任务故障 ON Ⅱ
C1956 09 EPB DistanceSensor fault-no impulses EPB行程传感器故障-无脉冲 ON Ⅱ
EPB DistanceSensor fault-invalid impulse EPB行程传感器故障-无效的
C1957 09 ON Ⅱ
frequency 脉冲频率
EPB行程传感器故障-错误方
C1958 09 EPB DistanceSensor fault-wrong direction ON Ⅱ
向
V1.0 877
Braking System EPB
EPB System
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
Warning *
C1959 54 EPB not supplier calibrated 供应商未标定EPB ON Ⅱ
C195A 54 EPB missing calibration EPB未标定 ON Ⅱ
C195B 09 EPB Internal travel unnormal EPB内部行程不正常 ON Ⅱ
C195C 56 EPB Calibration failure EPB标定故障 ON Ⅱ
EPB motor fault-Different motorstates in EPB电机故障-主从控制器电
C195D 07 main-and slave-controller or motorstate is 机状态不一致或则电机状态 ON Ⅱ
invalid 无效
C195E 07 EPB motor control fault EPB电机控制故障 ON Ⅱ
C1960 07 EPB Force not reached-higher than expected EPB力量未达到-超过预期值 ON Ⅱ
C1961 07 EPB Force not reached-lower than expected EPB力量未达到-低于预期值 ON Ⅱ
EPB电机作用时间过长-静态
C1962 07 EPB motor activation too long-static apply ON Ⅱ
应用
EPB电机作用时间过长-动态
C1963 07 EPB motor activation too long-dynamic braking ON Ⅱ
制动
EPB motor activation too long-static/dynamic EPB电机作用时间过长-动态
C1964 07 ON Ⅱ
release /静态释放
EPB motor activation too long-release to EPB电机作用时间过长-释放
C1965 07 ON Ⅱ
mounting position 到安装位置
C1966 07 EPB release residual force high EPB释放残余力高 ON Ⅱ
C1967 00 EPB dynamic braking PWM failure EPB动态制动PWM错误 ON Ⅱ
compare Comfort Brakingwith EEPROM values
C1968 00 EEPROM舒适制动值错误 ON Ⅱ
is failure
离合踏板信号不合理-常作
C1969 02 Clutch Pedal signal unreasonalble-always active OFF Ⅱ
用
制动踏板信号不合理-常不
C196A 02 Brake Pedal signal unreasonable-always inactive ON Ⅱ
作用
C196B 02 Gear N signal unreasonable-always active 空挡信号不合理-常作用 OFF Ⅱ
SCS dynamic deceleration for parking brake
C196C 93 SCS动态减速功能不可用 ON Ⅲ
function not available
EPB内部故障-EEPROM读故
C19F0 46 EPB internal failure-EEPROM Read Error ON Ⅱ
障
EPB内部故障-EEPROM写故
C19F1 46 EPB internal failure-EEPROM Write Error ON Ⅱ
障
EPB内部故障-EEPROM标定
C19F2 46 EPB internal failure-EEPROM Calibration Error ON Ⅱ
故障
EPB内部故障-EEPROM 行程
C19F3 46 EPB internal failure-EEPROM Distance Control ON Ⅱ
控制
EPB internal failure-EEPROM Mc Distance EPB内部故障-EEPROM 主控
C19F4 46 ON Ⅱ
Control 制器行程控制
V1.0 878
EPB Braking System
EPB System
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
Warning *
EPB内部故障-ROM主控制器
C19F5 46 EPB internal failure-ROM Main Controller defect ON Ⅱ
监测
EPB internal failure-ROM Slave Controller EPB内部故障-ROM从控制器
C19F6 46 ON Ⅱ
defect 监测
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off CAN总线丢失 ON Ⅱ
Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics 与车辆动态稳定性控制模块
U0122 87 OFF Ⅱ
Control Module 失去通讯
U0146 87 Lost Communication With GateWay 与Gateway失去通讯 ON Ⅱ
U1560 68 Power supply unexpected shut down 电源突然关闭 ON Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压高 ON Ⅱ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 ON Ⅱ
Communication With
U16C9 87 与ECM_FrP00通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
GateWay_HSC2_ECM_FrP00 (0xC9) Timeout
Communication With
U1769 87 与SDM通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
GateWay_HSC2_SDM_FrP00 (0x169) Timeout
Communication With
U1794 87 与ECM_FrP04通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
GateWay_HSC2_ECM_FrP04 (0x194) Timeout
Communication With
U17C3 87 GateWay_HSC2_ECM_FrP03 (0x1C3) 与ECM_FrP03通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
Timeout
Communication With Frame
U183C 87 与SCS_FrP19通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
SCS_FrP19(0x23C) Timeout
Communication With Frame
U1945 87 与SCS_FrP14通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
SCS_FrP14(0x345) Timeout
Communication With Frame
U1948 87 与SCS_FrP11通讯超时 ON Ⅱ
SCS_FrP11(0x348) Timeout
Communication With Frame
U194A 87 与SCS_FrP12通讯超时 ON Ⅱ
SCS_FrP12(0x34A) Timeout
Communication With
U1A6A 87 GateWay_HSC2_BCM_FrP04 (0x46A) 与BCM通讯超时 OFF Ⅱ
Timeout
U2002 42 ECU RAM Error 控制器随机存储器错误 ON Ⅱ
U2003 04 ECU Software Error 电控单元软件错误 ON Ⅱ
U2018 00 SPI Communication Error SPI通信错误 ON Ⅱ
V1.0 879
Braking System EPB
EPB System
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
Warning *
U2020 47 Internal Watchdog error 内部看门狗故障 ON Ⅱ
*Note:
P
1. If the electronic parking brake MIL stays on or illuminates during driving, it indicates that the electronic
parking brake system has faults or the system enters the diagnostic state.
2. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 880
EPB Braking System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
EPB
V1.0 881
Braking System EPB
V1.0 882
EPB Braking System
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
V1.0 883
Braking System EPB
V1.0 884
EPB Braking System
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information
1 Switch Ground
Electronic Parking Brake Unit BY036
2 Release Signal Input
3 Indicators
4 KL.30
5 Ground
6 Brake Signal Input
7 Analog Brake
8 Light Control Parking Brake
Switch Signal
9 Light Control Parking Brake
Switch Signal Ground
V1.0 885
Braking System EPB
V1.0 886
EPB Braking System
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information
C1901 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
EPB
DTC C1901: EPB Power Supplier Voltage Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY036, BY015
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
16 EPB Power Supplier Voltage Too Low
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
17 EPB Power Supplier Voltage Too High
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Check fuse SB14 for fusing.
EPB module monitors the system voltage to check if the supply
2. Scan tool test: Connect a scan tool, place the ignition
voltage of EPB module is within the normal operating range.
switch in "ON" position, delete DTCs after self-diagnosis,
Conditions for Running DTCs
and confirm if the DTC still exists. Check if the battery
C1901 16: Engine starts. voltage is normal on the scan tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
C1901 17: Random wake-up. 3. Component check: Check battery status.
C1901 16: Battery voltage is less than 7.5V, which lasts for 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
more than 250ms. the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY036 of the EPB module.
C1901 17: Battery voltage is greater than 18V, which lasts for
more than 1s. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal G2/H2 of harness
connector BY036 of the EPB module and the ground is
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
less than 5Ω.
EPB will not be activated and the new request will not be
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
performed.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
C1901 16: switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
• Battery voltage is greater than 9V, which lasts for more terminal H4/G4 of harness connector BY036 of the EPB
than 1s. and ground is the battery voltage.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
cycles. open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
C1901 17: 5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the electronic
• Battery voltage is less than 17V, which lasts for more than parking brake module.
1s. Service Guideline
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
cycles. Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
• Relevant circuit failure. System-2.0T" - "Battery".
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
• Battery failure.
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
V1.0 887
Braking System EPB
C1903 16: Internal VCC2 voltage is less than 4.5V, which lasts
for more than 150ms.
C1902 17: Internal VCC1 voltage is less than 5.25V, which lasts
for more than 150ms.
C1903 17: Internal VCC2 voltage is less than 5.25V, which lasts
for more than 150ms.
V1.0 888
EPB Braking System
C1904, C1932, C1934 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
DTC Description cycles.
V1.0 889
Braking System EPB
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 9 of CE003 and Terminal C2 of BY036
Pulling up or releasing the switch is invalid. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
C1906 11:
harness connector CE003 of the EPB switch or terminals
• It is detected that the brake switch is short to ground, of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module and the
which is effective for 200ms. ground is infinite:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition • Terminal 5 of CE003
cycles.
• Terminal 9 of CE003
C1906 15: • Terminal D2 of BY036
• It is detected that the brake switch is short to ground • Terminal C2 of BY036
and open circuit, which is effective for 200ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition short to ground.
cycles.
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
C1906 71: harness connector CE003 of the EPB switch or terminals
• Switch is released for more than 10s. of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module and the
power supply is infinite:
V1.0 890
EPB Braking System
• Terminal 5 of CE003
• Terminal 9 of CE003
• Terminal D2 of BY036
• Terminal C2 of BY036
V1.0 891
Braking System EPB
• When the vehicle speed is greater than dynamic vehicle • Terminal 10 of CE003
speed setting value: The switch is used for more than • Terminal C3 of BY036
120s.
• Terminal D3 of BY036
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Static brake and dynamic brake functions are forbidden.
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• The switch is released for 10s.
harness connector CE003 of the EPB switch or terminals
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module and the
cycles. power supply is infinite:
Failure Cause • Terminal 4 of CE003
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 10 of CE003
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal C3 of BY036
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
• Terminal D3 of BY036
• Electrical parking brake switch failure.
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
7. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the EPB
EPB
switch or EPB module.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
BY036, CE003 • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Reference Electrical Information Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
V1.0 892
EPB Braking System
C1920 4. Test if the resistance between terminal G3 of the EPB and
DTC Description terminal 1 of gateway is less than 5Ω.
DTC C1920:Ignition Switch Circuit not Valid If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 5. Test if the resistance between terminal G3 of the EPB or
16 Ignition Switch Circuit not Valid terminal 1 of gateway and the ground is infinite.
Certain functions are waked up. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the EPB module
or gateway.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Service Guideline
Validation of ignition invalid (by ignition validation) debounce
500ms. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
No special action in error detection. Invalid ignition values are "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
considered in SRS. Validation of ignition gives always a valid
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
ignition signal for the applications.
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• validation of ignition valid (by ignition validation) • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
debounce 1000ms. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition "Gateway Module".
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
• Gateway failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
EPB
Reference Connector End View Information
BY036、FA005
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY036 of the EPB module.
3. Disconnect harness connector FA005 of the gateway.
V1.0 893
Braking System EPB
C1930
DTC Description
DTC C1930: EPB Actuator is Stuck
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
71 EPB Actuator is Stuck
Circuit/System Description
EPBController is fitted on the rear right body and connected
with the body harness via a harness connector. EPBThe
motor is integrated at the inside of EPB module. The parking
brake force is applied to the two rear wheels through the
parking brake cables.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Certain functions are waked up.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The position sensor has no pulse, and the motor has
overcurrent.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
All functions are forbidden.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• With the motor activated, there are 4 pulses within
100ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 894
EPB Braking System
C1936 2. Disconnect the harness connector BY036 of EPB module
DTC Description and the harness connector CE003 of the EPB switch.
DTC C1936: EPB Switch LED short to supply 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
connector CE003 of EPB switch and terminal C4 of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector BY036 of EPB module is less than 5Ω.
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
15 EPB Switch LED short to supply
open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
The EPB switch is mounted on the centre console, pull the EPB connector CE003 of EPB switch or terminal C4 of
switch button upwards, and the indicator in the EPB switch harness connector BY036 of EPB module and the ground
button illuminates; turn on he ignition switch, and depress is infinite.
the brake pedal and press the EPB switch button, or slightly
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
depress the accelerator pedal when the engine is running, the
short to ground.
indicator in the button will go off.
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector CE003 of EPB switch or terminal C4 of
• Place the ignition switch in ON position. harness connector BY036 of EPB module and the power
• LED indicator illuminates. supply is infinite.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
It is detected that the EPB switch LED indicator voltage is short to battery.
greater than the threshold for 200ms. 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the EPB switch
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set or EPB module.
The EPB switch signal is invalid, and the parking brake can not Service Guideline
be applied or released. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• The EPB switch LED indicator voltage is detected to be • Replace, programme and set the control module,Refer
normal for 200ms. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTC will be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• EPB switch failure.
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Electronic Parking Brake
Reference Connector End View Information
BY036, CE003
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit System/Test
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
V1.0 895
Braking System EPB
C1937
DTC Description
DTC C1937: EPB Force Sensor Hardware Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
86 EPB Force Sensor Hardware Error
Circuit/System Description
After parking, EPB calculates the brake disc temperature and
judges that the parking force may be insufficient due to cooling
of brake disc or friction plate, even the ignition switch is off,
EPB applies maximum clamping force again in certain time, and
the EPB actuator motor fitted on the rear brake corner will
emit short working noise, and then it turns into sleep state.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If the EPB is in the releasing position or mounting position,
the EPB will be always left unused.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• The force sensor voltage is too high, which exceeds the
specified duration.
• The force sensor voltage is too low, which exceeds the
specified duration.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Static request and dynamic braking function are prohibited.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Force sensor voltage is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
If there remains any DTC, test/replace the EPB module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
V1.0 896
EPB Braking System
C1938 • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
DTC Description to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
DTC C1938: EPB Force Signal is Invalid
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
29 EPB Force Signal is Invalid
Circuit/System Description
After parking, EPB calculates the brake disc temperature and
judges that the parking force may be insufficient due to cooling
of brake disc or friction plate, even the ignition switch is off,
EPB applies maximum clamping force again in certain time, and
the EPB actuator motor fitted on the rear brake corner will
emit short working noise, and then it turns into sleep state.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If EPB release switch or motor position is left unused.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Sensor signal voltage is higher than 4.7V, which exceeds
the specified time.
• Sensor signal voltage is lower than 0.3V, which exceeds
the specified time.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Static request and dynamic braking function are forbidden.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The ignition switch is in the position of accessory, and the
sensor signal varies from 0 to 1 within the default value
range of system.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 897
Braking System EPB
C1943
DTC Description
DTC C1943: EPB PCB Temperature is Too High
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
98 EPB PCB Temperature is Too High
Circuit/System Description
The module, connected to the HSCAN serial data circuit,
is used to monitor the serial data communication condition
during the normal vehicle operation. The operation
information and instructions are interchanged among control
modules. For each virtual network, the module includes the
pre-stored information which needs to exchange on serial data
circuit. The receiver module will monitor such information; in
addition, it shall indicate the usability of transmitter by using a
certain information on a regular basis.
Conditions for Running DTCs
C1952: Motor switch is in turning-on state.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Low-side drive PCB temperature has increased by 45℃.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The activation is canceled, and the new activation is not
permitted.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Low-side drive PCB temperature has increased by 36℃.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 898
EPB Braking System
C1944
DTC Description
DTC C1944: Park Brake Cable Break
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 Park Brake Cable Break
Circuit/System Description
EPBThe motor is integrated on the EPB module. The parking
brake force is applied to the two rear wheels through the EPB
cables fitted on the rear wheels.
Conditions for Running DTCs
EPBThe motor moves, and the distance information is valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
EPBThe maximum travel is reached.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
All functions are forbidden.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• EPBIt is in a valid pulling-up position after be pulled up.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
• Parking brake cable.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 899
Braking System EPB
C1945
DTC Description
DTC C1945: EPB Emergency Release
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
00 EPB Emergency Release
Circuit/System Description
It is the system internal failure, not involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
The motor is not activated and the values of two sensors (force
sensor and displacement sensor) are valid.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The motor moves along the direction of release for at least 6
pulses, and the parking brake force decreases at least 20N.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No effects.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The emergency release is activated and is in the mounting
position.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
• Parking brake cable.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 900
EPB Braking System
C1946, C1947 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC C1946: EPB Switch Apply Signal is Invalid EPB
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY036, CE003
29 EPB Switch Apply Signal is Invalid
Reference Electrical Information
DTC C1947: Switch Release Signal is Invalid Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB)
Disconnect harness connector CE003, and check the switch
29 Switch Release Signal is Invalid for blockage.
Circuit/System Description Circuit/System Test
The parking is enabled or disabled by pulling up or pressing 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
down the parking brake system switch. the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Disconnect harness connector BY036 of the EPB module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector CE003 of the EPB switch and
C1946: When the EPB receives the braking instruction, the terminals of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module
EPB switch is invalid for more than 30ms. is less than 5Ω:
C1947: EPB switch is invalid for as long as 30ms at the release • Terminal 4 of CE003 and Terminal D3 of BY036
direction.
• Terminal 10 of CE003 and Terminal C3 of BY036
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Static request and release function are forbidden.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
C1947: harness connector CE003 of the EPB switch or terminals
• EPBSwitch is normal for as long as 50ms at the release of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module and the
direction. ground is infinite:
V1.0 901
Braking System EPB
V1.0 902
EPB Braking System
C1950, C1951, C1952, C1953, C1954, C1955 C1951: Safety level 2: The speed is invalid for more than
DTC Description 1s (if the vehicle speed calculated from the EPB interior is
inconsistent with that received from the network, then the
DTC C1950: EPB Apply Function Restricted
vehicle speed is judged as invalid).
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description C1952: Low-side drive PCB temperature has increased by
(FTB)
50℃. (Bus temperature signal is 85℃+50℃=130℃, in which
62 EPB Apply Function Restricted 85℃ is the internal temperature under worst condition).
DTC C1951: EPB Apply Function Inhabited C1953: Static request, vehicle control and dynamic brake
functions are forbidden.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) C1954: Stack overflow is detected.
62 EPB Apply Function Inhabited C1955: Main and auxiliary controller task period: Higher or
lower than the set limit.
DTC C1952: EPB LowSide Driver Over Temperature
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description C1950, C1951: No special actions in case of failures occur.
(FTB)
C1952: The activation is canceled, and the new activation is
EPB LowSide Driver Over
4B not permitted.
Temperature
All functions are prohibited.
DTC C1953: EPB System Basic Chip Module Error
C1954, C1955: System reset.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
(FTB)
C1950:
09 EPB System Basic Chip Module Error
• Safety level 3: The speed is valid for more than 50ms
DTC C1954: EPB Stack Error continuously.
Failure Type Byte • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
Failure Description
(FTB) cycles.
V1.0 903
Braking System EPB
C1955:
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 904
EPB Braking System
C1956, C1957, C1958 • EPBIt is in a valid pulling-up position after be pulled up.
DTC Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
DTC C1956: EPB DistanceSensor Fault-No Impulses cycles.
Detect internal failures in the EPB module, not involving • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
external circuit. Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Conditions for Running DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
C1956: The motor moves to the braking position.
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
C1957: Random wake-up.
C1957:
V1.0 905
Braking System EPB
C1959, C195A, C195C • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
DTC Description cycles.
Detect internal failures in the EPB module, not involving • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
external circuit. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Conditions for Running DTCs
C1959: Some functions are waken-up.
C195A:
C195C:
V1.0 906
EPB Braking System
C195B
DTC Description
DTC C195B: EPB Internal Travel Unnormal
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
09 EPB Internal Travel Unnormal
Circuit/System Description
Detect internal failures in the EPB module, not involving
external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
The motor moves to the braking position due to the static
request.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Calibration of EPB internal parameters is not correct.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
All functions of EPB are forbidden.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Interior recovers to normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 907
Braking System EPB
C195D, C195E, C1960, C1961, C1962, C1963, DTC C1965: EPB Motor Activation Too Long-Release to
C1964, C1965, C1966, C1967, C1968 Mounting Position
DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
DTC C195D: EPB Motor Fault-Different Motorstates in Main (FTB)
and Slave-Controller or Motorstate is Invalid
EPB Motor Activation Too
07
Failure Type Byte Long-Release to Mounting Position
Failure Description
(FTB)
DTC C1966: EPB Release Residual Force High
EPB Motor Fault-Different
Motorstates in Main and Failure Type Byte
07 Failure Description
Slave-Controller or Motorstate is (FTB)
Invalid 07 EPB Release Residual Force High
DTC C195E: EPB Motor Control Fault DTC C1967: EPB Dynamic Breaking PWM Failure
Failure Type Byte Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Description
(FTB) (FTB)
07 EPB Motor Control Fault 00 EPB Dynamic Breaking PWM Failure
DTC C1960: EPB Force not Reached-Higher Than Expected DTC C1968: Compare Comfort Braking With EEPROM
Failure Type Byte Values is Failure
Failure Description
(FTB) Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
EPB Force not Reached-Higher Than (FTB)
07
Expected Compare Comfort Braking With
00
EEPROM Values is Failure
DTC C1961: EPB Force not Reached-Lower Than Expected
Circuit/System Description
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) EPBThe motor is integrated on the EPB module. The parking
brake force is applied to the two rear wheels through the EPB
EPB Force not Reached-Lower Than
07 cables fitted on the rear wheels.
Expected
Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC C1962: EPB Motor Activation Too Long-Static Apply
C195D, C195E, C1968: Some functions are waken-up.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description C1960, C1961: After one brake .
(FTB)
C1962: As the static brake is valid.
EPB Motor Activation Too
07
Long-Static Apply C1963: Direction of valid brake, as the dynamic brake and the
dynamic brake is performed through EPB.
DTC C1963: EPB Motor Activation Too Long-Dynamic
Braking C1964: Direction of valid brake, as release.
Failure Type Byte C1965: The motor moves to the mounting position.
Failure Description
(FTB) C1966: The release and brake function are available.
EPB Motor Activation Too C1967: Dynamic brake is valid.
07
Long-Dynamic Braking
Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC C1964: EPB Motor Activation Too Long-Static/Dynamic C195D: The motor states in main and auxiliary controller are
Release inconsistent.
Failure Type Byte C195E:
Failure Description
(FTB)
• The motor states or displacements in main and auxiliary
EPB Motor Activation Too controller are invalid.
07
Long-Static/Dynamic Release
V1.0 908
EPB Braking System
• The motor displacements in main and auxiliary • Static brake is completed within 8s.
controllers are different, and which exceeds 20 pulses. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
C1960: The parking brake force exceeds the allowable range. cycles.
C1961: The parking brake force is less than the range of C1963:
requested parking brake force. • Dynamic brake is completed within 20s.
C1962: The static brake is more than 8s. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
C1963d: If a dynamic brake is in certain direction for more
than 20s . C1964:
C1964: The release time of static and dynamic state is more • The release time of static and dynamic state is no more
than 8s. than 8s.
C1965: The duration of returning the mounting position is • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
more than 30s. cycles.
C1966: After the EPB is released, the parking brake force is C1965:
higher than the setting value. • EPBReach the mounting position.
C1967: • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
• The difference between the power supply voltages of
main and auxiliary controllers is above 3V, which lasts for C1966:
1s.
• After one valid brake.
• The motor control PWM value is higher than the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
maximum setting value.
cycles.
C1968: The residual force released by EPB is not consistent
C1967:
with the threshold.
• If the power supply voltage is different from the voltage
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
from driving and driven position and less than 3V for
All functions are forbidden. more than 1s and the request value is less than the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs maximum value.
C195D: • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
• After one valid brake.
C1968:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles. • The brake parameter recovers to normal.
C195E: • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
• After one valid brake.
Failure Cause
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles. Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
C1960:
Reference Electrical Information
• After one valid brake.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles. Circuit/System Check
C1961: 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
• After one valid brake. "ON" position.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
cycles. remains any DTC.
V1.0 909
Braking System EPB
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
V1.0 910
EPB Braking System
C1969 Service Guideline
DTC Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
DTC C1969: Clutch Pedal Signal Unreasonable-Always Active Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
(FTB)
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
Clutch Pedal Signal
02
Unreasonable-Always Active
Circuit/System Description
The module, connected to the HSCAN serial data circuit,
is used to monitor the serial data communication condition
during the normal vehicle operation. The operation
information and instructions are interchanged among control
modules. For each virtual network, the module includes the
pre-stored information which needs to exchange on data
circuit. The receiver module will monitor such information;
in addition, it shall indicate the usability of transmitter module
by using a certain information on a regular basis.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No communication failure.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The engine torque is greater than the set threshold value, and
the clutch pedal is depressed for more than 5s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Functions are forbidden.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Clutch pedal signal is valid, which lasts for more than 5s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool. Observe the information of DTC on the
scan tool, and confirm if there is any DTC relating to
clutch pedal in ECM and EPB module.
2. Set and match the ECM and EPB module.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC C1969 has not been set.
V1.0 911
Braking System EPB
Circuit/System Description
The EPC module communicates with ABS via the HS CAN
bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No communication failure.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The deceleration of vehicle is greater than the set threshold,
and the brake pedal is not depressed, which lasts for more than
100s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The signal information is invalid, and the local request function
is restricted.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The brake pedal is depressed and held for more than
150ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
Electrical parking brake module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool. Observe the information of DTC on the
scan tool, and confirm if there is any DTC relating to
brake pedal in ECM and EPB module.
2. Set and match the ECM and EPB module.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC C196A has not been set.
V1.0 912
EPB Braking System
C196B BY001 of the TCM and harness connector FA004 of the
DTC Description gateway.
DTC C196B: Gear N Signal Unreasonable - Always Active 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
circuit of the TCM and that of the gateway is below 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 17 of BY001 and Terminal 4 of FA004
(FTB)
Gear N Signal Unreasonable - Always • Terminal 18 of BY001 and Terminal 5 of FA004
02
Active If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Circuit/System Description circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
The EPC module communicates with the TCM via the HS 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
CAN bus. circuit of the the TCM or that of the gateway and the
ground is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 17 of BY001
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No communication failure. • Terminal 18 of BY001
The engine torque is greater than the set threshold value, and • Terminal 5 of FA004
the automatic transmission is placed in N gear for more than If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
5s. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
The signal information is invalid, and the local request function switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
is restricted. terminals of serial data circuit of the TCM or terminals
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of serial data circuit of the gateway and the ground is
between 2 ~ 3V:
• N gear is kept for more than 5s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition • Terminal 17 of BY001
cycles. • Terminal 18 of BY001
Failure Cause • Terminal 4 of FA004
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 5 of FA004
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Transmission control module failure. short to battery.
• Gateway failure.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the transmission
Reference Information control module or gateway.
Reference Circuit Information Service Guideline
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly) • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
Reference Connector End View Information - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
FA004, BY001
Automatic Transmission".
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "6-speed
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
(Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal, Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch Automatic
continue following detection procedures. Transmission".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector to Service Manual, “Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 913
Braking System EPB
V1.0 914
EPB Braking System
C19F0, C19F1, C19F2, C19F3, C19F4, C19F5, Circuit/System Description
C19F6
EPBIt is the internal failure, not involving external circuit.
DTC Description
Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC C19F0: EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Read Error
C19F0, C19F1: Random wake-up.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description C19F2: It has not been diagnosed for long time.
(FTB)
EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Read C19F3: During the OEM calibration.
46
Error C19F4: During the OEM calibration.
DTC C19F1: EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Write Error C19F5, C19F6: Engine runs.
DTC C19F2: EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Calibration Error C19F2: Difference between the EEPROM internal parameter
value and the set parameter value exceeds the limit.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description C19F3: The travel parameters and the parameter values set
(FTB)
by supplier are different during the calibration of OEM, which
EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM
46 exceeds the allowable range.
Calibration Error
C19F4: The travel parameters and the parameter values set
DTC C19F3: EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Distance Control by OEM are different during operation, which exceeds the
Failure Type Byte allowable range.
Failure Description
(FTB) C19F5: ROM checksum is incorrect.
EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM C19F6: ROM checksum is incorrect.
46
Distance Control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC C19F4: EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Mc Distance C19F0, C19F1, C19F2, C19F5, C19F6: The activation is
Control canceled, and the new activation is not permitted.
Failure Type Byte C19F3, C19F4: All functions are forbidden.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Mc
46 C19F0:
Distance Control
• The checksum is correct after reset.
DTC C19F5: EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM Controller Defect • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
Failure Type Byte cycles.
Failure Description
(FTB) C19F1:
EPB Internal Failure - EEPROM • Never.
46
Controller Defect
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
DTC C19F6: EPB internal failure - ROM Slave Controller cycles.
Defect C19F2, C19F3, C19F4:
Failure Type Byte • EEPROMParameter values are correct.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
EPB internal failure - ROM Slave cycles.
46
Controller Defect
C19F5, C19F6:
V1.0 915
Braking System EPB
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 916
EPB Braking System
U0073 harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface is
DTC Description less than 5Ω:
DTC U0073: Control Module Communication Bus Off • Terminal A3 of BY036 and Terminal 12 of FA042
Failure Type Byte • Terminal A2 of BY036 and Terminal 13 of FA042
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Control Module Communication circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
88
Bus Off
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY036 of the EPB module or terminals of
harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface and
The EPB module communicates with other control modules
the ground is infinite:
via the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal A3 of BY036
V1.0 917
Braking System EPB
DTC U0122: Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
Control Module (SCS) circuit of the EPB and that of corresponding dynamic
stability control system is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal A3 of BY036 and Terminal 19 of BY003
(FTB)
Lost Communication With Vehicle • Terminal A2 of BY036 and Terminal 18 of BY003
87
Dynamics Control Module (SCS) If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Circuit/System Description circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
EPB module communicates with the dynamic stability control 5. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
system via the CAN bus. circuit of the EPB or that of corresponding dynamic
stability control system and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal A2 of BY036
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No communication failure. • Terminal A3 of BY036
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 18 of BY003
Certain signal timeout is detected in the SCS informations. • Terminal 19 of BY003
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The signal information is invalid, and the local request function short to ground.
is restricted. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The interaction among layers is over time. terminals of serial data circuit of the EPB or that of the
corresponding dynamic stability control system and the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
cycles.
Failure Cause • Terminal A2 of BY036
V1.0 918
EPB Braking System
U0146 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
DTC Description circuit of the EPB and that of corresponding gateway is
less than 5Ω:
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway
• Terminal A3 of BY036 and Terminal 2 of FA004
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal A2 of BY036 and Terminal 1 of FA004
87 Lost Communication With Gateway If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description
5. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
EPB unit communicates with the gateway via the CAN bus.
circuit of the EPB or that of corresponding gateway and
Conditions for Running DTCs the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal A3 of BY036
• No communication failure.
• Terminal A2 of BY036
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 2 of FA004
Certain signal timeout is detected in the informations.
• Terminal 1 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Signal information is invalid, and the application function is If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
limited locally. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• The interaction among layers is over time.
terminals of serial data circuit of the EPB or that of
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition corresponding gateway and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
cycles.
• Terminal A3 of BY036
Failure Cause
• Terminal A2 of BY036
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 2 of FA004
V1.0 919
Braking System EPB
V1.0 920
EPB Braking System
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System-2.0T" - "Battery".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
V1.0 921
Braking System EPB
V1.0 922
EPB Braking System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 923
Braking System EPB
Failure Type Byte 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
Failure Description circuit of the EPB and that of corresponding dynamic
(FTB)
stability control system is less than 5Ω:
Communication With Frame
87 • Terminal A3 of BY036 and Terminal 19 of BY003
SCS_FrP12 (0×34A) Timeout
EPB module communicates with the dynamic stability control If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
system via the CAN bus. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between terminals of serial data
circuit of the EPB or that of corresponding dynamic
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
stability control system and the ground is infinite:
• No communication failure.
• Terminal A3 of BY036
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal A2 of BY036
A signal information timeout is detected.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 19 of BY003
The signal information is invalid, and the local request function • Terminal 18 of BY003
is restricted. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to ground.
• Interaction of reset timeout. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
cycles. terminals of serial data circuit of the EPB or that of the
corresponding dynamic stability control system and the
Failure Cause
ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal A3 of BY036
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal A2 of BY036
• Electrical parking brake module failure.
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal 19 of BY003
• Terminal 18 of BY003
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 924
EPB Braking System
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the EPB module
or the dynamic stability control system.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking Brake" -
"Electrical Parking Brake Module".
V1.0 925
Braking System EPB
• No communication failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs short to ground.
Certain signal timeout is detected in the informations. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
terminals of serial data circuit of the BCM or terminals
No effects. of serial data circuit of the gateway and the ground is
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs between 2 ~ 3V:
• EPB switch is normal for more than 50ms continuously. • Terminal 51 of BY088
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition • Terminal 52 of BY088
cycles.
• Terminal 11 of FA004
Failure Cause
• Terminal 12 of FA004
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit.
short to battery.
• BCM failure.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
• Gateway failure.
gateway.
Reference Information
Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) Control"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
FA004, BY088 "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control"-"Body
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Control Module (BCM)".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
"Gateway Module".
(Body System)". If other module tests are normal,
continue following detection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY088 of the BCM and harness connector FA004 of the
gateway.
V1.0 926
EPB Braking System
U2002, U2003, U2018, U2020 • The versions of main and auxiliary controller software
DTC Description are consistent.
DTC U2002: ECU RAM Error • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U2018:
(FTB)
42 ECU RAM Error • Bus communication is normal.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
DTC U2003: ECU Software Error cycles.
Failure Type Byte U2020:
Failure Description
(FTB)
• The test is normal without failures.
04 ECU Software Error
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
DTC U2018: SPI Communication Error cycles.
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Electrical parking brake module failure.
00 SPI Communication Error Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
DTC U2020: Internal Watchdog Error
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Circuit/System Check
47 Internal Watchdog Error 1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
Circuit/System Description
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
Internal failure of EPB module, not involving external circuit. remains any DTC.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If there remains any DTC, test/replace the EPB module.
U2002: Random wake-up. Service Guideline
U2003: Diagnosis is invalid in the long-term test. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
U2018: Always. Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
U2020: Become valid before the main controller is applied.
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
Conditions for Setting DTCs
"Gateway Module".
U2002: Certain variable read failure is detected in RAM.
U2003:
V1.0 927
Braking System Brake Module
Brake Module
DTC Category
List
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
Master Cylinder Isolation Valve1
C0001 01 隔离阀1故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
Error
C0002 01 Low Pressure Feed Valve1 Error 换向阀1故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
Master Cylinder Isolation Valve2
C0003 01 隔离阀2故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
Error
C0004 01 Low Pressure Feed Valve2 Error 换向阀2故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C0010 01 Left Front Inlet Valve Error 左前进液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C0011 01 Left Front Outlet Valve Error 左前出液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C0014 01 Right Front Inlet Valve Error 右前进液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C0015 01 Right Front Outlet Valve Error 右前出液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C0018 01 Left Rear Inlet Valve Error 左后进液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C0019 01 Left Rear Outlet Valve Error 左后出液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C001C 01 Right Rear Inlet Valve Error 右后进液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
C001D 01 Right Rear Outlet Valve Error 右后出液阀故障 ON ON ON Ⅱ
11 Pump Motor Circuit short to GND 泵电机对地短路 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
12 Pump Motor Circuit short to BAT 泵电机对电源短路 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
C0020
13 Pump Motor Circuit open 泵电机开路 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
71 Pump Motor Stuck 泵电机故障 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
C0030 09 Left Front Tone Wheel Error 左前轮齿圈故障 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 左前轮速传感器机械
07 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Mechanical Error 故障
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 左前轮速传感器对地
11 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to GND 短路
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 左前轮速传感器对电
15 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to battery or open 源短路或开路
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 左前轮速传感器信号
C0031 29 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal invalid 无效
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor
4A 左前轮速传感器错误 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Wrong type
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 左前轮速传感器信号
2F ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal erratic 不稳定
Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor 左前轮速传感器信号
64 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal unplausible 不可信
C0033 09 Right Front Tone Wheel Error 右前轮齿圈故障 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
V1.0 928
Brake Module Braking System
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前轮速传感器机械
07 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Mechanical Error 故障
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前轮速传感器对地
11 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to GND 短路
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前轮速传感器对电
15 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to battery or open 源短路或开路
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前轮速传感器信号
C0034 29 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal invalid 无效
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
4A 右前轮速传感器错误 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Wrong type
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前轮速传感器信号
2F ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal erratic 不稳定
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor 右前轮速传感器信号
64 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal unplausible 不可信
C0036 09 Left Rear Tone Wheel Error 左后轮齿圈故障 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 左后轮速传感器机械
07 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Mechanical Error 故障
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 左后轮速传感器对地
11 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to GND 短路
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 左后轮速传感器对电
15 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to battery or open 源短路或开路
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 左后轮速传感器信号
C0037 29 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal invalid 无效
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
4A 左后轮速传感器错误 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Wrong type
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 左后车轮速度传感器
2F ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal erratic 信号不稳定
Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 左后轮速传感器信号
64 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal unplausible 不可信
C0039 09 Right Rear Tone Wheel Error 右后轮齿圈故障 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后轮速传感器机械
07 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Mechanical Error 故障
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后轮速传感器对地
11 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to GND 短路
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后轮速传感器对电
C003A 15 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Circuit short to battery or open 源短路或开路
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后轮速传感器信号
29 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal invalid 无效
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
4A 右后轮速传感器错误 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Wrong type
V1.0 929
Braking System Brake Module
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后车轮速度传感器
2F ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal erratic 信号不稳定
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 右后轮速传感器信号
64 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal unplausible 不可信
C0040 64 Brake Pedal Switch error 制动踏板开关故障 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
主缸压力传感器电气
01 TMC Sensor Electrical error ON OFF ON Ⅱ
故障
主缸压力传感器偏移
28 TMC Sensor Offset error ON OFF ON Ⅱ
故障
C0044
TMC Sensor Configuration Data 主缸压力传感器配置
44 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
error 数据错误
主缸压力传感器信号
64 TMC Sensor Signal unplausible ON OFF ON Ⅱ
不可信
真空度传感器电气故
01 Vaccum Sensor Electrical error OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
障
Vaccum Sensor Wiring Parasitic 真空度传感器寄生电
1B OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Resistance 阻故障
C0047
真空度传感器信号冻
26 Vaccum Sensor Signal Frozen OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
结
Vaccum Sensor Signal Gradient Too 真空度传感器信号变
27 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
High 化速率过高
C0049 7B Brake Fluid Level Low 制动液液位低 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Steering Wheel Position Sensor
28 转角传感器偏移故障 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Offset error
Steering Wheel Position Sensor Not
54 转角传感器未标定 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
calibrated
Steering Wheel Position Sensor
62 转角传感器对比失效 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal comparison error
C0051
Steering Wheel Position Sensor 转角传感器信号不可
64 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal unplausible 信
Steering Wheel Position Sensor 转角传感器转角范围
85 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal out of range 故障
Steering Wheel Position Sensor
96 转角传感器内部故障 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
internal failure
V1.0 930
Brake Module Braking System
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
Lateral Acceleration Sensor 横向加速度传感器电
01 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Electrical Error 器故障
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Offset 横向加速度传感器偏
28 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Error 移故障
C0061
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Not 横向加速度传感器未
54 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
calibrated 标定故障
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal 横向加速度传感器信
64 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
unplausible 号不可信
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor 纵向加速度传感器电
01 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Electrical Error 器故障
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor 纵向加速度传感器偏
28 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Offset Error 移故障
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor 纵向加速度传感器未
C0062 54 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Not calibrated 标定故障
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor 纵向加速度传感器信
64 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Signal unplausible 号不可信
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor 纵向加速度传感器标
76 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Wrong mounting position 定位置错误
01 Yaw Rate Sensor Electrical Error 偏航传感器电器故障 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
28 Yaw Rate Sensor Offset Error 偏航传感器偏移故障 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
C0063
偏航传感器信号不可
64 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal unplausible OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
信
C0089 64 ESC Switch error 牵引力控制开关故障 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
稳定系统工作时间过
C006B 00 Stability System Active Too Long OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
长
C006C 64 Stability System Signal Unplausible 稳定系统信号不可信 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
7A Booster Vaccum Leakage 真空助力器漏气 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
C1110
7B Booster Vaccum Too Low 真空助力器低真空 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
C1112 00 No Coding Detected 未编码故障 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Configuration Data Error or Coding 配置数据错误或编码
C1113 00 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
EEPROM incoherent EEPROM不连续
C1114 4A HCU/ECU Mismatch HCU/ECU不匹配 ON ON/OFF ON Ⅱ
Analog Valve Calibration Memory
46 模拟阀标定存储失效 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Failure
C1115
Analog Valve Current Compare
62 模拟阀当前对比失效 ON OFF ON Ⅱ
Failure
V1.0 931
Braking System Brake Module
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
Vaccum Sensor Supply Short To 外部传感器供电对地
11 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Ground 短路
Vaccum Sensor Supply Short To 外部传感器供电对电
C1116 12 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Battery 源短路
Vaccum Sensor Supply Voltage Out 外部传感器供电电压
1C OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Of Range 超出范围
主缸压力传感器电源
C1117 1C TMC Sensor Voltage Out Of Range OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
电压超出范围
C1118 68 Vehicle Acceleration Unplausible 车辆加速度不可信 OFF OFF OFF Ⅲ
C1203 00 TPMS Not Available 胎压监测系统不可用 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
胎压监测系统轮径信
C1204 00 TPMS Wheel Radius Implausible OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
号不可信
胎压监测系统漏气故
C1207 00 TPMS Diffusion Warning OFF OFF OFF Ⅰ
障
胎压监测系统电可擦
C1208 00 TPMS EEPROM Error 可编程只读存储器故 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
障
胎压监测系统自学习
C1209 00 TPMS learning failed OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
失败
陡 坡 缓 降 控 制
C1121 24 HDC Switch error OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
(HDC)开关故障
自动驻车(AVH)开
C1122 24 AVH Switch error OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
关故障
Control Module Communication 控制模块CAN1总线关
U0073 88 OFF OFF ON Ⅰ
Bus Off on CAN1 闭
Control Module Communication 控制模块CAN2总线关
U0074 88 ON OFF ON Ⅰ
Bus Off on CAN2 闭
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 OFF OFF ON Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost Communication With TCM 与TCM失去通讯 OFF OFF ON Ⅰ
Lost Communication With Transfer
U0102 87 与TCCM失去通讯 OFF OFF ON Ⅰ
Case Control Module
Lost Communication With Steering 与转角传感器失去通
U0126 87 OFF OFF ON Ⅰ
Angle Sensor Module 讯
Lost Communication With Park
U0128 87 与EPB失去通讯 OFF OFF OFF Ⅰ
Brake Control Module
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与Gateway失去通讯 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Lost Communication With
U0151 87 与SDM失去通讯 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Restraints Control Module (SDM)
U16BE 87 Frame 0xBE timeout Frame 0xBE超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
V1.0 932
Brake Module Braking System
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
U16C7 87 Frame 0xC7 timeout Frame 0xC7超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U16F9 87 Frame 0xF9 timeout Frame 0xF9超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U1769 87 Frame 0x169 timeout Frame 0x169超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U1794 87 Frame 0x194 timeout Frame 0x194超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U17AF 87 Frame 0x1AF timeout Frame 0x1AF超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U17C3 87 Frame 0x1C3 timeout Frame 0x1C3超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U17CB 87 Frame 0x1CB timeout Frame 0x1CB超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U17DF 87 Frame 0x1DF timeout Frame 0x1DF超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U17F2 87 Frame 0x1F2 timeout Frame 0x1F2超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U181C 87 Frame 0x21C timeout Frame 0x21C超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U182A 87 Frame 0x22A timeout Frame 0x22A超时 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
U18D1 87 Frame 0x2D1 timeout Frame 0x2D1超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U19F5 87 Frame 0x3F5 timeout Frame 0x3F5超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U1AC1 87 Frame 0x4C1 timeout Frame 0x4C1超时 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
U1A6A 87 Frame 0x46A timeout Frame 0x46A超时 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
U1B41 87 Frame 0x541 timeout Frame 0x541超时 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
从ECM接受到无效数
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received From ECM OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
据
从TCM接收到无效数
U0402 81 Invalid Data Received From TCM OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
据
Invalid Data Received From Transfer 从TCCM接收到无效
U0403 81 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Case Control Module 数据
Invalid Data Received From Park
U0417 81 从EPB接受到无效数据 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Brake Control Module
Invalid Data Received From Steering 从转角传感器接收到
U0428 81 OFF OFF ON Ⅱ
Angle Sensor Module 无效数据
Invalid Data Received From 从Gateway接受到无效
U0447 81 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Gateway 数据
Invalid Data Received From 从SDM接收到无效数
U0452 81 OFF OFF OFF Ⅱ
Restraints Control Module (SDM) 据
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压高 ON ON/OFF ON Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压低 ON ON/OFF ON Ⅰ
U0300 51 SW Release Level Error 软件版本错误 Flashing OFF ON Ⅱ
CAN Communication Module
U2100 04 高速CAN1初始化失败 ON ON ON Ⅱ
Initialization Fail
V1.0 933
Braking System Brake Module
Brake
ABS
System SCS/TC
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Malfunction Warning
Indicator Level*
Indicator Lamp*
Lamp*
Lamp*
U3000 49 ECU Internal electronic failure ECU内部电器故障 ON ON ON Ⅰ
*Note:
ABS
1. ABS malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the
confirmation state during the running.
2. If the brake system malfunction indicator lamp stays on or illuminates during driving, it indicates that the
brake system has faults, such as loss of brake fluid or malfunction in electronic brake-force distribution (EBD).
3. If the SCS/TC warning lamp stays on or illuminates during driving, it indicates that the system has faults.
4. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 934
Brake Module Braking System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
SCS (1)
V1.0 935
Braking System Brake Module
SCS (2)
V1.0 936
Brake Module Braking System
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
V1.0 937
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 938
Brake Module Braking System
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information
Right Rear Wheel Speed
Stability Control System BY003 33
Sensor Ground
Right Rear Wheel Speed
34
Sensor Signal
Left Front Wheel Speed
36
Sensor Signal
Left Front Wheel Speed
37
Sensor Ground
V1.0 939
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 940
Brake Module Braking System
Brake Fluid Level Switch BY112
V1.0 941
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 942
Brake Module Braking System
Steering Angle Sensor FA028 Diagnostic Interface FA042
V1.0 943
Braking System Brake Module
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
C0001, C0002, C0003, C0004 All functions of brake system are invalid.
DTC Description
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC C0001: Master Cylinder Isolation Valve1 Error
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
Failure Type Byte cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Failure Description
(FTB) • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
01 Master Cylinder Isolation Valve1 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Error Failure Cause
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability
control system.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Service Guideline
Failures inside the module:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Passive test pulse: Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• UREF is greater than 1.5V for 8 cycles continuously. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Undervoltage occurs. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
Active test pulse:
V1.0 944
Brake Module Braking System
C0010, C0011 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC C0010: Left Front Inlet Valve Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Test
(FTB)
1. Check and visually observe the system for leakage,
01 Left Front Inlet Valve Error
damage, etc.
DTC C0011: Left Front Outlet Valve Error If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
Failure Type Byte faulty components of brake system.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Check if the brake oil is too dirty or if the oil contains
01 Left Front Outlet Valve Error bubbles or moisture.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability
Conditions for Setting DTCs control system.
Service Guideline
Failures inside the module:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Passive test pulse:
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• UREF is greater than 1.5V for 8 cycles continuously. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Undervoltage occurs. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
Active test pulse:
V1.0 945
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 946
Brake Module Braking System
C0018, C0019 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC C0018: Left Rear Inlet Valve Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Test
(FTB)
1. Check and visually observe the system for leakage,
01 Left Rear Inlet Valve Error
damage, etc.
DTC C0019: Left Rear Outlet Valve Error If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
Failure Type Byte faulty components of brake system.
Failure Description
(FTB) 2. Check if the brake oil is too dirty or if the oil contains
01 Left Rear Outlet Valve Error bubbles or moisture.
V1.0 947
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 948
Brake Module Braking System
C0020 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description All systems are invalid except for EBD.
DTC C0020: ABSPump Motor Failure Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte • The setting conditions are not present, then the DTC will
Failure Description
(FTB) be cleared in next ignition cycle, and MIL extinguishes.
11 Pump Motor Circuit short to GND • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTC will be
12 Pump Motor Circuit short to BAT cleared, and MIL extinguishes.
Failure Cause
13 Pump Motor Circuit Open
Dynamic stability control system failure.
71 Pump Motor Stuck
Reference Information
Circuit/System Description
Reference Circuit Information
The pump motor is a component of brake module assembly.
SCS (1)
When ABS, traction control or stability control system are
required to run, the dynamic stability control system activates Reference Connector End View Information
pump motor relay and turns on pump motor. BY003
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Electrical Information
• The ignition switch is placed in ON position. Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
• Pump motor is activated. Circuit/System Check
• The system is under normal voltage.
1. Check if fuse FL4, FL5, FUSE1, SB6 and SB7 of dynamic
Conditions for Setting DTCs stability control system are blown.
Module internal failure 2. Scan tool test:
C0020 11: a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
• The circuit has been detected short-circuited for 3 ON position, delete the DTC after self-diagnosis,
consecutive times. and confirm if the DTC still remains.
• The motor is required to be activated in any control If the DTC still remains, replace dynamic stability
cycle, but it has been locked up for 10 consecutive times. control module.
C0020 12: After the failure condition (pump motor voltage b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
UM is more than 0.93V) is detected, the pump motor will tool: within 12~14V. If the battery voltage is not
activate an extended pump motor condition cycle, which lasts between 12-14V, check the charging system. Refer
1.8s. And the failure condition remains in 5s. to Service Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
Circuit/System Test
C0020 13:
• When the pump motor is not activated, the supply 1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect the
voltage UMS of pump motor will be detected via a battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
comparator. If the voltage UMS keeps lower than the BY003 of dynamic stability control system.
threshold of comparator for more than 1.8s, the failure 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
is detected. connector BY003 of dynamic stability control sytem and
• When the pump motor is activated, the voltage UM will the ground is less than 5Ω.
be detected. When the voltage UM<7.3V lasts for more If it is not within the specified range, test the ground
than 1.8s, the failure is detected. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
C0020 71: If insufficient motor voltage is detected within 20ms 3. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
or 30ms after the pump motor is imoperative, the pump failure switch in ON position, test if the voltage between the
is set. Then the pump motor will be reactivated for more than following power supply circuit terminals of dynamic
1.8s (Stage II test), and the motor voltage will be re-evaluated stability control system and the ground is the battery
after it is imoperative. 。If the motor voltage is still insufficient voltage:
after re-evaluation, report the failure. • Terminal 1 of BY003
• Terminal 2 of BY003
V1.0 949
Braking System Brake Module
• Terminal 25 of BY003
V1.0 950
Brake Module Braking System
C0030 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
DTC C0030: Left Front Tone Wheel Error check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
(FTB)
3. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a
09 Left Front Tone Wheel Error
straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
Circuit/System Description Front Wheel Speed" parameter in the real-time display
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder of the scan tool. Difference between readings shall be
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each within 5%.
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from 4. If the change is normal, test/replace the left front wheel
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC speed sensor.
square-wave signal to the electronic brake control module. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
When wheels are rotating, the electronic brake control dynamic stability control system.
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the Service Guideline
square-wave signal.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Conditions for Running DTCs
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Refer to Service Manual, "Drive System" - "Wheel Drive
• Vehicle speed is less than 14km/h. Shaft" - "Constant Velocity Universal Joint Assembly".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
The times of monitoring incorrect speed signal characteristics Module" - "Front Wheel Speed Sensor".
exceeds the threshold value. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
The other systems are invalid except the electronic brake force
distribution system.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• The error of wheel speed sensor gear ring exceeds
allowable range.
• The gear teeth of wheel speed sensor gear ring are
missing.
• Wheel speed sensor tooth is failed.
• The wheel speed sensor has failure.
• Electromagnetic interference.
• Dynamic Stability Control System Failure
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 951
Braking System Brake Module
C0031 29: If the fastest wheel speed VMAX exceeds 10km/h, 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
and the slowest wheel speed VMIN is less than 2km/h, then, check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
after 180s, the failures of all the wheel speed sensors with a Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
speed less than 2km/h will be detected. 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
If the speed is less than 6km/h under the following conditions, 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a
then report the failures: straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
Front Wheel Speed" , "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
• The non-drive wheel speed reaches 14km/h. Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
V1.0 952
Brake Module Braking System
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool. 2. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
Difference between readings shall be within 5%. terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
Circuit/System Test 3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
amperage.
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY003 of the dynamic stability control system, and 4. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
disconnect harness connector BY005 of the left front rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
wheel speed sensor. between 7~14mA.
2. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness 5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the left
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system front wheel speed sensor.
and terminals of harness connector BY005 of the left Service Guideline
front wheel speed sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Terminal 36 of BY003 and Terminal 1 of BY005 Module" - "Front Wheel Speed Sensor".
• Terminal 37 of BY003 and Terminal 2 of BY005 • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness "ABS Regulator".
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
or terminals of harness connector BY005 of the left front
wheel speed sensor and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 36 of BY003
• Terminal 37 of BY003
• Terminal 1 of BY005
• Terminal 2 of BY005
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
or terminals of harness connector BY005 of the left front
wheel speed sensor and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 36 of BY003
• Terminal 37 of BY003
• Terminal 1 of BY005
• Terminal 2 of BY005
If it is not within the specified range, test for short to
battery.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Component Test
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 953
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 954
Brake Module Braking System
C0034 than the reference line of acceleration corresponding to
DTC Description hill).
DTC C0034: Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Failure C0034 4A: Wheel speed sensor type doesn't match.
Failure Type Byte C0034 2F: The duration of permanent pressure drop or
Failure Description
(FTB) the duration of pressure keeping phase exceeds the specific
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor duration.
07
Mechanical Error C0034 64:
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor • The displayed deviation between the fastest and the
11
Circuit Short to GND second fast wheel speed ratio is greater than the actual
threshold value.
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
15 • The displayed deviation between the slowest and the
Circuit Short to Battery or Open
second slow wheel speed ratio is less than the actual
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
29 threshold value.
Signal Invalid
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor
4A The other systems are invalid except the electronic brake force
Wrong Type
distribution system.
Right Front Wheel Speed
2F Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Sensor-Signal Erratic
Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
64 cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Signal Unplausible
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
Circuit/System Description
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder Failure Cause
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each
• Relevant circuit failure.
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC • Connector failure or poor fit.
square-wave signal to the electronic brake control module. • Wheel speed sensor failure.
When wheels are rotating, the electronic brake control • Dynamic stability control system failure.
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the
Reference Information
square-wave signal.
Reference Circuit Information
Conditions for Running DTCs
SCS (1)
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs
BY003, BY004
C0034 07: The failure counter value reaches 40.
Reference Electrical Information
C0034 11: The measured sensor signal current exceeds the
threshold value continuously. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C0034 15: The measured sensor signal current exceeds the Circuit/System Check
threshold value continuously. 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
C0034 29: If the fastest wheel speed VMAX exceeds 10km/h, check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
and the slowest wheel speed VMIN is less than 2km/h, then, Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
after 180s, the failures of all the wheel speed sensors with a 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
speed less than 2km/h will be detected. 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a
If the speed is less than 6km/h under the following conditions, straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
then report the failures: Front Wheel Speed" , "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
• The non-drive wheel speed reaches 14km/h.
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool.
• The fastest wheel speed VMAX reaches 14km/h, but no Difference between readings shall be within 5%.
slip is detected. (The increase of wheel speed is lower
V1.0 955
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 956
Brake Module Braking System
C003A • The fastest wheel speed VMAX reaches 14km/h, but no
DTC Description slip is detected. (The increase of wheel speed is lower
than the reference line of acceleration corresponding to
DTC C003A: Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Failure
hill).
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description C003A 4A: Wheel speed sensor type doesn't match.
(FTB)
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor C003A 2F: The duration of permanent pressure drop or
07 the duration of pressure keeping phase exceeds the specific
Mechanical Error
duration.
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
11 C003A 64:
Circuit Short to GND
• The displayed deviation between the fastest and the
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
15 second fast wheel speed ratio is greater than the actual
Circuit Short to Battery or Open
threshold value.
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
29 • The displayed deviation between the slowest and the
Signal Invalid
second slow wheel speed ratio is less than the actual
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor threshold value.
4A
Wrong Type
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Right Rear Wheel Speed
2F The other systems are invalid except the electronic brake force
Sensor-Signal Erratic
distribution system.
Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
64
Signal Unplausible
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
Circuit/System Description cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from Failure Cause
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC
• Relevant circuit failure.
square-wave signal to the electronic brake control module.
When wheels are rotating, the electronic brake control • Connector failure or poor fit.
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the • Wheel speed sensor failure.
square-wave signal. • Dynamic stability control system failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 2s, then Reference Circuit Information
the wheels start to rotate.
SCS (1)
• ABS device is valid.
Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs
BY003, BY006
C003A 07: The failure counter value reaches 40.
Reference Electrical Information
C003A 11: The measured sensor signal current exceeds the
threshold value continuously. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C003A 15: The measured sensor signal current exceeds the Circuit/System Check
threshold value continuously. 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
C003A 29: If the fastest wheel speed VMAX exceeds 10km/h, check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
and the slowest wheel speed VMIN is less than 2km/h, then, Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
after 180s, the failures of all the wheel speed sensors with a 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
speed less than 2km/h will be detected. 3. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a
If the speed is less than 6km/h under the following conditions, straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
then report the failures: Front Wheel Speed" , "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
• The non-drive wheel speed reaches 14km/h.
V1.0 957
Braking System Brake Module
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool. 2. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
Difference between readings shall be within 5%. terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
Circuit/System Test 3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
amperage.
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY003 of the dynamic stability control system, and 4. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
disconnect harness connector BY006 of the right rear rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
wheel speed sensor. between 7~14mA.
2. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness 5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system right rear wheel speed sensor.
and terminals of harness connector BY006 of the right Service Guideline
rear wheel speed sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Terminal 33 of BY003 and Terminal 2 of BY006 Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
• Terminal 34 of BY003 and Terminal 1 of BY006 • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness "ABS Regulator".
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
or terminals of harness connector BY006 of the right
rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 33 of BY003
• Terminal 34 of BY003
• Terminal 1 of BY006
• Terminal 2 of BY006
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
or terminals of harness connector BY006 of the right
rear wheel speed sensor and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 33 of BY003
• Terminal 34 of BY003
• Terminal 1 of BY006
• Terminal 2 of BY006
If it is not within the specified range, test for short to
battery.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Component Test
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 958
Brake Module Braking System
C0036 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
DTC C0036: Left Rear Tone Wheel Error check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
(FTB)
3. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a
09 Left Rear Tone Wheel Error
straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
Circuit/System Description Rear Wheel Speed" parameters in the real-time display
Wheel speed is detected by active wheel sensor and encoder of the scan tool. Difference between readings shall be
ring. Encoder ring is composed of permanent magnets. Each within 5%.
wheel speed sensor receives a 12V reference voltage from 4. If the parameters change is normal, test/replace the left
electronic brake control module, and then transmits the AC rear wheel speed sensor.
square-wave signal to the electronic brake control module. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
When wheels are rotating, the electronic brake control stability control system.
module calculates wheel speed based on the frequency of the Service Guideline
square-wave signal.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Drive System" - "Wheel Drive
Conditions for Running DTCs
Shaft" - "Constant Velocity Universal Joint Assembly".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 2s, then • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
the wheels start to rotate. Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
• Vehicle speed is less than 14km/h. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Conditions for Setting DTCs Module" - "ABS Regulator".
The times of monitoring incorrect speed signal characteristics • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
exceeds the threshold value. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set "ABS Regulator".
The other systems are invalid except the electronic brake force
distribution system.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• The error of wheel speed sensor gear ring exceeds
allowable range.
• The gear teeth of wheel speed sensor gear ring are
missing.
• Wheel speed sensor tooth is failed.
• The wheel speed sensor has failure.
• Electromagnetic interference.
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 959
Braking System Brake Module
C0037 15: The measured sensor signal current exceeds the Circuit/System Check
threshold value continuously. 1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
C0037 29: If the fastest wheel speed VMAX exceeds 10km/h, check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
and the slowest wheel speed VMIN is less than 2km/h, then, Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
after 180s, the failures of all the wheel speed sensors with a 2. Inspect if signal wheel or signal gear is worn or deformed.
speed less than 2km/h will be detected. 3. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive in a
If the speed is less than 6km/h under the following conditions, straight line at a speed above 20km/h, observe the "Left
then report the failures: Front Wheel Speed" , "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left
Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed"
• The non-drive wheel speed reaches 14km/h.
V1.0 960
Brake Module Braking System
parameters in the real-time display of the scan tool. 2. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
Difference between readings shall be within 5%. terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
Circuit/System Test 3. Connect a multimeter between the terminal 2 of the low
level reference voltage circuit and ground for reading DC
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
amperage.
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY003 of the dynamic stability control system, and 4. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
disconnect harness connector BY007 of the left rear rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage varies
wheel speed sensor. between 7~14mA.
2. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness 5. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the left
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system rear wheel speed sensor.
and terminals of harness connector BY007 of the left rear Service Guideline
wheel speed sensor is less than 5Ω:
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
• Terminal 29 of BY003 and Terminal 1 of BY007 Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
• Terminal 30 of BY003 and Terminal 2 of BY007 • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness "ABS Regulator".
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
or terminals of harness connector BY007 of the left rear
wheel speed sensor and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 29 of BY003
• Terminal 30 of BY003
• Terminal 1 of BY007
• Terminal 2 of BY007
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control system
or terminals of harness connector BY007 of left rear
wheel speed sensor and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 29 of BY003
• Terminal 30 of BY003
• Terminal 1 of BY007
• Terminal 2 of BY007
If it is not within the specified range, test the for short
to battery.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Component Test
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.
V1.0 961
Braking System Brake Module
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the mounting position of wheel speed sensor, and
check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Clean and lubricate the faulty parts found in visual check.
V1.0 962
Brake Module Braking System
C0040 DTC, instead of a current DTC, it is not required to
DTC Description replace the module.
DTC C0040:Brake Pedal Switch Error 2. If the DTC is both a historical DTC and a current DTC,
test/replace the dynamic stability control system failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description module.
(FTB)
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
64 Brake Pedal Switch Error with a scan tool.
Circuit/System Description 4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the brake switch
assembly.
The brake lamp switch is fitted on the brake pedal bracket.
When the brake pedal is operated, the brake switch is activated Service Guideline
as well. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
Conditions for Running DTCs Brake" - "Brake Lamp Switch Assembly".
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
Conditions for Setting DTCs
"ABS Regulator".
• The master cylinder pressure signal exceeds 15bar, and
the duration that the brake lamp switch signal is not
activated for more than 1s.
• In the 4 cycles that the vehicle speed is increased to
higher than 40km/h and decreased to 3km/h, the brake
signal does not change from non-activated state to
activated state.
• When the driving speed is above 20km/h, the brake
lamp switch signal is activated for more than 6.0 minutes
continuously.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The other systems are invalid except the electronic brake force
distribution system.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Mechanical failure.
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Brake pedal switch failure.
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. The DTC will be saved as a historical DTC and not affect
the module operation. If it is just saved as a historical
V1.0 963
Braking System Brake Module
DTC C0044: TMC Sensor Electrical error • The common modes of T1/T2 signal in the previous cycle
are not within the limit the threshold value.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
• The gradient distinctions of T1/T2 signal in the previous
(FTB)
cycle are not within the limit the threshold value.
01 TMC Sensor Electrical error
• The gradient distinctions of T1/T2 signal in the previous
28 TMC Sensor Offset error cycle are not within the limit the threshold value.
44 TMC Sensor Configuration Data Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
error The other systems are invalid except the electronic brake force
64 TMC Sensor Signal unplausible distribution system.
The pressure sensor is fitted inside the dynamic stability • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
control system to monitor the brake pressure of the ABS cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
regulator. If the brake pressure exceeds the maximum • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
safety pressure limit of the system during pressurization, the 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
overflow valve which plays the role of safety protection, will Failure Cause
switch on and allow the brake fluid flow back to the brake
Dynamic stability control system failure.
master cylinder.
Reference Information
Conditions for Running DTCs
Reference Electrical Information
• The wheel rotates and the sensor voltage is normal.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The wheel rotation initialization is finished, the checkout
is correct and the storage compensation value is Circuit/System Test
detected.
1. Check and visually observe the system for leakage,
• Sensor operates normally. damage, etc.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
C0044 01: If at least one transferring of broken sensor data faulty components of brake system.
or failed instruction is detected in a cycle, and the duration 3. Check if the brake oil is too dirty or if the oil contains
exceeds the specified threshold value. bubbles or moisture.
C0044 28: The absolute value of calculated pressure sensor If any of above situations occur, replace brake system
signal offset is higher than the offset threshold value. fluid and bleed air in the system.
C0044 44: 4. Confirm no other DTCs of body stability control system
• During the initialization, at least one broken pressure are set except DTC C0044.
sensor data is detected by the EEPROM segment of If other DTCs of dynamic stability control system have
relevant sensor and memorizer. been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
• At least one failure condition duration exceeds that of 5. Clear DTC C0044 with the scan tool.
the threshold valve is monitored within one cycle.
6. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
C0044 64: C0044 is not set.
• No valid T1/T2 signal is available in the previous cycle. If the DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability
• One invalid T1/T2 signal information has been set by the control system.
sensor in the previous cycle. Service Guideline
• At least one signal sensor substitution sample exceeds • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
the specified T1/T2 range. Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• The converted sensor signal T1/T2 exceeds the upper • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
limit value or lower limit value of the invalid wave band. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 964
Brake Module Braking System
C0047, C1116 C0047 26: When the expected offset is not displayed within
DTC Description 3 "Valid" brake cycles. From the beginning of brake, the
maximum and minimum vacuum pressures will be monitored,
DTC C0047: Vacuum Sensor Failure
and the offset which depends on the main cylinder pressure
Failure Type Byte must be displayed.
Failure Description
(FTB)
C0047 27: When the brake is not applied, the gradient of
01 Vacuum Sensor Electrical Error vacuum sensor value shall be more than ±60mbar/30ms for
Vacuum Sensor Wiring Parasitic 3 times continuously.
1B
Resistance C1116 11:
26 Vacuum Sensor Signal Frozen
• The measured voltage value of reference components is
Vacuum Sensor Signal Gradient Too out of the specified range, and the duration of which is
27
High over the threshold value.
• The power supply voltage of external sensor exceeds the
DTC C1116: External Sensor Failure
specified range, and the duration of which exceeds the
Failure Type Byte threshold value.
Failure Description
(FTB)
C1116 12:
Vacuum Sensor Supply Short To
11 • The measured voltage value of reference components is
Ground
out of the specified range, and the duration of which is
Vacuum Sensor Supply Short To over the threshold value.
12
Battery
• The power supply voltage of external sensor exceeds the
Vacuum Sensor Supply Voltage Out specified range, and the duration of which exceeds the
1C
of Range threshold value.
Circuit/System Description C1116 1C: The power supply voltage of vacuum sensor
exceeds the threshold value.
The pressure sensor is fitted inside the dynamic stability
control module to monitor the brake pressure of the ABS Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
regulator. If the brake pressure exceeds the upper safety The function of optimizing hydraulic pressure is invalid.
pressure limit of the system during pressurization, the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/Extinguishing MILs
overflow valve, which plays the role of safety protection, will
switch on to allow the brake fluid to flow back to the brake • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
master cylinder. cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Conditions for Running DTCs • After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
cleared, and the MIL will be off.
• After 100s of placing the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Failure Cause
• Brake fails.
Dynamic stability control system failure.
• Sensor voltage is normal.
• Vacuum pressure sensor pressure is lower than Reference Information
-200mbar. Reference Circuit Information
• TCM pressure sensor reflects the brake state. SCS (2)
• Vehicle has been driven. Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs
BY003, BY008
C0047 01: If it is monitored that the duration of the output
Reference Electrical Information
signal in the upper limit failure wave band or the lower limit
failure wave exceeds the specified duration. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C0047 1B: If the average SVS vacuum display interactive Circuit/System Check
signal jump of 4 continuous windows is greater than 10mbar 1. Inspect and visually check the vacuum pipe for leakage,
(corresponding to about ±20mV), and the failure counter damage, etc. If any of above situations occurs,
increases. The count is more than 10 times. repair/replace relevant failure components.
V1.0 965
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 966
Brake Module Braking System
C0049 3. Clear DTC C0049 with the scan tool, and read the DTC
DTC Description again and confirm that the DTC C0049 is not set.
DTC C0049: Brake Fluid Level Low If the DTC is set again, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
7B Brake Fluid Level Low the battery negative cable and harness connector BY112
of the brake fluid level indicator switch.
Circuit/System Description
2. Test the component of brake fluid level indicator switch.
The dynamic stability control system monitors the brake fluid
If the test fails, replace the brake fluid level indicator
level according to the input signal of level switch.
switch.
Conditions for Running DTCs
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
No voltage failure.
connector BY003 of the brake fluid level indicator switch
Conditions for Setting DTCs and the ground is less than 5Ω.
The brake fluid level switch signal indicates that the brake fluid If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
level is too low for more than 60s. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. Disconnect harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
Systems are all normal. stability control module. Test if the resistance between
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminal 1 of harness connector BY112 of the brake
fluid level indicator switch and terminal 32 of harness
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control module
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. is less than 5Ω.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
5. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
• Relevant circuit failure.
stability control module.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Component Test
• Brake fluid level is low.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Brake fluid level indicator switch failure. disconnect harness connector BY112 of the brake fluid
• Dynamic stability control system failure. level indicator switch.
Reference Information 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
Reference Circuit Information brake fluid level indicator switch is breakover and infinite
when the brake fluid level indicator switch is in full level
SCS (2)
and low level respectively.
Reference Connector End View Information
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
BY003, BY112 fluid level indicator switch assembly.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Circuit/System Check
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Service
1. Check if the brake oil is too dirty or if the oil contains
Brake" - "Draining of Brake System".
bubbles or moisture.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
If any of above situations occur, replace brake system to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
fluid and bleed air in the system. "ABS Regulator".
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
V1.0 967
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 968
Brake Module Braking System
C0061, C0062, C0063 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description C0061 01: If the self-check passes, the CTRL memorizer inside
DTC C0061: Lateral Acceleration Sensor Electrical Error the sensor will be set as 0 digit, and the sensor does not work
under normal mode.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) C0061 28:
Lateral Acceleration Sensor • If the vehicle is kept in static state, the lateral angular
01
Electrical Error velocity which is not calibrated but filtered will be
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Offset monitored.
28
Error • The lateral acceleration is greater than 7.0m/s2, and the
duration is over the threshold value.
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Not
54
Calibrated C0061 54: Lateral acceleration sensor is not calibrated.
Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal C0061 64: The difference between the reference signal and
64
Unplausible the sensor signal is over the threshold value.
DTC C0062: Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Electrical Error C0062 01: Undervoltage is monitored by the internal sensor.
Failure Type Byte C0062 28: The absolute value of calculated longitudinal
Failure Description acceleration signal offset is over 2.5m/s2.
(FTB)
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor C0062 54: Longitudinal acceleration sensor is not calibrated.
01
Electrical Error C0062 64: Undervoltage is monitored by the internal sensor.
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor C0062 74:
28
Offset Error
• The duration is over the threshold value, the calculated
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
54 vehicle acceleration is greater than 0.35g or less than
Not Calibrated
-0.35g, and the measured acceleration is about 0.0g.
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor • The duration is over the threshold value, the measured
64
Signal Unplausible and calculated acceleration value shows reverse symbol,
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor and both of the two values are higher than 0.2g.
76
Wrong Mounting Position
C0063 01: Odd-even check is performed per 16 transmitted
bytes. In each control cycle, when more than one odd-even
DTC C0063: Yaw Rate Sensor Electrical Error
check error is monitored, a incorrect communication mark in
Failure Type Byte the system will be set, failure record will be caused and the
Failure Description
(FTB) count will exceed the threshold value.
01 Yaw Rate Sensor Electrical Error C0063 28: The absolute value of calculated yaw rate sensor
28 Yaw Rate Sensor Offset Error offset value is over 6.5/s.
64 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Unplausible C0063 64: The difference of gradient between the reference
signal and the measured sensor signal is over the threshold
Circuit/System Description
value.
The yaw rate sensor is integrated at the inside the SCS. It Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
measures the vehicle rotary motion around the vertical axis
and the slippage of vehicle and sends corresponding data C0061:
to SCS ECU. ECU compares the signals received from the • Engine drag torque control is invalid.
yaw rate sensor and steering angle sensor, and judges the • Traction control system is invalid.
forthcoming situation and then takes corresponding control.
• Dynamic stability control system is invalid.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Hill-start assist system is invalid.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
C0062: Others are all invalid, except the electronic brake force
• The vehicle speed is greater than 10.8 km/h, and the
distribution and optimizing hydraulic brake.
sensor is normal.
V1.0 969
Braking System Brake Module
• Dynamic stability control system is invalid. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• Hill-start assist system is invalid.
"ABS Regulator".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Yaw rate sensor failure.
• Dynamic stability control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Check the yaw rate sensor is correct fit. If looseness or
incorrect fit is diagnosed, correct the fit of components.
2. Scan tool inspection:
• Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
Between 12 ~ 14V.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
3. Connect the scan tool, put the ignition switch in "ON"
position and observe if the values of "Yaw Rate", "Lateral
Acceleration", "Longitudinal Acceleration" shown in the
real-time display of the scan tool are within the specified
range.
If they are not within the normal range, test/replace the
yaw rate sensor.
If they are within the normal range, test the circuit/system.
Circuit/System Test
1. Clear the DTC C0061, C0062 and C0063 with a scan
tool.
2. Replace, programme and set the dynamic stability control
system, and confirm that DTC C0061, C0062 and C0063
are not set.
If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability
control system.
V1.0 970
Brake Module Braking System
C006B, C006C • Hill-start assist system is invalid.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC C006B: Stability System Active Too Long • If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
Failure Type Byte Failure Description cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
(FTB) • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
00 Stability System Active Too Long
Failure Cause
DTC C006C: Stability System Signal Unplausible
Dynamic stability control system failure.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Information
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
64 Stability System Signal Unplausible
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Description
Circuit/System Test
The dynamic stability control system can assist the driver to
1. Clear the DTCs C006B and C006C with scan tool.
well control the vehicle driving and the operation stability
under all driving conditions, so as to maximize the vehicle 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
safety. remains any DTC.
Conditions for Running DTCs If any DTC still exists, replace the steering sensor or the
dynamic stability control system.
AYC is activated when the vehicle is running.
Service Guideline
The vehicle speed is greater than 10.8 km/h, and the sensor is
normal. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
C006B: SCS brake interference activation time is over the least
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
failure lasting time, and the calculated extra yaw torque is
"ABS Regulator".
greater than 0.
C006C:
V1.0 971
Braking System Brake Module
DTC C0089: ESC Switch Error If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Test the component, and check/replace the failed SCS
64 ESC Switch Error switch.
The signal displays "switch is pressed" for more than 10s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance.
Systems are all normal. 6. If all circuit tests above are normal, replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Component Test
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
harness connector CE007 of the SCS switch.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles. 2. Test the resistance between terminal 3 and 9 of the
switch for breakover and infinite when the SCS switch is
Failure Cause
on and off separately.
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the SCS
• Traction control switch failure.
switch assembly.
• Dynamic Stability Control System Failure
Service Guideline
Reference Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Interior Fitting" - "Instrument
Reference Circuit Information Panel & Center Console" - "Center Console
SCS (2) Combination Switch".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
BY003, CE007
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Electrical Information to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "ABS Regulator".
Circuit/System Check
1. Check if there is any foreign matters on the outside
surface of the switch, and clean it up if there is.
2. Check if the switch is fitted on the proper position. If
not, fit it again.
3. Operate SCS switch to check for blockage or poor fit.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
harness connector CE007 of the SCS switch.
V1.0 972
Brake Module Braking System
C1110 If other DTCs of dynamic stability control system have
DTC Description been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
DTC C1110: Booster Vacuum Failure 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C1110.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
(FTB) DTC C1110 has not been set.
7A Booster Vacuum Leakage If any of the DTCs has been set, replace the body
dynamic stability control system.
7B Vacuum Booster Too Low
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Description
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
The vacuum booster assembly provides boost during braking Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
to reduce the pedal force required for braking.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Conditions for Running DTCs to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. "ABS Regulator".
• Sensor voltage is normal.
• The vehicle is warmed-up for at least 3min.
• The vehicle is started for more than 600min.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
C1110 7A: If there is no brake, there will be no vacuum
decrease whether the engine runs or not. Failure will be set.
C1110 7B: During the cold start (about 3min after starting), if
the engine runs more than 600rpm, there shall be a differential
pressure of at least -200mbar in the vacuum chamber. If the
differential pressure in the vacuum chamber is lower than the
threshold value for 2min, the failure will be set.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The function of optimizing hydraulic pressure brake is invalid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
Failure Cause
• Vacuum booster failure.
• Body stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Check and visually observe the vacuum booster, vacuum
pipe for leakage, damage, etc. If any of above situations
occurs, repair/replace relevant failure components.
2. Confirm no other DTCs of body stability control system
are set except DTC C1110.
V1.0 973
Braking System Brake Module
C1112, C1113 If there remains any DTC, test/replace the body stability
DTC Description control system.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
(FTB) Module" - "ABS Regulator".
00 No Coding Detected • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
DTC C1113: Configuration Data Error or Coding EEPROM "ABS Regulator".
Incoherent
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
Configuration Data Error or Coding
00
EEPROM Incoherent
Circuit/System Description
The dynamic stability control system can assist the driver to
well control the vehicle driving and the operation stability
under all driving conditions, so as to maximize the vehicle
safety.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The vehicle speed is greater than 10.8 km/h, and the
sensor is normal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
C1112: The parameter code and calculated checksum read and
stored by the program are not found.
Circuit/System Test
1. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C1112 and C1113.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 974
Brake Module Braking System
C1114
DTC Description
DTC C1114: HCU/ECU Mismatch
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
4A HCU/ECU Mismatch
Circuit/System Description
Dynamic stability control system shall run a diagnostic program
to detect internal failure, not involving external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The vehicle speed is greater than 10.8 km/h, and the
sensor is in normal state.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
HCU and ECU mismatch.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Except for EBD and ABS, other systems are all invalid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The setting conditions are not present, then the DTCs
are cleared in the next ignition cycle, and MIL will be off.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
cleared, and the MIL will be off.
Failure Cause
Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Use the scan tool to delete DTC C1114.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 975
Braking System Brake Module
Failure Type Byte Failure Description • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
(FTB) to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
46 Analog Valve Calibration Memory
Failure
62 Analog Valve Current Compare
Failure
Circuit/System Description
The module realizes the functions including the anti-lock
braking, the braking force distribution and the acceleration
slip regulation by controlling the opening and closing of valves.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• The vehicle is in static condition.
• The valve is in normally open condition.
• Single valve is required.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
C1115 46: if ECU calibration data in permanent memory is
destroyed, for example some values exceed the limit value,
then the failure is set.
Circuit/System Test
1. Use the scan tool to delete DTC C1115.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 976
Brake Module Braking System
C1117 5. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
DTC Description position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
DTC C1117: TMC Sensor Voltage Out Of Range
6. If any DTC has been set, test/replace the body stability
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description control system.
(FTB)
Service Guideline
1C TMC Sensor Voltage Out Of Range
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Circuit/System Description Module" - "ABS Regulator".
Pressure sensor, which is in the body stability control system, • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
monitors the brake pressure of ABS regulator. If the brake to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
pressure exceeds the upper safety pressure limit of the system "ABS Regulator".
during pressurization, the overflow valve, which plays the role
of safety protection, will switch on to allow the brake fluid to
flow back to the brake master cylinder.
Conditions for Running DTCs
The voltage of pressure sensor exceeds the threshold value.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The stored data is not consistent with the calculated data.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Except for EBD and ABS, other systems are all invalid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The setting conditions are not present, then the DTCs
are cleared in the next ignition cycle.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
cleared, and the MIL will be off.
Failure Cause
Body stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Inspect and visually check the system for leakage, damage,
etc.
V1.0 977
Braking System Brake Module
C1118
DTC Description
DTC C1118:Vehicle Acceleration Unplausible
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
68 Vehicle Acceleration Unplausible
Circuit/System Description
Dynamic brake function will assist EPB to brake according to
the received signal from EPB when the vehicle is moving.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Deceleration, but not during driver braking, up-hill driving, ABS
or TCS control interventions
Conditions for Setting DTCs
The timer increasing when the absolute acceleration value
differs more than allowed value exceeds the threshold.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DBF is invalid。
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The setting conditions are not present, then the DTCs
are cleared in the next ignition cycle.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
cleared, and the MIL will be off.
Failure Cause
• The diagnosis failure caused by non module itself.
Circuit/System Test
1. Use the scan tool to delete DTC C1118
V1.0 978
Brake Module Braking System
C1121 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC C1121: HDC Switch Error harness connector CE006 from the HDC switch.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of HDC switch
(FTB) and the ground is less than 5Ω.
24 HDC Switch Error If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit or high resistance.
Circuit/System Description
3. Carry out component test, and check and replace the
Hill descent control (HDC) switch controls ON and OFF of of failed HDC switch.
hill descent function.
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
Conditions for Running DTCs
short to ground.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
4. Disconnect harness connector BY003 from the body
Conditions for Setting DTCs stability control system.
If the switch is pressed and held for 10s or the switch input 5. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of
is invalid for more than 150ms, HDC switch will enters into harness connector CE006 of HDC switch and terminal
failure mode. 20 of harness connector BY003 of body stability control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set system is less than 5Ω.
HDC switch is invalid. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs open circuit or high resistance.
• If the setting conditions do not exist, the DTCs are 6. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of
cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off. harness connector CE006 of the HDC switch or terminal
20 of harness connector BY003 of body stability control
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the DTCs will be
system and the ground is infinite.
cleared, and the MIL will be off.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure.
7. If all tests above are normal, replace the body stability
• Connector failure or poor fit.
control system.
• HDC switch failure.
Component Test
• Body stability control system failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Reference Information
harness connector CE006 from the HDC switch.
Reference Circuit Information
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 10 of the
SCS (2) switch is breakover or infinite respectively when the
Reference Connector End View Information HDC switch is on and off.
CE006, BY003 If it is not within the specified range, replace HDC switch
assembly.
Reference Electrical Information
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Interior Fitting" - "Instrument
Circuit/System Check Panel & Center Console" - "Center Console
1. Check if there is any foreign matters on the outside Combination Switch".
surface of the switch, and clean it up if any. • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
2. Check if the switch is fitted in the proper position. If Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
not, fit it again. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
3. Operate HDC switch to check for stagnation or poor fit. to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
Readjust the failure parts found in visual check. "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 979
Braking System Brake Module
DTC C1122: AVH Switch Error If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit or high resistance.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Carry out component test, and check/replace the failed
24 AVH Switch Error AVH switch.
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, replace the left
center console switch assembly.
BY003, CE007
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Interior Fitting" - "Instrument
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Panel & Center Console" - "Center Console
Circuit/System Check Combination Switch".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
1. Check if there is any foreign matters on the outside
Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
surface of the switch, and clean it up if any.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Check if the switch is fitted in the proper position. If
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
not, fit it again.
"ABS Regulator".
3. Operate AVH switch to check for stagnation or poor fit.
Readjust the failure parts found in visual check.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
harness connector CE007 from AVH switch.
V1.0 980
Brake Module Braking System
C1203, C1204, C1207, C1208, C1209 C1204: The periphery deviation of single tyre exceeds the
DTC Description threshold value by 4.5%, the speed>15km/h, which lasts for
10min.
DTC C1203: TPMS Not Available
C1207: When TPMS detects that inflation pressure drops.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) C1208: TPMS-related EEPROM data and monitored data are
00 TPMS Not Available inconsistent.
DTC C1207: TPMS Diffusion Warning C1207: All systems work normally.
V1.0 981
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 982
Brake Module Braking System
U0073, U0074 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC U0073: MS CAN in bus off state Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
BY003, FA042
88 MS CAN in bus off state
Reference Electrical Information
DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Bus Off on Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
CAN2
Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(FTB)
(Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal,
88 Control Module Communication Bus continue following detection procedures.
Off on CAN2
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Description harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control
system.
The dynamic stability control system communicates with other
control modules via the HS CAN bus. 3. Test if the resistance between harness connector BY003
of the dynamic stability control system and harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector FA042 of the the diagnostic interface is less
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. than 5Ω:
• Battery voltage is normal. • Terminal 10 of BY003 and Terminal 14 of FA042
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 11 of BY003 and Terminal 6 of FA042
U0073: Power assembly CAN communication fails.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
U0074: Chassis CAN communication fails. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Test if the resistance between harness connector BY003
• Engine drag torque control is invalid. of the dynamic stability control system or harness
• Traction control system is invalid. connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface and the
ground is infinite:
• Dynamic stability control system is invalid.
• Hill-start assist system is invalid. • Terminal 10 of BY003
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 11 of BY003
• The communication is normal within 5,000ms, the bus • Terminal 6 of FA042
off counter is reset, and the DTC is cleared.
• Terminal 14 of FA042
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Failure Cause
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Relevant circuit failure.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Connector failure or poor fit.
harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control
• Dynamic stability control system failure. system or harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic
interface and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Terminal 10 of BY003
• Terminal 11 of BY003
• Terminal 6 of FA042
• Terminal 14 of FA042
V1.0 983
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 984
Brake Module Braking System
、U0401、
U0100、 、U16BE、、U16C7、
、U16F9、
、 Failure Type Byte Failure Description
、U1794、
U1769、 、U17AF、、U17C3、
、U17CB、、
(FTB)
、U17F2、
U17DF、 、U181C、
、U182A、、U18D1、
、
、U1AC1、
U19F5、 、U1A6A、、U1B41 87 Frame 0x1C3 timeout
DTC Description
DTC U17CB: Frame 0x1CB timeout
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With ECM
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
(FTB)
87 Frame 0x1CB timeout
87 Lost Communication With ECM
DTC U17DF: Frame 0x1DF timeout
DTC U0401: Invalid Data Received From ECM
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
(FTB)
87 Frame 0x1DF timeout
81 Invalid Data Received From ECM
DTC U17F2: Frame 0x1F2 timeout
DTC U16BE: Frame 0xBE timeout
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
(FTB)
87 Frame 0x1F2 timeout
87 Frame 0xBE timeout
DTC U181C: Frame 0x21C timeout
DTC U16C7: Frame 0xC7 timeout
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
(FTB)
87 Frame 0x21C timeout
87 Frame 0xC7 timeout
DTC U182A: Frame 0x22A timeout
DTC U16F9: Frame 0xC9 timeout
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
(FTB)
87 Frame 0xF9 timeout 87 Frame 0x22A timeout
DTC U1769: Frame 0x169 timeout DTC U18D1: Frame 0x2D1 timeout
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) (FTB)
DTC U1794: Frame 0x194 timeout DTC U19F5: Frame 0x3F5 timeout
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) (FTB)
DTC U17AF: Frame 0x1AF timeout DTC U1AC1: Frame 0x4C1 timeout
Failure Type Byte Failure Description Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) (FTB)
DTC U17C3: Frame 0x1C3 timeout DTC U1A6A: Frame 0x46A timeout
V1.0 985
Braking System Brake Module
Failure Type Byte Failure Description control, traction control system, dynamic stability control
(FTB) system and hill-start assist system failures.
87 Frame 0x46A timeout U182A, U1A6A, U1B41: All systems are valid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC U1B41: Frame 0x541 timeout
• Frame is not missing within 100 continuous frame
Failure Type Byte Failure Description periods.
(FTB)
• If the setting conditions do not exist, then the DTCs are
87 Frame 0x541 timeout cleared in the next ignition cycle and the MIL will go off.
Circuit/System Description • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with
Failure Cause
ECM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector or poor fit.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• ECM failure.
• Battery voltage is normal.
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Reference Information
U0100: 0xC9 frame is missing continuously for 200ms.
Reference Circuit Information
U0401: Invalid data is received from ECM.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
U16BE: 0xbe frame is missing continuously for 200ms.
Reference Connector End View Information
U16C7: 0xC7 is missing continuously for 200ms (only
BY003, BY021
applicable for DCT transmission).
Reference Electrical Information
U16F9: 0xC9 is missing continuously for 200ms .
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
U1769: 0x169 is missing continuously for 2,000ms.
Circuit/System Test
U1794: 0x194 is missing continuously for 200ms.
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
U17AF: 0x1af is missing continuously for 500ms.
(Power Assembly)". If other module tests are normal,
U17C3: 0x1c3 is missing continuously for 200ms. continue following detection procedures.
U17CB: 0x1cb is missing continuously for 200ms (only 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
applicable for 4WD controller). battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY003 of the dynamic stability control system, and
U17DF: 0x1df is missing continuously for 2,000ms. disconnect harness connector BY021 of the ECM.
U17F2: 0x1f2 is missing continuously for 200ms. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
U181C: 0x21c is missing continuously for 2,000ms. harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control
system and terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
U182A: 0x22a is missing continuously for 200ms. ECM is less than 5Ω:
U18D1: 0x2d1 is missing continuously for 500ms (only • Terminal 10 of BY003 and Terminal 44 of BY021
applicable for 4WD controller).
• Terminal 11 of BY003 and Terminal 45 of BY021
U19F5: 0x3f5 is missing continuously for 2,000ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
U1AC1: 0x4c1 is missing continuously for 2,000ms. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
U1A6A: 0x46a is missing continuously for 2,000ms. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
U1B41: 0x541 is missing continuously for 2,000ms. harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control
system or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
ECM and the ground is infinite:
U0100 、 U0401 、 U16BE 、 U16C7 、 U16F9 、 U1769 、
• Terminal 10 of BY003
U1794 、 U17AF 、 U17C3 、 U17CB 、 U17DF 、 U17F2 、
U181C 、 U18D1 、 U19F5 、 U1AC1 : Engine drag torque • Terminal 11 of BY003
V1.0 986
Brake Module Braking System
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Terminal 45 of BY021
• Terminal 10 of BY003
• Terminal 11 of BY003
• Terminal 44 of BY021
• Terminal 45 of BY021
V1.0 987
Braking System Brake Module
DTC U0402: Invalid Data Received From TCM 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
BY003 of the body stability control system, and
(FTB)
disconnect harness connector BY001 of the TCM.
81 Invalid Data Received From TCM 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY003 of the body stability control system
and terminals of harness connector BY001 of the TCM
The dynamic stability control system communicates with the is less than 5Ω:
transmission control module via the HS CAN bus.
• Terminal 10 of BY003 and Terminal 17 of BY001
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 11 of BY003 and Terminal 18 of BY001
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Battery voltage is normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
U0101: 0x1F5 is missing continuously for 200ms (only
connector BY003 of the body stability control system or
applicable for DCT transmission).
terminals of harness connector BY001 of the TCM and
U0402: Invalid data is received from TCM. the ground is infinite:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 10 of BY003
• Engine drag torque control is invalid. • Terminal 11 of BY003
• Traction control system is invalid.
• Terminal 17 of BY001
• Dynamic stability control system is invalid.
• Terminal 18 of BY001
• Hill-start assist system is invalid.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
short to ground.
• Frame is not missing within 100 continuous frame
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
periods.
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
terminals of harness connector BY003 of the body
cycles.
stability control system or terminals of harness connector
Failure Cause BY001 of the TCM and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 10 of BY003
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 11 of BY003
• Transmission control module failure.
• Terminal 17 of BY001
• Body stability control system failure.
• Terminal 18 of BY001
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Power Assembly)
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the TCM or the
Reference Connector End View Information
body stability control system.
BY003, BY001 Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 988
Brake Module Braking System
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission Control
Module (TCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 989
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 990
Brake Module Braking System
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
stability control system or four-wheel drive control
module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- “Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 991
Braking System Brake Module
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
BY003 from body stability control system, and harness
Lost Communication With
87 connector BY079 from airbag control module.
Restraints Control Module (SDM)
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
DTC U0452: Invalid Data Received From Restraints Control connector BY003 of body stability control system and the
Module (SDM) terminals of harness connector BY079 of airbag control
module is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 10 of BY003 and Terminal 1 of BY079
V1.0 992
Brake Module Braking System
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 993
Braking System Brake Module
V1.0 994
Brake Module Braking System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Service Guideline" -
"Steering Angle Sensor".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "Service Guideline" - "ABS Regulator".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 995
Braking System Brake Module
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
(FTB) the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY003 from dynamic stability control system, and harness
87 Lost Communication With Park
connector BY036 from electronic parking brake control
Brake Control Module
unit.
DTC U0417: Invalid Data Received From Park Brake Control 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Module connector BY003 of dynamic stability control system and
the terminals of harness connector BY036 of electronic
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
parking brake control unit is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
• Terminal 18 of BY003 and Terminal A2 of BY036
81 Invalid Data Received From EPB
• Terminal 19 of BY003 and Terminal A3 of BY036
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
The dynamic stability control system communicates with the
circuit for open circuit /high resistance.
electronic parking brake control module via the HS CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector BY003 of dynamic stability control system or
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the terminals of harness connector BY036 of electronic
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. parking brake control unit and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 18 of BY003
U0128: 0x230 misses for 200ms continuously. • Terminal 19 of BY003
U0417: Receive invalid data from EPB. • Terminal A2 of BY036
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal A3 of BY036
All systems are valid. If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to ground.
• In 100 continuous frame periods, there is no loss of 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
frame. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical the terminals of harness connector BY003 of dynamic
DTCs will be cleared. stability control system and the terminals of harness
Failure Cause connector BY036 of electronic parking brake control unit
is between 2 and 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 18 of BY003
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Electronic parking brake failure. • Terminal 19 of BY003
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system or electronic parking brake
BY003, BY036
control unit.
Reference Electrical Information
Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Brake" - "Electronic Parking Control Module".
V1.0 996
Brake Module Braking System
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 997
Braking System Brake Module
The dynamic stability control system communicates with • Terminal 19 of BY003 and Terminal 2 of FA004
gateway via the HS CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Running DTCs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. connector BY003 of dynamic stability control system or
Conditions for Setting DTCs the terminals of harness connector FA004 of gateway
module and the ground is infinite:
U0146: 0x1F1 misses for successive 200ms.
• Terminal 18 of BY003
U0447: Receive invalid data from gateway.
• Terminal 19 of BY003
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 1 of FA004
All systems are valid.
• Terminal 2 of FA004
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
• In 100 continuous frame periods, there is no loss of
short to ground.
frame.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTCs will be cleared. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the terminals of harness connector BY003 of dynamic
Failure Cause
stability control system or the terminals of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector FA004 of gateway module and the ground is
• Connector failure or poor fit. between 2 and 3V:
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 18 of BY003
• Dynamic stability control system failure. • Terminal 19 of BY003
Reference Information
• Terminal 1 of FA004
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 2 of FA004
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
If it is not within the specified range, test for short to
Reference Connector End View Information
battery.
BY003, FA004
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the dynamic
Reference Electrical Information stability control system or gateway module.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 998
Brake Module Braking System
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 999
Braking System Brake Module
U0300
DTC Description
DTC U0300: SW Release Level Error
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
51 SW Release Level Error
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection in the dynamic stability
control system, not involving external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
SW release failure
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
All systems are valid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• In 100 continuous frame periods, there is no loss of
frame.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm no other DTC of the dynamic stability control
system is set except DTC U0300.
3. If other DTCs of the dynamic stability control system are
set, diagnose these DTCs first.
4. Confirm whether DTC U0300 still exists.
5. If any DTC has been set again, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 1000
Brake Module Braking System
U1562, U1563 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY003
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage High
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
17 Battery Voltage High Circuit/System Check
1. Check if fuse FL5 or FUSE1 of dynamic stability control
DTC U1563: Battery Voltage Low system is blown.
Failure Type Byte Failure Description If the fuse is blown, replace it with a corresponding fuse.
(FTB)
2. Component check: Check battery status. If the battery
16 Battery Voltage Low is normal, keep engine speed above 2,000rpm, check if
the alternator can be charged normally, and inspect the
Circuit/System Description
charging system if the alternator output voltage is not
The dynamic stability control system monitors the system between 12 and 14V.
voltage to check whether the supply voltage of the system is
3. Scan tool inspection:
within the normal operating range.
• Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Conditions for Running DTCs
position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. confirm if there remains any DTC.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
• If KL.30 voltage exceeds high threshold value (16.9V~ between 12 and 14V.
18.1V) for more than 400µs, the failure is reported after If it is not within the specified range or the charging
a delay at most 10ms. indicator comes on, repair the low-voltage battery
• Operating voltage reduces to be less than undervoltage charging system failure.
threshold value: (9.0V~8.7V> KL.30V> 8.3V~7.5V). Circuit/System Test
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
U1562: All functions are invalid. the battery negative cable and harness connector BY003
from dynamic stability control system.
U1563:
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
• Low pressure range 1: Except for EBD, other systems connector BY003 of dynamic stability control system and
are all invalid. the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Low pressure range 2: All systems are invalid.
If it is not within the specified range, test the ground
• Low pressure range 3: All systems are invalid. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• In 100 continuous frame periods, there is no loss of harness connector BY003 of dynamic stability control
frame. system and the ground is infinite:
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical • Terminal 1 of BY003
DTCs will be cleared.
• Terminal 2 of BY003
Failure Cause
• Terminal 25 of BY003
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to ground.
• Transmission control module failure.
4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Dynamic stability control system failure. switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage of the
Reference Information terminals of harness connector BY003 of dynamic
Reference Circuit Information stability control system is the battery voltage:
V1.0 1001
Braking System Brake Module
• Terminal 25 of BY003
V1.0 1002
Brake Module Braking System
U2100
DTC Description
DTC U2100: CAN Communication Module Initialization Fail
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
04 CAN Communication Module
Initialization Fail
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection in the dynamic stability
control system, not involving external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Initialization fail leads to no communication of power train
CAN and chassis CAN.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Except for EBD and ABS, other systems are all invalid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• In 100 continuous frame periods, there is no loss of
frame.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm no other DTC of the dynamic stability control
system is set except DTC U2100.
3. If other DTCs of the dynamic stability control system are
set, diagnose these DTCs first.
4. Confirm whether DTC U2100 still exists.
5. If any DTC has been set again, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 1003
Braking System Brake Module
U3000
DTC Description
DTC U3000: ECU Internal Electronic Failure
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB)
49 ECU Internal Electronic Failure
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection in the dynamic stability
control system, not involving external circuits.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
ECU internal failure.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
All systems are valid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• In 100 continuous frame periods, there is no loss of
frame.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Dynamic stability control system failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Confirm no other DTC of the dynamic stability control
system is set except DTC U3000.
3. If other DTCs of the dynamic stability control system are
set, diagnose these DTCs first.
4. Confirm whether DTC U3000 still exists.
5. If any DTC has been set again, test/replace the dynamic
stability control system.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 1004
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
Wipers and Washer
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to ground or 前雨刮使能继电器驱动回路
B1101 14 III
open circuit 对地短路或开路
前雨刮使能继电器驱动回路
B1101 12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to battery III
对电源短路
后雨刮继电器驱动回路对地
B1102 14 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to ground or open circuit III
短路或开路
后雨刮继电器驱动回路对电
B1102 12 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to battery III
源短路
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to ground or open 前雨刮速度继电器驱动回路
B1103 14 III
circuit 对地短路或开路
前雨刮速度继电器驱动回路
B1103 12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to battery III
对电源短路
B1105 71 Front Park switch actuator stuck 前雨刮驻停开关拨片卡滞 III
B1107 71 Rear Park switch actuator stuck 后雨刮驻停开关拨片卡滞 III
Column switch Potentiometer for Wiper delay resistance 雨刮继电器组合开关电位计
B1109 1E III
out of range 的电阻值超出范围
大灯洗涤继电器控制回路对
B110A 12 Headlamp Washer Relay Control Circuit short to battery III
电源短路
Headlamp Washer Relay Driver Short to ground or open 大灯洗涤继电器控制回路对
B110A 14 III
circuit 地短路或开路
后洗涤继电器控制回路对电
B110B 12 Rear Washer Relay Control Circuit short to battery III
源短路
Rear Washer Relay Driver Short to ground or open 后洗涤继电器控制回路对地
B110B 14 III
circuit 短路或开路
Front Washer Relay Driver Short to ground or open 前洗涤继电器控制回路对地
B110C 14 III
circuit 短路或开路
前洗涤继电器控制回路对电
B110C 12 Front Washer Relay Control Circuit short to battery III
源短路
B11A3 09 Rain Sensor Hardware failure 雨量传感器硬件失效 III
B11A4 04 Rain Sensor Initialization failure 雨量传感器初始化失效 III
B11A5 09 Light Sensor Hardware failure 灯光传感器硬件失效 III
V1.0 1005
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Wiper
V1.0 1006
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
Washer
V1.0 1007
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
15 Ground
Front Wiper Speed Relay 2
16
Coil Input
Rear Window Washer Relay Pin No. Pin Information
17
Coil Input 13 LIN3
Headlamp Washer Relay Rear Wiper Motor Stop
18 49
Coil Input Position Switch Input
V1.0 1008
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
Pin No. Pin Information Air Conditioning Control Module Assembly FA037
3 Ground
Front Wiper Motor Stop
4
Position Switch Input
V1.0 1009
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
3 LIN3
V1.0 1010
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
Diagnostic Information and Procedure BY018, BY086
B1101
Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B1101: Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Failure
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Check if fuse F26 is blown. Place the ignition switch in
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver "OFF" position, disconnect the battery negative cable,
12
Short to Battery and disconnect harness connector BY086 of body
control module and harness connector BY018 of engine
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver
14 compartment fuse box.
Short to Ground or Open Circuit
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 14 of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY086 of body control module and terminal 2
There are 3 wiper relays in engine compartment fuse box: of harness connector BY018 of engine compartment fuse
front wiper enable relay (relay 1), front wiper speed relay (relay box is less than 5Ω.
2) and rear wiper relay. After receiving the request signal of If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
wiper/washer stalk switch, BCM controls corresponding wiper open circuit/high resistance.
relay to work.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 14 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector BY086 of body control module or terminal 2
B1101 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, of harness connector BY018 of the engine compartment
and the front wiper enable relay closes. fuse box and the ground is infinite.
B1101 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
and the front wiper enable relay opens. short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 14 of harness
B1101 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for connector BY086 of body control module or terminal 2
10 consecutive times. of harness connector BY018 of the engine compartment
fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
B1101 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to battery.
B1101 12: High side drive output is closed in the present 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
ignition cycle. control module or engine compartment fuse box.
Service Guideline
B1101 14: None.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
consecutive times.
Entertainment" - "Fuse Box and Harness" - "Engine
Failure Cause Compartment Fuse Box".
• Relevant Circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Connector failure or poor fit. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure.
• Engine compartment fuse box failure.
• Relay failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Wiper
Reference Connector End View Information
V1.0 1011
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
V1.0 1012
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
B1103 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B1103: Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Failure
Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Check if fuse FL29 is blown. Place the ignition switch in
(FTB)
"OFF" position, disconnect the battery negative cable,
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver and disconnect harness connector BY086 of the body
12
Short to Battery control module and harness connector BY018 of the
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver engine compartment fuse box.
14
Short to Ground or Open Circuit 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY086 of the body control module and
terminal 16 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
There are 3 wiper relays in engine compartment fuse box: compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
front wiper enable relay (relay 1), front wiper speed relay (relay
2) and rear wiper relay. After receiving the request signal of If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
wiper/washer stalk switch, BCM controls corresponding wiper circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
relay to work. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY086 of the body control module or
terminal 16 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
B1103 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
and the front wiper speed relay closes.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1103 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
short to ground.
and the front wiper speed relay opens.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
connector BY086 of the body control module or
B1103 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected terminal 16 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
for 10 consecutive times. compartment fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
B1103 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
10 consecutive times. short to battery.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
B1103 12: High side drive output is closed in the present control module or engine compartment fuse box.
ignition cycle. Service Guideline
B1103 14: None. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
consecutive times. Entertainment" - "Fuse Box and Harness" - "Engine
Compartment Fuse Box".
Failure Cause
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Relevant circuit failure.
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Connector failure or poor fit. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure.
• Engine compartment fuse box failure.
• Relay failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Wipers
Reference Connector End View Information
BY018, BY086
V1.0 1013
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY086 from body control module and harness connector
BY133 from windshield wiper motor.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
connector BY133 of windshield wiper motor and the
ground is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 1014
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
B1107 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 49 of the
DTC Description harness connector BY088 of body control module and
terminal 2 of harness connector BY135 of rear window
DTC B1107: Rear Park Switch Actuator Stuck
wiper motor is less than 5Ω.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
(FTB)
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
71 Rear Park Switch Actuator Stuck
4. Test if the resistance between the terminal 49 of the
Circuit/System Description harness connector BY088 of body control module or
If the wiper is still working when ignition switch is turned off, terminal 2 of harness connector BY135 of rear window
the wiper relay maintains the current closing state. When wiper motor and the ground is infinite.
the wiper operates to reset position at a low speed, the relay If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
disconnects automatically and the wiper stops working. short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 49 of the harness
Rear wiper is not in wiping process. connector BY088 of body control module or terminal
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2 of harness connector BY135 of rear window wiper
motor and the power supply is infinite.
The rear wiper does not reach the reset position after working
for 18s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
The wiper stops after working for 18s continuously in the
control module or the rear window wiper motor.
current work period.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Switch condition change is detected.
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause
• Refer to Service Manual, "Exterior Fitting" - "Wipers and
• Relevant circuit failure. Washer" - "Rear Window Wiper Motor".
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Rear window wiper motor failure. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Body control module failure. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Wipers
Reference Connector End View Information
BY135, BY088
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY088 from body control module and harness connector
BY135 from rear window wiper motor.
2. Test if resistance between terminal 1 of harness
connector BY135 of rear window wiper motor and the
ground is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 1015
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
B1109 2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC Description DTC B1109 is not set again.
DTC B1109: Column Switch Potentiometer for Wiper Delay If the DTC is set again, switch to "Circuit/System Test".
Resistance Out of Range Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description
(FTB) battery negative cable and disconnect harness connector
Column Switch Potentiometer for FA044 from the wiper/washer stalk switch.
1E Wiper Delay Resistance Out of 2. Perform component test on the wiper/washer stalk
Range switch, if the specified values are not met, replace the
wiper/washer stalk switch.
Circuit/System Description
3. Disconnect harness connector FA026 from body control
The wiper stalk switch consists of a 5-position toggle module.
switch and a rotary switch. The wiper switch positions
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 42 of harness
and "closed" positions of intermittent wiper, low speed and
connector FA026 of body control module and the
high speed wipers are locked, while the stroke wiping and
terminal 1 of harness connector FA044 of wiper/washer
program-controlled wiping/washing switches are unlocked.
stalk switch is less than 5Ω.
The rotary switch is used to select the intermittent delay time
or adjust the sensitivity of rain sensor (if equipped). If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Conditions for Running DTCs circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector FA026 of body control module or the terminal
• The ignition voltage is between 9 and 16V.
of harness connector FA044 of wiper/washer stalk switch
Conditions for Setting DTCs and the ground is infinite:
Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the resistance beyond
• Terminal 1 of FA044
the range, and it keeps for 2s continuously.
• Terminal 42 of FA026
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
Use the resistance value of default setting
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the resistance
connector FA026 of body control module or the terminal
recovers to the normal range for 5 consecutive times.
of harness connector FA044 of wiper/washer stalk switch
Failure Cause and the power supply is infinite:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 1 of FA044
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 42 of FA026
• Wiper/washer stalk switch failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Body control module failure.
short to battery.
Reference Information
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
Reference Circuit Information control module or wiper/washer stalk switch.
Wipers Component Test
Reference Connector End View Information 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
FA044, FA026 the battery negative cable.
Reference Electrical Information 2. Disconnect the harness connector FA044 from wiper
stalk switch.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and
Circuit/System Check terminal 12 of harness connector FA014 of wiper/washer
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. stalk switch is consistent with that in the following
table when the wiper/washer stalk switch is in different
intermittent positions.
V1.0 1016
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
Resistance (Ω) Duration
2 17
4 11
6 6
8 3
V1.0 1017
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
When the ignition switch is in 1 or 2 position, the dipped beam
headlamp is on and the windscreen wash fluid is sufficient, pull 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 14 of harness
the washer stalk, and BCM drives the headlamp washer pump connector FA026 of body control module or terminal 18
to work by controlling the closing state of external relay. of harness connector BY018 of the engine compartment
Conditions for Running DTCs fuse box and the ground is infinite.
B110A 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
and the headlamp washer relay closes. short to ground.
B110A 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 14 of harness
and the headlamp washer relay opens. connector FA026 of body control module or terminal 18
of harness connector BY018 of the engine compartment
Conditions for Setting DTCs
fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
B110A 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
10 consecutive times.
short to battery.
B110A 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
5. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
consecutive times.
control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Service Guideline
Low side drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Low side drive circuit working normally is tested for 20 • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
consecutive times. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Failure Cause "Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1018
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
B110B and disconnect harness connector BY086 of the body
DTC Description control module and harness connector BY018 of the
engine compartment fuse box.
DTC B110B: Rear Washer Relay Control Circuit Failure
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector BY086 of the body control module and
(FTB)
terminal 17 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
Rear Washer Relay Control Circuit compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
12
Short to Battery
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Rear Washer Relay Driver Short to circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
14
Ground or Open Circuit
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY086 of the body control module or
terminal 17 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
After receiving the request signal of wiper/washer stalk switch,
compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
BCM controls corresponding washer relay to work.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
B110B 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
and the rear washer relay closes. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
connector BY086 of the body control module or
B110B 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
terminal 17 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
and the rear washer relay opens.
compartment fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B110B 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected short to battery.
for 10 consecutive times.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
B110B 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for control module.
10 consecutive times.
Service Guideline
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Low side drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
consecutive times. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Relay failure.
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Washer
Reference Connector End View Information
BY018, BY086
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Check if fuse F5 is blown. Place the ignition switch in
"OFF" position, disconnect the battery negative cable,
V1.0 1019
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
After receiving the request signal of wiper/washer stalk switch,
BCM controls corresponding washer relay to work. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY086 of body control module or terminal 18
of harness connector BY018 of the engine compartment
B110C 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, fuse box and the ground is infinite.
and the front washer relay closes.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B110C 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, short to ground.
and the front washer relay opens.
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs
connector BY086 of body control module or terminal 18
B110C 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected of harness connector BY018 of the engine compartment
for 10 consecutive times. fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
B110C 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
10 consecutive times. short to battery.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
Low side drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle. control module.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Service Guideline
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
consecutive times. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Relevant circuit failure.
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Relay failure.
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Washer
Reference Connector End View Information
BY018, BY086
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1020
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
B11A3, B11A4 and B11A6 • Configuration range value is inconsistent with the actual
DTC Description value.
DTC B11A3: Rain Sensor Hardware failure • Writing configuration parameter in EEPROM fails.
• BCM configuration parameter failure occurs for 3 times
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description above.
(FTB)
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
09 Rain Sensor Hardware failure
B11A3, B11A4: BCM will control wiper intermittent mode and
DTC B11A4: Rain Sensor Initialization failure record DTC.
Failure Type Byte B11A6: None.
Failure Description
(FTB) Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
04 Rain Sensor Initialization failure
B11A3: The failure status restores to normal, and HALIOS
RAW value keeps within 512±300 for 100ms.
DTC B11A6: Rain Light Sensor (RLS) Configuration failure
B11A4:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • MCU register receives failure status, and MCU resets bit5
(FTB)
=0.
Rain Light Sensor (RLS)
05 • RAM register receives failure status, and MCU resets bit7
Configuration failure
=0.
Circuit/System Description • FLASH register receives failure status, and MCU resets
Rain sensor detects rain signal through the photosensitive line bit6 =0.
of raindrops, and sends the signal to BCM to control the wiper • RLS reset.
action.
B11A6:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Configuration parameter is within the normal range.
B11A3: Place the ignition switch in ACC or RUN position. LIN
• Writing configuration parameter in EEPROM succeeds.
communication is normal.
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
B11A4: Place the ignition switch in ACC or RUN position.
cleared.
LIN3 communication is normal.
Failure Cause
B11A6: Place the ignition switch in ACC or RUN position.
• Relevant circuit failure.
LIN3 communication is normal.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Body control module failure.
B11A3:
• Rain sensor failure.
• Rain sensor infrared signal transmitting channel
Reference Information
A is normally open or transmitting channel B is
short-circuited, and HALIOS RAW value keeps between Reference Circuit Information
1,000 and 1,023, which lasts for 6s. Wipers
• Rain sensor infrared signal transmitting channel
Reference Connector End View Information
B is normally open or transmitting channel A is
short-circuited, and HALIOS RAW value keeps between BY190, BY088
0 and 50, which lasts for 6s. Reference Electrical Information
B11A4: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• MCU register failure, MCU resets bit5 =1, CPU register
Circuit/System Test
error.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• RAM failure, MCU resets bit7 =1.
the battery negative cable.
• FLASH memory failure, MCU resets bit6 =1.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY190 of the rain sensor
• RLS failure. and harness connector BY088 of the BCM.
B11A6:
V1.0 1021
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
• Terminal 13 of BY088
• Terminal 3 of BY190
• Terminal 13 of BY088
• Terminal 3 of BY190
V1.0 1022
Wipers and Washer Exterior Fitting
B11A5 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B11A5: Light Sensor Hardware failure
Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Check the mounting position of solar sensor, and check
(FTB)
the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
09 Light Sensor Hardware failure Readjust the failure parts found in visual inspection.
Circuit/System Description 2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, and observe if the solar sensor temperature
The solar sensor is fitted in the centre of the instrument panel
displayed in the real-time scan tool changes with the
near the windshield. The solar sensor consists of two diodes
illumination intensity.
inputing light intensity for the auto temperature controller,
where one detects the left light intensity input of the vehicle Circuit/System Test
and the other one detects the right light intensity input. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs the battery negative cable.
B11A5: Place the ignition switch in ACC or RUN position. 2. Disconnect harness connector FA048 of the solar sensor
LIN3 communication is normal. and harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
controller.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
B11A5:
connector FA048 of the solar sensor and terminals
• The communication between MCU and lighting detection of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
chip keeps failing, which lasts for 100ms. controller is less than 5Ω:
• Ambient lighting sensor element is short-circuited and • Terminal 3 of FA037 and Terminal 6 of FA048
the voltage keeps more than 3.2V, which lasts for 500ms.
• Terminal 8 of FA037 and Terminal 1 of FA048
• Ambient lighting sensor element is open-circuited and
the voltage keeps less than 0.1V, which lasts for 500ms. • Terminal 9 of FA037 and Terminal 4 of FA048
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B11A5: Lamps illuminate during poweron.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector FA048 of the solar sensor or terminals
B11A5: of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
• The communication between MCU and lighting detection controller and the ground is infinite:
chip restores within 100ms or less. • Terminal 3 of FA037
• The voltage of ambient lighting sensor keeps between • Terminal 8 of FA037
0.1v and 3.2v, which lasts for 100ms.
• Terminal 9 of FA037
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be • Terminal 1 of FA048
cleared.
• Terminal 4 of FA048
Failure Cause
• Terminal 6 of FA048
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit.
short to ground.
• Automatic A/C controller failure.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• Solar sensor failure. connector FA048 of the solar sensor or terminals
Reference Information of harness connector FA037 of the automatic A/C
Reference Circuit Information controller and the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 1023
Exterior Fitting Wipers and Washer
• Terminal 4 of FA048
• Terminal 6 of FA048
V1.0 1024
Lighting Lighting Systems
Lighting
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
B1081 13 Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit open circuit 室内照明灯控制回路开路 III
Timed delay / Inadvertent power Control Circuit short to 延时继电器控制回路对电
B1082 11 III
ground 源短路
Timed delay / Inadvertent power Control Circuit short to 延时继电器控制回路对地
B1082 12 III
battery 短路
B1083 13 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit open circuit 附件挡指示灯回路开路 II
附件挡指示灯回路对地短
B1083 11 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit short to ground II
路
起动、运行挡指示灯回路
B1084 13 Power Mode run and Crank Indicator Circuit open circuit II
开路
起动、运行挡指示灯回路
B1084 11 Power Mode run and Crank Indicator Circuit short to ground II
对地短路
行李箱灯控制回路对电源
B1089 12 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to battery III
短路
行李箱灯控制回路对地短
B1089 11 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to ground III
路
B1089 13 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit 行李箱灯控制回路开路 III
灯光变暗控制回路对电源
B108A 12 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to battery III
短路
灯光变暗控制回路对地短
B108A 11 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to ground III
路
B108A 13 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Open Circuit 灯光变暗控制回路开路 III
*Note :
V1.0 1025
Lighting Systems Lighting
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Internal lighting (1)
V1.0 1026
Lighting Lighting Systems
Internal lighting (2)
V1.0 1027
Lighting Systems Lighting
V1.0 1028
Lighting Lighting Systems
Start-stop Switch FA002 Body Control Module FA026
V1.0 1029
Lighting Systems Lighting
Diagnostic Information and Procedure connector BY047 of the front reading lamps is less than
B1081 5Ω.
DTC Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
DTC B1081: Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit Short to circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Ground 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
Failure Type Byte connector BY087 of BCM or terminal 2 of harness
Failure Description
(FTB) connector BY047 of the front reading lamps and the
ground is infinite.
11 Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit
Short to Ground If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Circuit/System Description
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
When BCM receives reading lamp switch signal, door switch
connector BY087 of BCM or terminal 2 of harness
signal, and tail gate open signal, BCM controls the illumination
connector BY047 of the front reading lamps and the
of corresponding courtesy lamps.
power supply is infinite.
Conditions for Running DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
HSD of courtesy lamps is on, which is equal to or more than short to battery.
70% PWM control.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM or the
Conditions for Setting DTCs
front reading lamps.
HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 50 consecutive Service Guideline
times.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Courtesy lamps do not work in the current ignition cycle. • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Internal
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Lighting" - "Front Reading Lamp Assembly".
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 81 consecutive • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Internal
times. Lighting" - "Rear Reading Lamp Assembly".
Failure Cause • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Relevant circuit failure.
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Front reading lamp failure.
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Internal Lighting (2)
Reference Connector End View Information
BY087, BY047
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY087 of BCM and harness connector BY047 of the
front reading lamps.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of the harness
connector BY087 of BCM and terminal 2 of harness
V1.0 1030
Lighting Lighting Systems
B1082 BY087, BY047, BY046, BY205
DTC Description
Reference Electrical Information
DTC B1082: Timed Delay / Inadvertent Power Control Circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
11 Timed Delay / Inadvertent Power the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
Control Circuit Short to Ground connectors BY047, BY046 and BY205 of front and rear
reading lamps.
12 Timed Delay / Inadvertent Power
2. Disconnect harness connector BY087 from BCM.
Control Circuit Short to Battery
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 32 of the harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY087 of BCM and terminal 3 of harness
BCM controls the delay relay ON/OFF. connectors BY047, BY046 and BY205 of the front and
rear reading lamps is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Running DTCs
B1082 11: If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• The system is powered on and operating.
• Delay relay is turned off. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 32 of harness
connector BY087 of BCM or terminal 3 of harness
B1082 112: connectors BY047 and BY046 of front and rear reading
• The system is powered on and operating. lamps and the ground is infinite.
• Delay relay is turned on. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs short to ground.
B1082 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 32 of harness
consecutive times. connector BY087 of BCM or terminal 3 of harness
connectors BY047 and BY046 of front and rear reading
B1082 12: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20
lamps and the power supply is infinite.
consecutive times.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Delay relay does not work in the current ignition cycle.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM or the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
front and rear reading lamps.
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36
Service Guideline
consecutive times.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
be cleared.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Internal
Failure Cause
Lighting" - "Front Reading Lamp Assembly".
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Internal
• Connector failure or poor fit. Lighting" - "Rear Reading Lamp Assembly".
• Front reading lamp failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Left rear internal reading lamp failure. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Right rear internal reading lamp failure. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1031
Lighting Systems Lighting
B1083 11: HSD of ACC indicator lamp is on, which is 100% 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 26 of harness
PWM control. connector FA026 of BCM or terminal 2 of harness
connector FA002 of start-stop button and the power
B1083 13: HSD of ACC indicator lamp is off, which is 100% supply is infinite:
PWM control.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs
short to battery.
B1083 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 20
5. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM or
consecutive times.
start-stop button.
B1083 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 consecutive Service Guideline
times.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
ACC indicator lamp does not work in the current ignition • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
cycle. Access" - "One-Touch Ignition Switch".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
HSD circuit working normally is tested for 36 consecutive to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
times. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• ACC indicator lamp failure.
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Starting & Charging (2) - With Keyless System
Reference Connector End View Information
V1.0 1032
Lighting Lighting Systems
B1084 FA026, FA002
DTC Description
Reference Electrical Information
DTC B1084: Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator Circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Test
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Power Mode Run and Crank battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
11 FA026 from BCM and harness connector FA002 from
Indicator Circuit Short to Ground
start-stop button.
Power Mode Run and Crank
13 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 37 of harness
Indicator Circuit Open Circuit
connector FA026 of BCM and terminal 5 of harness
Circuit/System Description connector FA002 of start-stop button is less than 5Ω:
When the width lamp is on, or solar and lamplight integrated If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
sensor (if any) judges it as night driving, LED and backlight circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
on the instrument panel lights up. It also includes providing
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 37 of harness
backlight and LED lighting for ignition switch (if any),
connector FA026 of BCM or terminal 5 of harness
entertainment system, cigar lighter, rearview mirror calibration
connector FA002 of start-stop button and the ground
button, start-stop button (if any), upper/lower centre console
is infinite:
switch, A/C console, HMI (front panel), and hazard warning
lamp, etc. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs short to ground.
B1084 11: HSD of RUN indicator lamp is on, which is 100% 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 37 of harness
PWM control. connector FA026 of BCM or terminal 5 of harness
connector FA002 of start-stop button and the power
B1084 13: HSD of RUN indicator lamp is off, which is 100% supply is infinite.
PWM control.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs
short to battery.
B1084 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 20
5. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM or
consecutive times.
start-stop button.
B1084 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 consecutive Service Guideline
times.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Crank and Run indicator lamps do not work in the current • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
ignition cycle. Access" - "One-Touch Ignition Switch".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
HSD circuit working normally is tested for 36 consecutive to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
times. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Crank and Run indicator lamps failure.
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Starting & Charging (2) - With Keyless System
Reference Connector End View Information
V1.0 1033
Lighting Systems Lighting
V1.0 1034
Lighting Lighting Systems
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1035
Lighting Systems Lighting
When the width lamp is on, or solar and lamplight integrated Circuit/System Test
sensor (if any) judges it as night driving, LED and backlight 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
on the instrument panel light up. It also includes providing battery negative wire, and disconnect harness connector
backlight and LED lighting for ignition switch (if any), BY088 from BCM.
entertainment system, cigar lighter, rearview mirror calibration
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
button, start-stop button (if any), upper/lower centre console
connector BY087 of BCM and the ground is infinite:
switch, A/C console, HMI (front panel), and hazard warning
lamp, etc. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs
B108A 11: HSD of switch backlight is on, which is more than 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
70% PWM control. connector BY087 of BCM and the power supply is infinite:
B108A 12: HSD of switch backlight is off, which is more than If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
70% PWM control. short to battery.
B108A 13: HSD of switch backlight is on, which is more than 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
70% PWM control. Service Guideline
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Control"-"Body Control Module".
B108A 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20
consecutive times. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
B108A 12: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20
"Body Control Module".
consecutive times.
V1.0 1036
Lamps Lighting Systems
Lamps
DTC Category
List
V1.0 1037
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1038
Lamps Lighting Systems
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
11 Fog Light Switch Circuit short to ground 雾灯开关对地短路 III
B1078 15 Fog Light Switch Circuit short to Battery or open 雾灯开关对电源短路或开路 III
1C Fog Light Switch Circuit resistance out of range 雾灯开关电阻超出范围 III
*Note :
V1.0 1039
Lighting Systems Lamps
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Brake Lamp
V1.0 1040
Lamps Lighting Systems
Reverse Lamp
V1.0 1041
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1042
Lamps Lighting Systems
Direction Indicator Lamp & Hazard Warning Lamp
V1.0 1043
Lighting Systems Lamps
Fog Lamp
V1.0 1044
Lamps Lighting Systems
Brake Lamp
V1.0 1045
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1046
Lamps Lighting Systems
High Beam - Headlamp
V1.0 1047
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1048
Lamps Lighting Systems
Position Lamp & Puddle Lamp
V1.0 1049
Lighting Systems Lamps
Connector Information
Connector Information
Right Daytime Running Lamp BY045
V1.0 1050
Lamps Lighting Systems
Pin No. Pin Information Body Control Module BY086
A Ground
B Left Daytime Running Lamp
Input
V1.0 1051
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1052
Lamps Lighting Systems
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
Left Headlamp High Right Daytime Running
A Beam Ground F Lamp Signal Output
Left Headlamp High Beam Right Headlamp Low
B G Beam Ground
Signal Input
Drive control module in the
Left Front Direction
K direction of right headlamp
C Indicator Lamp Signal
power supply
Output
Drive control module
Left Daytime Running
E L in the direction of right
Lamp Ground
headlamp ground
Left Daytime Running Lamp
F M LIN Wire
Signal Output
Left Headlamp Low Beam Body Control Module FA026
G Ground
Drive control module in the
K direction of left headlamp
power supply
Drive control module
L in the direction of left
headlamp ground
M LIN Wire
V1.0 1053
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1054
Lamps Lighting Systems
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Electrical Information
B1041
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC Description
Circuit/System Test
DTC B1041: Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Failure
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the battery negative cable.
(FTB)
2. Disconnect the harness connector BY092 of the left tail
11 Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit
lamp assembly and the harness connector BY087 of the
Short to Ground
BCM.
13 Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit 3. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 3 of
Open Circuit harness connector BY092 of left tail lamp assembly and
Circuit/System Description the ground is less than 5Ω.
The brake lamp switch is connected with the pedal retaining If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
bracket behind the instrument panel. Brake lamp switch is a circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Hall-effect sensor, activated by brake panel, when the brake 4. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 2 of
panel is stepped, the rear brake lamp is on to remind the harness connector BY092 of the left tail lamp assembly
following vehicle of the distance. and the terminal 27 of harness connector BY087 of BCM
Conditions for Running DTCs is less than 5Ω.
B1041 11: Left brake lamp drive circuit is on; PWM wave If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
control is more than 70%; the ignition switch is in "ACC/RUN" circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
position.
5. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 2 of
B1041 13: Left brake lamp drive circuit is on; PWM wave harness connector BY092 of the left tail lamp assembly
control is more than 70%; the ignition switch is in "ACC/RUN" or terminal 27 of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
position. the ground is infinite.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1041 11: HSD is detected to be short to ground. short to ground.
B1041 13: HSD is detected to be open circuit. 6. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 2 of
harness connector BY092 of the left tail lamp assembly
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
or terminal 27 of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
B1041 11: Drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle. the power supply is infinite.
B1041 13: None. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to battery.
HSD is detected to be normal. 7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM.
Failure Cause Service Guideline
• Relevant circuit failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
• Connector failure or poor fit. Lighting" - "Tail Lamp Assembly".
• Left brake lamp failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Information
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Reference Circuit Information "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Brake Lamp
Reference Connector End View Information
BY092, BY087
V1.0 1055
Lighting Systems Lamps
B1042 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 20 times If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
continuously. short to ground.
B1042 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 times 6. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 2 of
continuously. harness connector BY094 of the right tail lamp assembly
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set or terminal 22 of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
the power supply is infinite.
B1042 11: Drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1042 13: None. short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM.
HSD circuit working normally is tested for 36 times Service Guideline
continuously.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Failure Cause
Lighting" - "Tail Lamp Assembly".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
• Connector failure or poor fit. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Right brake lamp failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Body control module failure. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Reference Information "Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1056
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1043 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1043: Centre High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Brake Lamp
Circuit Failure
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY055, BY087
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
11 Centre High Mounted Stop Lamp
(CHMSL) Circuit Short to Ground Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1043 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
consecutive times. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 6. Test whether the resistance between terminal 2 of
harness connector BY055 of CHMSL or terminal 10 of
B1043 11: Drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle.
harness connector BY087 of BCM and the power supply
B1043 12, 13: None. is infinite.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 short to battery.
consecutive times.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
Service Guideline
be cleared.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Failure Cause
Lighting" - "Centre High Mounted Stop Lamp
• Relevant circuit failure. Assembly".
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
• High mounted stop lamp failure. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1057
Lighting Systems Lamps
Failure Type Byte 2. Disconnect the harness connectors BY093 and BY095
Failure Description of the left and right reverse lamps and the harness
(FTB)
connector BY087 of BCM.
11 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit
Short to Ground 3. Test the bulbs of the left and right reverse lamps, and if
the test is abnormal, replace the bulbs.
12 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Short
to Battery 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
connector BY093 and BY095 of the left and right reverse
13 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Open
lamps and the ground is less than 5Ω:
Circuit
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Circuit/System Description circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
BCM controls reverse lamps ON/OFF via drive circuit
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY093/BY095 of the left/right reverse lamp
• Reverse Lamp ON. and terminal 26 of harness connector BY087 of BCM
is less than 5Ω:
• The ignition switch is in "RUN" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B1045 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20
consecutive times. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
connector BY093/BY095 of the left/right reverse lamp or
B1045 12: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20
terminal 26 of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
consecutive times.
the ground is infinite:
B1045 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
consecutive times.
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 3 of
B1045 11: The reverse lamp does not work in the present harness connector BY093/BY095 of the left/right reverse
ignition cycle. lamp or terminal 26 of harness connector BY087 of BCM
B1045 12, B1045 13: None. and the power supply is infinite:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive
times. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
Failure Cause Service Guideline
• Relevant circuit failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
• Connector failure or poor fit. Lighting" - "Tail Lamp Assembly".
• Reverse lamp failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Reference Information
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Reference Circuit Information "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reverse Lamp
Reference Connector End View Information
BY093, BY095, BY087
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1058
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1049 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1049: Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Failure Daytime Running Lamps
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY080, BY045, BY084
11 Daytime Running Light Control
Reference Electrical Information
Circuit Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
12 Daytime Running Light Control
Circuit Short to Battery Circuit/System Test
13 Daytime Running Light Control 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit Open Circuit the battery negative cable.
B1049 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
consecutive times. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 6. Test whether the resistance between terminal F of
harness connector BY080 or BY045 of the daytime
B1049 11: The daytime running light does not work in the
running light assembly or terminal 7 of harness connector
present ignition cycle.
BY084 of BCM and the power supply is infinite.
B1049 12, 13: None.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to battery.
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
consecutive times.
Service Guideline
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
• Relevant circuit failure.
Lighting" - "Daytime Running Light Assembly".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Daytime running lamp failure. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Body control module failure. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1059
Lighting Systems Lamps
• Headlamp Flash If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Low Beam/High Beam Switching
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Disconnect harness connector BY087 of BCM.
5. Test whether the resistance between following signal
B104A 11: Drive circuit of left direction indicator is on.
terminals of harness connector of the left direction
B104A 13: Drive circuit of left direction indicator is on. indicator and the terminals of harness connector BY087
Conditions for Setting DTCs of BCM is less than 5Ω:
B104A 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 • Terminal 5 of BY123 and Terminal 30 of BY087
consecutive times. • Terminal 5 of DD003 and Terminal 31 of BY087
B104A 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 • Terminal 4 of BY092 and Terminal 31 of BY087
consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B104A 11: Drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle. 6. Test if the resistance between following signal terminals
of harness connector of the left direction indicator or
B104A 13: Flash frequency of left direction indicator doubles.
terminals of harness connector BY087 of BCM and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs ground is infinite:
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive • Terminal 5 of BY123
times. • Terminal 5 of DD003
Failure Cause
• Terminal 4 of BY092
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 30 of BY087
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 31 of BY087
• Left direction indicator lamp failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Body control module failure. short to ground.
Reference Information 7. Test if the resistance between following signal terminals
Reference Circuit Information of harness connector of the left direction indicator or
terminals of harness connector BY087 of BCM and the
Direction Indicator & Hazard Warning Lamp
power supply is infinite:
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 5 of BY123
BY087, BY092, DD003, BY123
• Terminal 5 of DD003
• Terminal 4 of BY092
V1.0 1060
Lamps Lighting Systems
• Terminal 30 of BY087
• Terminal 31 of BY087
V1.0 1061
Lighting Systems Lamps
• Headlamp Flash If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Low Beam/High Beam Switching
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Disconnect harness connector BY087 from BCM.
5. Test whether the resistance between the following
B104B 11: Drive circuit of right direction indicator is on.
signal terminals of harness connector of right direction
B104B 13: Drive circuit of right direction indicator is on. indicator and the terminals of harness connector BY087
Conditions for Setting DTCs of BCM is less than 5Ω:
B104B 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 • Terminal 5 of BY124 and Terminal 24 of BY087
consecutive times. • Terminal 5 of PD003 and Terminal 23 of BY087
B104B 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 • Terminal 4 of BY094 and Terminal 23 of BY087
consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B104B 11: Drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle. 6. Test if the resistance between following signal terminals
of harness connector of the right direction indicator or
B104B 13: Flash frequency of right direction indicator doubles.
terminals of harness connector BY087 of BCM and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs ground is infinite:
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive • Terminal 5 of BY124
times. • Terminal 5 of PD003
Failure Cause
• Terminal 4 of BY094
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 23 of BY087
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 24 of BY087
• Right direction indicator failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Body control module failure. short to ground.
Reference Information 7. Test if the resistance between following signal terminals
Reference Circuit Information of harness connector of the right direction indicator or
terminals of harness connector BY087 of BCM and the
Direction Indicator & Hazard Warning Lamp
power supply is infinite:
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 5 of BY124
BY087, BY094, PD003, BY124
• Terminal 5 of PD003
• Terminal 4 of BY094
V1.0 1062
Lamps Lighting Systems
• Terminal 23 of BY087
• Terminal 24 of BY087
V1.0 1063
Lighting Systems Lamps
Hazard warning lamps include: front, rear direction lamps and If the left and right direction indicator lamps flashes
side direction lamps. rapidly, check whether there is any failed left and right
direction indicator lamps and check whether relevant
Hazard warning switch is marked with hazard triangle and it is
bulb is blown, damaged.
a touch switch. The switch has a hazard triangle, which will
flash when the hazard lamps are activated. When the width 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
lamps or headlamps are on, the triangle will have a reduced whether "Hazard Warning Lamp Switch State"in the
brightness and remain flashed. The hazard warning lamps can real-time display of the scan tool varies between
be activated manually regardless of the present position of the "OFF"/"ON" synchronously with the hazard warning
ignition switch. switch.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not displayed as expected, check whether the
hazard warning switch is invalid.
The system is powered on and running.
4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm
Conditions for Setting DTCs
whether "Hazard Warning Lamp Switch State" in the
It is detected that the hazard warning switch maintains in the forced output of the scan tool will vary synchronously
activation state for more than 20s. with the actual vehicle light according to the "OFF"/"ON"
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set according to the target value.
The current hazard warning switch input signal is invalid. If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Test".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Circuit/System Test
• The hazard warning switch which can be released is
detected for 5 times continuously. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. 2. Disconnect harness connector FA026 from BCM and
harness connector FA087 from the hazard warning
Failure Cause
switch.
• Relevant circuit failure.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector FA087 of hazard warning switch and the
• Body control module failure. ground is less than 5Ω.
• Direction indicator lamp failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Hazard warning switch failure. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 20 of harness
connector FA026 of BCM and terminal 1 of harness
Reference Circuit Information
connector FA087 of hazard warning switch is less than
Direction Indicator Lamp & Hazard Warning Lamp 5Ω.
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
FA026, FA087 circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Electrical Information 5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector FA026 of BCM or the terminal of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
connector FA087 of hazard warning switch and the
ground is infinite:
• Terminal 20 of FA026
V1.0 1064
Lamps Lighting Systems
• Terminal 1 of FA087
• Terminal 20 of FA026
• Terminal 1 of FA087
V1.0 1065
Lighting Systems Lamps
Failure Type Byte 2. Disconnect the harness connector BY086 from BCM and
Failure Description the harness connector BY017 from front fog lamp relay.
(FTB)
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 15 of the harness
12 Front Fog Lamps Relay Control
connector BY086 of BCM and terminal 8 of harness
Circuit Short to Battery
connector BY017 of front fog lamp relay is less than 5Ω.
13 Front Fog Lamps Relay Control
Circuit Open Circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description
4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
By judging the front fog lamp switch signal above master lighting connector BY086 of BCM or the terminal of harness
switch, BCM controls the opening and closing of relay to make connector BY017 of front fog lamp relay and the ground
front fog lamp work. is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 8 of BY017
B1051 12: The front fog lamp relay closes, and the ignition
• Terminal 15 of BY086
switch is in "RUN" position.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1051 13: The front fog lamp relay opens, and the ignition
short to ground.
switch is in "RUN" position.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs
connector BY086 of BCM or the terminal of harness
B1051 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for connector BY017 of front fog lamp relay and the power
10 times continuously. supply is infinite:
B1051 13: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10 • Terminal 8 of BY017
times continuously.
• Terminal 15 of BY086
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1051 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
short to battery.
ignition cycle.
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM.
B1051 13: None.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Low side drive circuit working normally is tested for 20 times
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
continuously.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Failure Cause Lighting" - "Front Fog Lamp Assembly".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Connector failure or poor fit. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Front fog lamp relay failure. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1066
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1053 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC B1053: Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Failure the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte 2. Disconnect the harness connector BY087 of BCM and
Failure Description the harness connector BY059 of left rear fog lamp.
(FTB)
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
11 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit
connectors BY059 and BY060 of the rear fog lamp and
Short to Ground
the ground is less than 5Ω.
13 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit
Open Circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 28 of the harness
When the ignition switch is in "ACC" or "ON"/"RUN"/"START" connector BY087 of BCM and terminal 2 of harness
position, after the low beam headlamp or front fog lamp lights connector BY059 of left fog lamp is less than 5Ω.
up, turn on rear fog lamp switch, and the rear fog lamp lights
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
up.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 28 of harness
• The system is powered on and running.
connector BY087 of BCM or the terminal 2 of harness
• Drive circuit of rear fog lamp is on. connector BY059 of left fog lamp and the ground is
Conditions for Setting DTCs infinite.
B1053 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 20 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
consecutive times. short to ground.
B1053 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 consecutive 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 28 of harness
times. connector BY087 of BCM or terminal 2 of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY059 of left fog lamp and the power supply
is infinite.
B1053 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1053 13: None.
short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36
Service Guideline
consecutive times.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
be cleared.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Failure Cause
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Relevant circuit failure. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Body control module failure.
• Rear fog lamp failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Fog lamps
Reference Connector End View Information
BY087, BY059
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1067
Lighting Systems Lamps
B105A 11: Left low beam headlamp drive circuit is on for more If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
than 30s, which is more than 70% PWM control. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B105A 12: Left low beam headlamp drive circuit is off. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of the harness
connector BY085 of BCM and terminal A of harness
B105A 13: Left low beam headlamp drive circuit is on for more
connectors BY123 and BY038 of left headlamp low beam
than 30s.
is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
B105A 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 10 times circuit/high resistance.
continuously.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
B105A 12: HSD circuit short to the battery is tested for 10 connector BY085 of BCM or the terminal of harness
times continuously. connectors BY123 and BY038 of left headlamp low beam
and the ground is infinite.
B105A 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 10 times
continuously. • Terminal 4 of BY085
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal A of BY123 and BY038
B105A 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B105A 12, 13: None. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 6. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminal of
harness connector of BCM or the terminal of harness
• HSD circuit working normally is tested for 20
connectors BY123 and BY038 of left headlamp low beam
consecutive times.
and the power supply is infinite.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
• Terminal 4 of BY085
be cleared.
Failure Cause • Terminal A of BY123 and BY038
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Body control module failure. 7. If all circuits are tested normal, replace the BCM.
V1.0 1068
Lamps Lighting Systems
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Exterior
Lighting" - "Low Beam Bulb".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1069
Lighting Systems Lamps
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal A of BY084 and BY124
B105B 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
B105B 12, 13: None.
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
connector BY084 of BCM or the terminal of harness
• HSD circuit working normally is tested for 20 connectors BY084 and BY124 of right headlamp low
consecutive times. beam and the power supply is infinite:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
• Terminal 2 of BY084
be cleared.
Failure Cause • Terminal 1 of BY084 and BY124
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Body control module failure. 7. If all circuits are tested normal, replace the BCM.
V1.0 1070
Lamps Lighting Systems
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1071
Lighting Systems Lamps
High beam relay opens, and the ignition switch is on "RUN" • Terminal 16 of BY086
position.
• Terminal 14 of BY017
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B105C 14: Low side drive circuit short to ground or open short to ground.
circuit is tested for 10 times continuously.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminal 16
B105C 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for of harness connector BY086 of BCM or terminal 14 of
10 times continuously. harness connector BY017 of the engine compartment
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set fuse box and the power supply is infinite:
B105C 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present • Terminal 16 of BY086
ignition cycle.
• Terminal 14 of BY017
B105C 14: None.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to battery.
• Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
20 consecutive times.
Service Guideline
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
be cleared.
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Failure Cause
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Relevant circuit failure. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
• Connector failure or poor fit. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
High Beam - Headlamp
Reference Connector End View Information
BY086, BY017
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1072
Lamps Lighting Systems
B105D Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC B105D: Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam the battery negative cable.
Headlamp Switch Failure 2. Disconnect harness connector FA026 of BCM and
Failure Type Byte harness connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch.
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
connector FA027 of the lighting stalk switch and the
Light Function Column Switch: Main
ground is less than 5Ω.
11 Beam Headlamp Switch Short to
Ground If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Light Function Column Switch: Main
1E Beam Headlamp Switch Resistance 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 29 of harness
Out of Range connector FA026 of BCM and the terminal 2 of harness
connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch is less than 5Ω.
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
The lighting stalk switch is at the left side of the steering
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
column. The stalk switch includes two switches, and one is
used to adjust the low beam and high beam of headlamp. 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 29 of harness
connector FA026 of BCM or the terminal 2 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch and the ground
The ignition switch is in "RUN" position is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 29 of FA026
B105D 11: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects • Terminal 2 of FA027
the occurrence of short to ground, and it keeps for 2s
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
continuously.
short to ground.
B105D 1E: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 29 of harness
switch resistance exceeds rational range, and it keeps for 2s
connector FA026 of BCM or the terminal 2 of harness
continuously.
connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch and the power
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set supply is infinite:
The combination switch output signal is invalid in the present • Terminal 29 of FA026
ignition circulation.
• Terminal 2 of FA027
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the switch works short to battery.
normally.
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
Failure Cause control module.
• Relevant circuit failure. Component Test
• Connector failure or poor fit. 1. When the high beam combination switch allows the high
• Lighting stalk switch failure. beam to flicker and turns it on, test if the resistance
• Body control module failure. between terminal 2 and 1 of harness connector FA027 of
lighting stalk switch on BCM conforms to the resistance
Reference Information
listed in the table below.
Reference Circuit Information
High Beam - Headlamp Switch Resistance (Ω)
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 2. If the resistance tested is not within the specified range,
replace the lighting stalk switch.
V1.0 1073
Lighting Systems Lamps
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Combination Switch".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1074
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1060 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1060: Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Failure Position Lamp & Tail Lamp & License Plate Lamp
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY087, BY056
11 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit
Reference Electrical Information
Short to Ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
12 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit
Short to Battery Circuit/System Test
13 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Open Circuit the battery negative cable.
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 6. Respectively test if the resistance between the terminal
consecutive times. of harness connector BY087 of BCM or the terminal of
harness connector BY056 of left rear license plate lamp
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
and the power supply is infinite:
be cleared.
• Terminal 11 of BY087
Failure Cause
• Terminal 1 of BY056
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit.
short to battery.
• License plate lamp failure.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
• Body control module failure.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "Exterior
Lighting" - "Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb".
V1.0 1075
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1076
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1061 2. Disconnect the harness connectors BY123 and BY038 of
DTC Description the left position lamp and the harness connector BY086
of BCM.
DTC B1061: Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Failure
Failure Type Byte 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal E of circuit of
Failure Description harness connectors BY123 and BY038 of left position
(FTB)
lamp and the ground is less than 5Ω.
11 Left Position lamp Control Circuit
short to ground If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
13 Left Position lamp Control Circuit open circuit/high resistance.
open circuit 4. Test if the resistance between the terminal 31 of circuit
of harness connector BY086 of BCM and terminal D of
Circuit/System Description
circuit of harness connectors BY123 and BY038 of left
BCM controls the left position lamps via HSD. position lamp is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
When the system is powered on and running, HSD of left open circuit/high resistance.
position lamp is on.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of circuit of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY086 of BCM or the terminal of
B1061 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 20 circuit of harness connectors BY123 and BY038 of left
consecutive times. position lamp and the ground is infinite.
B1061 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 consecutive • Terminal D of BY123 and BY038.
times. • Terminal 31 of BY086.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1061 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle. short to ground.
B1061 13: None. 6. Test if the resistance between the terminal of circuit of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector BY086 of BCM or the terminal of
circuit of harness connectors BY123 and BY038 of left
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36
position lamp and the power supply is infinite.
consecutive times.
• Terminal D of BY123 and BY038.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 31 of BY086.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
• Body control module failure. Service Guideline
• Left position lamp failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Reference Information - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Circuit Information • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Position Lamp & Tail Lamp & License Plate Lamp
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Connector End View Information
BY123, BY038, BY086
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
V1.0 1077
Lighting Systems Lamps
DTC B1062: Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Failure 2. Disconnect harness connectors BY124 and BY039 of
the right position lamp and harness connector BY086
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of BCM.
(FTB)
3. Test whether the resistance between terminal E of circuit
11 Right Position Lamp Control Circuit of harness connectors BY124 and BY039 of right position
Short to Ground lamp and the ground is less than 5Ω.
13 Right Position Lamp Control Circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Open Circuit open circuit/high resistance.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 32 of circuit of
BCM controls the right position lamp via HSD. harness connector BY086 of BCM and terminal D of
circuit of harness connectors BY124 and BY039 of right
Conditions for Running DTCs
position lamp is less than 5Ω.
When the system is powered on and running, HSD of right
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
position lamp is on.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of circuit of
B1062 11: HSD circuit short to ground is tested for 20
harness connector BY086 of BCM or the terminal of
consecutive times.
circuit of harness connectors BY124 and BY039 of right
B1062 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 consecutive position lamp and the ground is infinite:
times.
• Terminal D of BY124 and BY039.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 32 of BY086.
B1062 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1062 13: None. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal of circuit of
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 harness connector BY086 of BCM or the terminal of
consecutive times. circuit of harness connectors BY124 and BY039 of right
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will position lamp and the power supply is infinite:
be cleared. • Terminal D of BY124 and BY039.
Failure Cause
• Terminal 32 of BY086.
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to battery.
• Body control module failure.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace BCM.
• Right position lamp failure.
Service Guideline
Reference Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Reference Circuit Information - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Position Lamp & Tail Lamp & License Plate Lamp • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Reference Connector End View Information to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
BY124, BY039, BY086
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
Right position lamp:
V1.0 1078
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1067 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B1067: Auto Light Sensor Failure
Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 1. Check the mounting position of auto light sensor, and
(FTB)
check the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
16
Below Threshold
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage position, and observe if the auto light sensor temperature
17
Above Threshold displayed in the real-time scan tool changes with the
Circuit/System Description illumination intensity.
Circuit/System Test
The solar sensor is fitted in the centre of the instrument
panel near the windshield. The auto light sensor consists of 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
two diodes inputing light intensity for the auto temperature the battery negative cable.
controller, where one detects the left light intensity input of 2. Disconnect harness connector FA048 of the auto light
the vehicle and the other one detects the right light intensity sensor and harness connector FA026 of the BCM.
input. 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector FA048 of auto light sensor and the terminal of
B1067 16: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, harness connector FA026 of BCM is less than 5Ω:
and the power supply of auto light sensor is enabled. • Terminal 50 of FA026 and Terminal 8 of FA048
B1067 17: The ignition switch is in "ACC" of "RUN" position. • Terminal 38 of FA026 and Terminal 5 of FA048
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 22 of FA026 and Terminal 2 of FA048
B1067 16: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the sensor If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
voltage lower than the threshold for 200 times continuously. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B1067 17: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the sensor 4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
voltage higher than the threshold for 200 times continuously. connector FA048 of the auto light sensor or the terminals
of harness connector FA026 of BCM and the ground is
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
infinite.
None
• Terminal 50 of FA026
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 38 of FA026
• Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the sensor
voltage is in the rational range. • Terminal 22 of FA026
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 2 of FA048
be cleared. • Terminal 5 of FA048
Failure Cause • Terminal 8 of FA048
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to ground.
• Body control module failure. 5. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
• Auto light sensor failure. connector FA048 of the auto light sensor or the terminals
Reference Information of harness connector FA026 of BCM and the power
supply is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 50 of FA026
Low Beam - Headlamp
• Terminal 38 of FA026
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 22 of FA026
FA048, FA026
• Terminal 2 of FA048
• Terminal 5 of FA048
V1.0 1079
Lighting Systems Lamps
• Terminal 8 of FA048
V1.0 1080
Lamps Lighting Systems
B1071 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B1071: Light Function Column Switch: Direction
Indicator Switch Failure Circuit/System Test
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Description the battery negative cable.
(FTB)
2. Disconnect harness connector FA026 of BCM and
11 Light Function Column Switch:
harness connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch.
Direction Indicator Switch Short to
Ground 3. Test if the resistance between terminal of harness
connector FA026 of BCM and the terminal of harness
1E Light Function Column Switch:
connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch is less than 5Ω.
Direction Indicator Switch
Resistance Out of Range • Terminal 8 of FA026 and Terminal 7 of FA027
• Terminal 27 of FA026 and Terminal 1 of FA027
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Lighting stalk switches are on the left side of steering column,
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
one of which is used to control the direction lamp. After
receiving the request signal from direction indicator switch, 4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
BCM controls the left and right direction lamps respectively connector FA026 of BCM or the terminal of harness
via two-way drive output. connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch and the ground
is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 8 of FA026
The ignition switch is in "RUN" position.
• Terminal 27 of FA026
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 1 of FA027
B1071 11: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the
occurrence of short to ground, which lasts for 2s continuously. • Terminal 7 of FA027
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1071 1E: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the
short to ground.
switch resistance exceeds rational range, which lasts for 2s
continuously. 5. Test if the resistance between terminal of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector FA026 of BCM or terminal of harness
connector FA027 of the lighting stalk switch and the
The combination switch output signal is invalid in the present power supply is infinite:
ignition circulation.
• Terminal 8 of FA026
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 27 of FA026
• Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the switch
• Terminal 1 of FA027
works normally.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 7 of FA027
be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
lighting stalk switch.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Service Guideline
• Lighting stalk switch failure.
• Body control module failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
Reference Circuit Information Wheel and Steering Column" - "Steering Column
Direction Indicator Lamp & Hazard Warning Lamp Combination Switch".
Reference Connector End View Information • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
FA026, FA027
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1081
Lighting Systems Lamps
B1055: If the rear fog lamp switch is pressed once for 30s 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
above, the condition for switch stuck is set and the switch connector FA027 of the light stalk switch and the terminal
detects that a release is ignored. of harness connector FA026 of the BCM is less than 5Ω:
B1078 11: AD converter detects short to ground for 2s. • Terminal 1 of FA027 and Terminal 27 of FA026
B1078 15: AD converter detects out of range for 2s. • Terminal 4 of FA027 and Terminal 28 of FA026
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
B1078 1C: AD converter detects out of range for 2s.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
B1055: Rear fog lamp switch signal is ignored and cleared
connector FA026 of BCM or the terminal of harness
finally.
connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch and the ground
B1078: Ignition switch signal until detection pass. is infinite:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 1 of FA027
B1055: Switch closing is detected once. • Terminal 4 of FA027
B1078: Switch AD converter in the normal range is tested for • Terminal 27 of FA026
1 time.
• Terminal 28 of FA026
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
cleared.
short to ground.
V1.0 1082
Lamps Lighting Systems
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector FA026 of BCM or the terminal of harness
connector FA027 of lighting stalk switch and the power
supply is infinite:
• Terminal 1 of FA027
• Terminal 4 of FA027
• Terminal 27 of FA026
• Terminal 28 of FA026
V1.0 1083
Lighting Systems Lamps
V1.0 1084
Lamps Lighting Systems
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module".
V1.0 1085
Lighting Systems DHL
DHL
DTC Category
List
Lamp
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure
Level*
Warning*
4B Left Motor Over Temperature 左调节电机温度过高 ON III
B1170 19 Left Motor Over Current 左调节电机电流过大 ON III
13 Left motor open circuit 左调节电机开路 ON III
4B Right motor Over Temperature 右调节电机温度过高 ON III
B1171 19 Right motor Over Current 右调节电机电流过大 ON III
13 Right motor open circuit 右调节电机开路 ON III
前悬架高度传感器信号电路
11 Front axle sensor signal circuit short to ground ON III
对地短路
B1172
前悬架高度传感器信号电路
12 Front axle sensor signal circuit short to battery ON III
对电源短路
后悬架高度传感器信号电路
11 Rear axle sensor signal circuit short to ground ON III
对地短路
B1173
后悬架高度传感器信号电路
12 Rear axle sensor signal circuit short to battery ON III
对电源短路
高度传感器供电电路对地短
11 Axle sensor supply circuit short to ground ON III
路
B1174
高度传感器供电电路对电源
12 Axle sensor supply circuit short to battery ON III
短路
Zero position of axle sensor has not been
B1176 54 高度传感器未零位学习 OFF III
learned.
主控制器与左从控制器失去
B117A 87 Lost communication with left slave ON III
通信
主控制器与右从控制器失去
B117B 87 Lost communication with right slave ON III
通信
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off 控制模块通信总线关闭 OFF III
U0121 87 Lost communication with ABS Control Module 与ABS控制器失去通信 OFF III
U0146 87 Lost communication with Gateway “A” 与网关失去通信 OFF III
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 OFF III
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 OFF III
V1.0 1086
DHL Lighting Systems
Lamp
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure
Level*
Warning*
电控单元内部故障-Flash校验
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error OFF III
和错误
*Note:
• When the headlamp control system failure is detected, the primary display area of the information
center display a corresponding yellow prompt message "Headlamp Control System Fault, Please Service!",
accompanied with an audible alarm.
• Failure Level Description:
V1.0 1087
Lighting Systems DHL
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Automatic Headlamp Leveling
V1.0 1088
DHL Lighting Systems
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
V1.0 1089
Lighting Systems DHL
V1.0 1090
DHL Lighting Systems
Left Headlamp BY123 Mechanical Start Switch (lower-end configuration)
FA003
V1.0 1091
Lighting Systems DHL
V1.0 1092
DHL Lighting Systems
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
B1170 B1170 13: Left motor is free of open circuit failure.
DTC Description
B1170 19: Left motor current is normal.
DTC B1170: Left Motor Failure
B1170 4B: Left motor temperature is normal.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical DTCs will
(FTB)
be cleared.
13 Left Motor Open Circuit
Failure Cause
19 Left Motor Over Current
• Relevant circuit failure.
4B Left Motor Over Temperature
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Circuit/System Description • Left motor failure.
The dynamic headlamp leveling control module monitors • Drive control module in the direction of left headlamp
the headlamp actuator (adjusting motor) control circuit by failure.
controller in order to check whether the circuit is on, and • Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure.
whether it is short to ground and short to battery. It also
Reference Information
detect the temperature and current of the motor. If a failure
is detected, a DTC will be saved in the memory. Reference Circuit Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Connector End View Information
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. BY123
• DTC B117A is not set. Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1170 13: Left slave controller detects open circuit of left
Circuit/System Check
motor, which lasts for 10 cycles.
1. Check if fuse FL5 or FUSE14 is blown.
B1170 19: Over current of left motor drive keeps for 10
2. Under the conditions of running the DTC, operate the
adjusting cycles.
vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
B1170 4B: Over feedback temperature of left motor keeps for
If the DTC has been reset, go to "Circuit/System Test".
10 adjusting cycles.
Circuit/System Test
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
1. Disconnect harness connector BY123 of the drive
B1170 13:
control module in the direction of left headlamp.
• DHL function is invalid, and the control signal in the
2. Test if the voltage between terminal 7 of harness
center position of right slave controller output motor
connector BY123 of the drive control module in the
makes right motor return to the center position.
direction of left headlamp is the battery voltage.
• When DHL system is activated and a failure is generated,
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
MIL lamp is on.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B1170 19:
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 8 of harness
• DHL function is invalid, and the control signal in the connector BY123 of the drive control module in the
center position of right slave controller output motor direction of left headlamp and the ground is less than 5Ω.
makes right motor return to the center position.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• When DHL system is activated and a failure is generated,
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
MIL lamp is on.
4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the the drive
B1170 4B:
control module in the direction of left headlamp or
• Dynamic headlamp leveling (DHL) function is invalid. dynamic headlamp leveling control unit.
• When DHL system is activated and a failure is generated,
MIL lamp is on.
V1.0 1093
Lighting Systems DHL
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Headlamp Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Drive Control Module in the Direction of
Left Headlamp".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
- "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
V1.0 1094
DHL Lighting Systems
B1171 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description B1171 4B: Right motor temperature is normal.
DTC B1171: Right Motor Failure
B1171 19: Right motor current is normal.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description B1171 13: Right motor is free of open circuit failure.
(FTB)
After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical DTCs will
13 Right Motor Open Circuit
be cleared.
19 Right Motor Over Current
Failure Cause
4B Right Motor Over Temperature
• Relevant circuit failure.
Circuit/System Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
The dynamic headlamp leveling control module monitors • Right motor failure.
the headlamp actuator (adjustment motor) control circuit by • Drive control module in the direction of right headlamp
controller in order to check whether the circuit is on, and failure.
whether it is short to ground and short to battery. It also • Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure.
detect the temperature and current of the motor. If a failure
Reference Information
is detected, a DTC will be saved in the memory.
Reference Circuit Information
Conditions for Running DTCs
Automatic Headlamp Leveling
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. Reference Connector End View Information
V1.0 1095
Lighting Systems DHL
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Headlamp Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Drive Control Module in the Direction of
Right Headlamp".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
- "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
V1.0 1096
DHL Lighting Systems
B1172 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY113, BY115
DTC B1172: Front Axle Sensor Signal Circuit Failure
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Front Axle Sensor Signal Circuit Circuit/System Check
11
Short to Ground 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm DTC
Front Axle Sensor Signal Circuit P1172 is the current DTC.
12
Short to Battery 2. Observe the change of "Front Suspension Height Sensor
Signal Voltage" parameter in the real-time display of the
Circuit/System Description scan tool. Check if the parameter varies accordingly with
Front suspension height sensor transmits the front suspension the actual condition of the vehicle.
height signal to the headlamp control module. The headlamp If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
control module monitors the front suspension height sensor Test".
circuit in order to check whether the circuit is on, and
Circuit/System Test
whether it is short to ground and short to battery. If a failure
is detected, a DTC will be saved in the memory. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit, and
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect harness connector BY115 of front suspension
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. height sensor.
• DTC B1174 is not set. 2. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
unit and the terminals of harness connector BY115 of
B1172 11: The front suspension sensor signal voltage is less
front suspension height sensor is less than 5Ω:
than 0.3V and it lasts for 1s.
• Terminal 11 of BY113 and Terminal 1 of BY115
B1172 12: The front suspension sensor signal voltage is more
than 4.7V and it lasts for 1s. • Terminal 13 of BY113 and Terminal 4 of BY115
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 17 of BY113 and Terminal 5 of BY115
• DHL function is invalid, and the sensor battery closes. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• When DHL system is activated and a failure is generated,
MIL lamp is on. 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
unit or the terminals of harness connector BY115 of
• The front suspension sensor signal voltage recovers to front suspension height sensor and the ground is infinite:
the normal working voltage range (within 0.5 - 4.5V) and
• Terminal 11 of BY113
it lasts for 500ms.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical • Terminal 13 of BY113
DTCs will be cleared. • Terminal 17 of BY113
Failure Cause • Terminal 1 of BY115
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 4 of BY115
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 5 of BY115
• Front suspension height sensor failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure. short to ground.
Reference Information 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
Reference Circuit Information resistance between the terminals of harness connector
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit or
Automatic Headlamp Leveling
the terminals of harness connector BY115 of front
suspension height sensor and the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 1097
Lighting Systems DHL
• Terminal 11 of BY113
• Terminal 13 of BY113
• Terminal 17 of BY113
• Terminal 1 of BY115
• Terminal 4 of BY115
• Terminal 5 of BY115
V1.0 1098
DHL Lighting Systems
B1173 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY113, BY116
DTC B1173: Rear Axle Sensor Signal Circuit Failure
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Rear Axle Sensor Signal Circuit Circuit/System Check
11
Short to Ground 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
Rear Axle Sensor Signal Circuit DTC P1173 is the current DTC.
12
Short to Battery 2. Observe the change of "Rear Suspension Height Sensor
Signal Voltage" parameter in the real-time display of the
Circuit/System Description scan tool. Check if the parameter varies accordingly with
Rear suspension height sensor transmits the rear suspension the actual condition of the vehicle.
height signal to the headlamp control module. The headlamp If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
control module monitors the rear suspension height sensor Test".
circuit in order to check whether the circuit is on, and
Circuit/System Test
whether it is short to ground and short to battery. If a failure
is detected, a DTC will be saved in the memory. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit, and
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect harness connector BY116 of rear suspension
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. height sensor.
• DTC B1174 is not set. 2. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
unit and the terminals of harness connector BY116 of
B1173 11: The rear suspension sensor signal voltage is less
rear suspension height sensor is less than 5Ω:
than 0.3V and it lasts for 1s.
• Terminal 12 of BY113 and Terminal 1 of BY116
B1173 12: The rear suspension sensor signal voltage is more
than 4.7V and it lasts for 1s. • Terminal 14 of BY113 and Terminal 4 of BY116
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 18 of BY113 and Terminal 5 of BY116
• DHL function is invalid, and the sensor battery closes. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• When DHL system is activated and a failure is generated,
MIL lamp is on. 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
unit or the terminals of harness connector BY116 of rear
• The rear suspension sensor signal voltage recovers to the suspension height sensor and the ground is infinite:
normal working voltage range (within 0.5 - 4.5V) and it
• Terminal 12 of BY113
lasts for 500ms.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical • Terminal 14 of BY113
DTCs will be cleared. • Terminal 18 of BY113
Failure Cause • Terminal 1 of BY116
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 4 of BY116
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure. • Terminal 5 of BY116
• Rear suspension height sensor failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to ground.
Reference Information 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
Reference Circuit Information resistance between the terminals of harness connector
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit or the
Automatic Headlamp Leveling
terminals of harness connector BY116 of rear suspension
height sensor and the power supply is infinite:
V1.0 1099
Lighting Systems DHL
• Terminal 12 of BY113
• Terminal 14 of BY113
• Terminal 18 of BY113
• Terminal 1 of BY116
• Terminal 4 of BY116
• Terminal 5 of BY116
V1.0 1100
DHL Lighting Systems
B1174 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY113, BY115, BY116
DTC B1174: Axle Sensor Supply Circuit Failure
Reference Electrical Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
(FTB)
Axle Sensor Supply Circuit Short to Circuit/System Test
11
Ground 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Axle Sensor Supply Circuit Short to battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
12 BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit, harness
Battery
connector BY115 of the front suspension height sensor
Circuit/System Description and harness connector BY116 of rear suspension height
Height sensor transmits the height signal to the headlamp sensor.
control module. 5V supply voltage of the height sensor and 2. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
ground are provided by the headlamp control module. The connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
headlamp control module monitors the height sensor circuit unit or the terminal of harness connector BY115 of the
in order to check whether the circuit is on, and whether it is front suspension height sensor or harness connector
short to ground and short to battery. If a failure is detected, a BY116 of the rear suspension height sensor and the
DTC will be saved in the memory. ground is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 11 of BY113
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 12 of BY113
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. • Terminal 17 of BY113
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 18 of BY113
B1174 11: Height sensor power supply voltage is less than 4.5V,
• Terminal 1 of BY115
which lasts for 500ms.
• Terminal 5 of BY115
B1174 12: Height sensor power supply voltage is higher than
5.5V, which lasts for 500ms. • Terminal 1 of BY116
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 5 of BY116
• DHL function is invalid, and the height sensor battery If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
disconnects. short to ground.
• When DHL system is activated and failure is generated, 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
MIL lamp is on. connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs unit or the terminals of harness connector BY115 of the
• Sensor supply voltage resumes to normal working voltage front suspension height sensor or harness connector
(4.5~5.5V) and keeps for 500ms. BY116 of the rear suspension height sensor and the
power supply is infinite:
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared. • Terminal 11 of BY113
Failure Cause • Terminal 12 of BY113
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 17 of BY113
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 18 of BY113
• Front suspension height sensor failure.
• Terminal 1 of BY115
• Rear suspension height sensor failure.
• Terminal 5 of BY115
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure.
• Terminal 1 of BY116
Reference Information
• Terminal 5 of BY116
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Automatic Headlamp Leveling
short to battery.
V1.0 1101
Lighting Systems DHL
V1.0 1102
DHL Lighting Systems
B1176 2. Check if the tyre size is correct and if the tyre pressure
DTC Description conforms to the standard pressure.
DTC B1176: Zero Position of Axle Sensor Has Not Been 3. Check the chassis and suspension for excessive wear,
Learned deformation and curve, etc.
4. Check if the mounting position of the front and rear
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description height sensors is correct, and check for loose, dropped
(FTB)
and corroded harness connector, etc.
Zero Position of Axle Sensor Has
54 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, confirm DTC
Not Been Learned.
P1176 is the current DTC.
Circuit/System Description 6. Observe the "height sensor zero position self-learning
Height sensor transmits the height signal to the headlamp status" parameter in the real-time display of the scan tool.
control module. 5V supply voltage of the height sensor and The parameter shall be "Learned" or "Not learned".
ground are provided by the headlamp control module. The If the scan tool indicates "Not learned", perform zero
headlamp control module monitors the height sensor circuit position self-learning for the height sensor.
in order to check whether the circuit is on, and whether it is
7. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
short to ground and short to battery. If a failure is detected, a
position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
DTC will be saved in the memory.
confirm if there remains any DTC. If any DTC still exists,
Conditions for Running DTCs replace the dynamic headlamp leveling control module.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Service Guideline
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Conditions for Setting DTCs Lighting" - "Headlamp Leveling Front Suspension Height
Self-learning marking position at zero position as 0 is detected Sensor".
by the system. • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Lighting" - "Headlamp Leveling Rear Suspension Height
Sensor".
Dynamic headlamp leveling (DHL) function is invalid.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
• Self-learning marking position at zero position as 1 is Module".
detected by the system. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
DTCs will be cleared. - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure.
• Front suspension height sensor failure.
• Rear suspension height sensor failure.
• During the self-learning of height sensor, the vehicle is at
horizontal state.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Before self-learning of height sensor, check if the vehicle
is in level position (parking position), no ups and downs.
V1.0 1103
Lighting Systems DHL
V1.0 1104
DHL Lighting Systems
B117B Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
DTC B117B: Lost Communication with Right Slave battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit and
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector BY124 of the drive control module in
(FTB)
the right headlamp direction.
Lost Communication with Right
87 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
Slave
connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
Circuit/System Description unit and terminal 10 of harness connector BY124 of the
drive control module in the right headlamp direction is
Right slave controller (drive control module in the right
less than 5Ω.
headlamp direction) connects and communicates with
the dynamic headlamp leveling control unit via Link port. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The dynamic headlamp leveling control unit monitors the open circuit/high resistance.
communication state, and a DTC will be stored in the memory 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
if a failure is detected. connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
Conditions for Running DTCs unit or terminal 10 of harness connector BY124 of the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. drive control module in the right headlamp direction and
the ground is infinite:
• The battery voltage is in normal condition.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
short to ground.
Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit cannot receive the
response from the right slave controller, and it lasts for 1s. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
resistance between terminal 5 of harness connector
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit or
• DHL function is invalid, and left motor is in center terminal 10 of harness connector BY124 of the drive
position. control module in the right headlamp direction and the
• When DHL system is activated and a failure is generated, power supply is infinite.
MIL lamp is on. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to battery.
• It receives the response from the right slave controller, 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
and it lasts for 10s. headlamp leveling control unit or the drive control
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical module in the right headlamp direction.
DTCs will be cleared. Service Guideline
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
• Relevant circuit failure. Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
• Connector failure or poor fit. Module".
• Drive control module in the direction of right headlamp • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
failure. Lighting" - "Drive Control Module in the Direction of
Right Headlamp".
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Information
to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
Reference Circuit Information - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
Data Communication - LIN Bus (1)
Reference Connector End View Information
BY113, BY124
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1105
Lighting Systems DHL
V1.0 1106
DHL Lighting Systems
U0121 harness connector FA003 of the dynamic stability control
DTC Description system.
DTC U0121: Lost Communication with ABS Control Module 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description unit and the terminals of harness connector FA003 of
(FTB)
dynamic stability control system is less than 5Ω:
Lost Communication with ABS
87 • Terminal 6 of BY113 and Terminal 18 of FA003
Control Module
• Terminal 7 of BY113 and Terminal 19 of FA003
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
The dynamic headlamp leveling control module communicates
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
with anti-lock brake control module via CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs
connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. unit or the terminals of harness connector FA003 of
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. dynamic stability control system and the ground is infinite:
• No bus off. • Terminal 6 of BY113
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 7 of BY113
The frame from ABS/SCS is not detected by DHL for 2s
• Terminal 18 of FA003
continuously.
• Terminal 19 of FA003
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DHL function is invalid. If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• DHL receives the frame from ABS/SCS, which lasts for
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
10s.
the following terminals of harness connector BY113 of
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical dynamic headlamp leveling control unit or the terminals
DTCs will be cleared. of harness connector FA003 of dynamic stability control
Failure Cause system and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 6 of BY113
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 7 of BY113
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
• Terminal 18 of FA003
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control unit failure.
• Terminal 19 of FA003
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
Reference Connector End View Information
headlamp leveling control unit or dynamic stability
BY113, FA003 control system.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
Circuit/System Test Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
(Chassis)". If other module tests are normal, continue Module" - "ABS Regulator".
the following inspection procedures.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit and
V1.0 1107
Lighting Systems DHL
U0146 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and test if the
DTC Description resistance between the terminals of harness connector
BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control unit and the
DTC U0146: Lost Communication With Gateway
terminals of harness connector FA004 of gateway module
Failure Type Byte is less than 5Ω:
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Terminal 6 of BY113 and Terminal 1 of FA004
87 Lost Communication with Gateway
• Terminal 7 of BY113 and Terminal 2 of FA004
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
The dynamic headlamp leveling control module communicates circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
with gateway module via CAN bus.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. unit or the terminals of harness connector FA004 of
• The battery voltage is in normal condition. gateway module and the ground is infinite:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Circuit/System Test
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
(Chassis)". If other module tests are normal, continue Module".
the following inspection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
the battery negative cable. Disconnect the harness - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
connector BY113 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
unit, and disconnect the harness connector FA004 of
gateway module.
V1.0 1108
DHL Lighting Systems
U1562, U1563 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check if fuse FL5 or FUSE14 is blown.
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage High 2. Scan tool inspection:
Failure Type Byte • Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
Failure Description
(FTB) position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
17 Battery Voltage High confirm if there remains any DTC.
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 8.5V, which 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
keeps for 1s. connector BY114 of dynamic headlamp leveling control
unit and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the ground
The height of headlamp cannot be adjusted.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
3. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Supply voltage of the module resumes to normal working between terminal 8 of harness connector BY114 of the
voltage (9~16V) for more than 1s. dynamic headlamp leveling control unit and the ground is
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical battery voltage.
DTCs will be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause open to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the dynamic
• Battery failure. headlamp leveling control unit.
• Alternator failure. Service Guideline
• Dynamic headlamp leveling control module failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
Reference Information System - 2.0T" - "Alternator".
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
Automatic Headlamp Leveling
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Reference Connector End View Information
Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
BY114 Module".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
- "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
V1.0 1109
Lighting Systems DHL
U2005
DTC Description
DTC U2005: ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error
Circuit/System Description
Check for internal failures in dynamic headlamp leveling control
module. No external circuit is involved.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Perform write-in operation of memory.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Memory data is written incorrectly.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Memory data is written successively.
• After 40 ignition cycles without failure, the historical
DTCs will be cleared.
Failure Cause
Dynamic headlamp leveling control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
2. If any DTC still exists, test/replace the dynamic headlamp
leveling control unit.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control
Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External Lighting"
- "Dynamic Headlamp Leveling Control Module".
V1.0 1110
Door Body System
Door
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗上升继电器控制
B1111 14 III
ground or open circuit 回路对地短路或开路
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗上升继电器控制
B1111 12 III
battery 回路对电源短路
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 前乘客侧车窗上升继电器控制
B1112 14 III
Short to ground or open circuit 回路对地短路或开路
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 前乘客侧车窗上升继电器控制
B1112 12 III
Short to battery 回路对电源短路
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 左后乘客侧车窗上升继电器控
B1113 14 III
Short to ground or open circuit 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 左后乘客侧车窗上升继电器控
B1113 12 III
Short to battery 制回路对电源短路
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 右后乘客侧车窗上升继电器控
B1114 14 III
Short to ground or open circuit 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit 右后乘客侧车窗上升继电器控
B1114 12 III
Short to battery 制回路对电源短路
B1115 71 Local Passenger door window switch Stuck Switch 前乘客侧车窗开关卡滞 III
B1116 71 Local Rear LH door window switch Stuck Switch 左后乘客侧车窗开关卡滞 III
B1117 71 Local Rear RH door window switch Stuck Switch 右后乘客侧车窗开关卡滞 III
Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗下降继电器控制
B1121 14 III
ground or open circuit 回路对地短路或开路
Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to 驾驶员侧车窗下降继电器控制
B1121 12 III
battery 回路对电源短路
Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit 前乘客侧车窗下降继电器控制
B1122 14 III
Short to battery 回路对地短路或开路
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control 前乘客侧车窗下降继电器控制
B1122 12 III
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 回路对电源短路
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control 左后乘客侧车窗下降继电器控
B1123 14 III
Circuit Short to battery 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control 左后乘客侧车窗下降继电器控
B1123 12 III
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 制回路对电源短路
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control 右后乘客侧车窗下降继电器控
B1124 14 III
Circuit Short to ground or open circuit 制回路对地短路或开路
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control 右后乘客侧车窗下降继电器控
B1124 12 III
Circuit Short to battery 制回路对电源短路
04 Driver Window Switch Internal Fault 驾驶员侧车窗开关内部故障 III
B112A
71 Driver Window Switch stuck 驾驶员侧车窗开关卡滞
B1131 71 Driver Window Motor Relay Fault 驾驶员侧车窗电机继电器故障 III
V1.0 1111
Body System Door
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
B1132 96 Driver Window Sensing System Fault 驾驶员侧车窗感应系统故障 III
*Note :
V1.0 1112
Door Body System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Window Regulator - Driver
V1.0 1113
Body System Door
V1.0 1114
Door Body System
Window Regulator - Rear Window
V1.0 1115
Body System Door
V1.0 1116
Door Body System
Pin No. Pin Information Rear Window Regulator Switch RD004
1 Ground
2 Power Supply Voltage
4 LIN1
V1.0 1117
Body System Door
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
B1111, B1121 B1111 12: Low-side drive output is turned off in current
DTC Description ignition cycle.
DTC B1111: Drivers Window Circuit Failure B1121 12: Low-side drive output is turned off in current
Failure Type Byte ignition cycle.
Failure Description
(FTB) B1111 14: None.
Drivers Window Up Relay Control B1121 14: None.
12
Circuit Short to Battery
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Drivers Window Up Relay Control
It detected for 20 times consecutively that the low-side drive
14 Circuit Short to Ground or Open
circuit works normally.
Circuit
Failure Cause
DTC B1121: Drivers Window Circuit Failure
• Related circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte • Connector failure or poor fitting.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Body control module failure.
Drivers Window Down Relay
12 • Driver side window ascending/descending switch failure.
Control Circuit Short to Battery
Reference Information
Drivers Window Down Relay
Reference Circuit Information
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or
Open Circuit Window Ascending/Descending (Without Anti-Pinch
Function) - driver
Circuit/System Description
Reference Connector End View Information
The body control module drives corresponding window
regulating motor to work by controlling the closing or BY087, DD004
separating of driver side window regulating relay after receiving Reference Electrical Information
the request from the driver side door combination switch or
Basic Method of Circuit Inspection
driver window regulating switch.
Conditions for Running DTCs Circuit/System Check
B1111 12: Ignition switch is in ACC and RUN position, driver 1. Check fuse F10 and F11 for fusing.
side window ascending relay is closed. 2. The driver side window regulating switch places the
ignition switch in ON position; confirm whether
B1111 14: Ignition switch is in ACC and RUN position, driver
"Driver Side Window Ascending Switch State (BCM
side window ascending relay is separated.
signal)", "Driver Side Window Descending Switch State
B1121 12: Ignition switch is in ACC and RUN position, driver (BCM signal)", "Right Front Power Window Ascending
side window descending relay is closed. Command", "Right Front Power Window Descending
Command" in the real-time display of the scan tool is
B1121 14: Ignition switch is in ACC and RUN position, driver
changed along with the ascending/descending of right
side window descending relay is separated.
front window regulating switch; and the value is changed
Conditions for Setting DTCs between "Off" / "On" synchronously.
B1111 12: Low-side drive circuit short to battery is detected
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
for 10 times continuously.
Test".
B1121 12: Low-side drive circuit short to battery is detected Circuit/System Test
for 10 times continuously.
1. Confirm the other three window motors work normally
B1111 14: Low-side drive circuit open circuit is detected for before diagnosis, and observe whether driver side
10 times continuously. window works normally when the driver window
B1121 14: Low-side drive circuit open circuit is detected for regulating switch is used to operate the driver side power
10 times continuously. window.
V1.0 1118
Door Body System
If the window works normally, check the driver side
window regulating switch.
If not, perform the following procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
3. Disconnect harness connector DD004 of driver side
window regulating switch and harness connector BY087
of BCM.
4. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
DD004 of driver side window regulating switch and the
harness connector BY087 of BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 1 of BY087 and Terminal 9 of DD004
• Terminal 2 of BY087 and Terminal 10 of DD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
DD004 of driver side window regulating switch or the
harness connector BY087 of BCM and the ground is
infinite:
• Terminal 1 of BY087
• Terminal 2 of BY087
• Terminal 9 of DD004
• Terminal 10 of DD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
DD004 of driver side window regulating switch or the
harness connector BY087 of BCM and the power supply
is infinite
• Terminal 1 of BY087
• Terminal 2 of BY087
• Terminal 9 of DD004
• Terminal 10 of DD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
control module or driver side window regulating switch.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
"Power Window Switch - Driver".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1119
Body System Door
B1112, B1122 B1122 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
DTC Description consecutive times.
DTC B1112: Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Circuit Failure B1112 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
Failure Type Byte ignition cycle.
Failure Description
(FTB) B1122 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
Front Passenger Window Up Relay ignition cycle.
12
Control Circuit Short to Battery B1112 14: None.
Front Passenger Window Up Relay
B1122 14: None.
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or
Open Circuit
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Low side drive circuit working normally is tested for 20
DTC B1122: Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control consecutive times.
Circuit Failure
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Relevant circuit failure.
(FTB)
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Front Passenger Window Down
• Body control module failure.
12 Relay Control Circuit Short to
Battery • Front passenger window regulator switch failure.
Reference Information
Front Passenger Window Down
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to Reference Circuit Information
Ground or Open Circuit Window Regulator - Front Passenger
Circuit/System Description Reference Connector End View Information
After receiving the request from driver door combination BY087, PD006
switch or front passenger window regulator switch, BCM
Reference Electrical Information
drives the corresponding window regulator motor to work by
controlling the opening or closing of front passenger window Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
ascending or descending relay. Circuit/System Check
Conditions for Running DTCs
1. Check if fuse F15 is blown.
B1112 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, 2. The front passenger window regulator switch places the
and the front passenger window ascending relay closes. ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm whether
B1112 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, the value of "Front Passenger Window Ascending
and the front passenger window ascending relay opens. Switch State (BCM signal)", "Front Passenger Window
Descending Switch State (BCM signal)", "Front Right
B1122 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
Window Ascending Command" or "Front Right Window
and the front passenger window descending relay closes.
Descending Command" displayed in real time on the scan
B1122 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, tool will synchronously switch and vary with "OFF"/"ON"
and the front passenger window descending relay opens. following the up and down of front right window
Conditions for Setting DTCs ascending/descending switch.
B1112 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
10 consecutive times. Test".
Circuit/System Test
B1122 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for
10 consecutive times. 1. Confirm the other three window motors work normally
before diagnosis, and observe whether the front
B1112 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
passenger window works normally when the driver side
consecutive times.
window regulator switch is used to operate the front
passenger power window.
V1.0 1120
Door Body System
If the window works normally, check the front passenger
window regulator switch.
If not, perform the following procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
3. Disconnect harness connector PD006 from front
passenger window regulator switch and harness
connector BY087 from BCM.
4. Test if the resistance between harness connector PD006
of front passenger window regulator switch and harness
connector BY087 of BCM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 3 of BY087 and Terminal 3 of PD006
• Terminal 4 of BY087 and Terminal 8 of PD006
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between harness connector PD006
of front passenger window regulator switch or harness
connector BY087 of BCM and the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 4 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of PD006
• Terminal 8 of PD006
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between harness connector PD006
of front passenger window regulator switch or harness
connector BY087 of BCM and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 4 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of PD006
• Terminal 8 of PD006
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
control module or front passenger window regulator
switch.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" - "Front
Passenger Power Window Switch".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1121
Body System Door
B1113, B1123 B1123 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
DTC Description consecutive times.
DTC B1113: Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Circuit Failure B1113 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
Failure Type Byte ignition cycle.
Failure Description
(FTB) B1123 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
Rear Left Passenger Window Up ignition cycle.
12 Relay Control Circuit Short to B1113 14: None.
Battery
B1123 14: None.
Rear Left Passenger Window Up
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Ground or Open Circuit Low side drive circuit working normally is tested for 20
consecutive times.
DTC B1123: Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay
Failure Cause
Control Circuit Failure
• Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
• Body control module failure.
Rear Left Passenger Window Down
12 Relay Control Circuit Short to • Rear window regulator switch.
Battery Reference Information
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Reference Circuit Information
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to Window Regulator - Rear Window
Ground or Open Circuit
Reference Connector End View Information
Circuit/System Description
BY087, RD004
After receiving the request from driver door combination
Reference Electrical Information
switch or rear left passenger window regulator switch, BCM
drives the corresponding window regulator motor to work Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
by controlling the opening or closing of rear left passenger Circuit/System Check
window ascending or descending relay.
1. Check if fuse F26 is blown.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
B1113 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, whether the values of "Rear Left Window Ascending
and the rear left window ascending relay closes. Switch State (LIN signal)", "Rear Left Window Descending
B1113 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, Switch State (LIN signal)", "Rear Left Power Window
and the rear left window ascending relay opens. Ascending Command" or "Rear Left Power Window
Descending Command" displayed in real time on the
B1123 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
scan tool will synchronously switch and vary with
and the rear left window descending relay closes.
"OFF"/"ON" following the up and down of rear left
B1123 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, window ascending/descending switch.
and the rear left window descending relay opens.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Conditions for Setting DTCs Test".
B1113 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for Circuit/System Test
10 consecutive times.
1. Confirm that the other three window motors work
B1123 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the rear
10 consecutive times. left power window works normally when the driver side
window regulator switch is used to operate the rear left
B1113 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
power window.
consecutive times.
V1.0 1122
Door Body System
If the window works normally, check the left rear window
regulator switch.
If not, perform the following procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
3. Disconnect harness connector RD004 from rear window
regulator switch and harness connector BY087 from
BCM.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector RD004 of rear window regulator switch and
the terminal of harness connector BY087 of BCM is less
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 7 of BY087 and Terminal 3 of RD004
• Terminal 8 of BY087 and Terminal 8 of RD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector RD004 of rear window regulator switch or
the terminal of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 7 of BY087
• Terminal 8 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of RD004
• Terminal 8 of RD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector RD004 of rear window regulator switch or
the terminal of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 7 of BY087
• Terminal 8 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of RD004
• Terminal 8 of RD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
control module or the rear window regulator switch.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
"Power Window Switch - Rear Door".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1123
Body System Door
B1114, B1124 B1124 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
DTC Description consecutive times.
DTC B1114: Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Circuit Failure B1114 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
Failure Type Byte ignition cycle.
Failure Description
(FTB) B1124 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
Rear Right Passenger Window Up ignition cycle.
12 Relay Control Circuit Short to B1114 14: None.
Battery
B1124 14: None.
Rear Right Passenger Window Up
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Ground or Open Circuit Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
consecutive times.
DTC B1124: Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay
Failure Cause
Control Circuit Failure
• Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
(FTB)
• Body control module failure.
Rear Right Passenger Window Down
12 Relay Control Circuit Short to • Rear window regulator switch.
Battery Reference Information
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Reference Circuit Information
14 Relay Control Circuit Short to Window Regulator - Rear Window
Ground or Open Circuit
Reference Connector End View Information
Circuit/System Description
BY087, RD004
After receiving the request from driver door combination
Reference Electrical Information
switch or rear right passenger window regulator switch, BCM
drives the corresponding window regulator motor to work Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
by controlling the opening or closing of rear right passenger Circuit/System Check
window ascending or descending relay.
1. Check if fuse F27 is blown.
Conditions for Running DTCs
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
B1114 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, whether the values of "Rear Left Window Ascending
and the rear right window ascending relay closes. Switch State (LIN signal)", "Rear Left Window Descending
B1114 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, Switch State (LIN signal)", "Rear Left Power Window
and the rear right window ascending relay opens. Ascending Command" or "Rear Left Power Window
Descending Command" displayed in real time on the
B1124 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position,
scan tool will synchronously switch and vary with
and the rear right window descending relay closes.
"OFF"/"ON" following the up and down of rear left
B1124 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position, window ascending/descending switch.
and the rear right window descending relay opens.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Conditions for Setting DTCs Test".
B1114 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for Circuit/System Test
10 consecutive times.
1. Confirm that the other three window motors work
B1124 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the rear
10 consecutive times. left power window works normally when the driver side
window regulator switch is used to operate the rear left
B1114 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 10
power window.
consecutive times.
V1.0 1124
Door Body System
If the window works normally, check the left rear window
regulator switch.
If not, perform the following procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
3. Disconnect harness connector RD004 from rear window
regulator switch and harness connector BY087 from
BCM.
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
connector RD004 of rear window regulator switch and
the terminals of harness connector BY087 of BCM is less
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 5 of BY087 and Terminal 3 of RD004
• Terminal 6 of BY087 and Terminal 8 of RD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit or high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector RD004 of rear window regulator switch or
the terminal of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
the ground is infinite:
• Terminal 5 of BY087
• Terminal 6 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of RD004
• Terminal 8 of RD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector RD004 of rear window regulator switch or
the terminal of harness connector BY087 of BCM and
the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 5 of BY087
• Terminal 6 of BY087
• Terminal 3 of RD004
• Terminal 8 of RD004
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
control module or the rear window regulator switch.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
"Power Window Switch - Rear Door".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1125
Body System Door
Circuit/System Check
1. Check if the operation of the switch corresponding to
the displayed DTC is flexibly.
V1.0 1126
Door Body System
B1116, B1117 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
RD004
DTC B1116: Local Rear LH Door Window Switch Stuck
Reference Electrical Information
Switch
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) Circuit/System Check
71 Local Rear LH Door Window Switch 1. Check if the operation of the switch corresponding to
Stuck Switch the displayed DTC is flexibly.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC B1117: Local Rear RH Door Window Switch Stuck
Switch 3. Confirm no other DTC of the window switch is set
except B1116 and B1117.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If other DTCs of the window diagnosis control unit are
(FTB)
set, diagnose these DTCs first.
71 Local Rear RH Door Window Switch
Circuit/System Test
Stuck Switch
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Description
the battery negative cable.
Power window switches of front passenger door and rear 2. Disconnect harness connector RD004 from rear window
door are on the door interior trim panel. Each power window switch.
switch is provided with printed circuit board (PCB), and
3. After operating the "Ascending" and "Descending"
electronic components and connectors are installed on the
commands of rear window regulator switch, test if the
circuit board. The upper surface of PCB is covered with a
resistance between the following control circuit terminals
layer of rubber membrane, the projecting pin on the rubber
is infinite.
membrane is on the corresponding position of each switch,
and it can provide each switch with the force to return to • Terminal 5 of RD004 and Terminal 6 of RD004
center position. There is carbon contact on the lower surface • Terminal 5 of RD004 and Terminal 9 of RD004.
of each projecting pin, when the corresponding switch is
pressed, the contact will form a complete circuit on the circuit If it is not within the specified range, test the rear window
board. regulator switch stuck failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the rear
window regulator switch.
The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
Request signal of the switch is detected, which lasts for 20s.
"Power Window Switch - Rear Door".
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
B1116: Request signal of the switch is neglected. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
B1117: Request signal of the switch is neglected • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
The switch releasing once successfully is detected.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Rear window regulator switch failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Window Regulator - Rear Window
V1.0 1127
Body System Door
• LIN1 communication is normal. If the window works normally, check the driver window
combination switch.
• Place the ignition switch in ACC or RUN position.
If not, perform the following procedures.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
B112A 04: Set 1 as the valid switch signal.
the battery negative cable.
B112A 71: BCM will judge the phenomenon as a failure if
3. Disconnect harness connector DD004 from driver
switch input is more than 20s.
window combination switch and harness connector
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set BY087 from BCM.
None. 4. Test whether the resistance between the terminal 3
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs of harness connector DD004 of the driver window
regulator combination switch and the ground is less than
• Signal reset. 5Ω.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
be cleared.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
5. Test whether the resistance between terminal 4 of
• Relevant circuit failure. harness connector DD004 of driver window combination
• Connector failure or poor fit. switch and terminal 39 of harness connector BY087 of
• Body control module failure. BCM is less than 5Ω.
• DDSP failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Reference Information circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 7. Test whether the resistance between terminal 4 of
harness connector DD004 of driver window combination
Circuit/System Check switch or terminal 39 of harness connector BY087 of
1. Check FUSE11 for blowout. BCM and battery is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1128
Door Body System
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
DDSP.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
"Power Window Switch - Driver".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Control"-"Body Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module".
V1.0 1129
Body System Door
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 6. Test whether the resistance between the terminal of
harness connector DD006 of driver window regulator
The left front window relay feedback motor signal recovers to
motor and the terminal of harness connector BY088 of
normal.
BCM is less than 5Ω:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 39 of BY088 and Terminal 4 of DD006
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Connector failure or poor fit.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Driver window regulator motor failure.
7. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
• Body control module failure.
connector DD006 of driver window regulator motor or
Reference Information the terminal of harness connector BY088 of BCM and
Reference Circuit Information the ground is infinite:
DD006, BY017, BY088 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information 8. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector DD006 of driver window regulator motor or
the terminal of harness connector BY088 of BCM and
the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 39 of BY088
• Terminal 4 of DD006
V1.0 1130
Door Body System
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1131
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
V1.0 1132
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
尾门饰板下部电动尾门关闭开关
B11F1 71 PLG Close Switch-Stuck Ⅲ
粘连
Power Liftgate Open Direction-Striker Cinched 电动尾门开启方向与锁扣吸合开
B11F2 23 Ⅲ
Switch Invalid State 关位状态不匹配
Power Liftgate Close Direction-Striker Cinched 电动尾门关闭方向与锁扣吸合开
B11F3 24 Ⅲ
Switch Invalid State 关位状态不匹配
Power Liftgate Open Direction-Striker Released 电动尾门开启方向与锁扣释放开
B11F4 24 Ⅲ
Switch Invalid State 关位状态不匹配
Power Liftgate Close Direction-Striker Released 电动尾门关闭方向与锁扣释放开
B11F5 23 Ⅲ
Switch Invalid State 关位状态不匹配
Power Striker Unit Striker Motor Cinch
B11F6 74 电动锁扣吸合时过流 Ⅲ
Overcuurent
Power Striker Unit Striker Motor Release
B11F7 74 电动锁扣释放时过流 Ⅲ
Overcuurent
Power Liftgate Close Direction Excessive Position 电动尾门关闭时位置传感器计数
B11FC 74 Ⅲ
Sensor Counts 异常
Control Module Communication Bus Off
U0075 88 车身高速CAN总线关闭 Ⅳ
on HSCAN 3 (Body CAN)
Lost Communication With Body Control Module
U0140 87 与车身控制模块失去通讯 Ⅳ
(BCM)
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway "A" 与网络失去通讯 Ⅳ
Lost Communication With Instrument Panel
U0155 87 与组合仪表失去通讯 Ⅳ
Cluster (IPC) Control Module (IPK)
Lost Communication With Entertainment Control
U0245 87 与娱乐控制模块失去通讯 Ⅳ
Module – Front (FICM)
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive 与无钥匙进入与起动控制模块失
U1001 87 Ⅳ
Start Module (PEPS) 去通讯
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High 蓄电池电压过高 Ⅲ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low 蓄电池电压过低 Ⅲ
*Note :
V1.0 1133
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Power Liftgate
V1.0 1134
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
V1.0 1135
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
V1.0 1136
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
Power Liftgate Buzzer BY195 Pin No. Pin Information
9 Power Liftgate Strut Motor
On
10 Hall Sensor 2
V1.0 1137
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
V1.0 1138
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
Pin No. Pin Information Radio/Navigation FA011
19 CAN H
20 CAN L
51 CAN H
52 CAN L
V1.0 1139
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
Diagnostic Information and Procedure B11E0 17: PLCM detects that the system voltage keeps lower
B11E0, U1562, U1563 than 16V for 1s.
DTC Description U1562 17: The supply voltage restores to the normal operating
DTC B11E0: System Voltage Failure level. The supply voltage keeps lower than 15.5V for 1s.
Failure Type Byte U1563 16: The supply voltage restores to the normal operating
Failure Description
(FTB) level. The supply voltage keeps higher than 9.5V for 1s.
System Voltage - Circuit Voltage After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
16
Below Threshold cleared.
System Voltage - Circuit Voltage Failure Cause
17
Above Threshold • Relevant circuit failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If the fuse is blown, replace it.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Component check: Check battery status. If the battery
B11E0 16: When engine is shut down, PLCM detects that the is normal, keep engine speed above 2,000rpm to check
system voltage keeps lower than 10.5V for 1s. if the alternator can be charged normally, and inspect
the charging system if the alternator output voltage is
B11E0 17: When engine is shut down, PLCM detects that the not between 12 and 14V.
system voltage keeps higher than 16V for 1s.
3. Check with a scan tool:
U1562 17: The supply voltage keeps higher than 16V for 1s.
• Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
U1563 16: When engine is shut down, the supply voltage keeps position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
lower than 9V for 1s. This DTC will not be recorded in KL.50 confirm if there is any remaining DTC.
status.
• Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set Between 12 and 14V.
B11E0 16, U1563 16: Function failure and no power supply If it is not within the specified range or the charging
cycle. indicator lights up, overhaul the battery charging system
B11E0 17: Function failure. for failure.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
B11E0 16: PLCM detects that the system voltage keeps higher
BY193 of PLCM.
than 10.5V for 1s.
V1.0 1140
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
connector BY193 of the PLCM and the ground is less
than 5Ω.
V1.0 1141
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
V1.0 1142
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
• Terminal 10 of BY196
V1.0 1143
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
B11E3 12: Before the power liftgate starts operating cycles, • Terminal 5 of BY192
the power liftgate drive circuit is short to battery. • Terminal 2 of BY196
B11E3 13: Before the power liftgate starts operating cycles, • Terminal 9 of BY196
the power liftgate drive circuit is open.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
short to ground.
No power cycle.
5. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector BY192 of PLCM or terminals of
• Power liftgate control circuit restores the normal harness connector BY196 of the power liftgate spindle
operating cycles. and the power supply is infinite:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 1 of BY192
be cleared.
• Terminal 5 of BY192
Failure Cause
• Terminal 2 of BY196
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 9 of BY196
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Power liftgate control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Power liftgate spindle failure.
Reference Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace power liftgate
spindle or PLCM.
Reference Electrical Information
Service Guideline
Power liftgate
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Reference Connector End View Information
Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
BY192, BY196 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
V1.0 1144
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11E4 2. Perform component test to check whether the liftgate
DTC Description can be opened and closed normally.
DTC B11E4: Power Liftgate Spindle Motor-Incorrect If it is not within the specified range, perform basic
Direction settings to the power liftgate.
Failure Type Byte If all tests are normal, test/replace power liftgate spindles or
Failure Description
(FTB) power liftgate control module.
Power Liftgate Spindle Service Guideline
62
Motor-Incorrect Direction • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Circuit/System Description Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Power liftgate control module controls and monitors the
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
motor in spindle to drive liftgate to operate.
Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
Conditions for Running DTCs
• DTC setting is enabled.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Operating cycle is normal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Spindle motor drives the liftgate to move in the opposite
direction.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No power cycle.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Spindle motor drives the liftgate to move towards the
correct direction.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Power liftgate control module failure.
• Power liftgate spindle failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Power Liftgate
Reference Connector End View Information
BY192, BY196
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Inspect the mounting position of power liftgate and
inspect the harness and connector for wear and
corrosion. Readjust the failure parts found in visual
inspection.
V1.0 1145
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
B11E5
DTC Description
DTC B11E5: Power Liftgate Strut Performance
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
71 Power Liftgate Strut Performance
Circuit/System Description
Power liftgate strut is used for supporting the liftgate when the
liftgate is open.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• DTC setting is enabled.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Operating cycle is normal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
PLCM detects that liftgate cannot keep open and Hall counts
reduce by 75 within 250ms after the power supply for driver
is cut off.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No power cycle.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Liftgate keeps open after it is powered on.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
Failure Cause
Power liftgate strut failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Open the power liftgate, and observe it for oil pressure
leakage, insufficient support or liftgate descending when
the liftgate is completely open.
V1.0 1146
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11E6, B11E9, B11FC Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description B11E6 11: PLCM Detects that Sensor Power Circuit Voltage
DTC B11E6: Power Liftgate Sensor Supply Circuit Failure Above 1.5V.
Failure Type Byte B11E9 74, B11FC 74: PDU does not produce excessive sensor
Failure Description
(FTB) counts in 1 operating cycle.
Power Liftgate Sensor Supply Circuit After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
11
Short to Ground cleared.
Failure Cause
DTC B11E9: Power Liftgate Open Direction Excessive
Position Sensor Counts • Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 7 of BY192
V1.0 1147
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
• Terminal 6 of BY192
• Terminal 10 of BY196
• Terminal 8 of BY196
• Terminal 3 of BY196
• Terminal 8 of BY192
• Terminal 7 of BY192
• Terminal 6 of BY192
• Terminal 10 of BY196
• Terminal 8 of BY196
• Terminal 3 of BY196
V1.0 1148
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11E7, B11EA BY192, BY196
DTC Description
Reference Electrical Information
DTC B11E7: Power Liftgate Circuit Overcurrent Failure
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Circuit/System Test
(FTB)
Power Liftgate Open Direction 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
74 the battery negative cable.
Overcurrent
2. Disconnect harness connector BY192 of PLCM and
DTC B11EA: Power Liftgate Circuit Overcurrent Failure harness connector BY196 of power liftgate spindle.
Failure Type Byte 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Description
(FTB) harness connector BY192 of PLCM and the terminals of
harness connector BY196 of the corresponding power
Power Liftgate Close Direction
74 liftgate spindle is less than 5Ω:
Overcurrent
• Terminal 1 of BY192 and Terminal 2 of BY196
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 5 of BY192 and Terminal 9 of BY196
PLCM controls and monitors the motor in spindle to drive
liftgate to operate. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit or high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
• DTC Setting Enabled.
connector BY192 of PLCM or the terminal of harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY196 of power liftgate spindle and ground
• Operating cycle is normal. is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 1 of BY192
B11E7 74: During liftgate opening, power liftgate drive unit • Terminal 5 of BY192
current keeps higher than 20A for 500ms.
• Terminal 2 of BY196
B11EA 74: During liftgate closing, power liftgate drive unit
• Terminal 9 of BY196
current keeps higher than 20A for 500ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
short to ground.
No power cycle.
5. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector BY192 of PLCM or terminals of
B11E7 74: During liftgate opening, power liftgate drive unit harness connector BY196 of the power liftgate spindle
current is lower than 20A. and the power supply is infinite:
B11EA 74: During liftgate closing, power liftgate drive unit • Terminal 1 of BY192
current is lower than 20A. • Terminal 5 of BY192
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be • Terminal 2 of BY196
cleared.
• Terminal 9 of BY196
Failure Cause
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace power liftgate
• Power liftgate control module failure. spindles or PLCM.
• Power liftgate spindle failure. Service Guideline
Reference Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Reference Electrical Information Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
Power liftgate • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Reference Connector End View Information
Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
V1.0 1149
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
B11EB 74: Power liftgate drive unit takes more than 20s to
close the liftgate.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
No power cycle.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• B11E8 74: Power liftgate drive unit takes less than 20s to
open the liftgate.
• B11EB 74: Power liftgate drive unit takes less than 20s to
close the liftgate.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
Failure Cause
• Power liftgate control module failure.
• Power liftgate strut failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1150
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11EC Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC B11EC: Power Liftgate Chime Control-Circuit Failure the battery negative cable.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will Service Guideline
be cleared. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Failure Cause Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
• Power Liftgate Buzzer Failure
• Power liftgate control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Power liftgate
Reference Connector End View Information
BY193, BY195
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1151
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
B11ED 11: Before the power liftgate starts operating cycles, • Terminal 19 of BY193 and Terminal 1 of BY198
the left pinch sensor circuit is short to ground. • Terminal 13 of BY193 and Terminal 2 of BY197
B11ED 12: Before the power liftgate starts operating cycles, • Terminal 13 of BY193 and Terminal 2 of BY198
the left pinch sensor circuit is short to battery.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B11EE 11: Before the power liftgate starts operating cycles, open circuit or high resistance.
the right pinch sensor circuit is short to ground.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
B11EE 12: Before the power liftgate starts operating cycles, harness connector BY193 of PLCM or the terminals of
the right pinch sensor circuit is short to battery. harness connector BY197 or BY198 of power liftgate
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set pinch sensors and ground is infinite:
V1.0 1152
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY193 of PLCM or the terminals of
harness connector BY197 or BY198 of power liftgate
pinch sensors and battery is infinite:
• Terminal 12 of BY193
• Terminal 19 of BY193
• Terminal 13 of BY193
• Terminal 1 of BY197
• Terminal 2 of BY197
• Terminal 1 of BY198
• Terminal 2 of BY198
V1.0 1153
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
Power liftgate is opened or closed through the power liftgate • Terminal 8 of BY193 and Terminal 2 of BY194
strut linkage. The closed liftgate will be further locked by the • Terminal 21 of BY193 and Terminal 3 of BY194
striker, and the striker shall be released before opening the
• Terminal 13 of BY193 and Terminal 5 of BY194
liftgate.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit or high resistance.
• DTC setting is enabled.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
harness connector BY193 of the PLCM or terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY194 of the power liftgate striker
B11EF 11: Before the striker is locked or released (or during and the ground is infinite:
the action), the output signal of locked or released striker • Terminal 8 of BY193
motor is lowered.
• Terminal 21 of BY193
B11EF 12: Before the striker is locked or released (or during
• Terminal 13 of BY193
the action), the output signal of locked or released striker
motor is heightened. • Terminal 2 of BY194
B11EF 13: PLCM detects the striker motor output open • Terminal 3 of BY194
circuit. • Terminal 5 of BY194
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
No power cycle. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Liftgate striker completes operating cycles. harness connector BY193 of the PLCM or terminals of
harness connector BY194 of the power liftgate striker
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
and the power supply is infinite:
be cleared.
• Terminal 8 of BY193
Failure Cause
• Terminal 21 of BY193
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 13 of BY193
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the power
liftgate striker or PLCM.
V1.0 1154
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
V1.0 1155
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Description the battery negative cable.
(FTB)
71 PLG Control Switch-Stuck 2. Disconnect harness connector BY193 of the PLCM and
harness connector CE007 of the console PLG switch.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 20 of harness
Console PLG switch, located behind the centre console shift connector BY193 of the PLCM and the corresponding
lever, is used to open and close the power liftgate. terminal 9 of harness connector CE007 of the console
Conditions for Running DTCs PLG switch is less than 5Ω.
• DTC setting is enabled. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit or high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Operating cycle is normal. 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 20 of harness
connector BY193 of the PLCM or terminal 9 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs
connector CE007 of console PLG switch and the ground
PLG control switch circuit is activated (when the circuit voltage is infinite:
of power liftgate control switch is less than 0.2592V), which
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
lasts for more than 10s.
short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 20 of harness
No power cycle.
connector BY193 of the PLCM or terminal 9 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector CE007 of console PLG switch and the power
• Power liftgate control unit detects that the liftgate switch supply is infinite:
circuit voltage is greater than 3.5V. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will short to battery.
be cleared.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the console
Failure Cause PLG switch or PLCM.
• Relevant circuit failure. Service Guideline
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Refer to Service Manual, "Interior Fitting" - "Instrument
• Power liftgate control module failure. Panel & Centre Console" - "Centre Console Four-key
• Console PLG switch failure. Switch".
Circuit/System Check
1. Visually inspect the console PLG switch for corrosion,
looseness, etc. and inspect the connectors for
deformation, damage, etc.
2. Operate the console PLG switch to check if the liftgate
can be opened or closed normally.
V1.0 1156
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11F1 If the liftgate action cannot be controlled normally, go to
DTC Description "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Failure Description the battery negative cable.
(FTB)
2. Disconnect harness connector BY199 of PLG control
71 PLG Close Switch-Stuck
switch on the bottom of the liftgate trim panel.
Circuit/System Description 3. Connect the battery negative cable, turn on daytime
PLG control switch, located on the bottom of liftgate trim running lamps, and test if the voltage of terminal 3 of
panel, is used to open the liftgate. harness connector BY199 of PLG control switch on the
Conditions for Running DTCs bottom of the liftgate trim panel is battery voltage.
• DTC Setting Enabled. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground/open circuit or high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
4. Turn off daytime running lamps and disconnect the
• Operating cycle is normal.
battery negative cable.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
PLG control switch circuit is activated (when the circuit voltage of harness connector BY193 of the PLCM and the
of PLG control switch is less than 0.2592V), which lasts for corresponding terminals of harness connector BY199 of
more than 10s. PLG control switch on the bottom of the liftgate trim
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set panel is less than 5Ω:
No power cycle. • Terminal 18 of BY193 and Terminal 1 of BY199
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 13 of BY193 and Terminal 2 of BY199
• PLCM detects that liftgate switch circuit voltage is greater If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
than 3.5V. open circuit or high resistance.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
be cleared.
harness connector BY193 of the PLCM or terminals of
Failure Cause harness connector BY199 of PLG control switch on the
• Relevant circuit failure. bottom of the liftgate trim panel and the ground is infinite:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 13 of BY193
• Power liftgate control module failure. • Terminal 18 of BY193
• PLG control switch on the bottom of liftgate trim panel • Terminal 1 of BY199
failure.
• Terminal 2 of BY199
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Electrical Information
short to ground.
Power Liftgate
7. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Reference Connector End View Information harness connector BY193 of the PLCM or terminals of
BY193, BY199 harness connector BY199 of PLG control switch on the
bottom of the liftgate trim panel and the power supply
Reference Electrical Information
is infinite:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Terminal 13 of BY193
Circuit/System Check
• Terminal 18 of BY193
1. Visually inspect the PLG control switch on the bottom
• Terminal 1 of BY199
of liftgate trim panel for corrosion, looseness, etc. and
connectors for deformation, damage, etc. • Terminal 2 of BY199
2. Operate the PLG control switch on the bottom of liftgate If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
trim panel to check if the liftgate can be closed normally. short to battery.
V1.0 1157
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
V1.0 1158
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11F2, B11F3, B11F4, B11F5 B11F4 24: After the striker motor releasing drive timeout, the
DTC Description striker release switch "Off" state is detected.
DTC B11F2: Power Liftgate Open Direction-Striker Cinched B11F5 23: After the striker cinch switch is on, the striker
Switch Invalid State release switch "On" state is detected.
Failure Type Byte Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Description
(FTB) No power cycle.
Power Liftgate Open Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
23 Direction-Striker Cinched Switch
B11F2 23: After the striker release switch is on, the striker
Invalid State
cinch switch "Off" state is detected.
DTC B11F3: Power Liftgate Close Direction-Striker Cinched B11F3 24: After the striker motor cinch drive timeout, the
Switch Invalid State striker cinch switch "On" state is detected.
Failure Type Byte B11F4 24: After the striker motor release drive timeout, the
Failure Description
(FTB) striker release switch "On" state is detected.
Power Liftgate Close B11F5 23: After the striker cinch switch is on, the striker
24 Direction-Striker Cinched Switch release switch "Off" state is detected.
Invalid State
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
DTC B11F4: Power Liftgate Open Direction-Striker Released cleared.
Switch Invalid State Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte • Relevant circuit failure.
Failure Description
(FTB) • Connector failure or poor fit.
Power Liftgate Open • Power liftgate control module failure.
24 Direction-Striker Released Switch
• Power liftgate striker failure.
Invalid State
Reference Information
DTC B11F5: Power Liftgate Close Direction-Striker Released Reference Electrical Information
Switch Invalid State
Power Liftgate
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Reference Connector End View Information
(FTB)
BY193, BY194
Power Liftgate Close
23 Direction-Striker Released Switch Reference Electrical Information
Invalid State Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
harness connector BY193 of PLCM and corresponding
• Operating cycle is normal.
terminals of harness connector BY194 of the power
Conditions for Setting DTCs liftgate striker is less than 5Ω:
B11F2 23: After the striker release switch is on, the striker • Terminal 8 of BY193 and Terminal 2 of BY194
cinch switch "On" state is detected.
• Terminal 21 of BY193 and Terminal 3 of BY194
B11F3 24: After the striker motor cinch drive timeout, the
• Terminal 15 of BY193 and Terminal 4 of BY194
striker cinch switch "Off" state is detected.
• Terminal 13 of BY193 and Terminal 5 of BY194
• Terminal 16 of BY193 and Terminal 6 of BY194
V1.0 1159
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
V1.0 1160
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
B11F6, B11F7 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC B11F6: Power Striker Unit Striker Motor Cinch Power Liftgate
Overcurrent
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description BY193, BY194
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Power Striker Unit Striker Motor
74
Cinch Overcurrent Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B11F7: Power Striker Unit Striker Motor Release Circuit/System Test
Overcurrent 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Disconnect harness connector BY193 of PLCM and
(FTB)
harness connector BY194 of the power liftgate striker.
Power Striker Unit Striker Motor
74 3. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
Release Overcurrent
harness connector BY193 of PLCM and corresponding
Circuit/System Description terminals of harness connector BY194 of the power
PLCM controls and monitors the position status and operating liftgate striker is less than 5Ω:
current of the power liftgate striker during its operation. • Terminal 8 of BY193 and Terminal 2 of BY194
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 21 of BY193 and Terminal 3 of BY194
• DTC setting is enabled.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. open circuit or high resistance.
• Operating cycle is normal.
4. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY193 of PLCM or terminals of
B11F6 74: The drive motor current keeps higher than 9A is harness connector BY194 of the power liftgate striker
detected during power striker closing, which lasts for 500ms. and the ground is infinite:
B11F7 74: The drive motor current keeps higher than 9A is • Terminal 8 of BY193
detected during power striker releasing, which lasts for 500ms. • Terminal 21 of BY193
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 2 of BY194
No power cycle.
• Terminal 3 of BY194
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B11F6 74: The drive motor current keeps lower than 9A is short to ground.
detected during power striker closing.
5. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
B11F7 74: The drive motor current keeps lower than 9A is harness connector BY193 of PLCM or terminals of
detected during power striker releasing. harness connector BY194 of the power liftgate striker
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be and the power supply is infinite:
cleared. • Terminal 8 of BY193
Failure Cause
• Terminal 21 of BY193
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 2 of BY194
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 3 of BY194
• Power liftgate striker failure.
• Power liftgate control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1161
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Covering Parts-"Power Striker Assembly".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
V1.0 1162
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
U0075 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
DTC Description connector BY193 of PLCM and corresponding terminals
of the harness connector FA004 of GW is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0075: Control Module Communication Bus Off on
HSCAN 3 (Body CAN) • Terminal 6 of BY193 and Terminal 20 of FA004
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 7 of BY193 and Terminal 19 of FA004
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
88 Control Module Communication Bus circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Off on HSCAN 3 (Body CAN)
4. Test whether the resistance between terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector BY193 of PLCM or terminals of harness
connector FA004 of GW and the ground is infinite:
PLCM communicates with other control modules via the CAN
bus. • Terminal 6 of BY193
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 7 of BY193
• DTC setting is enabled. • Terminal 20 of FA004
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 19 of FA004
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
CAN bus is off. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Function is invalid. switch in ON position, and test whether the voltage
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs between terminals of harness connector BY193 of PLCM
or terminals of harness connector FA004 of GW and the
• CAN bus recovers to normal.
ground is between 2V and 3V:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 6 of BY193
V1.0 1163
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
"Body Control Module".
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the
following inspection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY193 of PLCM and harness connector BY088 of BCM.
V1.0 1164
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
U0146 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
DTC Description connector BY193 of PLCM and corresponding terminals
of harness connector FA004 of GW is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0146: Lost communication with Gateway“A ”
• Terminal 6 of BY193 and Terminal 20 of FA004
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 7 of BY193 and Terminal 19 of FA004
87 Lost communication with If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Gateway“A ” circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 1165
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
PLCM cannot receive the information from IPK, which lasts for • Terminal 26 of FA029
2s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
PLCM continuously receives the valid value signal from IPK. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in ON position, and test whether the voltage
between terminals of harness connector BY193 of PLCM
• In 1 operating cycle, PLCM receives the message from
or terminals of harness connector FA029 of IPK and the
IPK for 100 times.
ground is between 2V and 3V:
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. • Terminal 6 of BY193
V1.0 1166
Power Liftgate Control Module Body System
U0245 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
DTC Description connector BY193 of PLCM and corresponding terminals
of harness connector FA011 of FICM is less than 5Ω:
DTC U0245: Lost Communication With Entertainment
Control Module – Front (FICM) • Terminal 6 of BY193 and Terminal C6 of FA011
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 7 of BY193 and Terminal C12 of FA011
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
87 Lost Communication With circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Entertainment Control Module –
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Front (FICM)
connector BY193 of PLCM or terminals of harness
Circuit/System Description connector FA011 of FICM and the ground is infinite:
FICM communicates with other control modules via CAN bus. • Terminal 6 of BY193
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 7 of BY193
• DTC setting is enabled. • Terminal C6 of FA011
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal C12 of FA011
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
PLCM cannot receive the information from FICM, which lasts short to ground.
for 2s.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
PLCM continuously receives the valid value signal from FICM. terminals of harness connector BY193 of PLCM or the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminals of harness connector FA011 of FICM and the
ground is between 2 and 3V:
• In 1 operating cycle, PLCM receives the information from
FICM for 100 times. • Terminal 6 of BY193
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 7 of BY193
be cleared.
• Terminal C6 of FA011
Failure Cause
• Terminal C12 of FA011
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit.
short to battery.
• Power liftgate control module failure.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the FICM or
• Entertainment control module failure.
PLCM.
Reference Information
Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Reference Connector End View Information Navigation" - "Player".
BY193, FA011 • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
Reference Electrical Information
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Circuit/System Test Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
following inspection procedures.
Navigation" - "Player".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY193 of PLCM and harness connector FA011 of FICM.
V1.0 1167
Body System Power Liftgate Control Module
DTC U1001: Lost Communication With Passive Entry & 3. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
Passive Start Module (PEPS) connector BY193 of PLCM and the corresponding
terminals of harness connector BY126 of PEPS control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description module is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
• Terminal 6 of BY193 and Terminal 6 of BY126
87 Lost Communication With Passive
Entry & Passive Start Module (PEPS) • Terminal 7 of BY193 and Terminal 5 of BY126
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Circuit/System Description
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
The PEPS control module communicates with other control
4. Test if the resistance between the terminals of harness
modules via CAN bus.
connector BY193 of PLCM or the terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY126 of PEPS control module and the ground
• DTC Setting Enabled. is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 6 of BY193
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 7 of BY193
PLCM cannot receive the information from PEPS, which lasts • Terminal 6 of BY126
for 2s.
• Terminal 5 of BY126
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
PLCM continuously receives the valid value signal from PEPS. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• In 1 operating cycle, PLCM receives the information from switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
PEPS for 100 times. terminals of harness connector BY193 of PLCM or
terminals of harness connector BY126 of PEPS control
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
be cleared.
Failure Cause • Terminal 6 of BY193
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
control module or PLCM.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
BY193, BY126
"Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry Passive Start
Reference Electrical Information (PEPS) Control Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
Circuit/System Test
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
following inspection procedures.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Vehicle
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive Start (PEPS)
Control Module".
V1.0 1168
BCM Body System
BCM
DTC Category
List
V1.0 1169
Body System BCM
B1B05 16 Low Battery Voltage during Engine Running (low risk) 发动机运行期间蓄电池电压
III
低(低风险)
V1.0 1170
BCM Body System
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level*
U2021 47 External Watchdog error 外部看门狗故障 II
*Note :
V1.0 1171
Body System BCM
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Brake Lamp
V1.0 1172
BCM Body System
Horn
V1.0 1173
Body System BCM
V1.0 1174
BCM Body System
Starting & Charging (1) - 2.0T
V1.0 1175
Body System BCM
V1.0 1176
BCM Body System
Panoramic Sunroof
V1.0 1177
Body System BCM
V1.0 1178
BCM Body System
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
V1.0 1179
Body System BCM
V1.0 1180
BCM Body System
Daytime Running Lamps
V1.0 1181
Body System BCM
V1.0 1182
BCM Body System
Body Control Module BY084 Body Control Module BY086
V1.0 1183
Body System BCM
V1.0 1184
BCM Body System
Sunroof Motor BY131 Driver Window Regulator Motor DD006
Gateway FA004
V1.0 1185
Body System BCM
Gateway FA005
V1.0 1186
BCM Body System
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
6 Diagnosis HS CAN High 14 Current Sensor Ground
V1.0 1187
Body System BCM
V1.0 1188
BCM Body System
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Circuit/System Test
B1066 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
DTC B1066: Brake Pedal Switch Stuck BY028 of brake lamp switch, harness connector BY021
of ECM and harness connector BY014 of the engine
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description compartment fuse box.
(FTB)
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
73 Brake Pedal Switch Stuck connector BY028 of the brake lamp switch and the
Circuit/System Description ground is less than 5Ω.
Brake pedal switch controls the work of brake lamps by sending If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
signal to BCM. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
connector BY021 of ECM and harness connector BY028
Brake switch is activated. of brake lamp switch, or the resistance between harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY014 of the engine compartment fuse box
The brake switch maintains the activated state, which lasts for and harness connector BY028 of the brake lamp switch
more than 180s. is less than 5Ω:
It is detected that the brake pedal can work normally. • Terminal 3 of BY028 and Terminal 19 of BY021
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
4. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
• Engine control module failure.
connector BY021 of ECM, harness connector BY028 of
• Brake lamp switch failure.
brake lamp switch, harness connector BY014 of engine
Reference Information compartment fuse box, or harness connector BY028 of
Reference Circuit Information brake lamp switch and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 1189
Body System BCM
• Terminal 19 of BY014
V1.0 1190
BCM Body System
B1155 tool, and judge whether the horn relay closes and opens
DTC Description normally by observing and listening.
DTC B1155: Horn Relay Driver Short Failure If the horn relay does not close or open as expected,
go to "Circuit/System Test".
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
12 Horn Relay Driver Short to Battery
Circuit/System Test
Horn Relay Driver Short to Ground
14 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
or Open Circuit
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Circuit/System Description BY018 of the engine compartment fuse box.
BCM drives the horn to work by controlling the relay. 2. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Running DTCs switch in "ON" position.
B1155 12: Horn relay closes. 3. Cascade one short-circuit line with 10A fuse between
terminal 7 of harness connector BY018 of the engine
B1155 14: Horn relay opens. compartment fuse box and the ground, and determine
Conditions for Setting DTCs whether the horn relay works normally by observing and
listening. If it works normally, test/replace BCM.
B1155 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected
for 10 consecutive times. If it does not work normally, conduct the following tests.
B1155 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for 4. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
10 consecutive times. the battery negative cable, and disconnect the harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY086 of BCM.
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
B1155 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
connector BY086 of BCM and terminal 7 of harness
ignition cycle.
connector BY018 of the engine compartment is less than
B1155 14: None. 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
consecutive times. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
Failure Cause connector BY086 of BCM or terminal 7 of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector BY018 of the engine compartment and the
ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Body control module failure.
short to ground.
Reference Information
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
Reference Circuit Information
connector BY086 of BCM or terminal 7 of harness
Horn connector BY018 of the engine compartment and the
Reference Connector End View Information power supply is infinite.
BY086, BY018 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Electrical Information
8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
control module.
Circuit/System Check Service Guideline
1. Test the DTC with a scan tool. If there are other DTCs, • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
repair those failures first. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the horn • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
pump relay with the forced output function of the scan to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1191
Body System BCM
1. Test the DTC with a scan tool. If there are other DTCs, 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
repair those failures first. control module.
V1.0 1192
BCM Body System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Control"-"Body Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module".
V1.0 1193
Body System BCM
B115A 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the right
DTC Description seat heat relay with the forced output function of the
scan tool to observe and listen whether the right seat
DTC B115A: Right Seat Heat Relay Control Circuit Failure
heat relay closes and opens normally.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If the right seat heat relay does not close or open as
(FTB)
expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Right Seat Heat Relay Control Circuit
12 3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Short to Battery
vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Right Seat Heat Relay Control
14 Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit/System Test
Circuit
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Description battery negative cable and harness connector BY086 of
the BCM.
BCM realizes the heating of seats by controlling the relay.
2. Connect the battery negative cable and place the ignition
Conditions for Running DTCs
switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
3. Cascade one short-circuit line with 10A fuse between
B115A 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected terminal 5 of harness connector BY019 of the engine
for 20 consecutive times. compartment fuse box and the ground to observe and
B115A 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for listen whether the right seat heat relay works normally.
20 consecutive times. If it works normally, test/replace the BCM.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it does not work normally, conduct the following tests.
B115A 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
4. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and disconnect
ignition cycle.
the battery negative cable and harness connector BY019
B115A 14: None. of the engine compartment fuse box.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of control circuit
of right seat heat relay of harness connector BY019 of
• Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for
the engine compartment fuse box and terminal 30 of
36 consecutive times.
harness connector BY086 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of control circuit
• Relevant circuit failure.
of right seat heat relay of harness connector BY019 of the
• Connector failure or poor fit.
engine compartment fuse box or terminal 30 of harness
• Body control module failure. connector BY086 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• Engine compartment fuse box failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of control circuit
Seat Heating of right seat heat relay of harness connector BY019 of
the engine compartment fuse box or terminal 30 of
Reference Connector End View Information
harness connector BY086 of the BCM and the power
BY019, BY086 supply is infinite.
Reference Electrical Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection short to battery.
Circuit/System Check 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM.
1. Test the DTC with a scan tool. If there are other DTCs, Service Guideline
repair those failures first. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Control"-"Body Control Module".
V1.0 1194
BCM Body System
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module".
V1.0 1195
Body System BCM
Failure Type Byte 1. Test the DTC with a scan tool. If there are other DTCs,
Failure Description repair those failures first.
(FTB)
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, drive the
Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale
12 rearview mirror relay with the forced output function of
Circuit Short to Battery
the scan tool, observe and listen to whether the rearview
Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale mirror relay closes and opens normally.
14 Circuit Short to Ground or Open
If the rearview mirror relay does not close or open as
Circuit
expected, go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit/System Description 3. Under the conditions of running the DTC, operate the
Start-stop intelligent energy-saving system indicator lamp vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
indicates if the system works. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Check if fuse FUSE5 in passenger compartment fuse box
B115C 12: When the ignition switch is in "RUN" position, the is blown, and if not, conduct the test in accordance with
auto start-stop disable switch indicator is on. the following steps.
B115C 14: When the ignition switch is in "RUN" position, the 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
auto start-stop disable switch indicator is off. battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
FA001 of passenger compartment fuse box, harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs
connector CE007 of left center console switch and
B115C 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is tested for harness connector FA026 of BCM.
20 times continuously. 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
B115C 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is tested for 20 connector CE007 of left center console switch and
times continuously. the terminal of harness connector FA001 of passenger
compartment fuse box and the resistance between the
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
terminal of harness connector CE007 of left center
B115C 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present console switch and the terminal of harness connector
ignition cycle. FA026 of BCM is less than 5Ω:
B115C 14: None. • Terminal 5 of CE007 and Terminal 66 of FA001
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 8 of CE007 and Terminal 2 of FA026
Low side drive circuit working normally is tested for 36 times If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
continuously. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause 4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector CE007 of left center console switch, the
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal of harness connector FA001 of passenger
compartment fuse box, or the terminal of harness
• Body control module failure.
connector FA026 of BCM and the ground is infinite:
• Left center console switch failure.
• Terminal 5 of CE007
Reference Information
• Terminal 8 of CE007
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 66 of FA001
Starting & Charging (1)
• Terminal 2 of FA026
Reference Connector End View Information
If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
FA026, FA001, CE007
short to ground.
5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector CE007 of left center console switch, the
V1.0 1196
BCM Body System
terminal of harness connector FA001 of passenger
compartment fuse box, or the terminal of harness
connector FA026 of BCM and the power supply is infinite:
• Terminal 5 of CE007
• Terminal 8 of CE007
• Terminal 66 of FA001
• Terminal 2 of FA026
V1.0 1197
Body System BCM
B115D 12: HSD circuit short to the battery is tested for 20 • Terminal 6 of BY119
times continuously. If it is not within the specified range, test if the circuit is
B115D 13: HSD circuit open circuit is tested for 20 times short to ground.
continuously. 5. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY088 of BCM or the terminal of harness
B115D 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle. connector BY119 of shifter controller and the power
supply is infinite:
B115D 12, 13: None.
• Terminal 9 of BY088
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 6 of BY119
HSD circuit working normally is tested for 36 times
continuously. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure. 6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM or
shifter controller.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Service Guideline
• Shifter controller failure.
• Body control module failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission" - "Shift Lock
Control - Automatic" - "Shift Lever P Gear Emergency
Unlocking - Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission".
V1.0 1198
BCM Body System
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1199
Body System BCM
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
(FTB)
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short
12
to Battery
Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short
14
to Ground or Open Circuit
Circuit/System Description
BCM Internal failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs
B115E 12: The ignition switch is in "RUN" position, and the
interlock relay closes.
B115E 14: Low side drive circuit short to ground is tested for
251 times continuously.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
B115E 12: Low side drive output is closed in the present
ignition cycle.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match the BCM.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B115E has not been set.
4. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the body
control module.
V1.0 1200
BCM Body System
B1162 3. Try to press the switch several times to check for stuck
DTC Description failure.
DTC B1162: One-Touch Ignition Switch Failure 4. If there is stuck, replace the start-stop button.
Service Guideline
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
00 One-Touch Ignition Switch
Mismatches with PEPS • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Vehicle Entry and Safety" - "Passive Entry Passive Start
73 One-Touch Ignition Switch Stuck
(PEPS) Control Module".
Circuit/System Description • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
It is not necessary to insert/pull out key, only put the smart to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
key in the vehicle, press start-stop button (SSB) to start/stop "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
the vehicle. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Conditions for Running DTCs to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Vehicle
Entry and Safety" - "Passive Entry Passive Start (PEPS)
Long press the start-stop button. Control Module".
Conditions for Setting DTCs
B1162 00: Press one-touch ignition switch one time to check
whether PEPS can receive press signal, if not, it will lead to
mismatch failure.
B1162 73: Press one-touch ignition switch for more than 20s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
One-touch ignition switch is invalid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
One-touch ignition switch works normally.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Start-stop button failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match passive entry passive start system (PEPS)
control unit
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B1162 has not been set.
4. If this DTC is reset, test/replace the passive entry passive
start system control unit.
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector of start-stop button.
V1.0 1201
Body System BCM
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and drive
Failure Description the starter relay with the forced output function of the
(FTB)
scan tool to observe and listen whether the starter relay
Run Crank Power Relay Control
11 closes and opens normally.
Circuit Short to Ground (IGN1)
If the starter relay does not close or open as expected,
Run Crank Power Relay Control
13 go to "Circuit/System Test".
Circuit Open Circuit (IGN1)
3. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Circuit/System Description vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
BCM drives the starter to work by controlling starter relay. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
B1166 11: When the ignition switch is placed in "RUN" and the battery negative cable and harness connector BY021
"CRANK" positions, the relay closes. of the ECM.
B1166 13: When the ignition switch is placed in "RUN" and 2. Connect the battery negative cable and place the ignition
"CRANK" positions, the relay opens. switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Cascade one short-circuit line with 10A fuse between
terminal 19 of harness connector BY021 of the ECM and
B1166 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 the ground to observe and listen whether the starter
consecutive times. relay works normally.
B1166 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 If it works normally, test/replace the ECM.
consecutive times.
If it does not work normally, conduct the following tests.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and disconnect
B1166 11: HSD output is closed in the present ignition cycle.
the battery negative cable and harness connector BY016
B1166 13: None. of the engine compartment fuse box.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of circuit of
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive harness connector BY016 of the engine compartment
times. fuse box and terminal 19 of harness connector BY021
of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Failure Cause
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure.
open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of circuit of
• Engine compartment fuse box failure.
harness connector BY016 of the engine compartment
• Engine control module failure. fuse box or terminal 19 of harness connector BY021 of
Reference Information the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Starting & Charging (1)
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of circuit of
Reference Connector End View Information
harness connector BY016 of the engine compartment
BY016, BY021 fuse box or terminal 19 of harness connector BY021 of
Reference Electrical Information the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1202
BCM Body System
Service Guideline
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Fuse Box and Harness" - "Engine
Compartment Fuse Box".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control System" -
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
V1.0 1203
Body System BCM
DTC B1169: ACC/Wakeup_HSD -Circuit Current Above 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of circuit of
Threshold harness connector FA005 of the gateway and terminal 51
of harness connector FA026 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
(FTB)
open circuit/high resistance.
ACC HSD Output Circuit Open
13
Circuit 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of circuit of
ACC/Wakeup_HSD -Circuit harness connector FA005 of the gateway or terminal 51
19
Current Above Threshold of harness connector FA026 of the BCM and the ground
is infinite.
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Gateway controls the closing and opening of KL.R relay.
short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of circuit of
ACC HSD circuit works. harness connector FA005 of the gateway or terminal 51
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector FA026 of the BCM and the power
supply is infinite.
B1169 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20
consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
B1169 19: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20
consecutive times. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway or
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set body control module.
Service Guideline
B1169 13: None.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
B1169 19: Low side drive output is closed in the present
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
ignition cycle.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Control"-"Body Control Module".
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
times. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
Failure Cause "Gateway Module".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Connector failure or poor fit. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module".
• Gateway failure.
• Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Starting & Charging (2) - Without Keyless Start
Reference Connector End View Information
FA005, FA026
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
V1.0 1204
BCM Body System
B11C0 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
DTC Description connector SR002 of the sunroof switch and the ground
is less than 5Ω.
DTC B11C0: Sunroof Switch Stuck
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
(FTB)
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
71 Sunroof Switch Stuck
connector SR003 of the sunroof motor and terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector SR002 of the sunroof switch is less
Sunroof switch controls the sunroof ON/OFF. than 5Ω:
The ignition switch is in "ACC" or "RUN" position. • Terminal 3 of SR002 and Terminal 11 of SR003
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 8 of SR002 and Terminal 7 of SR003
Request signal of the switch is detected for 20s consecutively. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Request signal of the switch is neglected. 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector SR003 of the sunroof motor or terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
harness connector SR002 of the sunroof switch and the
The switch releasing once successfully is detected. ground is infinite:
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of SR002
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 3 of SR002
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 8 of SR002
• Front passenger window regulator switch failure.
• Terminal 7 of SR003
Reference Information
• Terminal 11 of SR003
Reference Circuit Information
Panoramic Sunroof • Terminal 14 of SR003
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
SR002, SR003
5. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information
connector SR003 of the sunroof motor or terminals of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector SR002 of the sunroof switch and the
power supply is infinite:
Circuit/System Check
• Terminal 2 of SR002
1. Check if the operation of the switch corresponding to
the displayed DTC is flexible. • Terminal 3 of SR002
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Terminal 8 of SR002
3. Confirm no other DTCs of the sunroof switch are set
• Terminal 7 of SR003
except B11C0.
• Terminal 11 of SR003
If other DTCs of the sunroof diagnosis control unit are
set, diagnose these DTCs first. • Terminal 14 of SR003
Circuit/System Test If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable,and disconnect harness connector 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the sunroof
SR002 of sunroof switch and harness connector SR003 of motor or the sunroof switch.
sunroof motor respectively. Service Guideline
Refer to Service Manual, "External Device" - "Roof" - "Sunroof
Window Motor".
V1.0 1205
Body System BCM
DTC B11C4: Sunroof Sunshade Switch Stuck • Terminal 9 of SR002 and Terminal 5 of SR003
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 7 of SR002 and Terminal 4 of SR003
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
71 Sunroof Sunshade Switch Stuck open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 1206
BCM Body System
B11C9 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC Description open circuit/high resistance.
DTC B11C9: Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to Ground 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
or Open Circuit connector BY088 of the BCM or terminal 13 of harness
connector SR003 of the sunroof motor and the ground
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description is infinite.
(FTB)
Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
12
to Ground or Open Circuit short to ground.
Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
14
to Ground or Open Circuit connector BY088 of the body control module or terminal
13 of harness connector SR003 of the sunroof motor and
Circuit/System Description
the power supply is infinite.
Body control module controls the operation of sunroof via
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
hardwire.
short to battery.
Conditions for Running DTCs
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
The ignition switch is in "RUN" position, and low side drive is
control module or the sunroof motor.
closed.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
HSD circuit short to ground or open circuit is detected for 20 - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
consecutive times.
• Refer to Service Manual, "External Device" - "Roof" -
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set "Sunroof Window Motor".
None • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive
times.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Body control module failure.
• Sunroof motor failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Panoramic Sunroof
Reference Connector End View Information
SR003, BY088
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, harness connector BY088 of the
BCM and harness connector SR003 of the sunroof motor.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
connector BY088 of the BCM and terminal 13 of harness
connector SR003 of the sunroof motor is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 1207
Body System BCM
DTC B170B: BCM Tbox authentication failure • Terminal 19 of FA032 and Terminal 6 of FA042
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
communication module.
FA042, FA032
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Circuit/System Test Navigation" - "Communication Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of Data Communication -
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
HS CAN (Diagnosis)". If other module tests are normal,
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
continue the following inspection procedures.
Navigation" - "Communication Module".
V1.0 1208
BCM Body System
B1B05, B1B06 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check if fuses F8, F9, F27, F28, F33, SB5 and F44 are
DTC B1B05: Low Battery Voltage during Engine Running (low blown.
risk) If any fuse is blown, replace it.
Failure Type Byte 2. Component check: The battery cable is clean and secure
Failure Description
(FTB) and the battery is fully charged.
16 Low Battery Voltage during Engine 3. Check with a scan tool:
Running (low risk) • Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
DTC B1B06: Vehicle System Voltage Low (generator fault)
confirm if the DTC still exists.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan tool:
(FTB)
between 11 ~ 14V.
16 Vehicle System Voltage Low
If it is not within the specified range or the charging
(generator fault)
indicator comes on, repair the low-voltage battery
Circuit/System Description charging system failure.
Circuit/System Test
BCM monitors the system voltage to check whether the
module supply voltage is within the normal operating range. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Conditions for Running DTCs the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connectors BY084, BY085 and
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" or "RUN" position.
FA026 of the BCM.
• Window up relay is on.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connectors BY084 and BY085 of the BCM and
LSD short to battery is tested for 10 times. the ground is less than 5Ω:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 5 of BY084
Until the next ignition cycle output is off. • Terminal 5 of BY085
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 8 of BY085
• LSD detects the system recovers to be normal for 20 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
times. open circuit/high resistance.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
be cleared. harness connectors BY084, BY085 and FA026 of the
Failure Cause BCM and the ground is infinite:
BY084, BY085, FA026, BY015, BY018, BY016 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connectors BY084, BY085 and FA026 of the
Reference Electrical Information
BCM and the power supply is infinite:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 1 of BY085
• Terminal 9 of BY085
V1.0 1209
Body System BCM
• Terminal 11 of BY085 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal 1 of BY084 to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Terminal 4 of BY084
• Terminal 6 of BY084
• Terminal 25 of FA026
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
6. Test if the voltage between terminals 1, 4, and 6 of
harness connector BY084 and terminals 1, 9, and 11 of
harness connector BY085 of the BCM and the ground is
battery voltage.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
7. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
voltage between terminal 25 of harness connector FA026
of the BCM and the ground is the battery voltage.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
8. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable and harness connectors BY015,
BY018, BY016 of the engine compartment fuse box.
9. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connectors BY084, BY085, and FA026 of
the BCM and the corresponding terminals of harness
connectors BY015, BY018, and BY016 of the engine
compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 6 of BY084 and Terminal 2 of BY015
• Terminal 1 of BY084 and Terminal 2 of BY018
• Terminal 4 of BY084 and Terminal 1 of BY018
• Terminal 1 of BY085 and terminal 5 of BY015
• Terminal 9 of BY085 and Terminal 13 of BY018
• Terminal 11 of BY085 and Terminal 12 of BY018
• Terminal 25 of FA026 and Terminal 12 of BY016
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
10. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
control module or engine compartment fuse box.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Fuse Box and Harness" - "Engine
Compartment Fuse Box".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
V1.0 1210
BCM Body System
B1B42 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
DTC Description of harness connector BY031 of the DC converter with
power management and terminals of harness connector
DTC B1B42: Current Sensor Polarity Inverted
BY033 of the battery current sensor is less than 5Ω:
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • Terminal 12 of BY031 and Terminal A of BY033
(FTB)
• Terminal 14 of BY031 and Terminal B of BY033
00 Current Sensor Polarity Inverted
• Terminal 29 of BY031 and Terminal C of BY033
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DC converter with power management monitors the system open circuit/high resistance.
voltage to check whether the module supply voltage is within
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the normal operating range.
of harness connector BY031 of the DC converter with
Conditions for Running DTCs power management or terminals of harness connector
The ignition switch is not placed in "CRANK" position. BY033 of the battery current sensor and the ground is
Conditions for Setting DTCs infinite:
U1562: The supply voltage greater than 16V is detected for 1s • Terminal 12 of BY031
continuously. • Terminal 14 of BY031
U1563: The supply voltage less than 9V is detected for 1s • Terminal 29 of BY031
continuously. • Terminal A of BY033
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal B of BY033
None. • Terminal C of BY033
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
U1562: System voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for 1s. short to ground.
U1563: System voltage is greater than 9.5V, which lasts for 1s. 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Cause of harness connector BY031 of the DC converter with
power management or terminals of harness connector
• Relevant circuit failure. BY033 of the battery current sensor and the power
• Connector failure or poor fit. supply is infinite:
• Engine compartment fuse box failure. • Terminal 12 of BY031
• Battery failure. • Terminal 14 of BY031
• DC transformer with power management failure.
• Terminal 29 of BY031
Reference Information
• Terminal A of BY033
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal B of BY033
Starting & Charging (1) - 2.0T
• Terminal C of BY033
Reference Connector End View Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
BY031, BY033 short to battery.
Reference Electrical Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the DC
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection converter with power management or the battery
current sensor.
Circuit/System Test
Service Guideline
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "DC
the battery negative cable.
Transformer with Power Management" - "Service
2. Disconnect harness connector BY031 of the DC Guideline" - "DC Converter with Power Management
converter with power management and harness (BCM)".
connector BY033 of the battery current sensor.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "DC Transformer
V1.0 1211
Body System BCM
V1.0 1212
BCM Body System
U0075 • Terminal 52 of BY088 and Terminal 19 of FA004
DTC Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC U0075: HS CAN3 Bus Off open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Description
(FTB) switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
88 HS CAN3 Bus Off the following terminals of harness connector BY088 of
the BCM or terminals of harness connector FA004 of the
Circuit/System Description gateway module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
BCM communicates with other control modules via MS CAN • Terminal 51 of BY088
bus.
• Terminal 52 of BY088
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 19 of FA004
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s.
• Terminal 20 of FA004
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The counter reads more than 5 times when the bus is off.
short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
6. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• No bus off failure.
harness connector BY088 of the BCM or terminals of
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
be cleared. the ground is infinite:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 51 of BY088
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 52 of BY088
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 19 of FA004
• Body control module failure.
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 20 of FA004
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information short to ground.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
gateway module.
Reference Connector End View Information
Service Guideline
BY088, FA004
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Reference Electrical Information "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Circuit/System Test - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
(Body System)".
"Gateway Module".
If other module tests are normal, continue the following
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
inspection procedures.
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect "Body Control Module (BCM)".
the battery negative cable.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY088 of the BCM and
harness connector FA004 of the gateway control module.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY088 of the BCM and terminals of
harness connector FA004 of the gateway module is less
than 5Ω:
• Terminal 51 of BY088 and Terminal 20 of FA004
V1.0 1213
Body System BCM
Circuit/System Description 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
BCM communicates with gateway via HS CAN bus.
terminals of harness connector BY088 of BCM or
Conditions for Running DTCs terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
BCM communicates with gateway normally, and the ignition module and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
switch is not in "CRANK" position.
• Terminal 51 of BY088
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 52 of BY088
Network frame sent by gateway is not received for 2s
• Terminal 19 of FA004
continuously.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 20 of FA004
Use default signal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Receive network frame sent by gateway for 100 continuous 6. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
times. connector BY088 of BCM or terminals of harness
connector FA004 of the gateway module and the ground
Failure Cause
is infinite:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 51 of BY088
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 52 of BY088
• Gateway failure.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal 19 of FA004
Reference Connector End View Information 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
gateway module.
BY088, FA004
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
(Body System)". • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
If other module tests are normal, continue the following
"Gateway Module".
inspection procedures.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
the battery negative cable. "Body Control Module (BCM)".
3. Disconnect harness connector BY088 of BCM and
harness connector FA004 of the gateway control module.
V1.0 1214
BCM Body System
U0155 • Terminal 51 of BY088 and Terminal 26 of FA029
DTC Description • Terminal 52 of BY088 and Terminal 27 of FA029
DTC U0155: Lost Communication With Instrument Panel
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Cluster (IPC) Control Module (IPK)
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
(FTB)
connector BY088 of BCM or the terminal of harness
87 Lost Communication With connector FA029 of instrument pack and the ground is
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) infinite:
Control Module (IPK)
• Terminal 51 of BY088
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 52 of BY088
BCM communicates with instrument pack via HS CAN bus.
• Terminal 26 of FA029
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 27 of FA029
Body CAN and gateway communicate normally, and the
ignition switch is not in "CRANK" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
The body control module fails to communicate with the
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
instrument pack, which lasts for 500ms.
the terminal of harness connector BY088 of BCM or the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs terminal of harness connector FA029 of instrument pack
The communication between body control module and the and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
instrument pack recovers to normal. • Terminal 51 of BY088
Failure Cause
• Terminal 52 of BY088
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 26 of FA029
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 27 of FA029
• Instrument pack failure.
• Body control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
Reference Circuit Information
instrument pack.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
BY088, FA029 Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Reference Electrical Information Pack".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the "Body Control Module (BCM)".
following inspection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, harness connector BY088 of
the BCM and harness connector FA029 of the instrument
pack.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
connector BY088 of body control module and the
terminal of the harness connector FA029 of instrument
pack is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 1215
Body System BCM
DTC U0169: Lost Communication With Sunroof Control If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
Module circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 13 of the
Failure Description
(FTB) harness connector BY088 of BCM or terminal 5 of
87 Lost Communication With Sunroof harness connector BY131 of the sunroof motor and the
Control Module ground is infinite:
• Terminal 13 of BY088
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 5 of BY131
BCM communicates with the sunroof control module via LIN
bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs short to ground.
• LIN3 communication is normal. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Engine runs.
terminal 13 of harness connector BY088 of BCM or
Conditions for Setting DTCs
terminal 5 of harness connector BY131 of sunroof motor
The DTC will be set if BCM does not detect any frame from and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
register continuously.
• Terminal 13 of BY088
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 5 of BY131
Disable sunroof function.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
short to battery.
• The DTC will be cleared if BCM receives the
5. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the body
corresponding frame within 100 cycles.
control module or the sunroof motor.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
Service Guideline
be cleared.
Failure Cause • Refer to Service Manual, "External Device" - "Roof" -
"Sunroof Window Motor".
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
• Connector failure or poor fit. Control"-"Body Control Module".
• Body control module failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Sunroof motor failure. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
Reference Information "Body Control Module".
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY088 of BCM and harness connector BY131 of the
sunroof motor.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 13 of harness
connector BY088 of BCM and corresponding terminal
V1.0 1216
BCM Body System
U0180 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)",
DTC U0180: Lost Communication with Adaptive Headlamp if other module tests are normal, continue following
Control Module inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
87 Lost Communication with Adaptive
BY113 of the DHL control module.
Headlamp Control Module
3. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with the adaptive corresponding terminals of harness connector BY113 of
headlamp control module via the CAN bus. the DHL control module is less than 5Ω.
Signals from DHL (CAN ID: 17F) can't be received, which lasts • Terminal 1 of FA005
for 2s. • Terminal 2 of FA005
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 6 of BY113
GW continuously receives the valid value signal from DHL.
• Terminal 7 of BY113
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Within the work cycle, GW receives DHL information short to ground.
for 100 times.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
be cleared.
terminals of harness connector FA005 of the gateway
Failure Cause module or terminals of harness connector BY113 of the
• Relevant circuit failure. DHL control module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of FA005
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 2 of FA005
• Adaptive headlamp control module failure.
• Terminal 6 of BY113
Reference Information
• Terminal 7 of BY113
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
FA005, BY113 module or DHL control module.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Headlamp Control Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1217
Body System BCM
V1.0 1218
BCM Body System
U0215 If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
DTC Description circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0215: Lost Communication With DDSP 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 39 of harness
connector BY088 of the BCM or the corresponding
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description terminal 4 of harness connector DD004 of the DDSP
(FTB)
and the ground is infinite:
87 Lost Communication With DDSP
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Circuit/System Description short to ground.
Body control module communicates with ICE via LIN bus. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Conditions for Running DTCs between terminal 39 of harness connector BY088 of
the BCM or the corresponding terminal 4 of harness
• The engine is running.
connector DD004 of the DDSP and the ground is
• LIN1 communication is normal. between 2 ~ 3V:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for short
Body control module can't receive frames from DDSP within to battery.
2s.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set DDSP.
Apply system default value signal. Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
• Body control module receives frames from DDSP for 100 Control"-"Body Control Module".
times, and DTC is cleared to reset to 0. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" -
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will "Power Window Switch - Driver".
be cleared. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Failure Cause to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control"-"Body
Control Module".
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Body control module failure.
• Entertainment control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
Reference Connector End View Information
DD004, BY088
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY088 of the BCM and harness connector DD004 of
the DDSP.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 39 of harness
connector BY088 of the BCM and the corresponding
terminal 4 of harness connector DD004 of the DDSP
is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 1219
Body System BCM
DTC U0222: Lost Communication With "Door Window 3. Test if the resistance between the terminal of harness
Motor 1" (Driver) connector BY088 of BCM or the terminal of harness
connector DD006 of driver window regulator motor
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and the ground is infinite:
(FTB)
87 Lost Communication With "Door • Terminal 39 of BY088
Window Motor 1" (Driver) • Terminal 4 of DD006
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
BCM communicates with driver window motor via LIN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
LIN1 communicates normally, and the ignition switch is not in
the terminal of harness connector BY088 of BCM or the
"CRANK" position.
terminal of harness connector DD006 of driver window
Conditions for Setting DTCs regulator motor and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
The voltage of driver window motor cannot be received, which • Terminal 39 of BY088
lasts for 2s continuously.
• Terminal 4 of DD006
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Driver window motor failure.
short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
Driver window motor signal is received for 100 times driver window regulator motor.
continuously.
Service Guideline
Failure Cause
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Door" - "Front
• Relevant circuit failure. Window Regulator".
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
• Driver window regulator motor failure. - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Body control module failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Information to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Circuit Information
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
Reference Connector End View Information
BY088, DD006
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, harness connector BY088
of the BCM and harness connector DD006 of driver
window regulator motor.
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 39 of harness
connector BY088 of BCM and terminal 4 of harness
connector DD006 of driver window regulator motor
is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 1220
BCM Body System
U0245 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
DTC Description harness connector BY088 of the body control module
and the corresponding terminals of harness connector
DTC U0245: Lost Communication With Front Infotainment
FA011 of the navigation is less than 5Ω:
Control Module (FICM)
• Terminal 51 of FA088 and Terminal C6 of FA011
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) • Terminal 52 of FA088 and Terminal C12 of FA011
87 Lost Communication With Front If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
Infotainment Control Module (FICM) circuit/high resistance.
If the node does not detect the relevant frame within 2s, set • Terminal C12 of FA011
the DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
Apply system default value. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs between the following terminals of circuit of the body
control module or terminals of circuit of the navigation
• If the frame time-out has been recorded for 100 times,
and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
the DTC status Bit0 will be cleared.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 51 of BY088
be cleared. • Terminal 52 of BY088
Failure Cause • Terminal C6 of FA011
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal C12 of FA011
• Connector failure or poor fit.
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for short
• Body control module failure.
to battery.
• Entertainment control module failure.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the body
Reference Information
control module or entertainment control module.
Reference Circuit Information Service Guideline
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Reference Connector End View Information Control"-"Body Control Module".
BY088, BY011 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control"-"Body
Reference Electrical Information
Control Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the
following inspection procedures.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
connector BY088 of the body control module and
harness connector FA011 of the navigation.
V1.0 1221
Body System BCM
• Passive entry and passive start system control unit failure. • Terminal 6 of BY126
• Body control module failure. • Terminal 5 of BY126
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) 6. If all circuit tested are normal, test/replace BCM or
Reference Connector End View Information passive entry and passive start system control unit.
Service Guideline
BY088, BY126
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Reference Electrical Information
"Vehicle Entry and Safety" - "Passive Entry Passive Start
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection (PEPS) Control Module".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
following inspection procedures. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY088 of BCM and harness connector BY126 of passive
entry and passive start system control unit.
V1.0 1222
BCM Body System
U1005 FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
DTC Description BY104 of the parking assist control module.
DTC U1005: Lost Communication with Ultrasonic Alarm 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Sensor Module harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and
corresponding terminals of harness connector BY104 of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description the parking assist control module is less than 5Ω.
(FTB)
• Terminal 1 of FA005 and Terminal 11 of BY104
87 Lost Communication with Ultrasonic
Alarm Sensor Module • Terminal 2 of FA005 and Terminal 10 of BY104
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
The gateway module communicates with the parking assist
control module via the CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or
Conditions for Running DTCs
terminals of harness connector BY104 of the parking
• LIN3 communication is normal. assist control module and the ground is infinite:
• Engine runs.
• Terminal 1 of FA005
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 2 of FA005
The DTC will be set if BCM does not detect any frame from
register continuously. • Terminal 10 of BY104
Apply the system default signal value. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to ground.
• If corresponding frame is received within 100 cycles, the 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
DTCs will be cleared. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector FA005 of the gateway
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
module or terminals of harness connector BY104 of the
be cleared.
parking assist control module and the ground is between
Failure Cause 2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 1 of FA005
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 2 of FA005
• Gateway module failure.
• Terminal 10 of BY104
• Parking assist control module failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 11 of BY104
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Reference Connector End View Information
module or parking assist control module.
FA005, BY104
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "Parking Assist System" - "Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
- Parking Distance Control System".
Circuit/System Test
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
1. Refer to "Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)",
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
if other module tests are normal, continue following
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
inspection procedures.
to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Parking
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Assist System" - "Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Parking
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Distance Control System".
V1.0 1223
Body System BCM
V1.0 1224
BCM Body System
U1500, U1501 If the DTC U1500 and U1501 have been reset,
DTC Description detect/replace the BCM or the instrument pack.
DTC U1500: VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) Service Guideline
Failure Type Byte • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
Failure Description - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
(FTB)
00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
DTC U1501: BCM (or IPK) Redundant Data Resync Failure Pack".
Failure Type Byte • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Failure Description to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
(FTB)
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
BCM (or IPK) Redundant Data
00
Resync Failure
Circuit/System Description
When the ignition switch is switched on, the body control
module will perform a switch-on test. IPK signal has not been
received. BCM communicates with instrument pack via CAN
to detect the matching of VIN code and the data sync.
Conditions for Running DTCs
The ignition switch is in "RUN" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
U1500: When VIN code in BCM mismatches with that in IPK,
send an effective error report.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Check the VIN code for matching with the scan tool.
V1.0 1225
Body System BCM
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
harness connector BY084 and BY085 of BCM and the
U1562: The supply voltage higher than 16V is detected for 1s
ground is less than 5Ω:
continuously.
• Terminal 5 of BY084
U1563: The supply voltage lower than 9V is detected for 1s
• Terminal 5 of BY085
continuously.
• Terminal 8 of BY085
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
None.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
4. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
U1562: System voltage is less than 15.5V, which lasts for 1s. harness connectors BY084, BY085 and FA026 of BCM
U1563: System voltage is higher than 9.5V, which lasts for 1s. and the ground is infinite:
Reference Connector End View Information 5. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
harness connectors BY084, BY085 and FA026 of BCM
BY084, BY085, FA026, BY015, BY018, BY016 and the power supply is infinite:
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal 1 of BY085
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal 9 of BY085
Circuit/System Check • Terminal 11 of BY085
1. Check if fuses F8, F9, F27, F28, F33, SB5 and F44 are • Terminal 1 of BY084
blown. • Terminal 4 of BY084
V1.0 1226
BCM Body System
• Terminal 6 of BY084 Module" - "Service Guideline" - "Body Control Module
• Terminal 25 of FA026 (BCM)".
V1.0 1227
Body System BCM
Circuit/System Description
Internal failure of BCM, not involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Put the ignition switch in "CRANK" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
U2001: RAM and ROM checksum error in ECU.
U2004: Data read from ROM is not consistent with the initial
value.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
U2001: System reset.
U2004: Data read from ROM is consistent with the initial value.
Failure Cause
Body control module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1228
BCM Body System
U2020, U2021
DTC Description
DTC U2020: Internal Watchdog Error
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
47 Internal Watchdog Error
Circuit/System Description
Internal failures for monitoring the BCM program, not
involving external circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
The ignition switch is not in "CRANK" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
U2020: The internal watchdog is reset.
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match the BCM.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on
the scan tool. Confirm that DTCs U2020, U2021 have
not been set.
4. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the body
control module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
Control"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1229
Body System PMDC
PMDC
DTC Category
List
Alternator
Malfunction Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Level*
Indicator Lamp
*
B1B00 17 high battery voltage 蓄电池电压过高 OFF I
B1B01 16 low battery voltage 蓄电池电压过低 OFF I
B1B42 49 current sensor fail 电流传感器故障 OFF II
B1B80 07 Alternator mechanical failure 交流发电机机械故障 ON II
B1B81 01 Alternator electrical failure 交流发电机电气故障 ON II
B1BA0 1C DCDC output failure DCDC输出错误 OFF III
Control Module Communication Bus
U0073 88 CAN总线关闭 OFF II
Off
U0120 87 Lost communication with alternator 与交流发电机失去通讯 ON II
U0140 87 Lost Communication With BCM 与车身控制模块失去通讯 OFF Ⅳ
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与网关失去通讯 OFF IV
U0155 87 Lost Communication With IPK 与组合仪表失去通讯 OFF IV
U0164 87 Lost Communication With HVAC 与自动空调控制模块失去通讯 OFF IV
*Note:
1.
2. After the engine is started, the alternator MIL stays on or illuminates during driving, it indicates
that the system has faults.
3. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 1230
PMDC Body System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Starting & Charging (1)
V1.0 1231
Body System PMDC
V1.0 1232
PMDC Body System
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
V1.0 1233
Body System PMDC
V1.0 1234
PMDC Body System
Connector Information Body Control Module (BCM) BY088
Connector Information
PMDC BY031
V1.0 1235
Body System PMDC
V1.0 1236
PMDC Body System
Diagnostic Information and Procedure BY031
B1B00, B1B01
Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
DTC B1B00: High Battery Voltage
Circuit/System Check
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 1. Detect fuse FUSE7 5A of DC transformer control
module with power management for fusing.
17 High Battery Voltage
2. Scan tool inspection:
DTC B1B01: Low Battery Voltage a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
Failure Type Byte "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
Failure Description
(FTB) and confirm if there remains any DTC.
16 Low Battery Voltage b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
Circuit/System Description
If the battery voltage is not between 11~14V, check
The DC transformer with power management monitors the the charging system. Refer to Service Manual, "Engine
battery status in real-time, and gathers the information about Electrical System".
temperature, voltage and current. It also adjusts the output
3. Component check: check the state of alternator.
voltage of alternator to charge the battery by combining the
gathered battery information and fuel demand. If the battery is normal, maintain the engine speed at
Conditions for Running DTCs above 2,000rpm and check if the alternator can be
charged normally.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
If the alternator output voltage is not within 10.6 ~ 15V,
Conditions for Setting DTCs check the charging system. Refer to Service Manual,
B1B00: It is detected for 60s consecutively that the supply "Engine Electrical System".
voltage of the battery is higher than 15.8V. 4. If the battery is normal, confirm whether "Battery
B1B01: It is detected for 600s consecutively that the supply Voltage" in the real-time display of the scan tool is
voltage of the battery is lower than 9.2V. between 9V ~ 16V.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Circuit/System
Test".
B1B00: None.
Circuit/System Test
B1B01: The output voltage of alternator will be set to 14.3V
compulsively. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
2. Disconnect harness connector BY031 of the DC
B1B00: It is detected for 1s consecutively that the supply transformer with power management.
voltage of the battery is lower than 15.7V.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 15 of harness
B1B01: It is detected for 1s consecutively that the supply connector BY031 of the DC transformer with power
voltage of the battery is higher than 9.5V. management and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
• Battery failure.
terminal 32 of harness connector BY031 of of DC
• Failure of DC transformer with power management.
transformer with power management and the ground is
Reference Information the battery voltage.
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Starting & Charging (1) open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information 5. If all circuit tests are normal, replace the DC transformer
with power management.
V1.0 1237
Body System PMDC
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System-2.0T" - "Battery".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
V1.0 1238
PMDC Body System
B1B42 • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
DTC Description to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
DTC B1B42: Current Sensor Fail
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
49 Current Sensor Fail
Circuit/System Description
The current sensor is integrated in the DC transformer with
power management to detect the current information of the
battery in real-time.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
It is detected for 10s consecutively that the current is beyond
the normal range.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The output voltage of alternator will be set to 14.3V
compulsively.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
It is detected for 10s consecutively that current is within the
normal range.
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Battery failure.
• Failure of DC transformer with power management.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match DC Transformer with Power Management.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B1B42 has not been set.
4. If this DTC is reset, test/replace the DC transformer
with power management.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System-2.0T" - "Battery".
V1.0 1239
Body System PMDC
DC Transformer with power management monitors the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
working conditions of alternator in real-time, when mechanical open circuit/high resistance.
failure or electrical failure occurred in the alternator, the
5. Test if the resistance between terminal of harness
corresponding marking position is 1.
connector EM031 of the alternator or terminal of
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector BY031 of DC transformer with power
• The engine is in "ON" position. management and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 1240
PMDC Body System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System - 2.0T" - "Alternator".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
V1.0 1241
Body System PMDC
B1BA0
DTC Description
DTC B1BA0: PMDC Output Failure
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
1C DCDC Output Failure
Circuit/System Description
When the start-stop function is on, DCDC module in the DC
transformer with power management supplies stable voltage
of 12V to the electrical appliance with comfort function at
the moment of starting, so as to ensure instrument pack,
entertainment system and air condition can work normally.
Conditions for Running DTCs
The engine is in the operating state.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
It is detected for 100ms consecutively that the output voltage
is less than 10.5V or more than 16V.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The boosting mode of DC transformer with power
management is disabled, and the bypass mode is enabled.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
It is detected consecutively that the voltage is more than 10.5V
and less than16V.
Failure Cause
Failure of DC transformer with power management.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if there
remains any DTC.
V1.0 1242
PMDC Body System
U0073 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
DTC U0073: MS CAN in Bus off State (Body System)". If other module tests are normal,
continue following detection procedures.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
(FTB)
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
88 MS CAN in Bus off State
BY031 of the DC transformer with power management.
Circuit/System Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
The control module connecting to CAN serial data link harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
monitors the serial data communication condition of CAN power management and terminal of harness connector
line in real time during network communication period. If FA042 of the diagnostic interface is less than 5Ω:
the DC transformer with power management didn't receive • Terminal 8 of BY031 and Terminal 3 of FA042
the message of controller from body CAN bus within certain • Terminal 7 of BY031 and Terminal 11 of FA042
time, it will detect the failure and record the DTCs which lost
communication with the sending node of message. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
• 1s after waken-up. power management or terminals of harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs FA042 of the diagnostic interface and the ground is
infinite:
If it is detected that the communication between controller on
body CAN bus and DC transformer with power management • Terminal 8 of BY031
has been interrupted continuously for 15 times, set DTC. • Terminal 7 of BY031
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 3 of FA042
Reconnect the controller on body CAN bus every 1s until it • Terminal 11 of FA042
is connected successfully.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
short to ground.
• If it is detected that the communication between 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
controller on body CAN bus and DC transformer with switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
power management is normal, and there is no lost terminals of harness connector BY031 of the DC
communication within 5s, clear the DTC. transformer with power management or terminals of
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition harness connector FA042 of the diagnostic interface and
cycles. the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 8 of BY031
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 7 of BY031
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 3 of FA042
• Failure of DC transformer with power management.
• Terminal 11 of FA042
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the DC
Reference Connector End View Information transformer with power management.
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
V1.0 1243
Body System PMDC
Circuit/System Description If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
The DC transformer with power management communicates
with the alternator through LIN line, and during network 4. Test if the resistance between terminal 10 of harness
communication, it monitors the data communication on LIN connector BY031 of the DC transformer with power
line. If the DC transformer with power management didn't management or terminal 1 of harness connector EM031
receive the message of alternator within certain time, it will of the alternator and the ground is infinite:
records the DTCs which lost communication with the sending
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
node of message.
short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminal 10 of harness connector BY031 of the DC
transformer with power management or terminal 1 of
It is detected for 500ms consecutively that the DC transformer
harness connector EM031 of the alternator and the
with power management has loses communication with LIN
ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
line.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
The alternator will work in the default mode.
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the DC
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
transformer with power management or alternator.
It is detected for 2s consecutively that the communication Service Guideline
between DC transformer with power management and
alternator is normal. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
Failure Cause
• Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
• Relevant circuit failure. System - 2.0T" - "Alternator".
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Failure of DC transformer with power management. to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
• Alternator failure. Transformer with Power Management".
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)
Reference Connector End View Information
BY031, EM031
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Refer to "Data Communication - LIN Bus (2)". If other
module tests are normal, continue following detection
procedures.
V1.0 1244
PMDC Body System
U0140 BY031 of the DC transformer with power management,
DTC Description and disconnect harness connector BY088 of the BCM.
DTC U0140: CAN Communication Failure 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description power management and terminals of harness connector
(FTB)
BY088 of the BCM is less than 5Ω:
04 Lost Communication with BCM
• Terminal 8 of BY031 and Terminal 51 of BY088
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 7 of BY031 and Terminal 52 of BY088
The control module connecting to CAN serial data link
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
monitors the serial data communication condition of CAN
open circuit/high resistance.
line in real time during network communication period. If the
DC transformer with power management didn't receive the 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
message of BCM from body CAN bus within certain time, harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
it will detect the failure and record the DTCs which lost power management or terminals of harness connector
communication with the sending node of message. BY088 of the BCM and the ground is infinite:
V1.0 1245
Body System PMDC
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all the circuit tests are normal, test/replace the DC
transformer with power management or gateway.
BY031, FA004
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Transformer with Power Management".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1246
PMDC Body System
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Transformer with Power Management".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 1247
Body System PMDC
The control module connecting to CAN serial data link • Terminal 7 of BY031 and Terminal 27 of FA029
monitors the serial data communication condition of CAN
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
line in real time during network communication period. If
open circuit/high resistance.
the DC transformer with power management didn't receive
the message of instrument pack from body CAN bus within 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
certain time, it will detect the failure and record the DTCs harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
which lost communication with the sending node of message. power management or terminals of harness connector
FA029 of the instrument pack and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 8 of BY031
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• 1s after waken-up. • Terminal 7 of BY031
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 26 of FA029
Network frame sent by the instrument pack is not received for • Terminal 27 of FA029
2s consecutively.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
None. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Network frame sent by the instrument pack is received for 20s the following terminals of harness connector BY031 of
consecutively. the DC transformer or terminals of harness connector
FA029 of the instrument pack and the ground is between
Failure Cause
2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 8 of BY031
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 7 of BY031
• Failure of DC transformer with power management.
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal 26 of FA029
Reference Connector End View Information 6. If all the circuit tests are normal, test/replace the DC
transformer with power management or instrument pack.
BY031, FA029
Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Transformer with Power Management".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Displays and Gages" - "Instrument
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
Pack".
(Body System)". If other module tests are normal,
continue following detection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "PMDC" - "DC
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Transformer with Power Management".
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
V1.0 1248
PMDC Body System
U0164 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY031 of DC the transformer with power management,
DTC U0164: CAN Communication Failure
and disconnect harness connector FA037 of the
Failure Type Byte automatic A/C controller.
Failure Description
(FTB)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
87 Lost Communication With HVAC harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
power management and terminals of harness connector
Circuit/System Description
FA037 of the automatic A/C controller is less than 5Ω:
The control module connecting to CAN serial data link
• Terminal 8 of BY031 and Terminal 10 of FA037
monitors the serial data communication condition of CAN
line in real time during network communication period. If the • Terminal 7 of BY031 and Terminal 20 of FA037
DC transformer with power management didn't receive the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
message of automatic A/C control module from body CAN open circuit/high resistance.
bus within certain time, it will detect the failure and record 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
the DTCs which lost communication with the sending node harness connector BY031 of the DC transformer with
of message. power management or terminals of harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs FA037 of the automatic A/C controller and the ground
is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• 1s after waken-up. • Terminal 8 of BY031
Network frame sent by the automatic A/C control module is • Terminal 10 of FA037
not received for 5s consecutively. • Terminal 20 of FA037
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
None. short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
Network frame sent by the automatic A/C control module is the following terminals of harness connector BY031
received for 10s consecutively. of the DC transformer with power management or
Failure Cause terminals of harness connector FA037 of the automatic
• Relevant circuit failure. A/C controller and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 1249
V1.0 1250
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Vehicle Access
DTC Category
List
Failure Warning Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Message * Level*
11 SSB Input Short to GND 起停按钮输入对地短路
Start Stop Button
B1752 起停按钮输入开路或对电 Ⅱ
15 SSB Input Open Circuit or Short to BAT Fail
源短路
Start Stop Button
B1753 71 SSB Stuck 起停按钮卡滞 Ⅱ
Fail
13 Driver Door HSU Antenna Open Circuit 驾驶员侧门把手天线开路 N/A
B1754 驾驶员侧门把手天线电流 Ⅱ
19 Driver Door HSU Antenna Over Current N/A
过大
Passenger Door HSU Antenna Open
13 乘客侧门把手天线开路 N/A
Circuit
B1755 Ⅱ
Passenger Door HSU Antenna Over 乘客侧门把手天线电流过
19 N/A
Current 大
13 Bumper Antenna Open Circuit 保险杠天线开路 N/A
B1756 Ⅱ
19 Bumper Antenna Over Current 保险杠天线电流过大 N/A
13 Front Interior Antenna Open Circuit 车内前部天线开路 PEPS Failure,
B1757 Ⅱ
19 Front Interior Antenna Over Current 车内前部天线电流过大 Please Service!
V1.0 1251
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
1. When the keyless entry and start system failure is detected, the primary display area of the information center
displays a corresponding prompt message, accompanied with an audible alarm.
2. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 1252
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Passive Entry & Passive Start
V1.0 1253
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
V1.0 1254
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
V1.0 1255
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
V1.0 1256
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
Rear LF Antenna Signal - 4 LIN
15
Low 9 Ground
Rear LF Antenna Signal -
16 External Antenna of PEPS - Rear Bumper BY130
High
V1.0 1257
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
Front Left Door Handle Antenna DD005 Pin No. Pin Information
19 Body HS CAN Low
20 Body HS CAN High
21 Ignition State Signal
Gateway FA005
Gateway FA004
V1.0 1258
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Internal Antenna of PEPS - Instrument Panel Pin No. Pin Information
FA040
3 Signal
V1.0 1259
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
V1.0 1260
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Module".
V1.0 1261
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
The start-stop button is pressed and held for more than 20s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace PEPS module
The instrument displays failure information: ignition button
or start-stop switch.
failure, please repair.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
• SSB is released.
Access" - "One-touch Ignition Switch".
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
cycles.
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Failure Cause Module".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
• Connector failure or poor fit. to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
• Start-stop switch failure. Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Module".
• PEPS system module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
PEPS
Reference Connector End View Information
FA002, BY126
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Check the mounting position of ignition switch,and check
the harness and connector for wear and corrosion.
Readjust the faulty parts found in visual inspection.
V1.0 1262
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
B1754 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
DTC B1754: Driver Door HSU Antenna Failure the battery negative cable. Disconnect harness connector
BY128 of the PEPS module and harness connector
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description DD005 of front left door handle antenna.
(FTB)
2. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
13 Driver Door HSU Antenna Open
connector BY128 of PEPS module and terminals of
Circuit
harness connector DD005 of the front left door handle
19 Driver Door HSU Antenna Over antenna is less than 5Ω:
Current
• Terminal 2 of BY128 and Terminal 1 of DD005
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 3 of BY128 and Terminal 2 of DD005
The low frequency antenna is used to generate low frequency If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
electro-magnetic induction area nearby the door, so as to open circuit/high resistance.
induct the key then verify the legality of the key.
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY128 of the PEPS control module or
• Controller is in the working mode. terminals of harness connector DD005 of the front left
door handle antenna and ground is infinite:
• Antenna is sending data.
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). • Terminal 2 of BY128
• B1754 13: The load current of antenna is less than 30mA • Terminal 1 of DD005
when it is sending information. • Terminal 2 of DD005
• B1754 19: The load current of antenna is greater than If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
700mA when it is sending information. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Driver PEPS function is invalid. connector BY128 of the PEPS module or terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector DD005 of the front left door handle
antenna and power supply is infinite:
• The load current of antenna recovers to normal when
the antenna is sending information. • Terminal 2 of BY128
V1.0 1263
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
• B1755 13: The load current of antenna is less than 30mA • Terminal 1 of PD005
when the antenna is sending information. • Terminal 2 of PD005
• B1755 19: The load current of antenna is greater than If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
700mA when the antenna is sending information. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Front passenger passive entry function is invalid. connector BY128 of the PEPS module or terminals of
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs harness connector PD005 of the front right door handle
and power supply is infinite:
• The load current of antenna recovers to be normal when
the antenna is sending information. • Terminal 6 of BY128
V1.0 1264
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
B1756 connector BY130 of the PEPS exterior antenna at rear
DTC Description bumper side.
DTC B1756: Bumper Antenna Failure 2. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY128 of the PEPS module and terminals of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector BY130 of the PEPS exterior antenna
(FTB)
at rear bumper side is less than 5Ω:
13 Bumper Antenna Open Circuit
• Terminal 4 of BY128 and Terminal 1 of BY130
19 Bumper Antenna Over Current
• Terminal 8 of BY128 and Terminal 2 of BY130
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
In the PEPS system, the the rear bumper fascia antenna is used open circuit/high resistance.
to induct the key beside the tail gate so as to unlock the tail
3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
gate after the legality of key is verified.
connector BY128 of the PEPS module or terminals of
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector BY130 of the PEPS exterior antenna
• Controller is in the working mode. at rear bumper side and the ground is infinite:
• Antenna is sending data. • Terminal 4 of BY128
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). • Terminal 8 of BY128
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 1 of BY130
• B1756 13: The load current of antenna is less than 30mA
• Terminal 2 of BY130
when the antenna is sending information.
• B1756 19: The load current of antenna is greater than If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
700mA when the antenna is sending information. short to ground.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY128 of the PEPS module or terminals of
Passive entry function of trunk lid is invalid.
harness connector BY130 of the PEPS exterior antenna
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs at rear bumper side and the power supply is infinite:
• The load current of antenna recovers to be normal when
• Terminal 4 of BY128
the antenna is sending information.
• Terminal 8 of BY128
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles. • Terminal 1 of BY130
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of BY130
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit. short to battery.
• PEPS exterior antenna failure at rear bumper side. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
• PEPS module failure. module or PEPS exterior antenna at rear bumper side.
Reference Information Service Guideline
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
PEPS Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Antenna
Reference Connector End View Information - Rear Bumper Upholstery".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
BY128, BY130
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Reference Electrical Information
Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Circuit/System Test to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect Module".
the battery negative cable, disconnect harness connector
BY128 of the PEPS module, and disconnect harness
V1.0 1265
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
B1757 13: The load current of antenna is less than 30mA when • Terminal 14 of BY127
the antenna is sending information. • Terminal 1 of FA040
B1757 19: The load current of antenna is greater than 300mA • Terminal 2 of FA040
when the antenna is sending information.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
• Passive entry function is invalid.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• The instrument displays the failure information: Passive connector BY127 of the PEPS module or terminals of
entry function is failed, please repair. harness connector FA040 of the PEPS interior antenna at
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs front side and the power supply is infinite:
• The load current of antenna recovers to be normal when • Terminal 6 of BY127
the antenna is sending information.
• Terminal 14 of BY127
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
• Terminal 1 of FA040
cycles.
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of FA040
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• PEPS interior antenna failure at front side. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
module or PEPS interior antenna at front side.
• PEPS module failure.
Service Guideline
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Antenna
PEPS - Front".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
BY127, FA040 Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Reference Electrical Information Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
V1.0 1266
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Module".
V1.0 1267
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
B1758 13: The load current of antenna is less than 30mA when • Terminal 8 of BY127
the antenna is sending information. • Terminal 1 of BY062
B1758 19: The load current of antenna is greater than 700mA • Terminal 2 of BY062
when the antenna is sending information.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
• Passive entry function is invalid.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• The instrument displays the failure information: Passive connector BY127 of the PEPS module or terminals of
entry function is failed, please repair. harness connector BY062 of the PEPS interior antenna at
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs middle side and the power supply is infinite:
• The load current of antenna recovers to be normal when • Terminal 7 of BY127
the antenna is sending information.
• Terminal 8 of BY127
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
• Terminal 1 of BY062
cycles.
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of BY062
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• PEPS interior antenna failure at middle side. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
module or PEPS interior antenna at middle side.
• PEPS module failure.
Service Guideline
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Antenna
PEPS - Middle".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
BY127, BY062 Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Reference Electrical Information Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
V1.0 1268
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Module".
V1.0 1269
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
B1759 13: The load current of antenna is less than 30mA when • Terminal 16 of BY127
the antenna is sending information. • Terminal 1 of BY153
B1759 19: The load current of antenna is greater than 400mA • Terminal 2 of BY153
when the antenna is sending information.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to ground.
• Passive entry function is invalid.
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• The instrument displays the failure information: Passive connector BY127 of the PEPS module or terminals of
entry function is failed, please repair. harness connector BY153 of the PEPS interior antenna at
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs rear side and the power supply is infinite:
• The load current of antenna recovers to be normal when • Terminal 15 of BY127
the antenna is sending information.
• Terminal 16 of BY127
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
• Terminal 1 of BY153
cycles.
Failure Cause • Terminal 2 of BY153
• Relevant circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• PEPS Interior antenna failure at rear side. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
module or PEPS interior antenna at rear side.
• PEPS module failure.
Service Guideline
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Antenna
PEPS - Rear".
Reference Connector End View Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
BY127, BY153 Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Reference Electrical Information Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
V1.0 1270
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Module".
V1.0 1271
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will 4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
be cleared. connector BY126 of the PEPS control module or
Failure Cause terminals of harness connectors FA004 and FA005 of the
gateway and the power supply is infinite:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 3 of BY126
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Gateway failure. • Terminal 4 of BY126
• Terminal 21 of FA005
V1.0 1272
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive
Start (PEPS) Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Vehicle
Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive Start (PEPS)
Control Module".
V1.0 1273
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
V1.0 1274
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive
Start (PEPS) Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Vehicle
Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive Start (PEPS)
Control Module".
V1.0 1275
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
• The controller is in the working mode. • Terminal 6 of BY126 and Terminal 20 of FA004
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
circuit/high resistance.
• CAN bus is not in suspend mode.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY126 of the PEPS control module
CAN communication bus is off for 500ms.
or harness connector FA004 of gateway and the ground
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set is infinite:
CAN bus communication function is invalid. • Terminal 5 of BY126
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 6 of BY126
• CAN bus communication recovers to be normal for 5s. • Terminal 19 of FA004
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 20 of FA004
be cleared.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause short to ground.
• Relevant circuit failure. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• Connector failure or poor fit. between the following terminals of harness connector
• PEPS control module failure. BY126 of the PEPS control module or terminals of
Reference Information harness connector FA004 of the gateway and the ground
is between 2 ~ 3V:
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 5 of BY126
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
• Terminal 6 of BY126
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 19 of FA004
BY126, FA004
• Terminal 20 of FA004
Reference Electrical Information If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for short
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection to battery.
Circuit/System Check 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
control module.
1. Before diagnosis, confirm if there are any wear, corrosion
Service Guideline
or other damage. If any, repair or replace it.
2. Connect the scan tool, read and clear DTCs. • Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "PEPS
3. Read the DTCs again with scan tool to confirm if the
Control Module".
DTC still exists.
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
4. If the DTC has been reset, detect/replace the PEPS
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
control module or go to "Circuit/System Test".
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "PEPS
Control Module".
V1.0 1276
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
U0140 BY126 of the PEPS module and harness connector BY088
DTC Description of the BCM.
DTC U0140: CAN Communication Failure 3. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY126 of the PEPS module and terminals of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector BY088 of the BCM is less than 5Ω:
(FTB)
• Terminal 6 of BY126 and Terminal 51 of BY088
87 Lost Communication with BCM
• Terminal 5 of BY126 and Terminal 52 of BY088
Circuit/System Description
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The PEPS unit communicates with the BCM via CAN bus.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Controller is in the working mode. connector BY126 of the PEPS module or terminals of
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). harness connector BY088 of the BCM and the ground
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. is infinite:
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
following detection procedures. Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Module".
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
V1.0 1277
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
The PEPS control module communicates with the gateway via • Terminal 6 of BY126 and Terminal 20 of FA004
CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
• Controller is in the working mode. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). harness connector BY126 of the PEPS control module or
terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
and the ground is infinite:
• CAN bus is not in suspend mode.
• Terminal 5 of BY126
• No bus off failure.
• Terminal 6 of BY126
• 1s after the bus initialization is completed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 19 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
CAN bus communication function is invalid or abnormal.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• 100 data frames of gateway are received. the following terminals of harness connector BY126
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of the PEPS control module or terminals of harness
be cleared. connector FA004 of the gateway and the ground is
Failure Cause between 2 ~ 3V:
V1.0 1278
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the module. Refer to
Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 1279
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
DTC U0155: CAN Communication Failure 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA029 of the instrument pack
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description and terminals of harness connector BY126 of the PEPS
(FTB)
module is less than 5Ω:
87 Lost Communication With IPK
• Terminal 26 of FA029 and Terminal 6 of BY126
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 27 of FA029 and Terminal 5 of BY126
The PEPS module communicates with the instrument pack via If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
CAN bus. open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Controller is in the working mode. of harness connector FA029 of the instrument pack or
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). terminals of harness connector BY126 of PEPS control
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. module and the ground is less than 5Ω:
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument
pack or PEPS module.
Reference Connector End View Information
Service Guideline
FA029, BY126
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
Reference Electrical Information
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Module".
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Information and
Entertainment" - "Displays and Gages" - "Instrument
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
Pack".
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
following detection procedures.
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
battery negative cable, disconnect the harness connector
Module".
V1.0 1280
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
U1562, U1563 Circuit/System Check
DTC Description 1. Check the power supply fuse FL5 and FUSE4 of the PEPS
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage Is Too High unit for fusing, corrosion or damage.
U1562 17: Controller power supply voltage is greater than 2. Disconnect harness connector BY126 of the PEPS
16V for 1s. module, and disconnect harness connector FA001 of the
fuse box.
U1563 16: Controller power supply voltage is less than 9V for
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
1s.
connector BY126 of the PEPS module and terminal 67 of
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set harness connector FA001 of the fuse box is less than 5Ω:
Controller sends failure information via CAN bus. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs open circuit/high resistance.
U1562 17: Controller power supply voltage is within the 4. Test if the resistance among terminal 16 of harness
normal range. Voltage is less than 15.5V for 1s. connector BY126 of the PEPS module, terminal 9 of
harness connector BY129 of the PEPS module and the
U1563 16: Controller power supply voltage is within the
ground is less than 5Ω:
normal range. Voltage is greater than 9.5V for 1s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition cycles.
open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Cause
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
• Relevant circuit failure.
module.
• Connector failure or poor fit.
Service Guideline
• Battery failure.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
• PEPS module failure. Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Reference Information Module".
Reference Circuit Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Electrical
PEPS System - 2.0T" - "Battery".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
Reference Connector End View Information
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Vehicle
BY126, BY129, FA001 Access" - "Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) Control
Reference Electrical Information Module".
V1.0 1281
Safety and Restraints Vehicle Access
U2002
DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 ECU RAM Error
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection in the PEPS module, not
involving external circuit. Each time when it is energized, the
control module will run a program to detect internal failures.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Controller is in the working mode.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
During the initialization, the value of reading is different from
that of writing previously.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Controller sends failure information via CAN bus.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The value of reading is same with that of writing
previously.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
PEPS module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
U2002 with a scan tool. Confirm that DTC U2002 has
not been set.
V1.0 1282
Vehicle Access Safety and Restraints
U2004
DTC Description
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
42 ECU ROM Error
Circuit/System Description
Perform internal failure detection in the PEPS module, not
involving external circuit. Each time when it is energized, the
control module will run a program to detect internal failures.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Controller is in the working mode.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
After power-on, the memory checksum calculated by the
controller is different from the checksum stored in the
controller.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Controller sends failure information via CAN bus.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• The memory checksum calculated by the controller is
same with the checksum stored in the controller.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 fault-free ignition
cycles.
Failure Cause
PEPS module failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
2. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
U2004 with a scan tool. Confirm that DTC U2004 has
not been set.
V1.0 1283
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
Alarm System
DTC Category
List
V1.0 1284
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Failure Level *
B1707 95 No EMS challenge Rx No EMS Challenge Rx II
CAN Communication error during CAN Communication Error during
B1708 87 II
authentication Authentication
*Note:
V1.0 1285
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Vehicle Safety-Front Door
V1.0 1286
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
Vehicle Safety-Others
V1.0 1287
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
V1.0 1288
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
Immobiliser System
V1.0 1289
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
V1.0 1290
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information
Rear Window Washer Pump
Engine Control Module BY021 10
Relay Coil End Output
Windshield Washer Pump
11
Relay Coil End Output
Rear Wiper Motor Relay
12
Coil End Output
Front Wiper Motor Speed
13
Relay Coil End Output
Front Wiper Motor Enable
14
Relay Coil End Output
Front Fog Lamp Relay Coil
15
End Output
High Beam Relay Coil End
16
Output
Pin No. Pin Information
17 High-side Drive Output
44 Chassis HS CAN Low
Engine Compartment Hood
45 Chassis HS CAN High 19
Input
Body Control Module BY086 31 Left Position Lamp Output
32 Right Position Lamp Output
V1.0 1291
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
Engine Compartment Hood Opening Switch Driver Door Central Control Door Lock Motor
BY125 DD009
V1.0 1292
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
Pin No. Pin Information Pin No. Pin Information
Start-stop ST/RUN Indicator 1 Ground
5 Lamp 2 Unlock and lock signals
Input Backlight Adjustment BD
3
6 Start-stop Switch Output Output
Gateway FA004
V1.0 1293
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
V1.0 1294
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Service Guideline
B10A1, B10A2, B10A4 • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
DTC Description Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
DTC B10A1: All Door Unlock Relay Stuck • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
(FTB)
71 All Door Unlock Relay Stuck
Circuit/System Description
BCM runs internal failure of procedure, not involving external
circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "CRANK" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
It is detected for 255 times consecutively that the error occurs
for one time, the counter adds 13.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
It is detected that there is no error for one time, counter adds
7. When the error counter is reset, the failure is cleared.
Failure Cause
BCM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match the BCM.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B10A1, B10A2 or B10A4
has not been set.
4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the body control
module.
V1.0 1295
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
The door locking status indicator lamp is used to indicate if the 2. Disconnect harness connector FA026 of the BCM.
door is locked. 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector DD011 of the central control door lock
switch and the ground is less than 5Ω.
B10A6 11: High-side drive of door locking state indicator lamp
is on. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B10A6 12: High-side drive is on.
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 49 of the BCM
B10A6 13: High-side drive of door locking state indicator lamp and terminal 4 of the central control door lock switch
is off. is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B10A6 11: High-side drive circuit short to ground is detected open circuit/high resistance.
for 20 consecutive times.
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 49 of the BCM or
B10A6 12: High-side drive detects the open circuit condition terminal 4 of the central control door lock switch and
(DTC is confirmed after the condition is detected for 20 the ground is infinite.
times).
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B10A6 13: High-side drive circuit open circuit is detected for short to ground.
20 consecutive times.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 49 of the BCM or
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set terminal 4 of the central control door lock switch and
B10A6 11: High-side drive output is closed in the present the power supply is infinite.
ignition cycle.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B10A6 12, 13: none. short to battery.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
• High-side drive circuit working normally is detected for central control door lock switch.
36 consecutive times. Service Guideline
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
be cleared. Control"-"Body Control Module".
Failure Cause • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Relevant circuit failure. to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control"-"Body
Control Module".
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Body control module failure.
• Central control door lock switch.
V1.0 1296
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
B10AA, B10AB 2. Disconnect harness connector DD009 of the central
DTC Description control door lock motor at driver side, and disconnect
harness connector BY088 of the BCM.
DTC B10AA: Driver Door Key Lock Switch Failure
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 8 of harness
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector DD009 of the central control door lock
(FTB)
motor at driver side and ground is less than 5Ω.
71 Driver Door Key Lock Switch Stuck If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
DTC B10AB: Driver Door Key Unlock Switch Stuck
4. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector DD009 of the central control door lock motor
(FTB)
at driver side and the terminals of harness connector
71 Driver Door Key Unlock Switch BY088 of the BCM is less than 5Ω:
Stuck
• Terminal 35 of BY088 and Terminal 4 of DD009
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 43 of BY088 and Terminal 9 of DD009
BCM monitors the driver door switch state. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Running DTCs open circuit/high resistance.
Place the ignition switch in "CRANK" position. 5. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector DD009 of the central control door lock
Conditions for Setting DTCs
motor at driver side or terminals of harness connector
It is detected that the driver door lock switch is pressed and BY088 of the BCM and the ground is infinite:
hold for more than 20s.
• Terminal 35 of BY088
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 43 of BY088
B10AA: Driver window key locking switch signal is ignored.
• Terminal 4 of DD009
B10AB: Driver window key unlocking switch signal is ignored.
• Terminal 9 of DD009
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
It is detected that the switch can be released for 1 time. short to ground.
Failure Cause 6. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Relevant circuit failure. connector DD009 of the central control door lock
motor at driver side or terminals of harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit.
BY088 of the BCM and the power supply is infinite:
• BCM failure.
• Terminal 35 of BY088
• Central control door lock motor at driver side has
failure. • Terminal 43 of BY088
Vehicle Safety-Front Door If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
BY088, DD009
central control door lock motor at driver side.
Reference Electrical Information Component Test
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Circuit/System Test the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector DD009 of the central
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
control door lock motor at driver side.
the battery negative cable.
3. After operating the order of "Up" and "Down" on the
central control door lock motor at driver side, test if the
resistance between the following terminals is infinite:
V1.0 1297
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
V1.0 1298
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
B10AC, B10AD 2. Disconnect harness connector DD011 of the centre
DTC Description console door lock switch and harness connector FA026
of the BCM.
DTC B10AC: Master Lock Switch Stuck
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description connector DD011 of the centre console door lock
(FTB)
switch and the ground is less than 5Ω.
71 Master Lock Switch Stuck
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
DTC B10AD: Master Unlock Switch Stuck open circuit/high resistance.
B10AC: It is detected that the centre console locking switch is • Terminal 2 of DD011
pressed, which lasts for more than 20s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B10AD: It is detected that the centre console unlocking switch short to ground.
is pressed, which lasts for more than 20s. 6. Test if the resistance between harness connector DD011
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of the centre console door lock switch or harness
connector FA026 of the BCM and the power supply is
B10AC: Centre console locking switch signal is ignored.
infinite:
B10AD: Centre console unlocking switch signal is ignored.
• Terminal 5 of FA026
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 2 of DD011
It is detected that the switch is released for 1 time.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Failure Cause
short to battery.
• Relevant circuit failure.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or
• Connector failure or poor fit.
centre console door lock switch.
• Body control module failure. Component Test
• Centre console door lock switch failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
Reference Information the battery negative cable.
Reference Circuit Information 2. Disconnect harness connector DD011 of the centre
Vehicle Safety - Front Door console door lock switch.
Reference Connector End View Information 3. After operating the command of "Up" and "Down" on
centre console door lock switch, test if the resistance
FA026, DD011 between the following terminals of circuit is infinite:
Reference Electrical Information
• Terminal 9 of DD011 and Terminal 1 of DD011.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Terminal 11 of DD011 and Terminal 1 of DD011.
Circuit/System Test If the tested resistance is abnormal, test if the centre
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect console door lock switch is stuck.
the battery negative cable.
4. If all circuit tests are normal, replace the centre console
door lock switch.
V1.0 1299
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control"
- "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1300
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
B10B1 terminal 41 of harness connector BY088 of the BCM is
DTC Description less than 5Ω.
DTC B10B1: Trunk/Boot Release Switch Failure If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB) 5. Test if the resistance between harness connector BY155
71 Trunk/Boot Release Switch Stuck of the tail gate opening switch or harness connector
BY088 of the BCM and the ground is infinite:
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 41 of BY088
BCM monitors the state of trunk release switch in real time.
• Terminal 1 of BY155
Conditions for Running DTCs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Tail gate release HSD circuit is working.
short to ground.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
6. Test if the resistance between harness connector BY155
It is detected that the trunk release switch is pressed and hold of the tail gate opening switch or harness connector
for more than 20s. BY088 of the BCM and the power supply is infinite:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 41 of BY088
Trunk release switch signal is neglected.
• Terminal 1 of BY155
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
It is detected that the switch is released for 1 time. short to battery.
Failure Cause
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or tail
• Relevant circuit failure. gate opening switch.
• Connector failure or poor fit. Service Guideline
• BCM failure. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
• Tail gate opening switch failure. Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Information • Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
Reference Circuit Information
Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
Vehicle Security - Others
Reference Connector End View Information
BY088, BY155
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY155 of the tail gate
opening switch and harness connector BY088 of the
BCM.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
connector BY155 of the tail gate opening switch and
ground is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 1301
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
B10B2
DTC Description
DTC B10B2: Trunk/Boot Release Relay Stuck
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description
(FTB)
71 Trunk/Boot Release Relay Stuck
Circuit/System Description
BCM monitors the operating state of internal tail gate release
relay in real time.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "CRANK" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If the relay failure is detected for 1 time, the internal counter
adds 13, and when the counter exceeds 255, confirm the
failure.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If the relay operation normally is detected for 1 time, the
internal counter reduces 7, and when the counter shows zero,
the failure is cleared.
Failure Cause
BCM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Set and match the BCM.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B10B2 has not been set.
4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the body control
module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Replace, programme and set the control module,
Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
V1.0 1302
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
B1162 2. Disconnect harness connector FA002 of the start-stop
DTC Description switch and harness connector FA026 of the BCM.
DTC B1162: One-touch Ignition Switch Circuit Failure 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 6 of harness
connector FA002 of the start-stop switch and terminal 45
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description of harness connector FA026 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
One-touch Ignition Switch Circuit
11 open circuit/high resistance.
Short to Ground
4. Test if the resistance between terminal of harness
One-touch Ignition Switch Circuit
13 connector FA002 of the start-stop switch or terminal of
Open Circuit
harness connector FA026 of the BCM and the ground
Resistance of One-touch Ignition is infinite:
1E
Switch Circuit is Out of Range
• Terminal 6 of FA002
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 45 of FA026
BCM monitors the circuit status of one-touch ignition switch
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
in real time.
short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs
5. Test if the resistance between terminal of harness
The ignition switch is in Run or Crank position. connector FA002 of the start-stop switch or terminal of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY026 of the BCM and the power
B1162 11, B1162 13: It detected for 2s consecutively that the supply is infinite:
analog-to-digital converter is open circuit. • Terminal 6 of FA002
B1162 1E: It detected for 2s consecutively that the • Terminal 45 of FA026
analog-to-digital converter is out of range.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set short to battery.
PEPS power mode is invalid.
6. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace BCM or
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs start-stop switch.
The analog-to-digital converter within normal variation range Service Guideline
is detected for 1 time. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Failure Cause Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Relevant circuit failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module,
• Connector failure or poor fit. Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Control
Module"-"Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Start-stop switch failure.
• BCM failure.
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information
Starting&Charging (2)-with Passive Start
Reference Connector End View Information
FA026, FA002
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
V1.0 1303
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
BCM internal ignition switch state is different from system If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
ignition switch state (the DTC is confirmed after the failure open circuit/high resistance.
is detected for 50 times). 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
terminals of harness connector BY088 of the BCM and
None.
the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Terminal 19 of FA004
• BCM internal ignition switch state and ignition switch
• Terminal 20 of FA004
state system (normal state is detected for 36 times).
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Terminal 51 of BY088
be cleared. • Terminal 52 of BY088
Failure Cause If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Relevant circuit failure. short to ground.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Body control module failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Gateway module failure. the following terminals of harness connector FA004 of
the gateway module or terminals of harness connector
BY088 of the BCM and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Terminal 19 of FA004
• Terminal 20 of FA004
• Terminal 51 of BY088
• Terminal 52 of BY088
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1304
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or BCM.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Module" - "Body Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control
Module" - "Body Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 1305
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description the battery negative cable, harness connector BY126 of
(FTB)
the PEPS control module and harness connector BY088
BCM Internal Power Mode State
00 of the BCM.
Mismatch with PEPS
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector BY126 of the PEPS control module
The PEPS control unit communicates with the BCM via CAN and terminals of harness connector BY088 of the BCM
bus. is less than 5Ω:
• The battery voltage is within the normal range (9~16V). If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• CAN bus is not in suspend mode. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector BY126 of the PEPS control module or
• No bus off failure.
terminals of harness connector BY088 of the BCM and
• 1s after the bus initialization is completed. the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 5 of BY126
BCM internal ignition switch state is different from PEPS
• Terminal 6 of BY126
ignition switch state (the DTC is confirmed after the failure
is detected for 50 times). • Terminal 51 of BY088
None. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• BCM internal ignition switch state and ignition switch
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
state system (normal state is detected for 36 times).
the following terminals of harness connector BY126
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will of the PEPS control module or terminals of harness
be cleared. connector BY088 of the BCM and the ground is between
Failure Cause 2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 5 of BY126
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 6 of BY126
• Body control module failure. • Terminal 51 of BY088
• PEPS control module failure.
• Terminal 52 of BY088
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the PEPS
Reference Connector End View Information control module or BCM.
V1.0 1306
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Vehicle
Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive Start (PEPS)
Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
"Body Control Module".
V1.0 1307
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
BY125 of the engine hood open switch.
2. Disconnect harness connector BY086 of the BCM.
V1.0 1308
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
B1701, B1702, B1705 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1701: Transponder Antenna Fault Immobilizer System
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA039, FA026
95 Transponder Antenna Fault
Reference Electrical Information
DTC B1702: Invalid Key Present Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Failure Type Byte Circuit/System Check
Failure Description
(FTB)
1. Low battery voltage, low remote key battery, sudden
96 Invalid Key Present disappearance of BCM power supply or ground may lead
to DTC setting. Confirm the following items:
DTC B1705: Loss Communication with Base Station
• Battery cable is clean and secure. Battery is fully charged.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description • The remote key battery is normal. If the low battery
(FTB)
warning lamp is always on, replace the remote key battery.
96 Loss Communication with Base
Station • BCM power supply and ground circuit is normal.
Circuit/System Description 2. The remote key is used to command the door locking
and unlocking, and the door shall be locked and unlocked
When starting the vehicle, the transceiver in the key will send
when switching between command states.
a signal containing characteristic value, the base station inside
Circuit/System Test
the low-frequency immobilizer coil transmits the signal to the
BCM, and the BCM will compare the characteristic value signal. 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the
Conditions for Running DTCs DTC information with a scan tool. Observe the DTC
information on the scan tool. Confirm that DTC B1701
Ignition switch is not in Crank position. or B1702 has not been set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
If DTC B1701 does not pass this ignition cycle, match the
B1701: Immobilizer module detects that the immobilizer remote key. If the DTC is set again, replace the remote
transmitter antenna has failure. key.
B1702: Immobilizer module detects the invalid key signal or 2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Confirm
there is no key occurs. that DTC B1705 has not been set.
B1705: Communication between immobilizer module and base If DTC B1705 does not pass this ignition cycle, test the
station is lost. HS CAN network communication line.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
B1701: Immobilizer module detects that the immobilizer the battery negative cable.
transmitter antenna is normal. 4. Disconnect harness connector FA039 of the
low-frequency immobilizer coil, and disconnect harness
B1702: Immobilizer module detects valid key signal.
connector FA026 of the BCM.
B1705: Communication between immobilizer module and base 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
station is normal. of harness connector FA039 of the low-frequency
Failure Cause immobilizer coil and the corresponding terminal 10 of
• Relevant circuit failure. harness connector FA026 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Remote key failure. open circuit/high resistance.
V1.0 1309
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
• Terminal 6 of FA039
• Terminal 10 of FA026
• Terminal 6 of FA039
• Terminal 10 of FA026
V1.0 1310
Alarm System Safety and Restraints
B1706, B1707, B1708 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC B1706: Attack State is Triggered During EMS • Connector failure or poor fit.
Authentication
• Engine control module failure.
Failure Type Byte • Body control module failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
• Gateway failure.
Attack State is Triggered During EMS Reference Information
95
Authentication
Reference Circuit Information
DTC B1707: No EMS Challenge Rx Data Communication - HS CAN (powertrain), Data
Failure Type Byte Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Connector End View Information
95 No EMS Challenge Rx BY021, FA004, BY088
Reference Electrical Information
DTC B1708: CAN Communication Error During
Authentication Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1706: BCM detects that the authentication request of ECM If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
is invalid. open circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
B1707: Within 2s when the ignition switch is in "RUN"
harness connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of
position, BCM did not receive the authentication request from
harness connector FA004 of the gateway and the ground
ECM.
is infinite:
B1708: When the ignition switch is in "ON" position and the
• Terminal 44 of BY021
engine is in immobiliser authentication, the information frame
of ECM is not received or CAN communication initialization • Terminal 45 of BY021
failure is detected for 2s consecutively. • Terminal 15 of FA004
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 16 of FA004
B1706: The immobiliser module confirms EMS authentication If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
request is valid. short to ground.
B1707: Within 2s when the ignition switch is in "RUN" 6. Test if the voltage between the following terminals of
position, the immobiliser control module receives harness connector BY021 of the ECM or terminals of
authentication permission from EMS. harness connector FA004 of the gateway and the ground
B1708: CAN communication and immobiliser are both in is between 2V ~ 3V:
normal condition. • Terminal 44 of BY021
V1.0 1311
Safety and Restraints Alarm System
• Terminal 51 of BY088
• Terminal 52 of BY088
• Terminal 19 of FA004
• Terminal 20 of FA004
• Terminal 51 of BY088
• Terminal 52 of BY088
• Terminal 19 of FA004
• Terminal 20 of FA004
V1.0 1312
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Gateway
DTC Category
List
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and CRANK (Off/Run/Crank) 点火开关OFF/RUN/CRANK回
B1160 13 III
Circuit -Open Circuit 路开路
Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and CRANK (Off/Run/Crank) 点火开关OFF/RUN/CRANK对
B1160 12 III
Circuit -Short to battery 电源短路
点火开关RUN/CRANK回路开
B1161 13 Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Circuit -Open Circuit III
路
点火开关RUN/CRANK回路对
B1161 12 Device Ignition RUN and CRANK Circuit -Short to battery III
电源短路
点火开关ACCESSORY回路开
B1163 13 Device Ignition ACCESSORY Circuit -Open Circuit III
路
点火开关ACCESSORY回路对
B1163 12 Device Ignition ACCESSORY Circuit -Short to battery III
电源短路
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_SW_HSD) Control Circuit KL15_SW继电器控制回路电压
B1165 17 II
-Circuit voltage above threshold 超出阀值
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_SW_HSD) Control KL15_SW继电器控制回路电流
B1165 19 II
Circuit -Circuit current above threshold 超出阀值
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_Relay_HSD) Control KL15继电器控制回路电压超出
B1166 17 II
Circuit -Circuit voltage above threshold 阀值
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15_Relay_HSD) Control KL15继电器控制回路电流超出
B1166 19 II
Circuit -Circuit current above threshold 阀值
Accessory Power Relay (KL.R_SW_HSD) Control Circuit 附件挡功率继电器控制回路电
B1167 17 II
-Circuit voltage above threshold 压超出阀值
Accessory Power Relay (KL.R_SW_HSD) Control Circuit 附件挡功率继电器控制回路电
B1167 19 II
-Circuit current above threshold 流超出阀值
B1169 19 ACC/Wakeup_HSD -Circuit current above threshold 唤醒控制回路电流超出阀值 II
B116A 19 Wakeup Enable_HSD -Circuit current above threshold 唤醒使能回路电流超出阀值 II
B1B06 16 System voltage low 系统蓄电池电压过低 II
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” -short to ground 制动踏板位置传感器回路对地
C0042 14 II
or open 短路或开路
制动踏板位置传感器回路对电
C0042 15 Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” -short to battery II
源短路
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” -Missing 制动踏板位置传感器初始电压
C0042 54 II
calibration 丢失
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” -Circuit voltage 制动踏板位置传感器输出电压
C0042 1C II
out of range 超出范围
制动踏板位置传感器零位电压
C1F80 00 Brake Pedal Zero Position Exceed Expected Range II
超出合理范围
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit -short to
P0564 11 巡航控制回路A对地短路 II
ground
V1.0 1313
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit - short to
P0564 12 巡航控制回路A对电源短路 II
battery
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit
P0564 96 巡航控制开关A内部故障 II
-Component internal failure
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Circuit -Circuit
P0564 1C 巡航控制回路A电压超出范围 II
voltage out of range
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B” Circuit -short to
P0589 11 巡航控制回路B对地短路 II
ground
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B” Circuit - short to
P0589 12 巡航控制回路B对电源短路 II
battery
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B” Circuit
P0589 96 巡航控制开关B内部故障 II
-Component internal failure
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B” Circuit -Circuit
P0589 1C 巡航控制回路B电压超出范围 II
voltage out of range
Up and Down Shift Switch (Remote Tiptronic Switch)
P0826 96 方向盘换挡开关内部故障 I
Circuit -Component internal failure
Up and Down Shift Switch (Remote Tiptronic Switch)
P0826 1C 方向盘换挡开关电压超出范围 I
Circuit -Circuit voltage out of range
Auto Shift Manual Mode (Local Tiptronic Switch) Circuit
P0955 96 手动换挡开关内部故障 II
-Component internal failure
Auto Shift Manual Mode (Local Tiptronic Switch) Circuit 手动换挡开关输出电压超出范
P0955 1C II
-Circuit voltage out of range 围
PRND display module LIN Communication checksum PRND显示模块与主节点LIN通
P1900 41 III
Error with master node 讯时校验故障
PRND display module LIN Communication time out with PRND显示模块与主节点LIN通
P1901 87 III
master node 讯时超时
The system power voltage is beyond the normal range of 系统电源电压低于正常功能所
P1910 1C III
regular function 需的值
P1911 29 The Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal is Invalid 变速箱挡位信号无效 III
Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal is Out Of the
P1911 28 变速箱挡位信号超出范围 III
Range of regular function
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 1
U0073 88 动力总成高速CAN总线关闭 I
(PowerTrain CAN)
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 2
U0074 88 底盘高速CAN总线关闭 I
(Chassis CAN)
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 3
U0075 88 车身高速CAN总线关闭 I
(Body CAN)
Control Module Communication Bus Off on HSCAN 5
U0077 88 诊断高速CAN总线关闭 I
(Diagnostic CAN)
U0100 87 Lost Communication With ECM 与ECM失去通讯 II
U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM 与TCM控制模块通讯故障 II
V1.0 1314
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Lost Communication with Transfer Case Control Module
U0102 87 与分动箱控制模块失去通讯 II
(TCCM)
Lost Communication With Gear Shift Control Module
U0103 87 与换挡控制单元失去通讯 II
(SCU)
Lost Communication With Drive Motor Control Module 网关与TC/MCU控制器失去通
U0110 87 II
"A" (TC/MCU) 讯
Lost Communication With Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
U0121 87 与防抱死制动模块失去通讯 II
Control Module (on HSCAN2)
Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics Control 与车辆动态稳定控制模块失去
U0122 87 II
Module (SCS) (on HSCAN1) 通讯
Lost Communication With Steering Angle Sensor Module
U0126 87 与转向角度传感器失去通讯 II
(SAS)
Lost Communication With Tire Pressure Monitor Module 与胎压传感器监测模块失去通
U0127 87 II
(TPMS) 讯
Lost Communication With Park Brake Control Module
U0128 87 与电子助车控制模块失去通讯 II
(EPB)
Lost Communication With Power Steering
U0131 87 与电子助力转向模块失去通讯 II
Control Module (EPS)
U0140 87 Lost Communication With Body Control Module (BCM) 与车身控制模块失去通讯 II
Lost Communication With Restraints Control Module
U0151 87 与保护控制模块失去通讯 II
(SDM)
Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
U0155 87 与组合仪表失去通讯 II
Control Module (IPK)
Lost Communication With Parking Assist Control Module
U0159 87 与泊车辅助系统失去通讯 II
(PDC)
U0164 87 Lost Communication With HVAC Control Module (AC) 与空调失去通讯 II
Lost Communication With Automatic Lighting Control 与自适应前照灯控制模块失去
U0180 87 II
Module (AFS) 通讯
Lost Communication With Telematic Control Module
U0198 87 与通讯控制模块失去通讯 II
(TBOX)
Lost Communication With Entertainment Control Module
U0245 87 与娱乐控制模块失去通讯 II
– Front (FICM)
Lost Communication With Drive Motor Control Module
U0292 87 网关与ISC控制器失去通讯 II
"B" (ISC)
Lost Communication With Hybrid Powertrain Control
U0293 87 与HCU失去通讯 II
Module (HCU/VCU)
Lost Communication With Passive Entry & Passive Start 与无钥匙进入/无钥匙起动模
U1001 87 II
Module (PEPS) 块失去通讯
Lost Communication With Remote PRND Display Module 与远程PRND显示模块失去通
U1008 87 II
(RPD) 讯
通讯总线与电池管理模块
U1111 87 Lost Communication With BMS Module II
(BMS)失去通讯
V1.0 1315
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description
Level*
Lost Communication With Electronic Battery Sensor
U1116 87 与EBS控制模块失去通讯 II
(EBS)
Lost Communication With Power Lift Control Module
U1140 87 与PLCM失去通讯 II
(PLCM)
Lost Communication With Front View Camera Module 与前向摄像头模块模块失去通
U1264 87 I
(FVCM) 讯
U1562 17 Battery voltage is too high 蓄电池电压过高 II
U1563 16 Battery voltage is too low 蓄电池电压过低 II
U2001 41 ECU EEPROM Checksum Error 控制模块内部存储器校验错误 II
U2001 42 ECU EEPROM Error 控制模块内部存储器故障 II
*Note :
V1.0 1316
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
V1.0 1317
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1318
Gateway Safety and Restraints
7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
V1.0 1319
Safety and Restraints Gateway
SCS (1)
V1.0 1320
Gateway Safety and Restraints
TCCM
V1.0 1321
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Airbag (1)
V1.0 1322
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Lane Departure Warning System
V1.0 1323
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1324
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Electric Parking
V1.0 1325
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1326
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Engine Management System (1.5T) - 7
V1.0 1327
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1328
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Starting & Charging (2) - Without Keyless Start
V1.0 1329
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1330
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
V1.0 1331
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1332
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Data Communication - HS CAN (Diagnosis)
V1.0 1333
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1334
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Entertainment System - Navigation (1)
V1.0 1335
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1336
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Connector Information Engine Compartment Fuse Box BY014
Connector Information
Transmission Control Module BY001
V1.0 1337
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Pin No. Pin Information Electronic Parking Brake Control Unit BY036
10 Chassis CAN L
11 Chassis CAN H
1 Wake-up
2 Chassis HS CAN High
3 Chassis HS CAN Low
V1.0 1338
Gateway Safety and Restraints
BCM BY088 Pin No. Pin Information
4 Wake-up Signal
10 Chassis HS CAN High
11 Chassis HS CAN Low
ECM BY089
V1.0 1339
Safety and Restraints Gateway
SCU BY167
V1.0 1340
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Power Tailgate Control Module BY193 Steering Angle Sensor FA003
Gateway FA004
V1.0 1341
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1342
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Pin No. Pin Information Steering Angle Sensor FA028
3 Manual Gearshift +
4 Manual Gearshift -
Navigation FA011
V1.0 1343
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1344
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • The DTC is set when condition 1 or 2 is met.
B1160 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description
B1160 12:
DTC B1160: Ignition Switch OFF/RUN/CRANK Circuit
• The gateway detects the current
Failure
Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank>3.7V,
Failure Type Byte and the gateway has detected
Failure Description
(FTB) Run/Crank=low&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank>3.7V in
Ignition Switch OFF/RUN/CRANK the current ignition cycle. System power mode = Crank
12 when this condition is met.
Circuit Short to Battery
• The gateway detects the current
Ignition Switch OFF/RUN/CRANK
13 Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank>3.7V,
Circuit Open Circuit
and the gateway has detected
Circuit/System Description Run/Crank=high&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank < 0.2V
in the current ignition cycle; the system power mode
For the vehicle configured with digital mechanical ignition keys,
= start when this condition is met.
the hardwired connection between ignition keys and gateway
is: 5V supply voltage, Off/Run/Crank, ACC, Run/Crank. 5V B1160 13:
supply voltage refers to the gateway power output for ignition
• The gateway detects the current
keys; Off/Run/Crank refers to the analog AD signal output of
Run/Crank=low&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank
keys; ACC and Run/Crank refer to the digital DI output of
< 0.2V, and the gateway has detected
keys. The gateway judges the current state of system power
Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank < 0.2V in
mode according to 3 output signals of keys. The gateway needs
the current ignition cycle. System power mode = Crank
to respectively detect the three outputs (Off/Run/Crank, ACC
if this condition is met.
and Run/Crank) for open circuit and short to battery.
• The gateway detects the current
Conditions for Running DTCs
Run/Crank=low&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank
No high or low voltage failure. < 0.2V, and the gateway has not detected
Conditions for Setting DTCs Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank > 3.74V in
the current ignition cycle. System power mode = Crank
B1160 12:
if this condition is met.
• The gateway detects the current Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank>3.7V,
• When the gateway detects Off/Run/Crank circuit output
and the gateway has detected
voltage is within the normal range.
Run/Crank=low&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank>3.7V in
the current ignition cycle. • After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared.
• The gateway detects the current
Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank>3.7V, Failure Cause
and the gateway has detected • Relevant circuit failure.
Run/Crank=high&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank < 0.2V in
• Connector failure or poor fit.
the current ignition cycle.
• Gateway module failure.
B1160 13:
• Ignition switch failure.
• The gateway detects the current Reference Information
Run/Crank=low&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank
Reference Circuit Information
< 0.2V, and the gateway has detected
Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank < 0.2V in Starting & Charging (2) - Without Keyless Start
the current ignition cycle.
Reference Connector End View Information
• The gateway detects the current
Run/Crank=low&ACC=high&Off/Run/Crank FA004, FA003
< 0.2V, and the gateway has not detected Reference Electrical Information
Run/Crank=high&ACC=low&Off/Run/Crank > 3.74V in
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the current ignition cycle.
V1.0 1345
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Circuit/System Test 5. Fit a jumper wire with a 2A fuse between the relay
terminal 85 and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire between
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the relay terminal 86 and the ground. Test if the
the battery negative cable.
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than 5Ω.
2. Remove the KL.R relay, and perform the component test
on it. If it is not within the specified range, replace the relay.
3. Disconnect harness connector FA004 of the gateway • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
module and harness connector FA003 of the mechanical "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
start switch. • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 36 of harness "Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Mechanical Ignition
connector FA004 of the gateway module and terminal Switch".
4 of harness connector FA003 of the mechanical start • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
switch is less than 5Ω. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for open
circuit/high resistance.
5. Test if the resistance between terminal 36 of harness
connector FA004 of the gateway module or terminal 4 of
harness connector FA003 of the mechanical start switch
and the ground is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 36 of harness
connector FA004 of the gateway module or terminal 4
of harness connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition
switch and the power supply is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or mechanical start switch.
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the KL. R relay.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 85 and 86 is
between 80 ~ 90Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the KL.R
relay.
4. Test whether the resistance between the following
terminals is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the KL.R
relay.
V1.0 1346
Gateway Safety and Restraints
B1161 Ignition/Start=high&ACC=high&Off/Ignition/Start
DTC Description voltage<0.2V is detected in the current ignition cycle.
DTC B1161: Mechanical Ignition Switch RUN/CRANK Circuit • If any of conditions 1, 2, 3 and 4 is met, the DTC will be
Failure set.
V1.0 1347
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Circuit/System Test
1. Check the mechanical ignition switch for damage or the
connectors for looseness
2. Place the mechanical ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module and harness
connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition switch.
3. Test if the resistance between terminal 22 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 1
of harness connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition
switch is less than 5Ω.
V1.0 1348
Gateway Safety and Restraints
B1163 Failure Cause
DTC Description • Relevant circuit failure.
DTC B1163: Mechanical Ignition Switch ACCESSORY Circuit • Connector failure or poor fit.
Failure
• Gateway module failure.
Failure Type Byte • Mechanical ignition switch failure.
Failure Description
(FTB)
Reference Information
Mechanical Ignition Switch
Reference Circuit Information
12 ACCESSORY Circuit Short to
Battery Starting & Charging (2) - Without Keyless Start
For the vehicle configured with digital mechanical ignition keys, Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the hardwired connections between ignition keys and gateway
Circuit/System Test
are: 5V supply voltage, Off/Run/Crank, ACC, Run/Crank. 5V
supply voltage refers to the gateway power output for ignition 1. Place the mechanical ignition switch in "OFF" position,
keys; Off/Run/Crank refer to the analog AD signal output of disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
keys; ACC and Run/Crank refer to the digital DI output of connector FA005 of the gateway module and harness
keys. The gateway judges the current state of system power connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition switch.
mode according to 3 output signals of keys. The gateway needs 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
to respectively detect the three outputs (Off/Run/Crank, ACC connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 3
and Run/Crank) for open circuit and short to battery. of harness connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition
Conditions for Running DTCs switch is less than 5Ω.
• No high or low voltage failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Engine doesn't start up or 1s after it starts up.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 3
B1163 12: The gateway detects the current
of harness connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition
ignition/start=high&ACC=high&Off/ignition/starting
switch and the ground is infinite.
voltage=2.021+/-0.3V.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
B1163 13:
short to ground.
• The gateway detects the current
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 7 of harness
ignition/start=low&ACC=low&Off/ignition/starting
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 3
voltage=2.855+/-0.3V.
of harness connector FA003 of the mechanical ignition
• The gateway detects the current switch and the power supply is infinite.
ignition/start=high&ACC=low&Off/ignition/starting
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
voltage=2.855+/-0.3.
short to battery.
• When condition 1 or 2 is met, the DTC will be set.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
module or mechanical ignition switch.
The ignition key is placed in "ON" position.
Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
• When the gateway module detects that ACC inspection "Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Mechanical Ignition
is free of failure, the DTC will be cleared. Switch".
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
be cleared. "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
V1.0 1349
Safety and Restraints Gateway
B1165, B1166 wake-up enabling high-side drive To for 100ms; the Tc1 is
DTC Description turned off, but the drive still can't be turned on for 5 times
consecutively, the DTC will be set.
DTC B1165: Run Crank Power Relay ( KL15_SW_HSD )
Control Circuit Failure B1166 17: When it is detected for 500ms consecutively that
the wake-up enabling high-side drive output is high, its feedback
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description voltage is less than 0.03V.
(FTB)
Run Crank Power Relay B1166 19: When the high-side output corresponding to
17 (KL15_SW_HSD) Control Circuit - KL.R_SW_high-side drive control circuit is high, if the output
Circuit Voltage above Threshold end current exceeds the maximum current threshold value
(such as short to ground) which the hardware can bear, the
Run Crank Power Relay gateway will turn off the Tc1 for 200ms. Then turn on the
19 (KL15_SW_HSD) Control Circuit - KL.R_SW_high-side drive, this time is determined by the
Circuit Current above Threshold hardware itself; if the Tc1 is turned off, but the drive still can't
be turned on for 5 times consecutively, the DTC will be set.
DTC B1166: Run Crank Power Relay (KL15) Control Circuit
Failure Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Failure Type Byte B1165 17: Turn off the Tc2 for 1s, and try to turn it on
Failure Description again, and this time is determined by the hardware. If it can't
(FTB)
be turned on for 5 times consecutively, turn it off for 1min
Run Crank Power Relay (KL15)
and then try to turn it on again. This time is determined by
17 Control Circuit- Circuit Voltage
hardware. If it fails, the high-side drive output will be turned
above Threshold
off permanently in this cycle.
Run Crank Power Relay Control
19 B1165 19: Turn off the Tc2 for 1s, and try to turn on the To for
Circuit Open Circuit(IGN1)
100ms. If it can't be turned on for 5 times consecutively, turn
Circuit/System Description it off for 1min and then try to turn on the To for 100ms. If it
fails, the high-side drive output will be turned off permanently
Wake-up enabling_high-side drive, ON starting power relay,
in this cycle.
ACC power relay and ACC/wake-up_high-side drive are the
high-side drive outputs controlled by the gateway, which are B1166 17: Turn off the high-side drive function of running
used for waking-up the network. When the output end is open power supply relay control circuit until the failure is repaired.
circuit, the relevant control unit cannot be waken-up by the (High-side drive tries to turn on relay/CECT and tries to turn
gateway hardwire. During the normal working process, the it on every 5s).
gateway needs to detect the output end for open circuit.
B1166 19: Turn off the Tc2 for 1s, and try to turn it on
Conditions for Running DTCs again, and this time is determined by the hardware. If it can't
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. be turned on for 5 times consecutively, turn it off for 1min
and then try to turn it on again. This time is determined by
• No high or low voltage failure.
hardware. If it fails, the high-side drive output will be turned
Conditions for Setting DTCs
off permanently in this cycle.
B1165 17: When the KL15_SW_high-side drive output is Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
low, KL15_SW_high-side drive chip itself will detect for open
B1165 17: It is detected for 500ms consecutively that the open
circuit. When the external circuit is open circuit, the register
circuit mark of KL.R_SW_high-side drive is 0.
corresponding to open circuit mark is 1. When it is detected
for 500ms consecutively that the open circuit register of B1165 19: Over-current is not detected for 1s consecutively.
KL15_SW_high-side drive is 1, set the DTC.
B1166 17: It is detected for 500ms consecutively that the
B1165 19: When the high-side output corresponding to high-side output corresponding to KL15 high-side drive control
wake-up enabling high-side drive control circuit is high, circuit is high, and the feedback voltage of high-side drive chip
the feedback voltage of high-side drive chip is greater than is greater than 0.03V.
2.2V, then the gateway judges that the wake-up enabling
B1166 19: Over-current is not detected for 1s consecutively.
high-side drive circuit occurs over-current condition. After
over-current, the gateway turns off the wake-up enabling Failure Cause
high-side drive output Tc1 for 200ms, then turn on the • Relevant circuit failure.
V1.0 1350
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
• Gateway module failure. module or ignition switch.
• Ignition switch failure. Service Guideline
Reference Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Mechanical Ignition
Reference Circuit Information
Switch".
Starting & Charging (2) - Without Keyless Start
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Reference Connector End View Information "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
FA003, FA004, FA005 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Reference Electrical Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Circuit/System Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
connectors FA004 and FA005 of the gateway module and
harness connector FA003 of the ignition switch.
2. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FA004 and FA005 of gateway module and
terminals of harness connector FA003 of the ignition
switch is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 36 of FA004 and Terminal 4 of FA003
• Terminal 7 of FA005 and Terminal 3 of FA003
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA004 and FA005 of the gateway
module or terminals of harness connector FA003 of the
ignition switch and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal 36 of FA004
• Terminal 7 of FA005
• Terminal 3 of FA003
• Terminal 4 of FA003
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA004 and FA005 of the gateway
module or terminals of harness connector FA003 of the
ignition switch and the power supply is infinite.
• Terminal 36 of FA004
• Terminal 7 of FA005
• Terminal 3 of FA003
• Terminal 4 of FA003
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1351
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Conditions for Running DTCs If the test is abnormal, replace the KLR relay.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Disconnect harness connector FA005 of the gateway and
• No high or low voltage failure. harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
fuse box.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
B1167 17: When the KL.R_SW_high-side drive output is
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 2
low, KL.R_SW_high-side drive chip itself will detect for open
of harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
circuit. When the external circuit is open circuit, the register
fuse box is less than 5Ω.
corresponding to open circuit mark is 1. When it is detected
for 500ms consecutively that the open circuit register of If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
KL.R_SW_high-side drive is 1, set the DTC. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
B1167 19: When the high-side output corresponding to 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
KL.R_SW_high-side drive control circuit is high, if the output connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 2
end current exceeds the maximum current threshold value of harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
(such as short to ground) which the hardware can bear, the fuse box and the ground is infinite.
gateway will turn off the Tc1 for 200ms. Then turn on the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
KL.R_SW_high-side drive, this time is determined by the short to ground.
hardware itself; if the Tc1 is turned off, but the drive still can't
be turned on for 5 times consecutively, the DTC will be set. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 2
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
of harness connector BY014 of the engine compartment
Turn off the Tc2 for 1s, and try to turn it on again, and this fuse box and the power supply is infinite.
time is determined by the hardware. If it can't be turned on
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
for 5 times consecutively, turn it off for 1min and then try to
short to battery.
turn it on again. This time is determined by hardware. If it
fails, the high-side drive output will be turned off permanently 7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
in this cycle. module.
V1.0 1352
Gateway Safety and Restraints
Component Test
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the KL. R relay.
3. Test if the resistance between the terminal 85 and 86 is
between 80 ~ 90Ω.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
V1.0 1353
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1354
Gateway Safety and Restraints
of harness connector BY089 of the ECM and the power Service Guideline
supply is infinite.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
short to battery. • Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
9. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the transmission System-1.5T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
control module. • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
10. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness Control"-"Body Control Module".
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 14 • Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
of harness connector BY001 of the TCM is less than 5Ω. - "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Automatic Transmission".
open circuit/high resistance.
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
11. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 14 - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
of harness connector BY001 of the TCM and the ground Transmission".
is infinite.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
short to ground. "Gateway Module".
12. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module.
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 14 Refer to Service Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
of harness connector BY001 of the TCM and the power System-1.5T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
supply is infinite. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
short to battery. "Body Control Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
13. Disconnect the harness connector BY119 of shifter
to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "6-speed
controller.
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
14. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch Automatic
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal Transmission".
7 of harness connector BY119 of the shifter controller
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
is less than 5Ω.
Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for "Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
open circuit/high resistance. - "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
15. Test if the resistance between terminal 11 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 7
of harness connector BY119 of the shifter controller and
the ground is infinite.
V1.0 1355
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1356
Gateway Safety and Restraints
of harness connector BY191 of LDWS and the power 18. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
supply is infinite. connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal
G3 of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module is
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
less than 5Ω.
short to battery.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
9. Disconnect harness connector BY003 of the dynamic
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
stability control system.
19. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
10. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or the terminal
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal
G3 of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module and
6 of harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability
the ground is infinite.
control system is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
open circuit/high resistance.
20. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
11. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal G3
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 6 of
of harness connector BY036 of the EPB module and the
harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control
power supply is infinite.
system and the ground is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
short to ground.
21. Disconnect harness connector BY113 of the headlamp
12. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness dynamic leveling control unit.
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 6 of
22. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
harness connector BY003 of the dynamic stability control
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 15
system and the power supply is infinite.
of harness connector BY113 of the headlamp dynamic
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for leveling control unit is less than 5Ω.
short to battery.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
13. Disconnect harness connector BY035 of the EPS electric circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
control module.
23. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
14. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 15
connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 1 of harness connector BY113 of the headlamp dynamic
of harness connector BY035 of the electronic control leveling control unit and the ground is infinite.
module for electrical power steering is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for short to ground.
open circuit/high resistance.
24. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
15. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 15
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 1 of harness connector BY113 of the headlamp dynamic
of harness connector BY035 of the electronic control leveling control unit and the power supply is infinite.
module for electrical power steering and the ground is
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
infinite.
short to battery.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for 25. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
short to ground. connector BY079 of the airbag control unit.
16. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness 26. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 1 connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal
of harness connector BY035 of the electronic control 10 of harness connector BY079 of the airbag control
module for electrical power steering and the power module is less than 5Ω.
supply is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
short to battery.
27. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
17. Disconnect harness connector BY036 of the EPB module. connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 10
V1.0 1357
Safety and Restraints Gateway
of harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control Module
and the ground is infinite. (TCCM Transfer Case Control Module)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
short to ground. to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Parking
Assist System" - "Parking Assist Control Module".
28. Test if the resistance between terminal 12 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 10
of harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module
and the power supply is infinite.
V1.0 1358
Gateway Safety and Restraints
C0042, C1F80 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description C0042 14: Take the last value as the valid value of brake pedal
DTC C0042: Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit A” Failure sensor and set the DTC.
Failure Type Byte C0042 15: Take the last value as the valid value of brake pedal
Failure Description
(FTB) sensor and set the DTC.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor "Circuit C0042 54: Use the default null voltage to calculate the position
14
A" - Short to Ground or Open of brake pedal and set the DTC.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor "Circuit C0042 1C: Take the last value as the valid value of brake pedal
15
A" - Short to Battery sensor and set the DTC.
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit C1F80 00: The brake pedal position signal value is 100%.
54
A” - Missing Calibration
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Brake Pedal Position Sensor “Circuit
1C C0042 14: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the
A” - Circuit Voltage Out of Range
output voltage of brake pedal sensor is greater than 0.5V.
DTC C1F80: Brake Pedal Zero Position Exceed Expected C0042 15: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the
Range output voltage of brake pedal sensor is less than 4.5V
Failure Type Byte C0042 54: Brake pedal sensor zero self-learning is successful.
Failure Description
(FTB)
C0042 1C: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the
Brake Pedal Zero Position Exceed output voltage of pedal sensor is within 0.7 ~ 4.5V.
00
Expected Range
C1F80 00: Brake pedal position sensor null voltage is within
Circuit/System Description the normal range.
The gateway supply power to the brake pedal sensor and After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
collects and processes the output voltage of brake pedal cleared.
sensor. And transmits the current position of brake pedal to
Failure Cause
the transmission control unit via the network signal. When the
brake pedal sensor output circuit is open circuit or short to • Relevant circuit failure.
ground, its output voltage is not within the range of threshold • Connector failure or poor fit.
value. The gateway judges if the sensor output circuit is short • Gateway failure.
to ground or open circuit based on this threshold value.
• Brake pedal position sensor failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Reference Information
C0042:
Reference Circuit Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Engine Management System (1.5T) - 4
• No high or low voltage failure.
Reference Connector End View Information
C1F80: 1s after network is waken-up. FA004, BY161
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Reference Electrical Information
C0042 14: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the brake
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
pedal sensor output voltage is less than 0.5V.
Circuit/System Test
C0042 15: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the brake
pedal sensor output voltage is greater than 4.5V. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
the battery negative cable, harness connector FA004 of
C0042 54: Brake pedal sensor does not carry out zero
the gateway module and harness connector BY161 of
self-learning or the zero self-learning of which is failed.
the brake position sensor.
C0042 1C:It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the brake 2. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
pedal sensor output voltage is not within 0.7 and 4.5V. harness connector FA004 of the gateway and terminals
C1F80 00: Brake pedal position sensor null voltage is abnormal of harness connector BY161 of the brake pedal position
for 8 times. sensor is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 1359
Safety and Restraints Gateway
• Terminal 9 of FA004
• Terminal 10 of FA004
• Terminal 31 of FA004
• Terminal 1 of BY161
• Terminal 2 of BY161
• Terminal 3 of BY161
• Terminal 9 of FA004
• Terminal 10 of FA004
• Terminal 31 of FA004
• Terminal 1 of BY161
• Terminal 2 of BY161
• Terminal 3 of BY161
V1.0 1360
Gateway Safety and Restraints
P0564, P0589 • DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set.
DTC Description • Not during engine start-up or within 1s after engine
DTC P0564: Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit start-up.
Failure • DTC P0589 11 and P0589 12 are not set.
Failure Type Byte Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Description
(FTB) P0564 11: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the cruise
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input switch circuit A output voltage is less than 0.5V.
11
"A" Circuit-Short to Ground P0564 12: It is detected for 50ms consecutively that the cruise
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input switch circuit A output voltage is greater than 4.5V.
12
"A" Circuit-Short to Battery
P0564 96: Cruise switch circuit A output keeps in
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "RES/SET+/SET-/ON" for more than 30s.
96 "A" Circuit-Component Internal
P0564 1C: Cruise control switch input voltage is not within
Failure
1.92 ~ 4.31V, which lasts for 50ms.
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input
P0589 11: Cruise control switch input voltage is less than 0.2V,
1C "A" Circuit-Circuit Voltage out of
which lasts for 50ms.
Range
P0589 12: Cruise control switch input voltage is greater than
DTC P0589: Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit 4.5V, which lasts for 50ms.
Failure
P0589 96: Cruise control switch input state is DECEL/ACCEL,
Failure Type Byte which lasts for 35s.
Failure Description
(FTB)
P0589 1C: Cruise control switch input voltage is not within
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "DECEL/ACCEL/DISTANCE+/DISTANCE" value range, which
11 "B" Circuit-Circuit Voltage out of lasts for 50ms.
Range
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input
12 P0564 11, P0564 12, P0564 96: Set the signal
"B" Circuit-Short to Battery
(CCSwStsSwDataIntgty=Failure Detected), meanwhile set the
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input DTC.
96 "B" Circuit-Component Internal
Failure P0564 1C: Set the signal (CCSwStsSwDataIntgty=Illegal
Range), meanwhile set the DTC.
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input
1C "B" Circuit-Circuit Voltage out of P0589 11, P0589 12, P0589 96, P0589 1C:
Range • CCSwStsSpdDecSwA=FALSE.
Circuit/System Description • CCSwStsSpdIncSwA=FALSE.
V1.0 1361
Safety and Restraints Gateway
1.875+/-0.2V; OFF: 1.183+/-0.2V; SET: 0.465+/-0.2V; Resume: • Terminal 14 of FA005 and Terminal 3 of FA043
2.526+/-0.2V; Cancel: 3.116+/-0.2V. )
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0589 11: Cruise control switch input voltage is greater than open circuit/high resistance.
0.2V, which lasts for 50ms.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
P0589 12: Cruise control switch input voltage is less than 4.5V, of harness connector FA004 or FA005 of the gateway
which lasts for 50ms. module or terminals of harness connector FA043 of the
cruise control switch and the ground is infinite:
P0589 96: Cruise control switch input state changes.
• Terminal 26 of FA004
P0589 1C: Cruise control switch input voltage is within
DECEL/ACCEL/DISTANCE+/DISTANCE value range, which • Terminal 30 of FA004
lasts for 50ms.
• Terminal 32 of FA004
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
• Terminal 14 of FA005
cleared.
• Terminal 2 of FA043
Failure Cause
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 3 of FA043
V1.0 1362
Gateway Safety and Restraints
P0826 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0826: Up and Down Shift Switch Failure 6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (3),
Failure Type Byte Entertainment System - Navigation (1)
Failure Description
(FTB) Reference Connector End View Information
Up and Down Shift Switch FA010, FA005
96
Circuit-Component Internal Failure
Reference Electrical Information
Up and Down Shift Switch Voltage
1C Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
out of Range
Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description
1. Check the shift paddle switch on the steering wheel for
Shift switch of the steering wheel is powered by gateway. The
flexibility and a poor fit.
gateway obtains the digital voltage signal output and judges the
state of Tip+ and Tip- switch. When the switch output signal 2. Operate the shift paddle switch on the steering wheel
keeps in Tip+ or Tip- for a certain time, the gateway judges to confirm the failure.
that the switch is stuck. If it is invalid, check the interior of the shift paddle switch
Conditions for Running DTCs on the steering wheel for damage. When necessary,
replace the gear shift mechanism.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set.
Circuit/System Test
• Not during engine start-up or within 1s after engine
start-up. 1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
battery negative cable and harness connector FA010 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs
the clock spring.
P0826 96: The steering wheel shift switch Tip+/- keeps valid
2. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 and terminal 1
for more than 30s.
of harness connector FA010 of the clock spring and the
P0826 1C: AT input voltage is not within the steering wheel ground is less than 5Ω.
shift switch "OFF/UP/DOWN" value range, which lasts for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
50ms. open circuit/high resistance.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Connect the battery negative cable and turn on daytime
The last time valid value of switch is taken as the output signal running lamps.
of steering wheel shift switch. 4. Test if the voltage between terminal 10 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector FA010 of the clock spring and the ground is
battery voltage.
P0826 96: The state of Tip+ or Tip- switch changes.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0826 1C: AT input voltage is within the steering wheel shift
short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
switch "OFF/UP/DOWN" value range, which lasts for 50ms.
5. Disconnect battery negative cable and harness connector
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be FA005 of the gateway module.
cleared.
6. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
Failure Cause connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal 3
• Relevant circuit failure. of harness connector FA010 of the clock spring is less
• Connector failure or poor fit. than 5Ω.
• Gateway module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Shift paddle switch failure.
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 3
of harness connector FA010 of the clock spring and the
ground is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
V1.0 1363
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1364
Gateway Safety and Restraints
P0955 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P0955: Auto Shift Manual Mode Failure 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
BY167, FA005
Auto Shift Manual Mode
96 Reference Electrical Information
Circuit-Component Internal Failure
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Auto Shift Manual Mode
1C
Circuit-Circuit Voltage out of Range Circuit/System Check
Circuit/System Description 1. Check if the shift switch is flexible.
The manual shift switch is built in the shift controller. The 2. Operate the shift lever to manual shift position to
gateway obtains its digital voltage signal output and judges the confirm the failure.
state of Tip+ and Tip- switch. When the switch output signal If it is invalid, check the shift lever for aging or damage.
keeps in Tip+ or Tip- for a certain time, the gateway judges Replace the shift mechanism when necessary.
that the switch is stuck. Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. the battery negative cable and harness connector BY167
• Not during engine start-up or within 1s after engine of the shift control unit.
start-up. 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 4 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector BY167 of the shift control unit and the ground
is less than 5Ω.
P0955 96: AT main input state keeps in Tap+ or Tap-,which
lasts for 30s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
P0955 1C: AT main input voltage is not within
"OFF/ON/UP/DOWN" range,which lasts for 50ms. 3. Connect the battery negative cable and place the ignition
switch in "ON" position.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
4. Test if the voltage between terminal 2 of harness
The last time valid value of switch is taken as the output signal
connector BY167 of the shift control unit and the ground
of steering wheel shift switch.
is the battery voltage.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P0955 96: AT main input state changes. short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
P0955 1C: AT main input voltage is within 5. Disconnect battery negative cable and harness connector
"OFF/ON/UP/DOWN" range, which lasts for 50ms. FA005 of the gateway module.
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
cleared. connector FA005 of the gateway module and terminal
Failure Cause 1 of harness connector BY167 of the shift control unit
is less than 5Ω.
• Relevant circuit failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Connector failure or poor fit.
open circuit/high resistance.
• Gateway module failure.
7. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
• SCU failure.
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 1
of harness connector BY167 of the shift control unit and
the ground is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
8. Test if the resistance between terminal 5 of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminal 1
V1.0 1365
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1366
Gateway Safety and Restraints
P1900, P1901 then compares the calculated checksum with the received
DTC Description checksum, if they are consistent for 25 times, clear the DTCs.
DTC P1900: LIN Bus Communication Failure P1901: If the transmission time between PRND display module
bytes is less than 40% of standard value, clear the DTCs.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Failure Cause
(FTB)
PRND Display Module LIN • Relevant circuit failure.
41 Communication Checksum Error • Connector failure or poor fit.
with Master Node • Gateway module failure.
PRND Display Module LIN Data Communication - LIN Bus and K Bus (1)
87 Communication Checksum Timeout Reference Connector End View Information
with Master Node
FA004, CE001
Circuit/System Description Reference Electrical Information
PRND gear display module makes LIN communication with Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
gateway. Where ,the gateway is master node and LIN is slave
node. The gateway transmits gear information to PRND, and Circuit/System Test
PRND displays the gear in accordance with display policy. For 1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication
the LIN slave node, the DTC is recorded by the master node. between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
When the gateway makes LIN communication with PRND, diagnose it first.
PRND slave node shall check the signal sent by the master
2. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
node. The check manner is to calculates the checksum of
22 of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module
receiving signal by PRND, then compare it with checksum sent
and terminal 2 of harness connector CE001 of the gear
by gateway. If they are not coincident, the check has problem.
display is less than 5Ω.
PRND sends signal to master node to check the error signal.
The gateway records the DTC of PRND though this signal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
• 1s after network is waken-up. 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
22 of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery.
or terminal 2 of harness connector CE001 of the gear
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. display and the ground is infinite.
• Remote PRND display module is normal.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Setting DTCs short to ground.
P1900: PRND display module calculates the checksum 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal
though receiving the signal from master node gateway, and 22 of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module
then compares the calculated checksum with the received or terminal 2 of harness connector CE001 of the gear
checksum, if they are not consistent for 25 times, set the display and the power supply is infinite.
DTCs.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
P1901: If the transmission time between PRND display module short to battery.
bytes exceeds 40% of standard value, set the DTCs.
5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
module or gear display.
PRND display module keeps the previous valid display. Service Guideline
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
P1900: PRND display module calculates the checksum "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
though receiving the signal from master node gateway, and
V1.0 1367
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1368
Gateway Safety and Restraints
P1910, U1562, U1563 Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description P1910: The power supply voltage keeps between 9 ~
DTC P1910: System Supply Voltage Below the Threshold for 16V,which lasts for 1,000ms.
Normal Function
U1562: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery
Failure Type Byte Failure Description voltage is less than 15.5V.
(FTB)
U1563: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery
1C System Supply Voltage Below the voltage is greater than 9.5V.
Threshold for Normal Function
After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
DTC U1562: Battery Voltage High cleared.
Failure Cause
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
(FTB) • Relevant circuit failure.
U1562, U1563: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Charge or replace the battery if necessary.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
between the positive and negative poles is between 12 ~
P1910: The power supply voltage keeps between 7~8.5V or
14V with multimeter.
16.5~18.5V, which lasts for 1,000ms.
If it is not within the specified range, check and repair
U1562: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery the battery charging system.
voltage is greater than 16V.
Circuit/System Test
U1563: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
voltage is less than 9V.
the battery negative cable. Disconnect the harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connectors FA004 and FA005 of the gateway module.
P1910: Gear display is turned off. 2. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
U1562, U1563: Diagnosis function is enabled.
the ground is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 14 of FA004
• Terminal 23 of FA004
V1.0 1369
Safety and Restraints Gateway
• Terminal 5 of FA004
• Terminal 10 of FA005
V1.0 1370
Gateway Safety and Restraints
P1911 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC P1911: Transmission Gear Signal Failure 7-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission (1)
Failure Type Byte Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Description
(FTB)
FA004, CE001
Transmission Gear Signal is Out of
28 Reference Electrical Information
Range
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
29 Transmission Gear Signal is Invalid
Circuit/System Test
Circuit/System Description
1. Place the ignition switch to "OFF" position, disconnect
PRND gear display module makes LIN communication with
battery negative cable and harness connector CE001 of
gateway. Where ,the gateway is master node and LIN is slave
the PRND gear display.
node. The gateway transmits gear information to PRND, and
PRND displays the gear in accordance with display policy. For 2. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 of harness
the LIN slave node, the DTC is recorded by the master node. connector CE001 of the PRND gear display and the
When PRND detects that its working voltage is between 7 ~ ground is less than 5Ω.
8.5V or between 16.5 ~ 18.5V for more than 1s, it will send If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
an abnormal voltage signal to the gateway. The gateway will open circuit/high resistance.
record the DTC of PRND working voltage exceeding normal 3. Connect the battery negative, and test if the voltage
range according to this signal. between terminal 1 of harness connector CE001 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs PRND gear display and the ground is the battery voltage.
• 1s after it is waken-up. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovers to be open circuit/short circuit or high resistance.
normal. 4. Disconnect battery negative and harness connector
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. FA004 of the gateway module.
• Remote PRND display module is normal. 5. Test if the resistance between terminal 22 of harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector FA004 of the gateway module and terminal 2
of harness connector CE001 of the PRND gear display
Shift lever position signal exceeds the normal working range of is less than 5Ω.
RPD module for more than 500ms.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set open circuit/high resistance.
Display function of RPND module is turned off. 6. Test if the resistance between terminal 22 of harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs connector FA004 of the gateway module or terminal 2
of harness connector CE001 of the PRND gear display
• Shift lever position signal is within the normal range.
and the ground is infinite.
• Shift lever position signal is within the normal range for
more than 500ms. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
be cleared. 7. Test if the resistance between terminal 22 of harness
connector FA004 of the gateway module or terminal 2 of
Failure Cause
harness connector CE001 of the PRND gear display and
• Relevant circuit failure. the power supply is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Gateway module failure. short to battery.
• Shift mechanism failure. 8. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or PRND gear display.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1371
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1372
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0073, U0074, U0075, U0077 • Not during engine start-up, or within 1s after engine
DTC Description start-up.
DTC U0073: Powertrain HS CAN Bus Off Conditions for Setting DTCs
Failure Type Byte U0073: When communication bus off happens to power
Failure Description assembly CAN controller, the gateway reconnects the power
(FTB)
assembly CAN every 100ms. If communication bus off of
88 Powertrain HS CAN Bus Off
powertrain CAN controller occurs 5 times and the interval
DTC U0074: Chassis HS CAN Bus Off between two adjacent communication bus off occurrences is
less than 5s, set the DTC.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U0074: When communication bus off happens to chassis
(FTB)
CAN controller, the gateway reconnects the power assembly
88 Chassis HS CAN Bus Off CAN every 100ms. If communication bus off of powertrain
CAN controller occurs 5 times and the interval between two
DTC U0075: Control Module Communication Bus Off on
adjacent communication bus off occurrences is less than 5s,
HSCAN 3 (Body CAN)
set the DTC.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description U0075: If the application program detects that body CAN
(FTB)
network management state is communication bus off or
Control Module Communication Bus communication bus off delay for 1s, set the DTC.
88
Off on HSCAN 3 (Body CAN)
U0077: If the application program detects that diagnosis
DTC U0077: Diagnose HS CAN Communication Bus Off CAN network management state is communication bus off or
communication bus off delay for 1s, set the DTC.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
(FTB)
Diagnose HS CAN Communication CAN bus recovers to initialized.
88
Bus Off Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Circuit/System Description Information from CAN bus is received for more than 5s.
The control module connecting to CAN serial data link After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will be
monitors the serial data communication condition of CAN cleared.
line in real time during network communication period. Failure Cause
Each control module sends and receives the necessary
• Relevant circuit failure.
operation information and command through corresponding
independent virtual data link. When the transmit error • Connector failure or poor fit.
counter is more than 255 times, the bus communication • Gateway module failure.
bus off counter accumulates 1. If communication bus off of Reference Information
CAN controller occurs 5 times and the interval between two
Reference Circuit Information
adjacent communication bus off occurrences is less than 5s,
set the DTC. Data Communication - HS CAN (Diagnosis)
V1.0 1373
Safety and Restraints Gateway
• Terminal 11 of FA004
• Terminal 12 of FA004
• Terminal 6 of FA042
• Terminal 14 of FA042
• Terminal 11 of FA004
• Terminal 12 of FA004
• Terminal 6 of FA042
• Terminal 14 of FA042
V1.0 1374
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0100 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the serial data gateway module and harness
DTC U0100: Lost Communication With ECM
connector BY021 of the ECM.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
(FTB)
of harness connector FA004 of the serial data gateway
87 Lost Communication With ECM module and the corresponding terminals of harness
connector BY021 of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 15 of FA004 and Terminal 44 of BY021
The gateway communicates with ECM via the HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 16 of FA004 and Terminal 45 of BY021
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Place the ignition switch in ACC or ON position.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after the system voltage returns to normal.
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• 1s after system is waken-up.
of harness connector FA004 of the serial data gateway
• Not during poweron or 1s after poweron. module or terminals of harness connector BY021 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs ECM and the ground is infinite:
When information from ECM(CAN ID:C9) is not received for • Terminal 15 of FA004
more than 2s, set the DTC.
• Terminal 16 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 44 of BY021
GW continuously receives the valid value signal from ECM.
• Terminal 45 of BY021
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The information of failure-free operation circulation is short to ground.
received for 100 times.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the voltage
• After 40 wake-up - standby cycles, the history DTCs will between the following terminals of harness connector
be cleared. FA004 of the serial data gateway module or terminals of
Failure Cause harness connector BY021 of the ECM and the ground
• Relevant circuit failure. is between 2 and 3V:
V1.0 1375
Safety and Restraints Gateway
DTC U0101: Lost Communication With TCM 2. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication
between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
Failure Type Byte Failure Description
diagnose it first.
(FTB)
3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
87 Lost Communication With TCM
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Circuit/System Description FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
BY001 of the automatic transmission control module.
The gateway module communicates with the transmission
control module via the HS CAN bus. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and the
Conditions for Running DTCs
corresponding terminals of harness connector BY001 of
• DTC U0073, U1562 and U1563 are not set. the automatic transmission control module is less than
• 1s after battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or 5Ω:
undervoltage. • Terminal 15 of FA004 and Terminal 17 of BY001
• 1s after ECU is wakened from suspend state.
• Terminal 16 of FA004 and Terminal 18 of BY001
• 1s after the battery is connected.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• 1s after the engine is started.
open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Information from AT control module is not received for 2s of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
continuously. terminals of harness connector BY001 of the automatic
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set transmission control module and the ground is infinite:
The gateway module receives the signal of keeping the last valid • Terminal 15 of FA004
value from AT control module, and sends invalid node marks
• Terminal 16 of FA004
to other communication lines.
• Terminal 18 of BY001
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
• Information from AT control module is received for 1s • Terminal 17 of BY001
continuously. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will short to ground.
be cleared. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Cause switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Relevant circuit failure. terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
module or terminals of harness connector BY001 of the
• Connector failure or poor fit.
automatic transmission control module and the ground
• Gateway module failure. is between 2 and 3V:
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
Reference Information
• Terminal 16 of FA004
Reference Circuit Information
• Terminal 18 of BY001
Data Communication - HS CAN (Powertrain)
• Terminal 17 of BY001
Reference Connector End View Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
FA004, BY001
short to battery.
Reference Electrical Information
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection module or AT control module.
Circuit/System Test Service Guideline
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1376
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- "6-speed Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch
Automatic Transmission".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - "6-speed
Dual Clutch Automatic Transmission" - "Transmission
Control Module (TCM) - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 1377
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Failure Type Byte Failure Description 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
(FTB) battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
87 Lost Communication with Transfer
BY151 of the four-wheel drive control module.
Case Control Module
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with the transfer case terminals of harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel
control module via the HS CAN bus. drive control module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No bus off failure of gateway module on chassis CAN. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
Conditions for Setting DTCs
terminals of harness connector BY151 of the four-wheel
Network frame sent by four-wheel drive control module is not drive control module and the ground is infinite:
received from power assembly CAN for 2s consecutively.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 16 of FA004
The signal received by gateway module from four-wheel drive
• Terminal 8 of BY151
control module will be saved as the valid value of newly
received signal. • Terminal 9 of BY151
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by
four-wheel drive control module from power assembly 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
CAN for 2s consecutively. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
be cleared. module or terminals of harness connector BY151 of
four-wheel drive control module and the ground is
Failure Cause
between 2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 16 of FA004
• Four-wheel drive control module failure
• Terminal 8 of BY151
• Gateway module failure.
• Terminal 9 of BY151
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Powertrain)
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Reference Connector End View Information module or four-wheel drive control module.
FA004, BY151 Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle"
- “Rear Axle Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive
Control Module (TCCM)".
V1.0 1378
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" - “Rear Axle
Assembly - AWD” - "Four-wheel Drive Control Module
(TCCM)".
V1.0 1379
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
Lost Communication With Gear
87 BY119 of the shift control unit.
Shift Control Module(SCU)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with the shift control terminals of harness connector BY119 of the shift control
module via the HS CAN bus. unit is less than 5Ω:
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No bus off failure of gateway module on chassis CAN. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
Conditions for Setting DTCs
terminals of harness connector BY119 of the shift control
Network frame sent by shift control unit is not received from unit and the ground is infinite:
power assembly CAN for 2s consecutively.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 16 of FA004
The signal received by gateway module from control unit will
• Terminal 3 of BY119
be saved as the valid value of newly received signal.
• Terminal 5 of BY119
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by
short to ground.
shift control unit from power assembly CAN for 2s
consecutively. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
be cleared. terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
module or terminals of harness connector BY119 of the
Failure Cause
shift control unit and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 15 of FA004
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 16 of FA004
• Shift control unit failure.
• Terminal 3 of BY119
• Gateway module failure.
• Terminal 5 of BY119
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Powertrain)
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Reference Connector End View Information module or shift control unit.
FA004, BY119 Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-Speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 1380
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Transmission/Transaxle" -
"Shift Operation Control System - 6-speed Automatic"
- "Shifter Assembly - Dual Clutch Automatic
Transmission".
V1.0 1381
Safety and Restraints Gateway
• DTC U0073, U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Terminal 2 of FA005 and Terminal 11 of BY023
• 1s after battery recovers to normal from overvoltage or If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
undervoltage. open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after ECU is wakened from suspend state. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• 1s after the battery is connected. of harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or
• 1s after the engine is started. terminals of harness connector BY023 of the ABS module
and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 1 of FA005
Information from ABS/SCS control module is not received,
which lasts for 2s. • Terminal 2 of FA005
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 10 of BY023
The gateway module receives the signal of keeping the last valid • Terminal 11 of BY023
value from automatic transmission control module, and sends
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
invalid node marks to other communication lines.
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Information from ABS/SCS control module is received switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
for 1s. the following terminals of harness connector FA005 of
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will the gateway module or terminals of harness connector
be cleared. BY023 of ABS module and the ground is between 2 and
Failure Cause 3V:
V1.0 1382
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 1383
Safety and Restraints Gateway
DTC U0122: Lost Communication With Vehicle Dynamics 2. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication
Control Module(SCS) between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
diagnose it first.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
(FTB)
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Lost Communication With Vehicle
87 FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
Dynamics Control Module(SCS)
BY003 of SCS.
Circuit/System Description 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
The gateway communicates with the stabilization control harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and the
system via the HS CAN bus. corresponding terminals of harness connector BY003 of
SCS is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs
• Terminal 1 of FA005 and Terminal 18 of BY003
• 1s after network is waken-up.
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery. • Terminal 2 of FA005 and Terminal 19 of BY003
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• No bus off failure of gateway module on chassis CAN.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FA005 of the gateway module or terminals
Network frame sent by SCS control module is not received
of harness connector BY003 of SCS and the ground is
from chassis CAN for 2s consecutively.
infinite:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 1 of FA005
The signal received by gateway module from SCS control
• Terminal 2 of FA005
module will be saved as the valid value of newly received signal.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs • Terminal 18 of BY003
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by SCS • Terminal 19 of BY003
contrlol module from chassis CAN for 2s consecutively. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will short to ground.
be cleared. 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Failure Cause switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• Relevant circuit failure. the following terminals of harness connector FA005 of
the gateway module or terminals of harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit.
BY003 of SCS and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
• Terminal 1 of FA005
• Gateway module failure.
Reference Information • Terminal 2 of FA005
Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
FA005, BY003
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Reference Electrical Information
module or SCS.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Service Guideline
Circuit/System Test • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network". "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake
Module" - "ABS Regulator".
V1.0 1384
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Brake Module" -
"ABS Regulator".
V1.0 1385
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1386
Gateway Safety and Restraints
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or steering angle sensor.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
System" - "Steering Wheel steering Angle Sensor".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 1387
Safety and Restraints Gateway
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Electrical parking brake module failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• Gateway module failure.
module or terminals of harness connector BY036 of the
EPB module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Terminal 1 of FA004
• Terminal 2 of FA004
• Terminal A2 of BY036
• Terminal A3 of BY036
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
V1.0 1388
Gateway Safety and Restraints
6. If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or EPB module.
Service Guideline
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Brake System" - "Parking
Brake" - "Electrical Parking Brake Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Restraints" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
V1.0 1389
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
Lost Communication With Power
87 BY035 of the EPS control module.
Steering Control Module(EPS)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with EPS module via the terminals of harness connector BY035 of the EPS control
HS CAN bus. module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No bus off failure of gateway module on chassis CAN. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or
Conditions for Setting DTCs
terminals of harness connector BY035 of the EPS control
Network frame sent by electric power assisted steering module and the ground is infinite:
control module is not received from chassis CAN for 10s
• Terminal 1 of FA005
consecutively.
• Terminal 2 of FA005
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 2 of BY035
The signal received by gateway module from electric power
assisted steering control module will be saved as the valid value • Terminal 3 of BY035
of newly received signal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs short to ground.
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
electric power assisted steering control module from switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
chassis CAN for 10s consecutively. the following terminals of harness connector FA005 of
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will the gateway module or terminals of harness connector
be cleared. BY035 of the EPS control module and the ground is
between 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause
• Terminal 1 of FA005
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 2 of FA005
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Power steering control module failure. • Terminal 2 of BY035
V1.0 1390
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
"Gateway Module".
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Upper Steering
Column".
V1.0 1391
Safety and Restraints Gateway
DTC U0140: Lost Communication With BCM • Terminal 19 of FA004 and Terminal 52 of BY088
Failure Type Byte • Terminal 20 of FA004 and Terminal 51 of BY088
Failure Description
(FTB)
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
87 Lost Communication With BCM circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Ensure the usage below the safety value. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If signal is detected within the 100 detection frame cycles, it 6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
indicates the DTC has been cleared. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
the following terminals of harness connector FA004 of
Failure Cause
the gateway or terminals of harness connector BY088 of
• Relevant circuit failure. the BCM and the ground is between 2 and 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 19 of FA004
• Gateway failure.
• Terminal 20 of FA004
• Body control module failure.
• Terminal 51 of BY088
Reference Information
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal 52 of BY088
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
FA004, BY088
or BCM.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Circuit/System Test "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body
(Chassis)". If other module tests are normal, continue Control"-"Body Control Module".
the following inspection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
2. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
between other modules before the diagnosis. If any, "Gateway Module".
diagnose it first. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
3. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect to Service Manual, "Body System" - "Body Control" -
battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector "Body Control Module".
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
BY088 of BCM.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and the
V1.0 1392
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0151 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
DTC U0151: Lost Communication With Restraints Control (Power Assembly)", if other module tests are normal,
Module(SDM) continue following inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
Lost Communication With
87 BY079 of the airbag control module.
Restraints Control Module(SDM)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
The gateway communicates with the airbag control module via terminals of harness connector BY079 of the airbag
HS CAN bus. control module is less than 5Ω:
V1.0 1393
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1394
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0155 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
DTC U0155: Lost Communication With IPK
FA029 of the instrument pack.
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description 3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
(FTB)
harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
87 Lost Communication With IPK terminals of harness connector FA029 of the instrument
pack is less than 5Ω:
Circuit/System Description
• Terminal 19 of FA004 and Terminal 27 of FA029
Gateway communicates with instrument pack via the HS CAN
bus. • Terminal 20 of FA004 and Terminal 26 of FA029
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test relevant circuit
for open circuit/high resistance.
• 1s after network is waken-up.
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery.
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
terminals of harness connector FA029 of the instrument
• No bus off failure of gateway module on body CAN. pack and the ground is infinite:
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 19 of FA004
Network frame sent by the instrument pack is not received for • Terminal 20 of FA004
2s consecutively.
• Terminal 26 of FA029
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 27 of FA029
The signal received by gateway module from instrument pack
will be saved as the valid value of newly received signal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
instrument pack from body CAN for 2s consecutively.
terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will control module or terminals of harness connector FA029
be cleared. of the instrument pack and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 19 of FA004
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 20 of FA004
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 26 of FA029
• Instrument pack failure.
• Terminal 27 of FA029
• Gateway module failure.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System) module or instrument pack.
Reference Connector End View Information Service Guideline
FA004, FA029 • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Reference Electrical Information "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" - "Instrument
Pack".
Circuit/System Test
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the
"Gateway Module".
following inspection procedures.
• Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
V1.0 1395
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1396
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0159 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
DTC U0159: Lost Communication With Parking Assist (Chassis)". If other module tests are normal, continue
Control Module(PDC) the following inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
Lost Communication With Parking
87 BY104 of the parking assist control module.
Assist Control Module(PDC)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and
Gateway communicates with the parking assist system via the terminals of harness connector BY104 of the parking
HS CAN bus. assist control module is less than 5Ω:
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery. If it is not within the specified range, test relevant circuit
for open circuit/high resistance.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• No bus off failure of gateway module on chassis CAN. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or
Conditions for Setting DTCs
terminals of harness connector BY104 of the parking
Network frame sent by the parking assist control module is assist control module and the ground is infinite:
not received for 2s consecutively.
• Terminal 1 of FA005
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
• Terminal 2 of FA005
The signal received by gateway module from parking assist
• Terminal 10 of BY104
control module will be saved as the valid value of newly
received signal. • Terminal 11 of BY104
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by
parking assist control module from chassis CAN for 2s 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
consecutively. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will terminals of harness connector FA005 of the gateway
be cleared. module or terminals of harness connector BY104 of the
parking assist control module and the ground is between
Failure Cause
2 ~ 3V:
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 1 of FA005
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 2 of FA005
• Parking assist control module failure.
• Terminal 10 of BY104
• Gateway module failure.
• Terminal 11 of BY104
Reference Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Circuit Information
short to battery.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Reference Connector End View Information module or parking assist control module.
FA005, BY104 Service Guideline
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Parking Assist System" - "Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
- Parking Distance Control System".
V1.0 1397
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1398
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0164 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
DTC U0164: Lost Communication With HVAC Control
FA037 of the HVAC control module.
Module(AC)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
(FTB)
terminals of harness connector FA037 of the HVAC
Lost Communication With HVAC control module is less than 5Ω:
87
Control Module(AC)
• Terminal 19 of FA004 and Terminal 6 of FA037
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 20 of FA004 and Terminal 5 of FA037
The gateway communicates with HVAC control module via the If it is not within the specified range, test relevant circuit
HS CAN bus. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• 1s after network is waken-up. of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module or
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery. terminals of harness connector FA037 of the HVAC
control module and the ground is infinite:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Terminal 19 of FA004
• No bus off failure of gateway module on body CAN.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal 20 of FA004
Network frame sent by the HVAC control module is not • Terminal 6 of FA037
received for 2s consecutively. • Terminal 5 of FA037
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
The signal received by gateway module from HVAC control short to ground.
module will be saved as the valid value of newly received signal. 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector FA004 of the gateway
• The gateway module receives network frame sent by
module or terminals of harness connector FA037 of the
BCM from HVAC control module for 2s consecutively.
HVAC control module and the ground is between 2 and
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will 3V:
be cleared.
• Terminal 19 of FA004
Failure Cause
• Terminal 20 of FA004
• Relevant circuit failure.
• Terminal 6 of FA037
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• HVAC control module failure. • Terminal 5 of FA037
• Gateway module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Information short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or the HVAC control module.
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
Service Guideline
Reference Connector End View Information
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
FA037, FA004 "Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Service Manual, "Heating, Ventilation and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning-ATC" - "Air Conditioning Controller
Circuit/System Test Assembly".
1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
System)", if other module tests are normal, continue the to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
following inspection procedures. "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1399
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1400
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0180 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)",
DTC U0180: Lost Communication with Adaptive Headlamp if other module tests are normal, continue following
Control Module inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
87 Lost Communication with Adaptive
BY113 of the DHL control module.
Headlamp Control Module
3. Test if the resistance between following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with the adaptive corresponding terminals of harness connector BY113 of
headlamp control module via the CAN bus. the DHL control module is less than 5Ω.
Signals from DHL (CAN ID: 17F) can't be received, which lasts • Terminal 1 of FA005
for 2s. • Terminal 2 of FA005
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set • Terminal 6 of BY113
GW continuously receives the valid value signal from DHL.
• Terminal 7 of BY113
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Within the work cycle, GW receives DHL information short to ground.
for 100 times.
5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
be cleared.
terminals of harness connector FA005 of the gateway
Failure Cause module or terminals of harness connector BY113 of the
• Relevant circuit failure. DHL control module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V:
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 1 of FA005
• Gateway module failure. • Terminal 2 of FA005
• Adaptive headlamp control module failure.
• Terminal 6 of BY113
Reference Information
• Terminal 7 of BY113
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
FA005, BY113 module or DHL control module.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Lighting System" - "External
Lighting" - "Headlamp Control Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1401
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1402
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0198 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
DTC U0198: Lost Communication With Telematic Control (Entertainment System)", if other module tests are
Module(T-Box) normal, continue following inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description
(FTB) battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
Lost Communication With Telematic FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
87
Control Module(T-Box) FA032 of the communication module.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Circuit/System Description
of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module
The gateway module communicates with the communication and terminals of harness connector FA032 of the
module via the CAN bus. communication module is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 12 of FA004 and Terminal 39 of FA032
• 1s after network is waken-up. • Terminal 11 of FA004 and Terminal 19 of FA032
• 1s after high and low voltage network recovery.
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
• No bus off failure of gateway module on diagnosis CAN. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector FA004 of the gateway module
Network frame sent by the communication module is not or terminals of harness connector FA032 of the
received for 2s consecutively. communication module and the ground is infinite:
Data Communication - HS CAN (Diagnosis) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
FA032, FA004
module or communication module.
Reference Electrical Information Service Guideline
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Navigation" - "Communication Module".
V1.0 1403
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1404
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U0245 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
DTC U0245: Lost Communication with Entertainment (Entertainment System)". If other module tests are
Control Module normal, continue the following inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
Lost Communication With
87 FA011 of the navigation.
Entertainment Control Module
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with the entertainment terminals of harness connector FA011 of the navigation
control module via the CAN bus. is less than 5Ω:
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal 19 of FA004 and Terminal C12 of FA011
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Driver Information and
Entertainment" - "Mobile Phone, Entertainment and
Navigation" - "Player".
V1.0 1405
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1406
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U1001 Circuit/System Test
DTC Description 1. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network (Body
DTC U1001: Lost Communication With Passive Entry & System)". If other module tests are normal, continue the
Passive Start Module (PEPS) following inspection procedures.
Failure Type Byte 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
Failure Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
(FTB)
FA004 of the gateway module and harness connector
Lost Communication With Passive
87 BY126 of the PEPS control unit.
Entry & Passive Start Module (PEPS)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Circuit/System Description harness connector FA004 of the gateway module and
The gateway module communicates with PEPS module via the the terminals of harness connector BY126 of the PEPS
CAN bus. control unit is less than 5Ω:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Vehicle Access and Safety" - "Passive Entry & Passive
Start (PEPS) Control Module".
V1.0 1407
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1408
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U1008 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC U1008: Lost Communication With Remote PRND Data Communication - LIN Bus (1)
Display Module (RPD)
Reference Connector End View Information
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description FA004, CE001
(FTB)
Reference Electrical Information
Lost Communication With Remote
87
PRND Display Module (RPD) Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
V1.0 1409
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1410
Gateway Safety and Restraints
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body Control" - "DC Transformer
with Power Management" - "DC Transformer with Power
Management".
V1.0 1411
Safety and Restraints Gateway
Reference Information 6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
module or PLCM.
Reference Circuit Information
Service Guideline
Data Communication - HS CAN (Body System)
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
Reference Connector End View Information
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
FA004, BY193 • Refer to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear
Reference Electrical Information Covering Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Service Manual, "Body System"-"Body Rear Covering
Circuit/System Test Parts"-"Power Liftgate Controller".
1. Refer to "Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)", • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
if other module tests are normal, continue following to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Gateway" -
inspection procedures. "Gateway Module".
V1.0 1412
Gateway Safety and Restraints
U1264 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
DTC Description battery negative cable, and disconnect harness connector
FA005 of the gateway module and harness connector
DTC U1264: Lost Communication With Front View Camera
BY191 of the front view camera module.
Module (FVCM)
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminals of
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description harness connector FA005 of the gateway module and the
(FTB)
corresponding terminals of harness connector BY191 of
87 Lost Communication With Front the front view camera module is less than 5Ω.
View Camera Module (FVCM)
• Terminal 1 of FA005 and Terminal 7 of BY191
Circuit/System Description • Terminal 2 of FA005 and Terminal 1 of BY191
The gateway module communicates with the front view camera
If it is not within the specified range, test the relevant
module via the CAN bus.
circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• 1s after wakeup. of harness connector FA005 of the gateway module or
• 1s after the voltage returns to normal. terminals of harness connector BY191 of the front view
• Not during engine start-up, or within 1s after engine camera module and the ground is infinite:
start-up. • Terminal 1 of FA005
• No DTC U0074.
• Terminal 2 of FA005
Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Terminal 7 of BY191
Signals can't be received from FVCM (CAN ID: 5F3), which
lasts for 2s. • Terminal 1 of BY191
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to ground.
GW continuously receives the valid value signal from FVCM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs 5. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage between
• GW continuously receives the valid value signal from terminals of harness connector FA005 of the gateway
FVCM. module or terminals of harness connector BY191 of the
• After 40 failure-free ignition cycles, the history DTCs will front view camera module and the ground is between
be cleared. 2 and 3V:
Failure Cause • Terminal 1 of FA005
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 2 of FA005
• Connector failure or poor fit.
• Terminal 7 of BY191
• Gateway module failure.
• Terminal 1 of BY191
• Front view camera module failure.
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information
6. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the gateway
Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)
module or the front view camera module.
Reference Connector End View Information
Service Guideline
FA005, BY191
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Driver
Reference Electrical Information Assistance System" - "Front View Camera Module".
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Gateway" - "Gateway Module".
Circuit/System Test
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1. Refer to "Data Communication - HS CAN (Chassis)", to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Driver
if other module tests are normal, continue following Assistance System" - "Front View Camera Module".
inspection procedures.
V1.0 1413
Safety and Restraints Gateway
V1.0 1414
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
Seat Belts
DTC Category
List
Airbag
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Level*
Lamp *
Driver Seatbelt Buckle Switch Shorted to 驾驶员侧安全带插锁对电源
B0050 12 ON I
Battery 短路
Passenger Seatbelt Buckle Switch + Occupancy 副驾驶员侧安全带插锁+乘员
B0052 12 ON I
Sensor Shorted to Battery 探测传感器对电源短路
Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor - Short 左侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-对
11 ON I
to GND 地短路
Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor - Short 左侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-对
12 ON I
to Battery 电源短路
Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor - 左侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-电
B0079 1A ON I
Resistance too Low 阻值过低
Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor - 左侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-电
1B ON I
Resistance too High 阻值过高
Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner 左侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-配
56 ON I
Retractor-Incompatible Configuration 置错误
Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor - 右侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-对
11 ON I
Short to GND 地短路
Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor - 右侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-对
12 ON I
Short to Battery 电源短路
Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor 右侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-电
B007A 1A ON I
-Resistance too Low 阻值过低
Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor 右侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-电
1B ON I
-Resistance too High 阻值过高
Passenger Seatbelt Pretensioner Retractor 右侧预拉紧安全带卷收器-配
56 ON I
-Incompatible Configuration 置错误
*Note:
1. After the self-check, if the airbag warning lamp stays on or illuminates during driving, it indicates
that the supplementary restraint system has faults.
2. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 1415
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Airbag System (1)
V1.0 1416
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
Airbag System (2)
V1.0 1417
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
V1.0 1418
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
Connector Information Pin No. Pin Information
Connector Information
22 Driver Pretensioner High
Airbag Control Unit BY079
23 Passenger Pretensioner High
24 Passenger Pretensioner Low
V1.0 1419
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
Unfastened Seat Belt Alarm Switch BY121 Pin No. Pin Information
1 Driver Pretensioner High
2 Driver Pretensioner Low
V1.0 1420
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • LH seat belt pretensioners
B0050 • Airbag Control Module
DTC Description 1. When the harness is placed near each connector and
DTC B0050: Driver Seat Belt Buckle Failure shifting, confirm that the parameter "Driver Pretensioner
Seat Belt Ignition Circuit Resistance" displayed in real
Failure Type Byte
Failure Description time on the scan tool is between 1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
(FTB)
2. If the value is not within the specified range, conduct the
Driver Seat Belt Buckle Short to following procedures:
12
Battery
• Check each connector terminal and harness for damage
Circuit/System Description or corrosion, and repair as necessary.
In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled by • Make sure that each connector and connector positioner
the signal transferred from airbag control module. The front is put in place.
seat belt pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants
• Add and lubricate the relevant connector terminals.
are securely kept in their own positions.
Circuit/System Test
Conditions for Running DTCs
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the battery negative cable and the harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY117 of THE LH seat belt buckle switch.
Driver seat belt buckle short to battery. 2. Disconnect harness connector BY079 of the airbag
control module.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
warning lamp illuminates. undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs information is read thoroughly.
• Signal is recovered to be normal again.
3. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module
40 fault-free ignition cycles.
and terminal of harness connector BY117 of the LH seat
Failure Cause belt buckle switch is less than 5Ω:
• Relevant circuit failure. • Terminal 4 of BY079 and Terminal 1 of BY117
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal 2 of BY117 and ground
• LH seat belt pretensioner failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
• Airbag control module failure. open circuit/high resistance.
• LH seat belt buckle switch failure. 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
Reference Information harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module
Reference Circuit Information or terminal of harness connector BY117 of the LH seat
belt buckle switch and the ground is infinite:
Unfastened Seat Belt Alarm
• Terminal 4 of BY079
Reference Connector End View Information
• Terminal 1 of BY117
BY079, BY117
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Reference Electrical Information
short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
5. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
Circuit/System Check harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module
or terminal of harness connector BY117 of the LH seat
Hint: Check all terminals for damage or corrosion when the
belt buckle switch and the power supply is infinite:
connector is disconnected. If any damage or corrosion to the
following components, it is required to repair or replace the • Terminal 4 of BY079
affected components / connectors. • Terminal 1 of BY117
• For any harness connectors. • Terminal 2 of BY117
V1.0 1421
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
V1.0 1422
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
B0052 • For any harness connectors.
DTC Description • Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner
DTC B0052: Front Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Failure • Airbag Control Module
Failure Type Byte 1. When the harness is placed near each connector and
Failure Description shifting, confirm that the parameter "Driver Pretensioner
(FTB)
Seat Belt Ignition Circuit Resistance" displayed in real
Front Passenger Seat Belt Buckle +
time on the scan tool is between 1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
12 Passenger Detecting Sensor Short to
Battery 2. If the value is not within the specified range, conduct the
following procedures:
Circuit/System Description
• Check each connector terminal and harness for damage
In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled by or corrosion, and repair as necessary.
the signal transferred from airbag control module. The front
• Make sure that each connector and connector positioner
seat belt pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants
is put in place.
are securely kept in their own positions.
• Add and lubricate the relevant connector terminals.
Conditions for Running DTCs
Circuit/System Test
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
1. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs
the battery negative cable and the harness connector
Front passenger seat belt buckle + passenger detecting sensor BY118 of the RH seat belt buckle switch. ©
short to battery. 2. Disconnect harness connector BY079 of the airbag
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set control module.
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
warning lamp illuminates.
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs information is read thoroughly.
• Signal is recovered to be normal again.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after 3. Disconnect the harness connector BY121 of the
40 fault-free ignition cycles. unfastened seat belt alarm switch.
Failure Cause 4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module
• Relevant circuit failure.
and terminal of harness connector BY118 of the RH seat
• Connector failure or poor fit. belt buckle switch and harness connector BY121 of the
• Unfastened seat belt alarm switch failure. unfastened seat belt alarm switch is less than 5Ω:
• Airbag control module failure. • Terminal 3 of BY079 and Terminal 1 of BY118
• RH seat belt buckle switch failure. • Terminal 2 of BY118 and Terminal 1 of BY121
Reference Information
• Terminal 2 of BY121 and ground
Reference Circuit Information
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Unfastened Seat Belt Alarm open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information 5. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of
BY079, BY118, BY121 harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module
or terminal of harness connector BY118 of the RH
Reference Electrical Information
seat belt buckle switch or harness connector BY121 of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection the unfastened seat belt alarm switch and the ground is
infinite:
Circuit/System Check
• Terminal 3 of BY079
Hint: Check all terminals for damage or corrosion when the
connector is disconnected. If any damage or corrosion to the • Terminal 1 of BY118
following components, it is required to repair or replace the • Terminal 2 of BY118
affected components / connectors.
• Terminal 1 of BY121
V1.0 1423
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
• Terminal 3 of BY079
• Terminal 1 of BY118
• Terminal 2 of BY118
• Terminal 2 of BY121
V1.0 1424
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
B0079 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
DTC Description The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag
DTC B0079: Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Failure warning lamp illuminates.
B0079 56: 1. When the harness is placed near each connector and
shifting, confirm that the parameter "Driver Pretensioner
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal
Seat Belt Ignition Circuit Resistance" displayed in real
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding
time on the scan tool is between 1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short
circuit. 2. If the value is not within the specified range, conduct the
following procedures:
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. • Check each connector terminal and harness for damage
(For the DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which or corrosion, and repair as necessary.
is not match with airbag explosion circuit configuration • Make sure that each connector and connector positioner
will be recorded within 6s after power on). is put in place.
V1.0 1425
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
• Terminal 22 of BY079
• Terminal 21 of BY079
• Terminal 1 of BY137
• Terminal 2 of BY137
• Terminal 22 of BY079
• Terminal 21 of BY079
• Terminal 1 of BY137
• Terminal 2 of BY137
V1.0 1426
Seat Belts Safety and Restraints
B007A Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
DTC Description B007A 11: The resistance of RH pretensioner seat belt circuit
DTC B007A: Right Prensioner Seat Belt Failure to ground recovers to normal threshold.
Failure Type Byte B007A 12: The resistance of RH pretensioner seat belt
Failure Description
(FTB) pretensioner circuit to battery recovers to.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner B007A 1A: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
11
Retractor - Short to GND
B007A 1B: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner
12 B007A 56: None.
Retractor - Short to Battery
Failure Cause
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner
1A • Relevant circuit failure.
Retractor - Resistance too Low
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner • Connector failure or poor fit.
1B
Retractor - Resistance too High • RH seat belt pretensioner failure.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner • Airbag control module failure.
56 Retractor - Incompatible Reference Information
Configuration Reference Circuit Information
Circuit/System Description Airbag System (2)
In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled by Reference Connector End View Information
the signal transferred from airbag control module. The front BY079, BY138
seat belt pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants
are securely kept in their own positions. Reference Electrical Information
V1.0 1427
Safety and Restraints Seat Belts
2. Test the components of RH seat belt pretensioner, if the If the tested value is not within the specified range,
test fails, replace the RH seat belt pretensioner. replace RH seat belt pretensioner.
3. Disconnect harness connector BY079 of the airbag Service Guideline
control module.
• Refer to the Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" -
"Airbag System" - "Airbag Control Module".
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
• Refer to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Seat
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Belt" - "Front Seat Belt Assembly".
information is read thoroughly.
• Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
4. Test if the resistance between the following terminal of to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
harness connector BY079 of the airbag control module System" - "Airbag Control Module".
and terminal of harness connector BY138 of the RH seat
belt pretensioner is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal 23 of BY079
• Terminal 24 of BY079
• Terminal 1 of BY138
• Terminal 2 of BY138
• Terminal 23 of BY079
• Terminal 24 of BY079
• Terminal 1 of BY138
• Terminal 2 of BY138
V1.0 1428
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Supplementary Restraint Systems
DTC Category
List
Airbag
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Level*
Lamp *
驾驶员安全气囊对地短
11 Driver Airbag-Short to GND ON I
路
驾驶员安全气囊对电源
12 Driver Airbag-Short to Battery ON I
B0001 短路
1A Driver Airbag-Resistance too Low 驾驶员安全气囊电阻低 ON I
1B Driver Airbag-Resistance too High 驾驶员安全气囊电阻高 ON I
56 Driver Frontal Airbag-Incompatible Configuration 驾驶员前气囊-配置错误 ON I
副驾驶安全气囊对地短
11 Passenger Airbag-Short to GND ON I
路
副驾驶安全气囊对电源
12 Passenger Airbag-Short to Battery ON I
短路
副驾驶员安全气囊电阻
B0010 1A Passenger Airbag-Resistance too Low ON I
低
副驾驶员安全气囊电阻
1B Passenger Airbag-Resistance too High ON I
高
Passenger Frontal Airbag-Incompatible 副驾驶员安全气囊-配置
56 ON I
Configuration 错误
左侧座椅侧气囊对地短
11 Left Side Airbag-Short to GND ON I
路
左侧座椅侧气囊对电源
12 Left Side Airbag-Short to Battery ON I
短路
B0020
1A Left Side Airbag-Resistance too Low 左侧座椅侧气囊电阻低 ON I
1B Left Side Airbag-Resistance too High 左侧座椅侧气囊电阻高 ON I
左侧座椅侧气囊-配置错
56 Left Side Airbag-Incompatible Configuration ON I
误
11 Left Curtain Airbag-Short to GND 左侧气帘对地短路 ON I
12 Left Curtain Airbag-Short to Battery 左侧气帘电源短路 ON I
B0021 1A Left Curtain Airbag-Resistance too Low 左侧气帘电阻低 ON I
1B Left Curtain Airbag-Resistance too High 左侧气帘电阻高 ON I
56 Left Curtain Airbag-Incompatible Configuration 左侧气帘配置错误 ON I
V1.0 1429
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
Airbag
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Level*
Lamp *
右侧座椅侧气囊对地短
11 Right Side Airbag-Short to GND ON I
路
右侧座椅侧气囊对电源
12 Right Side Airbag-Short to Battery ON I
短路
B0028
1A Right Side Airbag-Resistance too Low 右侧座椅侧气囊电阻低 ON I
1B Right Side Airbag-Resistance too High 右侧座椅侧气囊电阻高 ON I
右侧座椅侧气囊配置错
56 Right Side Airbag-Incompatible Configuration ON I
误
11 Right Curtain Airbag-Short to GND 右侧气帘对地短路 ON I
12 Right Curtain Airbag-Short to Battery 右侧气帘对电源短路 ON I
B0029 1A Right Curtain Airbag-Resistance too Low 右侧气帘电阻低 ON I
1B Right Curtain Airbag-Resistance too High 右侧气帘电阻高 ON I
56 Right Curtain Airbag-Incompatible Configuration 右侧气帘配置错误 ON I
左前侧碰撞传感器内部
49 Left Front Impact Sensor-Internal Fault ON I
故障
左前侧碰撞传感器类型
56 Left Front Impact Sensor-Type Mismatch ON I
匹配错误
B0090
左前侧碰撞传感器通信
87 Left Front Impact Sensor-Lost Communication ON I
丢失
左前碰撞传感器发送数
86 Left Front Satellite Sensor–transmitted data invalid ON I
据失效
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器内
49 Left Side Impact Sensor-Internal Fault ON I
部故障
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器通
87 Left Side Impact Sensor-Lost Communication ON I
信丢失
B0091
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器配
56 Left Side Impact Sensor-Incompatible Configuration ON I
置错误
左侧B柱侧碰撞传感器发
86 Left Side Impact Sensor–transmitted data invalid ON I
送数据失效
右前侧碰撞传感器内部
49 Right Front Impact Sensor-Internal Fault ON I
故障
右前侧碰撞传感器类型
56 Right Front Impact Sensor-Type Mismatch ON I
匹配错误
B0095
右前侧碰撞传感器通信
87 Right Front Impact Sensor-Lost Communication ON I
丢失
右前碰撞传感器发送数
86 Right Front Impact Sensor - transmitted data invalid ON I
据失效
V1.0 1430
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Airbag
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Level*
Lamp *
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器内
49 Right Side Impact Sensor - Internal Fault ON I
部故障
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器通
87 Right Side Impact Sensor - Lost Communication ON I
信丢失
B0096
Right Side Impact Sensor - Incompatible 右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器配
56 ON I
Configuration 置错误
右侧B柱侧碰撞传感器发
86 Right Side Impact Sensor-Lost Communication ON I
送数据失效
Deployment Data Record Full:No over-write-able
B1932 00 存在正面起爆数据记录 ON I
records exist
B1933 00 Frontal Deployment Data Record exist 存在侧面起爆数据记录 ON I
B1934 00 Side Deployment Data Record exist 存在后面起爆数据记录 ON I
B193C 56 System Configuration Mismatch 系统配置不匹配 ON I
B193D 56 Calibration Version mismatch 标定版本不匹配 ON I
Deployment Data Record Full:No over-write-able 起爆数据记录故障:没
00 ON I
records exist 有可写空间
安全气囊控制器内部电
49 SDM Internal Faults-Power ON I
源故障
安全气囊控制器内部故
B193E 96 SDM Internal Faults-Firing Circuit ON I
障-点火回路
安全气囊控制器内部错
00 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block ON I
误
安全气囊控制器内部故
09 SDM Internal Faults-Acceleration Sensors ON I
障-加速度传感器
SDM高速CAN总线通信
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off OFF I
关闭
U0100 87 Lost communication with ECM module 与ECM通信丢失 OFF I
U0122 87 Lost communication with SCS module 与SCS通信丢失 OFF I
U0146 87 Lost Communication With Gateway 与Gateway通信丢失 OFF I
与BCM或IPK的VIN码不
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with BCM (or IPK) ON I
匹配
U1562 17 Battery Voltage Is High 蓄电池电压高 ON I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Is Low 蓄电池电压低 ON I
*Note:
1. After the self-check, if the airbag warning lamp stays on or illuminates during driving, it indicates
that the supplementary restraint system has faults.
2. Failure Level Description:
V1.0 1431
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
Airbag
Failure
DTC FTB English Description Chinese Description Warning
Level*
Lamp *
V1.0 1432
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Circult Diagram
Circuit Diagram
Airbag System (1)
V1.0 1433
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
V1.0 1434
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Unfastened Seat Belt Alarm
V1.0 1435
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
V1.0 1436
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Connector Information Airbag Control Unit BY079
Connector Information
Dynamic Stability Control System BY003
V1.0 1437
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
V1.0 1438
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Pin No. Pin Information
2 Ground
Ground/Front Right Impact
7
Sensor Low
Ground/Front Left Impact
10
Sensor Low
Front Right Impact Sensor
11
High
Front Left Impact Sensor
12
High
Right Side Curtain Airbag
21
Low Pin No. Pin Information
Right Side Curtain Airbag 1 Front Passenger Curtain
22
High Airbag High
Left Side Curtain Airbag 2 Front Passenger Curtain
23
High Airbag Low
24 Left Side Curtain Airbag Low
Front Left Impact Sensor BY148
Driver Curtain Airbag BY146
Front Passenger Curtain Airbag BY147 Front Right Impact Sensor BY149
V1.0 1439
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
V1.0 1440
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Pin No. Pin Information
1 Passenger Airbag High
2 Passenger Airbag Low
V1.0 1441
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
B0001 The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag
DTC Description warning lamp illuminates.
DTC B0001: Driver Airbag Failure Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Failure Type Byte • B0001 11: The resistance of driver airbag circuit to
Failure Description
(FTB) ground returns to normal.
11 Driver Airbag - Short to GND • B0001 12: The resistance of driver airbag circuit to
battery returns to normal..
12 Driver Airbag - Short to Battery
• B0001 1A: The explosion circuit resistance returns to
1A Driver Airbag - Resistance too Low
normal threshold.
1B Driver Airbag - Resistance too High • B0001 1B: The explosion circuit resistance returns to
Passenger Frontal Airbag - normal threshold.
56
Incompatible Configuration • B0001 56: None.
Circuit/System Description Failure Cause
The electrical connection from driver airbag module to airbag • Relevant circuit failure.
control module is completed through rotary coupler, and the • Connector failure or poor fit.
driver front airbag module is connected with the steering • Airbag control module failure.
wheel through a connector. The driver front airbag module is
• Driver airbag failure.
triggered by the control signal from SRS ECU. A folding airbag
and a inflator are mounted in the module. When the airbag Reference Information
control module detects a severe front impact, the inflator will Reference Circuit Information
be triggered, making the airbag inflate rapidly. Airbag System (2)
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Connector End View Information
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. BY079, FA045
Conditions for Setting DTCs
Reference Electrical Information
B0001 11: Driver airbag circuit is short to ground. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B0001 12: Driver airbag circuit is short to battery.
Circuit/System Check
B0001 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the
Hint: Check all terminals for damage or corrosion when the
threshold. The driver airbag detects whether the resistance is
connector is disconnected. If any damage or corrosion to the
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 1.2Ω<R<2.0Ω,
following components, it is required to repair or replace the
(guarantee area) R<1.2Ω.
affected components / connectors.
B0001 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the
• For any harness connectors.
threshold. The driver airbag detects whether the resistance is
• Driver Airbag
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 3.1Ω<R<6.5Ω,
(guarantee area) R>6.5Ω. • Airbag Control Module
1. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, the
B0001 56:
warning lamp of airbag shall illuminate, so that the lamp
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure, the
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
(For the DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
is not match with airbag explosion circuit configuration
position, access "Real-time Display": check if the "Airbag
will be recorded within 6s after power on).
Warning Lamp" is in "ON" or "OFF" status and whether
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal it is consistent with the actual vehicle state. Check if
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding " ignition circuit resistance of driver airbag (DAB)" is
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short between 1.2Ω ~ 6.5Ω. If it is not displayed as expected,
circuit. check the driver airbag (DAB) ignition circuit.
V1.0 1442
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
System" - "Airbag Control Module".
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector FA045 of the driver airbag
and harness connector BY079 of the airbag control
module.
V1.0 1443
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems
Front Passenger Airbag - Resistance • B0010 1B: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
1A
too Low • B0010 56: None.
Front Passenger Airbag - Resistance Failure Cause
1B
too High • Relevant circuit failure.
Front Passenger Airbag - • Connector failure or poor fit.
56
Incompatible Configuration • Airbag control module failure.
Circuit/System Description • Front passenger airbag failure.
The electrical connection from driver airbag module to airbag Reference Information
control module is completed through rotary coupler, and the Reference Circuit Information
driver front airbag module is connected with the steering Airbag System (2)
wheel through a connector. The driver front airbag module is
triggered by the control signal from SRS ECU. A folding airbag Reference Connector End View Information
and a inflator are mounted in the module. When the airbag BY079, FA046
control module detects a severe front impact, the inflator will
Reference Electrical Information
be triggered, making the airbag inflate rapidly.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Conditions for Running DTCs
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Circuit/System Check
Conditions for Setting DTCs Hint: Check all terminals for damage or corrosion when the
connector is disconnected. If any damage or corrosion to the
B0010 11: Front passenger airbag circuit is short to ground.
following components, it is required to repair or replace the
B0010 12: Front passenger airbag circuit is short to battery. affected components / connectors.
B0010 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the • For any harness connectors.
threshold. Front passenger airbag detects whether the • Front passenger airbag
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area)
• Airbag Control Module
0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, (guarantee area) R<0.9Ω.
1. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, the
B0010 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the warning lamp of airbag shall illuminate, so that the lamp
threshold. Front passenger airbag detects whether the check can be performed. If the airbag has no failure, the
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω.
2. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
B0010 56: Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal position, access "Real-time Display": check if the "Airbag
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding loop is Warning Lamp" is in "ON" or "OFF" status and whether
short to battery, short to ground or output short circuit. it is consistent with the actual vehicle state. Check if "
ignition circuit resistance of front passenger airbag (PAB)"
If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external
is between 1.8Ω ~ 2.4Ω. If it is not displayed as expected,
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. (For the
check the front passenger airbag (PAB) ignition circuit.
DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which is not match
with airbag explosion circuit configuration will be recorded
within 6s after power on).
V1.0 1444
Supplementary Restraint Systems Safety and Restraints
Circuit/System Test • Replace, programme and set the control module, Refer
to Service Manual, "Safety and Protection" - "Airbag
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect
System" - "Airbag Control Module".
the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect harness connector FA046 of the front
passenger airbag and harness connector BY079 of the
airbag control module.
V1.0 1445
Safety and Restraints Supplementary Restraint Systems